W' ■

JS. ^N

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

1.0

I.I

1^ 1 2.8

•IT liii

ill 1^

2.5
2.2

Photographic

Sciences
Corporation

1.25

1 1.4 1.6

►

23 WEST MAIN STREET

WEBSTER, N.Y. M580

(716) 872-4503

^^^

li'

CIHM/ICMH

Microfiche

Series.

CIHM/ICIVIH
Collection de
microfiches.

Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques

-■i.^

Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniques et bibllographiques

The Institute has attempted to obtain the best
original copy available for filming. Features of this
copy which may be bibliographically unique,
which may alter any of the images in the
reproduction, or which may significantly change
the usual method of filming, are checked below.

D
D
D
D

Coloured covers/
Couverture de couleur

Covers damaged/
Couverture endommagde

Covers restored and/or laminated/
Couverture restaur^e et/ou pelliculde

Cover title missing/

Le titre de couverture manque

I I Coloured maps/

Cartes g^ographlques en couleur

Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or blark)/
Encre de couleur (I.e. autre que bleue ou noire)

□ Coloured plates and/or illustrations/
Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur

Bound with other material/
Relid avec d'autres documents

Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion
along Interior margin/

La re llure serr^e peut causer de I'ombre ou de la
distortion ie long de la marge Intdrleure

Blank leaves added during restoration may
appear within the text. Whenever possible, these
have been omitted from filming/
II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajoutdes
iors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte,
mais, lorsque cela 6talt possible, ces pages n'ont
pas dt6 filmdes.

Additional comments:/
Commentalres suppl6mentaires;

L'Instltut a microfilm* le meilleur exemplaire
qu'il lui a §t6 possible de se procurer. Les details
de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-§tre uniques du
point de vue bibllographique, qui peuvent modifier
une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une
modification dans la mdthode normale de filmage
sont indlqu6s ci-dessous.

I — I Coloured pages/

I — I Pages damaged/

I — I Pages restored and/or laminated/

I — I Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/

I — I Pages detached/

I — I Showthrough/

I — I Quality of print varies/

I — I Includes supplementary material/

I — I Only edition available/

Pages de couleur

Pages damaged/
Pages endommagdes

Pages restored and/o

Pages restaurdes et/ou pelliculdes

Pages discoloured, stained or foxei
Pages d6color6es, tachet^es ou piqudes

Pages detached/
Pages d^tachdes

Showthrough/
Transparence

Quality of prir

Qualitd in6gale de I'impresslon

Includes supplementary materu
Comprend du materiel supplementaire

Only edition available/
Seule Edition disponlbia

Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata
slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to
ensure the best possible Image/
Les pages totalement ou partiellement
obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure,
etc., ont 6t6 fllmdes d nouveau de fapon d
obtenir la meilleure image possible.

This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/

Ca document est film* au taux de reduction indiqu6 ci-dessous.

10X

14X

18X

22X

26X

■»

•

30X

'■"^

19Y

^~"

^"^""^

1fiX

?0X

iJx

28X

32X

j^y ^i^-fi m^M^fB!

i-mii^mi^^^^^ii***i^^f^«'^f^'^'^^^^^^Sfs^!^^iti^^

ifier

ige

The copy filmed here has been reproduced thanks
to the generosity of:

Library of Congress
Photoduplication Service

The images appearing here are the best quality
possible considering the condition and legibility
of the original copy and In keeping with the
filming contract specifications.

L'axemplaire fllm6 fut reprodult grSce d la
gAn6rosit6 de:

Library of Congress
Photoduplication Service

Les Images suivantes ont 6t6 reproduites avec le
plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et
de la nettet6 de I'exemplaire film6, et en
conformity avec les conditions du contrat de
fllmage.

Original copies In printed paper covers are filmed
beginning with the front cover and ending on
the last page with a printed or illustrated Impres-
sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All
other original copies are filmed beginning on the
first page with a printed or illustrated impres-
sion, and ending on the last page with a printed
or Illustrated Impression.

The last recorded frame on each microfiche
shall contain the symbol —^-(meaning "CON-
TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"),
whichever applies.

Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at
different reduction ratios. Those too large to be
entirely included In one exposure are filmed
beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to
right and top to bottom, as many frames as
required. The following diagrams illustrate the
method:

Les exemplaires origlnaux dont la couverture en
papier est Imprlmto sont film6s en commenpant
par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la
dernldre page qui comporte une empreinte
d'Impresslon ou d'illustratlon, soit par le second
plat, selon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires
origlnaux sont fllm6s en commenpant par la
premidre page qui comporte une empreinte
d'Impresslon ou d'illustratlon et en terminant par
la dernldre page qui comporte une teile
empreinte.

Un des symbotes sulvants apparaftra sur la
derniftre Image de cheque microfiche, selon le
cas: le symbols — ► signlfie "A SUIVRE ', le
symbols V signlfie "FIN ".

Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent dtre
fllm6s d des taux de reduction diff6rents.
Lorsque le document est ts^op grand pour dtre
reprodult en un seul cllch6, 11 est fllm6 d partir
de i'angle sup6rieur gauche, de gauche d droite,
et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre
d'Images n^cessaire. Les diagrammes sulvants
lllustrent la m6thode.

rata

elure.

32X

SS^^tSSi^s^-^.^^

^■'tfitii^'^.^jtftaigii&Wa r A u.'jfc^ Vtiu^^-^^q^ai tf^ ^ ''^^* '' ' ^ ^'^

I I . innj i iig iii im ii .iim i4 i j'wi !' ' M »i ' i .|!i;««' ' '

trvwi- "a^-" -I- ■« »«■ 'i iiW ' lijEIJW*

No. 73.

i(v..;'«<i-3f»^'' HYDROQRAPHIC OFFICE.

NEWFOUNDLAND

AND THE

COAST OF LABRADOR, FROM CAPE ST. LEWIS
TO GRAND POINT.

SECOND EDITION.

WASHINGTON:

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE.

1899.

mn vn^_imw<^^mmf^''r'

;

49345

'4?

CONTENTS.

Page,

Preface v

Note _ vi

Index chart vm

Index 628

CHAPTER I.

Oeneral Remarks— Climate— Winds— Fogs— Currents— Ice— Passages-
Compass Variation 1

CHAPTER II.
Banks of Newfoundland and Nova Scotia Banks 88

CHAPTER III.
Newfoundland, South Coast— Cape Race to Crew Point 80

CHAPTER IV.
St. Pierre and Miquelon Islands „ 125

CHAPTER V.
Newfoundland, South Coast— Crew Point to Cape Ray 186

CHAPTER VI.
Newfoundland, Wert Coast— Cape Ray to Cape Bauld 214

CHAPTER Vn.

Newfoundland, East Coast— Cape Bauld to Cape St. John .. 807

CHAPTER VIII.
Newfoundland, East Coast — Cape St. John to Cape Bonavista 844

CHAPTER IX.
Newfoundland, East Coast— Cape Bonavista to Cape Race 429

CHAPTER X.

Coast of Labrador— Cape St. Lewis to Grand Point and the Strait of Belle

Isle 488

(in)

i I

•/-

III X>u«»iinir««.

..iirfi?"ffiiiiMTirrwrifcin1fi<[rivi'i

PREFACE.

The first edition of this work was compiled by Lieut. W. W.
Gillpatrick, U. S. Navy, and Ensign John Gibson, U. S. Navy.'
The present edition has been compiled by Mr. R. C. Ray, U. S.
Navy, chiefly from the first edition, and British Admiralty' publi-
cation, Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot, Third Edition, 1897,
and such additions and corrections as have become available from
reports received.

The meteorological remarks in the opening chapter have been
revised by Mr. James Page, in the Division of Meteorology.

Since much of the coast described is imperfectly surveyed, mari-
ners are requested to point out to the United States Hydrographic
Oflice, either directly or through one of its branch offices, any
errors and omissions that they may discover. With a view of
making the next edition of this publication more useful and com-
plete, new information is also requested.

J. E. Ceaio,
Commander, U. S. Navy, Hydrographer.

United States HYDBoaRAPHic Office,

Washington, D. C, April, 1899.

(V)

ISJ^OTE.

The bearings, courses, and trend of the land are true; but for
convenience the corresponding magnetic bearings, to the nearest
degree, follow in parentheses. (Variation in 1900.) The direc-
tions of the winds are given for the points from which they blow;
the directions of the currents for the points toward which they
set. Distances are expressed in nautical miles. Soundings, unless
otherwise stated, are reduced to mean low water.

(VI)

g^.iV^T-.- , t^^--f^,'?^^^t^-^&S..^a~-iiJfc-.---^--t--r- , •,■•-> Vl'rr -ft- .

are true; but for
fs, to the nearest
L900.) The direc-
which they blow ;
ward which they
Soundings, unless

i|)a-.-TiH..r.--i„».-.^-»«.

laau . &j>fj

597

izoaz

^^•uj

"'•"^Jt.

4H-

^f St. raid 1 611

47- _L

iVt-

60*

J L_

T 1 1 r

NoiOi of B«n« I«U St

VHti$on. 3UhU
FUhu\0 SMfShr
StJhanois Shy

\ OaomHonai Shr

^81 b

4<rt-

sff

-J I L.^ 1 I I I I 1 1 U

S8*

5tr

J I L

56"

-1 u

Baib

Gtf

J I ■ I

J I L

SS*

The limits and numbers aFU.S. Hydrographic OfRca charts are shown in Uaek
• " " " " British Admiraify » ~ - » ^^

CHAPTER I.

GENERAL REMARKS — CLIMATE — WINDS — FOGS — CURRENTS — ICE —
PASSAGES — COMPASS VARIATION.

Newfoundland is situated at the mouth of the Gulf of St.
Lawrence; it extends from latitude 46° 35' N. to 61° 40' N., lying
between the meridians of 52° 35' and 59° 25' W., and from Cape
Clear in Ireland to St. Johns Harbor in Newfoundland, the dis-
tance by great circle is 1,G75 miles.

This extensive island is said to have been known to the North-
men at a very early date, but the first authentic account of its
discovery is that by Sebastian Cabot, who, when seeking to pene-
trate by a northwestern route to China and the Spice Islands,
observed the land (probably in the neighborhood of Cape Bona-
vista) on St. Johns day, June 24, 1497. Although fishermen from
all countries soon resorted to its shores, no serious attempt at
colonization appears to have been made until 1583, on the 5th
August, in which year Sir Humphrey Gilbert took formal posses-
sion of Newfoundland in the name of Queen Elizabeth.

In 1623 Lord Baltimore settled a colony in the neighborhood of
Ferryland, but after a few years left to establish the more flourish-
ing seaport that now bears his name. From this time the east
coast of the island was gradually settled by the English, French
settlers occupying the southern shores and making Placentia their
capital. By the treaty of Utrecht [1713] Newfoundland was
declared to belong wholly to Great Britain, the French regaining
St. Pierre and Miquelon Islands, with the right to cure fish on a
portion of the Newfoundland shore; subsequently arranged to
extend from Cape Ray, along the west, north, and east coasts, to
Cape St. John.

Physical Features. — Newfoundland is somewhat of a triangu-
lar form (the apex being at Cape Bauld, the base between Capes
Race and Ray), and has an area of about 42,000 square miles.
The shores are indented with deep bays and harbors which nearly
all offer shelter to vessels during the summer months. Many of
them are magnificent harbors, that in another climute might be a
source both of riches and maritime power. The surface of the
island is wild and rugged and the coast, consisting of steep, sterile,
rocky ohores, often denuded of all vegetation, or only covered
with small trees, has an aspect far from prepossessing. That part
of the island nearest the sea is generally hilly ; the ranges, which
do not reach any great elevation, having a NE. and SW. trend.

(1)

NEWFOUNDLAND.

This is also the case in the bays, rivers, valleys, .and larger lakes,
and is probably due to glacial action. The interior proper is an
elevated undulating plateau, traversed by ranges of low hills, the
surface being diversified by valleys, wood marshes, and large
lakes, locally known as ponds, which com^Jetely intersect the
country from the Bay of Exploits, Hall and White Bays, on the
NE., to St. George and Despair Bays, respectively, on the west and
south side. Some excellent timber, of large size, is found on the
west coast and on some few other portions of Newfoundland ; but
as a rule it is only at the heads of bays, and in sheltered places,
that trees attain sufficient proportions to make masts for even
small vessels, and to obtain a mast for a large schooner necessi-
tates generally a long journey into the interior.

Looking inland from the coast ranges of hills the country
generally seems to consist of as much water as land, so numerous
are the ponds. From these, streamlets run down every ravine,
and the larger valleys contain rivulets in which trout can generally
be obtained.

Lakes. — The lakes or ponds previously referred to constitute
one of the most remarkable of the physical features of the island,
occupying, as they do, about one-third of its area. The principal
of these are Grand Lake, which is the largest, only 50 feet above
the level of the sea, 56 miles in length, 5 in breadth, about 60
fathoms at its deepest part, and covers an area of nearly 200 square
miles; Indian Lake, 37 miles; Gander Lake, 33 miles; Deer Lake,
15 miles in length.

Rivers. — The rivers of Newfoundland are numerous, and though
the majority are small, yet some attain considerable size. The
largest are the Exploits, Humber, Gander, and Terra Nova. Ex-
ploits River, which has its rise near the southern extremity of Long
Range, is 200 miles in length, drains an area of between 3,000 and
4,000 square miles, and falls into Exploits Bay on the east coast.
The main branch of the Humber River rises 20 miles inland from
Bonne Bay, is about 130 miles long, drains about 2,000 square
miles, and falls into Humber Arm on the west coast. The Gander
River, 100 miles in length, flows through Gander Lake, and, with
its tributaries, drains an area of nearly 4,000 square miles; it falls
into Hamilton Sound.

Mines. — Of the minerals with which the country abounds, two
only, copper and lead, have been profitably worked ; the former at
Tilt and Betts Coves and Little Bay, in Notre Dame Bay, and the
latter at La Manche, in Placentia Bay. The indications have been
hitherto little explored, but the- "increasing facilities of railway
communication will probably lead to valuable future discoveries.

POPULATION — FISHERY.

id larger lakes,
ior proper is an
)f low hills, the
slies, and large
y intersect the
te Bays, on the
on the west and
is found on the
foundland; but
beltered places,
masts for even
ihooner necessi-

Is the country
id, so numerous
a every ravine,
at can generally

)d to constitute
es of the island.
The principal
y 50 feet above
eadth, about 60
early 200 square
lies ; Deer Lake,

■ous, and though
•able size. The
)rra Nova. Ex-
:tremity of Long
tween 3,000 and
n the east coast,
iles inland from
lut 2,000 square
st. The Gander
Lake, and, with
re miles ; it falls

ry abounds, two
d ; the former at
tne Bay, and the
ations have been
ities of railway
ture discoveries.

Agriculture is pursued with fair success on the west coast,
where grass and cereals of the first quality can be produced. A
large tract of fertile soil has been discovered near Gander Bay,
and there is also good land in the vicinity of Goose Bay and Clode
Sound, at the head of Bonavista Bay.

Population.— The seacoast of Newfoundland is the only inhab-
ited portion, and there are but few settlers on the western shore, »
two-thirds of the entire population being found on the peninsula
of Avalon. The census made in 1891 showed a total population of
202,040, including that portion of the Labrador coast under the
Newfoundland Government, excluding the Eskimo natives.

Orthography.— Many of the place names in Newfoundland
were originally French, but, owing to the pronunciation of the
fishermen, they have become so much corrupted as to be difficult
of recognition as such. For instance, Anse h Loup is known to
the fishermen as "Lancy Loo," and Anse Jjclair as "Lancy Clair."

Seal fishery.— This industry is prosecuted in the months of
March, April, and May, the sailing fleet leaving on the 1st of
March, while the steam vessels are detained till the 12th of March.
The seal bearing ice is sought immediately and the young seals
secured. When full cargoes have been obtained the vessels return,
discharge, and start again for a second and occasionally even a
third trip.

Cod fishery.- The cod fisheries of Newfoundland are more val-
uable than those of any other country, and the fishing grounds,
worked for centuries, would under ordinary circumstances appear
to yield an almost inexhaustible supply ; but of late years, owing
to reckless and destructive fishing, and the introduction of engines
of such a character as to be the means of destroying gravid and
even immature fish, there has be^n a perceptible decline in the
yearly yield. The comparatively modern implements used are
cod traps, large seine nets, small mesh nets, bultows, or long lines,
and jiggers.

In 1888 a Fisheries Commission was appointed, since which
means have been taken to impress upon fishermen the destructive
nature of the course pursued in the use of many of their appliances,
and rules have been drawn up for their guidance. This, in conjunc-
tion with the establishment of a cod hatchery at Dildo Island,
which during the four years 1890-1893 turned out 423,439,000
young fish, should be attended by beneficial results.

Herring Fishery.— The principal herring fisheries are at For-
tune, Placentia, and St. Georges Bays, the Bay of Islands and Lab-
rador, the two latter being the most valuable. Fortune Bay is a
winter herring fishery, commencing early in December; St. Georges
Bay is a spring fishery.

■FTSHBOaai

LABRADOR.

I I

Salmon Fishery.— Every destructive engine that human inge-
nuity could contrive would appear to have been used in the exter-
mination of salm(m, further aided by the pollution of the streams,
so that the small export of preserved salmon, which seldom reaches
the value of $100,000 annually, is easily accounted for. The Fish-
eries Commission, before mentioned, having now appointed wardens
on the principal rivers, the preservation of fish during the spawn-
ing season, prohibition of pollution, and use of illegal engines
should, if carried out, be instrumental in restoring the rivers to
their old prolific state.

Lobster Fishery.— The lobster fishery, commenced in 1873, is
an increasing industry, which is likely to be further developed by
the successful use of floating incubators for hatching lobsters. In
the four years, 1890-1893, the total number of lobsters hatched and
planted was 1,886,767,000, and according to the census of 1891
there were then 340 lobster factories, employing 4,807 persons.

Labrador, although discovered by Cabot in 1496, was not visited
until 1501, when Corte Real named it Terra Labrador (cultivable
land), to distinguish it from Greenland, which he named Terra
Verde. The name is now applied not only to \;he east coast but to
the whole peninsula, bounded on the west by Hudson Bay.

The greatest length of Labrador is 1,100 miles, and breadth 700
miles, the area being about 420,000 square miles. It is generally
described as one of the most dreary and naked regions of the globe,
exhibiting scarcely anything except rocks destitute of vegetation;
but though this be its appearance when seen from off the coast,
on penetrating a little into the interior the surface is found to be
clothed with pines, beeches, and poplars. ^

Geology.— The NE. coast of Labrador is composed of Lauren-
tian gneiss, with intrusive granite and many quartz veins, the
formation generally being Laurentian, having resting on it at
various points, Lower Silurian beds, while over the country are
gneiss ranges of mountains and gneiss bowlders. Copper and lead
ores have been found on the coast, also gold and mica. The hills
fall steeply to the sea, often in steep cliffs, terminating in most
cases in rugged, rocky points, the single remarkable exception being
the strand on each side of Cape Porcupine, which is the only sandy
beach of any extent on the whole coast as far as Nain.

Lakes.— The whole country is covered with innumerable lakes,
ponds, and pools, from the deep mountain tarns on the summit of
the water sheds to the broad shallow lakes and pools spread over
the surface below. The almost universal shallowness of these

lakes is a singular feature. " • j. -u +

Fisheries.— There are only a few permanent inhabitants, but

cod fishery is carried on extensively from July to October by the

hat human inge-
ised in the exter-
in of the streams,
3h seldom reaches
i for. The Fish-
ppointed wardens
uring the spawn-
if illegal engines
•ing the rivers to

aenced in 1873, is
ther developed by
hing lobsters. In
sters hatched and
le census of 1891
4,807 persons.
96, was not visited
brador (cultivable
. he named Terra
e east coast but to
idson Bay.
I, and breadth 700
IS. It is generally
gions of the globe,
ute of vegetation ;
rom ofE the coast,
Face is found to be

nposed of Lauren-
quartz veins, the
J resting on it at
)r the country are
. Copper and lead
id mica. The hills
rminating in most
ble exception being
h is the only sandy
3 Nain.

innumerable lakes,

s on the summit of

pools spread over

allowness of these

nt inhabitants, but
to October by the

FISHERIES — G OVERNMENT.

inhabitants of Newfoundland; about 3,000 people leaving their
homes on the east coast, and proceeding in small craft to these
shores, bringing their families for the season, and having huts and
fishing stages at almost every bay, cove, and harbor, while others
follow the fiali to the northward in their vessels. The principal
fishing stations are at Battle and St. Charles Harbors. The fishery
is carried on in small brigs and schooners, generally of from 30 to'
100 tons, and in boats. When the vessels return to Newfoundland,
a few persons are left, who winter up the bays of the mainland to
hunt for furs, and to be ready for the seal fishery at the breaking
up of the ice in spring. The boats are hauled up on the rocks, or
taken into coves of the mainland, where they are covered over
with spruce branches and are thus secured for the winter.

Fish caught at the settlements are cured there, and in many
cases exported, in English schooners, direct to foreign markets;
those taken by vessels are cleaned and packed in salt, to be cured
at one of the southern settlements or in Newfoundland.

As far north as Aillik the fish are caught with baited hooks ;
north of that they are jigged with two hooks fastened to a metal
imitation of a caplin.

The herring fishery begins in September, and is prosecuted prin-
cipally from Assizes Harbor, which is crowded with vessels at that
time. A plentiful catch of herrings sometimes compensates for a
bad cod fishery. The herrings are packed in barrels and exported
direct to Canadian markets by steamers owned in Newfoundland.

Schooners sometimes follow the codfish as far as Cape Chidley,
though the vicinity of Nain is the usual northern limit of the
fishery. Codfish are seldom found west of Cape Chidley, nor cap-
lin, in large quantities.

Government. — The nominal jurisdiction of the Newfoundland
Government extends from Blanc Sablon to Cape Chidley, at the
entrance of Hudson Bay.

Oommunications. — For nine months of the year direct steam-
ship communication is maintained between St. Johns and Europe,
fortnightly by the Allan line of steamships from Liverpool, also
to Halifax and Baltimore. From January to April the mail steam-
ship from Liverpool does not touch at St. Johns, but proceeds to
Halifax, whence communication is maintained by local steamers
plying fortnightly to St, Johns.

Between St. Johns and Montreal, Pictou, Charlottetown, and
Sydney (Cape Breton) weekly by the Black Diamond line ; and to
New York and Halifax, about every ten days, by the Red Cross
line. These latter steamers occasionally call at Pilley Island.

Local coasting steamers ply fortnightly during the navigable
season to both the western and northern ports, and during the

NEWFOUNDLAND.

.', II

months of July, August, and September connect with the Labrador
steamer at Battle Harbor.

The steamers of the northern route cease running when prevented
by the ice in December and begin again as soon as the ice permits,
ginierally April or May, and touch at the following places : Old
Perlian, Trinity, Catalina, Bonavista, Kings Cove, Greens Pond,
Fogo, Herrings Neck, Toulinguet, Exploits, Pilley Island Harbor,
Little Bay Islands, Tilt Cove, Betts Cove, Nippers Harbor, St.
Anthony, Belle Isle Strait, and Battle Harbor.

The mail to Greens Pond and Toulinguet is carried across the
country by Indians between January and May.

Those of the western route run from early in May to December,
and touch at the following places : Ferryland and Renewse ; Tre-
passey, Placentia, and St. Marys; Burin St. Lawrence, Lamalin;
Burin, St. Pierre, Grand Bank, and Fortune ; Belloram, St. Jacques,
Harbor Breton, Great Jervis, Gaultois, Burgeo, La Poile, Rose
Blanche, Channel, Bay St. George, Bay of Islands, Bonne Bay,
and Sydney (Cape Breton).

Another steataer I'uns frequently between St. Johns and the ports
in Conception ISay.

The steamers of the Labrador route begin to run in July and
cease running in October., connecting with the northern route
steamer at Battle Harlor. Leaving St. Johns, they touch at Har-
bor Grace, Coachmans Cove, Conche, St. Anthony, Griguet, Blanc
Sablon, Bonne Esperance, and to usual ports of call in Belle Isl-9
Strait to Battle Harbor. Fi'om Battle Harbor northward they call
at Spear Harbor, Ship Harbor, Francis Harbor Bight, Scrammy,
S(iuare Islands, Venison Isla,nd, Boulter Rork, Punchbowl, Bateau,
Domino, Indian Tickle, Gready, Pack Harbor, White Bears, Indian
Harbor, Bake-a])ple Bight, Smoky Tickle, Brig Harbor, Holtoji
and Cape Harrlgan, Ragged Islands, Manak Islands, Turnavik
Islands, Windsors Harbor, Nain and Ramah. Only two trips aie
made during the season to Nain and Rama.h.

Returning south, calling at Cape Harrigan, Hopedale, Winsoi.'s
Harbor, Turnavik Islands, Aillik, Strawberry, Manaks Islands,
Long Tickle, Rogers Harbor, Adlavik, Ragged Islands, Jigger
Tickle, Cape Harrison, Sloop Cove, Sleigh Tickle, Holto:a, Emily
Harbor, White Bears, Smoky Tickle, Bake-apple Bighii, Indian
Harbor, Rigoulette, Tub Island, Indian Island, Packs and Inde-
pendent Harbors, the last two places alternately ; Long Inland und
Southeast Cove alternately, Cartwright Harbor (Sandwich Bay),
Black Island each alternate trip,- Bateau each alternate trip. Seal
Islands and Comfort Bight alternately. Snug Harbor, Dead Island,
Triangle, Fishing-Ship Harbor, Little Harbor, Murray and Spear
Harbors alternately, and thence to Battle Harbor.

COMMUN 10 ATI0N8 f A L.

ih. the Labrador

fvhen prevented
the ice permits,
,ng places: Old
, Greens Pond,
Island Harbor,
)rs Harbor, St.

rried across the

ly to December,
L Renewse ; Tre-
rence, Lamalin;
am, St. Jacques,
La Poile, Rose
ids, Bonne Bay,

ins and the ports

run in July and
northern route
ey touch at Hai'-
-, Griguet, Blanc
all in Belle Isle
thward they call
light, Scrammy,
ichbowl. Bateau,
ite Bears, Indian
Harbor, Holton
lands, Turnavi!£
nly two trips aie

)pedale, Winsors
Manaks Islands,
Islands, Jigger
3, Holto;i, Emily
Bighli, Indian
Packs and Inde-
Long Inland und
Sandwich Buy),
ternate trip, fJeal
)or, Dead Island,
urray and Spear

After the first round trip in September the steamer will not go
northward of Hopodale.

The Labrador mail steamer also connects with the mail from St.
Johns at Battle Harbor; with Blanc Sablon, Bonne Esporaiice,
Forteau, Anse h. Loup, Red Bay, Chateau, Henley, Chimney
Tickle, Cape Charles, and Assizes Harbor.

Railways. — The Northern and Western Railway, from Whit- '
bourne, passes up the narrow neck of land, separating Trinity and
Placentia Bays, traverses the Terra Nova, Gambo, and Gander
Valleys, and entering the Exploits Valley at Norris Arm, crosses
the Exploits River 10 miles from its mouth, a distance of 267^
miles from St. Johns. From Exploits the railway passes the NE.
end of Grand Lake, and skirts the southern side of Deer Lake, and
the southern shore of Humber Arm as far as Birchy Cove, where
it strikes inland, then passes along the east side of St. George Bay,
at the back of the Anguille range and down the valley of tho Cod-
roy River to Port Basque, distant 650^ miles from St. Johns.

The Newfoundland Railvray extends from St. Johns to Harbor
Grace in Conception Bay, a distance of 83^ miles, via Whitbourne
Junction; and from the latter station, 57^ miles from St. Johns,
there is a branch, 27 miles in length, to Placentia Bay.

Telegraph. — Newfoundland is in direct telegraphic communi-
cation with Europe and America by submarine cables ; those from
England terminating at Hearts Content on the east coast, and those
from France at St. Pierre on the south coast. There are four sub-
marine cables between Ireland and Newfoundland, three betA^een
Newfoundland and Cape Breton, and two between France and
St. Pierre. All the principal ports are connected by land lines
with the capital.

Boads. — The opening of the Northern and Western Railway has
rendered the oonfltruction of roads to connect it with the various
settlements and towns on the seacoast a necessity. In 1894 there
wert) 1,000 miles of postal roads and over 2,000 miles of district
roads.

OoaL — The carboniferous district of Newfoundland is on the
west coast, ui the vicinity of St. George Bay and Grand Lake, but
as yet these coal fields have not been worked. In 1891 the impor-
tation of coal, chiefly from Cape Breton, amounted to 97,327 tons.
Coal for steaming purposes can be obtained in considerable quan-
tities at St. Johns and Port Basque.

A small quantity (about 20 tons) may be obtained from the
undermentione*! places, but the supply is not certain : Bonne Bay,
Burnt Islands, Tilt Cove, Little Bay, Pilley Island Harbor, Tou-
linguet, Greens Pond, and Catalina; and Salmon River, Blanc
Sablon, Battle Harbor, and Gready in Labrador.

Orders will be filled to any of the above ports from St. Tolrns.

NKWIOUNDLAND.

Climate.— The climate is more temperate than that of the
neighboring continent. It is but rarely, and then only for a few
hours at a time, that the temperature falls below zero in winter,
while the summer range rarely exceeds 80" Fahrenheit, and for
the most part does not rise above 70°. The arctic current exercises
a chilling influence along the east coast, but as a compensation
brings the enormous wealth of commercial fishes and seals which
render the Newfoundland fisheries the most valuable in the world.
The salubrity of the climate is evidenced by the robust and the
healthy appearance of the inhabitants. Open fireplaces are suffi-
cient to warm the houses and free exercise in the open air is attain-
able at all seasons.

In the following tables are given the monthly meteorological
summaries for the year 1895, at the three stations St. Johns, Sandy
Point,and Belle Isle, the first near the southeastern extremity of the
island, the second near the southwestern, and the third at the

northern: , , .. , „, ,^„ ,»,

St. Johns. latitticUs N. 47° H , longitude W. sr ^'.

_— —

Mean
pruHure.

Tkmpiratdbb.

Rain-
fall.

Fair

1896.

Uo«n.

Max.

Min.

dayi.

29.96
29.66
29.68
20.96
30.01
30.06
29. 93

27.6
24.5
28.7
36.6
46.9
46.9
69.7

44.0
42.0
46.0
65.0
74.0
74.0
87.0

9.0
0.0
13.0
19.0
32.0
32.0
44,0

IhoAm.
3.23
4.76
8.12
1.71
2.97
3.60
3.61

jamxli

KnrW -

Mi-

"»y

Tilly -

29.96
29.96
30.11
29.94

62.8
46.2
36.8
3.2.3

78.0
74.0
68.0
68,0

33.0
26.0
19.0
10.0

3.47
9.02
5.38
6.40

Sandy Point, St. George Bay, latitude N. 4^° 40\ longitude W. 58' 27'.

January

February..

March

April

May

June

July

August

September.

October

November .
December .

29.80
29.66
20.68
29.90
29.89
29.97
20.82
29.77
29.82
29.82
29.97
29.87

10.3
18.9
20.7
27.1
41.4
63.6
61.6
60.6
66.4
46.7
33.9
28.6

40.
38.
38.
43.
60.
67.
72.
72.
72.
64.
63,
62.

6.0

4.2

6.0

6.3

13.2

35.3

46.0

40.2

31.2

20.0

0.2

Belle Me, latitude N. 51° 53', longitude W. 56°

January —

February

March

April

May

June

July

August

September .

October

November .
December .

29.08
29.93
29.60
30.11
30.16
30.28
30.12
30.10
30.14
80.04
30.03
30.01

17.8
17.7
19.4
30.3
3S.3
42.2
66.3
66.7
48.0
40.1
26.4
10.2

36.0
34.0
30.0
38.0
47.0
61.0
68.0
60.0
66.0
67.0
41.0
.17.0

-16.

-8.

—6.

12.

32.

40.

37.

27.

-9.

0.14
0.16
0.18
0.27
1.97
3.63
2.63
11.48
1.71
4.16
2.60
0.01

10
20

16
IS
17
22

21
18
18
18
18
22

ban that of the
m only for a few
)v zero in winter,
.hrenheit, and for
3 current exerciHes
8 a compensation
s and seals which
able in the world,
xe robust and the
ireplaces are suffi-
3 open air is attain-

ily meteorological
I St. Johns, Sandy
n extremity of the
. the third at the

°^'.

»TD>B.

lUln-
Ikll.

Fair

Min.

dayi.

Ineka.

1,0

S.0

3.23

!.0

0.0

4.78

».o

13.0

8,12

S,0

19.0

1.71

1.0

32.0

2.97

1.0

32.0

3,60

r.o

44.0

3,61

H.O

33,0

8,47

4.0

2S.0

9,02

8.0

19.0

A. 38

8,0

10,0

fi.40

QitvAe. W. 58" n

6.0

4.2

6.0

6.3

13,2

38.3

46,0

40,2

31.2

20.0

0,2

8.0
8.3
3.5
10,3
7 2

19
20

2 6

2.0
4,0

S2.0

.55*

2^.

«l,0

-16,0

0.14

H,0

-8.0

0.16

w.o

-6.0

0.18

tH,0

9,0

0.27

47,0

12,0

1.97

t)l,0

32.0

3.63

88.0

40.0

2.63

fi».0

40.0

11.48

W,0

37.0

1.71

87.0

27.0

4.16

41.0

8.0

2.60

37.0

-9.0

0.01

CLIMATE — WINDS. 9

Tliore is nothing in the climate to interfere with rtgricultum.
Flowering plants au.l ferius grow in vast vavioty, and wild gnissos
and clover luxuriantly. Garden vegetables and borrios are abun-
dant. The tardy ai-rival of spring has no sericjus effect on vege-
tation, which hero, as in Nova Scotia, advances witli rapid strides
after commencement. Autumn, generally the finest season, fre-
quently reaches to November, and the winter, setting in about the '
beginning of December, lasts until the middle of April, with snow
lying almost continuously during that period.

On the west coast the climate is much more genial than on the
southern and eastern shores, and vegetation is more abundant. In
the interior the summer temperature is higher than that experi-
enced on the seacoast. The average annual rainfall is 68.3 inches.

Labrador. — The climate on this coast is extremely severe, the
mean temperature of the year being below freezing point, so that
vegetables are only raised with great diflficulty, and rarely reach
maturity ; but at the heads of the deep inlets vegetables, flowers,
and even cereals are grown. Frost may occur at any time of the
year, and snow was experienced in the neighborhood of Indian
Harbor in July, August, and September of 1875.

When the direction of the wind is from seaward the temperature
falls considerably during the summer months. Large patches of
snow, 5 or 6 feet deep, were lying in the valleys along the whole
coast in the middle of July, 1875, and some of them had not disap-
peared when the first large fall of snow occurred in September.
The mean temperature of the air for the coast between Cape Por-
cupine and Nain was 46.5° in July, 50.3° in August, and 44.5° in
September, found by taking the mean of the highest and lowest
temperatures observed each day.

Winds. — Meteorologically considered, the region under discus-
sion occupies a unique position. In the first place, it lies immedi-
ately to the southwest of the area of constant low barometric
pressure, which extends from Baffin Bay on the west to Iceland
on the east ; in the second place, it lies immediately in the path
followed by the centers of those temporary moving barometric
depressions which originate in the interior of the North American
Continent and travel eastward with an irregular velocity until
they either disappear by filling up or lose their identity by coming
within the limits of the permanent low. As a consequence of the
first condition, the barometric gradient or slope over the region
being to the northeastward, the prevailing direction of the wind is
to the west of NW. As a consequence of the second condition,
these prevailing winds are subject to constant interruption by the
wind systems proper to the approach and passage of each of these
temporary areas of low pressure, the wind at any station in advance

LABRADOR.

of such an ar«a invariably going to south or 8E., Hliifting to
wostward as the cyclonic center passes, the shifts taking plaro
through the north (hacking) if the point of observation lies to the
north (left hand) of the storm trai;k, tiirough tlie south (veering)
if it lies to the Houth (right hantl) of this track.

Along the coast of Newfoundland the prevailing winds are thus
from the westward, subject to interruption with the approach of
each of these occasional low areas; and as tliese occur during the
winter (Nov(>mber to April) witp far greater frequency than dur-
ing the summer (May to October), the winds of the latter season
are the more uniform, both in force and direction.

The following table, compiled from the Monthly Weather
Review of the Dominion Meteorological Service, gives for the
months of January and July the average percentage of winds com-
ing from each point of the compass at several stations through-
out the island :

No. of
year*

NI.

81.

BW.

NW.

Oalnii.

8
S
3

1
I
1)
1)

aa
s

10
2
4
B

SA
9
B
6

Sli

IB
42

21
SB

8
IS

18
80
23
22

B
11

8
48
14
26

2
23

8
83
48
18

1
16

Bl. John! •

Julv -— -- - -

Cbftniipl '

July

Cape Norman.

Julv

Point Bich

July -

B«lle Iile

The order of the weather changes during the approach of one of
these barometric depressions is almost invariable. After a period
of stationary barometer, accompanied by light winds, the mercury
starts to fall, the wind goes to the eastward with rain or snow, and
a period of thick, foggy weather sets in. About the time of lowest
barometer the SE. wind shifts to the SW. and then to the NW.,
blowing with storm force. The former shift is sometimes sudden,
the first squall often coming with extra violence, and shipmasters
lying off the coast should exercise corresponding watchfulness.
The rise of the barometer is accompanied by overcast, squally
weather and storm winds from SW.-NW., moderating and clear-
ing about the time the mercury attains its highest point.

The following extract from the log of the St. Qeorgios I., off
Cape Race, November 30-December 3, 1898, will serve to exemplify
the character of the weather changes in the southern semicircle of

SE., Hhifting to
ifts tttkiuK plftce
vation li*iH to tho
e south (vooring)

ig windn are thuH
tlio iipproHch of
occur during the
quoucy than dur-
the latter season

[onthly Weather
ce, gives for the
age of winds corn-
stations through-

8W.

KW.

Oftlnii.

1«

approach of one of
e. After a period
rinds, the mercury
rain or snow, and
ihe time of lowest
len to the NW.,
lometimes sudden,
I, and shipmasters
ing watchfulness,
overcast, squally
Brating and clear-
est point.

/. Qeorgios I., off
serve to exemplify
ihem semicircle of

uixdk-

»»««.

one (if thoHi> eHNtwtinl-iiuiving depressioun. TUf Beuul'urt wt'HthtT
iiotutiou Ih oniployod throughout:

I)*I»(1)<|)N).

NuTtmtior 3i> .

Ii*('ii|iibiir I •

Hiiiir.

Di>ri>nili*r 3.
DMDinlMr 8.

4 |i. III.
H ji. m.
12 p. Ill,
4 «. III.
N H. ni.
U ». III.
Muuii.
H |l. Dl.

4 •. m.
Miiuii,

8 p. Ml,
4 H. ni.

NiKIII.

Biin>nii^
tur.

tnrhn.
2V.A4
2(1. :i(l
211. HI
2lt, liti
811. HT
■JH.Tl
2il. in
211. 22
20. M
211. n<i
80, Ml
;iU, 24
.1(1, 28

Dlnw
lion.

Wlixl.
roTca.

HMK.

HMK.
HMK.
tWK.

WHW.

WHW,

WNW

NW,

10
10
10
10
8
A

Tt«p•^

4SO

•r.

480
480
46"
48'>

4»o
480

•"1
<>ll

il_

The f'iistorly wIikIh propor to tlio forwiird lialf nf tliO'!(> do])ros-
hIoils lire iicc(>inpiiiii»'(l liy ruin (or hikiw), wliich is lialili' t(i con-
tinue for twolvo liours HuccccdiuK tliu tinio of lowest Imroinetci'.
Tho NW, winds bring cloar woathor.

Wt'Htt'rly winds gcMicrally diminish in str»Mit!;th at snnsot, Init on
those occasions when thoy steadily prevail until niidnighi it fre-
quently occurs that tho winds changes to NNE. in tho following
morning.

At tho entrance of nio. t of the hnrbors the wind is gen(;»rally
uncertain in its direction, and fre(|nent s(juhI1s are experienct'd,
which at times are so heavy that great caution is nece8,sary when
ai>pr(>aching in a vessel under sail, and it is advisable that steam-
ers on such occasions should have steam ready.

Fog^ occur at all seasons of tho year, but are most fre((uent dur-
ing tho m<mthsof May, Juno, and July; thoy are more ju-evalent
on the south aiul east coasts than elsewhere, and seldom extend
far inland. With easterly winds thoy almost constantly prevail;
with westerly winds they are not so fi^iuently ex])erioncod, and
are then of short duration. On the west coast fog is of compara-
tively rare occurrence.

Along the eastern shore of the island the periods of fog are
invariably accompanied by easterly winds, and in general by east-
erly winds tending to back, the fog lifting as soon as the wind
reaches NW. Along tho southern shore, as also in the neighbor-
hood of Trinity Bay, fog prevails likewise with southwesterly
winds, the weather clearing only when the wind blows from a
point between N. and NW. Along the southern coast, tlierefore,
the fogs are frequently of long duration, especially during the
summer months.

The following table, compiled from the Monthly Weather
Review and from the reports of Lighthouse keepers along the
» 14010 — a

t.
i

(! !

LABRADOR.

coast, gives for each month the average number of days upon
which fog occurred during the five-year period 1894-1898:

Jan.

Feb.

Har.

April.

May.

June.

July.

Aug.

Sept.

Oct.

Not.

Dec.

Year.

Belle I»le

10
1
3
2
2
2
9

1
1

2
4

6
1

13
2
4

1
3
3
6
12

6
2
2
3
7
9
2
1
1

10
6

12
6
9
8

24
8
4
4

17
8

13
4
7
fi

19
6
4
7

22
13

10
1

1
1
2
1
6

134

Cape Norman

Gull Island

Caiin Island

Wadbam Island.

St. Johns-

2
4

4
2S

7
12

3
5
4
12
22
6
4
U

1
2
2
9

2
3
4

2
3
1
6

27
43
39

124

Cape St. Mary

Channel Head

Point Rich

6
1
4

Point Amour

The records upon which the above table is based are incomplete,
notably at Belle Isle, where the observations of a single year
(1895) only were obtainable. During the year 1897 at this station
the duration of fog throughout the six months June-November,
was: June, 200 hours; July, 288 hours; August, 314 hours; Sep-
tember, 100 hours ; October, 160 hours ; November, 140 hours. At
Cape Race, 1896, the amount of fog from May to July was, May,
120 hours; June, 400 hours; July, 404 hours.

The fcg throughout the Strait of Belle Isle never lifts, but
always clings closely to the water. This appears to be due to the
low temperature of the water itself. The best clearing wind is
from the north, and as the northern side of the strait is thus the
first to clear, vessels will obtain any advantage there is to be had
by keeping close to that side of the strait.

The fogs that occur in calms, especially after strong winds, are
frequently so dense as to conceal a vessel even when within hailing
distance. These fogs usually do not extend to any great height,
so that when objects are hidden at even 50 yards from the deck
of a vessel, they can be seen when the rigging is ascended 50 or 60
feet. Such fogs occasionally last ten days. The fogs that prevail
Avith easterly winds extend high above the sea, and can not be
overlooked from the masthead of a vessel; occasionally they
admit the land or other objects being distinguished at ^ mile in
the daytime.

When within sight of land, the usual effect of fog is that of
causing estimations of distance to be erroneously in excess. No
great reliance should be placed upon an assumption of position
depending upon the distance at which the sound of surf breaking
on a rocky shore can be heard, but on many portions of the coast
where steep cliffs extend to the shore, the proximity of a steamer
to them may be detected by the echo of the whistle.

number of days upon
iod 1894-1898:

Sept.

Oct.

Nov.

Dec.

Year.

8
C

1
1
2
1
6

134

1
6
4
2
2
6
4
U

2
2
9

4
8

2
3
1
5

27
43
39
124

6
I
4

27
38

s based are incomplete,
ions of a single year
ear 1897 at this station
onths June-November,
agust, 314 hours; Sep-
tember, 140 hours. At
[ay to July was, May,
rs.

e Isle never lifts, but
ppears to be due to the
le best clearing wind is
f the strait is thus the
tage there is to be had

after strong winds, are
,ren when within hailing
id to any great height,
50 yards from the deck
ing is ascended 50 or 60
, The fogs that prevail
he sea, and can not be
3sel; occasionally they
tinguished at t mil© i^-

effect of fog is that of
oneously in excess. No
assumption of position
sound of surf breaking
my portions of the coast
) proximity of a steamer
lie whistle.

CURRENTS.

Currents— Two currents are most deserving of record in the
vicinity of Newfoundland: (a) The Gulf Stream, (b) the Labrador
Current.

Gulf Stream—The Gulf Stream, after passing along the coast
of the United States, is deflected to the eastward between the par-
allels of 35° and 40° N., and continuing on in about an ENE
direction (true) passes south of the tail of the Great Bank of*
Newfoundland during the winter months, but extends over the
south extreme of that bank during the summer season.

The Gulf Stream not only has an oscillatory motion, so that it
IS impossible to assign any definite limits to the margins of this
great ocean river, but spreads out, like the delta of a river, into
lanes of warm water with colder water between.

The velocity of the Gulf Stream across the south extreme of the
Great Newfoundland Bank is very variable, but at times amounts
to more than one knot an hour in an ENE. direction (true). One
result of this influx of warm water into a cold atmosphere is the
production of the dense fogs so frequently experienced on the
banks, which materially embarrass and retard navigation

Labrador, or Arctic Current— The cold ice-bearing current
from the Arctic seas, passing to the southward, along the coast of
Labrador, at rates varying from 10 to 36 miles a day, and occa-
sionally ceasing altogether, is named the Labrador Current; it is
very much influenced near the coast by the winds, reaching its
maximum rate after those from the northward; its average rate is
11 miles per day. It is difficult to estimate the direction or effect
for any particular day, but the general trend is to the southward,
as shown by the passage of many icebergs; these, however, have
been observed to travel north without any apparent reason.*

The Labrador Current does not attain any great velocity within
20 or 30 miles of the coast between Cape Bonavista and Cape
Spear; it appears to skirt the north side of Fogo Islands and
extends out to I'unk Island, thence taking a southerly direction-
It often binds the field ice into Notre Dame and Bonavista Bays
and the mouth of Trinity Bay.

A current, running from the NW., splits about 2 miles off Fogo
Head; the main branch sets close along the north shore of Fogo
Island and amongst the rocks and islands around it from ^ to 1^
knots an hour. It is much influenced by the wind, being accele-
rated by northerly and retarded by southerly winds, while before
easterly gales it sometimes runs to the NW. This current, after

*0n the 15th day of October, 1896, t^v^rge steamers, boundlr^^~Gi^
Britain to Baltimore, were wrecked about 30 miles south of St. Johns owing to
a supposed reversal of the Labrador Current following a hurricane which had
passed two days previously.

LABRADOR.

passing Ronnd Head, takes the direction of the coast and is influ-
enced by the tidal stream, the ebb accelerating and the flood re-
tarding it, but only occasionally, at spring tides, stopping its
southerly course entirely.

The western branch of this current runs between Change and
Fogo Islands at the rate of about + knot an hour, but is lost before
arriving at Stag Harbor Tickle.

It has been observed that when the current is setting strongly to
SW down the coast between Cape St. Francis and Cape Race a
strong eddy will be found running to the northward about one
mile ofi^shore after rounding Cape Spear. This forms an element
of danger to ships bound to St. Johns in a fog, and should be

remembered. ■,,.■, n ,

Admiral Clout^ remarks on the currents and tides generally
around Newfoundland that "they are subject to anomalies of which
the causes are unknown. On the east coast, for example, where
the current goes generally to the southward, it sometimes happens
tliat for a day or two the direction is reversed, and the current
runs to the northward even against the wind."

Caution.— Seamen should be on their guard against an indraught
among the FogO and Wadham Islands into Sir Charles Hamilton
Sound, Bonavista, Trinity, and Conception Bays. With easterly
and NE. winds this indraught is very strong, and these winds are
generally accompanied by thick weather.

From observations and from information received on the sub-
iect a vessel in running her distance off the northern Labrador
Coast should make allowance for a southerly current of 12 miles m
the 24 hours. Owing to its irregularity not more than Ealf that
ainount will probably be experienced, on the average, in the offing,
but close to some of the headlands the current for a short distance
runs with a velocity of 2 knots an hour and possibly more.

Tidal Streams.— Labrador.— Near the shore, as a rule, the
flood stream runs to the northward and ebb to the southward, fol-
lowing the line of coast and rarely attaining a velocity of i knot

^^urrent on the South Coast of Newfoundland. -Between

the Great Bank and Newfoundland the current commonly sets to
the WSW , occasionally at a rate of nearly one mile per hour; it
is not always so; and near the shore, in moderate weather, it even
changes with the wind. At these times during the flood it runs to
the SW., and during ebb to the NE., the former being the Btronger.
Westward of Cape Race the current frequently sets to the N W .
at the rate of about one mile per hour in the offing but it is not
invariable in strength or direction, and is liable to be affected
greatly by the prevailing wind. It is observed generally to run

lillimia

CURRENTS.

coast and is influ-
r and tho flood re-
tides, stopping its

tween Change and
r, but is lost before

J setting strongly to
is and Cape Race a
irtbward about one
is forms an element
fog, and should be

and tides generally
anomalies of which
, for example, where
t sometimes happens
;ed, and the current

against an indraught
5ir Charles Hamilton
Bays. With easterly j
, and these winds are

received on the sub-
e northern Labrador
current of 12 miles in
t more than half that
average, in the offing,
it for a short distance
possibly more,
shore, as a rule, the
to the southward, fol-
g a velocity of i knot

Foundland.— Between

rent commonly sets to
one mile per hour ; it
lerate weather, it even
ing the flood it runs to
aer being the stronger,
lently sets to the NW.
he offing, but it is not
liable to be affected
srved generally to run

in upon the eastern side of the great bays indenting the south
coast of Newfoundland, and out on their western side. In the
oflBng it is influenced by the winds, and near the shore by the tidal
streams, so that, during springs, the stream of ebb runs weakly to
the SE., and the stream of flood to tho NW., the latter sometimes
at the rate of 2 knots round the headlands. »

Upon this shore many wrecks have occurred in foggy weather,
caused doubtless by the indi-aught which prevails.

Over the banks southward of Newfoundland, during South or
8W. breezes, there is a strong set to the north, which is still
stronger during and after a NE. wind.

A current to the southward has at times been experienced on
the above banks, but it is an exception, and no danger need be
apprehended from it.

A set of 30 miles in 24 hours to the northward has fro«iuently
been exi^erienced in this neighborhood, at times at a distance of 50
miles from the coast. The importance of taking soundings can
not too strongly be urged on the seaman, especially when making
the ijassage from Cape Breton to Cape Race.

Admii'al Cloud, of the French Imperial Navy, during his survey
of the Banquereau Bank, remarks that "he observed the currents
to be very irregular in strength and conditions, for they sometimes
change all round the comiJass in 24 hours, and have been known
to set in a contrary dii'ection to the prevailing wind." The ordi-
nary strength of a current is about + knot ; but it occasionally
attains a velocity of more than 2 miles an hour. The fact of the
transportation of field ice from the north to the latitude of 42° N.
indicates the certainty of a current ordinarily setting to the SW.,
but not necessarily always on the surface.

Caution. — Sailing vessels should be careful to keep a good offing,
as the wind often falls light near the shore, and the drift of the
sea and current are nearly always toward the land, especially near
Placentiu and St. Marys Bays. On the eastern side of Trepassey
Bay the current has been recorded to run 2 knots an hour to the
north wai'd.

Currents in Cabot Strait and on the West Coast of New-
foundland. — On the south coast of Newfoundland, between St.
Pierre Island and Cape Ray, the current makes to the westward
and passes around Cape Ray into the Gulf of St. Lawrence. This
was found to be the case at the stations off Cape Ray when observa-
tions were taken by the Canadian Department of Marine in 1894
and 1895, and it is also shown by the movement of icebergs off St.
Pierre Island, which make westward even against a NW.
wind. The experience of masters of vessels and of fishermen

utmBsmisamm^f^m

NEWFOUNDLAND.

I i|

frequenting these waters likewise confirms the results of the obser-
vations, and goes to show that the current is distinctly felt for a
distance of 8 or 10 miles out, and may sometimes occupy one-half
of the width of Cabot Strait. There can be no doubt, therefore,
that this is the usual current on the Newfoundland side of the
strait, and that it is this which makes up for the water which
leaves the Gulf in the outward current around Cape North.

There is, however, evidence to show that the inward current past
Cape Ray is not constant at all times. There are instances of seal-
ing schooners in the ice about the month of March which drifted
in the opposite direction past Cape Ray. As long, however, as the
water remains open, and free of drift ice, an inward current may
be inferred. The evidence goes to show that when there is ice in
the offing of St. George Bay and off Cape Ray it comes from the
opposite direction, with the general ciirrent which makes across
the Gulf from Gaspd to Cape North, and at times when this cur-
rent, or a branch of it, is driven farther to the eastward than usual.
The ice is thus brought there under conditions which make it an
indication of disturbance in the cxirrent.

As a rule, there is no appreciable current off St. George Bay, and
very little from Cape St. George to the Bay of Islands. From the
Bay of Islands to Rich Point the current becomes distinct, and runs
along the coast to the northeastward. It is stated by Lieutenant
Margesson, navigating lieutenant of H. M. S. '^Buzzard," stationed
on this coast for three years, that the current during the summer
season is always in this direction when it is felt at all, and that it
usually amounts to one knot ; and by Lieutenant Patty, navigating
lieutenant of H. M. S. Pelican, that there is an almost constant cur-
rent running northeastward along this coast between Cape St. Greg-
ory and Rich Point, which is only intercepted by the flood and ebb
tides running in and out of the larger bays on the coast.

The fishermen on this coast state that the prevalent direction of
the current is about NE. by N., parallel to the shore; that it will
run constantly in that direction for three or four days together ;
and that on the whole it has that direction for rather more than
two-thirds of the time. For twelve to twenty hours before the
arrival of a southwesterly gale, it sets more strongly in its usual
direction, and before a northeasterly gale it slacks, although this is
not so certain an indication of wind, as it may also slack at other
times. With long continued easterly winds it may be reversed in
direction. It may also set directly off or on shore for three or four
hours, or even longer.

The current is stronger near the shore and weaker far1>her out,
as it is found that a schooner going westward will make better
headway with long tacks, but if going eastward, with short tacks
inshore.

/!'

CURRENTS.

ts of the obser-
nctly felt for a
)ccupy one-half
Diibt, therefore,
tnd side of the
le water which
>e North,
ard current past
(istances of seal-
h which drifted
however, as the
rd current may
a there is ice in
comes from the
h makes across
1 when this cur-
vard than usual,
deh make it an

George Bay, and
ands. From the
listinct, and runs
)d by Lieutenant
zzard" stationed
mg the summer
all, and that it
avty, navigating
lOst constant cur-
iVL Cape St. Greg-
the flood and ebb
coast.

ent direction of
lore ; that it will
r days together;
ather more than
lOurs before the
ngly in its usual
although this is
so slack at other
ly be reversed in
for three or four

iker far1>her out,
will make better
with short tacks

Flat ice, about six feet in thickness, appears off Bonne Bay
about January or February, and remains till March or April.
This ice serves to indicate the usual direction of the current od
this coast, as it drifts northeastward in one day as far as it drifts
southwestward in three days, with the same amount of wind one
way or the other. A schooner caught in the ice off Cape St.
George at the end of March drifted along the coast as far as St.
Barbe in about ten days, a distance of about 190 miles, giving an
average rate of about one knot. This ice sometimes makes to the
eastward all the way through the Strait of Belle Isle. In Marcli,
189G, two schooners caught off Bonne Bay drifted with the ice
eastward through the strait, and were carried down the Atlantic
side of Newfoundland to Notre Dame Bay.

Between Rich Point and the entrance of the strait the current
becomes tidal, and does not xisually make in one direction more
than the other on the whole. The ice may make a considerable
drift when the wind is with the current, but when against it the ice
stands and shoves.

Currents in the Strait of Belle Isle. — There has been a wide-
spread impression that the current in the Strait of Belle Isle
runs constantly inward, the statement being generally made
that a branch of the Labrador Current flows through the strait
into the Gulf of St. Lawrence and again enters the Atlantic in a
southeasterly direction between Cape Breton Island and New-
foundland.

A recent investigation of the currents of this region by the
Canadian Department of Marine has shown that the current in
the Strait of Belle Isle is fundamentally tidal. The best compari-
son between the current, as observed at a station 6 miles east of
Amour Point and 3^ miles off shore, and the tide, as recorded by a
self-recording tide gauge at Forteau Bay, showed a complete
correspondence between the two, especially in moderate weather
and during the prevalence of moderate westerly winds. On such
occasions there were several days during the period of observation
when the current ran east and west for an equal length of time in
each direction, and turned regularly with the rise and fall of the
tide.

During the period of greatest regularity the current ran inward
from the east during the rise of the tide with a velocity ranging
from 1.03 to 3.04 knots per hour, and would either stop at high
water or still continue to run inward for some time after. The
greatest length of time after high water during which it was
observed to run inward was two hours and fifteen minutes. The
current then turned and run outward from the west during the
fall of the tide with a velocity ranging from 0.93 to 1.81 knots per

iiij

NEWFOUNDLAND.

hour, and would continue to run in that direction for a length of
. time after low water, whif'h varied from forty minutes to two hours
and fifty-five miniates. The greatest velocity of the current in
either direction under ordinary conditions of tidal regularity did
not exceed a knots, per houi", the inequalities of the current corre-
sponding with the diurnal inequality of the tides themselves.

With heavy and long-continued winds, the current would run
for a longer time with it and a shorter time against it, and would
eventually run continuously in the same direction as the wind,
with a fluctuation in velocity corresponding to the tide. The most
marked example of a persistent current running out of the strait
occurred from Monday, July 16, to Thursday, July 19, 1805.
During these three days the current (as t)bserved 3 miles off the
north shore) ran in from the east for only five hours, and out from
the west for nineteen hours each day. The maximum velocity of
the current from the east was 1.38 knots; from the west 3.44
knots. The best example of a current running in through the
strait from the east occurred from Wednesday, September 5, to
Saturday, September 8, 1895. All the indications concurred in
showing that the current ran continuoiisly in the one direction
during these days, although the observations were much inter-
rupted by bad weather. The current then vai'ied from a mini-
mum of 0.54 knot to a maximum of '3.15 knots in one direction.

The general characteristics of the current may be set down as
follows :

1. The current is fundamentally tidal in its nature, and under
nf)rmal conditions it runs east and west with velocities which are
nearly equal. It attains at times a velocity of 2 knots per hour in
each direction.

2. The conditions are normal in moderate weather and during
the prevalence of mbdei-ate westei"ly winds.

3. During heavy winds, especially when eastei'ly or westerly in
direction, the ciirrent which runs with the wind becomes stronger
than the current against it, and eventually the current may come
to be continuous in the same direction as the wind.

4. The greatest velocities of the current which were observed
during heavy winds (in the months of July and September, 1895)
were as follows: From the east, 3.15 knots; from the west, 3.50
knots per hour.

A complete account of the currents in the strait of Rollo Isle is
given on the Pilot Chart of the North Atlantic Ocean for March,
1897, and of the current circiTlation in the Gulf of St. Lawrence
on the Pilot Chart of the North Atlantic Ocean for July, 1897.

Ice. — From the 1st of January until the end of May, entrance
into the bays and harbors of Newfoundland and Labrador is rendered

n for a length of
lUtes to two hours
»f the current in
ial regularity (.lid
the current corre-

themselves.
irrent would run
inst it, and would
!tion as the wind,
e tide. The most
r out of the strait
^r, July 19, 1895.
ed 3 miles off the
)urs, and out from
ximum velocity of
om the west 2.44
g in through the
y, September 5, to
ions concurred in

the one direction
were much inter-
iried from a mini-
n one direction,
lay he set down as

nature, and under
velocities which are
2 knots per hour in

i-eather and during

terly or westerly in

d becomes stronger

) current may come

:ind.

hich were observed

iid September, 1895)

from the west, 2,50

trait of Bi'll^i Isle is
Lc Ocean for March,
ulf of St. Lawrence
m for July, 1897.
nd of May, entrance
Labrador is rendered

lOE.

difficult and almost impossible by the presence of ice. Through-
out this peri(xl navigation is practically suspended.

The ice encountered at this season in these waters is of two varie-
ties — first, that of local formation, the rigorous climate of the
region sufficing to freeze over every sheltered harbor for a certain
portion of the year; second, northern ice, or that formed in higher
latitudes and brought hither by the action of the Labrador Current.
The latter appears in two forms-— field ice, consisting of flat i)iecos
of ice several feet in thickness, and often of considerable extent,
and bergs, or isolated mountains of ice, reaching in height from
one to two hundred feet or more, and with bases covering an area
of several acres.

Regarding the local ice, the date of its formation depends upon
the position of the place in question, and largely upon the season.
St. Johns Harbor, for instance, rarely freezes over. Toulinguet
Harbor, on the other hand, froze over every year from 1867 to 1886,
the earliest date of its closing during the period being January 1 ,
1868, the latest February 20, 1879. The earliest and the latest date
of opening throughout the same period were Ain-il 15, 1879, and
June 4, 1884, respectively.

The usual time of freezing is, in Labrador, the montli of Novem-
ber, and in the south of Newfoundland, the middle of January,
while the period of the ice breaking up is, in Labrador, the end of
June, and in the south of Newfoundland the middle of April.
Intermediate ports vary in time, according to position. It is to be
observed, however, that the times of freezing or opening vary
greatly in different years, depending on the severity or compara-
tive mildness of the winter season.

Let us now turn to the consideration of the second and more
important variety of ice— that derived from higher latitudes.

The first of this ice to make its appearance upon the coast is what
is known as the white or northern slob. This white slob is the
surface ice which is formed to the north and east of Labrador
during the early winter months, and is crushed up by the wind
and sea and built upon as it journeys south. It is usually found
in masses several miles in extent and varying from 3 to 10 feet in
thickness.

The main body of the slob is brought down from the north by
the Labrador Current, and continues along the coast, filling the
harbors and bays of Newfoundland as it advances. From the
lookout of Aillik, on the coast of Labrador, in latitude 55°, the
northern slob is observed each year, about the 10th of December,
as a narrow stream 5 to 8 miles in width, moving southward. This
body gradually widens until January, and it may then be 12 to 15
miles in width. About the first or second week in January the

mimmm

LABUADOR — NEWFOrNDLAND.

sheet ice begins to take the place of the slob, and contin ues to flow
southward in the same manner. It is more dense and solid tlian
the slob, but not so thick, except in places where rafting has taken
place, and here it may stand from 5 to 20 feet above the water.
Isolated bergs are also seen about this time.

The arrival of the slob at St. Johns may be expected from Jan-
uary 15 to February 1. It is often seen 5 to 15 miles distant, drift-
ing to the south, for days before it closes in to the shore, or
obstructs navigation, and vessels ill adapted for contending with
ice have frequently reached St. Johns by rounding the southern
tail and approaching Cape Race from the SW. The breadtlx of the
early slob passing Cape Spear varies in January from 40 to 60
miles, but it rapidly increases. For February the average is 80
to 130 miles. This, however, is far exceeded in seasons of heavy
sheds, when a breadth of 250 to 300 miles is often attained, carry-
ing the ice as far east as 45° W. This extreme breadth is, how-
ever, by no means uniform, as the ice, having little depth, is blown
along by the wind, and the eastern edge of the main body is deeply
indented by bays and prolonged by capes. The main body of the
ice itself is intersected by leads and open areas, and is compact or
loose, according to the direction of the wind, easterly winds (NE.
to SSE.) serving to unite the ice and to drive it in a solid mass
upon the Newfoundland Coast, filling Notre Dame, Bonavista, and
Trinity Bays so that no water can be seen; westerly winds, espe-
cially southwesterly, serving to disperse it, a single night of the
latter wind often emptying the bays and carrying the stream out
of sight to seaward. Between the end of March and the middle of
April, during ordinary years, the ice swings off to the eastward,
owing to the failure of accessions from the north and the increas-
ing prevalence of westerly winds. After this date strings of field
ice may at times be seen making their way down the coast, occa-
sionally in May, and rarely in June. These, however, are for the
most part derived from Trinity Bay and Bonavista Bay, and are
not part of the regular northern stream.

The voyage of the ice southward from the Arctic has been traced
by actual experience. On October 14, 1871, Captain Tyson and a
party of nineteen others were separated from the U. S. S. Polaris
in latitude 77° or 78° N., just south of Littleton Island. Unable to
regain their ship, the whole party remained on the floe, and accom-
plished one of the most wonderful journeys on record. After a
drift of over 1,500 miles, fraught wilh danger from beginning to
end, and threatened with death, nqt only by starvation and expo-
sure to cold, but also by the numerous gales encountered, support-
ing themselves by hunting and fishing, they were finally rescued
April 30, 1872, by the sealing steamer Tigress, near the Strait of

ICE.

itiniies to flow
md solid than
;ing has taken
>ve the water.

ited from Jan-
diaiant, drif t-
the shore, or
ntending with
the southern
breadtL of the
rrom 40 to 60
average is 80
,sons of heavy
ttained, carry-
■eadth is, how-
lepth, is blown
body is deeply
in body of the
is compact or
■ly winds (NE.
n a solid mass
3onavista, and
y winds, espe-
e night of the
the stream out

;he middle of
the eastward,
id the increas-
itrings of field
he coast, occa-
er, are for the

Bay, and are

las been traced
n Tyson and a

S. S. Polaris
id. Unable to
'je, and accom-
;ord. After a

beginning to
;ion and expo-
,ered, support-

nally rescued

the Strait of

Belle Isle, in latitude 53° 35' N., and carried safely into port. No
bettor example than this could be given of the drift from the
Arctic Basin, illustrating, as it does, not only the journey to the
southward, but also the many vicissitudes to which the ice is sub-
jected before reaching a low latitude.

The fields of ice encountered to the eastward of the Grand Banks
are in general detached masses, due either to a temporary diversion
of the stream or to the separation of fields of limited area from the
main body, the primary cause in both cases being the i)revalence
of heavy westerly gales. During February these detached fields
are reported most frequently north of the 46th parallel, and between
the meridians of 4(5° and 49°. The quantity of this early ice depends,
to a large extent, upon the character of the early winter months
in the higher latitudes in which the slob is formed. If November
and December are mild, the quantity will be slight; such was the
case in the winter of the years 1891-92, and of 1894-95, the latter
having been, according to the reports of fishermen and lightkeepers,
the mildest winter for many years past. The quantity of bergs, or
true Greenland ice, reported during the following spring and sum-
mer is, on the other hand, quite independent of the severity of the
winter.

The destruction or wasting away of the slob and field ice in short
periods is very remarkable. It appears to melt away very rapidly
after April. A vessel may be beset in the evening, and by morn-
ing all will have disappeared. The ice in strings forms an excel-
lent shelter for vessels hove to in a gale, and is constantly used for
this purpose, but these breakwaters may be crushed iip and de-
stroyed in a single night.

After the month of May, heavy bodies of northern or Arctic ice
are seen moving to the southward every year throughout June,
July, and sometimes throughout August. It is variable in quan-
tity and breadth, but forms a constant obstruction from Indian
Tickle, on the coast of Labrador, to the Fogo Islands. The stream
generally breaks in July.

The bergs which follow the slob and field ice are detached por-
tions of the true polar ice, formed upon the land, and carried down
to the sea by glacial action, the glaciers performing for these frigid
regions the same function as that performed by the rivers of the
temperate latitudes, viz, serving to distribute the excess precipita-
tion. From the frozen interior of the Arctic Continent these rivers
of ice make their way through valley and gorge to the shores of
the ocean, and even beyond, the face of the glacier being thvust
forward into the sea by the enormous pressure in the rear until the
buoyant effect of the water upon the submerged portion is sufficient
to detach it from the main body,- and the huge fragment becomes

NKWFOUNDLANI).

a HontinK island or niountuin of ic»', wliicli is born** away by the
pj-evailiiiK currt'iitH. The onward progross of tho glaciers varien,
the hight'st velocity yet observed being in the case of those along
the Avest coast of Greenland. That of the Fjord of Jako1)shaven,
in r.9° 22' N., amounts to about 50 feet i)er day, and it has been com-
puted that this glacier alone contributes to the sea from one to U
cubic miles of ice annually.

The tliawing process alone, occasioned by the increased tempera-
ture of air and water during the polar summer, would scarcely
suflice to reduce these enormous masses of ice to the size usually
observed. Their disintegration is brought about ordinarily from
within. Even in its original condition the surface of the glacier
ice is A\rinkled with cliasm and crevasse, penetrating more of less
deeply into its interior. The deepest of these depressions collect
the water due to the melting of the upper part of the bor':;; until
they overflow. A fall in temperature occurs, the surface of this
water, and later its entire volume, is converted into ice, and the
tremendous expansive force of this change is amply sufficient to
shatter the mass of the berg.

Once beyond the limits of the polar regions, the process of dis-
solution is rai)id. The berg, always heated upon its southern side,
is in unstable equilibrium, and by reason of its frequent topplings,
constantly exposes a new surface to the action of the sun's rays.
Under these conditions its ultimate annihila:i jn is a matter of a
comparatively short time.

The icebergs seen off the Grand Banks frequently exceed a height
of 200 feet, and are of such extent and occur in such numbers as
to constitute, with their attendant fogs, the most dangerous of all
the obstacles with which the navigator of the North Atlantic has
to contend. Their frequency in different years varies in a wholly
inexplicable manner, certain seasons— as, for instance, 1882, 1890,
and 189G— being notable for their extraordinary abundance, while
during the years 188G, 1888, and 1895 the number observed was
far below the average. June is the month during which they are
most numerous along the transatlantic route.

The southern limit of the occurrence of berg and field ice on the
Grand Banks varies from month to month and from year to year,
and it is therefore only possible to sketch it in general outline. On
the route to and from Europe, ice is most frequently encountered
between 45° W. and 55° W., and north of the 41st parallel. Its
most easterly position was recorded in July, 1890, when a berg was
seen in 24° 11' W., 48° 53' N. Pergs have been seen in as low a
latitude as 39° N., and in position to attain which the extension of
the Gulf Stream must have been crossed. Such phenomena have
been attributed to the warm waters of the Gulf Stream overrunning

ICK.

2.'{

)rno away l)y the
M f^laciors varies,
,86 of those along
of Jakobshavon,
I it has been corn-
ea from one to 1^

icreased tempera-
r, would scarcely

the size usually
t ordinarily from
ace of the glacier
iting more of less
iepressions collect
of the ber;- until
le surface of this

into ice, and the
,mply sufficient to

the process of dis-
its southern side,
i-equent topplings,
»f the sun's rays,
n is a matter of a

;ly exceed a height
. such numbers as
t dangerous of all
Forth Atlantic has
varies in a wholly
stance, 1882, 1890,
abundance, while
iber observed was
iig which they are

i,nd field ice on the
from year to year,
neral outline. On
ently encountered
41st parallel. Its
), when a berg was

1 seen in as low a
sh the extension of
I phenomena have
tream overrunning

the cold Arctic Current, while the latter, retaining its jmigress und
direction as a submarine current, transports the deeply immersed
ice islands into and across the Gulf Stream.

The diagram on opposite page ^'hows the limits within which ice
was observed during the months of June, July, and August ucconl-
iug to the reports received by the United States Hydrograjdiic
Office from ve.ssels during tlie i)oriod lHHr-18tt5. It should liere l)e
remembered, however, that the observing vessels followed, in the
main, well-beaten tracks, and that the outline of the actual urea
may be very different from that shown by a sunnnary of the
reports.

The season during which vessels are liable to encounter ice on
the voyage between the Channel and the northern ports of the
United States thus extends from February to August, the reports
reaching a maximum frequency during June and July. Isolated
bergs, however, may be sighted at any time, and consequently a
good lookout is always necessary. No reliance can be placed on
any warning conveyed by diminution of temperature, either of air
or sea, on approaching ice ; but, even during fog, or on dark nights,
a peculiar whitening, known as "ice blink," may generally be ob-
served when nearing icebergs, and occasionally the sea, breaking
against the base of a berg, may give warning of its proximity, but

XKWFOIXDI.ANI).

no rule Clin bo laid down to insure Hftfo nnviK'ition, as thu powition
of ice differH in difforoiit HouHonH; evurythiriK diipoudfl on tho vigi-
lance, caution, anrl sltill of the navigator when croHHing arnaH in
which ice prevailH.

Vo88el8 Mliould, if ponsiblo, always pa-ss to windward of icebergs
to avoid tlie loose ice floating to ioeward.

Vessels bound to the Oulf of St. Lawrence or Halifax either
endeavor to make Capo Race by i)a8sing north of tho Virgin Rocks,
or, in order to avoid the ice, cross the banks on tl'f> parallel of 44°
N., hauling up on their proper course when past lo gitude 65" W.,
as heavy ice is seldom sotMi to tlie westward of that nu -idiiin.

The vicinity of St. Pierre, Miquelon, is generally free from ice
after the middle of April, and sometimes during the whoi ) yo>ir

Ice in Oabot Strait. — This strait is never frozen over, but es-
sels built in the ordinary way can not navigate it in safety between
January 1 and May 1 on account of the heavy drift ice, and fre-
quently not till later on account of the block caused by what is
locally known as tho "Bridge."

Gulf or river ico usually begins to flow through the stmit early
in January, the ice being thin, but increasing to 4 feet in thickness.
Small icebergs 10 to 18 feet in height occasionally pass through the
strait, but a large berg is seldom seen. The ice continues to flow
through till May, according to the winter.

Nearly every year the great rush of ice out of the Gulf of St.
Lawrence in tho spring becomes blocked between St. Paul Island
and Cape Ray, and this sometimes lasting for two or three weeks,
and completely preventing the passage of ships, is named the
Bridge. It is recorded that three hundred sail have at one'time
been detained by this obstacle, and many wrecks have occurred in
consequence on the Newfoundland coast. The usual time of the
formation of the "Bridge" is between the middle of April and the
middle of May.

The wind between NE. and south opens the Newfoundland coast,
and the strait often clears rapidly witli winds between NW. and
NE. In 36 hours very little ice may be seen from Cape Ray,
whereas SW. and West winds block it, the former forcing up the
ice from between Magdalen Islands and Cape Breton Island to
combine with the main stream running southeastward.

Sealing steamers endeavor to pass through Cabot Strait at all
times, but are occasionally fast in the ice for days together.

Ice Report Stations. — Information as to ice, wind, tempera-
ture, aivd weather indications may be obtained during the months
of April and May, by communicating with the signal stations on
Capes Ray and Race and at Galantry Head, St. Pierre Island.

-ry aisauM ' .-'^ -^^.T

^ ■ ftwuu'M'j.BWt ' .a t aw

mmmmi.

ti, aa the position
MJiuls on tho vigi-
croHHiiiK iintfiH in

hvurd of icebergs

)r Htilifax eithpr
tho Virgin Rocks,
1'f> p;irallol of 44''
lo gitudo 65" W.,
Kit ni( 'idiiin.
illy free from ice
the whoi) your
zen over, but • es-
in safety between
drift ice, a'ld fro-
jaused by wliat is

jh the 8<nvit early

t feet in thicknosH,

r pass througli the

continues to flow

.f the Gulf of St.
ni St. Paul Island
'o or three weeks,
ps, is named the
[ have at one" time
i have occurred in
usual time of the
e of April and the

svfoundland coast,
between NW. and

from Cape Ray,
ler forcing up the

Breton Island to
(tward.

^abot Strait at all
ys together,
e, wind, tempera-
luring the months
signal stations on
Pierre Island.

ICE. 05

West Coast of Newfoundland.— The Htreani of ice Netting out
of tho at. Lawrenco River app«tarH to Hplit on Cape George, the
main stream paHsing into St. George Buy and toward Cal)ot Strait.
The other portion is u'eiH'ifillv curried l)y a NK. set, as, from tho
bay of Islands and iJonne Bay, the ice is reported to generally
travel in that direction. This current is stated to be strongest
during the months of March and April.

The northern ice, after its passage through the Straits of Belle
Isle, and generally entering the Gulf oi St. Lawrence about the
!)tii January, can not, at present, be foUoweil. It may arrive oft'
Bonne Bay during January or February, or it may be dri\.'n on
to the Labrador Coast, all depending on tho winds.

A NW. wind doses the Newfoundland coast; SW. winds (.pen
a lane of water inshore, and winds between SW. through south to
ESE. clear the coast to Cape St. George.

The gulf ice usually clears off the west coast of Newfoundland
between tho end of April and middle of May, but in cold seasons
it may remain much later.

Ice in Belle Isle Strait— Local slob ice is apt to form early in
December, followed shortly by the formation (jf slieet ice a foot
thick or more. The date of the arrival of the northern ice depends
largely upon the cliaractor of the winds, th<;se from the east and
NE. driving tho stream of northern slob into the strait, those from
west and SW. keeping it olfshore. During only one season for
many years past, however, has it failed to appear in enormous
quantities, the season mentioned being the exceptionally mild
winter of 1894-95. The strait frequejitly remains sufficiently open
for navigation during the entire month of December, but is little
used during that month by ocean-going vessels, as navigation in
tho St. Lawrence River closes in November.

The following table gives for the last six years (1893-98) the date
of the formation of the first local ice, and also the date of the
arrival of the first considerable number of bergs :

local Ice.

-I-

1893-93...
1898-94. - .
1894-93...
1895-96...
1896-97...
1897-98...

December 23
December 3 .
December 83
December 11
December 2 .
December 3 .

Bergs.

February 28.
April 7.
Febniary ] 3.
January 16.
March 28.

NEWFOUNDLAND LABRADOR.

¥ 1

:; *'!

The date of the passage through the strait of the first and the
last seagoing steamer for several years past is as follows :

Flr»t.

Laat.

1892

1898

1894

1895

June 16

June 26

November 22.
November 12.
♦November 20.
November 20.
♦November 17.
♦November 16.
♦November 13.

June 27

June 17

1896

June 21

1897

June 27

1898

♦June 28

!^it|

* From the Ruconls of tbo V, S. Hydrogrnphic Offlcc.

Sealing steamers sometimes make their way through the strait
during April.

Every yea .■ throughout the months of May, June, and a portion
of July the Labrador Current carries to the southward, past the
eastern entrance to the strait, an almost countless procession of
bergs.

Easterly winds and the tidal currents bring many of these bergs
within the eastern extrance of the strait, and some few even
emerge at its western extremity and make their way into the
gulf as far as Rich Point on the coast of Newfoundland and Meca-
tina Island on the Labrador side. The size of these is of course
limited by the depth of the channel— 35 fathoms. The keeper of
the light on the island frequently reports as many as 250 bergs in
sight at one time, and gives instances of bergs stranding to the
eastward of the island at a point where the water is over 100
fathoms in depth. For the month of May, 1893, he reports "a
heavy j; m of northern field ice and icebergs, some of them the
most rugged and massive pieces of ice I have seen in my 30 years
on this island. I have counted 200 at one time, but owing to the
heavy blockade of field ice, many of the low bergs must have
escaped notice. Some of the bergs are almost like islands covered
with snow, owing to the amount of earth and sand encased within
them, which, melting down the sides, gives them from a distance
the a])pearance of land." For the following summer he reports:
•'Following the spring the ice came into the strait by the north
side and could be seen from the east end of the island up to July
15; also bringing a lot of icebergs which remained aground all
along the shore among the islands of Battle Harbor. These break-
ing u^i during the summer and the tide and wind driving them
across the strait (within) were v^ry dangerous to navigation. Sev-
eral accidents and narrow escapes followed; notably the Lake
Nepigon struck a submerged piece of ice at Forteau and had to be
beached, while the Straits of Gibraltar was a total loss. In fact,

■'n

insnm

of the first and the

as follows :

Laot.

ber 23.
ber 13.
nber 30.
ber 20.
nber 17.
nber 16.
nber 13.

fflcc.

y through

the strait

June, and a portion
sovithward, past the
mtless procession of

many of these bergs
ind some few even
their way into the
'oundland and Meca-
jf these is of course
oms. The keeper of
nany as 250 bergs in
ergs stranding to the
e water is over 100
, 1893, he reports "a
fs, some of them the
3 seen in my 30 years
tne, but owing to the
ow bergs must have
t like islands covered
[ sand encased within
them from a distance
; summer he reports :
e strait by the north
[he island up to July
■emained aground all
[arbor. These break-
d wind driving them
s to navigation. Sev-
i; notably the Lake
Forteau and had to be
a total loss. In fact,

ICE PASSA(iES.

during foggy night.s, captains were ratlier chary of passing through
the strait. These small pieces of floe ice are all under water, and
when there i.s any sea running are invisible. Captains of vessels
bound for the Lal)rador coast reported tliat it was impossible to
get into any of the harbors along the sliore during the night or in
foggy weather, owing to the cliain of bergs that lay alouL^ the
land." ■ ^ o

In the latitude of Belle Isle and along the steamer route approach-
ing the strait the breadth of the stream of ice rarely extends fur-
ther to the eastward than the meridian of 47°, although single
bergs have been seen as far east as 44°, notably during the phe-
nomenal year of 1890. Tlie stream ordinarily breaks in July, and
during tlie autumn months drifting bergs are by no means so
treque.it. Stranded bergs ordinarily break up rapidly and disap-
pear, but occasionally one will maintain its position and resist
destruction throughout the entire winter. An instance of this was
given by a berg which grounded November U, 1896, about 7 miles
west of Belle Isle liglit, and was still in place May 1, 1897.

Tlie following report by Captain Wills, of the .steamsl"iip British
Evipire, tells the ultimate fate of many of these bergs ■

"July 21, 1896, latitude 45° 11' N., longitude 47° 46' W., at 11 34
p^m., in a dense fog sighted a berg 200 feet ahead and a little
off the port bow, which we cleared by about 70 feet. When about
three ship's lengths past it a startling phenomenon took place- a
terrific crash, followed by a roar of broken water, succeeded by
more crashing and roaring, getting fainter at each explosion the
whole occupying a minute and a half. We had stopped our
engines with the helm hard aport, and although we were running
at slow speed, I have no doubt that the ship's wash caused the
berg to break up. "

Passages.— With a view to reducing the risks of collisions and
to the avoidance of ice and fog the principal transatlantic steam-
ship companies sailing from Liverpool and the English Channel
have adopted routes separated in the eastward and westward voy-
ages, and adapted to the varying ice and fog conditions for the
different seasons of the year. These routes have the additional
advantage that in the event of a vessel breaking down, assistance
is more hkely to be at hand; also it may be presumed that sailing
vessels will either endeavor as far as possible to avoid their locali-
ties, or at any rate keep a strict lookout when in their vicinity.
The routes here given were adopted and subscribed to at a general
meeting of the companies held in London, November, 1898.

14910-

mm-

;Mk>.

.SANDY HOOK SCILLY.

EASTBOUND.

At Jill seasons of the year steer a course from Sandy Hook
Ligatvessel, or Five Fathom Bank South Lightvessel, to cross the
meridian of 70° W., nothing to the north of latitude 40° 10',

From January 15 to August 23, both days inclusive, steer from
40° 10' N. and 70° W., hy rhumb line, to cross the meridian of 47°
W. in 41° N., and from this last position nothing north of the
Great Circle to Fastnet or Scilly.

From August 24 to January 14, both days inclusive, steer from
latitude 40° 10' N., and longitude 70° W., to cross the meridian of
00° "W. in latitude 42° N., thence by rhumb line to cross the mei-id-
ian of 45° W. in latitude 40° 30' N., from this last position nothing
north of the Great Circle to Fatjtnet, when bound to the Irish
Channel, and as near as possible to, but nothing north of, the
Great Circle to Bishops Rock, always keeping south of the latitude
of Bishops Rock, when bound to the English Channel.

JANUARY 15 TO AUGUST 23, BOTH DAYS INCLUSIVE.

Courses (true) and distances (in nautical miles) : Sandy Hook
Lightvessel to 70° W. (in 40° 10' N.), S. 84° 10' E., 177 miles; to
cross the meridian of 47° W. in 41° N., N. 87° 17' E., 1,055 miles,
from this last position nothing north of the Great Ci)'cleto Fastnet
or Scilly (Bishops Rock),

Great Circle to Fastnet.

Distance on Great Circle, l.G')! miles. Total ilistttiiue, Sandy Ilooli Lixlitvossel to Faetuet, 2,f83 miles.

Longitude ' 47° 00' W I 45=00' W ' 40°00'W; 35°00'W! 30° Oil' "w

Latitude 41° 00' N i 42° 02' N ' 44° 10' N 4fi° 10' N 47° 45' X

Course ._ N 55° 13' K N 56° 32' K N59'58'K X 6:!° 31' K X 07° 10' K

Longitude 250(K)'\v; 20' 0(1' W 15^ 00' W 10°(IO'W !»° 30' W

Latitude 49° 02' N : 50° 00' N 50° 411' N 61° 1«' N 51° 20' f '

Course ; N 70° 54' K I N 74° 43' K | N 78° 34' E N 82° 27' E i N 82° 4e' E

Great Circle to Bishops Rock

Distance on Great Circle 1,704 miles. Total distance, Sandy Hoolt Liglitvessel to nisliops Uock, 2,!I90 miles.

Longitude j 47° 00' W ' 45° 00' W 40° 00' W ' ;i5° 0(>' W 30' 00' W

Latitude 1 41° 00' N 41° 53' N 43- 52' N 45°3rN 4li° 60' N

Course — jN6«°41'E NG0°01'E X 63° 25' K N«ti°50'E' N70-'33'ic

Longitude 1 '26° 00' W 20° 0<i' \V l.">° 00' W 10°ro'W 6° '7' W

Latitude j 47"51'N 48° 46' N 49° 28' N 49' 42' X 49° 5il' X

Course N 74' 14' JO X 77° 58' E N »1° 44' E ' N 85° 33' E N 88° 16' i)

AUGUST 24 TO JANUARY 14, BOTH DAYS INCLUSIVE.

Courses (true) and distances (in.liautical miles) : Sandy Hook
Lightve.ssel to 70° W. (in 40° 10' ^<.), S. 84° 10' E., 177 niil.^s, to
cross the meridian of 00° W. in latitude 42° N., N. 70° 23' E., 467
miles ; thence by rhumb line to cross the meridian of 45° W, in

timmm

1 Sandy Hook
sel, to cross the
e 40° 10'.
live, steer from
ineridifiu of 47°
J north of the

Ave, steer from
lie meridian of
ross the morid-
)sition nothing
id to the Irish
;' north of, the
of tlie hititude
iiel.

ELUSIVE.

: Sandy Hook
, 177 miles; to
S., 1,055 miles,
ircleto Fast net

jFaatuet, 2,>83 niilos.

>° 00' W ! 30° Oil' W

!°10' N 47° 45' X

!° 31' K X 07° 10* E

p m" w <.t° sfi' w

°W N : 51° 20* K

[■^ 27' K i N 82° 4«' E

ibops Bock, 2,!)06 miles.

i° W W ;W^ 00' W

p°3r N 4(i°60'N

l°56' E N 70' 33' E

pro' W 6C27' W

P42' N 49° 50' N

1° 33' E : N 88° 16' E

:'LUSIVE.

: Sandy Hook

,177 niilos, to

70° 23' E., 467

n of 45° W. in

PASSAGES. go

latitude 40° 30' N" N" fi^o 10' i:^ r^r^ .^

Great Circle to Fastnet.

DIsUuce uii (Jrent Circle, I 411 ,„|i«. t„.»i h^

L:!!!::!: :!"""" '"'^°"' ^""^ °°°'- ^ '^'■'-""«' '^ F«,tne.. 2.755 „.l,e,.

Longitude .,„ ~ : .

Latitude 45O00'W 40"00'W; l-io nn-w o^

Course 48-'3n' N 47°57'n' aL^, lY 30° 00' W 25° 00' W

N 83° 06' E ; N J^o ^J- g : J, ^^ OV N 50^ oi; N : to^ 41' N

Great Circle to Bishops Rock

Longitude ! ... '~ " — —

S:'''--"-—-^^, «°3"s;5' i?o^-t: j»°««;jri 3o°oo'w; 25°oorw^

Longitude ... ««, ^, „ "^ , " '» ^7 ^ East.

WESTBOUND.

to cross themerillian of 40 W Tn S^^^^^^^^
rhumb lineor Great Circle, or even ntth o/ .^^^ ^^*^«^

easterly current is encounteredT T\ ^""^^^ ^""^^^ '^ ^^

Lightvessel, thence tXe Island S^hf'T T"^ "^ Nantucket
York, or to Five Fathon Bank 1 Jh^'^^^^^^^^ '^^'" ^^"^^ ^^^"^^^^
Philadelphia. """^^ Lightvessel, when bound for

Fal^eltXCsLtrg^el'tC^^ '^^^ ^^'^^"^^^'^' «*- ^--

to cross the meridLn ofYo^vTn ^M^^^^^

Hue to cross the meridian of 60° W infa i^^^^ ^'^^^^

.athom Bank SoSth ^^ ^Sl.^;;^^;^^-

.TANUARV 15 TO AUGUST 14, BOTH DAYS INCLUSIVE

Courses (true) and distances (in nautical miles).
Great Circle from Fastnet.

Distance on Great Circle, 1,018 miles.
Longitude i oo on, mTi T ■ ^ —

Longitude....... " ^ "i ' ^ ^^ ^ I ^ ^^^^ ^ , ^^^ ^ S W ^

^r"- --------:::::: ^J^nI ^l^^i ZZ^^ ^^°««'^' ^t°o<.'w

! 1

8CILLY SANDY HOOK.

Oreat Circle from Bishopst Rock.

Distancu ou Qroat Circle, 1,733 miles.

I,ongltn(Io - «° 27' W

I,«titiid.< 4«''6f" N

Course - ""'■

Longitude - 30° 00' W

Latitude *70 1i2 N

Cour«,. S 72° IV W

10° 00' W

49= 48' N

8 87° 18' W

36° CO* W

46° HO' N

S 68° 35' W

15° (K)' W 20=00' W 25° 00' W

49° M' N 4'jn 03' N 48° 20' N

S 83° 2U' W ^ S 70° 42' W S 76° 56' W

4(P 00' W 4.1° 00' W i 47° 00' W

44° 38' N ; 4'i° 49' N I 42° 00' N

8 65° 02' W ! 8 61° 34' W 8 60° IS' W

Thence S. 85° 23' W., 1,028 milos, to a point soutli of Nantucket
Lightvessel ; thence S. 86° 51' W., 164 miles, to Fire Island Light-
vessel ; thence West ;50 miles, to Sandy Hook Lightvessel. Total
distance, Fastnet to Sandy Hook Lightvessel, 2,840 miles. Bishops
Rock to Sandy Hook Lightvessel, 2,955 miles.

AUGUST 15 TO JANUARY 14, BOTH DAYS INCLUSIVE.

Courses (true) and distances (in nautical miles).
Great Circle from Fastnet.

Distance on Great Circle, 1,674 niileB.

loncitudc 9°36'W llP 00' W 15° 00' W 20° 00' W 25° 00' W

Tnlkiide " 610 20' N .61° 22' N 51° 2(1' N 61° 20' N 60° 59' N

Course -'/-Illllir.^y.IIIIIlir/ N 86° 04' W N 86° 23' W S8a°43'\V 8 85° 12' W S 81° 65' W

Loneitude itii-^OCW 35°00'W 40°00'W 4,^° 00' W ^9° 00' W

ffiiiVl" " " — - a'P2«'N 4;i°38'N 48^ 35' N 47° 16' N lo" 00' N

Course 8 78° 02' W S 74° 12' W S 70° 25' W , 8 66° 43' W ' S 630 48' W

Great Circle from Bis^'ops Rock.

Distance on Great CircU', 1,703 miles.

Longitude ; 6° 27' W

Latitude ' 49'^ 5«' N

Course ^- N 81° U' W

Longitude 30°(KI' W

Latitude - «°4«' N

Coui-se 8 80° 44' W

10° 00' W

,611° (18' N
N 83° .-,4' W

35° 00' \V

49° 08' N

S 76° 56' W

15° no' W 20° 00' W 26oT)0' W

60O19'N 50°21'N 50° 11' N

N h70 44' W S 88° 24' W i 8 84° 34' W

40° 00* W 460 00' W

480 16' N 470 07' N

8 730 10' W S 09° 28' W

49° 00' \V

46° (KC N

8 66° 34' W

Thence by rhumb line S. 69° 08' W., 505 miles, to cross the merid-
ian of 60° W. in latitude 43° N. ; thence also by rhumb line, S. 71°
41' W., 455 miles, to a point south of Nantucket Lightvessel;
thence S. 80° 51' W., 164 miles, to Fire Island Lightvessel; thence
West, 30 miles, to Sandy Hook Lightvessel. Total distance, Fast-
net to Sandy Hook Lightvessel, 2,728 miles; Bishops Rock to
Sandy Hook Lightvessel, 2,857 miles.

Auxiliary Steameis may follow the routes given for full-pow-
ered steamers, or the directions for sailing vessels which follow.

Sailing Vessels, during the ^lUtumn, may stand to theNW.,
crossing the meridian of 30° W. in latitude 54° 30' N. or 55° N.,
then steer gradually to the SW. and endeavor to enter on the bank
of Newfoundland about the parallel of 47° 30' N., passing Cape
Race at a convenient distance; in this route, although heavy

li|T'""

20= OO' W 25° 00' W

4U" («' N 48° !iO' N

70° 42' W S 75° 56' W

45° 00' W ! 47° 00' W

4'J°49' N I *'i°W N

61° W W I 8 nO° 13' W

ith of Nantucket
ire Island Light-
jlitvessel. Total
miles. Bishops

NCLUSIVE.

20° 00' W 25° 00' W

51° 20' N 60° 59' N

9 85° 12' W S 81° 55' W

45° 00' W
47° 1«' N
S «6° 4S' W ' S 63° 48' W

^0° 00' W

^0°00' N

20° 00'

26°T50'

50° 21'

50° 11'

S 88° 24'

8 84° 34'

45° 00'

49° 00'

47° 07'

4K° (Kl'

S 69° 28'

S 60° 34'

cross the merid-
•humb line, S. 71°
cket Lightvessel;
ghtvessel; thence
tal distance, Fast-
Bishops Rock to

iveu for full-jjow-

is which follow.

tand to theNW.,

30' N. or 55° N.,

enter on the bank

N., passing Cape

although heavy

■BiV««»aSi&- i-e:i''»»*

PASSAGES.

weather is frequently experienced, the winds are generally more
tavorable, and the Arctic current assists in the latter part' of the
voyage. '■

In thick weather the thermometer will be found useful when
approaching the banks of Newfoundland, as the temperature of
the water falls on nearing them.

To the Strait of Belle Isle.-Steam ,rs from the north of Ire-
land intending to pass through the Straits of Belle Isle cross the
meridians oi 20° and 30° W. in about latitude 50° 30' N. ; the merid-
ian of 40° in about 55° N. ; and that of 50° in 53° 30' N. If bound
to St. Johns or south of Newfoundland, the same meridians are
crossed as follows : 20° W. in about latitude 55° N. ; 30° W in 53°
40 N. ; 40° W. in about 51° 30' N. ; and 50° W. in 48° N

Admiral Lavaud of the French Navy observes: "The best route
to follow on leaving the English Channel is to make a little north-
ing, so as to cross the meridian of 18° W. in latitude 50° N con-
tmuing to make northing if bound to the northern ports of New-
foundland; but if to the southern part of the island or gulf of St
Lawrence southing should be made, so as to strike the Great Bank
between the parallels of 45° and 40° N,"

Formerly the New York packet ships, when making their win-
^r voyage from Liverpool, kept in high latitudes until nearing
Newfoundland. This they did for the twofold object of avoiding
the tempestuous weather so generally experienced to the south-
ward, and of obtaining fairer winds. The voyage by this route is
shortened in distance; and, although bad weather must be ex-
pected It is not so violent as farther south; besides which the
easterly currents are avoided.

In the spring it is advisable to take the track recommended by
Admira Lavaud, keeping a good l6okout for ice when nearing
the Banks. At this season of the year a lane of water is often
found between the ice and the east shore of Newfoundland, ex-
tending from Cape Race to Bay Bulls, at which latter anchorage
a vessel may await in safety a clear passage to St. Johns Harbor
round Cape Spear.

Those bound to the Gulf of St. Lawrence, after passing to the
southward of the Virgin Rocks, on the Grand Bank, and the Island

f *• Pierre, should keep a middle course between Newfoundland
and Cape Breton Island, recollecting that the harbors on the coast
westward of Fortune Bay, are impeded with dangers, with many
rocks about the entrances, and that fogs are very prevalent on the
coast. Special attention must be paid to the set of the current
and on no account should the use of the lead be neglected

If the weather be foggy, a course should be shaped so as to pass
a few miles north of Scatari Island; frequently after passing the
meridian of Flint Island the fog will clear

NEWFOUNDLAND — LABRADOR.

ill

Cape Breton to Newfoundland.— When making tlie passage
from Sydney to Cape Race, the attention of the navigator is espe-
cially directed to the set of the current; also to the imperative
necessity of taking frequent soundings on the banks off the south
coast of Newfoundland, the usual state of weather being fog.

When steering to the eastward, the edge of St. Pierre Bank is a
good guide for longitude. Upward of 100 fathoms will be obtained
if drawn into the middle of Placentia Bay. Cape St. Mary should
not be approached, in thick weather, in less depth than 50 fathoms,
nor Cape Pine in 40 fathoms.

Variation of the Compass. — On the coasts of Newfoundlan<l
and Labrador the variation of the compass changes so rapidly, as
shown by curves of equal magnetic variation cm the charts, that
the course of a ship requires to be constantly changed in order to
steer, on a straight line, from one position to another. This is
particularly the case in steering for or through the Strait of Bolle
Isle, where, in foggy weather, great attention is necessary to the
course in order to avoid any mishap.

Local Magnetic Disturbance. — Observation shows that in
many parts of Newfoiindland and Labrador the compass, on land,
is subject to local magnetic disturbance, and there is reason to be-
lieve that a similar disturbance extends to the compasses of ves-
sels, when at anchor, or passing over depths of less than 20 fath-
oms, in many localities. In view of this, the method of fixing po-
sition by angles and station pointer is preferable to the method by
bearings.

Mill •

**a«ii

[,- 1^^^^^^***^ ■ '

cing tlie passage
avigator is espe-
the imperative
iks off the south
• being fog.
Pierre Bank is a
will be obtained
St. Mary should
;han 50 fathoms,

I: Newfoundlau'l
;es so rapidly, as
the charts, that
iiged in order to
nother. This is
e Strait of Bollo
necessary to the

shows that in
3mpass, on land,
3 is reason to be-
)mpasses of ves-
3S3 than 20 fath-
hod of fixing po-
:o the method by

CHAPTER II.

BANKS OF NEWFOUNDLAND AND NOVA SCOTIA BANKS.
(H. O. Chart No. 080-.)
Flemish Cap, the easternmost of the Newfonndlajid Banks, has
only been partially examined. It extends within the 100-fathom
line, about 00 miles in a noi-th and south direction, and is 25 miles
broad. The least depth known is 58 fathoms, near the south
extreme, m latitude 4(;° 47' N., longitude 44° 28' W., the bottom
being mu.l and largo stones. There is deep water between it and
Great Bank.

Great Bank of Newfoundland.— In crossing the North Atlaii-
tic Ocean to any port in Nova Scotia or the Buy of Fundy, vessels
generally traverse Uw Groat Bank of Newfoundland. This bank
extends about ;];J0 miles nortli and soutli, between the parallels of
48° .30' and 43° 00' N., and 390 miles east and west, between the
meridians of 47° 40' and 57° 20' W., oii the parallel of the Virgin
Rocks. This includes St. Pierre and Green Banks, which are in
reality a portion of the Great Bank. The only dangers whose
existence have been verified are the Virgin Rocks and banks and
the Eastern Rocks.

The form of the Great Bank is irregular, but it reaches its most
eastern limit on the parallel of the Virgin Rocks. South of this
parallel it trends to the southwest for about 230 miles, and decreases
in depth, so that on the parallel of 44° N. there is only a depth of
22Jathoms, over sand. On the parallel of 43° N. and meridian of
50° W. the bank falls into deep water, and its GO-fathom edge
trends to the northwest.

The general depth of water on the Great Bank, as far west as
the 52d meridian, varies from 30 to 45 fathoms, and the bottom is
usually sand, gravel, or broken shell.

Westward of the 52d meridian the bank is intersected by veins
of deeper water, one of which, extending southward from Placen-
tia Bay, has a depth of 105 fathoms on the parallel of the Viro-in
Rocks. "^

The Great Bank is separated from Ballard Bank, near Cape Race,
by a channel about 20 miles wide, having from 80 to 100 fathoms
water, over mud.

Virgin Rocks.— The bank (with depth of 3 to 30 fathoms) on
which these rocks are situated occupies a space 8 miles long in a
north and south direction and 3i miles greatest breadth. The least

(88)

NEWFOrXDLANl) — CJIJKAT HANK.

depth f()un<l on the Virgin Rocks was '.i fatlioins, ovoi* n small piu-
nacle, on whii-li the sea breaks in heavy weather. From tins pin-
nacle two rocks, with 4 and 5^ fathoms water over them, lie
respectively NNW., distant nearly 200 yards, and SW. ^ mile
di.stant. These rocks, with snrroiinding .shoal ground of less tlian
20 fathoms, comprise<l within a diameter of abont 1,100 yards,
form the Main Ledge.

South Shoal, with least water of 4J fathoms, is SSE. H udles
fi'om Main Ledge, and occupies a space 1,200 yard.s long in a north
and south direction, with a breadth of 700 yards, the depths being
imder 20 fathoms. Two other rocks with 5 fathoms of water are
NW. of this rock, the farthest being 300 yards off. Two small
rocks with 9 and 10 fathoms, respectively, lie near the north and
east edges of this bank.

South Shoal is reported by the fishermen to break heavier and
to be more dangerous than the Main Ledge.

Main Ledge and South Shoal are the only dangers in ordinary
weather, but several other parts on these shoals are reported to
break in heavy gales; the foul ground, combined with the tidal
stream, causing a confused sea even in sti'ong breezes.

Prairie Shoal, least water 9 fathoms, is about 800 yards long
and 400 yards broad, within the depth of 20 fathoms. It is north
2^ miles from the shoalest pan of Main Ledge, and midway between
are Northwest Shoal and Maloney Ledge, with least water 11 and
14 fathoms, respectively.

Ice. — The Virgin Rocks are usually surrounded by ice until the
middle of April or beginning of May.

Eastern Shoals. — The least water found on the shoals waB 7
fathoms, about ^ mile SE. of the Nine-fathom Bank, which lies
near the center of a group of shoal patches extending about 3^
miles in a north and south direction, Avith a breadth of 2 miles,
having depths on them of 12 to 25 fathoms. The Nine-fathom
Bank is in latitude 46° 20' 45" N., longitude 50° 28'. OG" W.

Eastern Shoals are the easternmost known to the fishermen ; those
with 13 fathoms or less over them are reported to break in heavy
weather. With a strong breeze there is a confused sea in the
locality.

Bog^ Ledge, the shoalest of four banks, occupying a space
1,200 yards long and 550 yards broad, has 12 fathoms on its shoal-
est part, which is 1^ miles NE. from Nine- fathom Bank.

Saunders Shoal, about 300 yards in diameter, has 11 fathoms
least water, and is i mile SE. by S* from Nine-fathom Bank.

A depth of 8 fathoms was reported to have b'^en found in 1874
about 40 miles E. by S. from the Eastern Shoals.

aigsiiftvmaaiitstiiimotssssi

or ii small ])iu-
From this piii-
ovov Iheni, lie
1(1 SW. i mile
iiid of less tliaii
it 1,100 yards,

s SSE. U uiil^is
long in a north
lie (leiJths being
ins of water are
)ff. Two small
r the nortli and

jak heavier and

;;er8 in ordinary
are reported to
I with the tidal
3zes.

800 yards long
ims. It is north
midway between
ist water 11 and

by ice until the

he shoals waS 7
Jank, which lies
(udiiig about 3^
idth of 2 miles,
he Nine-fathom

OG" W.
fishermen ; those
break in heavy
used sea in the

upying a space

jms on its shoal-
Bank,
has 11 fathoms

hom Bank.

n found in 1874

HANKS.

Emmeline Shoal, of r^ fathoms, is 'i milos north of Nine-fathom
Bank, and the (iilley Shoals, of lb and 12 fathoms, are about a
mile SSE. of the bank.

Tidal Streams. — In the immodiute neighborhood ot the Virgin
and Eastern Rocks the tidal stream attuins a velocity of J knot an
houi', l)ut a few miles from theni it is scarcely perceptible; during
the ])eriod of examination a slight s<jutherly set was experienced.

Qreen Bank, on which the least depth of water is lU) fathoms,
stony bottom, is in reality the western exti'emity of the Great Bank,
being only ])artially separated from it by a gully of deep watei-, in
about longitude 54° W., having over 00 fathoms mud in it. Its
western limit is in longitude 55° W., and its soiithern margin in
latitude 44° 50' N., and the peculiarity of its western limit nearly
coinciding with the meridian of 55° W. makes it of service in veri-
fying the longitude. The deep gully between it and St. Pierre
Bank is 14 niiles wide, with 70 to 90 fathoms mud.

A 5-fathom patch in latitude 45° 4(1' N., longitude 54° 20' W.,
was rei)orted on Green Bank in 1881.

St. Pierre Bank has its eastern limit nearly on the meridian of
55° 20' W., and attains its southern boundary in latitude 45° N.,
longitude Hl^' 50' W. The bank then trends about NW. for about
120 miles to its western margin, in latitude 46° 40' N., longitude
57° 20' W.

The soundings on this bank vary from 20 to 45 fathoms, the
ordinary bottom being sand and broken shell.

(H. O. Chart No. 1412.)

Nova Scotia Banks. — Although the nature and extent of the
princii)al banks which mark the approaches to Nova Scotia are
not perfectly known, yet the knowledge of their limits and depth
of water has been greatly increased during late years. Much use-
ful information respecting the outer banks was diffused by the
French charts in 1858; the surveys of La Have and Roseway
Banks by Captain Shortland, R. N., in 1859, were satisfactory in
every respect ; and, later still, the offshore soundings by Captain
Orlebar, R. N., in 1804, are valuable additions to the hitherto
scanty knowledge of the inequalities of the various banks which
lie off the much-exposed and dangerous coast of Nova Scotia. Of
these banks, the principal in extent and most important in position
are the Banquereau and Sable Banks, the former being the eastern-
most of what may be correctly designated the Nova Scotia Banks.

Banquereau Bank, with 16 to 50 fathoms, is an extensive
plateau of sand, gravel, and shell, and is distinguished from con-
tiguous banks by numerous flat sea eggs without prickles, which
are found on the bottom. It extends from about latitude 44° 30' N.,

iyawwinsiJBMi

WIIMWfcMlgJWWJi

•M\

NOVA SCOTIA.

loiigitudo 67° 16' W. in ii wcstorly diroction \'iO miles to the
moridian of Mf W. Thia hiiiik is soparated from St. Pierrt' Bunk
by a deep \<;\x\\y nearly OO niilt's wide, liavinK from '200 to .'500
fathoms muddy bottom ; and from tiic oawt oi1k« <>f Sahln Island
Bank by another KnHy of doep water !• miles arroHs at its narrowest
part.

On rfferrinK to tho chart it will 1)0 soen that its shoalost part,
with 15 fathoms, in latitude 4-i" 35' N. and lonKitudo 57° 54' W., is
the apex of a ridge (haviuK It'ss than 30 fathoms) ui)ward of 40
miles in length NE. and SW., and that relatively with the dangers
off Sable Island it is not only a safe oiling lor vessels intending to
pass to the northward of tho last-named danger, but by keei>ing,
if possible, in the same par)c..x.\ the long and ccmtinnous line of
comparatively shoal water would enable a -vessel, under ordinary
circumstances, to feel her way with s<mie degree of confidence
until she has passed to tho westward of the jueridiaii of Sable

Island.

Soundings obtained by tho French cruiser Nauuh' in IH'.U indi-
cate that Banquereau Bank extends more to the eastward than is
indicated on the charts. This vessel obtained a sounding of 40^^
fathoms in latitude 44° 43' 00" N., longitude 57° IH' 15" W., a half
hour before not having fcmnd Iwttom in 10!» fathoms. From tho
above position the Naiade stood west at a s|)eed of (i to O.V knots,
sounding every half hour, and obtained .soundings of 32, 28.^, 2!),
34+, 1<», 20, and 20 fathoms.

Misaine and Canso Banks.— Misaino Bank lies to the north-
ward of Banquereau Bank, between the latter and Scatari Island,
and between its NW. edge, with GO fathoms, and a similar de'pth
on the outer edge of a bank extending from the shores of Cape
Breton Island, there is a dee)) gully 20 miles wide, with from 70
to 136 fathoms. The least water yet found on this bank is 30
fathoms, the general depth being more than 40 fathoms, with a
bottom of stone and broken shell. The outline of tho bank is
very irregular; its eastern limit is in latitude 45° 28' N., longitude
58° 10' W., and its western extremity is connected with Canso
Bank by the «0-fathom line.

The least water found on Canso Bank is 35 fatlioms, sandy bot-
tom ; the bank is separated from the north end of Middle Ground
by a space of deep water, with 112 fathoms, and from the bank
extending from Cape Canso by a narrow deep-water channel, with

84 fathoms.

Artimou Bank, at the east entioi the deep-water gully separat-
ing Misaine Bank from Banquereau, is of small extent, the least
■water found being 37 fathoms, over a bottom of stone with starfish
and sea eggs.

HANKS.

) niiU's to tilt!
,t. Pii'iTf Hunk
om 200 to aoo
if Siiblc ImIiukI
it its niirrowost

8 Hh(>aU-«t part,
l«5:"54' W.,is
i) upward c)f U)
•itli tli('(laiiKorM
tils intdiuUiiK to
Imt hy kcfpinj;',
iitiiuious lim; of
iiiidiT onliiiary
e of coiifKU'iu'i'
'Vidian of SaMf

nil' in 181't imli-
'astward tlian i.s
sounding of ioK
< 15" W., a half
oiiis. From tlio
f (1 to (5i knots,
fH of :33, 28. V, W,

ies to the nortli-
l Scatari Island,
a similar depth
shores of Cai)0
e, with from TO
this bank is 3(J
fathoms, with a
of the l)ank is
28' N., longitude
ted with Canso

loms, sandy bot-
Middle Ground
from the bank

XT channel, with

;er gully separat-
extent, the least
one with starfish

Middle Ground, alxmt ;j() miles to tln' nortiiward of the went
end of 8a))l(« Island, has as little as lo fathoms, thisdeptli ix'ing-
found at the extreme SK. end of the bank; then' is also a deptli of
IT) fathoms toward tht^ NW. extreme. Tht» l)ank is al)oiit 40 miles
in ItMigth NW. and SK., witii de[)ths varying; from 10 toIJo fatiioms,
and is separated from tlu» west end of Banqnereuu Mank hy a gully
.') nnles across, with 100 fathoms. Its inner end e'xtends to witliin
Hr) miles of (Jape Canso, the distance Iti^twMen being occupied priii-
cipnlly l)y a submarine valley, having in (jue locality a depth of
140 fathoms.

If, in foggy weather, soundings should be struck within the HO-
fathom line they will impart contidtmce in making the coast of
Nova Scotia, as the middle of the bank is in about the .same par-
allel as tlie entrance of Halifax Harl)or.

Sambro Banks consists of two banks; the eastern is about 12
miles in length, within the tlO-fathom line, and lies SE. :M mile.s
from the saMie depth south of Samhro Ledges. The western liank,
with 62 fathoms, sand aiul gravel, is about 4 miles mi extent and
sepjirateul from the easti-rn bank by a chantiel 10 miles wide, with
'JH to 100 fathoms, stone. A bank similar in s'y/.o to the western
bank, with '.\i ff+homs water, lies NE. about ("iO miles from it.
The.se baidvs are .-lurrounded hj- deep water. There are other
detached i»atches of less than 00 fathoms in the neighborhood, not
yet accurately defined.

Emerald Bank is about 20 miles SE. from the eastern Sambro
Bank. The least water yet obtained on it is 38 fathoms.

La Have Bank. — The northeastern shoal plateau of this ])ank,
with from 43 to 50 fathoms, sand and stone, is 32 miles in length,
north and south, by 15 miles broad, the north end being about
east nearly »jO miles from Baccaro Point. Another bank, with 46
to 50 fathoms, exists to the westward of the south end of the
above, from which it is only separated by a shallow gully with 53
fathoms.

The 60-fathom boundary of the bank is well defined all round
and includes withiii its limits Brawn Bank, described hereafter.

Roseway Bank. — The shoalest part of this bank, with from 31
to 40 fathoms, stone and pebbles, is about 11 miles in length, and
its center is on the same parallel as Cape Sable lighthouse and the
north end of La Have Bank. Between the GO-fathom lines of La
Have and Roseway Banks there is a deep channel, with from 70 to
100 fathoms; whilst inshore, Roseway Bank is connected by a
narrow neck with the 60-fathom line of the bank extending along
the coast.

Brown Bank, within the 50-fathoni line, is 55 miles in length,
with an average breadth of 15 miles. It lies to the westward of.

NOVA SCOTIA — NKWFOrNDLAXn.

but cimtiguoiis to, Lu lliivc Hank, uiid with it I'oiium hii iilmoHt
continuouH luiiik, rnllowiiij; the lino of cniiHt off (Jiipc HabU< iit the
«Hstiui<'<» of M inih's olVsliorc.

Near tht; wostcni cxtn-inity of Brown Bank is a Handy rise abont
lU inihfH lonK noftli and sontii, with fnun 1 I to 'M) fathoniH, th«! foi'-
mer drpth haviuK boon ol)tain<'d in hititudf 4"i' 47' N., h)ngitiidu
(lfi° 1!>' W. This dt'|)th lifs abont -H inih>s SSVV. of Capo Sabh«.

Outsiik' tho riO-falhoni lino of Brown Bank tlu'ro is a doop-walcr
channol '25 niilos wi(h', soparatint,' it from the? (lU-fathoni lino at
the northeastorn extremity of OeorKO Hboul, otf tho MassachuHetts
coast.

Iiisido Brown Bank tlioro is a narrow doop-wator channol with
above 00 fathoms, dividing? it from the same depth on tlie edge of
the shore bank, which follows, abont ;J0 miles otf, tho lino of coast
from Cape Sable to as far as Bryer Island, alji-east wliich the deep
water approaches within 5 miles of the shore.

There are many inocpuilities on the main si )re bank otf tho SW.
coast of Nova Scotia, which it wonld be useless to describe in detail
in these directions, inasmuch as they are clearly delineated on the
chart, by studying which the navigator will have a comprehensive
idea, not only of the i)ositions of, and depths upon, the various
small patiihes, but also of tho relative i)ositions of the larger banks.

Caution. — The bottom in the ai)i)roach to Halifa.\ is very un-
even, and soundings over this area havo uoi yet been obtained in
sufficient detail to justify much confidence being placed in a posi-
tion assumed from depths alone.

Birds. — The approach to the banks is generally evidenced by an
increasing number of sea fowl around the vessel. Hagdown&, a
species of gull, heavy of flight, are seen all across the Atlantic,
but on the banks they become very numerous, as well as divers and
other sea fowl.

Fish.— All the banks off Newfoundland and Nova Scotia abouud
in cod and other fish, and during the summer season a large fleet
of fishing vessels are found at anchor upon them. The ordinary
track of the mail steamers is left .open, but north and south of this
unoccupied track numerous American, French, and Canadian ves-
sels are employed in the cod fishery, especially on the Great Bank
of Newfoundland, St. Pierre Bank. Banquereau and Green Banks,
and Middle Ground.

s::\^, *i5 ■ ?.^v« sav-:>'

)rins HI) iiliuost
!ij)t< Httble (it tint

iiiiidy rise about
lit lir)inH, lli« for-
7' N., IdUKitiKlu
)f Capo Sal)l('.
is u (locji-wultT
-f'ntlioin lino at

(' MaSHHcllUHOttS

or chaimol with

l» on the edge of

the lino of coast

which the deep

link oft- the SW.
[escribe in detail
olineatod on the
I comprehensive
)on, the various
he larger banks,
ifax is very uu-
leen obtained in
)lacotl in a posi-

evidenced by an
. HagdownS, a
ss the Atlantic,
ell as divers and

'a Scotia abound
isoii a large fleet
. The ordinary
md south of this
id Canadian ves-
the Great Bank
id Green Banks,

CIIAITKK IH.

NEWFOUNDLAND, SOUTH (X)A8T -(UPE RACE TO CREW POINT.

(H. O. Chftit oHlh and B. A. Cluirt 2111.1.;

Cape Race is the soutlu-astern extremity of Newfoundland. It
is !il mil.'s SVV^ by S. from Cape Ballanl, and is distiiiguisluHl by
a liglithoiisc standing close to tli." kceix'r's dwelling, with a b.'ac(m
in front. At its extremity there is a detached, wedge-shaped rock
40 f^'ct high. '

^ The land about the cape appears low and flat, in comparison with
Cai)e Ballard or Cape Pine, ])iit clill's of slate, from loo to •,>()() feet
high, face the .sea there in nearly vertical strata. The hind rises
gradually, and in clear weather there will be seen between 10 and
!',» miles to the; NK. a rocky range known as the Re<| Hilh risin.r
ri(» feet high. ' "

Cape Race is bare (jf trees, and has a brown, desolai;e, and barren
appearance, but in .sheltered hollows and along the courses of the
rivulets there is a stunted growth of spnice, lir, and alder. The
rocks are of the Silurian system, and tivv thinly covered with peat
and bog.

Boats may land in moderate weather in coves east and west of
the lighthouse, but the ordinary landing is in Cape Cove, about +
raileNP].

Light.— The lighthouse on Cape Race is 40 feet high, circular,
the SE. face painted red and white in broad vertical stripes, and
shows at the height of ISO feet above the sea a revolving white
light, attaining its greatest brilliancy e\ ery half minute, and visi-
ble from seaward in clear weather between the bearings of N 38°
E. (N. 00° E. mag.) and S. 38° W. (S. 60° W. nnlg.), 19 miles.

Beacon.— A conical beacon stands 50 yards S. 31° E. (S. 3° E.
mag.) from the lighthouse.

Fog Signal.— In thick or foggy weather a whistle about 83 yards
SE. by S. of the liglithouse will sound blasts o£ ten seconds' dura-
tion at interv^als of tifty seconds.

Signal and Ice-reporting Station.-Cape Race is connected
by telegraph with St. Johns, to which place vessels passing are
reported. It is also an ice-reporting station ; information as to ice,
wind, temperature, and weather indications can be obtained during
the months April and May, by communicating with the signal sta-
tion. A Lloyds station also here.

(89)

i
I

I i

NEWFOUNDLAKD SOUTH COAST.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Cape Race at 7h.
OOni. Springs rise G^ feet and neaps 5 feet.

Currents. — As fogs greatly prevail along the south coast of
Newfoundland, especially dux'ing June and July, it is necessary
that the ordinary set of the currents and dangerous indraught into
the deep bays should be known and guarded against.

Soundings. — When in the vicinity of Capes Race and Pine care
should be taken to obtain freciuent casts of the lead; the soundings
will be found regular, and of moderate dej)th, and in addition to
these precautions the chart shoiild be referred to.

Ice. — It should be remembered that icebei'gs may be met with off
this coast at nearly all seasons. In March, April, May, Jiine, and
sometimes July, field ice is often encountered, either on the banks
or nearer to Newfoundland.

From twenty years' observations the eaidiest arrival of northern
ice recorded at Cape Race is 17th January, and the latest 12th April,
the average date being about the first week in February. The
departure of ice varies from 25th February to 7th June, the aver-
age time being about the middle of April.

Ballard Bank lies jjarallel to the coast about 7 miles eastward
of Cfipe Race; it is 13^ miles in length, with a greatest breadth of
4+ miles, gradually tapering to the NE., where at its extremity it
is only + mile wide. At the north end it is rocky and the sound-
ings irregular, but they are less vai'iable toward the southern
extremity.

The sea, on the NE. portion of this bank, breaks during heavy
winter gales; and probably also on the whole of the 7 anji 8
fathoms patches near the cape.

Tommy Sock lies at the north extreme of Ballard Bank ; it is
small in extent, and has a depth of 9 fathoms water over it.

Garret Rock, with a depth of 8 fathoms water over it, is small
and lies N. 82° E. (S. 70° E. mag.), a little more than 9 mi4es from
Cape Race lighthouse.

A Bank, with 13 fathoms water over it, bears N. 89° E. (S. G3°
E. mag.), 8f miles from Cape Race lighthouse.

Pig Bank, a small fishing bank with 18 to 20 fathoms water,
over rock, lies S. 17° W. (S. IS" W.), 5 miles from Cape Race light.

Horseshoe Rock, a patch i^ mile in length, NE.— SW., and i
mile in Avidth, with a least depth of 12 fathoms on it, lies with Cape
Pine lighthouse bearing N. 77° W. (N. 49° W. mag.), distant 9yV
miles.

Nickorson Bank consists of a n-ocky patch, extending within
the 20 faj;homs limit 500 yards, WNW.— ENE., with a width of
250 yards. On it are two heads of 101 and 12 fathoms, the former

t Cape Race at 7h.

the south coast of

ily, it is necessary

ous indraught into

ainst.

Race and Pine care

sad ; the soundings

and in addition to

nay be met with off
11, May, June, and
ither on the banks

arrival of northern
le latest 12th April,
n February. The
th June, the aver-

t 7 miles eastward
greatest breadth of
at its extremity it
ky and the sound-
rard the southern

eaks during heavy
ie of the 7 anji 8

allard Bank; it is
ater over it.
er over it, is small
than 9 mi4es from

3 N. 89° E. (S. G3°

20 fathoms water,

I Cape Race light.
NE.— SW., and i

II it, lies with Cape
mag.), distant 9j\

extending within
., -with a width of
thoms, the former

DIRECTIONS.

lying near the NW. end of the bank, the latter 150 yards to the SE
with 13 and 14 fathoms between. The bank is fairly steep-to. '
A careful search failed to find less water than the 10^ fathom«
above mentioned. This spot, on which the sea probably "breaks in
heavy weather, lies with Cape Race lighthouse bearing N 41° E
(N. G0° E. mag.), distant 17A miles. No tide rip was noticed, but
with a long swell from the westward there was a decided lift over
the shoalest part.

Mr. Nickerson states that there are other patches ( ' ' one or more ")
of 11 and 12 fathoms between Nickerson Bank and Lamb Rock
(about 28 miles to the westward).

Directions.— In approaching Cape Race from the eastward, after
crossing Great Bank, the water gradually deepens to 90 and 100
fathoms; after which, on Ballard Bank, it rapidly shoals to about
25 and 16 fathoms.

After crossing this bank the water again deepens to 40 fathoms
and then shoals gradually to the shore, which is generally bold so
that 7 fathoms water is often found at a distance of 200 yards from
the cliffs.

Coming from the westward in thick weather, the soundings are
so regular that a depth of 30 fathoms may be easily maintained
and both Cape Pine and Cape Race rounded with safety. As the
soundnigs after passing Cape Race deepen, a cast of 60 to 80 fath-
oms will show the navigator that he has rounded this cape, and,
with attention to the lead, a course may be steered to the north-
eastward with confidence.

Cripple Rock—At U miles S. 42° W. (S. 70° W. mag.), of Cape
Ra<;e is Cripple Rock, with 4+ fathoms water on it; it is supposed
to be a small pinnacle on which the sea seldom breaks. To pass
east of it, keep Cape Ballard open of Cape Race until Cape Pine is
open of Mistaken Point, and vice versa. In the caplin season-
June and July— a large number of boats are engaged in fishing
along this coast.

Several shoals, with 6 to 8 fathoms water over them lie off the
coast between Mistaken Point and Cape Race; the westernmost
with 7 fathoms water over it, bearing S. 28° E. (South mag.) dis-
tant 1:^^ miles from Mistaken Point.

Mistaken Point, lOO feei high, is a green hummock rising from
slate chffs, 4 miles westward of Cape Race. Between it and the
cape IS Shingle Head, with slate cliffs 150 feet high.

Beacon.— A cairn stands on Mistaken Point, which will be found
of much use when making the coast in foggy weather

Freshwater Point, W. by N., distant 2 miles from Mistaken
Point, is low, with the land rising in the rear; in the cove north
of the point is a waterfall 100 feet high.

: "^Sfiyiei!,!^^^*^;*

Ilill

NKWB'OUNDLAND — SOI Til COAST.

Trepassey Bay, 12 miles wide by 4 miles deep, is formed
between Freshwater Point and Cape Pine. Within it is Portugal
Cove, Biscay and Mutton Bays, and Trepassey Harbor; between
Freshwater Point and Portugal C(»ve the cliffs are 200 feet liigh,
and the shore rocky and difficult of access.

Caution. — Upon this shore many Avrecks have occurred in foggy
weather, caused doubtless by the indraught, which sometimes runs
2 miles an hour on the east side of this bay. Sailing vessels should
be careful to keep a good offing, as the wind often falls light near
the shore, and the drift of the sea and current are nearly always
toward the land.

Portugal Cove is rocky and dangerous. On the eastern side a
few families live, who farm as well as fish, and have a good stock
of cows, horses, and sheep.

Cape Mutton, a round hill 330 feet high, divides Biscay and
Mutton Bays. Both these bays should be avoided by sailing ves-
sels. Biscay Bay is i mile wide and 2 miles deep, and at its head
is a stream abounding with trout and salmoii. With offshore
winds there is safe anchorage for steamers in the middle of the
bay in 5 fathoms water, over sand.

Trepassey Harbor. — Powles Head is the termination of a
peninsula which forms the southern shore of Trepassey Harbor,
and is connected to the mainland by a narrow shingle beach ; this
peninsula protects Trepassey Harbor and separates it from Mutton
Bay. Powles Head is 120 feet high, whilst the land on the north
shore rises to the height of 450 feet. On this account it is often
difficult when coming from the eastward to distinguish the entrance
to Trepassey Hai'bor. ""

At Beach Point, the north end of the peninsula, the settlement
commences and contains a population of 700 persons. The village,
with its Roman Catholic chapel, is on the eastern side of the harbor,
and may be seen from seaward over the beach of Mutton Bay.

Communication. — The Coastal Steamship Company's steamers
from St. Johns call here fortnightly dui-ing summer and autumn.
There is telegraphic communication with, and a road leading to,
St. Johns, distant 70 miles.

Buoy. — An automatic whistling buoy is moored with Powles
Head bearing N. 17° E. (N. 45° E. mag.), distant 1^ miles. On
account of the exposed position of this buoy it is liable to break
adrift and is generally removed during winter. (Missing 18'J5.)

Emerald Shoal, lying about 700 yards SSE. of Daniel Point, is
composed of mud, sand, and stones, with a depth of 11 feet at low
water, spring tides, and 2 to 4 fathoms around ; it lies with Roman
Catholic chapel bearing S. 32° E. (S. 4° E. mag.), distant ^V mile.

Ill'

111

mm-

PILOTS DIRECTIONS.

deep, is formed
lin it is Portugal
Harbor; between
re 200 feet high,

•ccurred in foggy
1 sometimes runs
iig vessels sliould
I falls light near
re nearly always

he eastern side a
ave a good stock

.^ides Biscay and
d by sailing ves-
, and at its head
With offshore
le middle of the

3rmination of a
epassey Harbor,
ngle beach ; this
s it from Mutton
md on the north
:;ount it is often
uish the entrance

a, the settlement
IS. The village,
de of the harbor.
Mutton Bay.
ipany's steamers
ler and autumn,
road leading to,

ed with Powles
t 1^ miles. On
i liable to break
Missing 18'J5.)

Daniel Point, is
of 11 feet at low
lies with Roman

distant j^ mile.

mnt r?n ^ r K """'^T'^ anchorage, in 5 fathoms water, over
mud, 600 yards above Beach Point, is sheltered; but the best
anc-liorage is above Meadow Point, where a vessel will be corl-
pletely landlocked, and good anchorage may be obtained in 7
f»thoms water, over muddy bottom.
^ Water may be readily obtained from a stream near Meadow

Pilots.-Fislnng boats from Trepassey are nearly always to be

a" as X^^ '' "' ''' '^'"'""^ "" ^^"""^^ ^^"^^^««^ ''
Dangers.-Shoal water extends 300 yards S. by W. A W from

Savadown Rock, with 6 feet water on it, lies S. 84° W. (N 68°
W. mag.) from the first gravelly beach a mile NE. from Powles

tranc; Til'" t^""'' ^^ ^''^"^^ ^^™' ^^"^* ^* *^« ^E. side of en-
trance to the JsE. arm, open at Beach Point

Meadow Bank, on the west side of the harbor, is cleared by keep-
ing Baker Head the outer extremity of the land on the wesLlZ
open south.* knmer Rocks. On both sides of the harbor ^he
water is shoai . . cky.

Directions. ' ,els, bound into Trepassey Harbor during thick
weather, should endeavor to make tlie land on the west fide of

m esTw r r ^."^" ''^"^' '''''''' '' ^«^^'' -^^ li- -bout 3
miles S^ . from the entrance to Trepassey Harbor

an/Tc^T^'^u'' f -^-r H-d' ^ -iles NE., the land is barren,
and .rom Ba^er Head to the entrance of Trepassey Harbor it is
covered with brushwood. * " 'i ii is

To enter Trepassey Harbor with a fair wind, run in for Baker
Head, a precipitous bluff 360 feet high, and then keep rather
toward the shore of Powles Head, bearing in mind that shoal
ground extends, for a distance of 300 yards S. by W. i W from
the head and nearly 800 yards in the same direction from the nTt
point east o it. Proceeding up the harbor, Sims Poin" open o

Sock\^rBatrHiT H° ^- ?■ ''^ ^- "^^•^' ^^«^- ^-'^'w-

Kock, ami Baker Head, the outer extreme of land on the west
shore, kept open of Skinner Rocks, S. 39° W. (S 67° W L^ f
clears Meadows Bank. *v- mag.j,

When about 600 yards above Beach Point, anchor in 5 fathoms
water, with Beach Point ami Powles Head in line, bearin^fs "°
W (S. 50 W mag.) or if proceeding to the anchorage north of
Mea<low Point, pass between Meadow Spit and Emerald SwT
with Daniel Point bearing about N. 6° W (N. 22° E niaL ) '

Ice.-It should be remembered that during winter, if the ice is
heavy on the east coast, blocking up all access to St. Johns 'uul

1 .1 (I t n t

HOIO'

NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST.

Pil

the eastern harbors, vessels may safely enter Trepassey Harbor,
which is only occasionally blocked by field ice, which arrives about
1st May and loaves about the 10th of the same month. NNE. winds
clear the bay of ice ; winds, south of east, fill the bay with ice ;
and southerly winds pack it. The last vessel generally leaves
about the end of September.

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Trepassey Harbor at
7h. Om. ; springs rise 6^ feet, neaps 5 feet. The tidal stream is
Aveak, being only \ mile an hour.

Cape Pine is of slate cliffs, 200 feet high; on the SW. side the

land is not so steep ; but everywhere the coast is fringed with slate

rocks in nearly vertical strata. The cape is bare of trees, and the

land rising at the back is rocky and barren. In moderate weather

boats may land in Arnolds Cove, about | mile west of the cape, or

in a cove ^ of a mile to the NE. There is a good road from the

lighthouse to Meadow Bank on the north side of Trepassey Harbor.

Light— On Cape Pine is a light tower which exhibits, at 314

feet above high water, a fixed white light, visible from seaward in

clear weather between the bearings S. 48° W. (S. 70° W. mag.)

and S. 75° E. (S. 47° E. mag.) from a distance of 24 miles. The

tower is circular and painted with red and white horizontal bands.

Cape Freels lies one mile westward of Cape Pine, and being low,

the light is seen over it, and is not obscured by the intervening

land until on a bearing S. 75° E. (S. 47° E. mag.).

Henry Rock, a small patch of 8 fathoms, lies with Cape Pine
lighthouse bearing N. 11° E. (N. 39° E. mag.), distant 2^^ miles.
Freels Rock, the only off lying danger, is a small rock with 3
fathoms water on it, lying 3 miles S. 56° W. (S. 84° W. mag.)Trom
Cape Pine lighthouse. Powles Head, bearing N. 45° E. (N. 73° E.
mag.) open of the cape, leads east of the rock, and Gull Island
Point, N. 14° W. (N. 14° E. mag.), and open of St. Shots Western
Head, leads westward of it. There is a clear channel with 10 and
12 fathoms water between it and the cape.

St. Shots Cove, 3 miles WNW. of Cape Pine, is open and ex-
posed. Many shipwrecks have taken place in its vicinity, and
principally on the Eastern Head, from which a ledge of slate rocks
extends 200 yards S W. In most cases these wrecks have occurred
during fog, and too often there has been a neglect of sounding,
and a want of attention to the ordinary set of the currents.

A few families reside on the east side of St. Shots Cove, and are
always ready to assist the shipwrecked and distressed mariner.

St. Maxys Bay.— The entrance to this bay is about 20 miles
wide, between the western head of Cape Pine and Lance Point (0
miles ESE. of Cape St. Mary) ; it contains several good harbors.

-I-H

MK?'

ST. SIAKY8 HAY.

epassey Harbor,
ch arrives about
li. NNE. winds
le bay with ice ;
[generally leaves

passey Hai'bor at
tidal stream is

lie SW. side the
dnged with slate
of trees, and the
loderate weather
st of the cape, or
d road from the
repassey Harbor.

exhibits, at 314
from seaward in
S. 7(5° W. mag.)
f 24 miles. The
lorizoutal bands.
}, and being low,
»■ the intervening
I.

3 with Cape Pine
iistant 2^^^ miles,
nail rock with '6
4° W. mag.)lrom
, 45° E. (N. 73° E.

and Gull Island
5t. Shots Western
anuel with 10 and

le, is open and ex-
its vicinity, and
adge of slate rocks
cks have occurred
fleet of sounding,
e currents,
lots Cove, and are
ressed mariner,
is about 20 miles
nd Lance Point (6
al good harbors.

At the head of the bay are Salmonier River, Colinet and North
Harbors; these harbors enjoy a much finer climate than that of
the seaboard, and fogs are much less frequent than at the entrance

The land when brought under cultivation, is well adapted for
pasture, or for the growth of potatoes and the hardier cereals

A vessel of heavy draft should not approach the eastern shore
of St. Marys Bay, north of Cape English, nearer than 2^ miles,
nor to a less depth than 40 fathoms.

Ice.-Southerly and SW. winds fill" the bay with ice, but NE
winds clear it, when the ice is driven to the westward

.f ^t^M^^'^^i^^' ^ P^«^^P^*°"« ^^^^ff 330 feet high, on the east side
ot bt Marys Bay, appears, when seen from the SW., like an island
It IS 10 iniles from St. Shots Cove, and between it and Gull Island
Point IS Holyrood Bay, which, being open and exposed to the sea,
affords no safe anchorage. Behind the long gravel beach v.^liich
forms the shore of this bay is Holyrood Pond, 11 miles in length
and a mile wide. A few fishermen reside at the north end of the
beach. During spring, when the waters rise from the melting of
snow, the beach is broken through, and during summer the channel
becomes deep enough to permit the entrance of small fishing boats
but heavy seas in autumn usually close it again, so that during
winter the pond has no outlet. It is deep, and abounds wi+h cod-
fish, trout, and salmon.

/AT^^^o^ ^°°^' ^^*^ '^ fathoms water on it, lies 6 miles N 8° W
(N. 20 E. mag.) from Cape English; to pass west of it, keep Shag
Rock, at the south end of Holyrood Bay, well open of Cape English
bearing S. 11° E. (S. 17° W. mag.) until Lizzy Point in St. Marys
Harbor is in line with Doubleroad Point, bearing N. 54° E. (N. 82°
E. mag.).

Greet Rock, with 5 fathoms water on it, lies near the southern
extreme of a narrow bank, li miles in length, J mile from, and
running parallel to, the shore; from it Lahaye Point lighthouse
bears N. 30° E. (N. 58° E. mag.), distant 2* miles '^^^*^^^««

Woody Cove Rock, with 4 fathoms water on it, lies near the
NE. extreme of the narrow bank m "oned above; from it Lahaye
Point hghthouse bears N. 29° E. (N. or E. mag.), distant If miles.
Lahaye Point is 7 miles N. by E.^ E. of Cape English; from
the point, a stony shoal, upon which the sea breaks heavily, extends
800 yards in a southwesterly direction.

Light—Lahaye Point lighthouse, a cylindrical iron tower, 28
feet m height, painted red and white in horizontal bands, exhibits
at an elevation of 63 feet above high water, a fixed white light'
which should be visible in clear weather from a distance of 9 miles'
St. Marys Harbor, 9 miles NE. of Cape English, is one mile
wide at the entrance, and 4 miles deep.

»!(Msaii'iW>>aK'ri

NEAVFOU NDLAND — SOUTH COAST.

Tho inhabitants, 518 in 1891, are mostly emi)loye(l in the fislier-
ies. The hmd, where cleared of stones, hears good crops of oats,
potatoes, and hay ; it is cultivated in small patches, and cattle and
sheep have fair pasture.

Communication.— The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer
calls here fortnightly during summer and autumn.

Anchorage.— There is fair anchorage in G fathoms water, over
sandy bottom, abreast the village on the south side of the harbor,
with the chapel bearing S.'l6° W. (S. U° W. mag.), biit the best
shelter is found 2 miles farther up in 7 fathoms water, over mud.
Occasionally at the lower anchorage a heavy ground swell is ex-
perienced. No directions are required for entering, the chart
being a siitficieut guide.

Water.— Good water can be obtained at the head of the harbor,
and small supplies of milk, eggs, and butter at the village.

•Dangers.— The Coalpit, a rocky shoal, with 3 fathoms water on
it, lies i mile eastward of the lower anchorage, and 600 yards from
Coalpit Point. •■■

The Paddock, a rocky shoal, with 4 feet water on it, lies above
the usual anchorage off the village, and north of the NW. beach
near the head of the harbor.

Ice.— The ice in St. Marys Harbor is generally thin, and it is
seldom frozen to the extent of interfering with anchorage. The
harbor is often accessible when anchorage can not be obtained in
Trepassey. South winds pack the harbor with ice ; it is cleared by

a NE. wind.

Tides.— It is high water in St. Marys Harbor, full and change,
at 7h. 40m. ; springs rise 7i feet, and neaps 5 feet.

Mai Bay, NW. of St. Marys Harbor, runs 3 miles NNE., and,
as its name denotes, offers no safe anchorage except close to tlie
head, in fathoms, sand.

Shoal Bay is open to the prevailing winds, and should be

avoided.

Great Colinet Island is 330 feet high, 4 miles in length, and a
mile in breadth ; it is generally bold-to, and the SE. point is about
4i miles westward of the entrance of St. Marys Harbor. At its
north end there is limited anchorage, called Mother Ixx Cove,
affording shelter from southerly winds.

Little Colinet Island is 235 feet high, a mile in length, and i
mile in breadth ; it is separated from Great Colinet Island by a
deep channel, 1+ miles wide. Both islands have bare hills rising

from rocky cliffs.

Colinet Passage.— There is deep water on either side of Colinet
Islands, but the eastern passage is preferred. It is one mile wide
in its narrowest part, and clear of danger, except a rock lying

)(l in the fisher-
crops of oats,
, and cattle and

ipany's steamer

>ms water, over
! of tlie harbor,
;.), hilt the best
iter, over mud.
lid swell is ex-
the chart

1 of the harbor,

village,
thoms water on

600 yards from

3n it, lies above
the NW. beach

f thin, and it is
inchorage. The
it be obtained in
; it is cleared by

:ull and change,

iles NNE., and,
!ept close to tlie

and should be

in length, and a
E. point is about

Harbor. At its
other Ixx Cove,

in length, and ^
[net Island by a
bare hills rising

er side of Colinet

is one mile wide

3pt a rock lying

COLINKT HARBOR.

nearly 100 yards X. U.^ W. (N. 4.;° W. mag.) from Shoal-Bay
xtT.^o' i^^''^f '-P""'^ Poi'it, kept open of Admirals Beach, bearing
N. J J E. (N. Gl° E. mag.), clears this rock.

Good shelter from SW. winds has been found at an anchorage
under the lee of the spit at Admirals Beach

^ Salmonier River.-Tlie entrance to this river, about miles
JNE. of Little Colmet Island, is 1,400 yards wide, it narrows grad-
ually, and, at miles within, receives the waters of a shallow
stream.

Above the curved gravel ^ el he north side, a sho ' , ^' of

sand extends 200 yards fro.n Jie si ,, which will be cleu.ed by
keeping the south point of the entrance open, until the valley of
Little Harbor bears S. 10'' E. (S. 44° E. mag.).

Shoal water extends from the sandy beach in front of Little
Harbor, and may be cleared by keeping Bluff Head and Cross
Point in hue, bearing N. 39° E. (N. 67° E. mag.). Little Harbor
is the outlet of a fine run of fresh water, and affords, within the
sandy beach, safe winter shelter for fishing craft.

Anchorage.— There is a Roman Catholic church on the south
shore of the river. If miles from the entrance, off which there is
anchorage in 8 fathoms water, over mud, or a vessel may proceed
tarther and anchor above the curved gravel beach on the north
side, in 6 fathoms.

Tides—It is high water, fnll and change, in Salmonier River at
7h. 40m. ; springs rise 7+ feet, and neaps 5 feet

Colinet Harbor is 6 miles NNE. of Little Colinpt Island and
the entrance between Pinchgut Island and Johns Pond is one'mile
wide. Good water may be obtained from a river at the head of
the harbor.

A few settlers reside at Johns Pond, where there is fair anchorage
tor small vessels, and more convenient for the fisheries than in the
harbor.

Directions—Little Colinet Island kept open of Bushy Head
bearing S. 25° W. (S. 53° W. mag.), clears Johns Shoal, extending
from Johns Pond on the west shore of the entrance; after passing
this shoal keep toward the north shore, and pay attention to the
soundings To clear Back Shoal, extending 500 yards from Pinch-
gut Island, keep Davis Point open east of Half Island, bearing
about N. 30° E. (N. 58° E. mag.), and anchor abreast Half Island
m 7 fathoms water, over mud ; this is considered the best anchorage
in Cohnet Harbor. ^

^1,^!^®^'""^* '^ ^'^^ ^^^""''^ ^''^ ^"^ °^^"ge, in Colinet Harbor at
7h. 40m. ; springs rise 7^ feet, and neaps 5 feet.

,^°f**'^^°'**°^— Tlie entrance to North Harbor is 2 miles north
ot Little Colinet Island. Cape Dog, rising 330 feet above the sea,

'^.^STIBiTlWiWIIPl.JlU '.iSmsiBTVtCff^Nrat^ ::

A'':*i5SWiS?T5B^.- ^'iv^rrp^f-.

I
J

NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST.

with perpendicular cliffs of slate, lies on the west side of the
entrance.

Anchorage. — There are no dangers except near the shore, hitt
the Ixarbor is open to prevailing SW. winds, and therefore, can not
be recommended as a secure anchorage except for small craft,
which may anchor in safety in 3 fathoms water, over mud, about
4 miles within the entrance, under shelter of a beach on the north
side.

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in North Harbor at
8h. ; springs rise 7^ feet, neaps rise 5 feet.

Branch Cove.— Between North Harbor and Lance Point there
are several coves indenting slightly the western shores of St.
Marys Bay, but that of most importance is Branch Cove, 7 miles
northeastward of Lance Point.

It is the outlet of a little river, over the bar of which, at high
water and in moderate weather, fisliing boats are able to cross, and
lie secure.

Branch Head, the south extreme of the cove, is a steep bluff 2G0
feet high, and at its extremity are two high rocks, 40 feet high,
named Hares Ears.

Dangers.— Off the western shore of St. Marys Bay are the fol-
lowing dangers :

Daly Rock, with a depth of 5 fathoms over it, lies on the west-
ern shore of St. Marys Bay, with Maggotty Point bearing N. 83° W.
(N. 55° W. mag.), distant one mile.

Redhead Rock, with 4 fathoms water on it lies 2 miles S. 37° E.
(S. 9" E. mag.), from Redhead.

Beckford Shoal, with 7 fathoms water, lies 3i miles N. 7l'"E.
(S. 81° E. mag.), from Hares Ears.

Mussel Rock, having 6 fathoms water on it, is dangerous in a
heavy sea; it lies U miles S. 34° E. (S. G° E. mag.), from Hares
Ears.

Redcove Rock, with 3 fathoms water on it, lies S. 14° E. (S.
14° W, mag.), nearly 2 miles distant fx'om Hares Ears.

Lance Point, the SW. extreme of St. Marys Bay, is low, but the
land one mile northward rises to the height of 200 feet. Shoal
water extends 400 yards south of the point ; and Lance Rock, with
12 feet water on it, lies 1* miles S. 8° W. (S. 36° W. mag.), from
the point.

Delaney Rocks, are two sunken rocks of small extent, lying
westward of Lance Point. These rocks, with depths of 2^ and 3
fathoms respectively over them, lie NE. and SW. 300 yards apart.
The northeastern and shoaler rock is situated with Lance Point
bearing N. 84° E. (S. 68° E. mag.), distant U miles.

Bull and Cow are black slate rocks, 30 feet high, situated IJ S,
62° W. (West mag.) from Lance Point.

CAPE ST. MAHY — LIOHT.

est side of tlie

• the shore, hitt
erefui'o, can not
"or small craft,
ver mud, about
ch on the north

orth Harbor at

ace Point there

1 shores of St.
!h Cove, 7 miles

which, at high
t)le to cross, and

, steep bluff 2G0
:s, 40 feet high.

Bay are the fol-
lies on the west-
ering N. 83° W.

2 miles S. 37° E.

miles N. 71^E.

dangerous in a
g.), from Hares

ies S. 14° E. (S.

Ears.

y, is low, but the

aOO feet. Shoal

iance Rock, with

W. mag.), from

all extent, lying
Dths of 2^ and 3
300 yards apart,
ith Lance Point
ies.
;h, sitiiated IJ S,

■i

« ^?M?"/a^®':" '■'''■^ """""^y "''''^'^^ '^^ '"^^ "''^t^''-' !'♦'« 800 yards
Point '^^ ^'' '""^"^ *''"""' '^"" ^"'''*' "'"'''-' ''"' ^"^^ ^-"^'"'^

(B. A. Clmrt No. 200.)

Cape St. Mary.-The coast fn.ni Lance Point trends WNW
tor 5J miles to Cape St. Mary, forming between tliroobavHe.xp„,sod
to the sea. At a little distance the cape lias the appearance of
high tableland of uniform height, at the western extremity <.f
which is the lighthouse. ^

The 30-fathom line of soundings is le.ss than one mile from St.
Mary Cays, so that in foggy weather it is not safe to approach the
cape in less depth than 3.5 fathoms.

Burin Island lightliouse bears N. 75° W. (N. 47° W mag ) di.s-
tant 41^ miles from Cape St. Mary Lighthouse, forming the en-
rance to Placentia Bay, abcmt GO miles deep, containing numerous
bays, Jiari)ors, and islands.

Light-The lighthouse on Ca])e St. Mary, a cylindrical ir.m
tower, 40 feet in height, and painted red, with white dwellings on
■Z!\.^ -T^'^ ^^ *" ooyeved way, stands near the edge of a cliff
.500 teet high, and exhibits a revolving light, showing red and
Avhite alternately, at intervals of one minute. The light is 390 feet
above high water, and in clear weather may be seen from a dis-
tance of 23 miles.

The nearest landing place to the lighthouse is at Brierly Cove
about one mile to tlie northward. '

Tides—It is high water, full and change, «t Cape St. Mary at ^
8h. ,}0m. ; springs rise 7 feet, neaps 5 feet.

Dangers -Lamb Eock, with a depth of 33 feet on it, con.sists
ot a pinnacle on a plateau about 200 yards in extent with a depth
of 10 tathoms, and 400 yards in extent within the depth of 30
fathoms. With a heavy swell the sea breaks on this rock, and a
wide berth should at all times be given to the position; it lies in
latitude 4G° 28' 05" N., longitude 54° 01' 30" W.

Cautiou.-This rock lies in the track of vessels passing the
south coast of Newfoundland. '

S T°*W ?r.'Jw '' ^''^7^^'' *^^ ^*' '' ^ r««k lying 5i miles
L Z' ^ f ^- ""^^-^ ^''"'^ ^^P^ ^*- ^^^y lighthouse.
at. Mary Cays are two small rocks, 120 yards apart, lying from
each other W. by N. and E. by S. , and always showing, being nearly
awash at high water. The water is shoal around, and the sea
generally breaks heavily upon them; they bear from Cape St
Mary lighthouse S. 9° W. (S. 37° W. mag.), distant Gl miles. '
The Coast from Cape St. Mary, forming the east side of Pla-
centia Bay, trends NNE. for 2G miles to the entrance of Placentia

^Ti Ci t SFS I B i aa B tf l *!** t . i fc>rtl lll *W.U iaiBM

^m^mmmmmtsK^n^rriem

r>o

NKWFOI'NOLAND — SOI'TFI COAST.

Hiirl»nr. Tho land is of nearly uniform hoif^lit, miuI ilic shoro tol-
oralily Htriiij^lit. Tim lu'a<llanilM an- h(»-()1), with cdvch between,
aff<>r<linu: slieitrr to a few scatt*'re<l tisliin^,' statiDiis, tish beinji; ^^en-
erally plentiful. The hind, wlien cMiltivateti, yields ^jjuod ci-ops of
potatoes, oats, and hay.

Fogs. -Din'injf SW. winds the f')^ is generally very deUHe on the
eastern sid*; of Plaeentia Bay, especially about the lu^adland of
Cape St. Mary,

Ice. — Placentia Buy is . jinetinios partially filled with ice early
in February, but it is seldom altdgetln'r tilled before the middle of
that month, and South or SW. winds an- necessary to till it.
Shortly after the ice has rounded Cape St. Mai-y, the strong tidal
stream on the eastern shoi-e carries it as far as Ham Island, and
heavy ice and small icebergs ^I'e occasionallj' carried up to Come
by Cliance Point. The bay was frozen over in 1875 and 1S8'^.

Dangers. — There are several oflflying rocks, which render an
approach to this part of the coast, in a less depth than •10 fathoms,
dangerous, except in clear weather.

Perch Rock, with if) feet water on it, lies 5^ miles N. 42^" W.
(N. 14° W. mag.) from Cape St. Mary lighthouse. The Bull and
Cow, open of Cape St. Mary, leads SW. of the rock.

Nest Rock, with feet water on it, lies a mile N. 24° E. (N. 52"
E. mag.) from Perch Rock; tho sea generally breaks on this rock.
Curslet Rock, with [-i feet water on it, lies 3 miles S. 51' W.
(S. 70° W. mag.) from Breme Point.

Patrick Rock, with feet water on it, lies 1^ miles N. 7G° W.
(N. 4iS° W. mag.) from the mouth of the river at Patrick Cove.

Goose Shoal, having 4^ fathoms water on it, lies nearly f mile
N. 45° W. (N. 17° W. mag.) of Goose Cove.

Qirdle Rock, a})ove water, except at very high tides, lies a mile
S. 14° W. (S. 43° W. mag.) from Virgin Rocks.

False Qirdle, having 6 foot water on it, lies about + mile S. 39°
E. (S. 11° E. mag.) from Girdle Rock.

South Rock, with 9 feet water on it, lies nearly } mile S. 8° E.
(S. 20° W. mag.) from Girdle Rock.

Virgin Rocks are three black rocks above water, one of which
is 18 feet high; they lie 1^ miles from the shore, and 6 miles S. 35°
W. (S. 63° W. mag.) from Verde Point lighthouse, at the entrance
of Placentia Harbor.

Gibraltar Rock, with 5 feet water on it^ lies S. 65° W. (N. 87°
W. mag.), distant li miles from Verde Point lighthouse. To pass
north of it, keep Qastle Hill open-of Verde Point, bearing N. 74°
E. (S. 78° E. mag.). There is a clear channel between this rock
and the shore.

PLACKNTFA Itn.Mt,

(I tlio shore tol-
coves between,

H ^(tod ci'ops of

■ry (leiiHe on the
:ie lieudhuid of

I with ice early
•e tliH middle of
■;s«ry to till it.
he strong tidal
ani Islan<l, and
ned up to Come
5 and 1S8'2.
Inch render an
luin •10 fathonis,

iiiles N. 42^^ W.
The Bull and
k.

^. 24° E. (N. 52"
,ks on this rock,
miles S. 51' W.

niles N. 76° W.
'atrick Cove,
es nearly J mile

tides, lies a mile

jut i mile S. 39°

(T f mile S. 8° E.

er, one of which
[id 6 miles S. 35°
, at the entrance

. 65° W. (N. 87°
;ho\ise. To pass
i, bearing N. 74°
itween this rock

Moll Rock, h.-iving (I f.-et waUn- on if. lies l mile westward of
Hhalloway Point. To pass to the south\v,ird ..f fhe ro.-k k.-ep
Dixon P,.int, the north point of Dixo,, Island, in line with Crf-v©.
CMMir Point, beariiiK S. (i'^' E. (S. 34^ K. inaK.).

(B. A. Chart No. 2829.)

Verde Point, 2.; miles NNE. of Caj-e St. Mary, is the SW. point
ot 1 lacenlia Road; a stony ahoal exteinls nearly ,1 mile NNE from
the j)oint.

Light—The lighthouse tower on Verde Point, standing above a
Hat-roofed dwelling, i)aint.Ml white, is 44 feet in height, and exhibits
at an elevation of OH fePt above high water, a fixed white light which
.should 1)e visible 1 1 miles.

Placentia Road, within Verde and Cr.Nvec.enr Points, atf<.rd8
inddferent anchorage over a bottom of sand and gravel. The road-
stead IS open to winds from west to north, which send in a heavy
sea, and no ve.ssel ahonhl reimun at this unchorago when the wind
veerH from HW. (., West, accompanied by a low barometer

Privdcoeur Shoal, n pat.d, of 2J fatho.ns h-ast water, lies in the
tairway A mile west of Cn^vecfpnr Point.

There is a 3-fathom i)atch in the roadstead, from whi.di Verde
Point light bears S. 03° W. (N. 89° W. mag.), distant one mile.

Ihe north house on Town Point, open south of Castle Hill, bear-
mg N. 88 E. (S. r,4° E. mag.), leads nearly in mid-channel between
PnviV.eur and Verde Point Shoals

Submarine Telegraph Cables.-Six submarine telegraph
cables are landed at Placentia, frmr of which are laid along the
north side of the roadstead and two on the sonth.^rn side

In order to avoid fouling these cables, vessels shonld not anchor
within i mile of the northern side of the roadstead.

Ice.— Placentia Road is filled with drift ice with winds from SW
to NW., but NE. winds clear the roads, and anchorage can gener-
ally be obtained, by ves.sels drawing 12 feet water, in the Northeast
Arm, in which the ice is kept open by the current. The Northeast
Arm occasionally freezes between the (Ith January and the 10th
February, and breaks up between the end of March and 5th April
although in severe winters it has not broken up before 1st May '
Placentia Harbor is recognized by the rounded and detached
character of the hills in its vicinity, which are higher than the
tableland of Cape St. Mary. At the time of Cook's survey (1765)
vessels could carry 20 feet at low water in the harbor, where now
there is only 10 feet.

The small town, which was formerly a place of some importance,
stands on the eastern side of an extensive shingle beach, and there
is a fair carriage road to 8t. Johns.

I iBi

lai|
1 1

ill

111

NKWKOrNlH,ANI)--H(H III ('(AH'I

Tho liiirlxM' irt )>iit*»r«'(l l»y ii cliiimu'l tif) yimls wide, huvinjjf 10
feet lit low wiitor lM«t\v».'<Mi the points of untniiicc, wliu-h iirc low.

Communication. — Then' \h comtHUiicution hy niilway with St.
Johns, (li.sfaMf H4i niilt's viii Plucnntiii .Jnnction iiml WhiM)()tirno,
tlif ruilwny wliiirf IicinK dost* to liic southwiml of Custle Hill; hy
stoHuior fortnightly with Halifax via St. Piorro and tho Bthh d'i )r
Lako8, C. B., and with St. Johns; and l)y tolograph ovor tho
AiiKlo-Aincriran Tuh'Kraph Company's wiros.

Supplies.— Mutton can 1)0 purchaMcd hfn> in niodoratu ([uanti-
tioH, and good water may be procured about one mile uj) the North-
east Arm.

Anchorage. — Within the points the harbor affords well-shel-
tered anchorage in '» and (1 fathoms watt^r, over mud. The best
berth is on the north side, being more out of the whirl and eddy
of tho tide.

A tidal stream of four knots an hour, and the want of good lead-
ing marks renders it neof^ssary to have the aid of a pilot to enter
this harl)or. The Ncjrtheast Arm is navigable for 6 miles; the
Southeast Arm is ordy navigable for boats, and is entered by a
narrow channel in front of tho town.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Placentia Harbor
at 8h. 30m. ; sjjrings rise 7 feet, neaps 5 feet.

Shalloway Point is a low projection faced by a sand cliff, :5()
feet above high water, within which are several houses; it is the
south extreme of Mar(iuise,*the shingle beach that divides Sandy
Cove from the sea.

Little Placentia Harbor i;- formed by a peninsula, 75 feet above
high water, composed of gravel depo.sit covered with nnirsh, and
faced by sand cliffs IJO to 4o feet high. These slojte to a low pt)int
at the north, and rise again to Latino Point, US feet high, sur-
mounted by a flagstaff. This peninsula is 2 miles long, expanding
from the narrow neck of Marquise to Ik miles in width at the NE.
end. On the north is a beach of shingle, 5 feet above high water,
surrounding a pond, tho entrance to which is gradually silting up.
There is no i)assage at low water even for a boat.

Roche Point is the extremity of another shingle spit, 9 feet
above high water, stretching from the church and forming a basin
between it and the pond, sheltered by a bar. This basin forms a
shelter for the fishing fleet of the neighborhood, and is entered by
keeping the west shore of Roche Point close on board. This point
continues below the water about 300 yards to the noi'th. Houses
line the shore within the basin, and a Roman Catholic church,
with a scaffold belfry near it, shows conspicuously.

Shoal water extends -^ mile from Latine Point to a depth of 3
fathoms, and f mile to a depth of 5 fathoms. White Point S. 56°

KT^-tif^f^ifsm^^iTmvmmm^i^

■:'m

r-riTI.K i'LAi'KNTIA MAHHOH.

ii<lt', Imvinj; It)
lifh Hi't' low.
iiilwiiy with St.
il Wliitlxitinit',
CiistUs Hill; l.y
1 thtj BniH (l'( )r
fnipli ov«r tho

odemtti (fiimiti-
le up tlipNorili-

fonlH \v«^11-h1io1-
1111(1. The best
rtiiirl and oddy

lit ot" good lead-
a pilot to eiittjr
or 6 inilos; the
is niifcrtid by a

auentiu Harbor

a sand cUfi', .'{()
Misi's; it is the
. divides Sandy

a, 75 feet .'ibovc
'ith marsh, and
B to a h)W point
feet high, sar-
ong, expanding
idth at the NE.
)ve high water,
lally silting up.

gle spit, 9 feet
forming a basin
) basin forms a
d is entered by
,rd. This point
north. Houses
titholic church,

.0 a depth of 3
ite Point S. 56°

t:. (H. -38° E. mag.) ju«t opon of Isaac P..int, I.-juIh dear in r,k
hithoniH. •*

The Deadmau, a rock that just shows at low water and Htoop-to,
hes A m,l.s N. H W. (N. ao' E. mag.) from Hhalloway Point.

Virgin Point, the NK. point of Litth- Plnmntia Peninsula and
thelurning point into the harb.-r, has shoal water ^'oo vards fn„n it

Cooper Cove is south of a point south ..f Virgiil Point, (voin
whiH, a shoal, with only 3 fathoms on the outer edge, extends 800
yards, S. by \V., falling steeply on the south side.

Sandy Cove is the name given to the head of the harbor. Tho
NW. shore of the harbor sh.pes steeply from wooch-d hills, and
may be approache.l to within 100 yards till abreast of Sn'monier
II shallow inlet on the shore opp(.sito Manjuise.

Anchorage may be had in Sandy Cove in U fathoms, mud, and
o Cooper Cove in the .same dei.th, taking ear., to cdear the sli^al
oft the north jtoint of tliat cove.

Placentia Sound runs in with one l)end SE. nearlv 3 miles.

Isaac Heads, two remarkable c.mical hills 330 and i'i7 feet
high, dohne the north side of the entrance and Fox Harbor The
shores fall steeply from wooded hills, and are bold, till within 4
mile of the head.

Two Shoals encumber the entrance and are the onlv dangers,
llieouter, -with 3 tathoms water, lies 1. ".00 3-ardsS 4° E (8 24" W
mag.) from Isaac Point. The inner occupies a space' 400 yards
long and •.'.'JO yards wide, the shoalest water, feet, near tho north
end, bearing S. 3G° E. (S. S° E. mag.) 1,600 yards from Isaac Point.

Fox Harbor lies east of Isaac Point, by which it is sheltered.
Samson Point a low hummock 45 feet liigh under a flat hill 350
teet above ugh water, is the turning point from Placentia Sound.
It 18 a shallow basin with houses on tlie surrounding shores; there
are 2f fathoms inside, but the entrance is between two shoals and
has only 5 feet in it at low water.

Shag Rock, 5 feet high, lies off Samson Point.

Winds between soutli and west always draw down Little Pla-
centia Harbor, and blow with heavy squalls uiid^v Isaac Heads
JLveu when it is comparatively calm outside, boat, should always
reet with those winds wlien approaching Isa a- Point

Ice— in severe winters, Little Placentia Harbor freezes early in
FebruaiT, from Sandy Point to Cairn Head, and breaks up about
1st April, but It is only frozen about every six to eight years;
nortliern ice generally arrives in Marcli and remains three or four
weeks. Placentia Sound freezes from Wliite Island to Coxhill
Island.

Tides.--It is high water, full and change, in Little Placentia
Harbor, at .h. 58m.; springs rise 7 feet, neaps rise 4ifeet.

ii!

XKWFOt'NDLAXD SOI'Tir COAST.

Directions. — To enter Little Placentia Harbor, keep White
Point on the north side of Phicentia Sound 8, 56° E. (S. 28° E.
mag.), jnst open of Isaac Point, until Black Head, the SE. extreme
of Little Placentia Peninsula, S. ;J4° W. (S. 02" W. mag.), is open
of the east extreme (Lowroon Point), when a S. U° W. (S. 42° W.
mag.) course shouhl be steered, taking care to keep Long Harbor
Head N. U° E. (N. 42° E. mag.) open north of Isaac Point, until
Shalloway Point bears S. 50° W. (S. 78° W. mag.). This mark
will lead to the anchorages that may be liad in Cooper Cove when
the west house bears north of N. 8-<!° W. (N. 54° W. mag.), or in
Saiidy Cove on the leading mark, as convenient.

To jn-oceed up Placentia Sound, roimd Isaac Point at 200 yards
distant, and shut in Fox Island with that point before the summit
on the south side of Little Placentia Harbor sliuts in with the
bluflf below. Fox Island must be kept completely shut in until
Sharp Peak over Ship Harbor is in line with the first notch in the
hills east of the Neck of Isaac, wIiru all danger is passed.

Ship Harbor exteudr. NE. 41 miles from Isaac Point. There is
no danger in it except close to the shore and within 500 yards of
the head. A bar, with 7 fathoms least water, lies across the
entrance, deepening suddenly on both sides.

Northeast Cove, 3 miles from Isaac Point, is open to seaward,
and affords no shelter.

Conway Cove, on the west side of Ship Harbor, has good
anchorage in 17 to 10 fathoms, and from this cove to the head of
the harbor vessels may anchor as convenient.

Two remarkable hills lie on the east side of Ship Harbor ; Sharp
Peak, 836 feet high, over the head, and Sugarloaf, 803 feet high,
faced by shingle debris, sloping to Northeast Con e.

Fox Island, 250 feet high, 2^ miles northward from Latine
Point, is a long, flat island covered with dark trees over red rock,
the south part being bare from the summit. Shoal water over a
white bottom extends 200 yards from the NE. Point.

Moratties are shoal banks that extend westward nearly 2 miles
from Ship Harbor Point. The west patch, with 3 feet least water,
lies nearly a mile S. 70° E. (S. 42° E. mag.) from the west point of
Fox Island and is 400 yards \o,vj. The east patch, 1,600 yards
long, is separated by a channel 300 yards wide from the west
shoal, and 900 ya.-ds from the shoal water off Ship Harbor Pcjint.

The best channel is close to Fox Island, keeping Red Island Har-
bor (on the west side of Plp,centia Bay) open south of Fox Island,
until Bald Head, is well shut in with Ram Islands. When Red
Island Harbor opens north of Fox Island the shoals will be passed.

Northeast Cove, open south of Sparrow Point (the west point of
Ship Harbor) N. 84° E. (S. 68° E. mag.), leads 150 yards south of
these shoals.

IBI

)oi', keep Wliite
56° E. (S. 28° E.
, the SE. extreme
V. mag.), is open
4° W. (S. -42° W.
ep Long Harbor
saac Point, until
ig.). This mark
(joper Cove when
W. mag.), or in

oint at 200 yards
efore the summit
luts in with the
ely sliut in until
first notch in the

Point. There is
hin 500 yards of
, lies across the

open to seaward,

ai'bor, has good
vp to the head of

) Harbor; Sharp
f, 803 feet high,
e.

u*d from Latine
es OA^er red rock,
Loal water over a
int.

rd nearly 3 miles
feet least water,
the west point of
ttch, 1,600 yards
) from the west
p Harbor P<jint.
Eed Island Har-
h of Fox Island,
ids. When Red
Is will be passed,
the west point of
[) yards south of

SIIIl' IIAHHOR.

To pass between Moratties and Sliip Harbor Point in -l.'. fathoms
keep a landslip under Broad Cove Head in line with Isaac Point,'
S. 10° W. (S. 38° W. mag.), or a round hill over Bald Head Bay,'
just open nortli of Long Harbor Head, N. 14° E. (N. 42° E. mag.)
until Red Island Harbor opens either side of Fox Island.

Ice.— Ship Harbor freezes early in February, from the point of
Conway Cove to Sugarloaf Point, and breaks up about 1st April.

(B. A. Chart No. 290.)

Ship Harbor Point is a shingle spit, G feet above high water
stretching off the slopes of two cliff-faced hills 310 and 260 feet
high, that mark the NW. point of Ship Harbor.

A bay, 1,300 yards deep, lies between Ship Harbor Point and
Long Harbor Head, divided into two parts by a projecting steep
pomt, the slope of a round hill, with numerous bowlders at the
summit, 500 feet above high water. The south cove is shallow to
the line of the points, but the north has anchorae-e wUh «h*-H«'-
from offshore winds in 10 fathoms, taking care to avoid the rocky
points off Long Harbor Head.

Long Harbor Head is a steep, tree-covered point, sloping from
two table-topped hills about 300 and 250 feet high. Shoal ground
extends 300 yards from this point.

Long Harbor extends 7 miles in a northeasterly direction from
Long Harbor Head. The shores of this liarbor are bold-to, Tim
Barrett Rock, awash at low water, being the only danger off the
soutJi shore; it lies 150 yards from the coast and 2f miles from the
entrance.

Ice.— In severe winters Long Harbor freezes earlv in February
and breaks up toward the latter part of April. Northern ice only
arrives occasionally, about the latter end of February, leaving
toward the latter end of April.

Crawley Island, lOl feet high, lies off a projection that divides
Long Harbor into two arms, Long Harbor and St. Croix Bay. The
SE. point is a shingle pnit tliat extends under water a short dist-
ance, and off the west side are some low islets.

Civil East Cove.— The channel between Crawley Island and the
mam is shallow at the west end, so that boats only can pass at low
water; but just inside the e;ist entrance good anchorage for small
vessels may be had in 4$ fathoms, mud, or just outside in 10 fath-
oms for large vessels.

St. Croix Bay extends 2 miles north of Crawley Island. There
are no dangers in it except close to the shore, and it affords good
anchorage in 11 fathoms from f mile to within 400 yards of the
head. Over the west shore is Tom Power Lookout, a remarkable
conical hill 502 feet high. St. Croix Point, the west extreme of
that bay, slopes gradually from Tom Power Lookout, terminating
in an islet about 40 feet high and a rock that covers 2 feet.

«•«

NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST.

A Shoal, with 12 feet water, lies 200 yai'ds off the point, and a
rocky patch, with U fathoms, 700 yards soutliwanl from the point.

Shag Rocks are two islets at the entrance to Long Harbor. The
west is a fiat, grass-covered ridge 39 feet high, faced by dark cliifs,
with a gap through it near the middle. A reef, awash at high
water, extends oif the south end. The east islet, GO feet high, is
tree-covered, and has a double top.

A rock, with one foot water, lies 140 yards from the west extreme,
and a rock, with G feet water, 460 yards N. 59° E. (N. 87° E. mag.),
from these islets.

A shoal, with 3i fathoms, lies 800 yards N. 23° E. (N. 51° E.
mag.), from them, and a bank, with S^ fathoms water, lies J mile
S. 65" E. (S. 37° E. mag.) from Shag Rocks and 400 yards off the
south shore.

Fish Bock, lO feet above high water, is an isolated black islet
ItV miles N. 31° W. (N. 3° W. mag.) from the west point of Fox
Island.

A rock, with 10 feet water on it, lies 200 yards S. 73° E. (S. 45°
E. mag.) from this islet.

Ram Islands are a cluster of islands and rocks occupying a
space 2'i miles long N. by E.— S. by W. and nearly a mile wide,
lying 2 miles NNE. from Fox Islands. They are divided into two
groups, the south known as the Upper and north as the Lower Rams.

The Upper Rams are four in number, namely, Merchant, Burke,
Hole-in-the-wall, and King Islands.

Merchant Island, the southernmost, is conical, 310 feet above
high water, and has a large patch of white moss at the summit
that makes it conspicuous from the southward. Off the west eiid
is an islet, low and steep-to. Off the NW. point is a small island
14 feet above high water, joined by shoal water to Mercliant Island,
and a rock, with 5 feet water on it, lies in the channel between this
and Burke Islands, about 100 yards from the east point of Merchant
Island.

The channel between Merchant and Burke Islands is 400 yards
wide, and is clear in the middle, but in addition to the rock men-
tioned above is a shoal, with 6 feet water, 100 yards from the west
extreme of Burke Island.

Burke Island is composed of a group of conical hills, sloping
steeply to the sea, and to a valley in the center of the island. The
two highest are over the south shore, 303 and 285 feet above high
water. Little Burke Island lies off the east end; it has a square
top, 42 feet above high water, and. a spur rock extending west
from it. There are only 3^ fathoms in the narrow channel between
Burke and Little Burke Islands.

King Island is ^ mile long, and narrow, consisting of several
hummocks joined by shingle beaches. It is off the north end of

I point, and a
om the point.
Harbor. The
)y dark clilfs,
wash at high
I feet high, is

west extreme,
. 8:°E. mag.),

E. (N. 51° E.

;er, lies ^ mile

yards off tlie

;ed black islet
I point of Fox

73° E. (S. 45°

s occupying a
( a mile wide,
vided into two
t) Lower Rams.
I'chant, Burke,

310 feet above

the summit
:.he west end
small island
cliant Island,
between this
of Merchant

is 400 yards
the rock men-
from the west

hills, sloping
island. The

et above high
has a square

ctending west

mnel between

ing of several
north end of

ISLANDS — ROCKS.

Merchant Island, separated by a channel nearly 200 yards wide,
with only 3 feet in it at low water.

Hole-in-the-wall Island, so called from a hole in the cliffs on
the east side, consists of two portions, the north of bare rock
almost joined to the south, a double mound 130 feet high, with a
low neck between.

The channel between the two latter islands is 150 yards wide,
and has 4V fathoms water in it.

Dangers. — West of these islands is a cluster of rocks and shoals
extending westward IJ miles, within which no vessel should
attempt to pass.

Rowland Rock is the outer of the group, awash at high water
and steep-to all round. It bears 1^ miles N. 56° W. (N. 28° W.
mag.) from the west point of Hole-in-the-wali Inland. Shoal
ground witli uneven bottom runs S. by E. + E. from Rowland
Rock, terminating at $ mile in a rocky patch with IG feet water.
This shoal grourtd is sfppp-to on the cant and west sides.

Red Island Shoal, with 4 feet water on it, an isolated and most
dangerous ledge, lies in the fairway of Placentia Bay and breaks
only in bad weather. It bears S. 08° W. (N. 84° W. mag.) about 1^
miles from Rowland Rock, and N. 50° W. (N. 22° W. mag.) 2 miles
from Fish Rock. There is deep water at 100 yards all round.

Fish Rock, S. 53° E. (S. 25° E. mag.), well open east of Fox
Island, leads south, and Tom Power Lookout N. 73° E. (S. 79° E.
mag.) shut in with the Lower Rams, leads north of this shoal.

The Low^er Rams consist of a group of low islets and rocks,
the highest about 60 feet above high water, which should not be
approached nearer than \ mile. Harbor Island, the largest, near
the south end is conspicuous from the houses built on the several
flat summits it contains. It is so called from an inlet, which
nearly dries at low water, on the north side, where fishing craft
find sJielter.

Between these islands and the mainland are several baiiks with
7^ and 8 fathoms, but there are no dangers except the following :

A Shoal, with i\ fathoms water, lies East (S. 02° E. mag.)
nearly a mile from East Green Island, the eastern of the Lower
Rams.

The coast north of St. Croix Point consists of two deep ! ays.

Cove-nan-drioch-clochan, or cove of the three ston'33, runs in
nearly a mile from St. Croix Point. A plateau, with a depth of
1^ fathoms, lies across it, and the coast is clear beyond 200 yards
from the shore. The coves at the head are shallow.

Bald Head Bay lies north of Cove-nan-drioch-clochan and is
clear witliin 200 yards of the head. The shores may be approached
to within 100 yards. The dividing point between these bays is
foul 200 yards off.

lilH

' Will

NEWFor NDLA Xl> — SOUTH COA8T.

iiiil

Bald Head is a conical mound 120 feet above high water, the
extreme of the north shore of the bay, and the termination of a
long mossy slope, at tlie inshore end of which is a curious pinnacle.
Off the north extreme is a small island, separated by a narrow
channel from the main. The whole of this head is steep-to.

Moany Cove, NE. of this head, is 400 yards deep, with a shingle
beach at the head. Small vessels may anchor with offshore winds,
and will find good holding ground near the west shore in G fathoms,
sand.

Brine Islands, a cluster of islets and rocks almost innumei-able,
are separated from Bald Head by a channel i mile wide, free from
danger. Woody Island, the highest, has a series of conical grass-
covered mounds, the highest 115 feet, at the base of which are
some rocks close to the shore. The only easy passage through
these islands is between Woody Island and the next island north,
and should be taken in mid-channel.

Dick Burn Bock, with 4} fathoms water, lies 400 yards S. 59°
W. (S. 87" W. mag.) from Woody Island.

Hog Bock, 400 yards S. 14" E. (S. 14° W. mag.) from Brine
Islands, covers 5 feet, and is the only danger in the fairway, the
other rocks being above water.

Blue Stag Island, 33 feet high, is the most northern of Brine
Islands. It is so called from the peculiar bluish-gray color of the
rock, and is unlike any other on the coast in that respect.

Isaac Rock, with 4 fathoms water, 1,200 yards N. 25° W. (N. 3°
E. mag.) from Blue Shag Island, is the only danger north of Brine
Islands. There are several fishing banks north and west of this,
but none ai"e dangerous. "-

Hammer Rocks, 700 yards N. 37° E. (N. 05° E. mag.) from
Blue Shag Island, are a group, the outer of which just covers at
high water. They are steep-to on the north and east sides.

The Coast from Moany Cove to Famish gut consists of a series
of coves and heads with few prominent features. Corbin Head, a
wedge-shaped hummock 70 feet high, lies a little more than a mile
N. 20° E. (N. 48° E. mag.) from Bald Head. South of it is a small
cove.

Corbin Head Shoal, with 10 feet water, lies 700 yards N. 87°
W. (N. 59° W. mag.) from Corbin Head.

Trinny Cove Head, one mile NNE. from Corbin Head, is sepa-
rated from the main ranges by a deep valley, drained by a consid-
erable stream that empties into Trinny Cove, south of the head,
through a sandy beach with an islet_off it. There is enough water
for boats to enter at high tide, an»1 shelter is sometimes sought
there while wooding or from stress of weather.

Hiram Rock, 4 feet above high water, lies off this head.

iS!

high water, the
Bi'iniuation of a
irious pinnacle.
(1 by a nuiTuw
I steep-to.
», with a shingle
otTshore winds,
re in G fathoms,

lit innnmei'able,
wide, free from
if conical grass-
e of which are
assage through
st island north,

00 yards S. 59°

g.) from Brine
le fairway, the

•tliern of Brine
■ay color of the
Bspect.

L 25° W. (N. 3°

north of Brine

id west of this,

E. mag.) from
just covers at
st sides,
sists of a series
Dorbin Head, a
3re than a mile
of it is a small

yards N. 87°

Head, is sepa-
Bd by a consid-

1 of the head,
s enough water
letimes sought

is head.

ROCKS — ISLANDS.

^1^ .^"''! ^®*^' ^ ""!« f^-oni Trinny Cove Head, forms the
south sxce of Red Cove, an.l the entrance to Famish-gu . A rock

Famish-gut extends 1* miles N. by E. from Red Cove Head.
Off the east shore is Bungle Island, a black rock 7 feet above high
water, 600 yards from Red Cove Head ^

W^'^S^e^^ W *''*^ w°^' ""5 ""''' ^'^"^ ^"^*^'' ^^'' '^^ y-rds S. 37°
W (b. 65 W. mag.) from Bungle Island.

A Rock, that covers 5 feet, lies 200 yards N. 65° W. (N 37^ W
mag.) from Bungle Island. v . u>. d/ w.

A Rock, with 3 feet water, lies 200 yards off the north shore
and i mile from the black islet off the north head. Trinny Cove
Grassy Island, kept open of this black islet, just clears south of this
rock; the only danger is the anchorage space

findU«U^''f '' ^ ^T^ "'*^ "^^''^ ^''^^' 1^^«« ^t high water and

?or ifo ^^d "^ ""^"" ""^'^- ^'^^ '^'^''^ -^t-"- l--t is foul

Famish-gut Island, about 50 feet high, lies 300 yards off the

?o° w"m ,r'T^ ^''\ ]' ''^'r'^^' - "' "- «^^ y-^« ^

Island.' "'""^'^ "'''"' *^'' '''''^ 1^*^"^* of Famish-gut

S tv^'w^'Tw T ^: ^^f ""'^^ ^°^^ '^''^^''' ^^-^^^ ^»^d« between

mul 7S """^ ""^ ^ f 'P '"^^ "'^ *^^ «^^^*^^ '^'^'^ i^ 8 fathoms,

mud, and in summer under any circumstances.

thaT?:^s^X^hLC:r ^^'^^^ ''-- ^^ream drawing a ^elake

8h':^;;SiiiSvtr;iSi:rtr^ '^ "^^^^^--^ -^

stone Island, 30 feet high, is an isolated white rock 200 yards
square, lying H miles north from Brine Islands. It is surrouiS
by sunken rocks that form a nearly continuous chain to TzW
Cove Islands. The only passage through is J mile south of th?s
island, nearer than which it should not be approached.

qtn T 1 ^^^'^'/.^^^^tfd and 10 feet high, lies halfway between
btone Island and the shore.

, Trinny Cove Islands lie X. by E. of Stone Island. The rocks
^id shoals are almost innumerable, and tliere is no passage among
them. The most conspicuous are Grassy Island, the northernmost
flat and covered with grass; Woody Island, the highest, domt

haped with a tuft of trees at the summit; Red Rofk, a 'con cal
islet of a reddish color; and Whales Back, the nearest inshore.

The bank on which these shoals lie falls suddenly on the west
sick the depth increasing from 30 to 60 fathoms in /mile

iJirections.-To keep outside or west of all shoals. Fox Island
should be kept open west of Ram Islands, bearing S. 2° W. (S. 3o°

14010 6

f?0

NKW'FOt'NDLAND — SOUTH COAST.

W. mag.). In foggy weather, a vessel should not stand in to a
depth of less than 0(» fathoms.

It is not advisaljle for a stranger to take the passage eastward of
the group.

The Coast trends N. by E. from Famish-gut Point, with deep
coves and wooded hannnocks 310 to 395 feet above liigh water,
backed by the conspicuous serrated ranges Kite and Doe Hills.

The Tickles, 1,*^ miles from Famish-gut Point, are a cluster of
rocky islets sheltering a space large enough for a few fishing boats,
which enter between the two northern rffcks.

Burnt Head, 2 miles from Famish-giit Point, is a flat-topped,
isolated range, with a peak at each end 180 feet above high water.

Burnt Head Sunker, lies 300 yards from Burnt Head Point,
covers 4 feet at high water, and is bold-to on the west side. A
shoal, with 12 feet water, is 300 yards N. 8° E. (N. 3G° E. mag.)
from it.

Shag Roost, 06 feet high, is a conspicuous conical islet ^ mile
from Burnt Head. Though small, the white color shows plainly
against the land. There is no passage between it and the shore
except for small vessels.

Winging Rock, 3 feet above high water, is ^ mile S. 79° W.
(N. 73° W. mag.) from Shag Roost, and is steep-to on the west
side.

A group of rocks that cover, and shoals, extend If miles Avest-
ward of Winging Rock, and there is no passage among them, but
vessels must keep outside all.

Tom Sheaves Rock, with 3 fathoms water, is the southwestern
of these dangers, and lies 1^ miles N. 31° W. (N. 3° W. mag.)
from Famish-gut Island.

Big Sunker, that covers one foot at high water, is the western,
situated 2 miles N. 14° W. (N. 14° E. mag.) from Famish-gut
Island. A shoal with 7 feet water lies i mile N. 48° W. (N. 20°
W. mag.) from Big Sunker, and sunken rocks extend from the
latter 000 yards S. by W.

Northwest Rock covers 4 feet at high water, and is the NW,
extreme of a line of shoals surrounding Big Sunker ; it lies f mile
N. 8° E. (N. 36° E. mag.) from Big Sunker.

Middle Rock, theNE. of these shoals, 550 yards S. 84° E. (S. 56°
E. mag.) from Northwest Rock, covers 2 feet at high water, and
is steep-to on the north side.

Little Pinch-gut, li miles from Shag Roost, affords good shelter
for small craft. It is fronted by Tijiker Island, 41 feet high, and
Green Island, 30 feet high, both barren rocks, the former nearly
joined at low water to the north point, and the latter facing the
middle of the bay.

BOCKS— LirrrK iiakbor.

t stand in to a

fige eastward of

ohit, with deep
ive liigh water,
I Doe Hills,
are a cluster of
w fishing boats,

s a flat-topped,
»ve high water,
at Head Point,
t west side. A
^. 3G° E. mag.)

cal islet ^ mile

shows plainly

and the shore

nile S. 79° W.
o on the west

li miles west-
long them, but

3 soiithwestern
. 3°W. mag.)

is the western,
m Famish-gut
18° W. (N. 30°'
tend from the

id is the NW,
; it lies J mile

5. 84° E. (S. 56°
igh water, and

ds good shelter
feet high, and
former nearly
;ter facing the

A narrow passage between shoals leads to the anchorage and
only one course can be pursued in safety ^ '

Keep close to tlie SW. point of Tinker Island to avoid a rock
with 4 feet water 200 yards off. Then steer to pass 100 yard" no h
of the east extreme of the rocks off Green Island, and when Burn
Head sumnu opens south of Green Island, that imtrk W on w

SinVgTotr ^^'^^ '''''''"''' '' ' ^« «* '^'^--- ^--;; rjr

H,ulm'*:;^7VMr'' '""*''' ^"" '^"^^ '^'^^"^«' "^ Little Piuch-gut
arZ\ ti\ : ' '^'""^' "'^ ^ ^««t' "^*^P« rise 6 feet.

high wtrlTntu' "^r "' *'" '^^' ^^ ' '""''' '''^' '^ f-t above
nigli water, joined to a long, narrow, sloping poir

A Rock, awash at high water, lies close to the north side and n

^e^ena.myara. SSW., the outer knob havL!!: Tfathl:

off^n^ff? *"*"* T*^ f ^^'' P""^* '' ^-^S^'^^^ ^"'1 «hoal, with rocks

LitH^T^f ' T^ '^""^^ "«* ^« approached within 4ryaixls
Little Harbor Island, 43 feet above high water hJvd

mits but niakes as a flat top. It is situate^^Tmi/rNw f"™'
Pinch-giit Pomt, and is continued west by low rocks iZle Z
western being awash at high water * ^' *^'^

rS^\^° W ^°^' ri"' 'V''^ ^^*"^ ^" ^*' l^^« 1'200 yards S. 45° W

foo^ wa^r^.^ •; ' '"''^ ^'"''^^ "'*^ *^^^«^ ^^^^ds, shoalest with one
NW V w T ' ?''?'"' ^ 'P^"" ^'^O y^'^'^' i^ diameter 800 yards
NW. I W^ from Little Harbor Island. Between this shoafand
Brennan Point on the mainland are two shoals with 4 f«?i
water, at neai-ly equal distances from each otw anT it sW^^
l^::r^:^' ^" '^'^ *^^ passage betw.en LiUlfSor

high range over Great Pinch-gut, the ^uCi ^^JTt^l^

high makes as a square hummock from the southward whlett
coast range is flat. The northern rock is 4 feet above hil water
Little Hajbor, fit for small craft only, is situated irmle?NE
of Brennan Point. Only 12 feet can be carried in at low wo.
and mid-^.hannel must be kept throughout to Iw rocks rnirtW
hand On the south side a rock that covers 5 feet Hes rn f i
off shore, and a shoal, with 4 feet water, off a ro k ihat clrs't

m mmK

XKWFOI'NDLAND — SOUTH COAST.

A.iicliorage Tiuiy be had between the first fishing stages or imme-
diatoly after they are passed, for the water slioals suddenly at the
inner stages.

Sails Island, :J9 feet high, is 1,200 yards tcj the northward of
Little Harbor, close to the mainland. An islet, 8 feet above high
water with a rocky spit west of it, lies close west of Sails Island.

Sly-boots, a rock with 5 feet water, is 1,050 yards S. 59° W.
(S. 87° W. uiag.) from Sails Island.

The summit of Butler Head, open west of Woody Island N. G° W.
(N. 22° E. mag.) clears west of this rock.

Little Harbor Head, 760 yards from Sails Island, is a sloping
point, from a round wooded hillock 125 feet high, and is bold-to
all around.

Island Cove Head, 1,300 yards north of Little Harbor Head, is
a perpendiciilar cliff 75 feet high, backed by a wooded hummock
that shows conspicuously from the southward.

La Manche, J mile deep and ^ mile broad, runs NE. of Island
Cove Head. The land in the neighborhood consists of high barren
ranges, the culminating jjoint over the head of La Manche sur-
mounted by a cairn 015 feet above high water. On the peninsula
forming the western shore the hills are 230 feet high in the back-
ground, gradually decreasing in height, in a series of hummocks
to the point. Numerous valleys intersect these hills, down many
of which streamlets run from ponds situated between the hills.

Lead Mines are situated on the eastern shore of the bay, and
the buildings show out prominently from the westward. A wharf
has been erected in a .small cove below the mines where small ves-
sels can load, but affords no shelter from onshore winds. *"

Anchorage may be obtained in 6 or 7 fathoms, gravel, fair hold-
ing ground, with shelter from winds from N W. through north and
east to south.

La Manche Head is a wooded head, forming the west point of
entrance. Some low rocks lie oft" it, steep-to on the west side, and
about 200 yards from the shore.

A Rock, that covers 5 feet, lies 100 yards off the western shore,
^ mile from La Manche Head.

Woody Island, 92 feet high, is the south extreme of a group of
islands and rocks off the peninsula, west of La Manche, that
divides it from Little Southern Harbor. Between this group and
the main are numerous sunken rocks and shoals, completely shut-
ting the passage. The south and west sides of the group may be
approached to within 200 yards.

Grassy Island, 65 feet high, forms the north extreme, and is
faced by black cliffs. A rock, with 3 feet water, lies 100 yards
N. 14° E. (N. 42° E. mag.), from Grassy Island.

,/'-

tages or imme-
uddenly at the

uortliward of
jet above high
Sails Island,
.rds 8. 59° W.

si and N. 6° W.

id, iti a sloping
and is bold-to

[arbor Head, is
led hummock

NE. of Island
)f high barren
I Manche sur-
the peninsula
li in the back-
of hummocks
s, down many
n the hills.
' the bay, and
ird. A wharf
ere small ves-
nds. "~

Lvel, fair hold-
igh north and

west point of
svest side, and

vestern shore,

of a group of
Manche, that
lis group and
apletely shut-
!jroup may be

treme, and is
ies 100 yards

IU)CK8.

Wining Rooks, lying 800 yards X. 31" W. (N. 3° W mac )

and the northern n feet above high water. Sunken rocks fie
between hem and a shoal, with 7 feet, 100 yards off the n or h end
The .south rock is bold to the southward
Little Southern Harbor is north of Grassy Island. The best

rrshl,::f'ttT ^""^' '^^'^^^ -»^ winging Rocks. Ontl
tant si. e of the entrance are several low wedge-shaped hummoc-ks
jonoed by two low necks to the main. From the h ghe t of tlte'
rocks that cover extend 200 yards. The west point slo^ s f n m
Biitler Hea,l, a round wooded sunmiit faced on the north .side by
steep chffs, and 201 feet above high water. ^

A Rock that breaks lies 160 yards off the west point leavinir a
passage 400 yards wide between it and the rocks off X eastZe
Both sides of the harbor have detached rocks off them but .v
be approached to within 200 yards, and the head shoals '300 v'Z
rri/iii lilt) hign-water line.

Anchorage may be obtained anywhere within the line of the
points bu the best holding ground is in 7 fathoms, gravef just
beyond a deep cove on the west shore •"

HaTo7;7Jh 'lo^!.^^"r'""' ^"" ""^ '''"^^^' "^ L^t"^ Sou.iiern
naroor at [)h. 30m. Springs rise 8 feet

Great Southern Harbor is entered north of Butler Head and
;s separated from the head of Little Southern Harbor by l.lZt
m yards broad, nearly covered by a pond. The harbor n s 3i
miles from Butler Head, and contains some islands XshZs are
steep-to, sloping from wooded ranges, and at the head is Big Pond

Anchorage may be had at the head in 5 to 9 fathoms but the
holding ground is bad, and the harbor is completely exposed. The

Itfr^'^-'- 'i f \""^' ^°^^*^ '' Tommy Sharp R^ck, an i let
6 feet high jomed to the peninsula on the west side of th; harb<.r
that separates it from Arnold Cove

Duck Island, 56 feet high, lies i mile north from Butler Head
aiKl the same distance off the nearest cliff. It is bold-to, except off
the SW. point, where a ledge with 7 to fathoms extends nearly

Seal Islet, 43 feet high, is a smaU square rock close to tlie isthmus
dividing Great and Little Southern Harbors

A rock that covers 6 feet, with another sunken r.ick close-to
hes 400 yards 8. 8° W., (S. 36° W. mag.) from Seal Islet in the
passage between Duck Island and the main, 400 yards from te
latter. Duck Island, therefore, should be neared when tak ng this

NKWFOUXnr.A NH — HOUTII COAST.

Ooose Island, 81 feet liigh, iw a square, grass-topped nx'k, facoil
by l)lack cliffs, separated by a channel about 200 yards wide from
the peninsula dividing Great Southern Harbor from Arnohl Cove.
In the channel between 3J fathoins water nuiy be earried. From
the west extrei le a ledge extends about l,3oo yards, with depths
of (5i to {>K fatlioms.

Arnold Cove contains good anchorage in :\\ to 5 fathoms for
small vessels, all slieltered from winds, and for large vessels in 5
to 7 fathoms, with shelter from all but those from south to west.
The eastern shore is rugged, sloping from a wooded cone 130 feet
high. At the iiead is a .shingle beach fronting a salt-water pond,
and the western shore, terminating in Bordeaux Island, is fringed
by rocks that cover and extend 'iOO yards from the shore.

Round Rock, O feet above high water, is the farthest off shore,
and is 4o() yards S. 87° E. (S. 50° E. mag.) from Adams Head.

Adams Head, 104 feet high, is a fiat-topped barren mound near
the south extreme of the western shore of Arnold Cove, with Adams
House, a conspicuous two-storied dwelling, at the base, that shows
out v/ell to all i)arts of the head of Placentia Bay.

Bordeaux Island, 138 feet high, wooded an<l bluff, is separated
from the main by Bordeaux Gut, a narrow passag<>, with water
enough for fishing boats at low water. A remarkable (juartz vein
runs down the cliffs near the SW. point of the island.

A Rock that covers one foot lies between the east extreme of
Bordeaux Island and Adams Head, a third of the distance across
from the latter.

Come-By-Chance Bay, entered at 2 miles north of Bordeaux
Island, affords anchorage as convenient in depths of 10 fathonVs
ami less, t ,ie former depth being found at one mile within the en-
ti'ance to the bay.

Jonathan Lookout, a conspicuous isolated cone, 712 feet above
high Avatei-, is If miles WNW. from Powder Horn. From this
latter hill, 1,045 feet high, the range gradually decreases in height
to the marsh bordering on North Harbor.

Coast. — Rocks extend a short distance from Come-By-Chance
Point. The coast then trends northward round Holletts Cove,
which is 600 yards wide and 400 yards deep, with several sunken
rocks near the shore. A reef that dries at low water, with sunken
rocks at the extr'eme, extends 250 yards SSE. from the west en-
trance point of this cove.

Southern Head, a wooded promontory 125 feet high, projects
a short distance from the line of the^coast, at J mile westward of
Come-By-Chance Point. The shore from this to North Harbor is
fringe<l by small islets and sunken rocks, and must not be ap-
proached nearer than 300 yards.

juimiMiii

imm

IHLANU8.

(1 rork, facpfl
Is wido from
\nii)l(l (Jo\i\
[Tied. From
with depths

) fathoms for
e ve88ol8 in 5
iiith to west,
cono 130 foot
t-water pond,
nd, is fringed
loi'e.

lest off sliore,
ms Head.
II mound near
>, with Adams
se, that sliows

f, is separated

o, witli water

le quartz vein

,st extreme of

i stance across

of Bordeaux
IG fathoms
vithin the en-

12 feet above
From this
ases in height

ne-By-Chance
olletts Cove,

Bveral sunken
with sunken
the west en-

ligh, projects
westward of
th Harbor is
,t not be ap-

North Harbor.— The oast point of North Harbor is 1 J miles,
NW, from Conn-By -Cliaiioo Point; the liarbor is 4} miles deep
and l,S(t() yuids wide at the entrance.

Rocks that almo.st cover at high water lie dose to the east shore,
8()(» yards north of South Point.

Emberley Point, 700 yards farthei- northward, may he easily
distingiiishecl by a white house on it.

A cove to the eastward of Kmberley Point, surrounded by rocks,
that extend 200 yar<ls from the beach, affords good aii'horago with
all winds, except those from Houtii to WSW., in a j., iieral depth
of UK fathoms.

Sall-the-maid Island is 2 miles within the entrance, and off the
west entrance point of this cove, to which it is nearly joined by
rocks. It is 70 feet high, and composed of gray rocks covered by
wood. From it sunken rocks extend S. by W. for a distance of ;)oO
yards. Northward of this island shoal water extends 200 yards

:'.n:{

ivcriil rockn, nouiw of wiiicii cover.

le within

from tlu> «]iore;

that distance. Charley Rock, the highest of these, is '.i feet above
high water, and lies nearly midway between the island and the
head of the harl)or.

The west shore of N«>rth Harbor may be approached to 100 yards,
except in the coves.

Jigging Cove lies on the west shore nearly 2 miles fi-om the
entrance, and is shallow to the mouth.

Goose Island, about 40 feet liigh, wooded and flat, forms the
north entrance point, and separates it from Goose Cove, also shal-
low to the line of the outer points. A rock lies a short distance
from the south extreme of Goose Island.

Anchorage for large vessels may be had anywhere within the
entrance of North Harbor according to the depth desired, but it
must be borne in mind that the water shoals rapidly from 10 to 5
fathoms off Molasses Point, north of Goose Cove.

North Harbor Point, the west entrance point of North Harbor,
terminates on the eastern side in a small, nearly detached, rocky
peninsula, 31 feet high, off the .south extreme of which lies a sunken
rock.

North Harbor Rock, with C fathoms water on it, lies 600 yards
S. 56° W. (S. 84° W. mag.) from North Harbor Point.

Baker Cove lies NW. of North Harbor Point. It is 1,400 yards
wide and 1,000 yards deej), and affords anchorage with offshore
winds in 4^^ to 9 fathoms, sand. Rocks that cover extend a short
distance from the east entrance point of the cove, and shoal water
extends a short distance from the shore and 100 yards from Baker
Point, which is a wooded bluff about 120 feet high, projecting 000
yards from the coast NW. of the cove.

MtteiMH

miitfiiifiifiiiit aiiiii

iiitmm^mmiam

I"'
pit

NKWFOI'NDLANI)— SOI'TII COAST.

At the hoa<l of Baker Cove arc two bfaclioH of rfMidish HhiiiKlf,
HeparattMl l)y a rod cliff, faciii^f a Hiiiall woo<l»'»l liiIlo(!k.

Ooast. Tlin coaHt from Hak«'r C'oVf trt'iids NW. for 1^ mlloH to
Placontia Mans Point, with slight indentations, tlicncc with a slight
clmnge in direetion, more to tlie north, for 2 miles, to a low wooded
immvontory faced Ity shale clifTs, from the ff)ot of wliich the shore
dries a short distance. A few honses are hiiilt on the coast ))etwoen
Baker Cove and Placentia Mans Point.

Black River, from which tlie station derives its name, is entered
at k mile northward of the point on which the station stands, and
may be approached to t>()() yards by vessels drawing Vi feet water.

A Telegraph Station, surronnded by well cultivated ground, is
situated on tlie south entrance point of Black River; it is in con-
nection witli the Anglo-American Telegraph Company.

Ice. — Black River is generally frozen toward the latter end of
January and clear by tlie middle of Api'il.

Vicuna Island, ;}0 feet high, lies OOo yards WSW. from the sta-
tion i)Oint; it is alxmt 'iOO yards in dijimeter, and covered witli
grass over gray rock. Martin Morrissey Rocks, a small group
about 200 yards in diameter, are nearly joined to the west extreme
of Vicuna Island, the highest being li feet above high water.

A Rock 4 feet high is situated 200 yards south of Martin Morris-
sey Rocks, and 100 yards farther in the same direction lies a rock
that dries 4 feet at low water.

A Rock that dries 6 feet lies i mile S. 82" W. (N. 70° W. mag.)
from Vicuna Island, and a rock, with ;i feet water, lies between
that island and the station point, 2()0 yards from the latter.

Mouse Island is small, covered with grass, and 20 feet high; it
is ^ mile NW. by W. from Vicuna Island.

Pipers Hole is entered through a channel 400 yards wide, lying
400 yards westward from Mouse Island, and extends in a north-
westerly direction 4 miles to the fresh-water ])rook at the head.

At 2 miles within the entrance is a sharp bend, 150 yards wide,
round Cape Pine, through which the tide runs about 3 knots an
hour at springs. The arm then expands into a shallow basin, a
mile long and 1,200 yards wide, the greater part of which dries at
low water. In it are some islands, Bii'chy Island, the highest,
being 02 feet high and covered with wood. From the upper part
of this basin a narrow sti-eam extends to the head, the northern
bend being nearly filled with bowlders.

Southwest of the entrance to Pipers Hole are Rocky Cove, a small
curve in the coast lined with bowldei's, and Cock and Hen Cove.
Shoal water extends a considerable distance off this cove.

Desolate Point is the extreme of an isolated hill, 200 feet high,
covered with moss, that forms the turning point into the soimd

SOUND IBLAND.

«'.7

"ildisli hImhrIo,

ck.

for 1^ iniloH to

je with a Hli^lit

[» a low woo<l»*(l

liicli tlio shorn

) coast hot woe n

aine, is entered
on stands, and
12 feet water,
fvtod ground, is
r ; it is in con-
my.
3 latter end of

'. front the sta-
covered with
a, small gronp
9 west extreme
fh water.
Martin Morris-
ion lies a rock

70° W. maj?.)
lies between
latter. ^
feet high ; it

(Is w^ide, lying
ds in a north-
it the head.
yards wide,
nt 3 knots an
allow basin, a
wliich dries at
the highest,
le upper part
the northern

Cove, a small
id Hen Cove,
rave.
200 feet high,

to the sound

from Pipers Hole. Bittern Cove, a slight indentation with a shiii-
gl(> beach, is south of this hill. From this the coast trends in
nearly a straight line H. by W. for a distance of ft miles, the* north-
ern part sloping from Idgh hills, and the* coast lin(> of rocks being
occasioinvlly varieil l)y small beaches of shingle.

Toby Lookout is the highest of the hills immediately border-
ing on th(» coast, i.iid attains an ohtvation of l,(t3<» teet. This
range recedes from the coast in a westerly direction, and becomes
barren in the interior.

White Hills, an(»ther bare range, the highest of which is 1,1k,'')
feet above high water, are situated 23 miles irdand, and connected
with the western part of the range from Toby Lookout. As this
range recedes from the (joast, lower, wooded, and mossy hills
fringe the shore.

Anchorage may be obtained at the head of Placontia Bay,
north of Placentia Mans Point, but large vessels should not bring
Bloody Point, the novtl'. extreme of Sound Lshvnil, tu bwm .soiilh of
S. (12° W. (West mug.), as the water shoals rapidly from 1-i to '6'i
fathoms.

Sound Island has the sha])e of an i.-regular rectangle, ;<3 miles
long and 2i miles broad. The characteristic features are long
hills 400 to 3G0 feet high, covered with white moss, and patches of
small wood in the valleys. A sharji peak, ;}81 feet high, rises near
the north extreme, and the summit, when seen from the western
part of the sound, api)ears an inclined plane, with a steep fall to
the western shore of the island. The east shore is formed of shale
cliffs, the dtlbris froni which has accumulated at the base, and pre-
vents landing, except in fine weather.

Catens Cove, a small bight, lies in the middle of this shore, and
is nearly filled with rocks. Net Rock, 15 feet above high wtiter, is
north of this cove, and is bold-to on the east side.

Some white cliffs are near the south extreme. Woody Island
Shoal, with 5i fathoms water, extends l,3(tO yards UK. by E. from
the SE. extreme of the island.

The south shore curves round Muddy Hole, a shallow cove, and
thence with a broad sweep to Upper Sandy Point, the SW. ex-
treme of the island. This point projects 600 yards from the line
of coast, and is surmounted by a hill 118 feet high, covered with
yellow moss. This hill being lighter in color than the mainland
can generally be seen when open of Woody Island. The west
shore of Sound Island is almost straight, and is bordered by a
beach of shingle in front of the' steep slopes from the summit.
Bloody Point, at the north extreme, is steep-to and surmounted by
a dark wooded hill.

■*>-iiiJiiiiMi«aiMit»*«iir i -r-'"' ■ ilnm-iUfiMi-rT'lii-lf • r^- iiiiirtVi>r'liti»ri

n'd'iirf rliiiri

i~'

NEWFOUNDLAND — S 'UTII COAST.

Jeffrey Cove, the most westerly of three on the north side of
Sound Island, is 1,800 yards wide and 600 yards deep. There are
a few houses at the head of the cove.

A Rock with 7 feet water lies in the middle, nearly between the
line of the extreme points, and a shoal with ;}J fathoms water lies
200 yards northward of the rock. Bittern Cove Bench open north
of Bloody Point, bearing N. 02° W. (N. 34° W. mag.), leads east
of this shoal.

Maggotty Cove is separated from Jeffrey Cove by Shepherd
Point, east 150 yards from which is a sunken rock. This cove is
800 yards broad and 350 yards deep. It is surrounded by houses,
and affords good anchorage for a few smoll vessels in 5 to 12 fath-
oms. New Town, east of Maggotty Cove, may be distinguished
by the church, a plain whjte wooden building, and several two-
storied white houses. A rock that dries 4 feet lies in the middle
of the bight off New Town, between the line of the outer points,
and 150 yards from the shore.

Irishtown, SE. of New Town, is at the head A a cove 1,400 yards
wide and (300 yards deep. A few houses ar.? built near the head.
The shores are bold, except off Brimstone Pc.int SE. of the co^'^e,
from which rocks extend 150 yards.

The Sound, between Sound, Woody, and Bairen Islands on the
east side, and the mainland on the west, is 500 ;^-ards wide at the
narrowest part. It is clear in mid-channel between Sound Island
and the main, and the eastern shore may be neared to 100 yards.
A few rocks lie off the mainland, but none so far as 200 yards
distant. ^

The channel between Sound and Woody Islands, I mile wide, is
clear, and affords excellent anchorage in 7 to 19 fathoms. The
extreme points are connected by bars with 6J fathoms water on
them, and there is a hole in the middle with 19 fathoms, deepest
water. Anchorage may also be had in the Sound according to the
length of the vessel.

Woody islands consist of two large and some small islands.
Woody Island, the largest, is 2 miles long and nearly a mile wide,
and is surmounted by wooded hills, the highest being flat -topped
and 327 ieet high. A round hill, 316 feet high, lies close west of
the highest. The east shore falls steeply, and several small coves
lie at the base of the hills. Hardy Rocks are a small cluster f mile
S. by W. from the north extreme of the island. The highest is 7
feet above high water, and they are steep-to on the south side.

Crev6 Islets lie off the west shora, and are nearly joiied to each
other and Woody Island at low water. They shelter a small cove
almost filled with rocks known by the name of Woody Island
Harbor, but there is scarcely room for even a very small vessel to

ilUlillMlillll^lWiiUiH

m^msi^^mimm^em^-

the north side of
deep. There are

)arlj' between the
ithoms water lies
Be.ich open north
ma^.), leads east

ove by Shepherd
ck. This cove is
inded by houses,
Is in 5 to 12 fath-
be distinguished
and several two-
ies in the middle
the outer points,

L cove 1,400 yards
ilt near the head.
SE. of the co^^e,

en Islands on the
,-ards wide at the
Jen Sound Island
red to 100 yards,
far as 200 yards

^ mile wide, is
fathoms. The
ithoms water on
fathoms, deepest
according to the

e small islands.

ly a mile wide,
»eing flat-topped
ies close west of
eral small coves
ill cluster J mile

he highest is 7
e south side,
y joiied to each
;er a small cove

Woody Island

small vessel to

I8L.\ND8.

(i9

swing clear of danger. A settlement is situated here, with a church
and sclioolhouse. The largest of Cr^vfe Islets is partially wooded
and grassy, 25 feet high, and lies 600 yards from the mainland.
There is deep water 200 yards distant from the west side.

Anchorage for small vessels may be had south of these islets in
8 fathoms.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Woody Island at
8li. 9m. ; springs rise 7 feet; neaps rise i^ feet.

A Rock that dries 5 feet lies a short distance from the south
extreme of Woody Island.

Little Woody Island is 500 yiirds southward of Woody Island,
to which it is joined by a bar with one to 3 feet ou it at low water.
It is about ^ mile long, ^ mile wide, and is partially wooded over
gray rock, the summit 183 feet above high water, falling in a steeji
bluff to the SE. extreme. Several pinnacle rocks are joined to the
shores, and a sand spit, that covers at high water, extends 200 yards
from the NW. extreme. The '"ther sides are steep-to.

Shag Rock is a small pinnacle 15 feet high, lying 600 yards
from the SW. extreme of Woody Island and about the same dis-
tance from the mainland. A shoal extends from the south extreme.

Sugarloaf Island is about 250 yards in diameter, round, wooded,
and 101 feet high. It is ^ mile from the SW. extreme of Woody
Island, and should not be approached nearer than 200 yards.

La Plante Sunker, awash at low water, lies at the extreme of
a bank whicii extends 650 yards SSW. from Sugarloaf Island.
Shag Rock, open either side of that island, leads north and south
of this danger.

La Plante is a shallow indentation on the mainland, a mile
southwestward of Sugarloaf Island. This cove nearly dries at low
water, but boats can enter and obtain water after half flood. An
islet 27 feet high and covered with grass is situated close off the
north entrance point.

Barren Island, 1-^ miles southwestward of Woo-^y Island, is
separated from the mainland by a channel 700 yai"ds wi(le. It is
nearly 4 miles long and If miles broad at the NE. extreme. It is in
the shape of an irregular triangle, the apex being at the SW.
extreme.

Two peninsulas extend from the east side. The northern forms
Barren Island Harbor and the north part of Western Cove, being
connected to Barren Island by a l^each of shingle between the heads
of these coves. Western Cove Head, the other peninsula, is joined
to the island by a low, marshy neck, on which are two ponds that
leave only a short distance betweeii each other and the sea on each
side of the nee':. There are three principal hills. The summit,
490 feet above high water, is bare ; it lies near the middle of the

,-?r- -i ^ •■ • m

"9m

NEWFOUNDLAND SOUTH COAST.

island, and from the southward appears as an inclined plane with
the steep side to the westward. A round, wooded hill, 437 feet
high, is situated close west of Western Cove Head, and a bare hill,
4;J2 feet high, lies close to the NE. extreme.

The north shore falls steeply from a chain of wooded hills, and
is clear of danger beyond 200 yards. The NW. extreme is a low,
grassy plateau, from which a bar with 5 fathoms water extends to
the mainland. Two small shallow inlets are situated, respectively,
H miles from the south extremity and a mile from the north end;
both of these are on the western side. The entrances are marked
by white cliffs, and fishing craft haul into them for repairs.

The south point of Barren Island terminates in a small gray islet,
29 feet high, covered with grass and surmounted by a conspicuous
single tree.

Barren Island Harbor is 900 yards long, 150 yards broad, and
affords shelter to small vessels from all but easterly winds. Tlie
anchorage is in 6 to 8 fathoms, and the shores are bold-to. A con-
siderable settlement lines the shores, and an old wooden church,
wath a belfry near, stands on a mound west of the head. On the
west side the harbor is faced by reddish landslips. The entrance
may be recognized by a shingle beach and some low rocks close to
Barren Island. The east entrance point of the harbor must be
given a wide berth when rounding, and the east side of the penin-
sula forming it is foul for nearly 200 yards.

Western Cove is between tlie two peninsulas and Barren Island.
Western Cove Head rises to a sharp peak 223 feet high, is covered
with an alternation of wood and grass, and its outer coat is marked
by brown landslips. Several round wooded hills lie south of the
summit. James Point, north of the entrance, is steep-to, but from
West Point a bank with 10 fathoms extends 400 yards. A shoal,
Avith 3 fathoms water, lies S. 73° E. (S. 45° E. mag.) a little more
than 200 yards from West Point.

The northern part of the cove is + mile deep, ^ mile wide at the
entrance, and narrows to the beach, which is 250 yards broad at
the head. Shoal ground extends 250 yards from the beach, but
south of tliat the depth ranges from 10 to 16 fathoms in the middle
of the cove.

The southern part is 750 yards deep, 400 yards wide at the
entrance, and terminates in a shingle beach 200 yards wide at the
head. Glindon Cove is a small bight on the shore west of the
entrance, with a few Iiouses round it. Glindon Rock, a small bare
rock 3 feet above high water, lies oiose to the shore, south of Glin-
don Cove.

A few houses are also built round Western Cove.

■immm'¥i:, mmmwrw

ROCKS — ISLANDS.

lined plane with
ed hill, 427 feet
, and a bare hill,

ooded hills, and
xtreme is a low,
water extends to
ed, respectively,
n the north end ;
ices are marked
)r repairs,
small gray islet,
jy a conspicuous

rards broad, and
rly winds. The
bold-to. A con-
wooden church,
3 head. On the
I. The entrance
)w rocks close to
harbor must be
ide of the penin-

d Barren Island.

liigh, is covered

coat is marked

ie south of the

eep-to, but from

ards. A shoal,

.) a little raoi*e

nile wide at the

yards broad at

;he beach, but

s in the middle

wide at the

rds wide at the

>re west of the

J, a small bare

south of Glin-

Auchorage may be had in eith.^r ai-m of the cove, according to
the direction of the wind, in 12 to 16 fathoms in the northern part
or in 20 fathoms in the southern part.

Duck Rocks, a ledge of dark sharp rocks, extend from the
southern extreme of Western Cove Head. The highest is 61 feet
and has a hole through it; the outer is a small gray rock 12 feet
high and steep-to.

Back Cove, close west of Duck Rocks, is nearly filled with Back
Cove Islets, a castellated group, reddish in color, the higliest of
which is 75 feet above high water.

Qreen Island, lying 850 yards southwestward of Barren Island,
is 55 feet high and covered with grass over dark gray rock. It is
150 yards in diameter, and has no danger beyond 100 j'ards from
it excfipt on the west side.

Green Island Bock, with 8 feet water, is the NW. extreme of
a l)ank extending 300 yards from Green Island and falling sud-
denly to deep water.

Gulch is a basin 1,200 yards long and 300 yards broad, on the
mainland shore west of Barren Island, and nearly 3^ miles south-
ward of La Plante. The entrance is only a few yards wide and is
filled with large rocks, leaving no passage, even for a boat, at low-
water springs.

Ship Island, a mile SW. o^' the south extreme of Barren Island,
is nearly a mile long, 600 yards broad, and is almost rectangiilar
in shape. The summit, situated near the raiddle of the Avest shore,
is 248 feet high, round, and covered with wood Several other
hills rise in the island, some bare and others wooded, joined by
green marshes or plains. A few white patches mark the cliffs
near the north extreme. The shores are generally bold, Aviti ^r lall
cliffs. There is only one danger as far as 200 yards f vom the '^ nore
A rock awash at low water lies 200 yards from the middle li' the
east side of the island. Burgeo Island, seen open of the oast i)art
of Ship Island and bearing S. 23° W. (S. 51° W. mag.>, leads east
of this rock.

Shag Rock, i mile S. 68° W. (N. 84° W. Mag.) of the SW. ex-
tremity of Ship P^and, is 12 feet high, 150 yards in extent, and
steep-to. A shu.^ with 5^ fathoms water on it lies S. 31^ E. (S. 3°
F.. mag.), a little more than 200 yards from Shag Rock.

Bell Island, 800 yards S. by W. of Ship Islaiul, is formed of
brown cliff, covered with wood. It is wedge-shaped, the apex, 143
feet high, being on the south side. A shingle beach linet the NE.
side. The island is so named from a remarkable rock, about 20
feet high, shaped like an inverted bell, situated close to the south
extreme, that shows prominently when seen from north and south
or when close to the island.

liftni I'll liiirl rtTfiii -«iiiV'llWliiniTr«rii

iiT' -r'nit^aaMfia'" Uirn-iiiMii'

NEVVF<»UM)LANI> — SOUTH COAST.

A rock awash at low water, with another rock close north of it,
lies ahout 100 yards from the east shore.

Great Sandy Harbor.— The approacli to Great Sandy Harbor
may be readily distinguished by the offlying islands, and by a
wooded hill with a bare top 250 feet above high water, which lies
NE. of the entrance. A wooded islet 53 feet high lies close south
of the hill, and a bare rock feet above high water is south of the
islet. The west side of the entrance is formed by a wooded penin-
sula nearly a mile long and 180 feet high. Near the north extreme
is a bluff point with a small bight in it.

The harbor is entered through a channel not quite 200 yards
wide, between the base of the hill and the bluff point just de-
scribed. Immediately within the entrance an arm extends NE.
for 450 yards, and is 250 yards broad, with 3A fathoms in the mid-
dle, but only i^ fathoms in the entrance. Rocks lie close to either
shore.

The main harbor trends SW. for 800 yards, with a breadth of
35* (yards, then bends sharply to the NW., in which direction it
extends 1+ miles, expanding to 1,300 y.ivds wide for nearly J mile,
when the basin contracts to the entrance of a stream 100 yards
wide. Nearly the whole of this basin dries at low water, leaving
a narrow passage for boats only close to the shore. In the tirst
bend not more than 6 feet can be carried. The hills surrounding
the harbor are partially wooded and slope gradually to the south-
western arm.

Civil Bast Cove is a slight curve in tl<f^ SE. coast of the penin-
sula, protected by Civil East Island, and affording shelter to small
lishing craft in 2i fathoms. A few houses stand on the shore, sur-
rounded by small patches of cultivation. A rock with feet of
water on it lies midway between the island and the main.

Civil East Island is about 40 feet liigh, fiat, and partly wooded.
It is 400 yards long, and a rock awash at low water lies close to
the SW. extreme.

Anchorag^e may be had, with good holding ground, on a plateau
of sand lying between Civil -East Cove and the entrance to Great
Sandy Harbor, in from 4J to 6 fathoms.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Great Sandy Har-
bor at 8h. 9m. ; springs rise 6 J feet; neaps rise 5 feet.

Qreat Coat Island, 45 feet high and 100 yards in diameter,
round and wooded, lies 250 yards SW. by S. of the south entrance
to Civil East Cove. There is a clear passage west of it, but a rock
that dries lies a short distance from the SW. extreme.

liittle Saiidy Harbor is entere'd through a channel 200 yards
wide, soi'th of Great Coat Island, between the cliffy SW. extreme
of the peninsula dividing it from Great Sandy Harbor and Stearin

■mm'

ose north of it,

t Sandy Harbor
[inds, and by a
ater, which lies
lies close soixth
r is south of the
I wooded penin-
B north extreme

quite 200 yards
f point just de-
'm extends NE.
oms in the m id-
le close to either

ith a breadth of
ich direction it
V nearly J mile,
bream ]00 yards
r water, leaving
re. In the tirst
ills surrounding
|ly to the south-

ist of the penin-
lelter to small
the shore, sur-
with (i feet of
main.
)artly wooded.

er lies close to

id, on a })lateau
trance to Great

eat Sandy Har-
et.

s in diameter,
south entrance
' it, but a rock
ne.

nnel 200 yards
y SW. extreme
)or and Stearin

LllTLE BITRGKO ISLAND.

Rock, a flat bare islet 5 fett above higli water. Within the en-
trance the harbor exj)ands to a basin 600 yards in diameter, with
5\ fathoms in \iie middle, deci-easing gradually in depth to tlio
shore, except in the SW. corner. From this side a small arm ex-
tends to the westward and is shallow to the entrance. Water may
be procured from a brook at the iiead of this arm, but the approach
is made difficult at low water by bowlders lying off it. A wooded
islet about 40 feet high nearly joins Stearin Rock to the soutli side
of the entrance.

Nan Point, 1,200 yards SE. by S. of the entrance to Little San V
Harbor, is a small sharp projection, steep-to. The intervening
coast consists of two small coves, with shingle beaches, between
otherwise rocky shoi'es.

Anchorage f(n' large vessels, with shelter from offshore winds,
may be had off this coast in G to 7 fathoms at 400 yards from the
shore.

Castle Islet, a small sqiiare rock i;{ feet high, lies close to the
shoi'e off till' north entrance point of Davis Cove.

Little Burgeo Island is 250 yards SE. by S. of Castle Islet. It
is 900 yards long, 600 yards broad, and 227 feet high. It is flat in
outline, faced by steej) cliffs, and there is a small cove on the sinith
side. There is barely passage for a boat between this island •nd
the main at low wate' .

A Shoal, with 12 feet of water, lies 100 yards from the NE.
extreme.

Davis Cove is entered south of Calls Point, 1,000 yards SW.
from Castle Islet. A rock that dries 4 feet lies 100 yards south of
the point. This cove is 600 yards wide and 200 yards deep, and
affords good shelter to fishing craft with offshore winds.

Water may be obtained from a large stream at the head.

Coast. — The coast, which is wooded over brown cliffs, curves
generally to the southwestward from Davis Cove for a little more
than a mile to Butts Hole, a small cove with a few houses round
it, and a rock that dries 6 feet at low water in the middle. A
conspicuous waterfall is situated on the south side of this cove.

Parfrey Point is i mile from Butts Hole, and is a small projec-
tion, 105 feet high, faced by gray cliffs. Parfrey Shoal, with 4-J-
fathoms water on it, lies S. 17° E. (S. 11° W. mag.), distant 267
yards from this point.

Burgeo Island is 1,200 yards S. by W. of Little Burgeo Island,
and separated by a clear channel 1,10^^ yards wide from the main-
land, suruKJunted by a lemarkablo sharp peak 41G feet high, and
two smaller peaks to the southAvard of it, named Hares Ears, about
350 feet high. The island is 1^*^ miles long and i mile broad. The
east shore is steep-to, but a rock with 5 feet of water on it lies 100

NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST.

yards from the south extreme. A cove 400 yards deep is situated
on the west shore of the island, just below the summit, off the
north entrance point of which is a small islet with a sunken rock
off it.

Cross Socks, 12 feet above high water, lie neai'ly 200 yards
N. 76° W. (N. 48° W. mag.) from the north entrance point of this
cove, and are surrounded by sunken rocks. A shoal with 15 feet
water on it lies 100 yards S. 11° W. (S. 39° W. mag.) of these
rocks, and a bank, with less than 10 fathoms, extends 250 yards
farther in the same direction.

Near the north extremity of Burgeo Island the coast curves into
a small bay, surrounded by a beach of shingle, between low points
of cliff. The wharf, stores, houses, and flagstaff of a small trading
establishment are built here, and there is good anchorage off the
wharf in 14 fathoms for small vessels. Vigors Island, with a ilat,
wooded summit about 120 feet high, falls in stectp cliffs on all sides
jut the north, where a grassy point, fringed by bowlders and shoal
vater, extends 100 yards. Vigors Island should not be approached
nearer than 200 yards on the noi'th side. The channel between the
.iN E. extreme of this and Burgeo Islr.nd is not q\iito 200 yards wide.
On the eastern side is a square islet, off which lies a sunken rock.

White Islands are a group occupying a space 1^ miles long
and ixearly ^ mile broad, lying 2 miles SE. of Burgeo Island, the
channel between deepening to 151 fathoms. There are three large
islands, several smaller islands, and many rocks.

Greens Island, near the north extreme, is 110 feet high, round,
and covered with stunted trees, intersperser' with grass over gray
rock. Rocks and shoals extend from the south side of the island
for 400 yards, the highest being a square islet about 40 feet high,
off which are two rocks. A small rock lies closf to the north
extreme of the island, and a large shoal exteuuls NW. of the chain
of rocks south of Greens Island.

Gooseberry Island, 200 yards NW. hy N. of Greens Island, is
about 40 feet high, flat, and covered with grass over i-eddish-gray
rock. Sunken rocks extend 200 yards frcmi the west extreme.

Deepwater Bank, -wr'; 7 f-iaoms water, lies 800 yards N. 1(5°
E. (N. 44^ E. m-ag.) fr'>ui Gooseben-y It'^and, and Rock of the
Bank, with the same dcu-h, bears S. 8'. ji,. (S. 59° E. mag.), dis-
tant 1,400 yards from Greens Island,

Stearin Rocks are the cluster next SW. of Greens Island.
They are nearly connected at low water, and occupy a space 200
yards in diameter.

A Reef, with two heads that just dry at low water, bea- » IS. 68°
E. (S. 40° E. mag.), distant 250 yards from the highest of these
rocks.

.ntukia tv.^

)ep is situated
mmit, oflE the
1 sunken rock

rly 200 yards
b point of this
il with 15 feet
lag.) of these
ids 250 yards

ist curves into
sen low points
t small trading
liorage off the
id, with a Hat,
ffs on all sides
.ders and shoal
be approuched
el between the
;00 yards wide.
a sunken rock.
1^ miles long
jeo Island, the
are three large

!t high, round,
rass over gray
e of the island
t 40 feet high,
to the north
, of the chain

[eens Island, is
reddish-gray
extreme,
yards N. 16°
Rock of the
E. mag.), dis-

H^reens Island.
ly a space 200

|r, bea- s S. 68°
thest of these

ISLANDS — ROCKS.

Middle Dock Islands are 200 yards SW. by W. of Stearin
Rocks, and are 400 yards in diameter. The two southernmost are
conical, with grassy summits, the western and highest being 37
feet above high water. These two have no dangers off their SE.
sides. The rest of the group are low, and the northern covers at
high water, but there are no outlying dangers beyond 200 yards
distance from the group. There is a clear passage between these
and Stearin Rocks.

Anchor Rock, bare, fiat, and 8 feet above high water, is sepa-
rated from the south side of Middle Dock Islands by a clear chan-
nel 200 yards wide, and is steep-to. A sunken rock lies midway
between it and Northwest Island.

Northwest Island, 115 feet high, and 400 yards SW. by W. of
Middle Dock Islands, is formed of several wooded hillocks cover-
ing dark rock, the highest falling steeply to the NW. extreme.
Some small pinnacle rocks lie close-to, but there is no sunken dan-
ger near, except on the east side.

West Island, lying 450 yards southward of Northwest Island,
is wedge-shaped, 300 yards long and 200 yards broad. The sum-
mit, which is wooded, falls steeply to the north extreme, and is
115 feet above high water. A green mound, with a conspicuous
patch of turf near the summit, is joined to the south extreme by
a beach of shingle. A ledge of rocks extends 200 yards from the
east side that dries only at low water springs.

Western Rock, the western of White Islands, is a gray islet 24
feet high, with a little grass nea.r the summit. A reef of rocks
extends 200 yards north, and there are rocks between it and West
Island, but no danger beyond 200 yards from them. A rock,
awash at high water, lies close south, and a shoal, with 7 feet
water on it, is a short distance from the SW. extreme. A rock
that dries is a little more than 200 yards N. 59° W. (N. 31° W.
mag.) from West Island.

Mackerel Shoal, with 14 feet water, bears N. 08° W. (N. 40°
W. mag.), distant about 400 yards from West Island.

Harry Rock, with 8 fathoms water, lies S. 70° W. (N. 82° W.
mag.), distant 700 yards from Northwest Island.

Big Shoul, with 4 fathoms water, bears S. 25° W. (S. 53° W.
mag.), distant 950 yards from Western Rock, au( is the highest
part of a bank 200 yards in diameter within the dei)th of 10
fathoms.

Shoal Bank, with 1.4 feet water, lies 1^^ miles S. 50° W. (S. >^4°
W. mag.) from Western Rock, and is a small pinnacle, with deep
water close-to.

1491C-

NEWFOUNDLAND — s6UTII COAST.

Coast.— The const from Pnrfrey Point, after a slight curve close
west uf that point, trends in nearly a straight line to the entrance
of Clatise Harbor, falling steeply, in many places perpendicularly,
from Avoodod hills near the shore and gray moas-covered hills in
the background.

Red Point Shoal, Avith 5^ fathoms water, lies 850 yards S. 63°
W. (S. 81° W. mag.) from Parfrey Point, and 200 yards from the
shore.

Skippers Brook, a conspicuous waterfall, enters the sea at 1^
miles southward of Parfrey Point. Skippers Brook Rock, with
10 fathoms water, lies \ mile N. 82° E. (S. 70° E. mag.) from the
point of the cove into which the brook runs.

Ladder Cove, a small bight, lies one mile southward of Skip-
pers Brook, and i mile farther south is Coffin Cove, 300 yards
deep, with a beach of shingle at the head.

Barren Point, H miles south of Coffin Cove, is covered with
moss and surmounted by a small peaked hill 216 feet high. Joss
Brook falls into the sea, from an elevation of about 30 feet, close
north of this point.

Clatise Harbor is nearly 800 yards wide in the entrance,
between Gunning Point on the north side and Clatise Harbor
Head on the south. The harbor expands to 1,600 yards broad,
and extends a mile in a southwesterly direction to two arms that
continue it to the westward. Culleton Head, north of the
entrance, is a bare round hill, 452 feet high, falling steeply to the
eastward. A few houses are built on the north shore, imme-
diately wiihin the entrance. A large brook runs into a cove on
the north shore, i mile SW. of Gunning Point, and a rock that
dries is situated close to the east entrance point of that cove.

Northwest Arm extends to the sonthwestward 1^ miles, with
a breadth of 400 yards', then turns to the north, Arming a cove 400
yards in diameter.

Cross Rock, a small pinnacle 9 feet high, lies close to the north
side of the entrance to this arm, and is nearly joined at low water
to the shore of a small cove with a streani in the east corner, round
Avhich are a few houses. This rock has deep water close to the
south side.

Northwest Head, the south entrance point of Northwest Arm,
is a bold cliff surmounted by a round wooded hill 256 feet high.
A reef that dries at low water extends 150 yards east; and a rock
that dries 3 feet lies close north of this head.

A Rock that covers lies close to the east point of the cove, at
the head, and shoal water fringes the north shore of that point.
With these exceptions the shores of Northwest Arm are steep-to.

Anchorage may be had anywhere in the arm with depths from

ANCIIOltAGE — COVES.

iglit curve close
to the entrance
erpendiculiirly,
iovered liills in

550 ytirds S. 53°
yards from the

rs the sea at 1^-
)ok Rock, with
mag.) from the

hward of Skip-
ove, 300 yards

is covered with
eet high. Joss
it 30 feet, close

the entrance,
Clatise Harbor

yards broad,
two arms that
north of the

g steeply to the
L shore, imme-
into a cove on
md a rock that
;hat cove.
ItV miles, with
ning a cove 400

)se to the north
)d at low water
t corner, round
ter close to the

orthwest Arm,

256 feet high.

a.st ; and a rock

of the cove, at

1 of that point,
•m are steep-to.
th depths from

11 1V^^ ^''*'''^™^\ ^'' ^'y «™*^" vessels in the cove at the head in G
h.gh, fall sharply to the sea, and are generally woode.I A hill

^rriuitr- "" '"-' "*«'■■ -""^ '»"-- ^^

Between Nortinvert „„,! SouthwMt Arms the coMt is bold e-,cir

Southwest Arm is 1,300 yards long and 600 vards wid«
be ween Southwest Head and the south shore but' 700 yaMs
withm the entrance it is narrowed to 300 yards iy JiggTg Cove
Head, and continues that breadth to the westward, lie NW

SW BoT rV'^ rt' '^^*, *^^ '^- «^^« - ^ree from dangl'
400 v!?^?' \t"^ ^'f'' '' ^^'' ^''^^'^'^ °^ ^ «"^^" Cluster lying
400 yards from the south shore and 1,800 yards 8 59° W (^ Z°

W. mag.) of Clatise Harbor Head. A shoal with ^rfj^^'
Avater, bears N. 65° W (N S7° W L ^ if' 7 ^ fathoms
this rock. ^-^ ^'^*^''t 200 yards from

Clatise Harbor Head is the sharp extreme of a narrow promon
tory surmounted by a wooded hill 253 feet high, rsunken rock
hes close-to, and a bank, with less than 10 fatloms on ifextrds
^00 yards from the extreme of this head extends

i mUe to wltT'' f '"' ^^'*T "^'^"' H^^^ *^«^^« S. by W. for
foms \t A f J't-r r""'"" '^'"^ '^^ ^"^^^ ^^ - «--" i«let that
Ww .1 '""^"^^ ^°'''^' 't^^*^ «^ ^^^ shores of the cove

between this point and Clatise Harbor Head. Collins Rock 2 feet

ugh, lies close to the shore i mile south of White Po nt Ind Red
Innd, a reddish cliff, south of a beach of shingle through whi!ht
stream runs, is situated 1,200 yards south of Collins Rofk
Oliver Cove is a beach of shingle 250 yards long, a Utile more

ban 2 miles trom Clatise Harbor Head. Shoal water extend 100
yards from the beach, but beyond that anchorage for smtll vessels
may be obtained in 10 fathoms, with shelter from offsW wind
A roacl extends from this cove to the head of PrLqt L'riv a
O^lrcfurr -"''-'^ ^^"" -^^-^- ^« situated%h;Tol:

so^thTtf-'''^'''''^" ^""^ '' ^''' ^^^^^' ^''' «l°«e to the bluff
south of this cove, down to which Calvary Hill slones fron^ «.
elevation of 423 feet above high water ^ ^°

Hill, through which passes the road from this cove to the church

I -

NKWl'OI'NDLANn SiU'TH COAHT.

The Coast from tluH to Qrandy Point is free from tlaiiKt'r 1 yotid
100 yiinls, and is surmonnted by a .scrratod ridgt>, witii several
sharj) ix'ivka ran^iM^j; from 520 to 55o foot in lioij^Mit.

Qrandm(' : her Rocks aro two groups of islets, sepju'utod by a
clear fliannol 334 yards wide. The soutliorn group coutiuns tho
highest islot, whioli is 30 foct above liigli water, and bears N. G7"
E. (S. H5 ' E. Hiag.), distant 1^ miles from tlie north extreme of
Groat Isle of Valen. Numerous rocks surround it.

Tlie islets in the northern i' oup are all above high water, the
highest being T feet. There is deep water al 100 yards from this
groui-.

Whales Back, a rojk that dries 4 feet, bears S. 79° E. (8. 61° E.
mag.), distant 1,800 yards from the north extreme of Groat Isle t>f
Valen. It is stoop-toon all sides but the west, from which a shoal
with 15 f' ft water on it extends 200 yards. This rock nearly
always shows by a breaker.

Two Rocks, covering a space 100 yards long, with 4 feet least
V ater, bear N. 17' E. (N. 45° E. mag.) 5 mile fi'om Grandmother
Rocks, and a shoal with 12 feet lies at tho same distance on tho
bearing of N. 8" W. (N. 20'' E. ma<;-.). Two s'loals, with 4i and 5
fathoms on them, lie a little more than 200 yards aoxithward of thi-
shoal.

Sam Adams Shoal, with 5i fathoms, bears N. B'' E. (N. 31° E,
mag.), distant a inile from Grandmother Rocks, and a shoal with
il fathoms water Hop nearly midway between it and the rock with
4 ffn I -.vutoi'

Big Shoal, with 3^ fathoms wator, bears S. ?.3° E. (S. 5° W.
mag.), distant r*50 yards from Grandmother Rocks. Little Isle of
Valen opens east of Great Isle of Valen, bearing S. 25° W. (8. 63°
W. mag.), leads east of this shoal.

Great Tsle of Valen is separated from the mainland by a deep
channel i mile wide. It is much indented and intersected by many
valleys. The hills attain an elevation of 520 feet, and picturesque
lakes are situated among them. The summits of most of the hills
are bare, but the valleys dO thickij'' wooded.

The island is 3 miles long, nearly i^ miles broad, and terminates
toward the north in an isolated wooded hillock 180 feet high. A
rock that dries is situated close NE. of the square rock which
terminates this point, and a beach of shingle lies inshore of the
hillock.

Fete Cove, on the east coast, nearly 1^ miles from the north
extreme, contains several islets, thi^ eastern and highest 8 feet
above high water. A rock lies between the two eastern islets, but
the water is deep to the eastward. T'ete Cove Head, a bare isolated
hill 260 feet high, stands north of this cove.

niiKor 1' yoml
with several

Bpcmiod by a
) coutiiins tho
, boars N. 67°
th oxtit-me of

igh water, the
krds from this

)" E. (S. 51° E.
f Groat Isle of
which a shoal
s rock nearly

Ai i feet least
Grandmother
liatauco on tho
, with 4| and 5
thward of thin

' E. (N. 31° E.

1 a shoal with

the rock with

E. (S. 5° W.

Little Isle of
k5° W. (S. 53°

[and by a deep
icted by many

|id picturesque
(st of the hills

Lnd terminates

feet high. A

[e rock which

Inshore of the

['om the north

^ighest 8 feet

i*n islets, but

bare isolated

••%

ISLE OF VALEN IIAHHOU.

Storehouse Cove, on tho SE. coast, an iiidontation 800 yards
d»'op. ttirmiiiatos in a small bight, 100 yards in diameter, where
lisliing craft tind gon 1 shelter. Sugarloaf Island, a cone 43 foot
high, lifs in the* middU* <>f the entrance, and Blow-mo-down, a con-
spicuous bluff 485 feet high, falls steeply to the north entrance
point. Shoals fringe the shore below that hill for 100 yards.

A rock, with less than 6 feet water on it, bears S. 31° E. (S. 3°
E, mag.), distant 70 yards from Sugarloaf Island, and another
rock, with 18 feet water on it, lies 100 yards N. 68° F,. (N. 84° E.
mag.) of the first named. A rock, with 7 fot l w ^ situated

<;o yards S. 5(5° W. (S. 84° W. mag.) of Sugarloaf 1. V small

islet is joined to the south shore by shoal water, ji th.- north

shore is situated a smaller rock, from which two dry at

low water extend to the southward.

Directions. — To entei*, pass north or south of Sugarloaf Island
in midchannel, and then between the two smaller islets west of it.
The anchorage is iii 7 fathoms, close within the islets. A. sjjiall
rock lies close to the shore west of the anchorage. Several houses
are built at the head of this cove.

Isle of Valen Harbor, on the south side of the island, is avail-
able only for small vessels; it is sheltered by Little Isle of ValOii,
Dutch Cap, and Canary Isles. A wharf is situated on the east
shore, alongside which vessels may lie in 5 fathoms, but the
approach is encumbered with shoals.

Isle of Valen Harbor may be recognized by a flagstaff erected
on a small hillock on the north side of the entrance, 38 feet above
high water. The entrance is about 50 yards wide, and is clear of
danger. Immediately within the harbor expands to 150 yards in
diameter, and the wharf is situated on the north side of this
expansion. Again narrowing, and with a sharp bend to the north-
ward, the harbor opens into a perfectly sheltered basin 850 yards
in diameter. Both outer and inner portions have an even depth of
5 fathoms, but a bar joins the opposite shore just within the nar-
rows, with only 13 feet on it at low water, and a sunken rock lies
in the middle of the bend, off two islets. The point close north of
the wharf is foul for a few yards, otherwise the shores are steep-to.
Small vessels may lie in perfect safety in the outer basin or along-
side the wharf.

Ice. — Isle of Valen Harbor occasionally freezes during severe
winters, but, the ice being as a rule thin, anchorage can generally
be obtained.

Dutch Cap is a conical island, 600 yards long, 366 feet high, and
composed of two parts, joined by a low narrow isthmus. The
western and lower part is faced by reddish cliffs.

NEWFOUNDLAND— MOITII COASTT.

A clmnnol 100 yards witlo, witli (5 fathoms in it, acparatos Dutcli
Cap Island from tho Houtli extrt<mo of Groat Isle of Valon.

Tlirof rocks that cover at liigh wator lie nearly 200 yards from
tho SK. Hi(l(( of Dutch Cap Island.

Little Isle of Valen is ahout J milo long and 400 yards* broad ;
the south extromo is surmounted Ijy a cone 327 foot high, and it is
separated at tho north oxtronio from Dutdi Cap Island by a passage
1)00 yards wide. Tho west oxtromo is low, and a short distancf
from it is situated an isolated rock with 8 foot water on it. A lodge
100 yards in extent, with 3 feet water on tho shoahjst part, lies I'M
yards SE. of the scmth extreme.

An islet 43 feet high is nearly joined to the SE. side, and a rock
with 6 feet water on it lies 200 yards from tho NE. extreme.

The summit of High Lookout, ovorPrctsquo, in lino with the north
extreme of Little Isle of Valen, loads north of this r(jck and south
of those off Dutch Cap Island.

Canary Isles are a group of low rocks, the highest covered with
grass and 23 feet above high water.

Shoals extend in all directions and almost block the channel
north of these islets.

A shoal with 12 feet bears S. 79° E. (S. 51° E. mag.), distant 300
yards from the highest, and Trinity Shoal, with feet wator,
extends 200 yards N. 50° E. (N. 84° E. mag.), from the northern-
most of Canary Isles.

Net Rocks lie off the sou.h shore of Great Isle of Valen, and
are 4 feot above high w, 'e' . A rock, with one foot water on it,
lies 100 yards westward Xet Rocks.

Betty Island, 84 feet high, round, and covered with brushwood,
is joined at low water to the SW. extreme of Great Isle of Valen.
A conical hill 480 feet high lies close within Betty Island.

Coast. — The west shore of Great Isle of Valen is almost straight.
Francis Cove, a small bifjht with a few houses round it, is ^ mile
from the south point. jA. sunken rock lies close to the north point
of the cove. Net Rocks, one foot above high water, are joined to
the shore ^ mile north of Francis Cove, and a rock with 5 feet
water is situated li miles S. 31° E. (S. 3° E. mag.) of the north
extreme of the island and about 80 yards from the shore.

Qrandy Point, 1,600 yards SW. of the south extreme of Little
Isle of Valen, is the name of a settlement surrounding a cove neai-ly
200 yards in diameter, that affords good shelter for fishing craft
in 4 fathoms from all winds but those from northeastward. A
small islet with a house on it lies north of the cove, and the south
entrance point is foul for a short distance.

Grandy Point Rock is the turning point to the westward of
the reach, between Great Isle of Valen and tho main ; it just covers

lopuratos Dutch

'. Valeu.

JOO yards from

10 ynrdfi brond;

lii^h, and it in
lid hy a passage

short diHtan(!H
on it. A ledgo
st part, lies I'M

'u\e, and a rock
oxtromo.
)with thonortli
rcjck and south

9t covered witli

k the channel

g.), distant 300

feet water,

I the northern-

of Valen, and
>ot water on it,

ith brushwood,
Isle of Valen.
[sland.

Imost straight,
id it, is ^ mile
;he north point
', are joined to
ck with 5 feet
) of the north
shore.

reme of Little
g a cove nearly
r fishing craft
[leastward. A
and the south

e westwai'd of
it just covers

l^'

MSfc.-,

^.J^ •^' ^o.

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

1.0

I.I

MUk.

i;&

1.25

1.4

1.6

Photographic

Sciences
Corporation

23 WEST MAIN STREET

WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580

(716) 872-4503

■Vi...

^i" c^

rf>

«'

CIHM/ICMH

Microfiche

Series.

CIHM/ICIVIH
CoElection de
microfiches.

Canadian Institute for Historical IVIicroreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques

ki^iP

BROOK ROCK ISLANDS.

at high water, and has foul ground extending 200 yards to the
southward of it.

T lie land south of Grandy Point comprises a flat ridge, backed
by a peaked hill 414 feet high, behind which rises another sharp
peak 526 feet above high water.

Rocky Cove is i mile SW. of Grandy Point Rock, and is sur-
rounded by cliffs, at the west extreme of which a brook flows into
the sea.

Rocky Cove Sunker, a small rock that dries 4 feet, lies S. 25°
W. (S. 53° W. mag.), distant 250 yards from the north entrance point
of Rocky Cove. Foul ground nearly joins the rock to the point,
and two shoals, the outer of which has 12 feet water on it, extends
eastward 400 yards from the rock.

The coast to the southward of Rocky Cove is rugged and cliffy,
falling from hills covered with moss, and is foul for a short distance.

Brook Rock, with 10 feet water on it, lies 1,050 yards S. 11' W.
(S. 39° W. mag.) from the north entrance point of Rocky Cove. Stony
Point Rock, with 10 feet water on it, lies 150 yards from the shore,
at 200 yards N. 56° E. (N. 84° E. mag.) of Stony Point, a rugged
projection sheltering the cove of the same name, situated 1^ miles
south of Rocky Cove.

Long Point, a narrow promontory 89 feet high, extends 250
yards from the coast at If miles south of Rocky Cove. Some
rugged rocks lie north of the point, the lowest of which covers at
high water, and shelter a small cove with a beach of shingle.

Patrick Island, 27 feet high and bare, is 1,300 yards SW. of
Long Point ; another small islet lies close east of it, and sunken
rocks that break in ordinary weather extend east and south for a
distance of 200 yards from Patrick Island. This island is the
dividing point of two coves and the turning point of the entrance
to Presque Harbor. In the northern of the coves is a rock that
dries one foot at low water.

Presque Harbor, 5 miles long and 1,200 yards wide, has many
dangers in the entrance, making an intricate passage, but when
within there is a great depth of water over the most part of it. The
passage between the inner dangers at the entrance is only 100
yards wide.

Western Rocks are two bare islets 13 and 12 feet high and 200
yards apart ; there is no passage between them, but they are bold-to
on the south side.

Big Island, 30 feet high, is a flat bare rock situated 800 yards
NE. from Western Rocks. It is bold-to on the east and north sides,
but from the SW. extreme a bank extends SSW. a little more than
400 yards, with 3 ^ fathoms water at its western extremity.

•'•*

■*!=f

NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST.

Goat Island, on the northern side of the entrance to Presque,
and separated by a clear channel 05 yards wide from the eastern
shore, is covered with moss, and has a flat summit, surmounted by
a small tuft, 108 feet above high water.

Little Goat Islands are two square islands and a small rock
lying close SSW. of Goat Island, with shoal water extending a
short distance in the same line to the southward. Westward of
these islands is a cluster of rocks extending J mile ; the western-
most, on which the depth is 9 feet, is close west of a rock that dries
at low water.

Harbor Rock, lying 550 yards southwestward of Little Goat
Islands, is the western turning point into Presque; it is 11 feet
high, small and flat, and has a sunken rock lying a few yards east
of it.

Coppaleen Rock, 5 feet above high water, lies 600 yards SE. of
Harbor Rock, and is connected by a reef to the mainland, from
which it is nearly 300 yards distant; it may be approached to 100
yards on the south side.

St. Kj^ans, 800 yards long and 250 yards broad, is entered from
the west side of the head of the northern arm of Presque. Shoal
ground extends a short distance from the eastern point of the
entrance, but there is no other danger.

Ice. — During severe winters Presque Harbor occasionally freezes,
but the ice being generally thin does not interfere with anchorage.

Northwest Cove. — Anchorage may be obtained here by a few
small craft in 5 fathoms water, but the holding ground is bad.

Southwest Beach, at the head of the southern arm of Presque,
has shoal water extending nearly 200 yards from the head, but
anchorage may be obtained in from 15 to 17 fathoms water.

A small shoal, with 3 fathoms water on it, lies in the middle of
the southern arm of Presque, and is the summit of a rocky bank,
200 yards long, within the depth of 10 fathoms.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in St. Kyrans, at 8h.
20m. ; springs rise 7 feet; nc rse 5 feet.

Directions. — Strangere w ind Presque Harbor difficult of
approach, and, if under sah, oaould be prepared for the squalls
that descend with great violence, from the hills and through the
valleys in the neighborhood, when high winds prevail.

There aire two passages ; the better is that close east of Western
Rocks ; the other, to the eastward of Big Island, is not available
in bad weather.

Having arrived off the entrance,"with Goat Island well open
north of Western Rocks, bearing about N. 5° W. (N. 23° E. mag.),
the latter may be run for and passed at 100 yards. The two West-
ern rocks must then be kept in line until Harbor Rock is open

ice to Presque,
im tlie eastern
mrmounted by

d a small rock
ir extending a
Westward of
3 ; the western-
rock that dries

af Little Goat
3; it is 11 feet
few yards east

10 yards SE. of
lainland, from
reached to 100

3 entered from
'esque. Shoal
I point of the

onally freezes,
ith anchorage,
here by a few
ind is bad.
m of Presque,
the head, but
s water,
the middle of
a rocky bank,

Cyrans, at 8h.

:)r difficult of
or the squalls
1 through the
dl.

,st of Western
not available

md well open
, 23° E. mag.),
?he two West-
• Rock is oi)en

ANCHORAGE.

north of Coppaleen Rock, when a course may be steered to pass
200 yards l^E. of Coppaleen Rock and 100 yards NE. of Harbor
Rock.

Anchorage.— Large vessels may obtain anchorage in 25 fathoms
water off the conspicuous house at the head of the northern arm
of Presque, and small vessels will find perfect shelter in St. Kyrans
Harbor in from 7 to 11 fathoms water, over mud, with good hold-
ing ground.

Coast.— Tasse I'Argent (Tostello) is a shallow harbor, entered
600 yards SW. of Western Rocks: it is only available for small
craft, and is at all times difficult of access, the winds being fre-
quently baffling.

Prom Tasse I'Argent to Eastern Head, low rocks lie off many of
the points, and shoals front the coast at i mile distant.

White Sail, a conspicuous white patch in the cliffs, is J mile S W,
of Tasse I'Argent, and White Sail Head, a remarkable sharp peak
615 feet high, is i mile SW. of it.

Eastern Hea^, H miles SW. of White Sail Head, is a narrow
cliffy promontory, terminating in a peaked rock, off which shoal
water extends nearly 200 yards.

Black Kock, 1,650 yards S. 9° W. (S. 37° W. mag.) from East-
ern Head, is 23 feet above high water, small, bare, and bold-to.
The Sunker, a rock with 6 feet water on it, lies 600 yards S. 68° W,
(N. 84° W. mag.), and another, named Heptidge Rock, with 4^
fathoms over it, lies f mile S. 60° W. (S. 88° W. mag.) from Black
Rock.

Gull Islands, a group of conical rocks, the highest of which is
156 feet above high water, lie f mile south westward of Eastern
Head.

Great Bonah Cove is 1,100 yards deep and 400 yards wide; the
settlement is situated round a small bight on the eastern shore.

Anchorage.— Temporary anchorage for small vessels may be
obtained, with shelter in all winds but those from SE. to West off
Great Bonah, in 11 fathoms, or by large vessels in from 11 to 13
fathoms water farther out.

Little Bonah Cove is nearly 2 miles southwestward of Great
Bonah Cove. A rock, with 11 feet water on it, lies just within the
entrance, 100 yards from the eastern shore; and another, with 13
feet water on it, is situated 100 yards from the same shore 300
yards within the entrance.

A few houses are built round a small shallow inlet on the west
shore, where fishing boats find good shelter.

Little Paradise, a harbor 800 yards long, is entered through a
channel 100 yards wide, at one mile SW. of Little Bonah. Shoal
water extends a short distance from both sides of the entrance, and

mmt[

■"*«

(eS'

NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST,

only 5 fathoms can be carried tlirough at low water, though the
depth increases to 17 fathoms immediately the bar is crossed.

Anchorage.— The anchorage is in the northern of two coves, in
a space 300 yards in diameter, with fa^-homs Avater and good
holding ground. A few families reside here.

Paradise Harbor, at i mile SW. of Little Paradise, and fronted
by Marticot Island, is shallow and obstructed by rocka, but is a
good boat harbor, around which there is a considerable settlement.

Anchorage.— Anchorage may be obtained off the harbor in 11
fathoms water, with shelter from all but easterly winds.

Ice. — Paradise harbor occasionally freezes during severe winters,
but anchorage can generally be obtained, as the ice is usually thin.

Merasheen Island is 10 miles long and 5 miles broad, near the
SW. extreme. Gallivan Hill, the highest part, is 936 feet above
high water. The southern hills are flat, and have long slopes,
covered with moss, while to the northward rugged hills and wooded
summits prevail.

Virgin Cove, ^ mile eastward of Breakheart Point (the nearest
part of Merasheen Island to Great Isle of Valen), has several
houses on the east side and steep cliffs inshore, over which a con-
spicuous waterfall runs to the sea; the cove affords anchorage,
with offshore winds, in 7 fathoms water, over sand.

Merry Harbor, nearly 6 miles northward of Virgin Cove, is
600 yards long, 300 yards wide, and contains excellent anchorage
in 4 to 6 fathoms water. Two flat islets, 8 feet high and nearly
, joined together, lie close to the south entrance point, and two
small islets lie close to the north entrance point. Vessels may
enter between these two groups of islets, and anchor as convenient.

In autumnal gales, heavy squalls sweep over the harbor with SE.
winds.

Water.— Water may be procured in abundance from a waterfall.

Ragged Islands are an almost innumerable group situated on
the northwestern side of Merasheen Island. Only those in the
outer channel, or near the first anchorage from the southward,
have been surveyed. They extend 11^ miles, and there is a clear
passage between them and Merasheen Island, and several passages
between the different islands of the group, but they are only known
to the inhabitants, and none are available for large vessels without
the assistance of a local pilot.

Numerous dangers lie off these islands, which should not be
approached without great caution.

Black Bock, the westernmost, is 18 feet high, dark, bare, and
flat. It is steep-to on all sides but the east, from which a ledge
extends a short distance.

r, though the
I crossed,
two coves, in
iter and good

;e, and fronted
ock3, but is a
)le settlement.
3 harbor in 11
nds.

levere winters,
s usually thin,
road, near the
i)36 feet above
e long slopes,
lis and wooded

nt (the nearest
), has several
r which a con-
ds anchorage,

irgin Cove, is
ent anchorage
h and nearly
)oint, and two
Vessels may
as convenient,
arbor with SE.

)ni a waterfall,
up situated on
those in the
le southward,
here is a clear
veral passages
,re only known
essels without

should, not be

ark, bare, and
which a ledge

Tia

ISLANDS.

Green Islands, next to the eastward, consist of two rocks, flat
and grassy, the higher 41 feet above high water. A shoal extends
a short distance from the western island.

A rock with 6 feet water is the outer of shoals extending 600
yards northward of Green Islands, and is 250 yards in extent east
and west. A shoal with 3^ fathoms water lies ^ mile N. 23° E.
(N. 51° E. mag.) from Black Rock, and a rock with 9 feet water
bears S. 70° E. (S. 43° E. mag.), a little more than 400 yards from
Green Islands, or about half-way between them and Sugarloaf
Islet.

Sugarloaf Islet is 73 feet high, conical in shape, and 750 yards
eastward of Green Islands. Some low rocks lie close off this
island, but with this exception it is bold-to.

Tinker Rocks, two small granitic islets, 37 feet high, lie 600
yards eastward of Sugarloaf Islet. There is no danger off them
on the north, south, and west sides. A rock, with 10 feet water,
lies 300 yards N. 48° E. (N. 76° E. mag.), and another, with 12
feet water, 550 yards N. 83° E. (S. 70° E. mag.) from the eastern
of the Tinker Rocks.

Crane Island is separated by a clear channel i mile wide from
Sugarloaf Islet. It is nearly f mile long and 800 yards broad.
The summit, 195 feet above high water, appears flat, with a slight
fall to the southward, but on the island are several hills, With deep
ravines between them, and it is nearly covered with small trees.
The sides are principally of steep, dark cliff, but there is a landing
place on the south side. A rock, with 9 feet water, lies 300 yards
N. 79° W. (N. 51° W. mag.) from the west extreme of Crane Island.

Dock Islands are three wooded cones, occupying a space 800
yards in extent, and situated south of Crane Island, with deep
water between. Some rocks lie off the north extreme, but they
are steep-to. The highest of the Dock Islands is in the middle,
and attains an elevation of 138 feet. A reef extends a short dis-
tance from the northern one.

Dock Island Sunker dries 3 feet at low water, and lies 400
yards S. 8° E. (S. 20° W. mag.) from the south extreme of the
southern island. A rock, with 2 feet water on it, lies midway
between the sunker and the east extreme of Dock Islands.

The passage between Dock and Crane Islands is clear in mid-
channel.

liockyer Rock, lying 600 yards N. 63° W. (N. 25° W. mag.)
from the northernmost of Dock Islands, is gray, flat, and 3 feet
above high water.

A rock, with 3 feet water on it, lies nearly 200 yards westward,
and a shoal, with 5^ fathoms water, lies 300 yards northward of
Lockyer Rock.

-w«

flCS«'

NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST.

Jean de Oaunt Island Is the most romarkable of the scmth-
weHtorn portion of Ragged Islands, being sunnonnted by a con-
spicuous hill, with a sharp fall near the summit, and 388 feet
above high water. This island is 1^ miles long and 1,200 yards
wide, and contains numerous hills, divided by deep valleys. The
most remarkable, next to the summit, are a bluff hill, with a tri-
angular rock at the top, 292 feet above high water, over the 8W.
extremity, and a sharp peaked hill, 282 feei. high, near the north
extreme. The shores are bold and cliffy, with a few small coves,
to which the hills slope less steeply.

Jean de Gaunt Harbor is a small cove, nearly 2uO yards deep,
that affords shelter only for small craft, and is situated on the
west shore of the island, 800 yards from the south extreme. A
small islet, 8 feet above high water, lies close to the north extreme.
Small craft enter by keeping the south shore of the harbor on
board.

Jean de Oaunt Harbor Sunker, awash at low water, bears
N. 70° W. (N. 42° W. mag.), distant 860 yards from the entrance,
and a shoal, with 5| fathoms on it, lies 200 yards beyond.

Frank Head, a projection with two wooded mounds, 106 and
89 feet high, forms the north entrance point. When seen from
this direction a dark, conical hill will be seen in the middle of the
island, up a deep valley. Three shoals lie off this head, with 3
feet least water on them.

Anchorage. — The anchorage of Jean de Gaunt Island is at the
north extreme, off a cove where are some white houses. The
approach from the north is only possible for vessels of 10 feet or
less draft, and then only with a local pilot, but there is a clear
channel from the southward.

Direotions. — Mid-channel should be kept between Merasheen
Island to the eastward and Grey Gull Island to the westward.
Jarvis Islands (the group next east of Grey Gull Island) should be
approached within i mile, and the vessel should then pass between
Crdvfe Islands on the north and Jarvis and Jean de Gaunt Islands
on the south. Rounding the latter at 100 yards the anchor may
be let go off the cove before described.

Large vessels should not proceed so far, but anchor between
Crdvfe Islands and the entrance to the cove, in from 14 to 16 fathoms
water, over mud.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Jean de Gaunt
Island at 8h. 6m. ; springs rise 7 feet; neaps rise 5 feet.

King Island, the largest of the Ragged Islands, is 5 miles long,
and nearly divided in several places by deep coves from either side.
North of King Island is a labyrinth of small islands and rocks.
The eastern shore Is unsurveyed.

of the south-
ted by a coii-
and 388 feet
d 1,200 yards
valleys. The
ill, with a tri-
over the 8W.
leai* the north
Y small coves,

)0 yards deep,
buated on the
extreme. A
lorth extreme.
;he harbor on

water, bears
the entrance,
yond.

unds, 106 and

ten seen from

middle of the

head, with 3

land is at the

houses. The

of 10 feet or

ere is a clear

m Merasheen

be westward.

nd) should be

jass between

aunt Islands

anchor may

hor between
to 16 fathoms

an de Gaunt

3t.

5 miles long,
n either side,
and rocks.

BUOAl) COVK.

Galton Island, nearly (500 yards north of Jean do Gaunt Island,
has a square summit 76 feet high. A small creek on tlio south
side, surrounded by houses, affords good shelter to fishing craft.

Brandies Shoal, a Datch of dangerous rocks, occupying a space
of 300 yards, lies U miles S. 8-4° W. (N. G8° W. mag.) from the
NW. extreme of Jean de Gaunt Island. The two western dry 3
feet, the eastern has 2 feet on it at low water, and they generally
break.

Forked Duck Rock, about 3 feet above high water, and so
named from the forked appearance presented by the two small
pinnacles that surmoxint it, lies 1,650 yards N. 51° W. (N. 23° W.
mag.) from the SW. extreme of Galton Island. Western Sunker,
with 4 feet water on it, lies 800 yards S. 73° W. (N. 79° W. mag.)
from Forked Duck Rock. Both these rocks are small and steep-to.

Shag Island, 77 feet high, stands out prominently about half-
way between Ragged and White Islands. Roost Rocks, 6 feet high,
lie 100 yards from the west side of this island, and are continued
a short distance by shoal water.

Shag Roost Sunkers, two of which dry at low water, lie about f
mile S. 45° W. (S. 73° W. mag.) from Shag Island.

Broad Cove, a good harbor for small craft, is entered about one
mile eastward of Shag Island, and may be distinguished by Pond
Head, a round, wooded mound, 125 feet high, west of the entrance,
and Tacks Look-out, a bare-topped hill, 212 feet high, that falls
avlmost perpendicularly to the east side of the cove.

The cove is 750 yards deep and 350 yards broad, but a shoal, on
which the depth is 11 feet, lies close to the eastern shore, and the
head is filled with rocks that dry at low water.

Tacks Beach, the head of a bay 600 yards in diameter, is only
50 yards wide between it and a cove on the so^i ch side of King
Island. A settlement, with a schoolhouse, is bcli' round a small
bight north of the beach, and on the low projec.ion separating
them. Boats proceed to Buffet Harbor (Long Island) from Ragged
Islands, by hauling over this beach, and over a similar one at Dog
Harbor in Merasheen Island, whence they cross to Mussel Harbor,
which is connected by road with Buffet Harbor.

Anchorage. — Anchorage can only be obtained here in moderate
weather, and the holding ground is ba<l.

Tacks Head, north of the beach, is the most conspicuous head-
land in Ragged Islands ; it rises to a sharp peak 420 feet high, and
falls in steep bluffs to the shore.

Cooper Cove, a small boat harbor, lies at the south base of
Tacks Head, a steep high hill separating it from Tacks Beach.

New Harbor Head, one mile north of Tacks Head, is a con-
spicuous square, wooded headland, 130 feet high, the summit of

<fe"

NKWFOjrNDLANI) — 80UT1L COAST.

an islimd forming the north shore of New Harbor. This harbor
iH ft sliallow inclosurc available only for boats.

Oreen Island, J mile northward of New Harbor Head, is wcxjded,
and 100 feet high. Several small islets lie off both east and west
extremes, and a rock, that dries i feet at low water, lies ;J00 yards
N. 73" W. (N. 45° W. mag.) from the west extreme of this island.

Marshall Island, flat, wooded, and about 50 feet high, has a
rock that dries 2 feet, lying 260 yards SE. from it.

North Tilt Island, surmounted by a tuft of trees 155 feet above
high water, is one mile NE. of Marshall Island. It is difficult for
a stranger to distinguish the other islands, the passages between
being narrow. Holletts Islands are low and covered with small
trees.

BaggB Island, 6 feet high, and bare, lies NE. of the passage
between Merasheen and Ragged Islands; rocks extend nearly 200
yards from it, NNE.-SSW.

In the large bay NE. of this island, a narrow neck divides the
bay trom Great Brfild Harbor. A conspicuous white house, sur-
rounded by cultivated land, is built on the south side of the bay.
A small wooded eminence, «5G feet high, stands on the narrow neck,
on the summit of which there is a church.

St. Bernard, a small cove north of the bay, has also some houses
built round the shore.

The north extreme of Merasheen Island terminates in a steep
slope from a dark wooded hill, off which is situated Winging Rock,
a small bare islet G feet high.

White Island, 108 feet high, lies 750 yards from the north ex-
treme of Merasheen Island, but the navigable passage, narrowed
to 400 yards in width by the shoals off Stickland Point, is available
only for small vessels.

Duck Rocks are two small bare rocks, situated 1,800 yards N.
48° E. (N. 76° E. mag.) from the north extreme of White Island.
The northern and higher is 4 feet above high water, close west of
which lies a rock awash at low water. These rocks are the summit
of a bank, extending from them 1,400 yards westward and 600
yards northward, within the depth of 10 fathoms, on which are
numerous shoals.

Little Brtl6 Harbor lies on the eastern side of the peninsula at
the north extreme of Merasheen Island, and is formed by that shore
and some islands to the southward; the laigest, named Big Island,
is 140 feet high and has several rocks and shoals extending from it
in an easterly direction.

The harbor is 500 yards long, 300 yards wide, and may be entered
from the northeastward, taking care to avoid the bank midway
between Big Rock and Batts Island by keeping along the shore of
Merasheen Island.

This liurbor

ad, is wouded,
east and west
lies :JU() yards
of tliis island.
)t higli, has a

155 feot above
is difficult for
lages between
3d with small

»f the passage
nd nearly 200

sk divides the
ite house, sur-
de of the bay.
3 narrow neck,

■lo some houses

,tes in a steep
Vinging Rock,

the north ex-
age, narrowed
at, is available

800 yards N.
White Island.

close west of
ire the summit
ward and COO
on which are

e peninsula at

by that shore

9d Big Island,

ending from it

lay be entered
jank midway
g the shore of

(lUKAT HIULK IIAKHoIt.

Anchorage. —Aiichorago may bo obtaiutMl in from 8 to lu t'utli-
oms water, with good sholtor from nil but NE. winds.

Crabbo Covo, a small boat liurbor 200 yards in diamot»>r, lies
immodiutoly SW. of Little Bruit' Harbor, luul is juim'(l to it at high
water.

Great Brule Harbor, east of the narrow neck at IJ milos from
the north extreme of Merashoon Ishuul, is 700 yards deep, 500 yards
wide at the entrance, and affords anchorage in from (5 to l'^ fath-
oms water.

Brftld Shoal, on which the depth is 17 feet, is the least water on
a bank lying 800 yards N. 79° E. (S. 73° E. mag.) from Brftl(^ Head,
south of Groat Brftlt^ Harbor.

The Castle, a small square rock 14 foot high, is 2'i miles S<juth
(S. 28° W. mag.) of Big Island. Rocks that dry at low water
extend about 200 yards SSE., and a shoal, with 12 feet water on it,
lies 750 yards S. 87° W. (S. 65° W. mag.).

Butler Island, 183 feet high, and separated from Merasheen
Island by a channel 200 yards wide, with G fathoms water in it,
lies If miles westward of the Castle.

Anchorage. — Temporary anchorage for small vessels may be
obtained off the cove west of Butler Island, in 16 fathoms water.

Little Butter Island, 80 feet high, is 800 yards southwar<l of
Butler Island, and 200 yards from the short of Merasheen Islaiid.

Dog Harbor, the entrance to which is 1,600 yards southward of
Little Butler Island, is free from danger; it is 050 yards long, 400
yards broad, and affords anchorage in from 6 to 15 fathoms water,
as convenient.

Just inside the east point is a narrow neck, 35 yai'ds across, over
which boats Are hauled to the channel between Merasheen and
Ragged islands.

Merchant Cove, on the south side of the isthmus joining Dog
Harbor Head to Merasheen Island, has no room except for one or
two small vessels, and is exposed to southward.

Rosiru Point projects to the eastward and forms a bight 600
yards deep, terminating in a narrow creek. Small vessels anchor
off' this bight, but the point should be rounded at 200 yards to
avoid the rocks extending from it.

Rosiru Island, 1^ miles southward of Rosiru Point, is IJ miles
long and separated from Merasheen by a clear channel nearly 200
yards wide at the narrowest part.

Bird Islands compose a group lying ^ mile from the eastern
shore of Rosiru Island. Duck Rocks are two small bare islets ; the
higher, 6 feet above high water, is 600 yards from Bird Islands.

Rosiru Sunker dries 2 feet at low water, and bears about south
800 yards from the south extreme of Bird Islands. A ledge extends

" «iii

NKWKOnNDLAND— 801TH OOAHT.

250 yiinls nortliwanl from this )liin>?«'r, an«l a rock, witli 1«) feet
watjT on it, lies 150 yurds S. i>'i \V. (West iiuik.)-

Indian Harbor, k niilu deop, is entered on either side of Soutli-
wust Island, which is 187 foot hi^h, ami lies in tlio middle of the
entrance, tiie better [mssaj^'e hein^ tliat east of the ishind.

Anchorag^e. — The head of tlie liarbor, which is shallow, affords

excellent anchoraKo for lishinK craft, l»ut the anchoraKo for vessels

Jh very limited, as a shoal extends 140 yards from the south shore,

just within Soutliwost Island, leaving a clear space only 200 yards

in diameter.

Darby Harbor, an exposed cove, lies close southward of Indian
Harbor.

Coast. — The coast extends in a southerly direction 5^ miles from
Indian Harbor to Uedland, a remarkable slip in the cliffs t)f a
more yellowish hue than the ctdor of those in Red Island; this
distim^ticm should prevent mistakes in identification. Hogan Cove,
li miles north of Redland, affords shelter for fishing boats from
offshore winds.

Big Sunker, with 2 feet water on it, lies 900 yards southward of
Redland.

Dirty Rocks, 33 feet high, lie 400 yards off tho coast, near the
SE. extreme of Merasheen Island. They consist of two prominent
pinnacles, named respectively the Blue and Red Rocks from their
colors, and several smaller rocks joined at low water.

A group, consisting of Allen, Charley, Hennessy, and Owen
Rocks, having a least depth of G fathoms, lie 2^ miles southward
of Dirty Rocks, and are said to break in bad weather.

Little Shoal, with 8 feet water on it, lies, J miles S., 84° E. (S.
50° E. mag.), and Barrett Rock, with 4^ fathoms over it, lies li
miles S. 62° E. (S. 34° E. mag.) from Dirty Rock.

Coast. — Big Bald Head, a conical wooded mound 211 feet high,
lies in the middle of the south side of Merasheen Island, and pro-
jects a short distance from the coast. A waterfall descends over
the cliffs in the cove east of this head.

Scrape Cove Head, 419 feet high, is darker in color than the
background, and Long Point, a flat islet 51 feet high, continues
this head to the southward, and is terminated by Long Point
Rock, small, conical, and 10 feet high, off which there is a shoal,
with <• feet water on it, distant 140 yards.

Merasheen Harbor, at the SW. extreme of Merasheen Island,
is a good anchorage for small vessels, but the entrance is only 200
yards wide; during, and after, a SW. gale, a heavy sea prevents
access till the swell subsides.

West Head forms the west entrance point of the harbor, from
which sunken rocks extend 300 yards. Cross Point is the east
entrance point.

, Witll If) ft'Ot

<i(lt< of South-
midfllo of tho
liiiid.

allow, utVorilH
11^0 for vessolH
o south slioro,
•lily 200 yimls

iinl of Indian

r)imik'S from

the cliffs of a

d Island; this

Hogan Cove,

ng boats from

i southward of

coast, near tlie
two prominent
cks from their

and Owen
es southward

»y

S., 84° E. (S.
Dver it, lies li

211 feet high,
and, and pro-
descends over

olor than the
gh, continues
y Long Point
ere is a shoal,

asheen Island,
ice is only 200
sea prevents

harbor, from
nt is the east

MKKASIIKKX HAKKOK.

Mcrusliccii Hurlior is dividod into two parts liy Soldirr Point, a
narrow promontory III ffft liiwh, l>iil the wliolo is so nnciimlHTt'd
by rocks and shoals that IocmI knowlodgc is reciuirtid to cniiMo a
striinger tociiti-r rot- tln' lirst tinu', iiinl tin* atifhoragt' spacn is vi'ry
limitt'd.

Cross Point Shoal, with in fci't water on it, li«s Too yards S.,
70° W. (N. sr W. mag.) from Long Point Rook; ami Big Shoal,
with IJ fiithoms on it, lies \,ur>0 yunls 8. 68' W. (S. Stl' \V.
mug.) from thu same rork. The church soon in tlic tMitrancc to
thu harl)or, hearing alxmt S. ST° E, (S. 5!)" E. nmg.) h-ads north
of these shoals.

A number of .shoiils, not dangerous in ordinary w(>athtM', lie to
the southward and westward of those dcscrilied above, but .several
of them break in bad weather and cau.st* a confused sea in the
approach to the harbor.

pond Head Sunkers lie \ mile S. (J'i ' W. (West mag.) from the
north side of Pond Head, and nearly always s1k)w by breakers.
The outer rock dries 2 feet at low water, and is boM to the
westward.

Little Merasheen Harbor, east of Pond Hea<l, and separated
by a narrow isthmus from the head of Merasheen Harbor, is 4()0
yards deep; it is narrow, and shallow, so that only two or three
small craft can lie there, and is quite exposed to NNE. A large
settlement surnmnds this and Merasheen Harbor.

Red Island is 2 miles from the SE. extreme of Merasheen Island.
On the southern slope of the highest hill (880 feet) is a gray spot,
that, when seen from the southward, appears like a small cloud or
smoke. The Tolt, a sharp cone 723 feet liigh, has a white stripe
extending from the summit nearly two-thirds down the north face.

Red Island Harbor, on the NE. coast of Red Islcnd, is fronted
by several extensive rocky shoals, and available for a few small
craft only. It is 3G0 yards deep, and about 100 yards wide, with
8 feet water in it. A settlement surrounds the harbor.

Cochrane Cove, 200 yards deep, with a shingle beach at the
head, is ^ mile south of Red Island Harbor.

Southwest Cove, on the west shore, is fringed by a beach of
shingle. Small fishing vessels find sheltered anchorage here with
offshore winds, in from 6 to 9 fathoms water. Southwest Cove
Head, south of this cove, is also known as Blue Point, from the
apparent color of the land in ordinary weather. Long Point, in
the middle of the west shore, is low and sloping, and shoal water
extends nearly 200 yards fi'om its extremity.

Goat Island, surmounted by a remarkable tree, 108 feet above
high water, has no passage for a stranger between it and the NW.
extreme of Red Island, from which it is distant 260 yards.

14910 7

<.i»iL

'W&^&K^tnsissmfismr'

NEWFOUNDLAND SOUTH COAST.

X .. mfmM *'

Goat Island Sunker dries 2 feet at low water, and is 800 yards
West (N. G2° W. mag.) from the south end of Goat Island.

Little Seal Islands, 2 miles NE. of Goat Island, consist of a
small group, occupying a space 700 yards long and 250 yards broad '.
tlie highest, situated at the east extreme, is 91 feet high, and co ;
ered with small trees.

Great Seal Island, \ mile NNE. of Little Seal Islands, is flat
in ou line, 346 feet high, and falls in steep cliffs to the southward,
but slopes gradually to the northward. The shores should not be
approached nearer than 200 yards.

liCng Island, 13 miles long and l^- miles broad at the greatest
width, contains two good harbors ; Buffet Harbor on the SE. side,
and ^vlussel Harbor on the wetst side of the island. Buffet Head,
the south extreme, is a remarkable perpendicular cliff about 300
feet high, the extremity of a mass of high land, the summit of
which is 599 feet above high water.

Iron Island, a bluff flat-topped island, 245 feet high, lies off
this extreme, and is bold-to.

IronskuU Rock, lying i mile SE. of Iron Island, is 14 feet high,
and steep-to except on the SW. side, 100 yards off which is a
reef that covers 2 feet at high water.

Dog Islands, about a mile NNE. of Buffet Head, are three
wooded islets, the highest 135 feet high, separated by a channel
400 yards wide from Long Island. There is a passage between the
western and two eastern islands in mid-channel, but none between
the two eastern.

Tides Cove Sunker covers 4 feet, and is 550 yards S. 54° W.
(S. 82° W. mag.) from the western Dog Islan^.

Buffet Harbor is on the SE. side of Long Island, 3 miles from
the south extreme, and the entrance may be easily recognized by
Buft'et Island, a cone 151 feet high, i mile east from the entrance,

A shoal, on which the depth is 4 fathoms, lies 450 yards S.
57° W. (S. 85° W. mag.) from the west point of this island; and
Matthews Rock, that covers 5 feet, and does not always break, is
450 yards N. 6° E. (N. 34° E. mag.) from Buifet Island. Any
part of Dog Islands seen open east of Buft'et Island, bearing about
S. 20° W. (S. 48° W. mag.) will lead east of this rock.

Dicks Island, 174 feet high, and Isaac Island, 108 feet high, are
south of the entrance to the harbor, and are separated from Long
Island by narrow channels, passable for boats only. On the shores
of these channels is a settlement named the Tickles.

Within the entrance the harbor divides into three arms; the
southern has shallow water stretching 100 yards from the shores,
and Seal Rock awash at high water, close to the west point. The

ii y l P i gMi

BUFFET HARBOR.

Hid is 800 yards
t Island,
ad, consist of a
50 yards broad '.
high, and co ,'

Islands, is flat
the southward,
s should not be

at the greatest

on the SE. side,

. Buffet Head,

cliff about 300

the summit of

et high, lies off

, is 14 feet high,
off which is a

lead, are three
3d by a channel
ige between the
it none between

yards S. 54° W.

id, 3 miles from
T recognized by
m the entrance.
3 450 yards S.
this island ; and
ilways break, is
■j Island. Any
i, bearing about
•ock.

8 feet high, are
ated from Long
, On the shores
s,

hree arms; the
rom the shores,
vest point. The

harbor proper will be easily recognized by the church and prom-
men houses and wharves. There is no danger on entering, but a
shoal extends 100 yards off a low point near the inner entrfice on
the east side, and may be avoided by keeping the whole of Buffet

i (^ A^.o^S "P'^i "'"*^' °^ *^' ^'''"*^ P°^^*' ^«^"«g a^out N. 85°
■ti'- (b. 67 E, mag.)

.>,^^''''^°''^V^ ^^""^^ '^^''^^ '^'^^^'^ ^^«h«r immediately within
the harbor .^n from 17 to 20 fathoms water, but small vessels may
anchor m either of the arms as convenient.

'^''^'-^'^^^\^^^'^^^ is partially or completely frozen over every
second or third winter, from about the end of February or begin-
ning of March to the beginning of April. Northern ice only vfs^s
the harbor every third or fourth year, and is uncertain both in the
time of Its arrival and departure; it seldom arrives before 1st
March and leaves between the end of March and early in May
In 1868 and 1883 drift ice remained unusually late, and ifl 1875 and

+h!f A «^Jr''°'7i'*'!^^'°''^°^""' ^^^"^ ^^^ only winters
tliat this had happened during 40 years.

Current-The current generally sets to the SSW. past Buffet
Harbor and in on the SE. shore.

Tides—It is high water, full and change, in Buffet Harbor at 8h
12m. ; springs rise 7 feet ; neaps rise 5 feet

.^IT^ ^^^TZ^"" "^'^^^ """'^^ °^ ^""^^^ H^^^^^' i« only avail-
able for small fishing craft, which may find good anchorage in 4
fathoms water, over mud.

CoUettCove 2 miles northward from Little Harbor, affords
fair anchorage m from 5 to 10 fathoms water, over sand

Haystack Harbor, 6^ miles northward of Buffet Harbor is
tormed by a wedge-shaped peninsula 256 feet above high water
joined to the mainland by a shingle beach on which are some
houses There is good anchorage in 5 fathoms water, over mud
with shelter from all winds, and the inhabitants state that even
m winter gales small vessels lie there securely. Both sides of the
entrance to the harbor are clear a short distaj.ce from the shore

Bread and Cheese Islands lie off Long Island Point, the
north extreme of Long Island. Bread Island (the northern) is
wooded and conical, 229 feet high, and a little more than one mile
from Long Island Point; Cheese Island is 145 feet high A shoal
with 15 feet water over it lies 300 yards from the south extreme
oi Bread Island.

.f n^^ J«^s«y^an. a bare rock, 14 feet high, is i mile southward
ot Cheese Island, and 700 yards from Long Island Point

Spencer Cove, on the NW. shore of Long Island, 2 miles south
ot Long Island Point, is nearly i mile deep. Rocks, 4 feet above
high water, lie just within the north point which extends ESE.,

'^ti*

^mm

MMMIMM

NEAV FOU NDLAND SOUTH COaST.

200 yards, as a reef, a part of whicli is awash at low water. When
entering, it is better to keep the south shore aboard to be sure of
clearing these rocks.

Mussel Harbor, a fine basin on the west side of Long Island,
3i miles from the south extreme, is well sheltered throughout, and
the holding ground good. It is li miles long and i mile broad, has
from 19 to 31 fathoms water, over mud, and is divided in two arms
at the north end ; in the western arm small vessels may anchor, but
a short sea heaves into the other with SW. winds.

At the mouth of Mussel Harbor are three islands ; the entrance
is east of the southern of these islands, keeping in mid-channel to
avoid a rock situated a few yards from the south shore. An islet
is situated on the west side of the western arm, west of which are
several shoals. The passage is to the east of this island.

North Wild Cove, 1^ miles south of Mussel Harbor, affords no
shelter.

Barren Island, 315 feet high, is separated from the entrance to
Mussel Harbor, and the land south of it, by a clear deep channel
400 yards wide. Several shoals lie near the western coast, which
should not be approached within ^ mile. A small islet, 27 feet
high, is situated close to the south point, 100 yards off which is a
rock that nearly always breaks.

Merasheen and White Sail Banks are extensive banks lying
southward of Merasheen Island, separated by a channel 2 miles
wide from the sjioals oft' that island.

Telegraph Rock, on which the depth is 11 feet, is the shoalest
rock on these banks, and lies 8^ miles S. 10° W. (S. 38° W. mag.)
from Scrape Cove Head, and from it, shoals, with from 5 to 8
fathoms water on them, extend to Upper Big Shoal, with 8 fathoms
water, one mile within the southern extreme of Merasheen Bank
and 15 miles from Scrape Cove Head.

Bennett Bank, about 2 miles m extent ENE.-WSW., has 5f
fathoms least water on Hollett Rock, a shoal which is 6 miles
S. 13° E. (S. 15° W. mag.) from Scrape Cove Head.

On the northern portion of White Sail Bank are Northward Rock,
with 7 fathoms ; Joe Ground, 5f fathoms ; and Jeans Rocks, 6 fath-
oms water, all lying on a general southwesterly bearing from Scrape
Cove Head; Jeans Rock, the westernmost, being distant 6 miles.
In addition to these there are several depths of 6 and 8 fathoms on
the White Sail Bank.

Marticot Island, i miles westward of White Sail Head, on the
north shore of Placentia Bay, is 1^ miles long and nearly one mile
wide, and consists of two high parts, joined by a low marshy isthmus.
Marticot Back Cove, on the southern side of the isthmus, is 850
yards deep, with sides of steep cliff, and is quite exposed, with
rocks off both entrance points for a short distance.

nmn

ISLANDS.

ivatei'. When
I to be sure of

Long Island,
roughout, and
lile broad, has
d in two arms
ly anchor, but

the entrance
lid-channel to
ore. An islet
. of which are
and.
bor, affords no

he entrance to
• deep channel
1 coast, which
I islet, 27 feet
off which is a

e banks lying
annel 2 miles

is the shoalest
38° W. mag.)
L from 5 to 8
pith 8 fathoms
rasheen Bank

VSW., has 5f
ich is 6 miles

•thward Rock,
Rocks, 6 fath-
ig from Scrape
stant 6 miles.
[ 8 fathoms on

Head, on the
sarly one mile
irshy isthmus,
ithmus, is 850
exposed, with

Close ofp '-9 north extreme are some low rocks, with a shoal,
over whil-, .fctom, lying a short distance off them. Marticot Cove,
north of ^Lw isthmus, has a shingle beach at the head and is foul
for a short distance from the shores, but anchorage may be obtained
in 8 fathoms water, with shelter from southerly winds. Rocks
extend a short distance from the east point, and a shoal, with 5
fathoms water over it, lies 400 yards N. 65° E. (S. 87° E. mag.)
from them.

Gull Shoal, on which the depth is 13 feet, lies i mile S. 5° E.
(S. 23° W. mag.) from Gull Rocks, a cluster of cliffy islands off
the south extreme of the island.

Pox Island is "NNW. of Marticot Island, leaving a passage
between 250 yards wide. A rock, with 12 feet water over it, lies
off the SW. part of the entrance to this channel, 300 yards S. 43°
W. (S. 71° W. mag.) from the SE. extreme of Fox Island.

A rock, that breaks in ordinary weather, lies 1,070 yards N 55°
W. (N. 27° W. mag.) from the SW. extreme of the island.

Coast— From Paradise the coast trends NNW. i mile to Red
Cove, an indentation 800 yards deep and 400 yards wide, open and
exposed. Red Cove Head, the west point, is skirted by rocks off
reddish cliffs, and this shore is foul till Southeast Cove is reached.

Long Island, l^ miles west of Marticot Island, is 4 miles long,
and f mile wide at the broadest part near the SW. end, gradually
narrowing to a sharp point at the NE. extreme. The shores are
bolu-to a short distance off, and are surmounted by a series of
peaks, the highest, a sharp cone 472 feet high, falling steeply to
the north shore about a third of the length from the SW. extreme.
Some low black rocks lie off the east side.

Long Island Bank lies nearly a mile SE. of Long Island. It
is If miles long and 1^ miles broad within the depth of 30 fathoms.
The shoalest parts are two places with 10 fathoms water, east-
ward 2 miles and 2^ miles, respectively, from the SW. extreme of
Long Island.

A shoal, with 8 fathoms water on it, lies 3| miles S. 40° E.
(S. 12° E. mag.) from the SW. extreme of Long Island.

Paradise Sound is entered 2 miles NW. of Marticot Island,
and extends 11 miles m a northeasterly direction ; it is about f
mile wide, and has deep water generally. There is anchorage for
small vessels in Southeast Cove, the firrt indentation on the SE.
shore, where are a few houses, in Gilberts Cove, on the NW. shore,
opposite the first island, and at the head. The only danger is a
rock a short distance NE. of the first island and out of the direct
course up the sound.

Shag Rocks, a group of peaked rocks, the highest 4 feet above
high water, lie just west of the entrance to Paradise Sound. The

NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH C0A8T.

easternmost of the group covers at high water, and faces a deep
cove. There is no passage between these rocks and the shore.

A Shoal, with 8 feet water, lies S. 25° E. (S. 3° W. mag.), 300
yards from the highest rock.

Petit Fort Harbor, next west of Paradise Sound, is entered
through a passage 400 yards wide -tween Eastern Head, a sharp
point on the east side, and White Point, low and shelving, with
small rocks a short distance off. The harbor extends If miles
N. by E., with several coves, expanding to i mile in breadth inside
the entrance, and thence narrowing gradually to the head.

A shoal, with 12 feet water, lies immediately within the entrance,
nearly in mid-channel, and is steep-to. Two wooded islets, about
20 feet high, lie close to the west shore, and nearly join each other
and the mainland at low water. Petit Fort, a small cove on
the west shore, is formed by a peninsula surmounted by a round
wooded hill about 90 feet high. On the neck joining this penin-
sula to the mainland stands the church, a white, wooden building,
off which, connected to the mainland at low water, lies a cliffy
islet 20 feet high. A settlement surrounds this cove. Harrington
Cove, next south of Petit Fort, has a few houses round the shores,
and a small islet, 13 feet high, off the south point. Petit Fort
Harbor is surrounded by high hills, those on the east shore being
a series of sharp peaks, 375 to 272 feet high, with deep valleys
between, and on the west shore a wooded, flat range 450 feet high,
faced by cliffs, and falling almost perpendicularly to the water
line.

Anchorage may be had as convenient after the shoal in the en-
trance is passed, in from 5 to 10 fathoms, mud. Small vessels
should proceed north of the wooded islets, where_ they will find
security from all winds. Wild Cove, immediately SW. of the
entrance, is open and exposed.

Nonsuch Head, a steep bluff under a round wooded summit 253
feet high, is the dividing point between Petit Fort Harbor and Non-
such. A detached rocky hummock, 30 feet high, lies on the south
side, and off the west extreme of the head are some low square
rocks, and a shoal with 9 feet water over it lies about 400 yards
westward of the head. Two small open coves lie on the west side
of this head.

Shag Islets, 16 feet high, lie close off the NW. extreme of Non-
such Head. A rock that covers 6 feet lies 100 yards S. 14° W.
(S. 42° W. mag.), and a ledge extends the same distance NNW.
from them.

Nonsuch extendi li miles in a northeasterly direction from these
Islets, to the narrows between the south shore and the north Burnt
Island, 140 yards wide, A shoal, ^\^th 5^ fathoms water, lies nearly

wmmmmmm

i faces a deep
the shore,
W. mag.), 300

ttd, is entered
Head, a sharp
shelving, with
ends If miles
breadth inside
head.

L the entrance,
i islets, about
)in each other
mall cove on
3d by a round
g this penin-
den building,
', lies a cliffy-
Harrington
id the shores,
. Petit Fort
t shore being
deep valleys
450 feet high,
to the water

oal in the en-
Small vessels
ihey will find
SW. of the

d summit 253
■bor and Non-
on the south
le low square
ut 400 yards
the west side

reme of Non-
ds S. 14° W.
tance NNW.

)n from these

north Burnt

)r, lies nearly

ISLANDS.

in the middle of the entrance, 750 yards N. 07° W. (N. 39° W.
mag.) from Shag Islets, and a rock, on which there is 6 feet water, lies
in mid-channel, 1,100 yards N. 35° vV. (N. 7° W. mag.), from Shag
Islets; a shoal, with 15 feet water, lies G50 yards S. 31° W. (S. 59°
W, mag.) from Gooseberry Island.

Gooseberry Island, 53 feet high, a small cliffy mound, forms a
good mark of recognition for Nonsuch Narrows. A cove, 1,400
yards deep and 700 yards wide at the entrance, narrowing gradu-
ally to the liead, extends NE. from Gooseberry Island, and affords
good anchorage in 9 to 6^ fathoms, sand and mud, with shelter
from all winds but those from SW. to South.

Burnt Islands form the west side of the entrance to Nonsuch
and the east side of Southwest Nonsuch. They are both nearly
joined to each other and the mainland of Cape Roger, and are 1^
miles long. The southern island is surmounted by a barren cone,
cleft in two. The higher part, 385 feet above high water, is con-
tinued to the southward by wooded hills. The east shore is foul
for 200 yards. An inlet, 600 yards deep and 100 yards wide, is
entered on the south side of this island, and affords shelter for
fishing boats, but is barred at a short distance from the entrance
by a shoal, with 4 feet on it at low water. A few houses are built
on the shores of this inlet.

The northern island is barren, 165 feet high, and has a small,
nearly detached mound on the east side, off which rocks that cover
5 feet extend 100 yards into the narrow entrance of Nonsuch, leav-
ing a channel only 100 yards wide, through which 8^ fathoms can
be carried by keeping the east shore close on board.

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, at Burnt Islands at
7h. 48m. ; springs rise 7 feet.

Northeast Nonsuch extends from the narrows 2f miles NNE.,
with an average breadth of 400 yards, expanding in a cove on the
west shore about a mile within the entrance, off which anchorage
may be had in 7 fathoms for vessels of moderate length. Small
vessels may anchor as convenient till Avithin i mile of the head.

Water may be procured from several streams in this harbor, and
small firewood from the valleys.

SouthwbSt Nonsuch extends 2 miles SSW. from the northern
Burnt Island, and is unfit for vessels drawing more than 12 feet
water; it may be entered by keeping mid-channel between Burnt
Islands and the mainland. South of the narrows a fine basin opens
out, i mile long and i mile wide, with perfect shelter in 11 to 12
fathoms, mud. Two islands lie in this basin, and the head narrows
to a shallow creek 600 yards deep.

Mouse Island. 17 feet high, is a small, grassy rock, 150 yards
from the south extreme of Burnt Islands, with a reef extending

..in Hill'

•m'

nsEK^^f^i^.

NEWFOUNDLAXD — SOUTH COAST.

200 yards from the south extreme. A rock that covers i feet lies

a ^^o^' ^^' ^'^° ^- '"'^^-^ ^^^ >^*^*"'^^' ^^'^ ^ shoal with : feet water
S. 05 E. (S. :]7° E. mag.) the same distance from Mouse Island.

Anchorage for small vessels may be had in G fathoms NW. of
Mouse Island, but they must pass over a bar with 3+ fathoms water
between that island and the mainland.

Woody Island, about 700 yards in length and the same in.
breadth, lies } mile south of Burnt Islands, and is separated from
the mainland by a deep, clear channel 300 yards wide. It is sur-
mounted by three wooded hummocks; the highest, over the south
suie, being 228 feet high, slopes steeply to the water line, and may
be approached to within 100 yards.

Hay Island, about 800 yards long, and narrow, is surmounted
by a wooded cone 100 feet high, and is joined to the mainland by
shoal water. A low, black rock lies close off the SW. extreme
and another SE. of the NE. end, but the east shore is bol.l-to. '
Cape Boger is a steep cliff about 150 feet high, with a low, black
rock close to the foot, the termination of a remarkable moss-covered
headland 500 feet high, situated NW. of Hay Island and falling
almost m a perpendicular line to the sea. The east coast of this
cape may be approached close-to, but the west shore has shoal
water a short distance from it.

Cape Roger Island, 800 yards long, lies 1,750 yards westward
of Cape Roger and is wooded with dark trees, the summit, 220 feet
high, falling in steep, black cliffs to the southwest extreme.
Shingle beaches fringe the NE. shore and several rocks lie off the
north and west shores 200 yards distant.

A Rock Avith 7 feet water lies 450 yards N. 67° E. (S. 85° E.
mag.), and another head of the same bank, with 12 fe^ water lies
600 yards N. 62° E. (East mag.) from the rock at the SE. point of
Cape Roger Island. A rock with 8 feet water lies 300 yards S. 39°
E. (S. 11° E. mag.) from the south point of Cape Roger Island.

Cape Roger Bay extends in nearly a straight line 4 miles N. by
E. from Cape Roger, and is nearly a mile wide at the entrance
narrowing to 600 yards at a mile within, and to 350 yards at a short
distance farther, keeping that breadth to near the head. A clus-
ter of islets lies just within the entrance, 250 yards from the east
shore, the southern, a pinnacle 10 feet high, and the northern, flat 6
feet above high water. Sunken rocks lie 200 yards off these islets,
and the channel between them and the main should not be taken.
Cape Roger Mountain, a conspicuous round hill, lies 9| miles
inland from Cape Roger, is 1,220 feet high, and shows prominently
over the intervening land from the banks in Placentia Bay.

Cape Roger Harbor, situated on the Avest shore l* miles within
the entrance, is sheltered by Harbor Island, wooded, 113 feet high

'ers 4 feet lies
h 7 feet water
jiise Island.
Iioms NW. of
"athoms water

the same in
?parateil from
e. It is sur-
»ver the south
line, and may

s siirmounted
) mainland by
SW. extreme,
s bold-to.
;li a low, black
I moss-covei'ed
id and falling
b coast of this
ore has shoal

,rds west-ward

nmit, 220 feet

-•est extreme.

ka lie off the

E. (S. 85° E.

3et water, lies

SE. point of

3 yards S. 39°
jer Island.

4 miles N. by
he entrance,
ds at a short
ad. A clus-

from the east

rthern, flat, G

these islets,

ot be taken.

lies 9i miles

prominently

a Bay.
miles within

113 feet high

CAPE KOdKU IIAUBOR

and 400 yards long, separated at the south end from the mainland
by a narrow channel, through which 4 feet can be carried at low
water. This hai'bor affords anchorage for small craft only, between
the island and the mainland, in 2 fathoms, sand, but large vessels
may find anchorage anywhere in the bay after the island is passed,
in from 4 to 10 fathoms, mud, as convenient. Rocks extend off
the i)oint next south of Harbor Island, in a line crossing the bay,
and that part of the west shore should not be approached nearer
than 200 yards, but the island may be closed to within 100 yards
from the east point. Rocks that cover lie in the harbor close SW,
of Harbor Island. A conspicuous round hill 470 feet high lies
on the east shore, separated by a marsh from the hills of Cape
Roger, and shows out well from south.

Cape <Roger Head, marking the wejt side of the entrance, is
498 feet high, and falls steeply to the bay, but in wooded slopes to
the northwestward, and in a succession of wooded hills to the SW.
point of the bay, a rugged, cliffy point under a wooded hillock, off
which rocks that cover extend 200 yards.

A swell rolls across the entrance of Cape Roger Bay even when
it is calm outside, especially after a prevalence of southerly winds.

Water may be procured in many places, and small wood is
abundant in the valleys off this bay.

Little Qallows Harbor extends north from the west point of
Cape Roger Bay nearly a mile, to a shingle spit, within which it
branches off east and west, forming a basin 700 yards long and 150
yards wide. The harbor is 700 yards wide at the entrance, narrow-
ing to 200 yards off a peaked rock on the west shore 1,200 yards
within, and thence gradually to the shingle spit. Shoal water
extends a short distance from both shores, and across the head,
just outside the shingle spit, is a bar with 4 feet water on it.

Anchorage for small vessels may be had in from 5 to 8 fathoms,
as convenient, with shelter from all winds but those from south-
westward, the water shoaling suddenly from 17 to 8 fathoms off
the first low neck on the west shore, and from there gradually to
the bar. A few houses are built round the head.

Gallow^s Harbor Head separates Little and Great Gallows
Harbors, and is disconnected from the mainland at high water by
Pushthrough, a passage just wide enough for a boat. This head,
surmounted by mossy hills 320 feet high, falls in sharp cliffs to
southward, but in wooded slopes to the northward, the two northern
hills being connected to each other and the highest part by two low
necks of land covered with grass.

Great Gallows or Saint Joseph Harbor is entered between
a low point surrounded by bowlders, close off which is a black rock
that covers at high water, and Sams Head on the west side, a nar-
row point sloping from a steep bluff.

nMiC

5«i|

"W?

100

NEWFOUNDLAND SOUTFI C0A8T.

A bank, with 7 feet least water, lies S. 69° W. (8. 87° W. mag.)
fiOO yards from Sams Head. The harbor is 500 yards in diameter,
and affords good anfhorag(3 in 7* fathoms, mud. A few houses
line the shores.

Gallows Harbor Island, about i mile long, lies i mile westward
of the head of that name, and has a wooded summit 257 feet high.
The water is deep to within a short distance of the shores.

Jigging Cove, entered GOO yards north of Sams Head, extends
600 yards in a northerly direction. The entrance is 200 yards wide,
and the cove expands within to 300 yards in breadth. A rock with
7 feet w'^ter lies a short distance from the west point of the entrance.
Small craft find good shelter in 5 fathoms, mud.

Mouse Island, 35 feet high, and covered with grass over black
rock, Ilea between Gallows Harbor Island and the mainland north
of it, leaving a clear passage 400 yards wide between the islands,
but none between it and the mainland; low rocks continue the
island to the northward.

Steering Rocks, U feet high, lie close to the shore off a slight
indentation north of Mouse Island. A rock with 6 feet water lies
S. 87° E. (S. 59° E. mag.) 300 yards from the highest of the Steer-
ing Rocks.

Little Harbor, l^ miles westward of Great Gallows Harbor,
extends north 1,200 yards, is generally 200 yards wide, but is nar-
rowed at a short distance within the entrance by a rock off a shin-
gle point. Fishing craft find shelter here in If fathoms, off a
small settlement. The west point is a group of low islets, the
westernmost 13 feet high and steep-to.

Burnt Island, i mile west of Little Harbor, lies close off the
mainland, and shelters a small cove frequented by fishing boats.
The coast between Little Harbor and this cove is rugged and much
indented. A shoal lies just east of the island, a short distance from
the mainland, but the island is bold-to on the south and west sides.

HoUoway Passage, between Burnt and Cross Islands, is 600
yards wide, clear of danger, and deep.

Bale de I'Eau Head, immediately north of Burnt Island, slopes
steeply from an isolated hill 227 feet high, covered with moss, and
is bold-to.

Bale de I'Eau extends NNE., with a slight bend, nearly 4 miles,
and has a nearly uniform breadth of 900 yards; the shores slope
steeply from wooded hills 350 to 650 feet high. The water is deep,
and there is no danger for 2 miles from the entrance, when the
water shoals suddenly from 18 to 7i fathoms in mid-channel. A
depth of 6 to 7 fathoms continues for f mile, when the water shoals
quickly to 3 fathoms at a distance of 1-^ miles from the head, and
800 yards within this dries at low water! Anchorage may be taken
up on the plateau in 6 or 7 fathoms, mud, with perfect shelter.

ISLANDS.

101

87° W. mag.)

Is ill diameter,

A few houses

mile westward
i '^67 feet high,
jhores.

Head, extends
SOO yards wide,
, A rock with
if tlie entrance.

rass over black
uainland north
len the islands,
s continue the

ore off a slight
) feet water lies
st of the Steer-

illows Harbor,
ide, but is nar-
rock off a shin-
fathoms, off a
low islets, the

8 close off the
fishing boats,
ged and much
distance from
and west sides.
Islands, is 500

|t Island, slopes
ith moss, and

[nearly 4 miles,
ie shores slope

water is deep,
[nee, when the
Id-channel. A
ie water shoals

the head, and
may be taken

3ct shelter.

Water and wood can be procured readily from many placos on
the shores of this bay.

OrosB Island, 2^ miles long, NE.-SW., and U miles broad, is
surmounted by two conspicuous hills, covered with moss. The
highest and northern has a small, flat summit 693 foot high, and
the southern is a sharp peak 660 feet above high water. Lower,
rugged, and wooded hills, with deep valleys between, extend to
the shores, sloping steeply to the water line. Rocks that cover lie
off the SE. shore that should not be approached nearer than 200
yards, and shoal water extends a short distance from the points
on the NW. side. A shoal, with 6 fathoms water, lies \ mile S.
14° W. (8. 42° W. mag.) from the SW. point, and a rock, witli 5
fathoms water, lies 200 yards off the NW. shore, opposite the
channel between Petticoat and Gull Islands.

Gooseberry Island, 34 feet high, the north extreme of a chain
of islands west of Cross Island, is a small, cliffy islet with shoal
water extending a short distance to the northeastward, and a rock,
with 5 feet water, 150 yards S. 26° W. (S. 63° W. mag.) from it,
the extreme of a ledge stretching in that direction.

Petticoat Island is separated from the south extreme of Goose-
berry Island by a passage 400 yards wide, clear in mid-channel.
It is wooded over three round summits, the highest 182 feet above
high water. A rock, with 7 feet water, lies 200 yards off a cove
at the NE. extreme, and shoal water extends a short distance off
the north shore.

Gull Island is 460 yards SSW. of Petticoat Island, and the
channel between is clear of danger. The highest part, a wooded
cone 210 feet above high water, lies near the NE. extreme, the SE.
shore has dark cliffs and is steep-to, and the NW. shore consists
of shingle beaches at the base of gentle slopes.

Little Gull Island, a grass-covered rock 30 feet high, is nearly
joined to the SW. extreme of Gull Island.

Jerseyman Island, 257 feet high, is flat in outline and wooded,
falling steeply to the shore, and terminated to the northward by
a small islet 7 feet above high water. A rock, on which there
is 6 feet water, lies 200 yards South (S. 28° W. mag.) from the
south extreme. The passage between Jerseyman Island and the
mainland is clear, the distance to Broad Cove Head being one mile.

Boat Harbor Head, dividing Bale de I'Eau from Boat Harbor,
falls in steep bluffs from a moss-covered tableland 400 feet high,
and is fringed on the west side by shingle beaches.

The Friar, a peaked rock, 11 feet high, lies close off the extreme
of this head and is steep-to.

Boat Harbor extends 3^ miles N. by E. from Boat Harbor Head,
with a nearly uniform breadth of ^ mile, and divides at the head

102

NKWFOI'NDLAND — HOt'TII (OAST.

into NortlioHst and NorthwcHt AriiiH, tho former 000 yards deep,
coiitaiiiiiig anchorage for small vessels, but shoals 600 yards from
tho head.

Northwest Arm is l,400 yards deep and 600 yards wide, afford-
ing anchorage in 18 fathoms, Imt is shoal 400 yards from the head.

Parker Oove, just inside the entrance on the Avest shore, is 000
yards deep. A rock, that covers 6 feet, lies in the- middle of the
cove 250 yards from tlie shore, and a shoal, with 9 feet water, lies
in the line of the points 950 yards from Manny Point south of the
entrance.

Anchorage for ships can be had only in Northwest Arm, and for
fishing craft in Northeast Arm and Parker Cove, inside the rocks.

Water may be obtained from several sti'eamlets on the sides of
this bay.

A Shoal, with 9 fathoms water, lies } mile S. 67° W. (N. 85° W.
mag.) from Boat Harbor Head. It is the summit of a bank, with
less than 20 fathoms water, nearly ^ mile in extent.

The Coast from Boat Harbor trends S W. by S. 2^ miles to Bane
Harbor ; is backed by wooded ranges with several sharp barren
peaks 470 to OIG feet high, and is bold-to. Bane Harbor Tolt, the
southern of these hills, is sharp and 586 feet high.

Bane Harbor, a landlocked basin 700 yards long and 600 yards
broad, is entered through a curved channel 100 yards wide, nar-
rowed to half tliat breadth by rocks extending from the north
shore. The entrance is well defined by white houses, and the
church — a white wooden building on a small eminence just within
the entrance on the north shore. Rodway Point, east of the
entrance, is a low wooded mound, east of which is a rocky islet
about 10 feet above high water. A rock lies close off the islet,
and a reef that covers, with a shoal at th^ extreme, extends nearly
100 yards from Rodway Point. The northern side of the harbor
slopes from wooded hills, and over the west point is an isolated
hill 130 feet high, covered with small wood. The point under the
church is rugged, and continued under water to the opposite shore,
forming a bar, over which only 3^ fathoms can be carried. Smith
Point, south of the entrance, is steep-to, but a rock, awash at low
water, lies a few yards from the point next within. Inside the
entrance the harbor divides into Northeast Cove and the Bottom,
the former extending 300 yards, and the latter a continuation of
the main basin.

No vessel should go into this harbor for the first time without a
pilot.

Steering Rock, 7 feet high, lies south 350 yards from the
entrance to Bane Harbor. A low black rock lies off the SW.
extreme, and a rock, with 2 feet water, 50 yards N. 25° E. (N. 53°
E. mag.) from the east extreme.

00 yai'ds deep,
JOO yards from

Js wide, afford-
t'roni the head.
st shore, is 000
i'mi(hlle of the
feet water, lies
at south of the

jt Ann, and for

iside the rocks.

on the sides of

W. (N. 85° W.
3f a bank, with

\ miles to Bane

1 sharp barren
[arbor Tolt, the

f and 500 yards
ards wide, nar-
Prom the north
ouses, and the
nee just within
it, east of the
is a rocky islet
le off the islet,
extends nearly

of the harbor
is an isolated
)oint under the

opposite shore,
arried. Smith
awash at low
Inside the

id the Bottom,

ontinuation of

;ime without a

-rds from the
off the SW.
25° E. (N. 53°

ANCUOnAOE.

loa

Miller Point, 1,150 yunls S. by W. of Baiu' Ilurbor, is u low
projection from a lii^h raiiKtS and is bold-to.

RuBhoon Head is flio t-ud of u niiiKo "I" cliffs l,r(io yurds SW.
of Miller Point, falling from a high Ihuti'U tuliit'liind surnmuntt'd
by a bowlder 'M(* feet above high water. Low bowlders extend a
short distanc(» from the head with dt'cp wiitor close-to.

Rushoon Harbor, entered north of Nipper Head, a dark
wooiled hill, ll'i feet high, situated l,l(K» yanls NW. of Kushoon
Head, is a shallow harbor atVording good shelter for fishing craft
in "Z^ to 5 fathoms; it dries 200 yards from the fresh-water brook
at the heiid.

Jiggfing Cove, between Rushoon and Nipjjer Heads, is faccul by
t, shingle beach on which are several h(mses, and is steep-to.

A Rock, that covers ;5 feet at high water, with a shoal stretch-
ing a short distance SW., lies (;5(t yards N. ('.5" W. (N. :i7^ W.
mag.) from Rushoon Head, and a rock with (j feet water lies 140
yards from Nipper Head.

Anchorage. — Vessels may anchor on a flat oiitsido Rushoon in
7^ fathcjius, mud, by keeping the east ])oint of the entrance to the
brook at the head open of Nipper Head to clear the rock that
covers, or inside that rock, (dose oft the beach at Jigging Cove, by
having the NE. end of Jerseyman Island well shut in with
Rushoon Head.

Rushoon Bank, with 9 fathoms water, lies GOO yards S. 25° W.
(S. 53° W. mag.) of Rushoon Head.

The Ooaat between Rushoon and East Broad Cove slojjes
steeply from wooded hills and may be approached to within loo
yards. Gull Rock, near the entrance of the cove and close to the
shore, is 10 feet above high water and shows white against the
dark background.

Broad Cove Head, a peninsula nearly a mile long, ^ mile wide,
and 337 feet high, is separated from the mainland by a narrow
marshy isthmus about GO feet above high water.

East Broad Cove affords good anchorage in 7 to 13 fathoms,
mud and sand, the holding ground being better nearer the west
shore. Several houses are situated on the shingle beach at the
head. A plateau of shoal water extends north of this cove, fall-
ing suddenly to deep water on the SE. The general depth on tliis
plateau is 7^ fathoms, and the line of 10 fathoms joins Broad Cove
Head and the north point of the entrance to Rushoon. A shoal,
with 5 fathoms water, lies | mile S. 57° E. (S. 29° E. mag.), from
the SE. extreme of Broad Cove Head.

West Broad Cove also affords good anchorage in 10 fathoms,
but is completely exposed to southerly winds. The holding ground
is said to be better there than in East Broad Cove.

104

"iPPP

NRWKOHNDLANn— SOITTII COAST.

Green Island,'.)!) foot IukIi* i^ tlio iiorihoivMtoni of a^roii]) lying
off Bi'oiid Vow Hoiid. It \h flimiU, covi^rod with griiHH, luid fiicod
l)y diirl< clifTH. A rcof oxtondH '<i50 yiirdH from tlio NE. oiid uiid
200 yiirds from tho 8W. oxtromo. A roclt, with (5 foot wator, lios
800 yjirdH N. 70" E. (S. 70° E. nmg.) from tJio oast extreme of
Groori Islmid, tho out«>r o«lgo of a banlv oxtondiiig from tho iHhiiid.

Emberly Island, U mih>8 8W of (Jroon iHJaiid, in siirmountod
by a poak, witli a Hmall flat top, 330 foot ai)ov(< high water, that
sliowH prominoiitly from all dirootums. Tho sidoH are steep, in
many places formed of dark cliff, except tho SW. extreme, that is
torminated by a grassy mound 70 foot high. A white islet, 10 feet
high, lies off the north point, and a sunken rock dose off the point
just south of it. Two small rocks lie off tho oast shore, and the
south side is fringed by rugged rocks that cover and extend 200
yards from the shore.

Fuddook Bank, with fathoms water at the east extreme,
extends nearly ^ mile from Mainyard Point, the east extreme of
Emberly Island. Simonds Rock, with 7J fathoms on it, lies 4- mile
S. 70° E. (S. 48° E. mag.), and Sonndlione Rock, with fathoms
water over it, is 1,000 yards N. 73° E. (8. 79° E. mag.) from the
same point. Upper Rock, with 10 fathoms water, is 1,150 yards
N. 48° E. (N. 70° E. mag.), and Lower Rock, with 12 fathoms,
is 1,500 yards N. 45° E. (N. 73° E. mag.) from Mainyard Point.

Fords Rook, awash at high water and steep-to, lios 270 yards
S. 50° E. (S. 28° E. mag.) from some black peaked rocks, oft' the
east point of Emberly Island.

The Washball, a rock that covers 4 feet at high water and is
steep-to, lies i mile N. 82° W. (N. 64° W. mag.) from the white
islet off Emborlj' Island.

Andrews Island, 38 feet liigh, is tlio largest of a group of
square rocks, joined at low water to the SW. point of Emberly
Island. Rocks that cover lie a short distance off the northern-
most of the group.

Oderin Island is separated from the SW. point of Emberly
Island and the above group by a channel 200 yards wide, through
which a depth of 9 feet can be carried at low water. A rock that
covers lies off the west point of the channel, and another nearly
100 yards from a large bowlder at the foot of the cliff on the south
side of the passage. No vessel should attempt this channel with-
out a pilot.

Oastle Island, 30 feet high and covered with grass, lies oft' the
west point of this passage, with shoal water between. The Beach,
of shingle, is just south of this point and is backed by a row of
houses.

II j^roup lying
iisH, ami t'licod
) NK. oihI iiinl
i3ot wiit«!r, lioH
8t extreme of
Din the tHland.
irt surnionnted
ifli water, that
are steep, in
ctrenie, that is
teifllot, 10 feet
10 otf the point
shore, and the
nd extend 200

east extreme,
ast extreme of
>n it, lies ^ mile
vith fathoms
lag.) from the
, is 1,150 yards
;h 12 fathoms,
lyard Point,
lies 270 yards

rocks, oft' the

water and is
Irom the white

|of a group of
it of Emberly
the northern-
It of Emberly
ide, through
A rock that
[nother nearly
on the south
I channel with-

ps, lies oft" the

The Beach,

by a row of

OhKltlN IIAHHOlt.

!(»:>

Oderln Harbor is «mtered from the wvM Hidf of th«» Islniid and
nearly divides if. Chimtioy Ii<>ck>4, the shoaleMt, with our foot on
them lit lr)\v w.'ittT, lie uiitside tho liar'xT, miarly iii the middle of
the approach.

Spurrit^r Point, north of the entruiicp, is a grassy peninsula 20
feet high, from which tin Imrhor exttMids l.jOO yards t'listwiird,
nnd then, with a shiu'i) IkmuI, 100 yards NE. by X. Tlif north
shore is clifTy, and the south slopos from wooded hills, tln> higlicHt
of which, 255 feet above high water, has n tiat summit, with a
steep fall to the westward. The Breiulbox, a snnill rock that
covers, lies (do,s(t to the west extreme of Spurrier Point. The
Episcopal church, with a scpiare towttr, stands on the north shore,
and th(i Roman Catholic church, with a spire, is situated on the
dividing point of the bends of the harbor. A considenibht setth*-
mont is built round the shores. Two small islands are situated
400 yards within Spurrier Point, and are steeji-to nearly on the
oast and south sides. A rock that covers at high water lies 200
yards S. 37° E. (8. 0° E. mag.) from the inner of the two islands,
and is nearly connected to the south shore by rocks above and
below water.

The Breeches is a shoal rock, with two heads close together,
lying 250 yards N. 87° W. (N. 6!»° W. mag.) from tlio point on which
the Roman Catholic church stands, and nearly in the fairway of
tho approach to the inner part of tiio liarl)or. The water is shoal
between the Brooches and the south shore of the harbor, but a safe
passage may be obtained by keeping the north shore on board.

The soutli shore of Oderin Island is composed of steep cliffs and
is foul for 200 yards distant. Lance Cove Head, tho east extreme
of that shore, is a flat-topped bluff, 215 feet high, that also over-
looks tho harbor. Rooks extend 200 yards from both bills of this
bead.

Anchorage may be had in 7 fathoms in Ship Cove, just east of
the islands, or inside the rock that covers. Small vessels will find
perfect shelter at the head in 3 to 4 fathoms.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Oderin Harbor at
8h. 6m. ; neaps rise 6 feet.

Directions. — To enter Oderin Hai'bor: Shut in the Episcopal
Church with Spurrier Point, and pass that point at 50 yards dis-
tant and the same distance soutli of the islands.

Lance Cove, an open bay north of the head, has shingle beaches
separated by spurs of red cliff. A rock awash at low water lies
just off the south point of the cove.

White Rock, with 6 fathoms of water on it, is the shoalest part
of a bank extending nearly ^ mile from Lance Cove Head.

mmmmnmimn

mmmm

mmmm-

106

NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST.

Patrick Island, 110 feot high, lies close to the SW. point of
Oderiu laland, and is wedge-shaped, with dark cliflfs to the south-
ward and grassy slopes to the northward.

Crow Island, 201 feet high, ia wooded and conical, with dark
cliffs lying close to the west side of Patrick Island. Patrick Rocks,
13 foot high, are a ledge of black rocks extending SW. by S. 350
yards from Crow I-^land.

Fox Island, with a wooded summit about 100 feet high and red-
dish cliffs, lies NW. of Crow Island, and is steep-to on the north
side. Tlaere is no passage for vessels between these islands.

Jude Island, separated from the south side of Oderin Island by
a clear channel nearly i mile wide, is 2^ miles long and 2 miles
wide at the north extremity, narrowing irregularly to a sharp
point at the south extreme. The channel between Oderin and Jude
Islands should be taken by vessels wishing to pass inside, as the
shores may be approached to within a short distance.

The north shore of Jude Island is of bold cliff, with some curious
red stripes near the east end. Gull Island, a gray rock 48 feet
high, marks that extreme, and is bold-to. The east shore is also
nearly bold-to, consisting of steep cliffs round Eastern Cove, a
curve in the coast line filled with islets and rocks fronting shingle
beaches.

Cape Jude, a remarkable headland, lies near the south end of
this shore, and is a round-topped hill, 411 feet high, falling in
nearly a perpendicular cliff to the coast. A sharp hill, surmounted
by a bowlder 400 feet above high water, is situated just south of it.
A rock, with 4 feet water, lies 750 yards S. 14° E. (S. 14° W.
mag.) from the south point. Hay Cove, 1,400 yards wide and COO
yards deep, lies NW. of the south point and affords anchorage with
shelter from easterly winds in 9 to 10 fathoms, sand. At the bot-
tom of this cove is a dark cliffy head with a shingle beach on eacli
side. A rock, that covers 3 feet, lies off Green Point, a low projec-
tion north of the cove, and a rock with 8 feet water 550 yards N.
64° W. (N. 3G° W. mag.) from the same point.

Jude Harbor, on the west side of the island, is entered north of
Round Head, a hillock 120 feet high, that makes as an island.
Anchorage, affording shelter with winds from s^.. th round by east
to north, may be had in 12 to 10 fathoms, sand and mud, but a
heavy swell rolls in with westerly winds. Rocks that cover, ex-
tend 200 yards SW. by W. from Poplars Head, north of the en-
trance.

Duck Rocks, that cover at high water, are two reefs bold-to on
the west side, lying in a line parallel to the shore north of the har-
bor and i mile distant. An islet, 8 feet above high water, marks
the NW. extreme of Jude Island. A rock with 10 feet water lies
400 yards S. 67° W. (N. 85° W. mag.) from this islet.

SW. point of
to the south-

!al, with dark
»atrick Rocks,
5W. by S. 350

, high and red-
on the north
islands,
erin Island by
g and 2 miles
•ly to a shai*p
derin and Jude
3 inside, as the
e.

;h some curious
i,y rock 48 feet
it shore is also
lastern Cove, a
routing shingle

le south end of
ligh, falling in
ill, surmounted
luat south of it.
E. (S. 14° W.
1 Made and GOO
tnchorage with
. At the bot-
beach on each
it, a low projec-
Ir 550 yards N.

itered north of
as an island.
L round by east
ad mud, but a
that cover, ex-
Irth of the en-

leef s bold-to on

Irth of the har-

. water, marks

I feet water lies

It.

ISLANDS.

107

Middle Island is the northernmost of a chain of islets lying SE.
of Jude Island, and is l-jV miles N. 78° E. (S. 74° E. mag.) from the
south point of that island. It is conical, 80 feet high, and bold-to
on the west and nortli sides. A rock, with 10 feet water, lies 200
yards from the south side.

Binghams Shoal, with 6 fathoms water, lies -j^ mile N. 79° E. (S.
73° E. mag.) from Middle Island.

Spicer Rock, with 9 fathoms water over it, lies 3^% miles N. 87°
E. (S. 05° E. mag.) from Middle Island.

Harbor Rocks, about 10 feet high, + mile S. 25° W. (S. 53° W.
mag.) from Middle Island, are a group having deep water a short
distance from all sides but east, in which direction, at 200 yards
distant, is a rock that covers 2 feet at high water. There is a good
channel between Middle Island and Harbor Rocks.

Badger Rock, with 3i fathoms, lies f mile S. 51° E. (S. 23° E.
mag.) from Harbor Rocks, and breaks in bad weather.

Old Poe Shpal, with G fathoms least water, lies nearly 1^ miles
N. 82° E. (S. 70° E. mag.), and Point Shoal, with 7 fathoms least
water. If miles S. 76° E. (S. 48° E. mag.) from Harbor Rocks.
Both these are said to break in bad weather.

Pinnacle Island, about 30 feet high, lies i mile S. 30° W. (S.
58° W. mag.) from Harbor Rocks, with a clear passage between
them. Little Pinnacle, about 10 feet high, and Long Rock, about
50 feet high, lie close in a line S. 25° W. (S. 53° W. mag.) from
Pinnacle Island, with no passage between for a vessel.

Saddleback, a castellated black islet 104 feet high, with grass
at the summit, is the most conspicuous of the group, and is bold-to.
The passage between it and Long Rock is 400 yards wide, and clear
in mid-channel.

Little Saddleback, about 20 feet high, is a black islet SE. by E.
600 yards from Saddleback, and has deejj water close eastward. A
bank, with 4^ fathoms least water, extends 600 yards S. by W,
from Little Saddleback and breaks in bad weather.

Oderin Bank is a large shoal with depths varying from 5^ to
27 fathoms. The western shoal, with G fathoms water, lies S. 39°
E. (S. 11° E. mag.) 4f miles from Saddlebnck. From this shoal
the bank trends 4^ miles NE. to a shoal with 6i fathoms water, the
intervening space being very irregular.

Big Shoal extends 3 miles to the southwestward of Oderin Bank,
being separated by a gully ^ mile wide with 50 fathoms water in it.
The northeastern patch, with 10 fathoms, lies 4J miles S. 17° E.
(S. 11° W. mag.) from Saddleback, and from it shoals with 7 to 8
fathoms extend irregularly to the southwestern head Avith 8 fath-
oms, which is G miles S. 5° W. (S. 33° W. mag.) from Saddleback.
From Big Shoal a chain of banks extends to Mortier Bank.

14910 8

■ Mllll '

.^tS-

108

NEWFOUNDLAND SOUTH COAST.

John-the-bay Bank lies ^ mile southward of Big Shoal, the
water between deepening to 45 fathoms. It is J mile in extent
between the depths of 30 fathoms. Southwest Rock, with 8
fathoms water, is the shoalest i^art of this bank.

Osmond, Dicks, and Joe Rocks are three heads of a bank,
with least water of 13 fathoms, Joe Rock, the westernmost, being
nearly 2^ miles South (S. 28° W. mag.) from Saddleback.

Jim Drake Ledge, with 7 fathoms Avater, lies one mile S. 20°
W. (S. 48° W. mag.) from Saddleback.

Western Hocks, the highest of which is 20 feet above high
water, are a group of square dark islets li miles westward from
Saddleback. A rock, awash at low water, lies nearly 300 yards
from the NE. extreme, and a rock, with 3 feet of water, a short
distance west of the south extreme.

The Washing-tub, an islet 5 feet above high water, lies H
miles S. 08° W. (N. 84° W. mag.) from Western Rocks. It is sur-
rounded by reefs, and is nearly connected to Western Rocks by a
line of shoals that break in ordinary weather, leaving scarcely
room for a boat to pass between.

South Sunker, with 2 feet water, lies 1^^ miles S. 25° E. (S. S*"
W. mag.) from Western Rocks and has deep water close to the
eastward. Harry Ledge, with 5 fathoms water, lies in the same
direction 1^ miles from Western Rocks.

Smith Shoal, a bank 600 yards long, with depths varying from
3i to 5 fathoms water, is 1^ miles S. 8° W. (S. 36° W. mag.) from
Western Rocks.

Kelpy Sunker, with 9 feet water, lies If miles S. 25° E. (S. 3°
W. mag.) from the Washing- tub, with a shoal of 3 fathoms 200
yards eastward of it.

Little Washing-tub, covering 4 feet at high water, is a small
rock one mile S. 8° W. (S. 36° W. mag.) from the Washing-tul()
and has a ledge extending a short distance west from it. Between
the Washing-tub and Little Washing-tub are several shoals, and
this passage should not be used.

Flower Shoal, the southern danger of this group, lies 2 miles
S. 48° W. (S. 76° W. mag.) from the Washing-tub, and consists
of two heads a short distance apart; the shoalest, with 9 feet,
breaks only in bad weather.

Butler Bock, with 7 fathoms water, lies 1,360 yards S. 65° W.
(N. 87° W. mag.) from Flower Shoal.

Lachlan Rock, with 8 fathoms water, lies nearly a mile S. 37°
W. (S. 65° W. mag.) from Kelpy Sunker, and is the southern ex-
treme of rocks extending from that sunker.

Western Sunker, awash at high water, lies 1^ miles S. 53° W.
(S. 81° W. mag.) from the Washing-tub. Shoals lie west and SW.

ig Shoal, the
lile in extent
:,ock, with 8

Is of a bank,

•nmost, being

)ack.

e mile S. 20°

)t above high
restward from
rly 300 yards
water, a short

water, lies 1^
;;ks. It is sur-
3rn Rocks by a
aving scarcely

S. 25° E. (S. 3"
er close to the
ies in the same

, varying from
mag.) from

is. 25° E. (S. 3°
3 fathoms 200

l^ater, is a small
Washing-tub
it. Between
il shoals, and

Up, lies 2 miles
lb, and consists
It, with 9 feet,

l-ards S. 65° W.

|ly a mile S. 37°
le southern ex-

liles S. 53° W.
s west and SW.

ISLANDS.

109

300 yards from it, and a line of shoals blocks the passage between
it and the Washing-tub.

Whales Back, awash at high water, lies 1,800 yards westward
of the Washing-tub. A shoal stretches a short distance north of
this rock.

Foots Oape, a rock with 31 fathoms water, lies l^V miles S. 73°
W. (N. 79° W. mag.) from the south point of Jude Island.

Bobby Rock, with 3^ fathoms water, lies 1,750 yards N. 17° W.
(N. 45° W. mag.) from the Washing-tub, and is steep-to.

Black Rock, westward of Bobby Rock, is 7 feet above high
water, and is small and bare. From Black Rock a bank with a
general depth of 7 to 10 fathoms extends to Green Islands, on which
a shoal, with 3 fathoms water, lies f mile N. 5° E. (N. 33° E. mag.)
from Black Rock; and a rock, with 4 feet water, lies 150 yards to
the eastward of Black Rock.

Black Rock Sunker, with 12 feet water, lies 1,100 yards S. 68° E.
(S. 40° E. mag.) ; a rock, with 10 feet of water, lies 300 yards S. 23°
W. (S. 51° W.' mag.); a reef 700 yards long lies i mile S. 56° W.
(S. 84° W. mag.), and a rock that covers 5 feet lies 1,800 yards S.
68° W. (N. 84° W. mag.) from Black Rock.

The following rocks and shoals also lie off Black Rock : Liar
Rock, with 4 fathoms water; Haddock Bank, with 10 fathoms
water; Four-fathom Shoal, with 3^ fathoms; William Henry
Bank, with 8^ fathoms ; and Monks Bank, with 6 fathoms water.

Green Islands are a group lying 2^ miles WNW. from the
south point of Jude Island.

Green Island, the largest, is 32 feet high and covered with grass
over gray rock. Close NE. of it is a small round islet, and two
rocks that cover lie NE. of the islet. Long Rock, the southern-
most of the group, is bare, dark, and 18 feet high. Dollar Rock,
12 feet high, lies close to the northward of Green Island. A rock,
that covers 6 feet, lies west 200 yards from Dollar Rock, and Dollar
Rock Sunker, that covers 4 feet, lies 900 yards N. 59° W. (N. 31°
W. mag.) from Dollar Rock, with a reef extending NE. and SW.
200 yards from it. Sunken rocks extend to the west, north, and
south of Green Islands nearly 1,400 yards.

Flat Islands, a group 4^ miles long and 2 miles broad at the
widest part, lie between Jude Island and the mainland, separated
from the latter by a channel one mile wide. They consist of two
large islands and a great number of smaller islands and rocks.

Tardie Island, the easternmost of the group, is composed of
several hillocks, surmounted by a barren cone 130 feet high. A
ledge extends 250 yards from the NE. extreme, and islets and
rocks, with deep water close south, lie a short distance off the
SW. side.

•ffiiiiiiiHiiiiiHi

NEWFOUNDLAND — SOl'TII COAST.

;

Tinkershare Island, small and wooded, lies close west of Yardie
Island.

Qlimshire Island, 100 feet high, flat and wooded, is separated
from the west side of Yardie Island by a channel 350 yards wide,
containing several islets and rocks. A stranger should not take
this passage.

Flat Island, the largest of the group, is 3 miles long, and nearly
divided into three parts by coves extending from both shores. The
eastern part is high and wooded, surmounted bj a flat summit
236 feet high, and terminated to the southward in Roche Peak, a
remarkable sharp-topped hill '/J03 feet high. Vinegar Hill, a sharp
cone 150 feet high, lies between them. The middle part of the
island has a flat range on the east aide, with several wooded tufts,
the highest 107 feet high, and some lower wooded hills to the west-
ward inclosing a pond. The western part is composed of a flat
hill about 100 feet high, a conical mound 82 feet high at the SE.
extreme, and several low Avooded hills on the NW, .shore termi-
nating in sand cliffs.

Flat Island Cove is on the NE. side of the island, between the
east ar.d middle parts. It is 700 yards deep and 500 yards wide,
affording good anchorage in 8 fathoms, mud, with shelter from all
winds but those from north to east. At the head is a shingle beach
about 10 feet above high water, containing a saltwater pond, divid-
ing Flat Island Cove from Flat Island Harbor. The water is shoal
100 yards from the head of the cove, the depth d'ecreasing grad-
ually. A ledge extends 300 yards to the eastward from Foots
Point, north of the cove, that should be given a good berth when
turning into the cove.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Flat Island Cove
at 8h. 37m. Springs rise G^ feet and neaps 5 feet.

Hay Cove, near the center of the island between the middle and
western parts, is filled with sunken rocks nearly to the line of the
points. It is much frequented by fishing craft in the caplin season,
when that bait is always plentiful. The bottom of the north shore
of this island is composed of bowlders, that extend fully 200 yards
from the shingle beaches that fringe it. Frenchman Rock, that
covers, lies close oft' the north point.

A Rock, with 10 feet water, lies S. 43° W. (S. 70° W. mag.) from
the north extreme of Flat Island, and 500 yards from the shore.

Hiscock Rocks, a group of low islets and sunken rocks, lie close
off the SE. end of Flat Islands.

DaviR Island, next in size to Flat Island, is l^V miles long,
surnioxinted at the east end by Osmond Hill, a sharp peak 11 -i feet
high, and at the west end by Mermaid Hill, flat at the summit and
75 feet high. A deep cove runs into the north side, nearly filled

west of Yardie

d, is separated
50 yards wide,
lould not take

>iig, and nearly
,li shores. The
a flat summit
Roche Peak, a
ar Hill, a sharp
lie part of the
1 wooded tufts,
ills to the west-
posed of a flat
high at the SE.
N. shore termi-

nd, between the
500 yards wide,
shelter from all
1 a shingle beach
ater pond, divid-
ke water is shoal
'ecreasing grad-
ard from Foots
:ood berth when

lat Island Cove

I the middle and '

D the line of the

e caplin season,

the north shore

fully 200 yards

imau Rock, that

W. mag.) from
lorn the shore.
1 rocks, lie close

Jl^V miles long,
jrp peak 1 1 i feet
Ithe summit and
Ide, nearly filled

FLAT IStAXD HARBOR.

with rocks. This island is separated from the western part of Flat
Island by a channel 250 yards wide, and is distant from the east
part 000 yai'ds.

Muscle Bank, with a shoal awash at low water, is fiOO yards S.
25° E. (S. 3° W. mag.) from the east extreme of Davis Island, and
a shoal, with 7 feet water, lies nearly halfway between it and the
shore, leaving a passage only 250 yards wide between them and
Hiscock Rocks.

Harbor Rock, one foot above high water, lies in the middle of
the western channel, and has a shoal extending NW. 150 yards from
it. A shoal, with 9 feet least water, lies 500 yards N. 08° W. (N.
40° W. mag.); a rock, with 4 feet water, 400 yards N. 37° W. (N.
9° W. mag.); and a rock that covers 5 feet, 100 yards N. 11° W.
(N. 17° E. mag.) from Harbor Rock.

Duck Bock, 5 feet high, is the extreme of a ledge of rocks and
shoals stretching oft' the west point of Davis Island. A shoal, with
3 fathoms water, lies 250 yards north (N". 28° E. mag.) of Duck
Rock.

Duck Rock Sunker, with 2 feet water, lies 500 yards north
(N. 28° E. mag.) from Duck Rock. There is no passage north of
Harbor Rock.

Flat Island Harbor is comprised between Flat and Davis
Islands, and may be approached from both sides in small craft, but
in large vessels from the SE. side only, and neither should be
taken for the first time without a local pilot. On the NW. shore,
just within the entrance, is Western Creek, a small indentation,
south of which is a bluff head, with speckled white and dark cliffs.
The harbor trends away to Hay Cove, off which are an island and
several small rocks, and the whole shore is foul. Ledges of rocks
extend from Davis Island, leaving a narrow channel close to West-
ern Creek Head, from the western entrance to the harbor. The
harbor is ^ mile in diameter, and affords good anchorage in 9 to 7
fathoms, mud, the water shoaling suddenly close to the beach at
the head. A large settlement surrounds this harbor.

Woody Island, close south of Davis Island, is a daik double
hummock 76 feet high. Bald Island, bare, gray, and 50 feet high,
lies south nearly ^ mile from Woody Island.

Copper Island is the southernmost conspicuous island of this
group. It is a wooded cone 135 feet high, and shows well from all
directions, except when hidden by the higher part of Flat Island.
Low Islets extend ^ mile farther south, ending in Copper Island
Rock, 6 feet above high water. Between Davis and Copper Islands
is a labyrinth of rocks, scarcely passable by a boat.

Paddle Rocks are two shoals, with 3 fathoms water, lying 800
yards apart, the northern being 1^ miles S. 61° W. (S. 79° W.
mag.) from Copper Island.

112

NEWFOUNDLAND — 80UTII COAST.

The Pinnacle, a rock with 4 feet water, lies 1t\- miles S. 37°
W. (S. 06° W. mag.) from Cooper Island, in the middle of the
apparent fairway between the mainland and Flat Island, and
Upper Pinnacle, with 10 feet water, lies 750 yards S. 37° W. (S. 65°
W. mag.) from The Pinnacle.

Coast— The coast between West Broad Cove and Red Harbor
is faced by cliffs that fall from wooded spurs extending from the
Blue Hills.

Red Harbor Head, SW. 2^ miles nearly from Broad Cove
Head, is a steep cliff with a hole through the base, and a small
ledge of rocks just inside. i

Red Harbor extends from this head in a northerly direction
with a slight bend for li miles, and is 800 yards broad. A project-
ing point, that looks like an island, lies on the east shore nearly a
mile from the entrance, north of which a short distance is a rock
that covers feet at high water, and a rock that covers lies off
Butler Point, the entrance point on the west shore. The remainder
of the harbor is clear of danger. A small islet is nearly joined to
the west shore, north of which are a few houses. Two consider-
able streams discharge into this harbor; the deposit from the west-
ern stream has formed a shoal 300 yards from the mouth.

Anchorage may be had in 7 to 6 fathoms, sand, off the houses,
with shelter from all winds but those from SE. to South, which
send in a heavy swell.

Blue Hills of Red Harbor are a conspicuous flat range, with a
steep fall to the eastward, surmounted by two small sharp peaks
1,100 feet high. They appear blue under almost any condition of
weather.

The Coast from Red Harbor trends southwesterly 3f miles to
John-the-bay; is steep and rugged, with several high sharp hills
about 600 feet high, and is bold-to. The Bar, a shoal with 9
fathoms least water, lies J mile S. 34° W. (S. 62° W. mag.) from
Red Harbor Head.

Stanley Ronks, that cover one foot at high water, are If miles
S. 16° W. (S. 43' W. mag.) from the SE. extreme of Red Harbor
Head. The sea breaks on them nearly always, and they are bold-to
within a short distance.

Big Shoal, with 4 fathoms water, lies one mile SW. of Stanley
Rocks.

Black Rock, small, and awash at high water, with a shoal
extending 200 yards to the westward, lies nep.;i) • j^ miles S 51°
W. (S. 79° W. mag.) from Stanley Rocks.

Woody Island, one mile SW. from Black Rock, is wooded, and
26 feet high, with foul ground extending off it in all directions for
a short distance, and for a considerable distance to the eastward.

iMHIl

^(, miles S. 37°

middle of the

lit IslaTid, and

37° W. (S. 65°

I Red Harbor
idiiig from the

n Broad Cove
3, and a small

lerly direction
»ad. A project-
shore nearly a
itance is a rock
covers lies off
The remainder
early joined to
Two consider-
f rom the west-
nouth.

off the houses,
) South, which

; range, with a
ill sharp peaks
ly condition of

ly 3f miles to
igh sharp hills
shoal with 9
W. mag.) from

r, are If miles
)f Red Harbor
hey are bold-to

W. of Stanley

with a shoal
i*^ miles S. 51°

is wooded, and
directions for
the eastward.

.KUIN-TIIK-HAY IIAUBOU.

11«

Woody Island Rock, with 5 fathoms on it, lies 200 yni-ds N.
48° E. (N. 70° E. mag.), and White Rock, with -4 fathoms water,
bears S. 03° E. (S. 34° E. mag.), 000 yards from Woody Island.

John-the-Bay Harbor, 5 miles SW. of Red Harbor, is a slial-
low basin, whore fisliing craft find shelter from westerly winds in
3 fatlioms. It is 000 yards in diameter and contains several rocks.

An open cove of the same name, ^ mile south of the harbor,
locally known as the Dock, is 1,100 yards in diameter and affords
good anchorage in 10 fathoms, with winds from SSE. to N. by W.
The shores are rugged and foul ; at the head is a sand cliff faced
by a shingle beach, the east extreme of a marshy isthmus about 50
feet high, that connects the peninsula forming Mortier Bay with
the mainland.

The peninsula is surmounted by a round-topped hill 635 feet high,
and is covered l)y high hills, with deep valleys between them, the
eastern being a conspicuous cone 490 feet high.

The east coast of this peninsula is of steep cliff', with two slight
indentations ; Cat Cove, the eastern, having a house in it.

John-the-Bay Islands, 3 miles SE. of Dock Point, lie close off
the east point of the peninsxila, and are a group of two gray islets,
and some low rocks, the highest 44 feet above high water. Rocks
that cover lie 300 yards east and north of these islands, and a shoal,
with 13 feet water, lies SE. 100 yards.

The coast from these islands trends sharply to the south.

John-the-Bay Head, just west of the islands, is surmounted by
a round hill 331 feet high, which shows conspicuously from the
line of the coast.

Deadman Cove, west of this head, is exposed and rocky. Boats
can find shelter there from off-shore winds.

Salter Hill, a sharp peak 300 feet high, is on the promontory
dividing Deadman Cove and Rock Harbor, and slopes steeply to
the west shore of Deadman Cove, but gradually to Rock Harbor
and Rock Harbor Point, east of the entrance to the harbor.

Numerous shoals are situated off the coast between John-the-Bay
and the entrance to Mortier Bay. Pig Ledge, the northeastern,
with 3^^ fathoms, lies 1^ miles from John-the-Bay Islands. Stick-
land Rock, the outermost, with 3^ fathoms, lies nearly 1^ miles
from Rock Harbor Point. Sams Ledge, with 15 feet, lies neaidy
1^ miles from the same point.

Rock Harbor is fit for fishing craft only, and is so called from
the number of rocks it contains. For a small ci'aft under com-
mand there is no difficulty in entering at low water, as all the rocks
show, but at high water a pilot should be taken. The best passage
is to keep the east shore on board, until an island that joins the
mainland at low water is reached, when the course should be altered

*■ .-

III!

"IS Z

iili'

wnwwiwTffwwiiwwi

mm^jSimmM,

■■MMM

114

NKWForNDLAND— Hi H Tl r COAHT.

IZ n.r' fl'n " ^'•'^>',^'r^ ^" ^""'^ '^^^'^^'" ''«kJ^ ^«ter. After pass-
1 fathon.f ''''' '"'"' *° *^'" ''^'^^'""^ ""'^ ^"'^h^r i^

Pinnacle Rock tlmt covers 6 feet, is tlie westernmost rock and
lottllZT '''''."'"?' 1 ^''''^ "'"•^"^^- P*»"*- A ^'onHideral.le
ouiJding, near tlie head.

The Coast from Rock Harbor to the entrance of M<.rtier Bay,
neai y ^ miles t., the soutliwestwar.], is of dark cliff hacked by
wooded lidlH and IS steep-to. In nasty weather, tlie turning point

MorH?V' ""^"'^ '"'^■' '"'^^ "^' '' ""'^''^y i '"il-^ are shoals.

Mortler Bay is entered through a cliannel U miles long and ^
mile wide, at the north end of which the bay r ,,ens nearly 2 miles
bors off If' '^'^^ '^''^' '^^^^' """^ ''° ^"^liorage, except in the bar-

Saul Islands are close off the east point of the entrance. The
southern is 70 feet high, bare and gray, and is conspicuous against
the dark background when seen from the southward. The north-
ei-n IS wooded, 92 feet high, and connected to the shore by shoal
water. Rocks that cover lie a short distance to the northward.
The western island 11 feet above high water, is bare, and has shoal
water stretclung off it a short distance to the southward.

Sk ff-sail Rock with 6 feet on it, lies 1,000 yards East (S. C,r E.

T!ro'Ti "^^ i ""'"^ ^""'^^ '"'^ ' ^''^ ^^*^'- «^«r it' i« 400 yards
Thnr^'I T, 1?" '"''^'-^ ^'■'''" ^^^ Houthernmost of Saul Islands.
^« fn°^ ' '"*^' ^* *"^t^'^^'^« ^^^'-^t^'-' lies o^e mile S. 6(J° E.

{».Z9 K. mag.) from the southern Saul Island.

Big Head forms the turning point into Mortier Bay on the west
side, and is 437 feet high, falling in steep cliffs to the channel and
toward the east, but in a gradual slope to north and west. Goolds
Oove, a slight indentation with a sandy beach, around which are
a tow houses, lies just within the entrance on the east shore

Spanish Room Harbor, at the NE. corner of the bay, is formed
by a ixiuinsula composed of shingle d»5bris, f mile long and wedge-
shaped, the base ending in a bluff, 800 yards wide at the south end
close over which is the summit 111 feet above high water, and the
apej, a narrow shingle beach at the north end that joins the main-
and, a few feet above high water. An isolated square rock, 30 feet
high and covered with grass, lies at the north end of the beach.

Rocks he off the east point of this peninsula and form the west
side of the entrance; the highest is 5 feet above high water, and
they are steep-to. The east shore is foul for 200 yards off the cove
immediately within the entrance, and a spit extends from the west
shore at 800 yards within the rocks, a distance of 400 yards, with
13 teet water at the east extreme.

"w* 'iiwiisisaBejiSR'pi

After pnss-r
nd anchor in

if)st rock and
consideralde
vliite wooden

VLortior Bay,
ff hacked by
.urning point
lo are shoals.
IS L^ng and ^
early 2 miles
)t in the har-

trance. The
3UOUS against
The north-
lore by shoal
e northward,
and has shoal
ard.

5ast (S. (!3° E.
t, is 400 yards
Saul Islands,
iiile S. 50° E.

5"^ on the west
channel and

rest. Goolds

id which are

; shore.

ay, is formed
and wedge-
e south end,
iter, and the
ns the main-
rock, 30 feet
;lie beach,
rm the west
li water, and
off the cove
•om the west
yards, with

CASIIEL COVE.

115

Water. — A considorable stroani, spanned by a bridgr". flows into
the east sid«j, from which water can bo obtained.

Anchorage may bo had in the harbor before reaching the spit
in 5J fathoms, mud, with swinging room SOU yards long and GOO
yards broad.

Cashel Cove is just NW. of the peninsula forming Spanish
Room, and affords anchorage in to 1(» fathoms, mud, with shelter
in all winds but those from SSE. to W8W.

Oashel Look-out, surmounted by a bowlder G15 feet above high
water, is a consiucuous hill lying 1^^ miles inland NNW. of Cashel
Cove, and shows plainly from Placontia Bay.

The west shore of Mortier Bay slopes from dark wooded hills, the
spurs of higher ranges inland, the intervening space being almost
filled with lakes. Fox Hill, 595 feet high, is the most conspicuous,
and is a little more than a mile inland.

The SW. extreme of the bay narrows to an arm 000 yards broad,
that decreases in breadth gradually to a bar at 1^ miles from the
entrance.

Anchorage may be had in this arm as convenient in 6 to 9
fathoms, mud.

Jonas Rock, that covers 3 feet, lies 200 yards from the north
point of the entrance, joined to it at low water, and rocks extend
100 yards from the south shore. From the bar, which is passable
by boats at high water, a narrow salt-water arm extends 5^ miles
to the southwestward, and nearly joins the head of Burin Inlet.
A settlement, called Marytown, has been formed on the banks.

The Tolt, a conspicuous conical hill 701 feet high, lies between
the long arm of Marytown and Little Bay. It shows jilainly from
Placentia Bay, and is continued toward Little Bay by a series of
high, wooded, conical hills, the highest over Little Bay making in
three summits, the greatest elevation being 564 feet.

Little Bay is entered west of the slopes of Big Head ; it extends
one mile, with a slight bend, and divides into two arms, the east-
ern deep inside, but blocked by islets and shoal water, the western
shallow from the mouth.

Seal Rock, that covers 3 feet at high water, lies 500 yards N.
59° W. (N. 32° W. mag.) from Eastern Head, to which another
rock and shoal water nearly connect it. A shoal extends 100
yards NW. from Seal Rock.

Anchorage may be had in 8 fathoms, mud, immediately within
the west point of the entrance, where the bay is 350 yards wide.
The bay is barred just within the shingle spit on the east shore.
Vessels drawing 13 feet can cross the bar at high-water springs by
keeping the east shore close on board, and may careen in safety in
the inner basin. Some square islets lie just inside the bar.

t^<

<•

iVHI

NEVVF(>UNI)r-ANI> — SOITII C«»AHT.

Beaubols Cove, on tlie west Hido of tht^ (nitruiuT to Mortitn-
Bay, is 450 yards Iouk, -iOO yards wide, and afVords k<>«)<1 slielter
for a fmv lishing rraft in -i fatliojus. Isk'ts li.t in tho entrance,
and the dinrcli, a white wimmUmi bnildinK, stands on a slight eh'-
vation nortli of the harbor. Thia anchorage may bo entered by
keeping the nortli shore tdose on board.

Blow-me-down, a wooded cone )>•>{ feet liigh, is J mile 8E. of
Beaubois Cove. A rock, awash at high water, lies close to the
shore, -,'00 yards N. U° W. (N. 7° W. mag.) of Blow-me-down.

Blow-me-down Sunker, with 15 feet water an<l steep-to, lies
600 yards N. ;J!t° E. (N. Gfi" E. mag.) from Blow-me-dcjwn.

Harbor Rock, with fi J fathoms water, is | mile N. 'A" W. (N. 24°
E. mag.) from Blow-me-down.

Duriole, an open cove, lies 1,400 yards, and Tides Cove IV,, miles
.sontlnvard of Blow-me-down. Both these coves afford anchorage,
with otl'shore winds, in 13 to 7 fathoms. There a»'o houses in both
coves.

(H. O. Chart No. (127.)

Croney Island, 170 feet high, is 2iV miles southward of the
entrance to Mortier Bay. It is a remarkable conical island,
wooded at the summit, with steep cliffs to the northeastward and
is bold-to. It is the best land fall to make in foggy weather when
trying to reach Mortier Bay from the southward, or Burin from
the northward. Several shoals, with 6 to 14 fathoms, lie off this
island.

Croney Rock, with 5 fathoms water, lies 250 yards S. 30° E. (S.
3° E. mag.) of Croney Island. Eastward of Croney Island, within a
distance of 1,200 yards, are the following rocks and shoals: Croney
Shoal, 6 to 8 fathoms; Lawrence Rock, 7 fathoms; Little Green
Point Shoal, 8 fathoms, and Green Point Shoal, 9 fathoms.

Black Head Rock, on which there is a. depth of 16 feet, lies
about 1,200 yards S. 21° E. (S. 0° W. mag.) from Croney Island.

Little Mortier Bay is li miles southward of Croney Island.
At the head it divides into two arms. Mortier Creek, the western,
is fit for fishing craft only, and has a rock close to the north point.

Fox Cove, the eastern arm, affords good anchorage, though the
space is confined in 10 fathoms. There is a settlement on the east
shore.

Breakheart Rock, with 14 feet water, lies 250 yards off the
west point of Cuckold Cove, a small indentation on the north
shore, just within the entrance.

Western Island, a small, black rock, topped with grass, lies off
the west side of the bay.

iic(> to Mortit'V
Is ^(<)<hI sluiltur
1 till) oiitniucc,
)n a sli^lit olo-
bo onttu'od by

8 } niilo SP]. of

.68 close to the

)W-m(>-(lo\vn.

itl steop-to, lies

e-(l(jwn.

!T. r W. (N. 24°

■(Covo 1,V miles
ford ancliorjiK^,
) houses in both

uthward of the
conical island,
rtheastwavd and
;y weather Avhen
, or Burin from
oms, lie ofif this

^rds S. 30° E. (S.
Island, within a

shoals: Croney
s ; Little Green
fathoms.

of 16 feet, lies

roney Island.

Croney Island,
fek, the western,
;he north point.
B, though the

ent on the east

yards off the
on the north

fh grass, lies off

lUUIN IIAUIi()K8.

117

Western Rock, with 3 feet water, lies 350 yards N. 14" W.
(N. i;i K. niHK'-) fi'oni Western Tshuid, iunl thori' is a rook, with
3 fathoms water over it, between Western Rock and the short'.
There are no other dangers, and the bay may be entered in mid-
channel.

Mortier Rock, with 3 fathoms water, is the least d<'pth on
Mortier Bank, u shoal that covers a space 3 miles long and ^ mile
broad within the depth of 20 fathoms. It lies U miles N. 70" E.
(S. 77° E. mag.) from Burin liglithouse, and has (i to 11 fathoms
close-to all round.

Brandy Rocks, always breaking, lie off the shore within Iron
Island, leaving a passage 800 yards wide between them and the
island.

Iron Island, lOO feet high, is 2 mile- .southward of Little Mor-
tier Bay, covered by grass, faced by dark cliffs, and conspicuous
from seaward.

Galloper Rock, with 10 feet water, lies S. 85° E. (S. 58° E. mag.)
1,100 yards; White Horse, with 4A fathoms, S. 53° E. (S. 2(i° E.
mag.) 1,150 yards; Gregory Rock, with f. feet, S. 45° W. (S. 72°
W. mag.) 800 yards; and Duck Rock, with 3 fathoms water, S.
23° W. (S. 50° W. mag.) 1,400 yards from Iron Island.

There is a passage 1,200 yards wide between Gregory Rock and
Burin Island.

Burin Harbors consist of several small coves and a long inlet
affording excellent shelter for vessels on all sides.

Burin Island forms the seaboard and protects the small coves.
It is 2f miles long, narrow at the northern portion, and at the
south extreme is Dodding Head, a remarkable conical bluff' 400
feet high.

Liight. — From a lighthouse on the summit of Dodding Head a
white revolving light is exhibited, attaining its greatest brilliancy
every minute, at an elevation of 430 feet above high water, and
visible 24 miles. In consequence of the great height of this light,
it is often obscured by fog when the coast line is clear.

Dodding Rock, awash at low water, lies S. 84° E. (S. 57° E.
mag.) from the lighthouse, and 600 yards from the shore.

Cockle Rock, with 3 fathoms water, lies 500 yards South of Cat
Island, a small island nearly joined to the south extreme of Dodd-
ing Head.

Great Burin Harbor is on the west side of Dodding Head, be-
tween Burin and Shalloway Islands. It is fit for small vessels
only, and has several rocks near the head. Shoal water extends
250 yards West from Shalloway Head, the SW. extreme of Shallo-
way Island, and breaks in bad weather. This point should be
given a good berth when rounding it.

mmmsisss!ixmmmimsi^-m^.m

118

M:\V1 <tl \1>I<ANI)--S(»rill COAST.

Mine, Oven, and Hooper Rooks lio otf tho wost a'uh^ of Burin
ImIiiihI, timl in ttikinK Dnrin I'ussa^it liotwccn it iind tlio nniin, thu
wi'st side (»f till' |iussiif^(> must bo kt'pton Ixxinlto nvoid tlnt.so rorkrt.

Port-au-braB, u nui row arm coiituininK K"o<i Blioltor for Hi'hoon-
ors, rnns in noitli of |-lnriii Isldiul.

Little Burin Harbor is onti»i-M I \ n\\l^ w.'stwuril of O'lu-lio
Isliind, situiitiMl (dose t<>tlii> nortiv pointof liurin lsliin<l. Itall'ords
anciioriixo in s.V futhonis, in a spaci^ <J()() yards ion^j^ and 400 yards
broad, hut tlio cntranco, l)otwm)n Jersoy and iiimnions Islands, is
only 100 yards wido, narrowod by a rock on which th(> depth is H
fo(»t, lying south of Jersoy Island, ono-third of tho distanco across,
Bo that in entering it is necessary to keep Simmons Island, west of
th(j entrance, doso aboard.

Communication. — A stoajnor of the Coastal Steamship Com-
pany calls hero fortnightly during summer and autumn.

Goal. — A small supply of coal can generally bo obtained at
Burin.

Ice. — Burin Harbors fi-oeze occasionally during sovoro winters
between the middle of February and early in March, but it is sel-
dom that the ice interferes with the anchorage; eastern ice is
occasionally drifted into the shore.

Ship Cove, south of Little Burin Harbor, is 1,200 yards deep
and 000 yards wide at the entrance, diminishing gradually to the
liead. A rock, with 11 feet water over it, lies 50 yards off Troak
Point, and a shoal, on which the depth is 3 feet, tho same distance
off Joans Point, the next south of Troak Point; both dangers lie in
a NE. direction from the resiiective points.

Anchorage. — Anchorage may be obtained in from 11 to 13
fathoms water, over sand oi- niucl, with good shelter, but in a
strong breeze a largo vessel should moor.

Poor Island is a small rock situated west of Neck Point, the
south extreme of the west shore of Burin Passage.

Poor Rock, with 12 feet water, is the extreme of the ledge ex-
tending 350 yards SW. of Poor Island, and is steep-to on the west
side.

Woody Island, lOO feet high, 700 yards WNW. of Poor Island,
fronts the middle of the entrance to Burin Inlet, and is steep-to on
all sides. Shag Rock lies close to the SE, side. There is a clear
passage on each side of Woody Island.

Burin Inlet runs in a nearly straight line N. i W. 5 miles from
Woody Island, is ^ mile wide for 2 miles, and expands to 1} miles
in width at 3 miles from the entrance. To enter, keep the west
shore on board to avoid some rocks close to the east point just within
the entrance. After passing Spoon Point, f mile from the entrance
on the west shore, round into Spoon Cove to avoid Stag Rock, the

sidt" of Burin
tli*> iniiiii, till*
id thtt.Mo i"()''kH.
or for Hi'luH)!!-

'tl of rii'lit)
ul. ItiilTonls
viid 400 yards
)ii.s iHlfiiids, is
thu dopth is 8
■stance across,
sland, wt'st of

vunship Coni-

iniii.

3 obtaiiiod at

tovero winters
I, but it is sel-
oastorn ico is

00 yards deep

ad u ally to the

rds off Troak

same distance

dangers lie in

•om 11 to 13

Iter, but in a

pck Point, the

the ledge ex-
to on the west

Poor Island,
is steep-to on
lere is a clear

5 miles from
to li miles
ceep the west
|nt just within

the entrance
bag Rock, the

PBIP^

ANt'llOllAOK.

119

end of a lodge 100 yards off flit' east shore. When <he etifranco
poii\( . are cliwed, niid-clmniiel miiy be kept to thi' aiitliorages.

Anchorage may be had off Haek Cove, an indentation on the
oast shore 2 niilos from the entrance, in !.'> fathoms, south of Sugar-
loaf, n coiispiciious cone 115 f(>et bigh, close to the east shore; r)r
fartin • in northwest of tlie Sugarloaf in I to fatlionis, mud. lie-
yond this tlie luirbor is narrowed i)y ash.iHow si»it extending from
the east shore, and should not be entered.

Water can l»e procured easily from Hig Salmonier, a eonsidora-
ble stream on the west sliore (»f the last anchorage.

Coal. — Small suppli(>s of coal can g"iiorally bo ol)tuined at Burin
Inlet.

Tides. — It is high water, full and cluinge, at Buiin Harbors at
8h. 45m. Springs rise tiA feet, neaps H feet.

Little Burin Island, l ,*„ miles SW, of Burin Island, is separated
from the mainland west of the entrance to Burin Inlet by a deep
passo,ge ;!50 yards wide, nnd is boid-to on all sides.

Emberly Rook, with 4 fathoms water, lies 1,:J(m» yards S. :J»° E.
(S. l'.J" E. nuig.) from the NE. extreme of Little Burin Ishmd.

Corbin Island, r»50 foot high, stoop-to all around, is 1, ;}(»(» yards
SW. of Little Burin Island, separated from the mainland by a deep
channel | mile wide.

Corbin Harbor, It^j^ miles SW. of Corbin Island, is a narrow
inlet fit for sm.Tll vessels, ontoi'od between Long Point on the north
and Miller Head on the south. All the points of the harbor are
ion\ a short distance off. Goat Island lies close to the west shore,
just within the entrance.

Old Harry, awash at low water, lies i mile S. TO" E. (S. 52° E.
mag.) of Long Point. Goat Island, just open south of Long Point,
leads south of Old Harry to the mouth of the harbor.

Shoals extend 300 yards east of Miller Heau.

Corbin Head, a wedge-shaped cliff-faced head, 180 feet high
and bold-to, is 1,200 yards south of Miller Head.

A Rock, with 10 feet water, lies i mile S. 23° W. (S. 50° W. mag.)
from Corbin Head, in the middle of the entrance to L'anse au Dia-
blo, a small cove SW. of that head.

Bass Rock, with 3i^ fathoms water, lies 700 yards S. 42° W. (S.
69° W. mag.) from Bass Point, a hummock with low rocks close to
the base, and is COO yards from the nearest shore.

Sauker Rock, with 3 fathoms water, 400 yards S. 51° E. (S. 78°
E. mag.) from Sauker Head, is the outer of three rocks lying off
the head. The shore between Sauker Head and- Bass Point is foul,
and should not be approached within ^ mile.

Little St. Lawrence Harbor, 9 miles to the south westward of
Burin Island, runs in NW. 2^ miles, with a breadth of 800 yards

ijji • '

120

NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST.

to a peninsula H miles within the entrance, where it narrows to
300 yards and again expands when the peninsula is passed The
peninsula is 55 feet high, and joined to the east shore by a narrow
shingle beach.

Harbor Rock lies 150 yards from the south extreme of the
peninsula, and the same distance from the west shore The east
shore of the harbor is foul for 200 yards; the west side is bold-to

Anchorage.— Large vessels can find temporary anchorage in
11 to 15 fathoms, but a heavy sea rolls in with southerly winds

Small vessels can lie in safety north of the peninsula in H to 4
fathoms, mud, and to reach there should keep the west shore close
on board to avoid Harbor Rock.

Water may be had from a cascade on the east side, just within
the peninsula.

Sculpin Shoal, with 3f fathoms water, lies S. 87" E (S 60° E
mag.), 900 yards from Sculpin Point, east of the entrance, close off
whic^ IS a small rock.

Middle Head, separating Little and Great St. Lawrence Har-
bors, slopes from Blow-me-down, a conspicuous hill 420 feet high
The shore is bluff, and has deep water close-to. The following
shoals are near: Point Rock, with 4 fathoms water, 450 yards-
Butler Rock, with 5 fathoms, 450 yards, and Garden Bank, with
9f fathoms, 1,?.00 yards from Middle Head.

Great J?t. Lawrence Harbor is 2i miles deep, and ^ mile wide
tor li miles, when it narrows to 600 yards between Blue Beach
Point on the west and Herring Cove on the east shore. A beach
of shingle, said to be enlarging, stretches 250 yards from the west
shore, at SOO yards distance from the head.

Communication—A steamer from the Coastal Steamship Com-
pany calls here fortnightly from St. Johns during summer and
rutumn.

Anchorage may be obtained in from 10 to 20 fathoms water at
the entrance ^r in 12 fathoms off Herring Cove, or small vessels
may find shelter behind the shingle beach in 2i fathoms.

The anchorage oS. Xlej'ring Cove is not recommended during SW
winds, as heavy squalls are then experienced, and southerly gales
send a heavy sea into the outer part.

Water can be procured from a stream on the east shore opposite
the beach of shingle.

Ice.— Great St. Lawrence Harbor seldom freezes so that anchor-
age can not be obtained, but eastern ice is occasionally drifted into
the harbor. j ^v^j

Tides.-It is high water, full and change, in Great St. Lawrence
Harbor at 8h. 30m. ; springs rise 7 feet, neaps 4 feet.

mmrrriwBn

9 it narrows to
s passed. The
re by a narrow

ixtreme of tlie
Lore The east
side is bold-to.
anchorage in
lierly winds,
sula in a| to 4
est shore close

ie, just within

" E. (S. 60° E.
'ance, close off

iawrence Har-
420 feet high,
rhe following
)r, 450 yards;
in Bank, with

d I mile wide
1 Blue Beach
)re. A beach
from the west

lamship Com-
summer and

Loms water at

small vessels

>ms.

i during S W.

utherly gales

hore opposite

that anchor-
r drifted into

3t. Lawrence

GREAT LAUJ^^ HARBOR.

121

Ohapeau Rouge, a remarkable conical hill 748 feet high, is west
of the entrance to Great LaAvrence Harbor, and is a good distin-
guishing mark for this part of the coast. It is the landfall gener-
ally made by vessels bound to the south and east coast from the
westward, who try to sight it about 20 miles distant.

Rosey Rock, with 12 feet water, 150 yards off the shore just
south of Chapeau Rouge, is the only danger off the shore of this
hill.

(H. O. Chart No. 1103.)

Oloue Rock, with 10 fathoms water on it, lies S. 23° (S. 4° W.
mag.) from Cape Chapeau Rogue, distant 8 miles.

The Coast from Chapeau Rogue to Laun Head, 5 miles distant,
consists of several open coves, and may be approached close-to,
except just west of a curious pinnacle 250 feet high, close to the
shore If miles to the eastward of Laun Head, where a shoal is
situated 400 yards from the shore.

liittle ' Liaun Harbor is open and exposed. If miles deep and f
mile wide, and is 1^ miles north of liaun Head. At the head, a
shingle beach nearly separates it from a salt-water pond. There
is anchorage with shelter from offshore winds in 9 to 11 fathoms,
rocky bottom.

Duck, Tiller, and Black Coves, open bights, lie between Little
and Great Laun Harbors.

Great Laun Harbor runs in 1^ miles with a uniform breadth
of 800 yards. The shores are bold-to and the water decreases grad-
ually to 5 fathoms, a mile from the entrance, and thence gradually
to the head. Murphy Rock, with 5 feet water on it, is the only
danger in the harbor, 200 yards off the east shore and 600 yards
from the head. There is a settlement, with a church on the east
bide.

Anchorage may be obtained in 8^ fathoms off the east shore
with good shelter.

Vestal Rock, with 6 feet water, lies i mile S. 11° W. (S. 38° W.
mag.) from East Head; Black Hill, a conspicuous range 520 feet
high at the head of the harbor, just open of Laun Point on the
east side of the harbor, leads west of this rock to the harbor.

Ice. — Great Laun Harbor seldom freezes to the extent of inter-
fering with anchorage.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Great Laun Harbor
at 8h. 15ra. ; springs rise 7 feet, neaps 4 feet.

Ragged Head, a mile SSW. of Great Laun Harbor, is the divid-
ing point between it and Lansey Bank Cove, and is continued SE.
by a jjoint of low rocks.

!.J

I !■

122

NEWFOUNDLAND SOUTH COAST.

Ragged Rock with 6 feet water, lies 450 yards off this point in
the Imeot the rocks. Webber Point, a low projection on the west
shore of Great Laun Harbor, open east of Blow-me-down Point
next south, leads east of this rock.
Lansey Bank Cove is an open bight affording no shelter.
Colombier Island, 217 feet high, with a small islet close SW
IS separated by a clear channel i mile wide from Ragged Head-
shoals he 200 yards SE. of the islands.

Swale Island, with shoals extending a short distance SW. from
It, lies li miles W. by N. from Colombier Island.

Laun Islands, 2i miles southwestward of Colombier Island, are
named respectively Middle and Offer Islands; the former is 163
leet, and latter island 102 feet.

A rock that uncovers 4 feet at low water lies ^ mile N 77° W
(N. 50° W. mag.) from the south point of Middle Island.

Southeast Rock, awash at low water, lies COO yards S 79° E
(S. 52 E. mag.) from the NE. point of Offer Island, and Southwest
Koob, with 10 feet water on it, lies 1,200 yards S. 33° W. (S 60°
W. mag.) from the SW. point of same island.

The coast from Laun Islands to Lamalin consists of deep coves
but they are all exposed. '

Taylor Bay, 3* miles westward of Laun Islands, is the deepest
of these; it is an exposed bight, and affords anchorage in 8 fathoms
water, with offshore winds. Taylor Bay Rock, with 7 feet water
over It, lies 300 yards westward from the point of the same name
and several shoals, with depths of from 5^ to 10 fathoms lie
southwestward of Taylor Bay Point for a distance of 2 miles. '

(H. O. Chart No. 1089.)

Lamalin Bay, which is filled with islets and shoals, is divided
from Taylor Bay by Point aux Gauls, a low and narrow promon-
tory, 200 yards southward of which is Point Rock, 3 feet high
Barred Island, 19 feet high, lies about | mile NW. of Point Rock-

"^'^'1 lr^^.1^^7- ""^ *^^ ^'^''^'^ ^' ^''^'' Thomas Rock, 2 feet high'
and NNW. of it Rogers Rocks extend out for about 400 yards

Light-An octagonal wooden tower, 36 feet in height, painted
red and white on alternate sides, stands on Bluff Head the SE
point of Allan Island, and from it, at an elevation of 64 feet above
high water, a fixed white light is exhibited which should be visible
9 miles.

Communication -The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer
cans here turtnightly from St. Johns during summer and autumn

Dangers—Shag Rock, 18 feet high, which lies J- miJo S 23° w'
(S. 50° W. mag.) from Point Rock, has shoal wa'e- extonding from
It 400 yards in a northex-ly direction. Rocks and shoals lie east

off this point in
tion on tlie west
me-down Point

no shelter,
islet close SW.,
Ragged Head;

tance SW. from

bier Isl9,nd, are
former is 163

mile N. 77° W.
iland.

yards 8. 79° E.
and Southwest
33° W. (S. 60°

of deep coves,

, is the deepest
?e in 8 fathoms
th 7 feet water
tie same name,
fathoms, lie
f 3 miles.

lals, is divided
xrow promon-
:, 3 feet high,
if Point Rock ;
i, 2 feet high,
400 yards.
9ight, painted
Jead, the SE.
64 feet above
uld be visible

iny's steamer
and atitumn.
aiJoS. 33° W.
tonding from
loals lie east

LA ^rALIN BAY DIRECTIONS.

123

and west of Shag Rock as follows: East Sunker, awash at low
wa er, 400 yards N. 47° E. (N. 74° E. mag.); Saint Rock, with 5J
tathoms least water on it, 700 yards S. 34° W. (8 61° W matr )•
fn.l'o S?"^'' ""Y^'f *^^« ^^^Pth is 13 feet, 1,350 yards 8. 53° W.'
(S. 79 W. mag.); John Walsh Shoal, with 5* fathoms least water

SunW ' .T t ^K"^- ^^- ''° ^- '^^^•)' «-^ N-"-e"
W r oo 'w ^^'" \*^^ ^^Pt^ ^« ^««« «^^n 6 feet, 800 yards S. 84° W.
i!mel ^^T'-^r"" ^^"^ ^''^' *he center of Morgan Island,
W (x\. o9 W. mag.) clears the shoals SW. of Shag Rock

Directions.-The entrance to Lamalin Ba> is between Roger.s
Rocks on the east, and the Whalesback, which dries 5 feet, and
shoals extending 400 yards from Big Salmonier Rock, 10 feet iigh
on the west side; Strand Rock, one foot high, lies in the centoi^^oi
Lamalm Bay. The highest part of Berry Hills, in line with Strand

mto the bay If intendnig to pass between Prank Rook and John
Walsh Shoal the highest part of Berry Hills opens v. est of Ban-e
Island bearing K 4° E. (N. 31° E. mag.), leL in mid-cha^e
^nd when Ta>-lor Bay Point is in line with Point Rock, bearing
JV. 63 E. (east mag.), the vessel will be to the northward of the
shoals, lying west of Stag Rock, and may be kept to the north.

• StranTRock thT ^v' ^^^^^P^^' ^^ ^^T Hills in line with
Strand Rock, the leading mark for the entrance

Blni'^^^Ti!^^' T^*^ ^* ^^*^^"^^ ^'^'^ ^'-^^^^ «^«r it, lies with
Bluff Head lighthouse bearing N. 24° W. (N. 3° E. mag.), distant

V(f7r f.?°^' T '""^'"^ *^^ ^^P*^ ^^ ^^ ^^*homs, lies with Bluff
Head lighthouse bearing N. 24° E. (N. 51° E. mag.), distant 1,300

abt^rf ""f ^^5°'' '^""^^'^ northward of Allan Island, is suit-

S w^ Z '^'''? ""^^^ ^^"''^^ *^" «^"^^«^ months; a con-
siderab e settlement is situated on the north shore of the island

Small vessels find an anchorage in Lamalin Harbor, north'of

Allan Island, but none should attempt it without a pilot, and they

by south^ to^S W *"" '^°''^*^ ^ ^""^^^^ '^' '"^ ^^"""^ ^^^- ""^"^^

Lamalin Road, formed by Allan Island on the east and Morgan

Island on the west, affords anchorage in 4* fathoms water, but

rolls in temporary shelter only, as the swell always

from 13 to 30 feet water, lie near the middle of the entrance, but
may be avoided by keeping either shore aboard.

14010 — g

mmmm

tmi

124

NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST.

The westernmost barn, on the north shore of Lamalin Road, open
east of Morgan Island, bearing N. 19° W. (N. 8° E. mag.), clears
these shoals passing to the eastward.

Some islets lie off the 8W. extreme of Morgan Island, and a rock
with 9 feet water is situated nearly 200 yards from the outer.

Ice.— Lamalin Harbor is occasionally closed by field ice, to the
thickness of 6 inches for ten days at a time, but at intervals of from
five to ten years it is frozen over; vessels arrive about June and
leave in November.

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Lamalin Harbor at
8h. 25m. ; springs rise 7i feet, neaps 5^ feet; neaps range 4i feet. ,

(H. O. Chart No. 1103.)

Coast— From Lamalin to Crew Point, 8 miles to the north-
westward, the coast is low and fronted by sandy beaches, rising to
a moderate elevation in long sloping hills some distance inland.

Some of the most conspicuous objects near the shore are Piercy
Hill, wooded, about 100 feet high, at 2 miles westward of Lamalin
Road ; it has a double summit, near which are some houses. Flag-
staff Point is a small conical hillock 26 feet high. Groups of white
houses are situated at High Beach.

t Lamalin Ledges are dangerous reefs extending along the whole
of this coast at a distance of 3 miles from the shore, and in bad
weather are apparently a mass of breakers.

No vessel should venture between these shoals without a local
pilot; and very few of the fishermen are trustworthy in that
capacity; they have a knowledge only of the fishing banks fre-
quented by them. At night this coast should on no account be
approached in a less depth than 40 fathoms.

lalin Road, open
E. mag.), clears

and, and a rock
the outer,
field ice, to the
itervals of from
kbout June and

aalin Harbor at
range 4i feet.

3 to the north-
aches, rising to
;ance inland,
hore are Piercy
ard of Lamalin
houses. Flag-
groups of white

ilong the whole
re, and in bad

vithout a local
rorthy in that
ing banks fre-
no account be

CHAPTER IV.

ST. PIERRE AND MIQUELON ISLANDS.
(H. O. Chart No. 1055.)

St. Pierre Island, lO miles SW. of Crew Point, is barren in
appearance and irregular in its outline, which appears from a dis-
tance to be composed of many peaks, the highest of which is 671
teet above high water, and is thus easily distinguished from Little
A i^^r ar?'' ^^^^^^^^' *^« o"*line of which is nearly horizontal.
At the SE. extreme is a conspicuous conical hill joined by a low
neck to the mainland, called Galantry Head.

The harbor is on the east side of the island" between it and Chien
Island, and may be approached by three channels between the
islands.

Light— Galantry Head is surmounted by a lighthouse 38 feet
in height, painted white, and having a square building adjoining
It. It exhibits, at an elevation of 210 feet, a flashing light show-
ing a flash every ten seconds; the flashes occur in the order of two
white followed at an interval of fen seconds by one red The
light should be visible 18 miles, but is obscured on the north bv
the bluflfs of St. Pierre. Reported very irregular.

Fog Signal.— Near Galantry lighthouse, during thick or foggy
weather and in snow storms, a steam fog whistle will be sounded
in blasts of SIX seconds duration every minute, with an interval of
fifty-four seconds between each blast. The whistle has been heard
from a distance of 7 miles. This fog signal will be in operation
from about March 1 to December 1; but from December 1 to
March 1 only at the time of the expected arrival at St. Pierre of
the fortnightly mail steamer from Halifax.

The fog-signal house is a semicylindrical tower situated SE 33
yards from the lighthouse. - '

Should the whistle be out of order, a gun will be fired at the
lighthouse once every half hour.

Signal Station.— Information as to ice, wind, temperature, and
weather indications may be obtained, during the months of April
aiid May, by communicating with the signal station on Galantry

Cape Noir and Chasseurs Island, two islets close to Galantry
Head, are steep-to on the south and east sides.

Indre Shoal, with 2 fathoms over it at low water, lies 250 yards
S. 53° W. (S. 80° W. mag.) from Cape Noir Island, east point.

(125)

I Iff

126

ST. PIERRE ISLAND.

Blanche Point, nearly a mile to the southwestward of Chasseurs
Island, is the rocky termination of a conical peninsula, Little
Harbor Head, 09 feet above high water. On this point is a con-
spicuous square rock.

Ravenel Bay runs in west of this point, and is the landing
place of some telegraphic cables. The east shore is foul, but near
the west shore there is a fine, clear, sandy bottom, with i^ fathoms
water and good shelter from offshore winds. Le Diamant, a peaked
rock, lies off the west point of this cove.

Shoals.— Two shoals, each with 3 fathoms water over it, lie in
the entrance of Ravenel Bay ; the outer, from which the top of the
rock off Diamant Point bears S. 80° W. (N. 73° W. mag.), distant
J mile.

Savoyard Point is the SW. extreme of the island, and is a pro-
longation of the fall of the high land.

Savoyard Shoal, with 3 feet water, lies 350 yards SW. of
this point, and between it and Diamant Point are several shoals,
the outer of which, Belier Shoal, with 6 feet water, is f mile N. 82°
W. (N. 55° W. mag.) from Diamant Point, and \ mile offshore.
The west shore of the island falls steeply to the sea and is bold-to.

(H. O. Chart No. 1059 )

Henry Point, the north extreme of the island, is a low penin-
sula under high land. A shoal, with 12 feet water, lies close-to,
and a bank, with 4i fathoms, lies NE. 350 yards from the point.

Great Oolombier, 492 feet above high water, is bold, dark, and
steep, lying off the north end of St. Pierre, separated by Henry
Channel, 600 yards wide. A shoal, on which the depth is 2J fath-
oms, lies close to the west point of Great Colombier.

Little Shoal lies 450 yards N. 25° E. (N. 52° E. mag.) of the
west point of Grand Colombier.

• The head of the rock is solid, has a diameter of about 50 feet,
and is covered with 4i feet of water. At a distance of 17 yards
all around depths of 26 feet are found, and at 33 yards from 46 to
49 feet; bottom, sand, rock, coral, and pebbles.

The rock is covered with seaweed.

Little Colombier lies 180 yards NE. of Great Colombier, with
a clear channel between.

Colombier Shoal, with 12 feet water, lies N. 36° E. (N. 63° E.
mag.) 600 yards from Little Colombier SE. point.

Cape Blanc and Cape Rouge are so called from the color of
the cliffs. The former is 600 yards SE. of Henry Point, and i
mile farther SE. is Cape Rouge, a high red cliff. The coast is
bold-to from Cape Blanc to Cape Rouge.

Sim

vd of Chasseurs
(ninsula, Little
point is a con-
is the landing
9 foul, but near
i^ith 4^ fathoms
imant, a peaked

ir over it, lie in
h the top of the
, mag.), distant

id, and is a pro-
yards SW. of
soveral shoals,
is i mile N. 82"
i^ mile offshore.
I, and is hold-to.

is a low penin-
)r, lies close-to,
m the point,
bold, dark, and
•ated by Henry
epth is 2| fath-

r»

S. mag.) of the

about 50 feet,
ice of 17 yards
ards from 46 to

lolombier, with

° E. (N. 63° E.

)m the color of
y Point, and ^
The coast is

CANON POINT — LIGHTS.

127

Oape Rouge Shoals lie off the cape, the eastern of which, with
12 feet water, is 400 yards distant.

Cape Aigle is south 800 yards from Cape Rouge, and the shore
is foul.

Little St. Pierre, a small islet, steep-to on the east side, lies i
mile ENE. of Cape Aigle, and is 17 feet high. There is no passage
between it and the main for ships.

Beacon. — A stone beacon, 16 feet high and painted black and
white in horizontal bands, stands on this islet.

Zb^ Bank, on which there is about one foot water, extends about
300 yards from the shore north from Canon Point.

Buoy. — The eastern edge of Zod Bank is marked by a buoy.

Oanon Point is a reef of rocks extending eastward from St. Pierre,

Lights. — The lighthouse at the extreme of Canon Point is a
square white building, 33 feet in height, with its SW. and SE.
sides painted red; it exhibits, at an elevation of 36 feet, a fixed
white light, which should be visible 6 miles.

At ^ mile N. 72° W. (N. 45° W. mag.) of Canon Point light is
a similar shaped and painted lighthouse, 36 feet in height, from
which a fixed red light is shown, at an elevation of 64 feet, which
should be visible 3 miles in clear weather.

These leading lights in line, bearing N. 73° W. (N. 46° W. mag.),
lead in mid-channel through the south entrance, and indicate the
best water between Bertrand Rocks and Chien Island.

La Vache is a rock situated 200 yards southward of the light-
house on Canon Point.

Beacon. — A beacon, 8 feet in height, stands on La Vache Rock.

Bertrand Rocks, J^ mile SE. of Canon Point, consist of low
rocks extending 350 yards from the shore. Between Canon Point
and Bertrand Rocks is the inner harbor of St. Pierre, which is
shoal and contracted by Monies Island.

Beacon.— A tower, 28 feet above the sea, and painted black and
white, stands on the eastern of the Bertrand Rocks. Vessels must
pass northeastward of this beacon.

St Louis Bank, with 4 feet water over ii, lies 250 yards NW.
by W. from the beacon oiw Bertrand Rocks.

Buoy. — The eastern side of St. Louis Bank is marked by a buoy,
and the lighthouses in line, bearing N. 73° W.(N. 46° "W. mag.),
lead NE. of this bank.

Olorinde Shoal, with If fathoms over it, lies 300 yards S. 40°
E. (S. 13° E. mag.) of Leconte Point light.

Chien Island is low, separated by South Channel, 500 yards
wide, from Bertrand Rocks, and is easily distinguished by a church
and a lighthouse. It is foul all around.

iij

msii%

■MUM

128

ST. PIERRE INLAND.

Light. — On Leconte Point, the SW. point of Chien Island, is
a lighthouse paintetl red, from which is exhibited a fixed light at
an elevation of 63 feet above high water. The light shows white
between the bearings of N, 64° W. (N. 37° W. mag.) and N. 2i°
W. (N. 3° E. mag.); red from N. 24° W. (N. 3° E. mag.) round by
east to S. 81° E. (S. 64° E. mag.), and it should be visible 7 miles.

Massacre Island is a low islet 300 yards westward of Chien
Island.

Le Fl^tan is a rock situated near the western edge of the bank
extending from the west side of Chien Island.

Buoy. — The northern side of Le Fldtan Rock is marked by a
buoy.

Vainqueur Island lies NE. of Chien Island, and is separated
from it by Fl^tans Channel, 600 yards wide. Cape Chfevre, a
mound 103 feet high, is at the north end of this island, off which,
distant 200 yards, lies Plat Rock, 13 feet above high water. Black
Rock, 30 feet above high water, lies 700 yards eastward from the
same cape ; SE. of Vainqueur Island is Pelde Island, joined to it at
low water.

Pigeon Island, NNW. 300 yards from Vainqueur Island, is
wedge-shaped, the highest part, 90 feet above high water, being
over the north end. From this end some islets, Les Canailles,
extend 300 yards and are steep-to on the west and north sides.

Hach6 Book, 16 feet high, lies 300 yards off the east point of
Pigeon Island.

Qroz-nez, a conspicuous rock, 37 feet high, lies in Fldtans
Channel between Chien Island and Vainqueur Island.

From Black Rock to Diamant Point the coast is bordered by
rocks and shoals, some of which are nearly a mile from the shore.
The following are the most dangerous :

Enfant Perdu, a small rock, 3 feet above nigh water, is ESE.
1,200 yards ESE. from Pelde Island.

Little Shoal, with 10 feet water on it, is 400 yards beyond in
the same direction.

Great Shoal lies 660 yards N. 57° E. (N. 84° E. mag.) from
Enfant Perdu, and has 6 feet water on it^.

Les Oaillouz de terre is a large bank, with 3f fathoms least
water, SW. nearly ^ mile from Enfant Perdu.

Bataille Bank, with 3i fathoms water, lies 1,300 yards ESE.
from the lighthouse on Chien Island.

A Bock, covered with 3 fathoms at low water, lies on the
southern edge of this bank.

O^lin Shoal, with 6 fathoms water, lies ENE. i E. 1^ miles,
and Caillou au Chat, with 8 fathoms, E. .by N. nearly a mile from
Galantry Head light.

/hien Island, is
X fixed light at
lit shows white
ig.) and N. 24°
mag.) round by-
visible 7 miles,
ward of Chien

ge of the bank

s marked by a

ad is separated
ape Chfevre, a
ind, off which,
water. Black
vard from the
, joined to it at

leur Island, is
1 water, being
Les Canailles,
arth sides.
B east point of

es in Fldtans

s bordered by

rom the shore.

vater, is ESE.

•ds beyond in

S. mag.) from

fathoms least

) yards ESE.

, lies on the

E. 1^ miles,
Y a mile from

TOWN OF ST. PIERRE.

129

1°

Oat Rook, with 5 fathoms over it, lies 1^ miles N. 82° E. (S
E. mag.) from Galuntry Head light.

Clearing Marks.— Henry Point, the north extreme of St.
Pierre, open north of lies Canailles, bearing N. 00° W. (N. 33° W.
mag.), leads NE. o.' a,il the above rocks. Blanche P(jint, open
south of Chasseurs Island, bearing S. 66° W. (N. 88° W. mag.),
leads south of these dangers, with the exception of Cat Rock;
when in the vicinity of the supposed position of that danger, the
whole of Little Harbor Head Peninsula should be open of Chas-
seurs Island, bearing 8. 8.3° W. (N. 70° W. mag.), to lead south.

Les Grappinots, with 7 fathoms water, lies 600 yards ESE.
from Chasseurs Island.

Orappin Shoal, with 4i fathoms water, lies SSE. + E. f mile,
nearly, from Chasseurs Island.

Tournioure Shoals are three in number, the center of which,
and the shoaler, has 10 feet water, and is SW. ^ W. a little more
than ^ mile from Blanche Point.

Bonnidre Shoal, with 6 fathoms water, lies 1^ miles SW. by S.
from Blanche Point.

Marne Shoal, with 15 feet water, is situated south a little more
than a mile from Diamant Point.

St Pierre. — The town of St. Pierre stands on the northern side
01 the Barachois de St. Pierre, or inner harbor, and is the residence
of the Governor of the French Islands; it is also the headquarters
for the French squadron in Newfoundland. In 1892 the popula-
tion was 6, 703 ; during the fishing season some thousands are tempo-
rarily added to this number. The chief buildings are the Gover-
nor's house, the courts of justice, a large church and convent, and
the treasury and post office.

The United States is represented by a consular agent.

Oommunication.— The Boston, Halifax, and Prince Edwards
Steamship Company's steamships bring the mails twice a month ;
there is a steamer from Halifax to Newfoundland which calls at
St. Pierre, and a fortnightly steamer from Halifax to the Bras
d'Or Lakes, Cape Breton, St. Pierre, and Placentia.

Submarine Telegraph Cables.— There are two submarine
cables between France and St. Pierre; two between Newfoundland
and Cape Breton, via St. Pierre; two between St. Pierre and Mas-
sachusetts, U. S., and one between St. Pierre and Cape Breton;
two of the cables are landed at St. Pierre Harbor.

Coal and Supplies. — P^-ovisions and water can be obtained, also
coal; about 1,000 tons available.

Patent slips. — There are two patent slips and another building.
No. 1 is 147 feet in length, will take up a vessel of 300 tons, and
has 9i feet forward and 13i feet aft on the blocks; No. 2 is 75 feet

MMMSSn

180

HT. PIKIinE I8LANI).

in longtli, will tiiko upavesHol of 100 tons, ftud has 8^ feot forwiird
and Hi foot aft on the blocks.

Pilots. — Tho oniploymont <tf a pilot to outer this port is com-
pulsory for vessels of 80 tons and over, and the payment will be
enforced if a properly distinguishod pilot offers his services, whether
accepted or not. The pilot boats are painted red and blue, and
fly a blue flag. One of the port ofllcers directs vessels whore to
anchor.

Pilot Charges. — Vessels of war, ?ll to f?16. Merchant vessels
from 80 to 100 terns, 86; 100 to 120 tons, $0; 120 to IGO, $7; 160 to
200, $8 ; 200 to 300 tons, ^9. For larger vessels, $1 per 100 tons.
Detention, §2 per day.

Dues. — Twenty-five cents per net registered ton.

Ice. — St. Pierre ^^irbor was frozen over in 1^74, this being the
only occasion during the last forty years. Field ice appears in
February and disajjpears about the end of March ; it rarely closes
the harbor, and vessels come and go all the year round.

Hospital. — There is a hospital having 70 beds, but before a
patient can be admitted a permit must be obtained from the Gov-
ernor or Commandant. Charges, $1.40 per day for each man. Tlie
lazaretto is on Chien Island.

Telephone Cable. — A telephone cable connects St. Pierre with
Chien Island. The cable starts from a point a little to westward
of Cape Aigle, runs in the direction of Little St. Pierre, and near
that islet turns to the southward and lands in Trdhouart Cove.

Vessels should avoid anchoring over this cable, and in case it
should be picked up by their anchors it should be dropped and care
taken not to damage it.

Anchorage. — Largo vessels may anchor as convenient between
a line drawn NNW. from the battery on Chien Island and a line
NW. by N. from the east point of Massacre Island, in which space
there are from 7 to 15 fathoms water in mid-channel. The most
dangerous winds are from NE., whereby the heaviest sea is pro-
duced, and to guard against which vessels should moor.

No vessels should proceed south of this anchorage without local
knowledge or without a pilot.

Directions for St. Pierre Harbor. — North Channel, between
Pigeon and St. Pierre Islands, is wide and easy for sailing vessels
working to windward ; it is the only one that should be taken by
largo vessels.

From the eastward, Henry Point open north of Les Canailles,
bearing N. 60° E. (N. 33° W. mag.), clears Great Shoal, and the
islets off Vainqueur and Flg«on Islands may be approached close-
to. When standing in north of Little St. Pierre, that islet must
be kept open west of the battery on the NW. point of Chien

-r^m

^>t feot forward

8 i)ort is com-
byment will bo
•vicos, whother
and blue, and
jssgIh Avhero to

wchant vessels
ICO, $7; 160 to
1 per 100 tons.

this being the
ice appears in
t rarely closes
nd.

but before a
From the Gov-
3h man. The

t. Pierre with
e to westward
Jrre, and near
uart Cove,
ind in case it
pped and care

lient between
nd and a line
I which space
)1. The most
st sea is pro-
or.
without local

inel, between

liling vessels

be taken by

es Canailles,
loal. and the
iached close-
it islet must
at of Chien

mm.

DIUWTIONS.

181

Island, bearing S. 3 W. (S. 30° W. mug.), to clear Cape R«mge

Shoals.

When working to windward, care sliould bo taken to guard
against the wpialls that swoop down from tlio high land botwooii
Great Colombier and Cape Diablo on the north and Capo Aiglo on
the south sido.

When working along the coast of Chion Island, tho lighthouse
on Canon Point should bo kept oponof tho west point of Ma.ssacro
Island, bearing S. 51° W. (S. 78 W. mag.), in ordor to clear the
shoals off the west shore of Chion Island.

At Night, the red light, near the town of St. Pierre, opon of
Capo Aigle, bearing S. Z)!" W. (8. 78° W. mag.), clears Capo Rouge

Shoals.

DireotionB for South Channel.— This channel is between Ber-
trand Rocks and Chien Island, and will admit vessels drawing loss
than 14 feet water. The lighthouse north of tho town in lino with
Canon Point lighthouse, bearing N. 73° W. (N. 4(i° W. mag.),
leads between St. Louis Bank and Rallier Shoal, but the channel
is barely 200 yards wide; when Cape Aigle and the east extreme of
Massacre Island are touching, bearing N. 11° E. (N. 88° E. mag.),
N. 40° W. (N. 13° W. mag.), course should be steered for tho bea-
con standing on a large white stone on the brow of the hill north-
ward of the town, until Vigie d' Aigremont, a hillock 87 feot high,
south of the town, is in line with the lighthouse on Canon Point,
S. 27° W. (S. 54° W. mag.); this mark will lead to the anchorage.

At Night.— The sector of white light from Leconte Point light-
house shows over Caillou an Chat, Gt^lin Shoal and the assumed
position of Cat Rock, but by keeping in the white sector between
the bearings of N. 24° W. (N. 3° E. mag.) and N. 41° W. (N. 14°
W. mag.). South Channel may be approached between these dan-
gers and Indre Shoal. The leading lights in line, bearing N. 73°
W. (N. 40° W. mag.), lead NE. of G^lin Shoal, close southward
of Bataille Bank and across the bar between St. Louis Bank and

Rallier Shoal.

Fl^tans Channel.- To enter St. Pierre Harbor by this channel,
steer N. 72° W. (N. 45° W. mag.) for Leconte Point lighthouse,
and when Cape Bawdry, the NE. extreme of Chien Island, comes
in line with Gros-nez Rock, bearing N. 15° W. (N. 12° E. mag.),
that mark should be kept on until within 200 yards of Gros-nez
Rock, passing between the shoals off Chien and Vainqueur Islands.
Gros-nez should be left 100 yards to the westward, and thence a
course made to pass 200 yards east of Cape Bawdry, when the
anchorage may be steered for.

Directions in Foggy Weather.— In consequence of the many
outlying rocks, it is extremely hazardous to approach St. Pierre

V.\2

ST, IMKUUK INLAND.

fluriiiK f'^ffS' If ol)1iK0(l to Jimk(> tlio attompt, which Hhould not bo
rttt(>in|ttt (1 except in ii Hteiuiier, ii few hints nmy he useful. If tol-
oruhly sure of tiio position, an endeavor sliould l)e made to si^ht
land in the vicinity of Cape Coup»^ on the south coast of Little
Mi(|uolon Island, and thou steor across for the west side of St.
Pierre; coast tluvt island to th(> northward, and then pass through
Henry Channel, close south of Great Colonibier, to its SE, point,
whence steer S. 40° E. (8. IT E. mag.) for U miles and S. 6(1" W.
(8. H.'j" W. ma)?.) one mile to the anchorage. This should not be
attempted by a steamer unless Little Mitixudon Island luw been seen
before the fog came down and beariugs taken of it, and above all
in moderate weather.

Barachois de St. Pierre, or the inner harbor, is available for
small vessels only. The holding ground is inditferent, there is
little sea, and vessels that ground are rarely damaged. A number
of schooners lay up there for the winter.

The harbor has been partly dredged, and there is not less than
10 feet at low water on the bar t entrance (1895).

Buoys. — ^Two warping buoys are moored between Monies Island
and Canon Point.

Tides. — It is high water, fiill and change, at St. Pierre at 8li. 33m. ;
springs rise GA feet, neaps 4^ feet.

Tidal . Streams. — The flood stream flows to the northward
through South and Fldtans Channels, and out to the northeastward
through North Channel, but this regularity is only found near the
shore. At a short distance seaward, the current runs almost con-
stantly to the northward, and is very little influenced by the feeble
tidal stream of these localities. In the anchorage, the tidal stream
is sometimes of sufficient force to swing ships against a strong
breeze. The ebb flows in the opposite direction to the flood.

Between St. Pierre and Little Miquelon the flood stream runs
NE. in the direction of the channel, and turns one or 1^ hours after
high water, but often continues to run in the same direction all
through the ebb at a reduced rate. The currents and tides are,
however, very irregular, and no dependence can be placed on any
particular direction or rate.

Cod Fishery. — This industry is principally prosecuted by ves-
sels equipped at the northern ports of France, averaging from 120
to 200 tons each, and which leave on the Ist of March. Some pro-
ceed at once to the Newfoundland Banks, but the great number
go first to St. Pierre for herring, and they all return to St. Pierre
for a second supply of bait in June. The method adopted is for
the vessels to anchor on the Banks, while bultows are laid out in
large undecked boats, sometimes as far as 6 miles from the vessel.
This system is attended by frequent loss of life, the boats being

:;h Hlumld not bo
3 usoful. If tol-
Ht mmh* to Hifflit

I coiust of Little
vmt Bido of St.
en pass tlirough
to its SE. point,
s and 8. Sii" W.
H should not be
nd hna been seen
t, and above all

is available for
ffevent, there is
fed. A number

is not less than

II Moulos Island

jrre at 8h. 33m. ;

the northward
) northeastward
• found near the
ans almost con-
ad by the feeble
:he tidal stream
gainst a strong
the flood.
)d stream runs
r 1| hours after
le direction all
and tides are,
placed on any

secuted by ves-
aging from 120
ch. Some pro-
great number
•n to St. Pierre
adopted is for
are laid out in
rom the vessel,
lie boats being

lilTTLK MHIITKLON ISLAND.

1 X\

unable ot times to return to the voss»>1h, and the latter occasionally
go down at their andiors.

On the west coast of Newfoundland the vpssoIs follow the fish
from south to north till the caplin have disappoured, when tlioy
repair to the several ports at which the catcOi is to bo cured, and
after tlie vessels are moored, the crows lish with bultows off their
respective anclioragoH till the end of the si'uson.

On the north coast of Newfoundland vessels have a position
assigned to each for a term of Ave years, and they proceed direct
from France to these posts, where they are moored. The crew then
fish with seine, hook and line, or bultows.

(H. O. Chart No. 1055.)

Oreen Island, N. 40° E. (N. 07" E. mag.) -li miles from the east
point of Great Colombier, is i mile long, 15(5 feet high, and is so
called from the color. Southward J mile from it are some islets,
the outer of which. Enfant Perdu, is 1| miles south from Green
Island.

A Rook that covers at two-thirds flood is the eastern of these
rocks, and is t mile 8. 5° E. (S. 32° W. mag.) from the east point of
Green Island. There is a good passage between Green Island and
the islets off it, and the water is deep all round this group.

Little Miquelon or Langlade Island, 3 miles NW. of St.
Pierre Island, is steep-to, and the sides are cliffy except at the
north part. The summit, nearly flat, has an elevation of 656 feet.
The general appearance is flat, but when seen from the westward
some hummocks show out at the north end. From the south ex-
treme of Little Miquelon to the south end of the sandy neck join-
ing it to Great Miquelon is 7 miles; the sandy neck is 6i miles
long, and from its north extremity to the north point of Great
Miquelon is 9 miles. At the north extreme of the shingle beach is
a large pond, called Great Barachois, to which small schooners
find access at high water, entering from the east side of the beach.

A Reef, which breaks, extends about 200 yards from Plate
Point, the west extreme of the island.

Light — The lighthouse on Plate Point, 127 feet in height,
painted black and white in horizontal bands, exhibits, at an eleva-
tion of 154 feet, a fixed white light, which should be visible in
clear weather from 10 to 12 miles.

Fog Signal. — During thiqk weather, fogs, or snowstorms, a
siren is sounded twice every minute as follows : sound for eight
seconds, silence eight seconds, sound for eight seconds, followed
by silence of thirty-six seconds.

The siren produces a trembling sound, and is shriller than that
on Galantry Head. Should the siren be disabled, a gun will be
fired at intervals of twenty minutes.

■i

134

GREAT MIQUELON ISLAND.

La Bale, as the passage between St. Pierre and Little Miquelon
is named by the inhabitants, is deep and the shores forming it are
bold.

Anchorage may be obtained on the east side of the long shingle
beach which joins Great Miquelon and Little Miquelon Islands, but
it is exposed. The best place is off the north shore of Little
Miquelon in 6+ fathoms, near a cove just east of the guard station.

Great Miquelon Island ie. very irregular in outline, with hills
ranging from 656 to 813 feet in height. From the NW. extreme a
tongue of land extends in nearly a semicircle, forming Miquelon
Road. On this tongue are several conspicuous hills and a large
settlement with a prominent church; in 1892 the population was
5-44. Cape Miquelon, the north extreme, is a steep cliff 600 feet
high and bold-to.

Shoal. — A dangerous shoal, with 2 fathoms water on it, lies
westward of Great Miquelon Inland, with Seal Rocks bearing N.
44° W. (N. 71° W. mag.), distai^t about 2 miles.

Briand Shoal, which is dangerous, lies off the west coast of
Great Miquelon Island, about 1^ miles from the nearest shore ; it
is very small in extent, has 13 feet water over it, and 11 fathoms
around ; from it Cape Blanc lighthouse bears N. 24° E. (N. 52° E.
mag.), and Chapeau de Miquelon N. 76° E. (S. 77° E. mag.).

Caution. — Mariners are recommended not to use the channel
between Seal Rocks and Great Miquelon Island until further
examination of the locality has been made.

Chatte Rocks are on a shoal which stretches off about 1,200
yards from the south side of Miquelon Road, ^ mile from a point
a little more than i mile NNE. of Chapeau de Miquelon, a conical
hill, 374 feet high, on the north shore of Great Miquelon.

Buoy. — A buoy, painted black and white in horizontal bands,
is moored in 19 feet water, 66 yards northward of Chatte Rocks.

Light. — A lighthouse, 49 feet in height, the lower part of which
is colored white, and the upper part black, with a white lantern,
stands on Cape Blanc, on the NW. point of Great Miquelon, and
exhibits, at an elevation of 103 feet, an intermittent white light,
with red sector ; every minute one flash of 10 seconds duration. It
is visible, white 16, red 15 miles.

The red sector is partially obscured to the northeastward by
Calvary Hills; it is not visible southward of a line passing about
220 yards northward of Chatte Rocks, so that vessels approa<!hing
Miquelon Road, with the light in sight, will pass northward of
Outer Miquelon and Chatte Rocks ; it is also obscured to the south-
ward by the hills of Great Miquelon Island.

The ray of red light shown over Seal Rocks extends about one
mile northwestward and 1^ miles southeastward of that group.

1 Little Miquelon
'es formiug it are

' the long shingle
lelon Islands, but
L shore of Little
h.e guard station.
)utline, with hills
e N"W. extreme a
arming Miquelon
hills and a large
3 population was
eep cliff 600 feet

water on it, lies
locks bearing N.

le west coast of
nearest shore ; it
, and 11 fathoms
>A° E. (N. 52° E.
° E. mag.),
use the channel
id until further

off about 1,200
ile from a point
uelon, a conical
iuelon.

Jrizontal bands,
Ohatte Rocks.
3r part of which
I white lantern,
; Miquelon, and
ent white light,
is duration. It

rtheastward by
e passing about
els approaching
s northward of
•ed to the south-
ends about one
that group.

^?Ti^*gKffiV^^.3g^'

MIQUELON ROCKS.

135

Anchorage.— Sheltered anchorage may be obtained with winds
from north round by west to S. by E., in 6 fathoms water, off the
settlement, with fair holding ground.

Seal Rocks are two groups of dangerous rocks, ^ mile from
each other; the highest, 18 feet above high water, is 6^ miles S. 48°
W. (S. 75° W. mag.) from Cape Blanc light, and is steep-to all
around.

Miquelon Rocks are a group of rocks on a shoal spit extending
li miles in an easterly directi(ju from Soldier Point, 5 miles to the
southeastward of Miquelon Road. The eastern and highest is
nearly 1^ miles from the point, about 10 feet above high water,
and steep-to on the east side.

Outer Miquelon Rock, on which the depth is 10 feet, is the
easternmost danger from Soldier Point, and lies 2f miles N. 34° E.
(N. 61° E. mag.) from the eastern Miquelon Rock. A shoal, with
7i fathoms water over it, lies about 800 yards S. 63° W. (West mag.)
of Outer Miquelon Rock, and Patracan, with the same depth of
water over it, is 2i miles N. 67° E. (S. 86° E. mag.) from Soldier
Point. Landry Bank, on which the depth is 4i fathoms, lies 2i
miles S. 85° E. (S. 58° E. mag.) from the same point.

Tides.— -It is high water, full and change, in Miquelon Roads at
8h. 33m. ; springs rise 3i feet.

CHAPTER V.

NEWFOUNDLAND, SOUTH COAST.— CREW POINT TO CAPE RAY.

(H. O. Chart No. 1103.)

Fortune Bay — From Crew Point to Pass Island is N. by W. 35
miles, forming the entrance to Fortune Bay, about 67 mile8 deep,
containing numerous bays, harbors, and islands.

Caution.— The currents are irregular i^i this bay, especially in
the neighborhood of the Plate and Brunet Islands.

At night or in thick weather, too much dependence should not
be placed on the soundings, as the water is often as deep near the
shores as in the middle of the bay.

Brunet Island, nearly in the middle of the entrance to Fortune
Bay, is surmounted by a ridge 528 feet high, extending from the
west extreme along the north shore, while at the east extreme are
several hills, that appear from a distance as separate islands.

Light— Mercer Head lighthouse, 30 feet in height, a square
building painted white with a red roof, and a tower rising from
its center, exhibits, at an elevation of 408 feet, a jlashing white light
every ten seconds, visible in all directions except when obscured
by the land between the bearings N. 85° E. (S. 68° E. mag.) and
S. 28° E. (S. 1° E. mag.). The light should be visible 23 miles,
but, from its great height, it is frequently obscured by fog, when
the land below is seen.

Fish Rock, with 3i fathoms over it, lies 600 yards S. 6° W. (S.
33° W. mag.) from the lighthouse on Mercer Head.

Anchorage.— There is fair anchorage for vessels in a bay off the
east side in from 6 to 13 fathoms water, with shelter from southerly
and westerly winds, but some rocks that are off the head of the bay,
nearly i mile from the shore, should be guarded against, also a
shoal, with 15 feet water over it, lying 800 yards N. 87° W. (N.
60° W. mag.) from Little Cape.

Meior Cove, on the south side of the island, affords good
sheltered anchorage for small vessels in from 3 to 6 fathoms water,
eastward of Harbor Rock (awash at high water) in the middle of
the cove, which may be passed on either side. The entrance, i
mile in width, is between Major Point on the north, and Pancake,
18 feet high, on the south side, and the cove is f mile deep, the
water in it shoaling toward the head ; there are several houses on
the shores.

Harbor Shoal, with 4i fathoms water over it, lies 700 yards
south (S. 27° W. mag.) from Major Point.

(136)

.^.wiaaiiifiiiiafeiwtifftiaai'igJEa

TO CAPE RAY.

d is N. by W. 35
it 67 miles deep,

ay, especially in

3nce should not
.s deep near the

ance to Fortune
ending from the
ast extreme are
ite islands,
eight, a square
ver rising from
liing white light
when obscured
i° E. mag.) and
isible 23 miles,
d by fog, when

ds S. 6° W. (8.

in a bay off the
from southerly
lead of the bay,
against, also a
N. 87° W. (N.

I, aifords good
fathoms water,
1 the middle of
rhe entrance, :j^
, and Pancake,
mile deep, the
i^eral houses on

lies 700 yards

fe-

CREW POINT.

137

Water. — Water may be obtained from streams flowing into this
cove.

Ice. — Ice approached Brunet Island between 20th March and
6th April, 1867; this may be considered as the western inshore
limit of the eastern ice.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Brunet Island at
9h. 3m. ; springs rise 6i feet, neaps 4^ feet.

Little Brunet Islands are a group lying close off the south
coast of Brunet Island.

Bird Island has a sharj* peak 384 feet high, and i mile west of
it lie Brandies Rocks, which uncover 2 feet at low water.

PufEln Bank, with 3^ fathoms water over it, lies 1,400 yards
eastward of PuflBn Island.

Plate Islands are three rocky islets; Big Plate Island, the
nearest, is 49 feet high and lies WSW. 4i miles SW. from the
west end of Brunet Island ; Little Plate Island, the southernmost,
is 33 feet high and If miles farther SW.

As will be seen by the chart, numerous dangers surround these
islands; all those with less than 10 fathoms are said to break in
bad weather, and they should not be approached within a mile.

Sagona Island, 256 feet high, is 6 miles NNE. from Little
Cn,pe. On the west side is a small inlet, only suitable for fishing
V isels; and a sunken rock in the middle of the entrance makes
vhe passage difficult except in very fine weather. Numerous
banks, some of which break in bad weather, surround Sagona
Island.

Crew Point (formerly known as May Point), the south extreme
of Fortune Bay, may be recognized by Sugarloaf, a conspicuous
conical rock 26 feet high, and close southward of the point is a
cluster of houses and a flagstaff. A dangerous ledge of rocks
extend 1,200 yards westward from the point, and Crew Point
Shoal, with 6i fathoms water over it, lies li miles S. 57° W. (S.
84° W. mag.) from the point. Little Dantzic Cove lies If miles
north of Crew Point, and 2 miles beyond is situated Great Dantzic
Cove, the north point of which is Dantzic Point. The holding
ground in this cove is bad.

Fortune Head, 7i miles NE. of Dantzic Point, is formed of
steep cliffs, with rocks off -lying for 200 yards ; over the west ex-
treme of the head is a hillock.

Fortune, ^ mile SE. from Fortune Head, has anchorage off the
village in from 6 to 10 fathoms water, but the holding ground is
very bad, the bottom being of smooth rock. The best holding
ground is well over toward Fortune Head in 7 fathoms water, but
the anchorage should only be used in fine weather. At the west
end of the village is a shallow basin protected by two breakwaters,
into which fishing vessels can enter at quarter flood.

i ?ii

..«3AtSe!(!(

138

NEAVFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST.

Oommun' cation. — The Coasjtal Steamship Company's steamer
from St. Johns calls fortnightly during summer and autumn.

Ice. — Fortune Bay is stated to have been only once frozen over
during the last twenty-five years, and the harbor is always open.

Jerseyman Bank, the south extreme of which is G miles south-
westward of Dantzic Point, extends neai-ly 10 miles in a general
north and south direction, and has on it from 20 to 34 fathoms
water.

Grand Bank Head, 3i miles NE, by E. of Fortune Head, is
steep, and 187 feet high. Admiral Cove, immediately east of this
cape, affords anchorage in from 5 to 10 fathoms water, as con-
venient.

The village of Grand Bank, off which anchorage may be obtained
in 10 fathoms water, is on Bouilli Point, one mile SE. of the head.

Grand Bank Head appears from the northward and eastward as ,
a flat-topped conical-shaped hill, which in thick weather is a good
landmark.

Communication. — The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer
from St. Johns calls fortnightly during summer and autumn.

Light. — From a beacon, 23 feet in height, painted red and white
in horizontal bands, situated 100 yards S. 83° W. (N. 70° W. mag.)
from the extreme of the breakwater at Grand Bank, a fixed red
light is exhibited at an elevation of 28 feet, which should be visible
6 miles, between the bearings S. 63° E. (S. 36° E. mag.), through
south, to S. 61° W. (S. 88° W. mag.).

"Water. — Water can be obtained by sending a boat up Grand
Bank Brook at high water.

Ice. — Field ice appears at the end of February and leaves early
in April ; ves'-.els arrive during the first week in March and leave
toward the latter end of December ; this harbor has only been
frozen over twice (in 1875-76) in the last 30 years.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, ir Grand Bank at 8h.
48m. ; springs rise 6^ feet, neaps 5^ feet.

Coast. — Grand Beach Point, nearly 11 miles eastward of Grand
Bank Head, is a low projection covered with trees. Scott Rock,
with 4J fathoms water over it, lies 1,300 yards N. 51° W. (N. 24°
W. mag.) from the point.

Grand Beach is at the head of a cove, eastward of the point.
This place is much frequented by vessels of the herring fishery
during the spring season.

White Point, 3^ miles farther northeastward, is composed of
bare granite; the coast from this northeastward; for 5 miles, is
fronted by rocks, known as Garnish Rocks, extending nearly 2
miles offshore, and having no safe passage between-them and the
land.

^V'■;■?S■-«AS^SS'l'v?*Ka%^Ka*/4^^S4WS«i•w:

mpany's steamer
md autumn,

once frozen over
r is always open.

is G miles south-
liles in a general
20 to 34 fathoms

fortune Head, is
ately east of this
is water, as con-

I may be obtained
1 SE. of the head.
. and eastward as
weather is a good

mpany's steamer
and autumn,
ied red and white
(N. 70° W. mag.)
3ahk, a fixed red
should be visible
1. mag.), through

a, boat up Grand

and leaves early

March and leave

)r has only been

rand Bank at 8h.

istward of Grand
3es. Scott Rock,
r. 51° W. (N. 24°

ard of the point,
e herring fishery

I, is composed of
'd; for 5 miles, is
tending nearly 2
een-them and the

OAKNI8H LIGHT.

139

Caution. — The fishermen of this locality are not trustworthy
pilots except for the pass to Frenchman Cove.

Frenchman Cove, situated 3f miles northeastward of White
Point, affords fair anchorage, for small vessels, in 4 or 5 fathoms
water.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Frenchman Cove
at 8h. 47m. ; springs rise 7 feet, neaps oj feet.

Garnish, a small boat harbor, 1^ miles northeastward of French-
man Cove, has a considerable settlement and a church.

Light. — From a square tower, 33 feet in height, painted red and
white, at the entrance to Garnish, a fixed red light is exhibited, at
an elevation of 20 feet. This light is only intended for the fishing
craft of the locality, and is rarely seen beyond a distance of 3
miles.

Coast. — Rosde Point terminates in some remarkable conical hill-
ocks 9^ miles northward of Garnish ; some rocks lie off the inter-
veiling coast, the principal being Charley and Tilt Rocks, with
depths of 13, J*A less than d feet, over them, respectively; they are
more than | mile offshore, and Hay Shoals are nearly one mile off
Scott Point. The coast NE. of Ros^e Point consists of bold rocky
cliffs.

Grand Jervey Cove, 7^ miles NE. of Rosde Point, has exposed
anchorage in. 14 fathoms water.

Langue de Cerf Cove, 8 miles eastward of Grand Jervey, affords
anchorage in 16 fathoms water, with shelter from all winds except
those between WSW. and North.

Jack Fountain Cove, 2 miles NE. of Langue de Cerf Point, has
a small village surrounding it, and there is anchorage for small
vessels in 7 fathoms water, but Jack Fountain Rock lies in the
middle of the cove.

Bay I'Argent, and Bay I'Argent Back Cove, the former witli a
few houses round it, are situated respectively on the east and west
side of a peninsula just NE. of Jack Fountain Cove, and afford
no anchorage for ships, but small craft find shelter in them close
to the shore.

East Bay lies north of Bay I'Argent, and may be recognized by
Boat Rock, an is' ^ feet high, resembling a boat under sail, lying
in the entrance.

A mile inside of Boat Rock the bay divides into two arms, one
extending one mile east, and the other 2 miles NE. Little Harbor,
of small extent, is on the north side of the NE. arm | mile from
the head, and Lower Little Bay, encumbered with shoals, is at the
head of the eastern arm. Anchorage may be had at the head of
either arm of East Bay.

14910 10

NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST.

Mille Harbor is a small cove one mile north of East Bay en-
trance, affording good shelter for small vessels.

Gape MlUe is a high, red, barren, rocky point, 7 miles from the
head of Fortune Bay. The width of the bay at this cape is If miles,
but opens out to double that breadth immediately west of the cape.

The coast east of this on both sides is high, with steep cliffs, and
at the head of Fortune Bay the shore h steep-to and free from dan-
ger; there is a large settlement, off which anchorage may be ob-
tained in from 7 to 9 fathoms.

Grand le Pierre Harbor, on the north side of the bay, 2 miles
from the head, is a good harbor, with anchorage in 4 to 8 fathoms,
and no danger in the approach.

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Grand le Pierre
Harbor at 9h. 10m. ; springs rise 7 feet, neaps 5 feet.

English Harbor, with good anchorage in from 4 to 10 fathoms
water, and sheltered from all but southerly winds, is situated 4^
miles SW. of Grand le Pierre; rocks lie close off the entrance
points, otherwise the harbor is clear. There are two inner harbors,
which can be entered by small craft at high water, and a small vil-
lage is at the head.

Little Bay de I'Eau, about 1^ miles SW, of English Harbor,
has some islets and roclcs off it. The entrance is only 200 yards
wide, but the harbor expands near the head, and has anchorage in
21 fathoms water.

New Harbor, 2 miles SW. of Little Bay de I'Eau, affords shel-
tered anchorage to fishing craft in 12 feet water.

Femme Harbor, formerly known as Story or Le Conte Harbor,
is 3 miles westward of Little Bay de I'Eau.

At the entrance of the harbor are two large and several small
islets, the largest and southernmost named Petticoat Island, and
the other large one Smock Island.

Femme Shoal, on which the least water is 4i fathoms, extends i
mile WSW. from the SW. point of Petticoat Island.

Directions.— The best passage is west of Petticoat Island, and
between it and Smock Island. As soon as the harbor begins to
open, keep nearer Smock Island to avoid sunken rocks extending
from the NE. point of Petticoat Island and Drew Rock, which dries
3 feet, off the east side of the harbor. Wh«>n these dangers are
passed, keep mid-channel till near the narrows at the head, when a
buoy should be placed on the east side of Druid Rock, and the vessel
steered midway between the buoy and the east shore into a fine basin
with anchorage in from 6 to 16 fathoms water, over sand and mud.

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Femme Harbor at
8h. 35m.; springs rise 7 feet, neaps 6 feet; neaps range 4 feet
(approximate).

^■^^'WW

of East Bay ou-

' miles from the
cape is If miles,
irest of the cape,
steep cliffs, and
i free from dan-
age may be ob-

the bay, 2 miles
4 to 8 fathoms,

h"and le Pierre

)t.

4 to 10 fathoms

if is situated 4^

ff the entrance

3 inner harbors,

and a small vil-

nglish Harbor,
only 200 yards
18 anchorage in

ku, affords shel-

Conte Harbor,

several small
)at Island, and

Loms, extends ^
i.

5at Island, and
irbor begins to
ocks extending
ck, which dries
se dangers are
e head, when a
:, and the vessel
into a fine basin
sand and mud.
nme Harbor at
ts range 4 feet

LONG HABBOR.

141

Big Oonne, an exposed bay 2 miles west of Femme Harbor,
has anchorage in from 9 to 17 fathoms water at the head. Little
Conne is a cove on the west shore, suitable for fishing craft; there
are a few houses on its south shore.

Long Harbor, 4i miles west of Femme Harbor, may be recog-
nized by Gull Island at the entrance, and Black Rock, 6 feet high,
i mile south of the island. The harbor extends 14 miles NNE.,
with an average breadth of J mile, and has several anchorages.
Rocks which cover at high water lie in the passage east of Gull
Island, considerably more than 400 yards from shore, and greatly
contract that r'-'annel. If entering by the eastern passage, a vessel
should ' 3p '^ to Gull Island.

The \«torttern trance is safer, and , Keeping near the western
side the sunken danger in mid-channel will be avoided.

At 3 miles within the entrance are the narrows, in which is a
depth of Gi fathoms. The dangerous part of Long Harbor is just
above Indian Tea Island, where the channel is only 300 yards wide
"between two sunken rocks with 2 feet and 5 feet water over them,
respectively.

Telegraph. — There is a telegraph station at the head of the har-
bor, 2 miles southward of Otter Point ; also a river frequented by
salmon and sea trout.

Anchorages. — Captain R. W. Meade, U. S. N., found a number
of excellent anchorages in Long Harbor.

One good anchorage; much resorted to by the fishermen, is
Woody Island anchorage, near Tickle Point. This anchorage is
out of the strength of the tide, is 4^ miles from the entrance to
Long Harbor, and has a moderate depth of water and good hold-
ing ground.

Inside of Woody Island there is a fine basin for small vessels,
which can go up to the wharf constructed there.

Above Tickle Poin^t there is another good anchorage, also out of
the tide, with moderate depth of water and perfect shelter.

The local fishermen report that there are several other anchor-
ages in Witch Hazel Bay, near the head of the harbor.

The U. S. S. Vandalia anchored off Woody Island, near Tickle
Point, in 7 fathoms water, with Tickle Point bearing N. 28° E.
<N. 56° E. mag. ), and the center of Woody Island S. 53° E. (S. 26°
E. mag.).

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Long Harbor at
8h. 50m. ; springs rise 7 feet, neaps 5^ feet.

Tidal Streams. — The tidal stream runs past TickJ' Point with
considerable strength, probably at times attaining a velocity of 3
knots an hour.

![•

-^-^

142

NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST.

Off Woody Island the greatest velocity of the ebb stream was
ohserved to bo li knots an hour, and that of the Hood i knot.

At Schooner Cove it Avas observed to be high water, full and
change, at about 'Jh. ; the ebb stream ran with sufficient strength
to keep a vessel broadside on to a strong breeze.

Coast.— From Long Harbor Point the south point of Chapel
Island boars 8. 73° W. (N. 79° W. mag.), dintant 10 miles; between
those points is the entrance to Belle Bay, containing niimerous
islets and islands.

Hare Harbor lies NNW. of Long Harbor Point, east of some
islets, and its only suitable for fishing craft.

White Rock, with 3i fathoms water over it, lies 700 yards S. 62°
W, (West mag.) of the southern islet.

Mai Bay, 2 miles NNW. of Hare Harbor, extends in a NNE.
direction 5 miles, and has anchorage near the head, Avhere the bay
is narrow; caution must be observed when anchoring, for the Water
shoals suddenly from 23 to 5+ fathoms.

Rencontre Islands are NW. of Mai Bay; the largeso, 464 feet
high, is joined to the mainland at low water.

Southern Harbor stretches into the south part of this island, but
it is narrow and exposed to southerly winds.

Anchorage may be obtained east of the isthmus joining the large
island to the maiidand, off the village of Salmonier, sheltered by
the two smaller islands east of it, and should be entered by keep-
ing mid-channel between the islands and the mainland.

A rocky ledge, with a depth of 3 fathoms on it, extends some
distance off the settlement; and there is a small rock, with 4 feet
water over it, about 200 yards offshore.

Isle a Glu lies midway between Rencontre Islands and the en-
trance to Belle Harbor.

Belle Harbor, a narrow arm of the sea 3^ miles WN W. of Ren-
contre Islands, is entered west of Doctor Island, which shelters
Doctor Cove on the east shore, where small craft can anchor.
Anchorage can be obtained in Belle Harbor in from 8 to 17 fathoms
water, but the head of the harbor should be approached with cau-
tion, as the water shoals suddenly.

The north shore of the anchorage at the head of the harbor con-
sists of a peninsula, having two rises of land on it; the eastern of
these is a remarkable black cliff, and vessels should not proceed
eastward of it.

Lallyhead, 2^ miles from the entrance to Belle Harbor, is the
extremity of a long promontory that, with Lally Cove Island, form
Lally Cove and Lally Back Cove. Both these coves are only suit-
able for boats, but vessels may find temporary anchorage off the
latter in from 14 to 16 fathoms water.

_j<B.-..Ji!y£I^"

0l)b stream was
ood ^ knot,
water, full and
ficient strength

oint of Chapel
niilos; between
iiing niiiiieroias

it, east of some

700 yards S. 62"

ids in a NNE.
, Avhere the bay
g, for the Water

argesD, 464 feet

this island, but

fining the large
r, sheltered by
tered by keep-
find.

, extends some
ck, with 4 feet

ds and the en-

VNW. of Ren-
ivhich shelters
t can anchor.
B to 17 fathoms
shed with cau-

tie harbor con-
the eastern of
d not proceed

Harbor, is the

e Island, form

are only suit-

lorage off the

COUBIN BAY.

143

East Bay, wide and open, and entered Ik miles north of Lally
Back Cove, is soi)arated from North Bay, which forms the head
of Belle Bay, by East Bay Head. There is good ancliorage off the
mouths of the brooks emptying into both East and North Bays,
and at the head of the latter is a large river frequented by salmon ;
north of the river there is good ground for deer.

Cinq Isles Bay, south of North Bay, and so named from five
islands lying in it, is square in shajie, and divided near the center
by a line of small islands which extend U miles in a northeasterly
direction from the western shore ; on its north side is a small inlet,
named Simmons Brook, in which small vessels lAay anchor; there
is an island in the inlet, and at the head is Salmon River. Anchor-
age, with fair shelter, may be obtained for large vessels at the
west side of the bay, but care should be taken to avoid a shoal
lying i mile from the river mouth, at the SW. corner of the bay.

Coal.— A small supply of coal (about 20 tons) may be obtained

at Salmon River.

(B. A. Chart No. 687.)

Corbin Head, forming the south side of Cinq Isles Bay, and the
north of Corbin Bay, is steep and bold to the eastward ; between
this head and Lally Head, on the opposite side, Belle Bay is li
miles wide.

Corbin Bay, south of Corbin Head, is divided into two branches,
named Northwest and Southwest Arms, both affording anchorage
in 7 fathoms water; Bob Head is the east point of Corbin Bay.

White Rock, with 19 feet water over it, lies i mile north of Bob
Head.

Ducie B.ock, a dangerous reef awash at low water, lies 1,300
yards N. 73° E. (S. 79° E. mag.) from Bob Head; a shoal, with 2
fathoms water over it, lies about 100 yards northward, and a shoal
on which the depth is 2J fathoms, 200 yards westward of the rock.
These dangers lie on a- bank about i mile long, with depths of
from 4 to 9 fathoms on it.

Lord and Lady Island, 75 feet high, lies i mile eastward of
Bob Head, and Thrum Cap, a small steep island, 87 feet high, lies
off the east side of this island.

Dog and Belle Islands lie at equal distances between Lord
and Lady Island and the entrance to Belle Harbor; Dog Island is
202 and Belle Island 293 feet high. Dog Island Bank comprises
three dangerous rocks, the shoalest, -v/ith 9 feet water on it, lies S.
62° E. (S. 34° E. mag.), distant 1^ miles from the south extreme of
Dog Island.

Long Island, li miles long and 375 feet high, is separated from
Lord and Lady Island by a channel ^ mile wide. Tickle Island
lies on a bank extending from the NE. side of Long Island, and
Barrow Rock, 15 feet high, lies in the center of the channel.

144

NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST.

Ohapel Island, nearly I) miloH long and about \^ miles hiond,
is 843 font high; it is bold-to on all sides but the north, and is i
mile south of Long Island, the channel between being foul. Fann-
ers Cove, at the NE. extreme, affords anchorage for small craft in
6 fathoms water,

Belloram, or Bande de TArler Harbor, on the nuiinland west
of Chapel Island, may be recognized by Iron Head, a higii bluff,
rising almost perpendicularly from the sea, J mile NNE. of the
harbor. On the east side is a Homicircular beach that forms a snug
harbor for small vessels, with 5 fathoms water in it, and large ves-
sels nuiy find iheltor north of the entrance in from 14 to 18 fath-
oms; a large settlement surrounds the harbor.

Light. — On Beach Point a tower, 31 feet in height and painted
white, exhibits, at an elevation of 35 feet, a fixed white light,
which should be visible 7 miles.

Communication. — The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer
from St. Johns calls here fortnightly during summer and autumn.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Belloram Harbor
at'8h. 69m. ; springs rise 6 feet.

St. Jacques Island, 103 feet in height, consisting of two hum-
mocks joined by a low neck, is 3 miles south of Belloram, and may
bo approached within a short distance all round.

St. Jacques Harbor, entered ^ mile west of the island, is free
from danger, except a small shoal spit off the east point.

Anchorage. — Anchorage may be obtained, with good shelter,
in from 4 to 17 fathoms water, but vessels anchoring in the north
part of this harbor should not proceed within a depth of 9 fathoms,
as in shoaler water the bottom is rocky with kelp.

Commuuicatiou. — The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer
from St. Johns calls at St. Jacques fortnightly during summer and
autumn.

Water. — A settlement surrounds the harbor ; water and wood
can be obtained here, but no provisions.

Blue Pinion Harbor, IJ miles west of St. Jacques Harbor, is
one mile long and 700 yards broad ; off the west side, near the
head, a shoal stretches out 300 yards.

Anchorage may be obtained at the head, in from 5 to 15 fathoms
water, nearer the east shore to avoid this shoal, but the harbor is
exposed to southerly winds.

There was no settlement in this harbor in 1883.

English Harbor, one mile SW. of Blue Pinion Harbor, is sur-
rounded by a settlement having two churches, and is adapted to
small craft only.

Oreat Mon Jambe (Great Mose Ambrose), nearly one mile
west of English Harbor, is very confined, and affords anchorage

H miles bioad,

north, and is ^

ngfoiil, Ftirni-

>r siuiill craft in

) nuiinlaiul west
k1, a liigli bluff,
e NNE. of the
lat fftrins a snug
t, »in<l large vos-
in 14 to J 8 fath-

(ht and painted
ed white light,

pany's steamer
3r and autumn,
(lloram Harbor

ig of two hum-
or am, and may-
island, is free
aoint.

1 good shelter,
tig in the north
li of 9 fathoms,

pany's steamer
ig summer and

'^ater and wood

lues Harbor, is
b side, near the

5 to 15 fathoms
t the harbor is

Harbor, is sur-
is adapted to

aarly one mile
rds anchorage

IIOXKY IIAUH«»U.

for small craft in 6 fathoins water. Little Mon Jauibo, next west
of it, is exposed fn soiitlu'rly winds.

Boxey Harbor, ;rj uuIms WSW. of Blue Pinion Hurhor, is small
aiul barred l)y a shoal with '.i fathoms water over it, but when in-
side, anchorage may be obtained in 4^ fathoms water, over fine
sand. The best channel in will be found by k.-eping the mound
on Boxey Point in line witii Friars Head, beurinj,' ab.nii S. -i^' VV.
(S. 53" W. mug.). A few houses and a lobster factory stand on
the north shore.

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Boxey Harbor at
8h. I'Mw. ; springs rise lij feet.

Boxey Point, a promontory nearly A miles long, of moderate
height, can be recognized from a cousi(leral)le distance. Sunken
rocks lie off the extremes of the point, which should not be ap-
proached within I mile.

Boxey Rock, with 3 feet water over it, lies 735 yards S. 30° W.
(S. 58" W. mag.) from Boxey Point; the houses on the north side
of Boxey Harbor, seen open of Friars Head, bearing N. 1G° E.
(N. 44° E. mag.), lead east; and the SW. extreme of St. John
Island, open of Shepherd Rock, N. 77° W. (N. 40° W. mag.) leads
s(nith of the rock.

No vessels should pass between ihe rock and the mainland, as a
sunken danger, which breaks with a moderate sea, lies about 3U0
yards from the point NW. of the rock.

St. John Island, at the entrance to the bay of the same name,
is 380 feet in height and has a shoal with a depth of 2i fathoms
lying i mile south of it; and Kippins Shoal, on which the least
water is 6i fathoms, is situated nearly 800 yards SE. of the island.
St. John Head, high and cliflPy, and forming the east point of
Great Bay de I'Eau, is a promontory 3 miles NW. from the
extreme of Boxey Point Promontory. Between them is St. John
Bay, having moderate d^ths for anchoring with offshore winds,
the best anchorage being in the northern part, where the bay
narrows to a boat harbor. On the NW. side of St. John Head
are Gull and Shag Rocks, the latter 51 feet high and situated
f mile from the shore. West and south of these rocks are some
sunken dangers, and within the 100-fathora line, which runs
parallel to and about li miles to the westward of the promontory,
are several shoals, the positions of which will be best seen from

the chart.

Qreat Bay de I'Eau extends 10 miles northeastward from
St. John Head and terminates in Old Bay, having no good anchor-
age except near the head. Devils Island lies nearly 5 miles within
St, John Head, forming two channels, the western of which is
barred by a bank with 6 feet water over it; the east channel
is clear.

140

NKWKOHNDLAND SOI'TII Cf)A8T.

Anchorage nuiy ho ol)tivintMl north of Litth> DfvilH I.shiiul in
11 fiithoius, or fartlicr SW. in fl fiithoinH wiiter.

Little Bay, ;IA n»iU)s NNW. from Hi. .John Ht^ml, haH luwrhorago
on its west ai(h.» in from T to 10 fatlioniw watttr. A roi-li li»>H <A\ tho
wost point of tlio ontranco, and tho hoail hranchos in two arms.

Water.— Thero is a HotthMnont at Riverhoad, in tho NW. part
of tilt' hay, and water and wood may easily he ohtainod hero.

Harbor Breton, immediately west of Eastorn Head, extends in a
northerly direetion for !» miles, with two arms on opposite shores,
2 nuh'H within tho j>ntranco.

Northeast Arm is l)oi'derod by stoep cliflfs, and has no anchor-
ago, except fur small vessels, in H fathoms water, west of the
narrows.

Southwest Arm, or Harbor Broton proper, extends 1,300 yards
SW. to a bar of 12 feet water, then trends NE. in a shallow arm
named the Barasway, where small vessels lie in perfect safety.
Here is the largest settlement in Fortune Bay.

Light. — On R<jcky Point is a cylindrical iron tower, 39 foet in
lieight and painted rod and white in horizontal bands, from M'hich
is exhibited, at an elevation of 08 feet, a fixed white light,
which should be visible 1) miles. The light is obscured in the
direction oi Harbor Rock.

Communication. — The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer
from St. Johns calls here fortnightly during summer and autumn,
and there is a telegraph station at the settlement.

Harbor Rock, Avith 2 J fathoms water on it, lies 200 yards
N. 28" E. (N. 56° E. mag.) from Thompson Beach.

Buoy. — A warping buoy, painted red, is moored about 100 yards
northward of Harbor Rock.

Anchorage. — Small \ essels may anchor in any part of the arm
eastward of the bar, but large vessels must anchor in 17 fathoms
water NE. of Harbor Rock buoy, giving plenty of cable to secure
the vessel against dragging with the heavy squalls that sweep this
anchorage with strong breezes, oven in summer.

This harbor will not hold many large vessels, as the water is
deep immediately the mouth of Southwest Arm is passed to the
eastward.

Buoys. — Two mooring buoys, painted red, are laid down in
Harbor Broton at about 30 yards from the jjier heads of the wharf
on Thompson Beach. The eastern buoy is in 9 fathoms water, and
the western in 3 fathoms.

Directions. — A small vessel, when entering Harbor Breton,
should pass north of the red warping buoy moored northward of
Harbor Rock, and anchor in 10 fathoms water, over mud and
gravel, in the center of the harbor midway between the red buoys

>iSH«KiS*iK«»h'S*:it»s5»^J^ ,.^ii«««!leaERK^

K'vils Isliuul in

, has auoliorago
rock Hob oil" tho
In two arniM.
I tlio NW. part
lined horo.
(ad, oxtonds in a
Dppowito shores,

has no anchor-
ar, west of the

nds 1,300 yards
a shaHow arm
perfect safety.

ower, 30 feet in
ids, from M'hich
d white light,
)bsc\ired in the

I Jinny's steamer
er and autumn,

lies 200 yards

about 100 yards

part of the arm
r in 17 fathoms
cable to secure
that sweep this

as the water is
3 passed to the

3 laid down in
ds of the wharf
loms water, and

larbor Breton,

i northward of

over mud and

1 the red buoys

JEllfiETMAN TIARIIOR.

147

otf Thompson Ht^acli and the north shons with two storehoOSM on

the soiitliKru shore (Iouk, wooden, \vliitt)wuslif(i bnilditiKa, with
black roofs) end on, bearing about 8. '-iH K. (South nmg.).

Jerseyman Harbor, the eastern arm, may he cusily recognized
by Jeiscymaii Head, a renuirkablo red-cliffed promontory tliat
forms tlie north side of the harbor. Tiiis inlet liiis excellent an-
chorage for snuill vessels in a depth of T fathoms, Imt the (Uitranco
is barred by a shoal with ID fe(>t on it at low water.

The principal settlement is on the NW. shore, where there is a
wharf. It is shoal alongside tlie wharf, but at a few feet distant
there is a depth of 5 fathoms. A lol)ster factory is situated on the
oast si lore.

Ice. — Harbor Breton is closed at intervals by field ice, 'mt during
a jieriod of thirty years the harbor has only been uiiuvailable to
the fortnightly mail steamer on thrc • occasions. The field ice
appears toward the latter end of February and leaves about 25th
March, the first vessels arriving at the end of Ap>'il and tlie last
leaving about the middle of December, The niter an'*liora,i;3
freezes over about the Now Year, and harbor ice disappe; 'S about
the middle of April.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Harbor Breton at
8h. 52m. ; springs rise 7 feet, neaps 5i^ feet; nQi^» ange 4 feet.

(H. O. Chart No. 1103, and B. A. Chart IVo. 898.)

Ooast. — West of Harbor Breton the coast is foul and rocky,
forming a bay named Deadman Bight, from the shore of which a
bank stretches more than 2 miles, on portions of which the sea
breaks in gales.

Offer Rock, with 12 feet water on it, is the southernmost of a
group of rocks, and lies 1,700 yards S. 34° W. (S. 62° W. mag.)
from Gull Island.

Counaigre Head, cliffy and bold, and 310 feet high, is a long
promontory forming the east side of Connaigre Bay.

Oonnaigre Rock, with If fatboiu- water over it, lies 3 miles
S. 25° W. (8. 63° W. mag.) from i;'.,u SE. extreme of Connaigre
Head.

Connaigre Bay extends 14 miles in a northeasterly direction,
and contains several islets and inlets. In the middle of the mouth
of the bay are Shag Rcv.-ks, 24 feet high. The channel between
them and Connaigre Head is the safer, as a ledge of rocks extends
one mile from the north shore. Black Rock, one foot above high
water, lies ^ mile south westward of Shag Rocks.

Qreat Harbor, 5 miles NE. of Connaigre Head, and on the east
side of the bay, is partly formed by Will Island, 310 feet high,
which lies near the north side, with no passage between it and the

148

NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST.

mainland. To enter, pass SE. of this island, and keep near the
eastern shore of the harbor.

Great and Little Islands, 483 and 270 feet high, respectively, are
NW. of the harbor in the middle of the bay, and some rocks lie
south of these islands.

Great Harbor Bight is free from dangers ; there is anchorage, in
10 fathoms water, at 400 yards from the head, bnt it is entirely
exposed to westerly winds.

Small vessels may anchor, in from 4 to 14 fathoms water, in
Salmonier, at the head of the bay, but eastward of Great Island
there is no other anchorage except for boats.

Dawson Cove, about 5 miles north of Connaigre Head, is on
the west side of the bay, and anchorage may be obtained in 6
fathoms water, but quite exposed to southerly winds.

Dog Cove Head marks the southern approach to this cove, and
the shore west of the head is bordered by bowlders. Rocks and
shoal water extend 1,700 yards southward from the Bight, an
exposed bay 3^ miles Avestward of the head.

Basse-terre Point, the western point of Connaigre Bay, lying
8 miles W. by N. from Connaigre Head, is bare, and the coast
westward to Beck Bay is foul ; a confused sea is raised by South
Red Head Shoal, extending f mile from Red Point, 1^ miles to the
northwestward of Basse-terre Point.

Pass Island, the dividing point of Fortune and Hermitage
Bays, is about one mile long, and separated from the mainland by
Pass Island Tickle, 205 yards wide, with 4 fathoms water. Off
the west side of Pass Island a group of islets and shoals extend
one mile, and Tom Cod Rock, that breaks, lies about i mile north
of it.

Lights.— On the summit of Pass Island, near its SW. extreme,
a fixed white light is exhibited from a lantern on the flat roof of a
wooden dwelling, 33 feet in height and painted white ; the light is
elevated 281 feet, and should be visible 19 miles.

A fixed red light is shown from the corner of a dwelling, at an
elevation of 267 feet above high water, visible between the bear-
ings N". 76° E. (S. 76° E. mag.) and N. 60° W. (N. 32° W. mag.),
over an arc of 136°, coverin;^' the area included between the shoal
ground off Wolf Rocks and Basse-terre Point; the two lights
appear as one at the distance of 4^ miles.

Anchorage. — There is a fairly large settlement on Pass Island,
and anchorage for small vessels may be obtained in 6^ fathoms
water, over sand, in Pass Island Tickle, off the houses in the
middle of the island, but there is no shelter from southerly winds.

Hermitage Bay extends in an easterly dii'ection nearly 25
miles, and contains several anchorages. Grole Western Cove,

llg^lgjj

d keep near the

respectively, ai*e
d some rocks lie

; is anchorage, in
3nt it is entirely

ithoiiis water, in
of Great Island

igre Head, is on

3e obtained in 6

ids.

to this cove, and

ers. Rocks and

n the Bight, an

aigre Bay, lying
e, and the coast
raised by South
t, 1^ miles to the

and Hermitage
the mainland by
oms water. Off
d shoals extend
out i mile north

ts SW. extreme,
the flat roof of a
lite ; the light is

I dwelling, at an
stween the bear-
\. 33° W. mag.),
tween the shoal
the two lights

on Pass Island,
[ in 6^ fathoms
B houses in the
outherly winds,
ction nearly 25
Western Cove,

IIEKMITAGE COVE.

149

about 3 miles east of Pass Island, is the westernmost of these, and
affords anchorage in 9 fathoms water. Grole Cove is suitable for
boats only, and may be recognized by the settlement around it.

Fox Islands consist of Fox Island, 310 feet high, and Little
Fox Island, 89 feef high, with Fox Island Rock, 36 feet high,
between them, and are situated f mile from the south shore, 10
miles ENE. of Pass Island. Several rocks lie off the north side of
the western and larger island, and Virgin Rock is situated off the
south side. A reef extends 250 yards westward from Little Fox
Island. Beyond these islands Hermitage Bay narrows to one mile
in width.

Hermitage Cove, SE. of Fox Islands, is f mile deep, nearly 800
yards broad, and affords good anchorage in 8 fathoms water, at
80C yards from the head. A settlement, having a stone churcli,
surrounds the cove. The squalls are heavy here, and great care
is necessary in boat-sailing.

Anchorage. — Northeastward of Hermitage Cove there are many
anchorages available for small craft, among which may be men-

+-;r,riorl TPn t>T)'"' niiTT-o TTnv/1ir Snimonior n.nrl North WRit Cnvps.

Large vessels will find good anchorage at the head of Hermitage
Bay in 22 fathoms, and less water as convenient.

Ice. — The head of Hermitage Bay is generally frozen for from
5 to 8 miles, between the first week in January and the first week
in April.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Hermitage Cove at
8h. 45m. ; springs rise 7 feet, neaps 4f feet.

Little Passage separates Long Island from the mainland.
L'Anse k Flam me, branching into several small coves, is situated
on the west side, ^ mile from Margery Head, the SW. entrance
point, and affords anchorage for small vessels, near the head, in
13 fathoms water. Little Passage, though narrow, is deep, and
may be navigated in mid-channel, passing west of the two islands
off L'Anse k Flamme.

At 3 miles from the south entrance is a small islet about 30 feet
high, V ith a clear passage on either side of it. Half a mile further
noi'th is another islet, 20 feet high, separated from the east shore
by a narrow shallow channel. The channel, which is here only
150 yards wide, must be taken by keeping the shore of Long Island
aboard.

Maria Cove contains sunken rocks. Day Point must be kept
shut in with the eastern shore, bearing N. 21° E. (N. 49° E. mag.),
to avoid a rock off the point south of Cold Harbor, until the water-
fall in Deer Cove bears S. 84° E. (S. 56° E. mag.), when a mid-
. channel course will lead to Despair Bay.

Ill

-JBWJll ' I -nmrn

150

NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST.

'i:-' I

i '
^

*ii

Long Island, separating Hermitage Bay from Despair Bay, is
819 feet high, barren and rugged, with many valleys; the shores
are much indented, and contain several harbors available for small
vessels.

Long Island Rock, 10 feet above water and bold-to, lies ^ mile
SW. from Western Head, the SW. point of Long Island.

Gaultois, the eastern harbor on the south side, is small, and has
some islands in the middle of the entrance. Whale or Lamy Island,
on which is a boilirg-house for whale oil, is the northernmost of
these islands, and should be kept open east of West Head, bearing
N. 12° E. (N. 40° E. mag.) when entering, to avoid a rock with 3
feet water over it, lying 60 yards south of the Jiead, after passing
which keep West Head aboard.

Light. — A fixed white light, elevated 14 feet, is exhibited from
an iron column, painted red, placed on a rock (awash at high
water) off West Head.

A tramway, on which the light is run out, extends from a small
store on West Head to the column. The light, kept on a N. 6° E.
(N. 34° E. mag.) bearing, leads eastward of the sunken rock above
mentioned, which lies about 100 yards 8. 28° W. (S. 56° W. mag.)
from the lighthouse.

Buoy. — There is a mooring buoy about 200 yards westward of
Whale Island.

Anchorage. — Vessels may anchor in 24 fathoms water, taking
care to avoid the heavy moorings laid from Whale Island to the
opposite shore ; or they may make fast to the buoy.

Ice. — Field ice arrives about the middle of February and leaves
toward the end of March ; Gaultois Harbor seldom freezes except
during severe winters with calm weather, and the ice generally
breaks up in a few days.

Tides. — It is high water (approximately), full and change, in
Gaultois Harbor at 8h. 45m. ; springs rise 7 feet, neaps 4f feet.

Picarre, l^ miles west of Gaultois, is 400 yards wide; on the
eastern side of the entrance are Mad Moll, drying 2 feet ; Crazy
Betty, drying 1^ feet; and a shoal, with 16 feet water over it, lying
300 yards west from Crow Nest, the east point of the entrance.

When entering, the western side must be kept aboard to avoid
these si ' ' )als ; the Narrows, at the head of the harbor, shut in with
Buffet l^oint, ^ mile inside the entrance on the west side, bearing
N. 11° E. (N. 39° E. mag.), clears them, and anchorage may be
obtained immediately within the entrance in from 11 to 13 fathoms
water, or by small vessels, as convenient, as far as the Narrows.

Round Harbor, 2f miles westward of Picarre, has an entrance
channel only 65 yards wide, and is only suitable for small vessels.

Little Bay and Sam Hitches Harbor, 2 miles west of Round
Harbor, affords anchorage to small craft only.

Despair Bay, is
lleys; the shores
mailable for small

3ld-to, lies i mile
: Island.

is small, and has
5 or Lamy Island,
northernmost of
)st Head, bearing
id a rock with 3
id, after passing

i exhibited from
(awash at high

nds from a small
jpt on a N. 6° E.
nken rock above
;S. 56° W. mag.)

rds westward of

Qs water, taking

le Island to the

•nary and leaves

n freezes except

he ice generally

and change, in
9aps 4| feet,
ds wide; on the
g 2 feet ; Crazy
terover it, lying
the entrance.
aboa,rd to avoid
)or, shut in with
>st side, bearing
chorage may be
11 to 13 fathoms

the Narrows,
has an entrance
5r small vessels.
\ west of Round

PATRICK HARBOR.

151

Despair Bay, entered between Western and Great Jervis Heads,
both prominent bluffs, easily recognized from seaward, is divided
into two arms, the eastern extending 22 miles and the northern 13
miles. Off the west point of the entrance are several islands and
shoals, and the land in this neighborhood is hilly and barren, but
at the head of the bay it becomes flat, and has abundance ot wood.

Ice. — The head of Despair Bay generally freezes about the end
of December, and clears about 20th April.

Big Shoal, with 16 feet water on it, lies about one mile east
from the NW. extreme of Long Island, and 735 yards from the
nearest shore. Saddle Island open west of Long Island, bearing
S. 48° W. (S. 76° W. mag.), leads NW., and Harbor le Gallais
Hill open north of Grip Island, bearing N. 85° E. (S. 67° E. mag.),
leads north of this danger.

Grip Island, small, and 65 feet high, is connected with Long
Island by a reef.

Patrick Harbor offers convenient anchorage for small vessels
in 6 fathoms water. Over the west entrance point is a wooded
coiie, about 200 feel high, and ciose off it xIQB a suniion roCii. axxG
east entrance point is a small promontory 10 feet high, close off
which are a rock that covers at high water and a sunken rock ;
there are uo dangers in the harbor.

Patrick Harbor Rock uncovers 2 feet at low water, and lies i
mile N. 45° E. (N. 73° E. mag.) from the east entranoo point of
the harbor. Two sunken rocks lie westward of it, the western
being distant 350 yards.

The summit of Great Jervis Island open west of Long Island,
bearing S. 69° W. (N. 83° W. mag.), leads north of these dangers.

Harbor le Gallais is eastward of Harbor le Gallais Hill, a
wooded cone 280 feet high, immediately eastward of Patrick
Harbor. It is only suitable fov small vessels, being 150 yards
wide, but has depths of from 4 to 6 fathoms.

A rock that covers lies close to, and sunken rocks are situated
265 yards respectively from the north entrance point.

Sloop Rock, a small bare islet 15 feet high, lies 1,200 yards
northeastward of Harbor le Gallais, and Gull Rock, which un-
covers 5 feet at low water, is situated i mile southwestward of
Sloop Rock. There are two shoals between these rocks.

Raymond Point, the NE. extreme - J Long Island, terminates
in a small cliff close eastward of a w.\.ded hillock 99 feet high; a
few houses stand between the several mounds that form the point.

Day Cove, one mile southward of Raymond Point, affords
anchorage to small vessels off the entrance, in 10 fathoms water,
but exposed to easterly winds.

»i i i ' I L»HH Ill —

f j

152

^iB^aiHtM^aBiaga*^(»>iiiia»ate»«t^ia^

NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST.

Fox Island, northwestward of Raymond Point, is 370 feet high ;
a small islet, 6 feet high, lies close to the west extreme, and small
rocks lie close to the shore in several places.

Dollond Bight, an exjDosed cove, 3 miles northeastward of Biim-
ball Head, affords anchorage in from 13 to 20 fathoms water.

Taylor Island Rocks extend 100 yards from a small islet at
the north point of Dollond Bight, but there are no other dangers.

Simmonds Barasway is immediately north of Dollond Bight,
and shoals gradually from the depth of 15 fathoms in the entrance
to the narrows at the head, where it dries at low water.

Anchorage may be obtained in 10 fathoms water, just inside
the entrance, or for small vessels in less depths, as convenient.

Cape Mark is the extreme of a narrow wooded promontory, 157
to 197 feet in height.

Gull Cove, a small indentation at the NE. extreme of the prom-
ontory, affords anchorage for small craft in 7 fathoms water.

Barasway de Cerf lies eastward of Gull Cove, and is suit-
able for boats only. Sunken dangers extend ^ mile north of the
entrance Lu Barasway de Cei'f.

Little River, a narrow arm of the sea expanding into a large
basin at the head, and again contracting to an arm, that extends
in a northeasterly direction, is suitable for small vessels only, as no
greater depth than 13 feet can be carried in, and the tidal streams
attain a velocity of 3 knots an hour.

The entrance is divided into two channels by a wooded islet 38
feet high, from which a reef extends eastward to about 50 yards
from the south shore. The northern entrance is shallow, and has
a rock that covers in the middle. The southern channel is practi-
cable by keei)ing close to the shore till the reef is passed, when a
mid-channel course will lead to the basin at the head.

Riches Island, 443 feet high, situated westward of the entrance
to Little River, is nearly connected to the mainland, east of it, by
islets and reefs.

Sunken rocks lie 250 yards off the SE. extreme, and Seal Rocks,
that are awash at high water, lie 150 yards from the south shore.

Anchorage may be obtained off the entrance to Little River, in
14 fathoms, or, eastward of Riches Island, in 7 fathoms water, over
mud, with good holding ground.

Dawson Passage is between Riches and Bois Islands. A shoal
extends from the latter into the channel, at the east extreme of
which is a rock with 3^ fathoms water over it, at 250 yards from
Riches Island. Vessels should therefore be kept close to Riches
Island in passing through the channel.

Arran Cove, northeastward of Dawson Passage, is 1^ miles deep.
The south shore is foul for a short distance, but the north shore is

■ svS^'«S^siaia3gffiSJ44fc.:*4Sgj®®Sm5:}«,i«^^

ANCHORAGE.

158

, is 370 feet high ;
reme, and small

istward of Biim-

oms water.

I a small islet at

other dangers.
f Dollond Bight,
3 in the entrance
^ater.

ater, just inside
s convenient,
promontory, 157

3me of the prom-
loms water,
ve, and is suit-
aile north of the

ling into a large
•m, that extends
3ssels only, as no
;he tidal streams

1 wooded islet 38
about 50 yards

shallow, and has

hannel is practi-

3 passed, when a

3ad.

i of the entrance

id, east of it, by

and Seal Rocks,
;he south shore.
» Little River, in
loms water, over

islands. A shoal
east extreme of
250 yards from

t close to Riches

, is 1^ miles deep,
le north shore is

bold, with the exception of a rock quite close to the shore, in the
first small bight from the entrance.

Crow Head, a conspicuous cliff 718 feet high, forms the north
entrance point of Arrau Cove.

Anchorage. — Anchorage may be obtained in 12 fathoms
water, about midway up the cove, or in less depths as the head is
approached.

Water. — Water may be procured from a stream falling into tliis
bight.

Conne River, entered on the east side of the bay, at 4 juiles from
Crow Head, flows into a small bay through a channel only 200
yards wide. Eastward of these narrows the water is shallow and
suitable only for vessels drawing less than 12 feet water, which
can anchor immediately inside, as the greater portion of the arm
to the eastward dries at low water.

A small settlement of Indians is situated immediately eastward
6f the narrows, and a church stands on the mound south of the
narrows, but is hidden from the westward by trees.

AnciicragG, with good holding ground, may be obiHlned lu 6
fathoms or less water, as convenient, outside the river, but vessels
should proceed slowly, and soundings should be carefully watched,
when taking up their berths.

Ship Cove, on the west side of Despair Bay, is immediately oppo-
site to Conne River.

Birchy Point is the east extreme of a small projection, sur-
mounted by a mound 55 feet high, on the west side of which is a
small settlement and a church. The cove is dry, at low water,
northward of Birchy Point.

Anchorage. — Anchorage may be obtained in the middle of Ship
Cove, in 7 fathoms water.

Water. — Water can always^ be procured from Big Rattling
Brook, a large stream ^ mile southward of Frenchman Head, and
a small supply of beef may generally be obtained, and vegetables
in summer.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Ship Cove a^t 8h.
36m. ; springs rise 7^, neaps rise 5^ feet; neaps range 3i feet.

A slight stream runs through the narrows of Despair Bay and
Conne River, but rarely attains the velocity of one knot an hour.

Head of Despair Bay. — Northward of Ship Cove, Despair Bay
narrows to the breadth of J mile, and is free from danger, except
off Clark Cove, the first bight eastward of the narrows, where a
bank, with less than 3 fathoms water over it, extends to the line of
the points.

A rock that uncovers at low water also lies close to the east shore,
i mile NE. of the narrows.

154

NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST.

Swagger Cove, on the west shore, is immediately NW. of the
narrows, and dries to the mouth at low water.

Anchorage.-— Anchorage, in 5 fathoms water, may be obtained
on a bank extending eastward from the cove.

Weasel Island consists of two rocks, the higher 5 feet above
higli water, joined togetlier and to the east shore of the bay, from
which they are 100 yards distant at low water.

Several conspicuous houses, painted white, stand on a spit imme-
diately west of this islet, from which shoal water extends 200 yards,
to the depth of 3 fathoms. North of Weasel Island there is a
good salmon and sea trout river, and deer may be obtained in the
vicinity.

Telegraph Station. — In connection with the Anglo-American
Company, there is a telegraph station situated IJ miles eastward
from Weasel Island.

Landing. — Deepwater Point, northward of the station, and just
south of the southernmost garden visible, is the only landing place
at low water for the station, as the bay dries ^ mile from the mouth
of Southeast Brook, a considerable stream, that discharges its
waters close south of the station.

Anchorage. — The western limit of the anchorage at the head of
Despair Bay is with the east entrance point of Cock and Hen Cove
bearing N. 28° W. (North mag.), in 5i fathoms water, with 20
fathoms close to westward. From this the depths decrease grad-
ually, the deepest water being found nearer the west shore.

Bois Island, dividing the eastern arm of Despair Bay into two
channels, is 8 miles long, and 2 miles wide at its broadest part, and
surmounted by a barren hill, 664 feet high, over the middle of the
north shore.

Flobber Cove Island, 15 feet above high water, lies close off the
middle of the east shore, and two rocks, that cover at high water,
lie eastward of that islet, the eastern being 100 yards distant.

May Cove, north of May Head, the east point of Bois Island,
affords anchorage in 7^ fathoms water, and is free from danger,
except at the head, which dries at low water.

A shoal, with 3i fathoms water on it, lies 300 yards N. 85° E.
(S. 67° E. mag.) from May Head.

Snooks Harbor, in the middle of the south shore, is encumbered
with rocks, and suitable for boats only.

Big Copper Head, the SW. extreme of Bois Island, is formed
of a reddish yellow cliff, 340 feet high. Close westward of it is a
cove with a shingle beach, and off the cove is a rock, that covers
at high water, nearly 200 yards distant from the shore.

Roti Bay, entered NW. of Riches Island, extends in a north-
westerly direction 1^ miles, and is thence continued westward in an
arm ^ mile in length.

KSsa^-^

II.^MdUUfl^'u

lely NW. of tlie

may be obtained

her 5 feet above
of the bay, from

1 on a spit imme-

:ton(is 200 yards,

island there is a

obtained in the

A.nglo- American
[ miles eastward

station, and just
ily landing place
) from the mouth
it discharges its

je at the head of
ik and Hen Cove
water, with 20
8 decrease grad-
est shore,
air Bay into two
•oadest part, and
he middle of the

lies close off the
sr at high water,
irds distant,
of Bois Island,
ree from danger,

yards N. 85° E.

e, is encumbered

sland, is formed

stward of it is a

ock, that covers

shore.

inds in a north-

l westward in an

LAMPID0E8 PA88AOE,

IT)."

A rock, that uncovers 2 feet at low water, lies nearly in mid-
channel, f mile NNW. from the entrance, and is joined by a bar,
with G fathoms water over it, to the eastern shore.

There is no convenient passage westward, but Riches Island com-
pletely open east of the west entrance point, bearing S. 36° E. (S.
8° E. mag.), will lead east of the rock.

Shoal water extends 150 yards from the south point of the arm
at the head, and also a short distance from the east shore, leaving
a passage only 150 yards wide, with a depth of 4 fathoms, to that
arm.

Anchorage.— Anchorage may be obtained in from 14 to 17
fathoms water, at i mile within the entrance, or north of the rock,
in the same depths.

Water. -Water may be procured from the streams in the west-
ern arm or from Sticklaud Cove, the bight westward of the rock
in the bay.

. Lampidoes Passage, the channel north of Bois Island, has
deep water throughout. The north shore falls precipitously in high
>^iiiX..-., ciiici io lUUcijiLDu uy ulic xai'gu timi severai miiuxi uuves.

During NW. and SE. winds terrific squalls sweep through this
passage, and vessels should then avoid it.

A rock, with 5 feet water on it, lies 100 yards from the shore,
immediately within the SW. point of entrance to Lampidoes Pas-
sage, and is the only danger on that shore.

Margery Cove lies eastward of Margery Head, a steep cliff 600
feet high, and is formed by a small projection 38 feet high.

Northwest Cove, on the north shore near the middle of the
passage, extends northeastward f mile.

Anchorage.— Anchorage for small vessels may be obtained at
the head in 7 fathoms water, over mud.

Pomley Cove, 2 miles SW. of Northwest Cove, has anchorage
for small vessels only, in 6^ fathoms water, at 150 yards from the
shore. The head of the cove dries at low water.

Goblin Head, probably so named from the profile of a face seen
on certain bearings, is a steep bluff" surmounted by a round hill 648
feet high. It forms the south entrance point to Goblin Bay, an
indentation nearly 2 miles in length, that contains deep water
throughout, and no anchorage. Two small islets, 10 feet high, with
rocks between, lie close to the south shore of the bay, near the head.
Middle Goblin Bay is separated from Goblin Bay by a round
hill 520 feet high. A round rock and a square islet, both 11 feet
above high water, lie southward of the entrance, and a rock, that
covers at high water, lies 50 yards southeastward of the round rock.
This bay is useless for large vessels, as a rock, with feet water
on it, lies in the middle of the nan-ows, but small craft can pass on

14010 11

156

NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST.

either side of the rock in 3 fathoms water, and anchor at the head
in 10 fathoms, or less, as convenient.

Little Qoblin Bay, northwestward of Michlle Goblin Bay, being
encumbered with rocks, is suitable for boats only.

Raymond Island, 265 feet high, is separated from the mainland
by Raymond Passage, a channel 100 yards wide.

East Bay, a little more than miles in length, contains deep
water till the bay branches into two arms. A small islet, 15 feet
high, is joined at low water to the south shore of the eastern arm,
and a few rocks lie close west of that islet.

Anchorage. — Ancliorage may be obtained in 7^ fathoms water,
north of the islet, or in less depths for small vessels as convenient,
the water shoaling gradually to the head.

Northwest Oove, the northern arm, contains deep water, and is
unfit for anchorage except in small vessels, which will find 7 fath-
oms water at 5J00 yards from the head.

Stone Point divides East Bay from North Bay, and is the termi-
nation of a small conical hill, 103 feet high, under other round hills
west of it.

North Bay extends inland 7^ miles, and is entirely free from
danger till near the head. The sides are bold, in many places
precipitous, and the water is deep. Anchorage can be obtained
only in the localities designated.

Anchorage. — First Brook, a small indentation on the east shore,
l^ miles from the entrance, affords anchorage, for small vessels
only, in from 7 to 11 fathoms water.

Second Brook Oove, one mile further east, has no anchorage.

Telegraph Station. — Near the head of the bay a telegraph sta-
tion, in connection with the Anglo-American Company, stands on
a low point, at a little more than | mile from Indian Point.

Anchorage may be obtained in 6+ fathoms water, from i mile
southward of Indian Point, in mid-channel, to abreast that jjoint,
in 4^ fathoms water. . The bank falls rapidly southward from a
depth of 6^ to 41 fathoms.

Small vessels can proceed as far as Dogberry Rock, a small islet
4 feet high, joined to the east shore ; there is a good salmon and
sea trout river at the head of the bay, and deer may be obtained
in the vicinity.

Water. — Water may be obtained from several brooks flowing
into the bay on each side, near the head. A large stream flows into
the head, west of the telegraph station, but it is completely ob-
structed by bowlders at low water.

North Bay Head, the west entrance point, falls in cliffs from
an elevation of 600 feet, the termination of a hill 1,040 feet high,
close west of it. There is a conspicuous white mark on the west
side of this head.

!hor at the head

jblin Bay, being

>m tlie luaiiihind

h, ccnitnins deep
all islet, 15 feet
;he eastern arm,

fathoms water,
s as convenient,

(ep water, and is
will find 7 fath-

md is the termi-
>ther round hills

itirely free from
in many places
?an be obtained

n the east shore,
3r small vessels

s no anchorage,
a telegraph sta-
pany, stands on
an Point,
ter, from i mile
reast that point,
ithward from a

ick, a small islet
food salmon and
nay be obtained

brooks flowing
troam flows into
I completely ob-
is in cliffs from

1,040 feet high,
lark on the west

OREAT CUILLEB BAY.

157

Oul-de-sao lies close south of North Bay Head, and is a small
basin, containing ancliorage for small vessels, in from 4 to 6 fathoms
water, but the entrance is only 80 yards wide, and has a depth of
3 fathoms in it.

Sugarloaf Island, surmounted by a conical hill 204 feet high,
is situated close southward of Cul-de-sac.

There is a passage, for boats only, between it and the mainland
north. A rock, with 6 feet water on it, lies close to the i W.
extreme.

Great Ouiller Bay, entered south of Sugarloaf Island, ext Aa
li miles inland, narrowing gradually to the head.

A rock, awash at high water, lies in Great Cuiller Bay at 1,150
yards westward of Sugarloaf Island, and a sunken rock lies 100
yards eastward of it. The passages, both north and south of these
rocks, are clear ; that to the southward is, however, less than 100
yards wide, while the northern is 250 yards broad. Stone Point
k6pt in line with the passage north of Sugarloaf Island, bearing
N. 65° E. (S. 87° E. mag.), leads north of these rocks.

Anchorage.— Anchorage, in depths of from 7 to 10 fathoms, may
be obtained westward of the rocks, with good holding ground, but
the watei is deep east of them.

Great Cuiller Point lies south of the ertrance. A remarkable
white patch, that from a distance resembles a church with a spire,
is situated 300 yards southward of the extreme.

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Great Cuiller Bay
at 8h. 55m.; springs rise 6^ feet, neaps rise 5 feet; neaps range 3
feet.

LitUe Ouiller Bay, south of Great Cuiller Bay, is free from
danger, except at the head, which dries to the narrows.

Anchorage.— Anchorage for small vessels may be obtained in
from Si to 10 fathoms water, but^xposed to easterly winds.

Birchy Cove lies south of Little Cuiller Bay. The shores are
foul for a short distance, and shoal water extends 200 yards from
the south entrance point.

Stone Island, about 20 feet high, lies in-the mouth of this cove.

Anchorage.— Anchorage may be obtained in from 11 to 14
fathoms water, at 400 yards from a small projection at the middle
of the head of the cove.

Stanley Cove, f mile south of Birchy Cove, is a small bight,
with several houses on the shingle beach that forms the head. It
affords shelter for boats, or small craft only, in 9 fathoms, or less
water as convenient.

Old Harry, a high pinnacle rock, is the southernmost of three
similar pillars that stand close to the headland south of Stanley
Cove.

158

NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH n)AST.

Manuel Arm, a Iuvko open buy, i« entorod south of Old Hm-ry,
but contains no anchorage, except for boats or tiwhing veHHt'ls, ijuite
cloHo to tlio shore.

Great Jervis Harbor is on tlio wost side of tlio entrance to
Deopair Bay, The north entrance point is h»w, and fringed by rocks
tliat extend off 70 yards. The north shore of the harbor is cut up
into several small coves.

Man-of-war Cuve, the easternmost, has anchorage for small ves-
sels as far as the wharf on the oast shore.

Man-of-war Rocks, on the west side of the entrance to Man-of-
war Cove, consist of two pinnacles, 4 feet high, joined at low water.
A rock, that uncovers at low water, lies 40 yards south of those
rocks.

Push Through is a passage for boats at high water between
the promontory and the island forming the south shore of the har-
bor, under a bridge Avhich connects them. A considerable settle-
ment is situated in this locality, with a schoolhouse and a church.
A flagstaff surmounts the island at an elevation of 102 feet.

Great Jervis Island divides tiie entrance to tiie iuirbor. The
summit, 4-12 feet high, is a sharp peak near the SE. extreme, which
falls in cliff 365 feet, and is bold -to. Shoal water extends 50 yards
from the north extreme.

The Brothers uncover 3 feet at low water, and extend 150 yards
from the NW. extreme of Great Jervis Island; shoal water extends
about 75 yards northward from the Brothers.

Dory Rock, that just uncovers at low water, lies close to the
west extreme of Great Jervis Island,

The Barasway is situated about i mile southwestward of Great
Jervis Island ; a small rock lies close southward of the northern
entrance point, and u rock, on which the least water is 7 feet, lies
150 yards from the south shore and i mile west from Push Through,

Anchorages.— Anchorage may be obtained, in 1 4 fathoms water,
off the entrance to the Barasway; in from 9 to 16 fathoms, south
and west of Pearl Island ; or in 8 fathoms, between Great Jervis
Island and Man-of-war Cove.

Directions. — The best passage to the harbor is south of Great
Jervis Island, but if proceeding to the anchorage off the Barasway,
care should be taken to avoid the rock, with 7 feet water on it, off
the south shore.

Small vessels may proceed, from the northern anchonii^e to the
western, by keeping the north entrance point of the harbor just
op«^n south of Man-of-war Rocks, bearing N. 79° E. (S. 73° E. mag.),
which will lead between the Brothers and the rocks west of Shallop
Cove; and the high house of Western Harbor open west of
Great Jervis Island, bearing S. 13° E. (S. 15° W. mag.), clears the
Brothers passing to the westward.

mmmlm^ idi

th of Old Hurry,
iig vosHt'ls, (juite

tlio ontranco to
fringed by roclcH
harbor is cut up

i?e for small ves-

rance to Mau-of-
10(1 at low water,
s south of these

li water between
jhore of the har-
isiderable settle-
■<e and a church.
' 102 feet,
he harbor. The
extreme, wliich
}x tends 50 yards

ixtond 150 yards
al water extends

ies close to the

•stward of Great
of the northern
ter is 7 feet, lies
L Push Through,
t fathoms water,
fathoms, south
3n Great Jervis

I south of Great
i the Barasway,
i water on it, off

.nchor;ia:e to the
the harbor just
(S.73°E.raag.),
west of Shallop
* open west of
lag.), clears the

fHLANDS.

159

,, J»H B OT.-

Tidea.— It i.s high \'. .ifr, full and changi', in Great .IoivIh Har-
bor at 8h. 5.'ira.; springs rise (5^ feet, imaps rise 5 feet; nt-aps
range 3 feet. The tidal streams are scarcely perceptible in this
neighl)()rh()(»d, and are principally dependent on prevailing winds.
Pigeon Island, lit feet high, lies south of Western Harb<ir, a
small cove on the south nide of the promontory south of Great
Jervis Harbor. Crib Nose Shoal, with 11 feet water on it, lies 160
yards south of Pigeon Island.

Pigeon 1 ihunl Shoal, with 13 feet water over it, lies 000 yards
SE. from Pigeon Island.

Saddle Island, nearly one mile >uthward of Dawson Point, is
surmounted by two conspicuous lulls, the southwestern conical
and 243 feet high. The east shore of the island is encumbered with
rocks as far as White Rock, an islet 7 feet high, eastward of which
there is no danger. Two sunken rocks lie nearly 200 yards from
the south extreme, and a short distance further south is Black
Rock, an islet 9 feet high.

Buffett Tickle, the narrow passage north of Saddle Island, can
be used by small vessels. The pas.sage between Saddle Island and
Middle Island is clear in mid-channel.

Middle or Crooked Island, 226 feet high, has no danger
beyond a short distance from the east shore, but the west shore is
foul, and the bight contains several islets and rocks.

Mark Rocks uncover 4+ feet at low water, and are 250 yards SE.
of the SE. extreme of Middle Island.

Mark Rocks Shoal, with 3 fathoms water over it, lies 100 yards
eastward of the rocks.

Bonne Bay, entered between Middle and Taylor Islands, extends
2^ miles in a northerly direction.

Drake or Gooseberry Island, 31 feet high, lies in the middle of
the bay, and there is a good passage on either side of it, but it
should not be appi-oached within 100 yards.

Anchorage. — Anchorage for small vessels may be obtained at
the head of Bonne Bay, in 7 fathoms water, at COO yards from the
mouth of the brook at the head.

Taylor Island is 408 feet high, and over the north extreme is
a round wooded hill 352 feet high, known as Crib Nose.

Whale Rock dries 4 feet at low water, and lies 650 yards SSE.
of Grip Head, the SW. point of Taylor Island.

The east shore of Taylor Island is very foul, .small rocks and
islets extending 150 yards from the shore; but the greatest danger
is Hardy Rock, which lies 250 yards from the north point of Hardy
Cove, a small bight with some houses round it. The extreme of
the west shore of Bonne Bay shut in with Drake Island, bearing
N. 31° W. (N. 3° W. mag.), leads east of this danger.

1<»)

NKWFonNDLArn) — ftounr ci M-f.

Rocky pasMHKo, tho rhuimol weHt of T»i> . Tslaim, rontiiiiis
nunu^roiiH rncks, mid is Hvailivbln wit)i iiccumto locul knowledge
only.

Taylor Book, with 4 fiithomH wiitcr on it, Vwn 7M yurdH H. (15"
E. (8, 37° E. miig.) of BhIiuou Point. Tim nuirk for clearinK Hardy
Rork will l(*ad east and Mowjuito iHland open Hoiith of (Jrip Head
bearing N. 07" \V. (N. :J!>° W. nuig.) will load south of tliis Hhoal.

Bonne Bay Harbor, about 7()<> yards in diainotor, situated NW.
of Taylor Island, is completely shelterotl from all winds, but the
anchorage space is limited to tho western portion, whore good shel-
ter may be obtained in from 14 to 17 fathoms water, as convenient.
Largt* vessels shouM anchor in the latter depth, with Drake Island
completely shut in with Poole Island, bearing about N. 28° E. (N.
60° E. mag.)

A rock, which dries one foot, lies nearly 100 yards off the south
entrance point of the cove on the west shore, and a shoal, with 3i
fathoms water on it, is situated in the middle of the cove.

Kelpy Book, with 3i fathoms water on it, lies 1,100 yards S.
Yi»" W. (N. I'd' W. mag.) from tho west oxti-eme of Grip Head,
and a shoal, with 4 fatlumis water on it, lies 150 yards northwest-
ward of Kelpy Rock.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Bonne Bay Harbor
at 8h. 54ra. ; springs rise G^^ foot, neaps rise 5 feet; neaps range 3
feet.

Mosquito Harbor, close west of Bonne Bay, extends nearly 1^
miles in a northerly direction, and is fi-ee from danger, but there
is no anchorage, except for small vessels, in 8 fathoms water, in a
small cove on the west side of the head.

Mosquito Island, separated from the west entrance i)oint of the
harbor by a shallow channel, containing several rocks, is flat in
outline, 296 feet in height, and cliffy to seaward.

Mosquito Back Cove is completely exposed.

Halibut Books, two small islets, the higher 6 feet above high
water, lying nearly 1,400 yards 8. 51° W. (8. 79° W. mag.) from
the west point of Mosquito Island, are surrounded by sunken rocks,
that extend i mile in a S8W. direction. Bear Head open south
of Fish Head, bearing West (N. 62° W. mag.), leads south of all
these dangers and those south of Taylor Island.

Razorback Rock, with 3^ fathoms water on it, lies 1,100 yards
N. 70° W. (N. 43° W. mag.) from Halibut Rocks.

Fflcheux Eye, a small cove with a waterfall at the head, is close
east of the entrance to Fftcheux Bay. This cove is available for
boats only, and is entered by keeping close to the east shore, as the
west side is foul.

slniiti, contiiiiis
(K'hI knowh'dgo

rr.O yunlH S. lis"
cleuriiijjf Hiinly
ih of (}ri[) Htwl
th of tlii.s shoiil.
r, situatod NW.
wIikIh, but tlio
srhere jjfood shel-
', UH convenient,
th Drake Island
It N. ^8° E. (N.

(la off the south
I shojil, witli 3|
le cove.
1,100 yards S.
of Grip Head,
irds nortliwest-

ine Bay Harbor
; neaps range 3

tends nearly 1^
iiger, but there
)ms water, in a

ce i)oint of the
'ocks, is flat in

eet above high
W. mag.) from
f sunken rocks,
sad open south
ds south of all

ies 1,100 yards

e head, is close
i available for
st shore, as the

^nH^i

HUH .NT COVE.

I 111

Fiu-hciLV lli-ad Sliuul, with I fiithuiuH water over it, Hom ;)oO yards
from the Hhoro, and 000 yards from tin' fiitnuice to Fi\c1uhix Eye.

F&oheux Bay e.Ktonds lo mili-H, north, in nearly a Htniiglit line,
but llitTt' lire III) anclmiii^^t'H ()\('»*pt at the placrs (Inscribed.

Anohorag^eB. — Allan Cove, on >KtM>aHt sliuic, r\ milt'N Irom tlit>
entrance, is \ niilt« tlci'p. Good anchorage may bo obtained in from
8 to fathoms water at about 400 yards east of the line of the
entrance points.

Anchorage may bo obtained soutliward of tlie narrows, at the
head of Fa(;heux Bay, in from to 10 fathoms wat(*r, the former
d(»ptli at i mile distant. Southward of that depth tlu) bank falls
suddenly to a depth of 40 fathoms.

Brent Cove, on the west shore, opposite to Allan Cove, contains
the best anchorage. It is J riile deep, but ground, that uncovers
at low water, and shoal wat( r extend <i(»o yards from the head.

Anchorage may be obtained in from to lo fathoms water, as
convenient, clo.se within the entrance i)oiiits, but the phiteau falls
suddenly eastward, to a depth of 34 fathoms.

Black Otter Rub, a small projection 10 feet high, situated about
J milo south of the cove, is a good indication of the approacli to it.

Dennis Arm, an indentation one mile long and 150 yards broad,
affords good anchorage for small vessels in from 7 to 9 fathoms
water. The north shore is bold-to, but off the south side there is
a fringe of foul ground that dries at low water, and the head dries
for the distance of 200 yards from the tree line.

Warren Cove, on the west shore of Facheux Bay, at 1^ miles
from the entrance, affords anchorage for small vessels only in 8
fathoms water, and close to the shore. A conspicuous white stripe
shows on the cliff on the north side of the cove.

Facheux Harbor, suitable for boats only, is separated from
Warren Cove by a bare promontory, 107 feet liigh, that terminates
in low rocky points.

Dragon Bay extends in a westerly direction for about 3 miles,
and there is no anchorage for any but small vessels in the T\arrow
arm at the head.

The only danger is a rock, 100 yards from the shore, immediately
eastward of a small projection on the north shore, west of which,
is a waterfall.

Muddy Hole is a small boat harbor nearly one mile Avestward of
Dragon Bay. Boats lie at the head, and a depth of 8 feet may be
found, at high water, in the entrance, biit there is a rock that un-
covers in the middle, and local knowledge is requisite to avoid it.

Richards Harbor, about 3 miles west of Facheux Bay, is en-
tered between precipitous cliffs on the west side, and low points
under cliff on the east shore.

162

NEWFOUNDLAND- 30UTII COAST.

P-

At GOO yf ''ds within the entrance the harbor trends more easterly
for a farther distance of GOO yards, with a breadth of 400 yards to
the head. The iiirning point on the south shore is a small islet 13
feet high, and joined to the mainland at low water. Sunken rocks
lie a short distance SW. of this islet.

Anchorage. — This harbor should be used for temporary anchor-
age only, as the depths vary from 20 to 24 fathoms, and the hold-
ing ground is not good ; also terrific squalls sweep down the valley
with strong breezes from NW. to SE., sutticieut to cause vessels to
drag, though there is no sea. In emergency they can, however,
be moored to rocks on the shore.

Shoal Point Rock, with 4| fathoms water over it, lies 200 yards
southward of the west entrance point.

(H. O. Chart No. 1103, and B. A. Chart No. 2141.)

Coast. — Westward of Richards Harbor the coast is formed of
cliff, alternately colored red and gray, the former color being very
conspicuous in sunshine. A wedge-shaped rock, 22 feet high, lies
close to Upper Shoal Point, at one 'ailo west of Richards Harbor,
westward of which and 200 yards distant, is a bank, with 6^ fath-
oms water on it, that breaks in ba I weather.

Horse Brook, a remarkable wattrfall, is in uhe cove next west
of Upper Shoal Point, and Mare Fall, a wider, but not so high a
stream, falls over the cliffs into a covo 1^ miles farther westward.

Several banks lie off this coast, but none are dangerous except
with a very heavy sea.

Hare Bay, about 4 miles westward of Richards Harbor, extends
4 miles north, with an average breadth of ^ mile, when it expands
in two arms. Northwest Arm affords the best anchorage on the
south shore of Newfoundland.

Bob Lock Cove, on the east shore, a,t H miles from the entrance,
contains anchorage for small vt'ssels in 15 fathoms water, with good
holding ground. The south entrance point may be recognized by
a remarkable round hill, 618 feet high^ that is cliffy to seaward.

Water. — Water may be procured from a stream at the head of
this cove.

Morgan Arm, the eastern of the two branches at the head, is
one mile in length, GOO yards in width, and divided near the head
into two shallow coves by low wooded projection. A waterfall
descends into the western, and a large stream flows into the east-
ern, of these coves.

Anchorage. — Anchorage may be obtained, southward of the
wooded projection, in from 5 to 8 fathoms vrater, as convenient.

Northwest Arm extends 1^ ndles in a NW. direction to the
first narrows, the east side of Avhich may be known by Sandy

Is more easterly

of 400 yards to

a small islet 12

Sunkeu rocks

iporary anchor-
I, and the hold-
lown the valley
3ause vessels to
■ can, however,

, lies 200 yards

1-)

st is fox'med of
)lor being very
feet high, lies
ihards Harbor,
:, with 5^ fath-

cove next west
; not so high a
her westward,
igerous except

'arbor, extends
hen it expands
horage on the

L the entrance,
iter, with good
recognized by
to seaward,
at the head of

t the head, is

near the head

A waterfall

into the east-

hward of the
convenient,
ection to the
ivn by Sandy

ANCHOIJAGE.

163

Point, which terminates in a shingle spit, drying at low water,
100 yards from the trees.

The passage through the nari-ows is only 100 yards wide, with
a depth of 7 fathoms in the middle, but within is a bay nearly 800
yards wide, with depths leas than 3 fathoms at 300 yards, and less
than G feet at 600 yards distant, respectively, north of the narrows.

Small craft can, however, proceed over this bar at high water,
and through a second narrows, at i mile from the first, within
which will be found another basin i mile long and 300 yards wide,
but it dries at low water, 400 yards from the head.

Vessels drawing 9 feet, or less water, can lie afloat at low water
close inside the second narrows.

Anchorage for vessels of any size may be obtained over a space
f mile long, and nearly 800 yards broad, with depths of from 6 to
9 fathoms, over mud, and good holding ground.

The eastern limit of the anchorage is southwestward of the point
immediately north of a deep cove on the east shore, at i mile from
the entrance to the arm, whence the bank falls rapidly eastward
to depths of 30 and 40 fathoms.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Hare Bay at 8h.
38m. ; springs rise 7 feet.

Cul-de-sac lies immediately westward of Hare Bay, and is an
exposed cove, nearly one mile in length. The head is a narrow
arm, i mile long, and contains numerous bowlders, while a few
houses stand on its shores.

The west entrance point of Cul-de-sac is formed by a sharp-
pointed and rocky hill, 724 feet high, terminated eastward by a
low black rock. A rock that uncovers lies close to it, and a shoal,
with 3i fathoms water on it, a little more than 200 yards SE. from
the black rock.

Anchorage. — Small vessels may find temporary anchorage, in
9 fathoms water, eastward of the entrance to the head, but must
be prepared to leave when the winds blow between SE. and South,
as a heavy sea is soon formed.

Coast. — From Cul-de-sac westward to Red Point, the coast,
cliffy and intersected by deep ravines, is generally steep-to,
while the land behind attains elevationc* of 1,000 to 1,500 feet, in
ranges that extend inland.

Numerous shoals extend SE. from Red Point, but the only one
that is dangerous in ordinary weather is Rea Point Kock, with 4
fathoms water on it, situated 650 yards S. 68'" E. (S. 41° E. mag.,
from Red Point.

In bad weather this coast should not be approached nearer than
■J- mile, as these banks make a confused sea.

Red Point, so named from the color of the cliffs, is 3 miles
westward of Hare Bay.

16^

NEWFOUNDLAND SOUTH COAST.

Devil Bay, 4 miles west of Hare Bay, extends northward 2f
miles, with a slight bend, and has deep water to the liead, where
anchorage for small craft may be obtained, in 7 fathoms water,
close to the shore. Within the enti'ance, on either side, is a water-
fall, and on the Avest side, Blow-me-down, a steep bluff 1,280 feet
high.

Rencontre Bay extends 3 miles in a northwesterly dii-ection
from Devil Bay, and then takes a sudden bend north for 2 miles
to the head.

Anchorage. — Anchorage may be obtained at the head of this
bay in from 11 to 18 fathoms water.

Water. — Water may be obtained in many places, and wood at
the head of the bay.

Little Bay, on the north shore of Rencontre Bay, and entered
on the east side of Ironskull, a conspicuous hill 1,077 feet high,
with a remarkable white spur that shows plainly from the south-
ward, extends li miles in a north direction, but the water is too
deep for anchorage. Just over the head is Sugarloaf , a remarkable
hill 1,290 feet high.

The Cove lies on the west side of High Lookout, 2 miles within
the entrance to Rencontre Bay. There are several houses at high-
water mark, from which sand dries for the distance of 100 yards,
being the debris left by a river that drains the valley between
Chaleur and Rencontre Bays.

Anchorage. — Anchoiaga for small vessels may be obtained in
17 fathoms water, 300 yards from the shore, but it is unsafe in NE.
winds, when terrific squalls sweep down the bay over the high hills
surrounding it.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in the cove at 8h. 55m. ;
springs rise 6i feet; neaps rise 4^ feet.

Barasway, f mile west of tlie cove, affords anchorage iu 10
fathoms water, at about 350 yards off the beach.

New Harbor, west of the island of that name, is ^ mile deep,
and 400 yards wide at the head, and affords anchorage in 15
fathoms water, at 200 yards from the head, though exposed to
easterly winds, but small vessels may find good shelter in 5
fathoms off a small cove containing a few houses, situated east of
the head.

Hares Ears Point, | mile SW. of Pinchgut Point, is so named
from two peaked rocks off the extreme, with a hole through
between them, tlie inner 84 feet above high water.

Lower Rock, with 2 feet water on it, lies 1,100 yards N. 68° E,
(S.,85° E. mag.) from Hares Ears Point; and Hares Ears Rock,
with 5 feet water on it and 15 fathoms close to the southward, lies
400 yards S. 85° E. (S. 58° E. mag.) from Hares Ears Point. The

I north ward 2|
he head, where
fathoms water,
side, is a water-
bluff 1,280 feet

itei'ly direction
)rth for 2 miles

le head of this

)s, and wood at

y, and entered
,077 feet high,
rom the south-
he water is too
'., a remarkable

3 miles within
louses at high-
) of 100 yards,
^alley between

be obtained in

unsafe in NE.
the high hills

v^e at 8h. 55m. ;

chorage in 10

s + mile deep,
chorage in 15
?li exposed to
shelter in 5
Ltuated east of

it, is so named
hole through

ards K 68° E,
3s Ears Rock,
outhward, lies
s Point. The

•m Ih

CHALEITR HAY.

KV'

west point of Devil Bay open east of Pinchgnt Point, bearing N.
26° E. (N. 53° E. mag.), clears Hares Ears and Lower Rocks pass-
ing to the eastward; and the Bill of Lance Cove open south of
Hares Ears, N. 80" W. (N. 53° W. mag.), clears Hares Ears Rock
passing to the southward.

Lance Cove, west of Hares Ears Point, is 1,200 yards wide and
^ mile deep. Anchorage may be obtained for small vessels, with
shelter from offshore winds, in from 3 to 6 fathoms water, at 250
yards from the beach.

Lance Cove Point, 250 feet high, dividing Lance Cove on the
east from Chaleur Bay on the west, has steep cliffs on both sides,
and ends in a sharp point.

Chaleur Bay extends 5^ miles in a northwesterly direction, with
one bend. It is 600 yards wide at the entrance, but expands to
1,200 yards within, narrowing gradually to the head.

Gull Island, J mile west from Lance Cove Point, is white, 102
feet high, and marks the east side of Chaleur Bay. Shooter Rock,
3 feet above high water, lies close to the east shore 1,200 yards
within the entrance.

Anchorages.—Cooper Cove is 2i miles within the entrance on
the west side. A brook, that drains a deep valley, flowing into it
has formed a sandy beach, off which, at 300 yards, anchorage may
be obtained by small vessels in from 9 to 14 fathoms water. There
is a similar cove opposite on the east side, but Avithout anchorage.

Anchorage may also be obtained, at 600 to 1,200 yards from the
head of the bay, in from 6 to 15 fathoms water, over mud.

Water. — Wood and water can be easily proctired.

Fransway Bay, also known as Francois Bay, is an inlet li
miles deep and 400 yards wide, and surrounded by steep bluffs,
situated 3 miles westward of Hares Ears Point. A brook flows
into the head of the inlet, and the s*. .i '3ment is east of th^ brook
and under the Friar, a cliffy eminenr <• 680 fjet above high water,
with landslips extending to the wate: s edge.

Anchorage. — Anchorage may be obtained, in from 14 to 23
fathoms water, within 400 yar - of the head

Tides. — It is high water, fidl and change, in Fransway Bay at
8h. 40 m. ; springs rise 6^ feet, neaps rise 4^ feet.

Coast. — Brandy Head is a gray, conical-shaped promontory,
278 feet high ; between it and Nick Power Point is a cove faced by
steep cliffs, and on the east side is Brandy Cove, 60(> yards deep.

Nick Power Point, 1,200 yards west of Brandy Head, is an
isolated hillock 216 feet high, terminating in rugged points, with
breakers 100 yards off the west extreme.

Nick Power Cove extends 1,600 yards from 'his point, with a
general width of 300 yards. At the west side of the head of the

166

NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST.

cove is a bi-ook, off wliich, 100 yards, lies a rock that covers at
high water.

Anchorage. — Anchorage may be obtained with shelter from
offshore winds, in 15 fathoms water, eastward of this rock.

The Bar, with 3 fathoms water on it, lies 400 yards N. 71° W.
(N. 44° W. mag.) from the west extreme of Nick Power Point.

Aviron Point, (5i miles WSW. of Hares Ears Point and 400
yards west of Distress Rock, is the extremity of an isolated conical-
shaped hill, 290 feet above high water, connected by a low marsh
to the mainland. From this to Styles Point, f mile in a northerly
.direction, the coast is nagged, with deep gaps in the cliffs.

Aviron Rock, ao feet high, lies in the middle of the entrance to
Aviron Bay. From it a bank extends ^ mile SSE., at the extreme
of which there is a depth of 2J fathoms.

Aviron Bay, also known as Oar Bay, stretches with a slight
curve in a northerly direction for 3J miles, with a general width
of 600 yards, and depths of water ranging from 43 to 86 fathoms.

Anchorage. — Northeast Cove, near the head, has anchorage in
from 16 to 20 fathoms water.

The head of the bay, a basin nearly | mile deep, is entered by a
narrow passage 150 yards wide, through which a depth of 15 feet
can be carried. In it there is excellent anchorage foi' ^mall ves-
sels in 4^ fathoms water. On the north side is a magnificent
waterfall, over the slope of a hill 1,130 feet high,

Bagg Cove lies immediately within the narrows on the west side,
but affords no anchorage.

Water. — Water may be obtained at many places in this bay, and
small wood from near the head.

Cul-de-sac Bay H miles WNW. of Aviron Point, is nearly J
mile deep, and divided, at the head, into two coves by Battery
Point, a bare promontory 130 feet above high water.

Anchorage. — The settlement is on the east side of this point, but
only small vessels can anchor off it. Large vessels will find shel-
tered anchorage in 5 fathoms water, over sand, at 400 yards S. 18°
E. (S. 9° W. mag.) of Battery Point.

Wild C:>ve, on the east side of the shingle beach connecting
Cape La Hune with the mainland, is ^ mile deep, and at its head is
a sandy beach, 400 yards from which anchorage may be obtained,
in from 6 to 7 fathoms water, with shelter from offshore winds.

Penguin Islands. — This group, which occupies a space of more
than one mile square, is 9f miles SSW. + W. from Cape La Hune,
and consists of .lumerous islands and rocks. Harbor Island, the
highest and easternmost, being 78 feet above high water.

On the south side of this island is a small cove where boats find
shelter, but a heavy sea I'olls in with southerly windf. The pas-
sages between the islands are completely blocked for ships.

". ■ ». ""

»!»"

"J; ' .,|V i lill.!lll l ! l gffl| i U.

that covers at

I shelter from

is rock.

rds N". 71° W.

>wer Point.

Point and 400

olated conical-

y a low marsh

in a northerly

cliffs.

he entrance to

it the extreme

with a slight
jeneral width
to 86 fathoms.
I auehorage in

1 entered by a
])th of 15 feet
for small ves-
1 magnificent

the west side,

t!iis bay, and

t, is nearly f
s by Battery

his point, but
'^ill find shel-
) yards S. 18°

h connecting
at its head is
be obtained,
ore winds.
l)ace of more
-pe La Hime,
r Island, the
,ter.

sre boats find
l«. The pas-
^liips.

LA HUNE BAY.

167

Mile Rock, with !i feet water over it, and steep-to, is 1 jV miles
N. 68° E. (S. 85° E. mag.) from Harbor Island.

Wntch Rock, awash at low water, and the summit of a bank on
which there are several shoals, is G miles N, 88° E. (S. G5° E. mag.)
from Harbor Island.

Pinnar-.le Shoal, with 4 fathoms water over it, bears S. a7° W.
(S. 64° W. mag.) 1| miles; and a shoal, wifcn u fathoms water, S. 75°
W. (N. 78° W. mag.) If miles distant from Watch Rock; both
these shoals break in bad weather.

Cape La Hun«» a peninsula joined to the mainland by a shingle
beach, with a castell'ited rock in the centoi, has three peaks; the
western, a remarkable cone 579 feet abov«^ \igh water; the north-
ern, 424 feet, terminates to the southeastward in Long Point, a
rugged, curved neck of land that forms Cape Cove, an indentation
700 yards deep with sheltered anchorage fvuin offshore winds in
from 9 to 11 fathoms water.

A rock, with 15 feet water over it, lies 100 yards from the south
extreme of the cape.

La Hune Bay extends north from the cape ('A miles, with an
average widtli of 800 yards to the head, at | mile from which there
is excellent anchorage in from 10 to 13 fathoms water, over mud.

On the east side tlie almost continuous line of cliffs, over 1,000
feet high, is terminated at the north end by Northeast Cove, 600
yards deep, with a sand spit 200 yards from the south shore, and
puother the same distance from the head. There is good anchorage
in 14 fathoms water 300 yards offshore.

At the south end of the cliffs is Deadman Cove, 600 yards deep,
with two waterfalls on the north side, where water may be pro-
cured easily. Anchorage can be obtained in from 12 to 15 fathoms
water, good holding ground. ^

A rock, with 15 feet water on it, lies 200 yards N. 60° W. (N. 33°
W. mag.) from the south point of Deadman Cove; and two rocks,
the southern 250 yards off, with 9 feet water over it, and 18 fathoms
close-to, extend to the southeastward of West Point.

The west entrance point of La Hune Bay is a peninsula sur-
mounted by a remarkable cone 697 feet above high water, termi-
nating in rugged cliffs at the outer coast and steep bluffs in La
Hune Bay, and joined to the mainland by a shingle beach.

Ice. — La Hune Bay freezes over about 1st December, and ice
disappears by 1st April, but the ice breaks up easily, and is no
obstacle to vessels, which come and go all tne year, entering at any
time. In 1885 field ice arrived in Februaiy and left on 1st April.

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in La Hune Bay at
8h. 40ni. ; spr* .gs rise {'>} feet, neaps rise 4^ feet.

r^mT''%'-r!^

■JXIIKTWlk'.'L-KJSMSB^ipj

■l*^.

168

NEWFOUNDLAND — 80UTII COAST.

Long Point juts oiit from the peninsula at the west entrp,nce of
La Hune Bay, and West Point is the SE. extremity.

Long Point Shoal, with a depth of 10 feet, lies 600 yards N.
85° W. (N. 58° W. mag.) from Long Point. The eastern Gulch
Cove Island open west of Cape Island, bearing N. 06° W. (N. 39°
W. mag.), leads nearly 200 yards SW. of this shoal.

Oape Island, 367 feet high, flat and rugged, is separated from
the base of a conical hill by a channel 400 yards wide, in the mid-
dle of which is a shoal with 3^ fathoms water over it.

La Hune Harbor, west of the shingle beach joining Long Point
Peninsula to the mainland, is open and exposed, having from 8 to
11 fathoms water, but no shelter. The fishing craft belonging to
the settlement moor under a cliff at the head of the bay, where
neither wind nor sea reaches them even in winter.

Cape Rocks, 4J miles N. 85° W. (N. 58° W. mag.) from Cape
La Hune, are a cluster of bare black islets, the higliest at the south
extreme being 30 feet above high vrater.

Shoal and uneven ground surrounds Capo Rocks for 1^ miles,
except off the south extreme, where the water deepens suddenly to
50 fathoms at 300 yards distant.

Gulch Cove, 7i mile.-: NW. of Cape La Hune, is 600 yards deep,
with anchorage for a wmall vessel in from 5 to 7 fathoms water ;
but with SW. winds a heavy sea rolls in. The hills fall almost
perpendicularly on each side of the cove to a narrow low neck of
land that separates it from Southeast Arm of Little River.

'Gulch Cove Islands are two rocky islets ; the higher and west-
ern, 95 feet high, bears N. 67° W. (N. 40^ W. mag.) .4- miles dis-
tant from Cape La Hune. Numerous rocks surround them ; the outer
and western, that covers T) feet at high water, lies 950 yards S. 74°
W. (N. 79° W. mag.) from the larger island, with a depth of 30
fatlioms at 100 yards SW.

Coast. — The coast trends from Gulch Cove WSW. for 4^ miles
to Little River, and is )>old ajaid steep.

Seal Rocks, 18 feet high, lie 1,300 yards SE. from the entrance
to Little River, and are not easily distinguished against the dark
coast. A rock, awash at low water, lies 100 yards N. 61° E. (N.
88° E. ma;/ ; fro::^. Seal Rocks.

Rocks, aliout 5 feet abovr high water, lie between Seal Rocks
and the ea ■' point of the entrance to Little River. There is no
passage between them and the shore.

Little River is a long arm of the sea, with an entrance 130 yards
wide, and a channel of that width for 1,200 yards to Jerts Cove,
when it expands to 600 yards, with excellent anriiorage in from 7
to 10 fathoms water, over mud. Again nan owing to 130 yards,
the channel extends for 1^ miles to Frenchman Cove, a fine basin

'■est entre,nce of

s 600 yards N.
eastern Gulch
00° W. (N. 39°
,1.

separated from
ide, in the mid-
it.

ling Long Point
iving from 8 to
ft belonging to
the bay, where

ig.) from Cape
I est at the south

cs for 1^ miles,
ens suddenly to

000 yards deep,
fathoms water;
ills fall almost
ow low neck of
3 River.

igher and west-
:.) 'i^- miles dis-
them ; the outer
J50 yards S. 74°

1 a depth of 30

N. for 4^ miles

)m the entrance
jainst the dark
s N. 61° E. (N.

een Seal Rocks
3r. There is no

.ranee 130 yards
to Jerts Cove,
orage in from 7
? to 130 yai-ds,
)ve, a fine basin

mv hB^mmmm

LITTLE RIVER.

169

li miles long by + mile broad, with good anchorage in from 5 io 9
fathoms water, over mud. Little River here divides into two
branches.

Small vessels should be careful not to leave Little River when the
Avind is against the tide, as a confused sea soon gets up.

Southeast Arm extends 3 miles East, with a general width of
600 yards, and has good anchorage, in from 7 to 8 fathoms water,
for the first mile, after which the arm widenq, and deepens to more
than 37 fathoms, shallowing from that and narrowing gradually
to the head. A shoal, with 3^ fathoms water over it, lies off the
southern shore, about 2 miles distant from the head.

Northeast Arm is circuitous for 1+ miles, then it is divided
into two arms, the Nortlieast and Northwest. It has a depth of
about 4 fathoms for the first mile, shoaling to 3 fathoms about i
mile south of the point dividing the arms, the water being slightly
deeper on the west shore.

The depths in the North ivest Arm are from 4 fathoms to 1^ fath-
oms near the head, and in the Northeast Arm, for 3^ miles to the
head, the depths are irregular, in some places as little as feet.

The sides of Little River are steep and bold, in many places fall-
ing precipitously from hills ranging from 750 to 1,000 feet in height.
There is no danger except the debris from the hills quite close to
the shore. .

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, at Little Rive*- at 8b.
40m. ; springs rise 6i feet, neaps rise 4 feet. A strong tidal stream
runs in the direction of the channel, attaining a strength of 3 knots
an hour at springs.

Little River Rocks, 4 feet above high water, lying 6i miles S.
\ E. from the entrance of Little River, are steep-to on the south
side, but there is a fringe of shoal water' on the north side extend-
ing 200 yards from the rocks.

Little River Bank,— Eastern Rock, with 3^ fathoms water over
it, lies near the SE. extreme of Little River Bank, 3i miles S. 40°
W. (S. 07° W. mag.) from Little River Rocks; from this rock
unev.in ground extends 2i miles, in a NW. direction, to Big Shoal,
a head on which the depth is 7 fathoms, near tue NW. extreme of
the banks ; the bottom is of coral.

Bay de Vieux or Old Man Bay, 3 miles northwestward of
Little River, is an arm of the sea miles long and generally ^ mile
wide, with deep water.

A rock, av/ash at high water, lies quite close to the west shore,
2 miles nearly from West Point, and is the only danger in the bay.

Denny Island, 335 feet high, lying on the east side of the bay,
one mile within East Point, is steep-to except off the NW. point,
where there is a rock with one foot wator.

170

NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH ("OAST.

Anchorages. — Dog Cove, east of Denny Island, is only 160
yards wide, bnt lias good anchorage for small craft, in 8 fathoms
water, near the head.

The Nook, J mile long by 300 yards broad, is an inlet on the east
side of the bay which affords anchorage for small craft at its head,
in from 9 to 13 fathoms water.

Anchorage may be obtained within i mile of the head of Bay de
Vieux in from 7 to 13 fathoms water, shoaling gradually to the
shore.

Water. — At this latter anchorage the bay is (300 yards wide, and
several streams, from which water may bo readily obtained, run
into the head of the bay.

Oobbett or Mosquito Harbor, 1^ miles westward of Bay de
Vieux, is a basin nearly one mile long, with an average width of
450 yards, approached tlirough a narrow channel 100 yards wide.

It is perfectly sheltered, but the water is so deep in the greater
part of it (20 to 35 fathoms) that anchorage even for small craft
can only be obtained in 12 fathoms water, near the west end, off a
cove where are a few houses. The only danger is a rock about 50
yards off the south side of this cove.

East Black Rock, 5 feel high, and near the east entrance point,
lies \ mile S. 61° E. (S. 34° E. mag.) from the west point of the
entrance, and two rocks, awash at low water, lie oft' it, the outer,
nearly 200 yards S. 39° E. (S. 3° E. mag.).

Fox Isleud, IJ miles WSW. of Cobbett Harbor, is 310 feet
above high water, rugged and faced by cliffs, and separated from
tue mainland by a channel 130 yards wide, in'the west part of
which is good anchorage for small craft.

Rocks and foul ground lie off Fox Island, ^ mile distant on the
west and south sides, and one mile on the east ; no vessel should
navigate between them.

Brimball Storehouse Cove, l^ miles West from Fox Island, is
an inlet J mile long, with shallow water.

A rock, with 4 feet water on it, lies 350 yards S. 45° W. (S. 72°
W. mag.) from the east point of Brimball Storehouse Cove.

Bear Head, the east point of White Bear Bay, 6 miles westward
of Bay de Vieux, is a steep bluff, falling abruptly from the sum-
mit, 526 feet above high water, and fringed by dark cliff's. Off
the west point is a pinnacle rock, and there is deep water close to
the head. A rock, on which the depth is less than 6 feet, lies
about ^ mile SE. of Bear Head.

Squier Cove, on the east side of the entrance to White Bear
Bay, extends east 1,200 yards, has deep water to the shore, and no
anchorage ; a few houses are situated near tlie head of this cove.

"UMiM

and, is only 160
•aft, in 8 fathoms

1 inlet on the east
craft at its head,

le head of Bay de
gradually to the

yards wide, and
ily obtained, run

tward of Bay de
average width of

1 100 yards wide.
Bep in the greater
n for small craft
he west end, off a
s a rock about 50

st entrance point,
west point of the
) oft' it, the outer,

irbor, is 310 feet
d separated from
•the west part of

die distant on the
no vessel should

om Fox Island, is

S. 45° W. (S. 72°
house Cove.

6 miles westward
ly from the sum-
r dark cliflt's. Otf
eep water close to

than 6 feet, lies

ce to White Bear
the shore, and no
ead of this cove.

I J J l i ]U-U i

^ rt'v^^r

BKAR ISLAND.

171

Bear Island, the summit of which is a dark, wooded cone, OOO
feet above high water, falls steeply ou tin south and east, but
gradually on the other sides. The east ami soutli sides are free
from danger, with deep water close to the shore. On tlie south
side the cliffs are white and bare for some distance from the
water's edge, and may be readily distinguished from the dark
cliffs uiuler Bear Head.

Cul-de-sac Inlet, on the west side of Bear Island, is 1,200 yards
deep, with from 16 to -^0 fathoms water in it, and an island off the
south point of the entrance. A rock, awash at high water, lies
close to the southern point, with deep water close-to.

Cul-de-sac Rocks, two heads with 4 feet water over them, and
depths from 14 to 17 fathoms on the west side, lie 800 yards N. 65°
W. (N. 38° W. mag.) from the south point of Cul-de-sac.

Deer Island, 132 feet high, is separated from the north point of
Bear Island by a narrow, shallow channel, on both sides of which
are a few houses.

Anchorage.— There is fair anchorage, with winds from South,
round by South and East, to NE., in 14 fathoms water, at 300 yards
southwestward of the islets off Deer Island; but a ?.eavy swell
rills in with winds from 8W. to West.

Seal Island, 85 feet high, lies 700 yards North from the NE.
point of Bear Island, and Round Island, 113 feet high, lies 1,300
yards NW. by N. from the same point.

White Bear Bay extends lOi miles from the north point of
Bear Island to the fresh- water brook at the head, with an average
width of 1,200 yards. The sides are steep, in many places precip-
itous, 700 to 1,000 feet high, Avith deep water close-to.

Anchorage.— The water in the bay decreases suddenly off Bald
Point to 13 fathoms, shoaling again gradually to 8 fathoms, in
which depth large vessels should anchor, with Blow-me-down
Point bearing S. 28° W. (S. 55° W. mag.), distant 800 yards. The
anchorage is perfectly sheltered and the holding ground good.

Water.- -Northwest Brook, f mile NNW. from Blow-me-down
Point, is a conspicuous waterfall and an excellent watering place.
Large vessels should not go so far up as this brook, for there is a
shoal, with 3 fathoms least water over it, lying \ mile from it, and
the water then shoals gradually to the head of the bay.

Telegraph Station.— There is a telegraph station at the head
of the bay.

Turks and Woody Islands lie off the west entrance point of
White Bear Bay, and are nearly connected to it by shoal water.
Woody Island, 213 feet high, is very conspicuous from the dark
color of the foliage and conical shape.

14910 12

172

NEWFOUNDLAND 80UTII COAST.

' I !

i !i

White Island, 1;JH foot IukIi. nIiows in contrast fo Woody Isliunl,
and to>j;otlior llicy form jin oxcollont mark for <listingiiislirig tho
wost cntranoo to Wliito Boar Buy.

Black Rock, s feet higli, lies fiSO yards S. 28" W. (8. 85° W.
mag.) from White Island, an<l may bo ai'j'roachod closo-to on all
sides oxcopt tho oast. Black Sunkor, wiU) "ue foot water over it,
lies :J35 yaVds N. 8:3" E. (S. 70° E. mag.) from Black Rock, and is
tho west end of a bank of shoal ground stn^ching from it, 800
yacds, in an oasttrly diro(;tion.

Directions.- F-utering White Boar Bay from tlie westward,
White Island sli> iild be made, md mid channel kept between that
island and Black Rock, and between Deer Island and the main-
land; rocks and shoal water extend about GOO yards from the west
point of Deer Island.

Ramea Islands. —The Ramea islands, a cluster of islands and
rocks SSE. from the Burgoo Group, and south from White Bear
Bay, consist of two large islands on the north and numerous smaller
islots, rocks, and shoals, on the south.

Ramea Oolombier Island, 135 feet high, one of the western of
the islands, makes as a cone from all directions, and is surmounted
by a flagstaff.

Turr Islands, ^ mile WSW. from Ramea ColoTubier, are two
bare rocks, tlie eastern 29 feet aad the western about 10 feet above
high water.

Ntrtliwai'd Rocks, 8 feet high, are black islets with 8 fathoms
WM.'er tlose-to, and lie 1,400 yards N W. by N. from Ramea Colom-
bic.

The passage between these and the main islands is free from
d).'ngr!r, but the water is comparatively shallow, and a heavy con-
fused sea I'ises with a strong breeze against the tide.

Northwest Island makes as a series of peaks, the highest,
Man-of-war Hill, being surmounted by a bowlder, 211 feet above
high water. A bank on which the depth is 6 fathoms, that breaks
in bad wea,ther, lies J mile NNE. from Northwest Head, and a
rock, awa.sh at low water, lies 150 yards off the same head.

Gull Rod 8 feet high, off the NW. point, is a round bare islet
joined to tho shore by rocks and shoal water.

The Channel between Northwest Island and the rest of the
group is only 200 yards wid9, except off Ship Cove and Muddy
Hole, two small bays on the SE. side of Northwest Island, where
anchorage may be obtained, for small vessels only, in from 6 to 11
fathoms water, with 200 yards swinging room.

The northern entrance has only 15 feet at low water ; the southern
shoals from 11 fathoms gradually to 5 fathoms midway between
Muddy Hole and Ship Cove, then suddenly to 15 feet off the east
point of that cove.

ORKAT IHLANI).

173

to Woody iHland,
istinguishi'ig the

J° W. (S. 55° W.
ed close-to on all
3ot water over it,
lack Rock, nud is
ling from it, 800

1 the westward,
ept between that
i and tlie main-
ds from the west

ir of islands and
pom White Bear
unierous smaller

)f the western of
id is surmounted

Jinbier, are two
•ut 10 feet above

with 8 fathoms
1 Ramea Colom-

ids is free from
nd a heavy con-

£s, the highest,
,211 feet above
•ms, that breaks
>st Head, and a
ne head,
'ound bare islet

the rest of the

ve and Muddy

it Island, where

in from 6 to 11

r; the southern
idway between
'eet off the east

'or, lies 1,300 yards N. 85° E.

is a small pinnacle with 10

'lere is no danger to the east-

Southwest Island, about 80 feet higli, forms the west Hide of
RamoH Harl)f)r. a good harbor for fiHhing craft. Southwest i-ocks
extend westward OOO yards from the outer point of Soutliwost
IsUmd, and south of these ishinds lie numerous shoals, that are
shown on the chart.

Harbor Island is mucli indented, and forms the oast side of
Riimoa Harl)or.

Copper Island, 102 feet high, is a conspicuoiis bare cone, with
two rociks t(j the westward, and a shoal, with 3 fathoms water over
it, close to the SE. extreme. Between this and the other islands
there is no channel for a wti-angc- among the numerous rocks and
shoals.

Black Rock, 14 feet abov( '^
(S. 68° E. mag.) from Copj..
fathoms water close- to on a I
ward of this rock.

Great Island, the largest of the group, is If miles long and
1,200 yards broad, with a bold north shore, sloping abruptly from
rugged hills tliat present an irregular outline. Gull Hill, 427 feet
high, the highest of tliese hills, iii fiat-topped, and has a steep fall
on the east side that makes it conspicuous when seen from the
southward.

On the south side of Great Island numerous rocks and shoals
forbid a stranger attempting the passage to Eastern Harbor.

Eastern Harbor, a small cove about ^ mile west of Bonnels
Point (the SE. point of Great Island), has a rock awash at low
water in mid-channel, and 2 fathoms water at tlie head, where an-
chorage for fishing craft may be obtained, with sheicer from all
winds. \

Ramea Southeast Rocks are two in number, with a boat chan-
nel between. The eastern and higher is 20 feet above high water,
and lies 4 miles S. 30° E. (S. 3° E. mag.) from Bonnels Point!
A rock, with one foot on it at low water, lies 400 yards S. 81° E.
(S. 54° E. mag.) from these rociis.

Ramea South Bank, having 2f fathoms water on it, lies 3 miles
S. 43° W. (S. 70° W. mag.) from Ram^^a Southeast Rocks.

Ice,— During twenty years, northern ice only arrived at Ramea
on four occasions, the dates being from the end of February to the
middle of March, leaving from the first to the middle of April.
The harbor is only frozen when northern ice is )resent.

Coast.— Northwest Head, the termination ii that direction of
the west point of White Bear Bay, is rugged a^id faced by cliffs.
Turks Head, a steep bluff with a rugged background, lies 1|
miles W. by N. from Northwest Head. Between these heads is
Emily Storehouse Covo, i mile deep, and exposed to all southerly
winds.

174

XKW'KOI'NDT-ANI) — HOlTir roART.

OflTer Sunker, with ono foot wiitor over it, lyiiiR luuvrly west,
1,400 yards from Whitn Isluiitl, Ima dt^pths of from 1 1 to 2^ fatliomB
clos(!-to, ami is th»* outer ilauKi^- in Tiirics K\^l;ht.

Anderson Rook, l,h()() yards N. I'.r ' W. (N. 40° W. mag.) from
Wliite Island, is awash at hiKh water, spriiiR tides, and -ttcKip-to.

Anderson Sunker, li miU^s N. 78" W. (N. 51° W. maR.) from
White Ishmd, consists of two rocks awash at low water.

OuU Island, 73 feet IiIkIi, om» mile WSW. from Turks Head,
is the r)uter of a chistor of clitfy islets, but boing of the same color
as the mainland is not easily distinK'uished.

Several shoals whiidi lie south and SSE. of Gull Island, and have
dei)tlis of from 4 to 7 fathoms over them, break heavily in bad

weather.

(H. O. Chart No, 1104, and B. A. Chart No. 2142.)

Red Island, l \ miles NW. from Gull Island, and so luimi'd from
the color of its outer cliffs, is divided into two parts by a low neck
of land, the inner a wooded cone 377 feet, andthe outer a Hat-topped
hill, with a white summit 3-^0 feet above luKh water.

This island divides a deep bay into two parts, Northwest Arm,
which extends 1| miles, and Northeast Arm, U miles.

Northeast Arm has deep water, and no shelter for one mile,
when it narrows to 50 yards, the entrance of an iimer basin, named
Doctor Harbor, 750 yards long V)y 150 wide, with sneltered anchor-
age for small -^raft only, in 4 or 6 fathoms water.

Red Island 1 ^rb- . , separating the island from the mainland, is
^ mile long bv 200 yards broad, and can be entered, only from the
eastward, uough a channel 30 yards wide; it is therefore only
suitable tt.i tishing craft.

Northwest Arm.— Cross Rocks narrow this arm to 200 yards,
with a depth of 5i fathoms in the channel between them and Red
Island ; within these rocks there is anchorage for small craft, in
from 8 to 9 fathoms water, with good holding ground.

The western point of Northwest Arm is a series of rocky hum-
mocks faced by cliffs on the seaboard; Western Point Rock, with
13 feet water over it, lies 270 yards south of the point.

White Island Shoal, with 3J fathoms over it, and deep water
close-to, lies 800 yards S. 75' W. (N. 78° W. mag.) from Western

Point.

(B. A. Chart No. 273.)

Bay de Loup Point, li miles west from Western Point, is the
east entrance of the bay of that name, and the extremity of an
island 223 feet high, connected at low water with a narrow penin-
sula. Between Bay de Loup and Western Points is a deep bay
that should not be entered within the line of the points. The coast
line is rugged and fringed by cliffy islets and rocks.

"".xMhimii

,'iiiK' iM'iirly west,
II 1 1 to 'i'l fntlioms

)° W. mag.) from
A, and Mtooji-to.
.° W. iiiHK.) from

wiit(»r.
•oni Turks Htuul,
of the stime color

Islniid, nndlmvo
,k lu'uvily in bud

2142.)

lid so luiiui'd from
,rts by II low nock
)uter a ftat-topiwd
iter.

Northwest Arm,
miles.

Iter for one mile,
iner basin, named
sneltered anchor-

i the mainland, is
:ed, only from the
, is tlierefore only

arm to 200 yards,

)en them and Red

"or small craft, in

^ound.

ies of rocky luim-

Point Rock, with

point.

;, and deep water

bg.) from Western

?tern Point, is the
6 extremity of an
h a narrow penin-
ints is a deep bay
points. The coast
icks.

..,.j

i l H WH- WW l'l '■»> ' «»■ i «

^>.

v^.'^o?^

<^/

'Vj^'

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

Hiotographic

Sciences

Corporation

23 WEST MAIN STREET

WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580

(716) 872-4503

CIHM/ICMH

Microfiche

Series.

CIHM/ICMH
Collection de
microfiches.

Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques

•Cit

KINGS HARBOR.

175

Bay de Loup Rock, with 7 fent water over it, lies i mile S. 13°
E. (S. U° W. mag.) from the SE. extreme of Bay de Loup Point.

Bay de Loup or Wolf Bay, extends 2 J miles in a northeasterly
direction fi-om Bay de Loup Point.

Anchorage. — The sides are precipitous, with deep water close-to,
and there is no anchorage until Blow-me-down, a steep bluff, 513
feet high on the west side, about i mile from the head, is passed,
when good shelter may be obtained in 10 fathoms water, gradu-
ally decreasing to 4^ fathoms toward the head. The most con-
venient anchorage is off the houses at the mouth of Seal Brook, a
small stream NNE, from Blow-me-down.

Kings Harbor, + mile deep, and immediately west of King's
Head, the western entrance point of Bay de Loup, affords anchor-
age in 9 fathoms water, 160 yards off the eastern shore. Kings
Harbor Brook runs in on the west side, and has formed a bank off
tlie mouth extending 250 yards from the west point.

Buflfetts Island, 91 feet high, and situated off Kings Harbor,
has a ledge of rocks parallel to, and 100 yards from, the north side
of the island ; between them there is only a depth of 6 feet.

Anchorage.— There is fair anchorage NW. of Buffetts Island,
in 13 fathoms water, over sand, but a swell rolls in with southerly
gales.

The Ha-ha^ an inlet stretching in one mile, to the northward of
Aldridge and Richards Heads, has no danger in it till within 100
yards of the head, near which there is anchorage for small vessels
in from 10 to 13 fathoms water, but exposed to easterly winds.

Green Hill Island, 280 feet high, forms the south shore of The
Ha-ha.

Aldridge Rock, awash at high water, lies 250 yards S. 37° E. (S.
10° E. mag.) from Aldrich Head. There is a depth of 48 fathoms
at 200 yards off on the east side, but only 6^ fathoms water between
it and the shore.

Richards Head, 340 feet high, on the mainland within Green
Hill Island, is a remarkable saddle- topped hill, with steep cliffs on
the SW. side, and dark foliage on all other slopes. It is conspicu-
ous from all directions, and forms an excellent mark for recogniz-
ing Burgeo.

Grandy Island, rugged and barren, is separated from the main-
land by Long Reach, a narrow strait, the eastern entrance to which,
under Richards Head, is shallow; the southwestern entrance is
spanned by a bridge.

Burgeo, a considerable village, on the east side of Grandy
Island, has several conspicuous houses, and a wooden church with
a short spire.

' ■ ■ » < ■

176

NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST.

Communication.— The Coastal Steamship Company's steamers
from St. Johns call here fortnightly during summer and autumn.

SuppUes may generally be obtained in small quantities here,
buttheAvater obtained from Mercer Cove is not good; excellent
■water may, however, be obtained in Bay de Loup.

Telegraph.— There is a telegraph station at Burgeo.

Ice.-Burgeo Port, although never frozen over, is occasionally
blocked for a few days by ice from the outer coves, which moves
off in February and March; vessels come and go all the year.
Northern ice only appears at intervals, arriving generally between
the middle of February and middle of March, and seldom remain-
ing more than a fortnight or three weeks.

Short Beach, extending H miles into Grandy Island, with an
average breadth of 300 yards, affords anchorage at the head m Si-
fathoms water, over mud, with swinging voom for small vessels.

Smalls Island, surmounted by a flagstaff, is the southwestern
of the groups of islets and rocks off the SE. of Grandy Island
making between it and the latter a capital harbor for boats and
small vessels, with 11 feet water in it.

A Rock, which covers at high water, lies 300 yards ]S. 63 JL.
(East mag.) from Furber Point. ,

Beacon.— This rock, which covers one foot at high water, is

marked by a beacon. ^ , .-. u

Ship Dock is a small cove, around which are situated the wharves
and warehouses of the principal trading firm at Burgeo; the agent's
double-storied house shows conspicuously from all directions, and
there is a flagstaff on the east point. ■,..-,

Anchorage.— The water is deep close to the wharves, but the
anchoring space, in 13 fathoms water, is small, and care should be
taken to avoid the small rock east of Franks Island, and the shoal
water off the channel separating that island from the mainland.

White Ground (Pylades Bock), with 13 feet water on it,
lies i mile N. 63° E. (E: '.g.) of Furber Point.

Two shoals, with d£- ^f 3 and 4i fathoms respectively, lie
between White Ground and the rock off Furber Point.

Anchorage may be obtained off Burgeo in from 16 to 24 fath-
oms water, over mud, good holding ground, taking care to keep
the fall of the Sandbanks open south of Furber Point, bearing 8.
72° W (N 81° W. mag.), and Grip Head open north of Morgan
Island,' bearing S. 87° W. (N. 66° W. mag.), the latter mark just
clearing a rock with 9 feet water over it.

Buoy.-A mooring buoy is laid down in 19 fathoms, for the con-
venience of trading vessels, but it should not be used by long
ships, the mooring being small and the buoy only 200 yards from
the rock off the NE. point of Morgan Island.

liX&.^,.iMi,^^^.Ji..ii, ' lt^'.i ^latin: . - !-.^—^ shrtiv .

ly's steamers
and autumn,
antities here,
lod; excellent

so.

; occasionally
which moves
all the year,
irally between
ildom remain-

sland, with an
the head in 8i
nail vessels.

southwestern
randy Island,

for boats and

ards N. 63° E.

tiigh water, is

ed the wharves
;eo ; the agent's
directions, and

larves, but the
[ care should be
I, and the shoal
he mainland.
it water on it,

•espectively, lie

int.

1 16 to 24 fath-

ig care to keep

)int, bearing S.

jrth of Morgan

atter mark just

:)ms, for the con-

e used by long

200 yards from

ISLANDS.

177

Mercer Fpint, the SW. extreme of Grandy Island, is a bluff
dark point forming the south point of Mercer Cove, an indentation
extending 800 yards into the SW. part of Grandy Island. It con-
sists of two basins, is crossed by a bridge and separated from Long
Reach by a low neck of land. Off the entrance is a small islet,
and there is shelter for small vessels in the outer basin.

The Sandbanks. — Grip Head, 1.52 feet high, lies 1^ miles west-
ward of Mercer Point. Close to the southward are the Sandbanks,
70 feet high. Sandbanks Point was formerly the southern ex-
treme, but the southern edge of the Sandbanks has washed away
about 300 yards, and there is now a passage with a depth of not
more tlxan 2 fathoms between that shore and Sandbanks Point
Island.

Sandbanks Point Island lies off tlie SE. extreme of Sandbanks
Point, now also an island; some rocks, always above water, lie
south of Sandbanks Point, with 3^ fathoms water close to them.

Beacon. — A rectangular beacon, painted white, stands on Sand-
banks Point Island, and is conspicuous.

Cornelius Island, NW. about i mile from Sandbanks Point,
has a double summit, and is almost divided in two parts by the
meeting of two coves, namely, the Harbor, available only for
boats, on the north side, and Back Cove, much exposed, and con-
taining several rocks, on the south side. Rocks and foul ground
extend 150 yards from the NW. side of this island, and it should
not be closed on the outer side nearer than i mile.

The Boar, 1+ feet high, is a round rock lying 400 yards SW.
from Cornelius Island, with deep water close- to.

The Sow, 17 feet high, is 600 yards westward of The Boar, with
some detached rocks close-to, and a depth of 8 fathoms at 50 yards
distant.

A shoal on which the depth is 3^ fathoms lies 350 yards S. 30°
W. (S. 57° W. mag.) from The Sow. The summit of Rencontre
Island, in line with the south extreme of Sandbanks Point Island,
bearing East (S. 63 E. mag.), leads in 11 fathoms water 150 yards
south of this shoal.

Aspect. — When first seen, the land in the vicinity of Burgeo
appears gray, where denuded of the stunted trees that grow gen-
erally on the seaboard, and its outline is almost unbroken ; but on
nearer approach the rugged and contorted nature of the country,
the innumerable hills and deep ravines, are made apparent.

Burgeo Islands form a group of almost innumerable islands
and rocks, composed of Laurentian gneiss, showing white when
bare, with two remarkable exceptions, namely, Round and Harbor
Islands, which are composed of dark micaceous gneiss, causing
them to be readily distinguished from the others.

Only the important islands will be described.

i78

NEWFOUNDLAND— SOUTH COAST.

Boar Island, 201 feet liigh, and the nortlieastornmost of the
group, lies ab<nit 1^ miles SW. from Bay de Loup Point. It is
divided hy a marsh, the southern and ] igher portion is wedge-
shaped, and a shoal, with 3 fathoms water over it, lies nearly 200
yards from the SE. ijoint ; and there is the same depth extending
about 100 yards from the NE. point.

Light. — On the summit of Boar Island a square lighthouse, 47
feet in height, situated above the gable of a dwelling, painted
white, with red roofs, exhibits a fixed red light at an elevation of
207 feet, which illuminates an arc of the horizon of 270° to sea-
ward, and should be visible 11 mileb.

Boar Island Rock covers one foot at high water, and lies l-jV
miles S. 59° E. (8. 32° E. mag.) from Boar Island Lighthouse.

Boar Island Shoal, with 5 fathoms water over it, lies about ^
mile S. 47° E. (S. 20° E. mag.) from Boar Island Lighthouse, and
has depths of from 10 to 15 fathoms close-to.

Round Sliag Island, open south of Musket Islands, bearing S.
61° W. (S. 88° W. mag.), leads south of all shoals; and Richards
Head, open east of Boar Island N. 43° W. (N. 16° W. mag.), leads
between Boar Island Shoal and Rock.

Little Boar Island, 20 feet above high water, lies 150 yards off
the NW. point of Boar Island, and there is shoal water 50 yards
off in the direction of the latter.

Cuttail Island, 140 feet above high water, has bare steep slopes
to the southward, and is separated from the SW. side of Boar
Island by a channel 250 yards wide that should not be taken by a
stranger.

Goose Island, 34 feet high, and Hug-my-dug are the north and
south of a group of rocky islets to the eastward of Cuttail Island.
Both are white islets, the latter square-shaped, about 40 feet above
high water.

Venils Island, 165 feet high, is separated from Cuttail Island
by a channel 150 yards wide, with foul ground stretching from
both sides, making it unnavigable for ships without a pilot.

Anchorage.— On the SE. side is a cove 200 yards deep, afford-
ing good sheltered anchorage for small vessels, in 3^ fathoms water.

Venils Shoal consists of two patches with 2f and 3 fathoms
water on them, respectively, lying with the rock at the east extreme
of Venils Island bearing N. 60° W. (N. 33° W. mag.), the former
distant 550 yards, and the latter 700 yards.

A bank, with a depth of 8 fathoms, lies with the eastern extreme
of Venils Island bearing West (N. 63° W. mag.), distant 750 yards.

Baggs Island, 160 feet high, is separated from the west side of
Venils Island by a narrow shallow channel, available for boats at
low water. It is a barren island with a peaked summit, and has
a rock, awash at low water, off the NW. point.

rnmost of the
3 Point. It is
tion is wedge-
lies nearly 200
iptli extending

lighthouse, 47
filing, painted
m elevation of
of 270° to sea-

r, and lies 1-^
jighthouse.
t, lies about ^
ighthouse, and

ids, bearing S.
; and Richards
/V, mag.), leads

es 150 yards off
water 50 yards

lare steep slopes
^ side of Boar
)t be taken by a

3 the north and

Cuttail Island.

lut 40 feet above

n Cuttail Island
stretching from
ut a pilot,
rds deep, afford-
^ fathoms water.
\ and 3 fathoms
the east extreme
lag.), the former

3 eastern extreme
istant 750 yards.
1 the west side of
able for boats at
summit, and has

ISLANDS.

Rencontre Island is the highest of the Burgeo group. The
western portion is a truncated cone, 269 feet high, covered with
dark foliage, and shows out very conspicuously from all directions.

Rencontre Rock, with 7 feet water on it, lies 350 yards off the
SE. point of Rencontre Island.

Gull Island, 50 feet high, lying i mile SE. from Rencontre
Island, is a bare rock steep-to on the NE. side, but with foul
ground extending 150 yards southwestward.

A rock, about 6 feet above high water, lie.s 150 yards north from
Gull Island, and a shoal, with 13 feet water over it, between the
extreme of the foul ground and Rencontre Rock.

Musket Islands are two in number, the northern and higher,
32 feet high, lying i mile SSW. from the south point of Rencontre
Island.

Between Musket Islands and Little Rencontre Rocks is a shoal,
with 4 fathoms water over it, which is steep-to.

Little Rencontre Island is a dark conical island about 150 feet
high, with a saddle-shaped summit, showing out well when seen
from east or west ; Little Rencontre Rocks lie about 400 yards SSE.
of the island.

Crocker Island, 90 feet high, 250 yards west of Rencontre Island,
is of a gray color and steep-to, except off the NW. point, from
which a shoal^ with 6 feet water over it, extends 50 yards.

White Island, 45 feet high, lies 350 yards W. by N. from the
NW. point of Rencontre Island, and from its color is conspicuous
when seen against the larger islands.

Beacon. — A pyramidal- shaped wooden beacon stands on the
summit of White Island.

Morgan Island, 138 feet high, a moss-covered, undulating
island, lies 1,300 yards SW. from the NW. point of Boar Island.

Off the north side shoal water f riUges the coast ; the west side is
bold-to ; the south side encumbered with rocks and shoals, and a
shoal extends 60 yards off the NE. point. There are two coves on
the south side, with the houses of fishermen on the shores.

A rock, with 9 feet water over it, lies 400 yards East (S. 63° E.
mag.) from the NE. point of Morgan Island,

Eclipse Island, 33 feet high, is surmounted by a white-washed
cairn. It is conical in shape, covered with stunted bushes, and has
a low projection to the eastward, off which shoal water extends
200 yards. The passage between this and Morgan Island is clear
in mid-channel.

Franks Island is flat, and nearly joined to Eclipse Island. A
small rock, that covers 4 feet at high water, lies 50 yards off the
east side.

IF""

180

NEWFOUNDLAND — SOFTII COAST.

There is only 6 feet water in tlio passage between this island and
Grandy Island.

The Douglas, lying 1,800 yards eastward of the Sandbanks,
covers one foot at high watei', and is a small round rock, nearly
always breaking.

A rock, with 10 feet water over it, lies 200 yards S. 80° W. (N.
73° W. mag.) of The Douglas, with 5 fathoms between them, and
deep water in other directions.

The Baldwin consists of two rocks nearly joined, the higher
about 15 feet above high water, steep-to on .11 sides, lying 750
yards NE. by E. of Sandbanks Point.

Baldwin Shoal, with 10 feet water over it, lies J mile eastward
of The Baldwin.

A rock, with 4 fathoms water over it, and 11 fathoms close-to,
lies 1,150 yards S. 80° E. (S. 53° E. mag.) from Sandbanks Point
Island.

Round Shag Island, 1,300 yards SW. of Musket Islands, is a
conspicuous cone 64 feet high, with 10 fathoms water at 100 yards
distant.

Oolombier Island, conical, with a double summit, the higher
177 feet, is | mile WNW. of Round Shag Island, shows promi-
nently from all directions, and is an excellent mark for distinguish-
ing the Burgeo Islands.

Petit Marchand, about 5 feet high, lies i mile south of Sand-
banks Point Island.

A rock, with 16 feet water over it, and 5 fathoms close-to, lies
600 yards eastward of Petit Marchand.

Fish Rock, awash at low water, lies 400 yards westward of Petit
Marchand ; between them is a shoal with 6 feet least water.

Marchand Rock, with 9 feet water over it, lies nearly ^ mile
S. 78° W. (N. 75° W. mag.) of Sandbanks Point Island.

Stem Rock, on which the depth is one foot, lies 1,200 yards
N. 79° E. (S. 74° E. mag.) of the north point of Round Island.

Miffel Island, 60 feet high, the outer and southern of the
Burgeo group, is composed of gray gneiss, and makes as a cone
from all directions.

A rock, with 6 feet water over it, lies 136 yards from the north
end; another rock, awash at low water, and having 3i fathoms
100 yards east of it, lies 360 yards N. 56° E. (N. 83° E. mag.) from
the same point.

Fortune Rock, with 4^ fathoms on it and deep water close-to,
lies ^ mile eastward of Miffel Island,

Whales Back, with 5 fathoms water over it, breaks in winter
gales, and is the shoalest spot of some uneven ground lying i mile
in a westerly direction from Miffel Island. With a fresh breeze
against the tide, there is a heavy sea at this place.

this island and

the Sandbanks,
nd rock, nearly

s S. 80° W. (N.
ween them, and

ned, the higher
sides, lying 750

^ mile eastward

'athoms close-to,
andbanks Point

^ket Islands, is a
Eiter at 100 yards

limit, the higher
d, shows promi-
: for distinguish-

e south of Sand-

oms close-to, lies

westward of Petit
)ast water,
ies nearly i mile
Island.

, lies 1,200 yards
lound Island,
southern of the
makes as a cone

is from the north
iving H fathoms
83° E. mag.) from

)ep water close-to,

, breaks in winter
•ound lying i mile
ith a fresh breeze
!e.

ISLANDS.

181

Green Island, nearly a mile NNW. of Miffel Island, and about
80 feet high, is a flat-topped grass-covered island, with white clitTs
and deep water on the seaward face, and a small islet off the east
extreme.

Green Island Shoal, with 5 fatiioms water over it, and depths
of 11 to 13 fathoms close-to, lies 600 yards WSW. from Qreen
Island.

Neveirfail Shoal, with 7 fathoms water over it, lies 000 yards
SW. of Green Island.

Miffel Island bearing S. 69° W. (S. 42° W. mag.) clears those
shoals passing south westward ; both shoals are said to break in
bad weather.

Harbor Island, about ^ mile north of Green Island, consists of
numerous islets and rocks of a dark color, with steep cliffs on the
north and west sides, sloping to the east, where there is a shallow
cove with good shelter for boats. A remarkable hummock named
The Louse-box surmounts the west point of this island.

Harbov Island Rock, 2 feet above high water, with a depth of
6 fathoms close-to, lies 270 yards SW. of Harbor Island.

Round Island, 79 feet high, of dark micaceous rock, is cliffy and
steep-to, except on the NE. side, from which a ledge of 3 fathoms
water extends 50 yards.

The passage between Harbor and Round Islands is free from
danger, but it is better for a stranger to take the northern route.

West Flat Island, the westernmost of the group, about 25 feet
high, is a bare white rock, making in two flat summits, with a rock
awash at low water 100 yards off the south point, and a depth of
more than 10 fathoms at 200 yards off.

Beacon. — A pyramidal-shaped wooden beacon stands on the
western mound of this island.

Shoals. — Several shoals and fishing br • -; lie near West Flat
Island. The following are those that break i . winter gales :

Graley Rock, with 9 feet water over it, and 10 fathoms at 200
yards, lies 1,400 yards S. 22° E. (S, 5° W. mag.) from West Flat
Island beacon.

Point Shoal, with 6 fathoms water over it, and 13 to 19 fathoms
close-to, lies one mile S. 47° W. (S. 74° W. mag.) from West Flat
Island beacon.

Oflfer Shoal, with 4 fathoms water over it, is the outer and
western of these dangers, with 15 fathoms close-to, and lies 1^
miles S. 46° W. (S. 73° W. mag.) from West Flat Island beacon.

Banks reported SW. of Burgeo. — Soundings of 10 fathoms,
white sandy bottom, on a bank about 27 miles southwestward of
Burgeo Islands, or in approximately latitude 47° 08' N., longitude
57° 53' W.

p— '

182

NEWFOUNDLAND — 80UTII COAHT.

A ])auk, extendinjjf alxmt oiu! nnl« in an east aiul west <lin»ction,
is Hitiuitod about 50 miles s(tutli\vontwanl of Burg(M> Lilaiuls.
At tlio eastern end of tlio banlc tliere is a doptli of 'Z',\ fatlioms;
about i mile wi'stward, 17 fathoms (hard, rocky bottom); and 2
miles fartlu'r westward, no bottom at 100 fathoms.

Approximate positi(m of the 17 fathoms sounding, latitude 46° 63'
N., longitude 58° 1!>' W.

Both of the above banks were unsuccessfully searclied for in
H. M. surveying vessel Oidnare in 18!) I.

Directions from the Eastward.— Richards Head kept between
N. U° W. (N. 66° W. mag.) and N. 61° W. (N. 24° W. mag.) will
lead between Boar Island Rock and Bay de Loup Rock to Boar
Island, and when about 400 yards northward of the latter the fall of
Sandbanks should be brought open south of Furber Point, bearing
8. 72° W. (N. 81° W. mag.), to clear White Ground and the shoals
lying east of Smalls Island, after which the beacon on the shoal
south of Smalls Island should be passed at about 200 yards distant,
and B^urber Point rounded to the anchorage.

From the Westward. — Entering Burgeo from the westward, a
course should be steered to pass 800 yards north of West Flat
Island, when the summit of Rencontre Island should be bi'ought
in line with the south extreme of Sandbanks Point Island, bearing
East (S. 63° E. mag.), and kept so until Round Shag Island opens
east of Ragged Island, bearing S. 54° E. (S. 27° E. mag.), when
Sandbanks Point Island should be rounded at 2u0 yards distant
and a N. 76° E, (S. 77° E. mag.) course steered, taking care to keep
Round Island open south of Sandbanks Point Island, bearing S.70°
E. (N. 77° E. mag.), until the cairn on Eclipse Island comes in line
with the NW. point of Morgan Island N. 42° E. (N. 69° E. mag.)
This mark should be run on until Morgan Island is closed to 200
yards. Morgan Island should be passed at that distance until the
channel between it and Eclipse Island is open, when a mid-channel
course will lead to Burgeo Anchorage, looking out for the shoals
extending north from Morgan and east from Eclii^se Island.

In a vessel drawing more than 21 feet. Miff el Island should be
steered for, taking care to keep clear of Whales Back, and rounded
at i mile to clear Fortune Rock, then a course steered to pass be-
tween Boar Island and Boar Island Rock; keeping Round Shag
Island open south of Musket Islands, bearing S. 61° W. (S. 88° W.
mag.), until Richards Head is open east of Boar Island, bearing
N. 43° W. (N. 16° W. mag.); when the latter may be rounded at
300 yards, to clear the ledge off the NE. point, and the anchorage
steered for.

Small vessels may pass in mid-channel, between Ragged and
Seal Islands, keeping Richards Head and the church shut in with

. west direction,
Jurgoo lolamls.
of 5i:J fttthoma;
bottom); uiul 'i

, latitude 40" 63'

searched for in

id kept between
° W. mag.) will
p Rock to Boar
latter the fall of
r Point, bearing
1 and the shoals
3n on the shoal
)0 yards distant,

the westward, a
h of West Flat
ould be brought
1 Island, bearing
lag Island opens
E. mag.), when
;0 yards distant
:ing care to keep
d, bearing 8.70°
,nd comes in line
N. 69° E. mag.)
is closed to 200
istance until the
in a mid-channel
t for the shoals
)se Island,
sland should be
ick, and rounded
)ered to pass be-
ing Round Shag
1° W. (S. 88° W.
r Island, bearing
ly be rounded at
id the anchorage

)en Ragged and
rch shut in with

nrn(iEf) — tidal HTnKA:MM.

18.1

M(n7fHn Islimd, bearing N. 'U" E. (N. 61° E. nuig.), until Crocker
IhIhikI is distant !iOU yards.

White and Morgan Islands should l)o ko]»t at that distance until
thei'lwinuel is open between the latter and Eclipse Ishind.

There is also a passage between Round 8hag and Miisk(<t Islands;
keeping one-third the width of the channel from the latter, and
rounding Crocker Island at 20(» yards, proceed as bot'oro directed.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Burgeo at Hh. IJ'^ni. ;
springs rise ti| feet, neaps rise 4 foot.

Tidal StreamB. — There is no regularity in the direction of the
tidal streams off Burgeo, but they are greatly intluonced by the
prevailing winds. The western stream attains a velocity of 1|
knots an hour after a prevalence of easterly winds, but the eastern
stream seldom exceeds one knot an hour.

Ooaat— Qreen Island, i mile NNW. of Cornelius Island and
abcmt 40 foot high, is long and narrow, with rocks extending 350
yards from the SW. side, and a rock, awash at low water, in mid-
channel between it and Little Barasway Head, from which it is
distant 250 yards.

No Man Rock, one foot above high water, lies 400 yards west-
ward from Green Island ; and at 900 yards on the same bearing
there is a rock, with 12 feet water on it, and 7 fathoms close-to,
except on its sonth side, where there is a depth of 4J fathoms.

Qallbping Moll Rock, covering 6 feet at high water, and nearly
always breaking, lies 800 yards southward of No Man Rock.

Little Barasway is a large bay nearly all dry at low water,
with First and Aaron Arms, two inlets, extending to the eastward.
The entrance is nearly dry at low water, and is on either side of a
conical islet, 300 yards north of Green Island.

The Canal, an artificial cutting connecting Little Barasway
with Grandy Brook, is available for the small boats of the fisher-
men from three-quarters flood to a quarter ebb.

Flannagan Island, 33 feet high, lies about f mile NW. of Little
Barasway Head, has a flat top, and is faced by cliffs, with a small
rock close to the east side.

A rock, that covers 2 feet at high water, with a depth of 7
fathoms close-to, lies 400 yards S. 18° E. (S. 9° W. mag.) from
Flannagan Island, and a patch of rocks, with two heads covering
3 feet, lies 350 yards S. 59° E. (S. 33° E. mag.) from the same
island.

Grandy Brook is an arm of the sea extending inland from
Little Gut, 2i miles to the fresh- water brook at the head; the
entrance through Little Gut is now closed.

Little Gut Head, SE. of Little Gut, is the south point of a
sharp-topped conical hill, 225 feet high. The rocks about this head

184

NKWKOI'NDLAND — HOIITH COAHT.

ar(3 w)iit(>, 1111(1 oiV it in ii rock, iiwuhI) iit h\n\\ wiitt>r, with shonl
wut(>r juHt outsidt).

Aspect. — Thoro is a nuimrkuhlc (litT<«r»Mict) liotwoen tlm liiiul
woHt iiiid tliiit t'HHt of Gniiitly Brook; i\w foniior consists of niugus
of liills witii el iff- faced Hummits mid smooth, mossy slopt's-, tho
hitter of conical hills and mounds, ])urtially cuvurud with stiiutod
tr«'»m or whitened by former firos.

Norman Head, west of Little Out, is a haro-topped mound O.T
feet liiKh, with a spit of shiuKlo extending from the base into
Little Gut. West of this head extends a lt>ng shingle beach, 10 feet
above high water, .that forms Big Barasway, a largo shoal bay cou-
tainiiig several islands. The entrance at the west end of tlu* beach
is encumbero<l by rocks, and it is rarely used even by local small
craft. The beach has a grassy mound at the west extreme, and
two mounds at short distances to the eastward of it.

Barasway Bay, the open space bounded by Cornelius Island on
the oast and Barasway Point on the west, has a general depth of
17 fathoms on the outer edge, but islets, rocks, and foul ground
make it quite useless as an anchorage, and in bad weather the bay
appears a mass of bi-eakers.

Mile Rooks, a cluster of islets and rocks, the highest H feet
high, occui)y a space 1,400 yards long by 800 yards broad, with
rocks awash, and below water, all round at a distance of 000
yards.

A rock, with 6 feet water on it, lies 1,660 yards S. SO" E. (S. 69°
E. mag.), and a shoal of 7 feet water 1,400 yards N. 62° E. (N. 79°
E. mag.) fnmi the highest of the Mile Rocks.

The Jumper, awash at low water, and always breaking, is the
outer danger in Barasway Bay, and lies S. 65° E. (S. 38° E. mag.)
U miles from Barasway Point; nearly 800 yards N. 71° E. (S. 82°
E. mag.) from the Jumper is a shoal with 18 feet water over it.

Barasway Point, the west point of Barasway Bay, is a low
promontory extending seawai'd from the slopes of Father Hughes
Hill, 398 feet high, that makes as a cone when seen from seaward,
and is the end of a flat range of hills stretching to the interior.
The moss and stunted growth that cover this hill are darker than
the surrounding country, and tend to make it conspicuous even in
misty weather.

A rock, with 6 feet water on it, lies 300 yards S. 5° W. (S. 32°
W. mag.) of Barasway Point, and on the SE. side, nearly 200
yards oflf, is a rock that covers one foot at high water.

Doctor Harbor, with a small white island, of the same name,
in the entrance, is an inlet 000 yards deep in Barasway Point,
available for small vessels only.

;iev, with Hhoal

ween tlio Imul
incista of riuigos

iHHy slopes •, till)

ed with Mtuntod

•ppcd mound 03
I tho base into
le beach, 10 foot
shoal bay cou-
Mid of tho boach
[1 1)y local small
ist oxti'enio, and
it.

nelius Island on
i^eneral depth of
ind foul ground
weather the bay

highest 14 feet

H'ds broad, with

distance of 000

S. 80" E. (S. 69°
N. 62° E. (N. 70°

breaking, is the
(S. 38° E. mag.)
N. 71° E. (S. 82°
water over it.
y Bay, is a low
t Father Hughes
3u from seaward,
J to the interior.
[ are darker than
ispicuous even in

S. 5° W. (S. 32°
side, nearly 200
ater.

' the same name,
Barasway Point,

ANcnOTlAdK.

(B. A. (niiirt No. 2149.)

185

Ooast. — From Burasway Point westward the coast is foul to
Connoire Bay, with several small coves. The outer rocks gener-
ally show by breakers, and may bo api)roa(di(<(l on tlie south side
to \ niil»». The hill rnrming Connoire lleud, completely open west
of Wreck Island (the low, green islund next eastward of it), bear-
ing N. r»2° W. (N. '-w'.')' W. nnig.), leads westward of all dangers.

Anchorage. — Anchorage may l)o obtained with od'shore winds
oft" Midrllo Brook between Green Island (oil" which are a small
cluster of rocks above water) and Baring Island, a reddish white
rocky island, 63 foot high, next NW. of it, in 12 fatlumis water,
but it is (juite exposed to southward and westward. A few houses
stand on tho western entrance point of Middle Brook, at tho head
of tho anchorage.

(B. A. Chart No. 1586.)

Oonuoire Bay, entered at nearly 12 miles NW. irom Miffol
Island, extends 2.V miles, with a breadth of 1^ miles, to Mid Head,
whore it branches into Northeast and Northwest Arms. Northeast
Arm extends in a curve 2;^ miles, and Northwest Arni ■>^ miles, but
the dei)th of water is l„.>.s than 5 fathoms over tho whole extent of
tlie hitter, and at half tide boats only can enter the shallow portion,
which begins at one mile from Mid Head.

Oonnoire Head, tho eastern entrance point, is, from its isolation
and the white rock at the base, conspicuous, and the dark, stunted
trees that crown the summit are 176 feet above high water.

Tho only danger in tho outer part of Connoire Bay is a rock, with
3 fathoms water over it, situated 300 yards from the oast shore of
the bay, and \j\ miles from Connoire Head. Northward of Con-
noire Head tho land slopes smoothly from hills that attain an ele-
vation of 485 feet, and are covered with brown moss. Mid Head
terminates in a series of peaked hills, and the highest part is ()89
feet above high water.

Anchorage. — Tho bay is qtiite exposed to southwesterly winds,
but anchorage may be obtained, with oflfshore winds, in depths of
10 fathoms or less, as convenient.

Northeast Arm affords good shelter to vessels drawing 18 feet or
less water, anchorage being taken up by the lead and according
to the size of the vessel. A sandbank extends from the north shore,
ju.st within the point where the arm narrows, and a rock, with 13
feet water on it, lies in mid-channel, off Billiard Cove, a small bight
on the south shore. Vessels should, therefore, keep nearer the east
than the west shore of this arm.

Water. — Water may be obtained from a good stream at the head
of Billiard Cove.

I
I

186

NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Billiard C ''e at
8h. "iOm. ; springs rise 5J feet, neaps rise 4 feet; ueaps rang. 3 feet.

Muddy Hole Point, the western entrance point of Connoire
Bay, is the extreme of a conical hill 97 feet high, and the apparent
western termination of a ridge extending from a hill with a sharp
peak Q46 feet above high water, which slopes northward to a salt-
water lagoon. Cowhouse Hill, 839 feet high, and the highest land
near the coast in this neighborhood, rises northward from this
lagoon. Round Hill, 570 feet high, rises a short distance north-
ward of Muddy Hole. Rocks extend 800 yards southwestward
from Muddy Hole Point, but may be avoided by keeping the sum-
mit of Baring Island in line with the SW. extreme of Wreck
Island, bearing S. 81° E. (S. 54° E. mag.).

Muddy Hole, an open bay, completely exposed to the south-
westward, has a small boat cove in the NE. corner.

Anchorage. — Anchorage, with offshore Avinds, may be obtained
in 11 or 12 fathoms water, but the holding ground is not good
generally.

Otter Point. — Otter Point, the western entrance point of Muddy
Hole, slopes from a round hill 137 feet high, and immediately over
it there is a small cone known as Trimming Hill, 37 feet high.

Two shoals, with 3 fathoms water over them, lie in a SE. by E.
direction, off the soiith extreme of the point, at distances of 550
yards and 800 yards, respectively.

The Painter, a dangerous rock that almost dries at low water,
but often does not show by a breaker, lies nearly f mile southward
of Otter Point.

Shag Island, a conspicuous white rock 42 feet high, is the south-
ernmost extreme of a chain of islands and rocks extending from
Otter Point. Numerous sunken dangers lie westward and north-
westward of Shag Island, the southwesternmost of which, Colom-
bier Shoal, with 6 feet water over it, is l^Jg- miles S. 68° W. (N. 85°
W. mag.) from the summit of Shag Island. This danger was for-
merly known as Comus Rock, and the present local corruption of
the name is Clumpy Shoal.

The western entrance point of Connoire Bay open south of Shag
Island, bearing N. 59° E. (N. 86° E. mag.), leads southward, and
the SE. extreme of Captain Island in line with the SW. extreme
of Couteau Colombier, N. 9° E. (N. 36° E. mag.), leads westward
of this shoal.

Otter Point Settlement, with a population of about 50, is on the
north side of Duck Island, a small island at the head of a rugged
bight immediately northwestward of Otter Point.

Local knowledge is necessary to approach this settlement, or the
anchorage between it and the mainland northward of it, and only

Billifird C > ^e at
leaps rang - 3 feet.
)oint of Connoire

and the apparent
, hill with a sharp
rthward to a salt-
d the highest land
thward from this
)rt distance north-
ds southwestward
' keeping the sum-
xtreme of Wreck

)sed to the south-
tier.

s, may be obtained
round is not good

ice point of Muddy
l1 immediately over
11, 37 feet high.
, lie in a SE. by E.
at distances of 550

dries at low water,
y -I mile southward

t high, is the south-
ks extending from
estward and north-
st of which, Colom-
es S. 68° W. (N. 85°
'his danger was f or-
local corruption of

open south of Shag
ids southward, and
the SW. extreme
,g.), leads westward

about 50, is on the
le head of a rugged
int.

is settlement, or the
7ard of it, and only

tOUTEiU HAY.

1-^

vessels drawing 12 feet or less water can enter it from the east-
ward. The flagstaff of the settlement is the only mark on it that
can be seen from seaward.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Duck Island at 8h.
47m. ; springs rise 5^^ feet, neaps rise 3^ feet ; neaps range 2J feet.

Couteau Colombier, a remarkable cube of rock 49 feet high,
with a low spur extending northeastward, is 1^ miles northwest-
ward from Shag Island. From certain x^ositions northwestward of
it, it presents a marked resemblance to a human profile.

Captain Island is remarkable for the whiteness of the rock when
visible, and the darkness of the vegetation which covers the remain-
ing portion. It has two hillocks, the northern and higher being
216 feet above high water. It is much diversified in feature, and
has a conspicuous white stripe on one of the coast hills on the north
shore.

Rocks and shoals extend westward 1,200 yards from this island.
The passage between it and the mainland northward is only 200
yards wide, with a depth of 4^ fathoms water in it.

Anchorage. — Small vessels will find excellent anchorage in this
channel off the passage between Captain Island and Duck Island,
which are almost joined together by islands and rocks, taking care
to avoid Seal Rocks, one foot above high water, which lie off the
mainland shore north of the passage.

Couteau Bay extends in 2i miles to the entrance of Couteau
Brook, a considerable stream draining a large valley, which latter
is a prominent feature of the coast. The bay has only one safe,
though narrow, passage into it, being almost blocked by islands
and rocks.

Flat Rocks, 6 and 10 feet high, respectively, and the southern-
most of those above water, are surrounded by rocks for a short
distance. Copper Duck Rock, with 5 fathoms water over it, lies
f mile S. 17° W. (S. 44° W. mag.) from the southern and lower of
Flat Rocks, and is the outer danger off Couteau Bay. Connoire
Head, open south of Shag Island, bearing N. 85° E. (S. 68° E. mag.),
leads south, and the right extreme of the land on the west shore
of Couteau Bay, open westward of the northern of Flat Rocks,
bearing N. 9° E. (N. 36° E. mag.), leads westward of this rock.

Man Rook, 3 feet above high water, is f mile northwestward of
Flat Rocks; and Black Rock, a black wedge-shaped rock 17 feet
high, lies 800 yards southwestward of Man Rock. Shoals extend
southward and southeastward from Man Rock, and a shoal with
5 fathoms water oA it lies 550 yards southward of Black Rock.

A lock, with 3 fathoms water over it, lies nearly in the middle
of Couteau Bay, at 1,350 yards, N. 37° E. (N. 64° E. mag.), from
Man Rock, and 650 yards from the west shore of the bay.

14910 13

188

NEAVFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST.

Directions. — The best and only available passage for a stranger
into Couteaii Bay is between Man Rock and Black Rock, and even
in this passage there is a heavy swell during or after southerly and
westerly gales. By keeping Baggs Head midway between the
western entrance point of Couteau Bay and Black Rock (Cinq Cerf
Bay), bearing N. 45° W. (N. 18° W. mag.). Copper Duck Rock
will be avoided, and when Shag Roost, a con.spicuou8 hillock 126
feet high, and faced by cliff, on the west sliore of Couteau Bay, is
seen midway between Man Rock and Black Rock, bearing N. 17°
E. (N. 44° E. mag.), this mark should be steered for until past Man
Rock, when the west shore of the bay must be kept 300 yards dis-
tant until Horses Head, a cubical black rock 13 feet high, off Otter
Point, is in line with the SW. extreme of Captain Island, bearing
S. 50° E. (S. 29° E. mag.), when the shoal in the middle of the bay
will have been passed, and the head of the bay may be steered for.

Anchorage may be obtained in from 5 to 9 fathoms water, as
convenient, guided by the lead, but a swell rolls in with southerly
and southwesterly winds.

If desirous of entering the passage between Captain Island and
the mainland north of it, the houses on Duck Island vanst be
brought open north of Captain Island, bearing S. 70° E. (8. 43°
E. mag.), to clear the rock extending from Gull Island, a white
rock, 18 feet high, at the NW. extreme of Captain Island, before
steering for the passage, which may then be entered in mid-chan-
nel, and anchorage, for small vessels only, obtained at any part
of it.

Blue Hills of Couteau are two remarkable bluffs, 1,903 and
1,845 feet high, respectively, situated about 8 miles northward of
Co\iteau Bay. Extensive ranges of hills extend both eastward and
westwai'd from them, but these, the most remarkable, are an ex-
cellent mark in clear weather for the identification of the land.

Cinq Cerf Bay lies next westward of Couteau Bay, and is en-
cumbered with islands and rocks. The dividing point between
the two bays is foul to White Ground, the outer danger, which
has 2i fathoms water over it, and is 900 yards southward of the
point.

Culotte, a small cove in the NE. part of the bay, and the only
anchorage, is available for small vessels.

Flat Island, 23 feet high, and the southernmost of the islands
oft' the bay, is a bare rock 1^^ miles southwestward of the divid-
ing point between Couteau Bay and Cinq Cerf Bay. It may be
approached, to 200 yards, from the SW. extreme, but shoals ex-
tend 800 yards from it in a northeasterly direction.

Black Rock, a small rock 11 feet above high water, situated 1,800
yards northeastward of Flat Island, has shoals extending in all

,ge for a stranger
k Rock, and even
iter southerly and
way between the
c Rock (Cinq Cerf
ipper Duck Rock
CUOU8 hillock 126
,f Couteau Bay, is
!k, bearing N. 17°
for until past Man
;ept 300 yards dis-
■eet high, off Otter
in Island, bearing
(middle of the bay
nay be steered for.
fathoms water, as
3 in with southerly

Daptain Island and
ik Island must be
ig S. 70° E. (S. 43°
ull Island, a white
)tain Island, before
itered in mid-chan-
)tained at any part

le bluffs, 1,903 and
miles northward of
1 both eastward and
aarkable, are an ex-
ition of the land,
eau Bay, and is en-
ding point between
)uter danger, which
is southward of the

le bay, and the only

imost of the islands

istward of the divid-

Brf Bay. It may be

reme, but shoals ex-

ction.

water, situated 1,800

oals extending in all

CULOTTE — DIRECTIONS.

189

directions from it for 300 yards, and there is no safe passage between
it and the mainland eastward of it.

Directions. — To enter Culotte, pass westward of Flat Island at
a distance of not less than 400 yards, and steer to pass i mile west-
ward of Black Rock, observing that Pools Island (low and wooded,
in the northeastern arm of Cinq Cerf Bay, and under Devil Head,
a steep bluff 280 feet high, that forms the east entrance point to
Culotte) just open west of the east shore of Cinq Cerf Bay, bearing
N. 40° E. (N. 67° E. mag.), leads close west of the shoals off Black
Rock. Steering with Pools Island open, when approaching the
east shore of the bay, keep it at the distance of about 300 yards and
pass between that shore and Seal Rocks (a cluster of flat rocks 8
feet above high water, situated to the southward of a peninsula
surmounted by two hills, 115 and 117 feet high, respectively, that
forms the west entrance point to Culotte). Pass in mid -channel
between Woody Island, which is separated by a narrow channel
from the east extreme of the peninsula, and Pools Island, and
anchor in from 6 to 8 fathoms water, muddy bottom, and good
holding ground.

Water may be obtained from a brook at the NE. corner of
Culotte, and wood is abundant.

Baggs Head is a conspicuous dark wooded cone 188 feet high,
in the middle of the north shore of Cinq Cerf Bay.

Numerous islands and shoals extend southward of it, but the
outermost will be cleared by keeping Woody Island open east of
Seal Rocks, bearing N. 44° E. (N. 71° E. mag.).

There is a white patch on the side of the coast hill, at ^ mile
northeastward of Baggs Head, which is prominent for a distance
of 3 miles.

Cinq Cerf Brook discharges the waters of a considerable stream,
which runs from many miles inland, in a deep valley, close west-
ward of Baggs Head ; it contains usually both salmon and trout.

(B. A. Chart No. 2142.)

Cinq Cerf Islands are a group of islands lying off the west
entrance point to Cinq Cerf Bay, with steep gray cliffs on their
seaboard. The highest and westernmost is 84 feet above high
water, while Shag Island, the northeasternmost, is a bare white
rock 36 feet high. A small village, with a population of 34 in
1884, is situated round a cove on the mainland shore, close north-
westward of these islands.

Big Sunker, with 15 feet over it at low water, and the south-
westernmost of a group of rocks lying off Cinq Cerf Islands, lies
a little more than one mile N. 74° W. (N. 47° W. mag.) from Flat

•»>>

190

NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST.

Island. Shag Island, completely open south of Flat Island, bear-
ing S. 81° E. (S. 54° E. II It?.), leads south; Baggs Head Avell open
east of Shag Island (Cii, , Cerf), N. 6° E (N. :J3° E. mag.), leads
east; and Baggs Head open westward of Shag Island (Cinq Cerf),
N.. 25° E. (N. 52" E. m&g.), leads westward of this dangerous rock.

Whittle Hill, 333 feet high, is a round hill situated on the main-
land a short distance northwestward of Cinq Cerf Islands.

Three Islands are a cluster of that number with two lower
islets eastward of them, and several rocks and shoals round them.
The southernmost and highest is a round gray rock 40 feet above
high water. In approaching Grand Bruit Harbor the dangers off
these islands may be avoided by keeping Pigeon Island bearing
8. 88° W. (N. 65° W. mag.). "

Bad Neighbor, a dangerous rock nearly awash at low water, is
U miles S. 14° E. (S. 13° W. mag.) from the southernmost of Three
Islands. Roti Colombier in line with Offer Island, bearing West
(N. 63° W. mag.), leads south; the High Land of Grand Bruit
well open eastward of the highest of Three Islands, N. 14° W. (N.
13° E. mag.), leads close east; and open west of that island, N. 11°
W. (N. 10° E. mag.), leads close westward of this rock.

Chance Rock, with 4 J fathoms water over it, lies about J mile
S. 75° W. (N. 78° W. mag.) from Bad Neighbor.

The High Land of Grand Bruit forms one of the most remark-
able hills and best landfalls on the coast. It rises in a steep cliff
to an elevation of 1,012 feet, and is surmounted by a cairn of stones,
at a little more than 2 miles northeastward of Grand Bruit Harbor.
Rocky and serrated ranges extend inland for several miles.

A cascade falls over the hills nearly one mile westward of the
High Land.

Grand Bruit Harbor is only 200 yards wide, but affords excel-
lent sheltered anchorage for small vessels in 7 fathoms water. A
series of rocks extends 400 yards SSE. from the west extreme of
the island, which forms the east entrance point. There will be no
difficulty in recognizing this harbor, as the houses of the village
surrounding, and a schbolhouse painted white, on the slope of the
hill above, or the large waterfall at the head of. the harbor, may
be seen from seaward.

The Smoker, an isolated rock 10 feet high, lies soiitheastward,
and a group of islands lie southwestward of the entrance to the
harbor.

Southeast Island is a gray, bare islet 40 feet high, and White
Island at the NE. extreme is a steep, round islet 35 feet high.
Harbor Island, the largest of the group, is so named from two boat
coves on either side of a narrow neck of land in the middle of the
island. It f.alls in gray cliff from the summit 105 feet high over
the south extreme.

ST.

■ Flat Island, bear-
?gs Head well open
:}3° E. mag.)> lef^'^s
Island (Cinq Cerf),
his dangerous rock,
buated on the main-
^erf Islands.
)er with two lower
shoals round them.
y rock 4G feet above
rbor the dangers off
;eon Island bearing

rash at low water, is
Lithernmost of Three
3laud, bearing West
md of Grand Bruit
ands, N. 14° W. (N.
)f that island, N. 11°
this rock.

: it, lies about ^ mile
>or,

e of the most remark-
t rises in a steep cliff
1 by a cairn of stones,
Grand Bruit Harbor,
several miles,
lile westward of the

Lde, but affords excel-
7 fathoms water. A
1 the west extreme of
int. There will be no
houses of the village
be, on the slope of the
i of. the harbor, may

h, lies soiitheastward,
f the entrance to the

feet high, and White
ad islet 35 feet high.
) named from two boat
d in the middle of the
lit 105 feet high over

LA POILE BAY.

191

Duck Island shelters the northern boat cove, and from its north
extreme rocks extend 200 yards. Pigeon Island is a rugged rock
24 feet high.

Grand Bruit Oolombier is a conspicuous small cone about 35 feet
high, lying 900 yards southward of the group off the harbor. A
rock that dries about 2 feet at low water lies 650 yards northeast-
ward, and a sunken rock 200 yards southeastward, of Grand Bruit
Colombier.

Offer Island, 22 feet above high water, is the southernmost islet
off Grand Bruit Harbor, and has no danger off it farther than 200
yards.

Hares Ears are two sharp peaks, 120 feet high, immediately
over the extreme of the mainland southwestward of Grand Bruit
Harbor.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Grand Bruit Har-
bor at 8h. 43m. ; springs rise 5J feet, neaps rise 4 feet.

The Barasway, a large bight westward of Hares Ears, is almost
filled with islands and rocks, and the passage between them should
not be attempted without a local pilot.

Flat Island, open southward of Offer Island, bearing N. 75° E.
(S. 78° E. mag.), will lead southwestward of all dangers.

Old Man Hill, 1^ miles northward of The Barasway, is a peaked
hill 684 feet high and faced by cliff. For about two hours near
noon, when the sun is shining, the shadow of the cliff forms a curi-
ous resemblance to the figure of a man in the face of the hill.

(H.O.ChartNo. 661''.)

Rdti Colombier is a conspicuous bare conical rock 62 feet high
at the south extreme of the islands off The Barasway.

Ireland Island, 3 miles in a westerly direction from R6ti Co-
lombier, lies a little more than one mile off the east point of the
entrance to La Poile Bay ; a ledge extends more than 600 yards
from <^he SE. point of this island, with If fathoms water at the
extremity.

La Poile Bay extends about 6 miles NN"E., with a general
breadth of If miles, to North Bay Point and Dolman Head, which
divide it into Northeast Arm and North Bay, the former 3^ and
the latter 2^ miles long. The several anchorages in the bay will be
described hereafter.

Light — The lighthouse on Ireland Island is a cylindrical iron
tower, 39 feet in height, with dwelling attached, and painted red
and white in horizontal stripes ; it exhibits, at an elevation of 67
feet, a revolving white light every twelve seconds ; it should be
visible 9 miles.

IJtIJ

192

NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST.

Naked Man Rock, which dries 3 feet at low water, lies 1,300
yards N. 23° W. (N. 4° E. mag.) from Ireland Island lighthouse.

Rocks.— A sunken rock, with a depth of less than « feet on it,
and on which the sea breaks, is situated with Ireland Island light-
house bearing about S. 12° E. (S. 17° W. mag.), distant 880 yards.

A sunken rock, with a depth of 2^ fathoms on it and 4 to 5
fathoms close around, lies 200 yards from the above sunken rock, on
the same bearing.

• Southeast Rock lies 600 yards N. 54° E. (N. 81° E. mag.), and a
shoal with 2i fathoms water over it, 400 yards N. 2° E. (N. 29° E.
mag.) of the lighthouse.

A sunken rock, with a depth of 2 fathoms on it, lies with Ire-
land Island lighthouse bearing about S. 60° W. (S. 87° W. mag.),
distant 2^ miles.

A rock about 12 feet high, having a rock, with less than 6 feet
water over it, close SW. of it, lies i mile N. 46° E. (N. 73° E. mag.)
of Naked Man Rock, and between these and the eastern entrance
point there is foul ground.

Qallyboy Harbor, a narrow bor.,t ci'eek having a rock, with 6
feet water over it, in mid-channel, is 2i miles from the entrance on
the east shore.

Friar Rock, awash at low water, lies 250 yards off the south point
of Sandy Cove, on the east shore 3f miles within the entrance.

Dolman Cove lies between Northeast Arm and North Bay, and
is an open bight west of Dolman Head, which is a steep bluff, 770

feet high.

Northeast Arm affords excellent anchorage in from 10 to 13
fathoms water, over mud, in a space f mile long and 600 yards
broad, and there is no danger in the entrance nor in the arm.

Water.— Water may be obtained from Rattling Brook, near the

head.

North Bay is shallow from the entrance, but anchorage may be
obtained just outside in 12 fathoms water, over gravel. A tele-
graph wire crosses the head of North Bay.

Bennet Rock, with 12 feet water over it, lies 400 yards ESE. of
Vineyard Islet, a small islet off the north point of Broad Cove, 2^
miles from Little Bay.

Little Bay, on the west shore, 3 miles from the entrance, is IJ
miles deep, and affords anchorage in a space, 400 yards in diame-
ter, off the fishing settlement in 10 fathoms water. Buoys are laid
down for convenience of warping vessels to the wharves.

Tooth Rock.— A sunken rock, with a depth of 2f fathoms on it
and 5 to 10 fathoms close around, lies at the entrance of Little Bay,
with Gallyboy Head li miles N. 86° E. (S. 67° E. mag.).

iST.

3W water, lies 1,300
[sland lightliouse.
js than feet on it,
Ireland Island light-
), distant 880 yards,
ns on it and 4 to 5
30ve sunken rock, on

81° E. mag.), and a
N. 2° E. (N. 29° E.

on it, lies with Ire-
^ (S. 87° W. mag.),

dth less than 6 feet
°E. (N. 73° E. mag.)
the eastern entrance

iving a rock, with 6
from the entrance on

ds oflf the south point
ihin the entrance,
and North Bay, and
1 is a steep blutf, 770

ge in from 10 to 13
long and 600 yards
nor in the arm.

tling Brook, near the

lut anchorage may be
)ver gravel. A tele-

ies 400 yards ESE. of
nt of Broad Cove, 2^

m the entrance, is 1^^
, 400 yards in diame-
ater. Buoys are laid
tie wharves.
;h of 2f fathoms on it
atrance of Little Bay,
7° E. mag.).

LA POILE HARBOR.

193

Anchorage. — Anchorage may bo obtained oft" the mouth of this
bay in 15 fathoms water, exposed to southerly winds, but Tooth
Rock interferes with the anchoring space.

A shoal, with (J^ fathoms water on it (existence doubtful), is
reported to lie in this harbor.

Beacon. — A small iron beacon surmounted by a staff and cage
is placed (m the outer rock off the south entrance point to Little
Bay. Shoal water extends a few yards outside the beacon.

Communication.— The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer
calls here fortnightly during summer and autumn, and there is a
post and telegraph office.

Ice.— Little Bay freezes occasionally in the month of February,
but the ice seldom remains long.

La Poile Harbor, just inside the west point of the entrance, is
400 yards wide, and 1,700 yards deep as far as Pig Island, which
lies in mid-channel ; beyond Pig Island it is continued to the head
for another i mile by a narrow bight.

There are a few houses on the south shore of this harbor, and
anchorage may be obtained, in 11 fathoms water, about 300 yards
northeastward of Pig Island.

Beacon. — A beacon stands on Beacon Point.

Harbor Rock, with 10 feet water over it, is the extreme of a
shoal extending nearly 200 yards from the south shore, just within
the entrance, and 400 yards NNW. of Beacon Point. To avoid
this rock, the north shore should be kept aboard when entering.

Cox Rock, with 9 feet water over it, lies 000 yards off the west
point of the entrance to La Poile Bay, 2^ miles west (N. 63° W.
mag.) from Ireland Island lighthouse.

La Flante Harbor, a narrow boat creek near the entrance, may
be entered by keeping the east point close aboard, to avoid a rock
just inside the mouth.

Ice.— La Poile Harbor freezes over about 10th February, the ice
disappearing about 20th March; although blocked at intervals,
generally between the 1st and 20th March, during fifty years navi-
gation has not been impeded more than six spring seasons, and
field ice rarely arrives, but when forced in by SW. winds becomes
a serious obstruction ; the bay is cleared by N W. winds. The ice
in the river is generally about 6 inches thick.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in La Poile Bay at
9h. Om. ; springs rise 6 feet, neaps rise 4 feet.

Little La Poile, a narrow shallow inlet, extends west of La

Poile Bay.

(B. A. Chart No. 2336.)

Coast.— Between La Poile Bay and Garia Bay the coast is bor-
dered by islands and rocks, which no stranger should attempt to

PH!

194

NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST.

pass iiisido af at any time, nor shoal the water to less than 60
fatlionis at niglit.

Oaria Bay, entered 4 miles westward of La Poile Bay, extends
3 miles in a northwesterly direction, and thence with a bend north-
easterly for 2 miles. The water in it is generally shallow, and the
anchorage space for large vessels is only 300 yards wide, but for
small vessels it affords excellent shelter.

Crafty Head, 140 feet high, and Black George Head, 141 feet
high, are two conspicuous conical headlands, between Little La
Poile and Qaria Bay. Behind these the ranges gradually increase
in height to an elevation of 8G0 feet, over the east side of Garia
Bay, while at 4 miles northward of the head of that bay are the
Blue Hills of Garia; the highest, Garia Peak, is 1,814 feet above
the sea.

Wood, suitable for building fishing craft, grows in Garia Bay.

Indian Island, 58 feet high, lies off the eastern entrance point
of Garia Bay, and may be distinguished by a white cliff at the
west extrenie.

Deer Island, dividing tlie entrance, is surmounted by a conical
hill 68 feet above high water, and covered with dai'k spruce. From
it islands and rocks extend southeastward J mile, the most promi-
nent being Shag Island, the easternmost, which is 32 feet high,
and composed of gray rock, and Black Rock, the southernmost,
12 feet high.

Smock Island, 63 feet high, and composed of gray rock partially
covered with moss, lies just inside the entrance of Garia Bay; the
shores are foul for a short distance. Ship Cove Hill is a remark-
able headland, 155 feet high, on the eastern shore, and off it is Big
Island, 114 feet high. Spruce Island, 52 feet high, is joined by
rocks to the western shore, and Round Island, 73 feet high and the
next north, is separated from the western shore by the deepest
available channel to the head of the bay,

A group of islets, westward of Deer Island in the western en-
trance to Garia Bay, are known as Big Rock, Bell Rock, and Flat
Rock, from their shapes. The north shore of Deer Island gener-
ally is foul ; three of the rocks, the Bull, the Calf, and the Cow,
showing only at low water, spring tides.

Brag^ Rock, with 2 feet water on it, lies 66 yards eastward of
Flat Rock.

The settlement is in Garia Harbor, a small cove with numerous
rocks in it, on the west side of Garia Bay just inside the entrance,
and one family resides at the head. The population was 53 in 1884.
The schoolhouse is the northeasternmost house, and stands on a
small eminence above the other houses.

r to less than 50

'oile Bay, oxtemls
vith a bend north-
f shallow, and the
ards wide, but for

ge Head, 141 feet
)etween Little La
gradually increase
jast side of Garia
f that bay are the
is 1,814 feet above

ws in Garia Bay.
arn entrance point
white cliff at the

unted by a conical
ark spruce. From
e, the most promi-
ih is 32 feet high,
the southernmost,

gray rock partially
of Garia Bay ; the
a Hill is a remark-
re, and off it is Big
high, is joined by
2 feet high and the
ore by the deepest

in the western en-
Jell Rock, and Flat
Deer Island gener-
Calf, and the Cow,

; yards eastward of

jove with numerous
inside the entrance,
ation was 53 in 1884.
ise, and stands on a

LIITLE (JAIIIA HAY.

195

Wreck Island lies about J mile southwestward of theoutrant'e
t ) Garia Bay, is 35 feet high, and (.'ovured with grass. Then* are
two rocky mounds near the west extreme. Wreck Island Suukcrs
are rocks that extend nearly ^ mile soiithward of Wi-eck lHlan<l,
a 1(1 Offer Gob Rock, a dangerous slioal with 15 feet water on it,
lies J mile 8. 2ti° W. (S. 53" W. mag.) from Wreck Island Summit.

Hatchers Cove, a small bight completely exposed to the sotith-
ward, lies close westward of the entrance to Garia Bay. The
eastern part of the cove is full of rocks, but tliero is good anchor-
age for small craft in the remainder, in from to 11 fathoms water.

There is a small black rock off the eastern entrance point, and
one that dries only at low water close to the western entrance point.

Little Oaiia Bay is close westward of Hatchers Cove, the
dividing points being Pool Island and Slammer Point, which has
the appearance of an island. It may be recognized by Firmage
Head, £). remarkable bluff, 180 feet high, just within the eastern
entrance point. There is no danger in this bay at any distance
from the shore, but the water is deep, and it is completely exposed
to southerly winds. A bar, with not more than 12 feet over it at
low water, and composed of flat rock, crosses the bay ^ mile from
the head, forming a basin with 4i fathoms in it, and a good anchor-
age for small craft. Large vessels will find sheltered anchorage
from oft'shore winds in 13 fath'oms water off' Pigeon Island, 40 feet
high, close to the west shore, and just north of Pillar Rock, 35 feet
high. Berry Point, the west entrance point, is a low peninsula of
red cliff, with a small rock above water close south.

Seal Islands are a group off the western entrance point to
Little Garia Bay.

Big Seal Islaiid, surmounted by a sharp pointed hill 130 feet
higli, is generally covered with grass and moss. Close N W. of it
is Round Island, a sharp cone about 70 feet high, anfl south of it,
Offer Seal Island, 54 feet high, with Black Rock, 6 fett above high
water, clo.se south of it.

Rocks extend from all sides of Offer Seal Island except the north,
and a shoal named Edge-of-ground, with 15 feet water over it, is
situated 800 yards S. 40° E. (S. 13° E. mag.) from the east extreme
of Offer Seal Island,

Gob Rock, awash at low water, lies a short distance from the
NE. extreme of Big Seal Island. Sunken dangers fringe the north
shores of Big Seal and Round Islands, and a rock, awash at low
water, lies off the passage between these islands.

Seal Island Head, a conspicuous red bluff 55 feet high, west-
ward of Seal Islands, shelters a small cove eastward of it, in which
small vessels may anchor in 7 fathoms water, in a space about 200
yards in diameter.

iy«

NKWKorNDLANI) — HOI Til (OAMT.

The entrance in from thoojvHtward, and nortli of Big Seal Island,

VeHseln nuist kt'op close to the northern t>r niaiidand siiorc to
avoid the rocks off Round Island, as the passage is only tlft yards
wide. There is u small settlement here that contained 73 persons
in 1884.

Coast — The coast westward of Seal Islands is bordered by rocks
and shoals, and strangers shonld not venture north of the line of
Wreck Island, in lino with Black Rock (Seal Islands), "bearing N.
70° E. (S. 8:)° E. mag.).

Bennett Cove, just westward of Seal Island Head, affords refuge
for small craft, but it is barred from the southward by rocks, antl
the only approacli is from the westward by keeping about 65 yards
from the mainland.

Bay Le Moine, entered 5 miles westward of Garia Bay, extends
i miles in a northeasterly direction, and has good anchorage at
the head.

Petites is a considerable settlement situated round the basins
formed by a group of islands and rocks at the eastern entrance
point of Bay le Moine.

These basins are suitable for small vessels only, which moor to
the wharves, and local knowledge is required to pilot them in safely.

Black Rook, the southernmost of the group and 4 feet high, lies
just south of Gull Island which is 33 feet high, and covered with
grass over red rock.

Black Rock Shoal, with 3 fathoms water on it, lies nearly 400
yards southwestward of Black Rock, and Major Rock, with 6 feet
water over it, lies 000 yards N. 68° W. (N. 41° W. mag.) from the
summit of Gull Island. This is a dangerous rock, as it does not
often break, being only a very sharp pinnacle, with deep water
close round it.

Fish Head, a steep bluflf at the SW. extreme of a hill, 231 feet
high, and faced by gray cliff, forms the western entrance point of
Bay le Moine.

The Friar, an isolated stone pillar, stands a short distance north-
eastward of it.

Dublin Cove, sheltered by the coast northward of Fish Head,
is 335 yards wide at the entrance, and narrows gradually to the
head.

Dublin Cove Rocks, 2 feet high and small, are always visible by
daylight, and may be approached to 100 yards.

There are no other dangers in this cove, except close to the head
where it is shallow.

Anchorage. — Good anchorage maybe obtained in Dublin Cove,
for small vessels as convenient, in from 22 fathoms, at the entrance,
to 6 fathoms water off a small islet at the head.

■ a*>«*-i»"p«J«»e(-''ir

■ -,*-.. ,v«- —

f BiK !^«''il I^'liiiul.
nuinliUKl slniru to
a is only H6 yards
itaiiietl T.i iMirsons

bordered by rocks
)rth of the Hue of
.auds), "bearing N.

aad, affords refuge
ard by rocks, and
ng about 65 yards

]}aria Bay, extends
food anchorage at

1 round the basins
e eastern entrance

ily, which moor to
lilot them in safely,
md -t feet high, lies
, and covered with

L it, lies nearly 400
r Rock, with 6 feet
W. mag.) from the
ock, as it does not
e, with deep water

e of a hill, 231 feet
n entrance point of

hort distance north-
ward of Fish Head,
vs gradually to the

re always visible by

apt close to the head

ned in Dublin Cove,
jms, at the entrance,
I.

IIAKHUU LK col'.

li>7

Tlio Rod House, a conspicuous rock, 2n foi«t liigli, and fucnd by
red cliff, lies closo to the shore iiortiioastward of Dublin Cove, and
at one mile farther, on the same side, is a waterfall just westward
of a red point, from which latter a shoal extonds a short distance.

Bay le Molne Rook, with 4 feet water over it, lies 800 yards
S. IT' W. (H. 44" W. mag.) of the Red House, and nearly in the
middle of the bay.

"Water. — Water may be procured from the fall or the streams
at the head of tht? bay at high water.

Harbor le Oou lies west of the entrance to Bay le Moine, and
is divided into a cove at the SW,, and a basin at the NE. end.

Shark Cove Head, close eastward of the entrance, is surmounted
by a conspicucAis sharp hill, 160 feet high, and the Sugarloaf, a
conical hill, 220 feet high, and covered with dark spruce, sur-
mounts the turning point to the basin. ,

Calapoose Rocks, 3 feet high, lie nearly in the middle of the
approach, and have a shoal, with 12 feet water on it, lying nearly
200 yards SSE. of them, which may be avoided by keeping Sugar-
loaf Point open westward of Calapoose Rocks, bearing N. 48° W.
(N. 21° W. mag.); with the exception of this shoal th^e are no
other dangers in the entrance except close to the shore.

The settlement is situated round the SW. cove, and contains a
schoolhouse. In 1884 the population was 222.

Anchorage.— The cove, i mile deep, and 300 yards wide at the
mouth, affords anchorage for small vessels in from 8 to 11 fathoms
water.

Some rocks lie close to a small hillock, on the north side, and a
rock, that dries at low water, lies in the middle of the head of the
cove.

The basin, ^ mile in diameter, with 20 fathoms water, is gener-
ally deep to the shore, but a spit extends a short distance from
the small islet, on the north side of the entrance, and some rocks
lie a short distance from the bluff at the NE, end.

The Barasway, a ..Ti allow inlet, extends northward from the basin,
and has a waterfall at the head.

Rose Blanche Point (said to be a corruption of Roches Blanches)
may be readily recognized by the lighthouse. The coast between
it and Harbor le Cou is of a whitish gray rock, and generally steep.
Wash Rocks, that cover at high tide, lie a short distance from the
coast midway between the point and Harbor le Cou. Black Rock,
11 feet high, is the SW. extreme of a line of rocks off Rose Blanche
Point.

Black Rock Sunker, with 7 feet water on it, lies 200 yards south
of Black Rock.

198

Ni;Wl<>l\|>I,ANI» — HOI Tir (MAST.

'? I|(!l

Light. — Oil tlu« oHNturii lioinl of RoHt> Klniu'lu' Point tliorn is a
grunitc liKlitlioiiHc, 40 f*!>-l in lini^lit, siit-in<iuiitiii^ tlio ciiniiM' of
Hliittt-i'oof(!(| l)uil(liii^s, with tlu'ir HK. Hides piiinttxl i-itii uihI uliittt
ill v«*rti('Hl stri|)«>M. it t'xiul)itH, iit mi cli'viitiou of Ort f»t»»t, ii fixed
wliito liKlit, that Hhoiild be visihU' II tniloH, lu<tw«'t*ii tho iM-uriuKN
N. O-r K. (N. 8'J" E. iiiiiK.) ami 8. ::>" W. (N. 8o' W. mag.), ovor
an arc (.f l«!t".

Directions. — ProcHinling wrHtwanl from La Poilo, Black Rode
off Littlo La Poilc must ho givon a l)ertli of | niilo, and tho soiitli
oxtromo of Big Seal iHland kopt well open .southward of Wrock
Ishmd, hearing S. 84" W. (N. ()»" W. mag.), to cloar Tinkor Rocks,
tho outer dangers of this neighborhood.

Eastern Ohannel.— If ])ound to Oaria Bay, when Smock Ishtml
is entirely open westward of the eastern entrance |)oint of that )>ay,
bearing N. 4fi° W. (N. IS" W. mag.), the ontrance may be steered
for, and mid-chanuel kept between tho low reef at tho northeastern
extreme of Doer Island and tlie eastern entrance point. Steer for
Smock Island, with its SW. extreme bearing N. .'54" W. (N. 27°
W. mag.), until tlie schoolhouso in Garia Harbor is shut in with
tho north entranc»» point of tho harbor bearing S. 8t5° W. (N. 07°
W. mag.), when tho shoals o(F Doer Island will have been passed,
and a (bourse may be steered to round westward of Smock Island,
and anchorage taken up in 10 fathoms water, midway botw(!eu it
and a coVe iu the mainland lying north from it. This passage,
being but 100 yards wide in the ontrance, ami having no more than
21 feet water in it, is suitable only for small vessels.

Western OhanneL — Large vessels entering Garia Buy shouhl
continue on the mark, the south extreme of Big Seal Island open
southward of Wreck Island, until tho northern entrance point of
Garia Harbor, a small bluff, is in line with Boll Rock, bearing N.
12° W. (N. 15° E. mag.), when the channel between Deer Island
and Bell Rock may bo steered for, taking care to open the whole
of Smock Island, westward of Deer Island, N. 4° W. (N. 23° E.
mag.), before passing Black Rock, to clear Sculpin Rock, tho west-
ernmost of the dangers, south of Deer Island. When Shag Island
is abeam, bring the northern ontrance point to Garia Harbor to
bear N. 17° W. (N. 10° E. mag.) and steer for it, to clear Brag Rock,
and after passing Flat Rock, Black Rock must be kept its own
breadth open westward of Deer Island, bearing S. 29° E. (S. 2° E,
mag.), to avoid The Bull. The entrance points of Garia Harbor
may then be steered for, and passed at about 100 yards distant, and
the anchor let go in the place previously described.

The navigation beyond this is intricate for large vessels, and
the absence of leading marks makes a written descrii)tion un-
available.

-. t*0!*««»-J^«'Jt*#a«*W*l• tli*«Ki*yW- «>«**«*" W**""^1V*«i>

(lAlllA HAY— lUHKCTfONS.

I '.»'.►

I'diiit tlicrt' irt ii
iiK tlitt conuir of
I'll i't>(I iiidI whito
f Ort f«)ot, H fixocl
t'cii tin) iM'iiriiiKH
' \V. iimg.), ovur

'dil.', lilm-k Rock
It*, hihI thu Huutli
liwiinl of Wrock
)iir Tiiiktu- Rocks,

u>ii Smofk iHland
point of that l)ay,
L'o muy be Htoored
t tho uortheastoru
point. Htoor for
!^. 54" W. (N. 27°
or is 8hut in with

s. 8((° w. (N. or"

liivo ])i'en i)a8HU(l,
)f Smock Island,
idwuy botwoon it
it. This puasugc,
v'ing no more than
soIh.

Garia Bay shouhl

: Seal Island open

entrance point of

Rock, bearing N.

ween Deer Island

to open the whole

4° W. (N. 23° E.

)in Rock, the west-

Vhen Shag Island

3 Garia Harbor to

o clear Brag Rock,

t be kept its own

S. 29° E. (S. 2° E.

s of Garia Harbor

yards distant, and

)ed.

large vessels, and
m description un-

SiniiU V(>hn(<1n may continue between Spruc«> and Hig iNhiiidH, tlicn
in till' (dianncl ])Htween Round iHland and tli<> mainland wt>Htward
of it, tlii'ii for one luile in the direct ion of the waterfall, and then
for Mif nariiii' ><.

From the W dStward, tliroiiKh the Westi-rn Clianm-I, Hlack
Geort^o Head jniist l»c k(«pt open east of Black Rock, bearing N.
'VJ" K. (X. •'.() K. mag.). (<• clfiir Wreck [sla(i<l Sutikcrs uMtiJ fliM
north entrance point of Gai-ia Harbor i.s in line with Hell Rock,
when proceed as liefore.

Tludiigh the Ka.stern Channel. After pasning Wreck Island
Hunkers, as al»ove, the south extreme of Big Seal Islaml must be
kept o|)en south of Wreck Island, until the entranci* points of the
eastern pas.sag<» are open, bearing N. 26" W. (N. I' E. nuig.), when
the entrance may bo steered for, and former directions followctd.

Proceeding westward from Garia Bay, Black Georg(< Head must
be brought open east of Black Rock, bearing N. Ill) K. (N. 0(1 E.
mag.), and kept .so until Seal Island Head is in line with tho north
extreme of Olfer Seal Island, bearing N. 71 " E. (N. 44' E. mag.),
to clear Wreck Island Suiikersand OtI'er Gob Rotrk, which will be
pas.sed when the west entrance point of Garia Bay is seen lietween
the two luunmocks, at tho west extreme of Wrec^k Island, bearing
N. 25^ E. (N. 62 E. mag.). If bound to Little Garia Bay or Seal
Islands, the course is then without danger, except the rocks close
to Seal Islands.

Proceeding westward. Shag Island must be koptop«ni southward
of Wreck Island, bearing N. 63" E. (N. 80" E. niag.) until Seal
Island Head is open westward of Black Rock (Seal Islands), bear-
ing N. 43" W. (N. 14" W, mag.) to clear the shoals otY Seal Islands,
when a course may be steered for Rose Blanche Point lighthouse.

When approaching Petites, Seal Island Head must bo kept open
south of Winging Island, the southernmost of tho group, ort" that
pli'ce, bearing N. <i3'" E. (east mag.), until the Red House is open
west of the south shore of Bay le Moine, bearing N. 22" E. (N. 40°
E. mag.). A course must then be steered to shut in the waterfall
on the north .shore of the bay, with the point 8W. of it, bearing
N. 28° E. (N. 65" E. mag.), to clear Major Rock.

After passing the north entrance point of Petites, the waterfall
must be brought well open of the point SW. of it, bearing N. 25°
E. (N. 52° E. mag.), to avoid Bay lo Moine Rock, and when abreast
the Red House all danger is passed, and anchorage may be obtained
at the head of the bay, in 14 fathoms, or less water as convenient,
remembering that the wat(?r shoals very rapidly from 5 to 3
fathoms.

To enter Harbor le Con, Sugarloaf Point must be brought open
west of Calapoose Rocks, bearing N. 48° W. (N. 21° W. mag.),
when a mid-chanuel course will lead to either part of the harbor.

200

KEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST.

|gi

I'lii'!

'Si liPii

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Garia Harbor at
8h. 50m. ; springs rise 5^ feet, neaps rise 3f feet; neaps range >J
feet.

Coast.— From Rose Blanche Point the shore trends NNE. ^ mile,
then turning west and SW., it forms, with two small bays at its
head. Rose Blanche Harbor. Immediately facing the shore inside
-the point, and almost connected with it by rocky islets, is Cains
Island, westward of which is the entrance to the harbor. The
island is steep-to off its SW. point and along its western side. On
its eastern side, where it is separated from the shore by a narrow
bay (almost a strait), there are a few houses and fishing stages.

Rose Blanche Harbor is tolerably easy of access and affords
sheltered anchorage in from 8 to 9 fathoms water, over a sandy
bottom, but the space is very confined and a vessel of over 200 feet
in length should moor.

Rose Blanche Village, principally situated on the peninsula
which forms the western side of the harbor, has a population of
about 500, all of whom are, directly or indirectly, dependent on
the fishing industry. There is a church, the spire of which forms
a prominent mark when approaching from the westward, a school,
and a resident medical officer.

Supplies.— Supplies of ordinary descriptions can be obtained,
and good water is easily procured from the mouth of a river in
the next large bay to the westward.

Communicatiou. — Communication is maintained with St. Johns
and other ports along the coast, during summer, by a steamer fort-
nightly, and there is telegraphic communication with these places
and the Dominion of Canada. Nearly all intercourse between the
villages is by water, as there are no roads, with the exception of
one from Rose Blanche to Harbor Le Cou.

Ice. — Rose Blanche occasionally freezes with thin ice, but when
gulf ice is pressed in by SW. winds it becomes a serious obstruc-
tion.

Rose Blanche Shoals comprise several rocky heads lying
southward of Rose Blanche Point. The outer one, which lies
nearly a mile S. 40" W. (S. 67° W. mag.) from the lighthouse, has
over it a least depth of 2 fathoms, and to the northward are four
other patches with less than Z fathoms water over them, all of
which break heavily.

Shag Rocks, lying li miles N. 54° W. (N. 81° W. mag.) from
Ros^e Blanche Point, form a group of rocky ledges, the highest of
which is 17 feet above high water. To the southeastward of this
are some rocks which dry 5 feet, and beyond these, 400 yards from
the highest ledge, there is a rock with 2i fathoms over it. At 600
yards N. 40° E. (N. 67° E. mag.) from this rock is a ledge on

ROSE BLANCHE HARBOR — DIRECTIONS.

201

i Garia Harbor at
Bt; neaps range a

ends NNE. ■§• mile,
small bays at its
ig the shore inside
ky islets, is Cains
the harbor. The
western side. On
ihore by a narrow
; fishing stages,
access and affords
tter, over a sandy
iel of over 200 feet

on the peninsula
as a population of
tly, dependent on
re of which forms
estward, a school,

can be obtained,
)uth of a river in

aed with St. Johns
by a steamer fort-
with these places
aurse between the
1 the exception of

hin ice, but when
a serious obstruc-

)cky heads lying
one, which lies
le lighthouse, has
irthward are four
)ver them, all of

.° W. mag.) from
:es, the highest of
h eastward of this
e, 400 yards from
3 over it. At 600
ck is a ledge on

which the depth is from 2 to 3 fathoms. All these break heavily
in any swell, but they are steep-to and in calm weather should
be approached with caution.

A little over 400 yards in a north northwesterly direction from
the highest Shag Rock there is another patch having over it one
fathom water; it is composed of white rock which is distinctly
visible when a short distance away.

Duck Island, 60 feet high and covered with coarse grass, lies
between Shag Rocks and the shore ; eastward of it there are sev-
eral rocky heads, making the channel between it and Duckling,
the small islet inside, very dangerous at high water, when they
may not be visible. Off the west end of Duckling there is a rocky
shoal with a least depth of 10 feet, but between the two, very
close to the islet, there is a deep channel used by the coasting
steamers. The north side of Duck Island is tolerably steep and
clear of danger.

Butter Pot, a conspicuous flat-topped hill near the head of Otter
Bay, open south of Tinker Island, bearing N. 81° W. (N. 54° W.
mag.), clears Shag Rock and Rose Blanche Shoals.

Hopkins Island, lying inside Duck Island and fronting a deep
bay locally known as West Arm, is 89 feet high and of the same
rocky, sterile nature as the neighboring coast, from which its
northern point is separated by a shallow passage 150 feet wide.
Together with the main shore this island forms, on its western
side, a bay, the shores of which are steep-to ; the water is deep,
but there is no shelter from the SW. winds and swell which fre-
quently prevail.

West Arm, nearly 1,300 yards deep, affords anchorage for small
vessels in 6 to 6 fathoms water, over rocky bottom. Its entrance
is contracted by Bell Rock (between which and the Rose Blanche
Peninsula there are several ledges), and farther in by Goose Island,
a small rocky islet, having southward of it several rocky patches.
Rose Blanche Brook, a stream of moderate size, flows into the
head of West Arm.

Directions for Kose Blanche Harbor.--From the westward :
Butter Pot Hill kept open south of Tinker Island, bearing N. 81°
W. (N. 54° W. mag.), will clear Shag Rocks and Rose Blanche
Shoals, and when Bell Rock is just open of the west extreme of
Cains Island, bearing N. 7° E. (N. 34° E. mag.), a course may be
shaped for the harbor, car'^ being talcen that Bell Rock is only
just seen open. After passing the north point of Cains Island,
the shores of which are steep-to, anchorage may be taken up as
convenient. Coming from the eastward it will be well to give the
lighthouse a bei'th of i mile to clear Black Rock Sunker, off Rose
Blanche Point, and when Goose Island opens of Cains Island

202

NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST.

about N. 8° W. (N. 19° E. mag,), tlie course may be shaped as
mentioned above.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Rose Blanche at 8h.
40m. ; springs rise 4^ feet, neaps rise 3^ feet.

Tidal Streams. — The flood and ebb streams, running almost
west and east, are quite perceptible close in to the shore, but during
the survey of this part of the coast, in spring and autumn, the
stream outside the 20-fathom line was nearly always to the
westward.

Coast. — From inside Hopkins Island the coast trends, generally,
to the westward to a bluff point forming the eastern side of the
entrance to Mull Face Bay. Off this point a rocky ledge begins,
and extends in an easterly direction, toward Duckling Islet, for a
distance of 800 yards. Near its east extreme there are some small
rocks which dry at low water, which make a good mark for the
northern limit of the channel inside Duck Island. Between this
island and the bluff point mentioned above there are two rocks,
having over them 3 and 3^ fathoms water.

Yankee Rocks form a cluster of rocks and ledges, the highest
i/f which is 1 1 feet above high water. They lie immediately west
of the entrance to Mull Face Bay, and 200 yards N. 84° E. (S. 69°
E. mag.) from the highest part there is a pinnacle rock which
dries at low water.

Mull Face Bay, an arm of the sea nearly ^ mile long, is con-
tracted, near the middle of its depth, to a width of little more than
100 yards, inside which it opens out to a basin affording sheltered,
but very confined, anchorage to small vessels, in 4 fathoms water.
The entrance between the cliffs on the western side (which should
be kept close aboard) and the shoals extending from the eastern
point is only about 200 feet wide, but with local knowledge there
is no danger.

Coast. — The coast from Mull Face Bay trends generally in a
westerly direction to Barasway Bay, which is much encumbered
by rocks and shoals. In its NW. corner there is a conspicuous
waterfall, formed by a stream wliich flows from several large ponds
between the hills.

Qreen Island, lying off the eastern point of Barasway Bay,
with deep water between, is 21 feet high, and being covered with
grass, forms a rather prominent feature. Outside it, to the SE.
and SW., there are several rocks and ledges which generally break ;
of these, the southeastern rock, with 10 feet water over it, lies
1,200 yards S. 50° E. (S. 23° E. mag.), and the western rock, with
6 feet over it, 700 yards S. 28° W. (S. 55° W. mag.) from the sum-
mit of the island. There is also a ledge of 2 to 3 fathoms water,
extending 550 ya.-^° in a westerly direction from the island.

ISLANDS.

308

ay be shaped as

se Blanche at 8h.

running almost
shore, but during
md autumn, the
' always to the

rends, generally,
stern side of the
iky ledge begins,
kling Islet, for a
e are some small
3d mark for the
I. Between this
■e are two rocks,

Iges, the highest
tnmediately west
^r. 84° E. (S. 69°
acle rock which

die long, is con-
little more than
)rding sheltered,
fathoms water,
(which should
om the eastern
nowledge there

generally in a
ich encumbered

a conspicuous
eral large ponds

Barasway Bay,
ig covered with
e it, to the SE.
enerally break ;
tor over it, lies
item rock, with
from the sum-
fathoms water,
le island.

Butter Pot Hill open south of Tinker Island, bearing N. 81° W.
(N. 54° W. mag.), leads outside these shoals,

Ooast. — The coast from Barasway Bay, trending still in a gen-
eral westerly direction and fairly steep-to, is cliffy for J mile to
White Head, a conspicuous mark from seaward. At + mile west-
ward of this the shore is fronted by a group of small islands, inside
of which there is a fishing village named Baziel. Between the
islands and the shore there is a narrow passage, having in it from
3 to 4 fathoms water.

Tinker Island, the westernmost of the group, 20 feet high and
composed of large blocks of shale and granite, is quite bare of
vegetation ; on the summit there is a single block of shale standing
at an angle of about 46°, At ^ mile outside this island there is a
dangerous rock with 9 feet over it at low water. Rose Blanche
lighthouse kept open south of Duck Island, bearing N, 77° E,
(S, 76° E. mag,), leads 700 yards outside this rock.

Pigeon Island, nearly 1,200 yards westward of Tinker Island,
is 2.3 feet high, and rocky and barren like the neighboring shore.
Off its south side there is a small rock having over it 2 fathoms
water.

Coast. — Between Tinker and Pigeon Islands the mainland re-
cedes, forming a bay nearly i mile deep, but it does not afford
anchorage. Westward of Pigeon Island there is another bay,
fronted by a group of small rocky islets, and, a little farther west,
a group of islands, the highest of which is 48 feet above the sea,
fronts the entrance to a narrow channel known as Milners Tickle,
leading into Grandy Sound, Half a mile farther to the westward
is Grandy Passage,

Pigeon Island Shoals comprise a cluster of rocky patches,
some of which dry at low water, lying to the westward of Pigeon
Island ; the outer patch has 4 fathoms water over it, and is steep-to
on its southern and western sides.

Black Bock is a small rocky islet, 20 feet high, lying off the
entrance to Grandy Passage, for which it is a good mark. To the
SE,, south, and SW, of it there are several rocks and ledges, two
of which, at nearly 600 yards distant, in a southeasterly direction,
dry at low water. At 265 yards to the southwestward of Black
Rock there is a rocky head with only 4 feet water over it, and 400
yards outside this there are two patches of 4^ fathoms, both of
which break heavily with a swell from seaward.

Qrandy Passage is close to the westward of Black Rock, be-
tween it and a group of rocks and ledges lying off the SE, point of
Harbor Island, There are two small rocks in the passage, one
close off Grandy Head, and one a little farther out, and though in
the channel there is good water, these rocks, together with those

1491U M

-JSttt

20-4

NEWFOUNDLAND — SOUTH COAST.

off the entrance, make it a dangerous place for a stranger to at-
tempt without a pilot.

Harbor Island is the largest of a group of islands and ledges
■which front the coast in this locality. Together with Baker Island
and some others, it forms the sheltered anchorage named Grandy
Sound. These islands are of moderate height, and some of them
are covered with grass, on which a few sheep, belonging to the
villages in the vicinity, are left to feed. One of these villages,
consisting of five or six houses, is situated on a small island just
within the passage above mentioned.

Westward of Harbor Island there is a deep passage into Grandy
Sound, but, like the others between these islands, it is narrow, and
has off its entrance some dangerous rocks.

Qrandy Sound has good and sheltered anchorage in its north-
ern part in 6 fathoms water, over mud, but the entrances are nar-
row and intricate, and, consequently, unfit for large vessels. A
stream of moderate size runs into the NW. corner of the sound,
and boats can ascend it for about f mile to a stony bar. From the
large valley above this the local fishermen procure timber and
spars of considerable size.

The western portion of Grandy Sound is occupied by flats of
sand and mud, which dry at low water, leaving only very shallow
channels to the mouth of the river above noticed.

Anchorage. — There is anchorage inside Harbor Island in 5 or 6
fathoms water, but the holding ground is not good, and the space
is confined.

The main shoro forming the west and SW. sides of the sound is
indented by several small bays, and continues, in a southwesterly
direction, to Stickland Point, on which there is a considerable fish-
ing village.

Oaution. — The entrances to this harbor should not, under ordi-
nary circumstances, be attempted without local knowledge.

Offlying Bocks. — Grandy Passage Sunkers lie off the SW.
point of Hai'bor Island, and immediately outside Burnt Island
Black Rock, a rocky islet, very similar in appearance to that off
Grandy Passage. The Sunkers have over them depths of from
2 to 5 fathoms, the former depth being 600 yards S. 45° W. (S. 72°
W. mag.) from the rocky islet. Westward of the islet there are
numerous rocky ledges, shoals, and foul ground, extending to a
dangerous patch named Bad Neighbor, which is just dry at low
water. Its southern side is steep-to, but to the westward shoal
water extends for 200 yards.

Southwest Rock, westward from the Bad Neighbor If miles,
is another dangerous shoal, having but one fathom water over it,
and lying nearly f mile from the shore ; it is of small extent, and
only breaks in a heavy swell.

r a stranger to at-

daiuls and ledges
vith Baker Island
ge name/:! Grandy
tmd some of them
, belonging to the
of these villages,
small island just

ssage into Grandy
3, it is narrow, and

orage in its north-
entrances are nar-
large vessels. A
rner of the sound,
iiy bar. From the
•ocure timber and

eupied by flats of
only very shallow
i.

)or Island in 5 or 6
ood, and the space

ies of the sound is
in a southwesterly
a considerable fish-
Id not, under ordi-
knowledge,
s lie off the SW.
side Burnt Island
jarajice to that off
im depths of from

is s. 45° w. (s. rz°

the islet there are

nd, extending to a

is just dry at low

he westward shoal

tTeighbor IJ miles,
hom water over it,
f small extent, and

BURNT ISLANDS.

205

Black Rock, off Grandy Passage, open south of Burnt Island
Black Rock, bearing N. 73" E. (S. 80° E. mag.), leads southward
of the Southwest Rock and close southward of Bad Neighbor.

Coast. — From Stickland Point the coast bends sharply NE.,
forming God Bay, nearly 1^ miles in depth ; at its head a small
stream flows from a valley between the.surroiinding hills. Another
stream, from which good water may be obtained, runs into the NW.
corner, and beyond this there is a pond of considerable extent.

From here the shore trends SW. and foi'ms a long rocky pen-
insula, divided near its middle by a narrow cut, and terminating
in a white cliffy bluff known as Coney Head or Hiscock Point.

At 800 yards inside the point, in a small indentation of the coast,
there is a village.

Eastward of Coney Head i mile there is a small group of rocky
islets named Hiscock Islets, and off the peninsula, inside, there
are some rocky ledges, the highest of which, known as Twin
Rocks, are 2 feet above high water.

Burnt Islands is the name given collectively to the numerous
islands and rocks that front and partly fill God Bay. On the
largest island, which is just within the entrance of the bay*, there
is a settlement, which, together with Stickland Village, has a
population of about 300, all connected with the fishing industry.
Two or three cargoes of dried codfish are annually sent from this
place to Europe.

Of the smaller islands, the most conspicuous, as marking the
entrance channels to the bay, are Colombier and Little Colombier,
both rocky islets, 27 and 35 feet high, respectively; also East
and West White Islands, by reason of the white rock on their
summits. Between the islands there are several rocky patches,
and in bad weather nearly the whole space between Colombier and
the west end of Harbor Island is covered with breakers.

Coal and Supplies. — Ordinary supplies can be obtained, and
occasionally a small quantity (15 to 20 tons) of coal.

Communication. — The coasting steamers do not call at Burnt
Islands, but there is telegraphic communication with St. Johns
and the Dominion of Canada.

Burnt Islands Harbor affords good and sheltered anchorage
for vessels of moderate size, but even with a small vessel no
stranger should attempt to enter without a pilot, for the channels
are not easily distinguished from seaward, and the numerous rocks
give but little room for maneuvering.

Buoy. — A small spar buoy iij moored on the SW. edge of the
shoal water extending from the largest island, to mark the channel
between it and the Hat Rocks.

kmi i g i M WHTWWP^

"^•'''^^P'rojfe;-

200

NEWFOI'NDLAND — SOUTH COAST.

Directions. — There are three channels into this anchorage, ono
narrow and deep, but straight as regards its outer portion, close
eastward of Colombior Islets and up to the deep water at the head
of the bay.

A second, passing between Bad Neighbor and Twin Rocks,
thence closing the western shore oi the bay, and keeping it close
aboard to avoid the patches north of Hat Rocks, on to the space
north of the largest Burnt Island, where there is excellent anchor-
age in 10 fathoms water, over mud.

The third channel, and the one generally used by the small
vessels frequenting the port, is closed to vessels drawing more
than 12 feet water, by a bar extending NE. from Hat Rocks, and
even vessels of this draft should not attempt to pass at low water.

Coney Bay extends 1^ miles NE. from Coney Head. A third
of a mile from the entrance to the head there are rocks lying off
both sides of the bay.

Otter Bay, or Baie de la Loutre, is just west of Coney Bay.
The west point is continued in sunken rocks for ^ mile, and the
entrance is encumbered by rocks.

Buttfer Pot, a remarkable hill, previously mentioned, lies east of
the head of this bay.

Caution. — Neither Otter Bay nor Coney Bay should be entered
without a pilot.

Dead Island Harbor (also known as Moat Harbor or Seal
Cove), west of Otter Bay, is formed by Dead or Moat Islands, a
group of islets and rocks with shoals extending more than ^ mile
southward.

There is anchorage for small vessels in a space i mile long and
300 yards broad, approached by three passages, namely. Eastern
and Middle Passages, too shoal and intricate to be taken without a
pilot, and Western Passage, 100 yards wide at the narrowest parts,
available for vessels drawing less than 20 feet water. To enter by
Western Passage, keep Butter Pot in line with the north extreme
of Dead Island, the largest and highest of the group, bearing about
N. 65° E. (S. 88° E. mag.). This will lead between the shoals on
either hand to the west extreme of Dead Island; pass, in mid-
channel, between that and the island next north, and anchor in 4
or 5 fathoms water north of the NE. extreme of Dead Island.

A shoal, with 15 feet water over it, L'^s i- the center of the harbor.

(H. O. Chart No. 6ftl».)

Coast. — The coast west of Dead Islands is low and foul for ^ mile
from the shore. Black Shoal, with 15 feet water over it, is 600
yards S. 45° W. (S. 72° W. mag.) from Black Rock.

lis anchorage, ono
liter portion, close
» water at the head

and Twin Rocks,
d keeping it close
:8, on to the space
s excellent anchor-
used by the small
sels drawing more
jm Hat Rocks, and
I pass at low water.
ley Head. A third
are rocks lying off

vest of Coney Bay.
for i mile, and the

ntioned, lies east of

should be entered

)at Harbor or Seal

or Moat Islands, a

ig more than ^ mile

ace i mile long and
es, namely. Eastern
) be taken without a
the narrowest parts,
water. To enter by
h the north extreme
jroup, bearing about
jtween the shoals on
iland; pass, in mid-
rth, and anchor in 4
of Dead Island.
I center of the harbor.

)w and foul for i mile
water over it, is 600
: Rock.

PORT BASQl'E.

207

Little Bay, a narrow creek with shelter for small craft, is one
mile NE. of Channel Head, and may be entered by bringing the
east shore to bear N. 51° E. (N. 78° E. mag.) and steering for it on
that bearing. When the bay is entered, anchor as convenient.

Little Bay Shoal extends i mile SW. from Little Bay Head, the
east entrance point. Southeast Shoal, with 3 fathoms water over
it, lies 1,200 yards S. 85° E. (S. 68° E. mag.) of Channel Head light-
house. The triangular range lighthouses in line, bearing 59° W.
(N. 33° W. mag.), leads between Southeast and Little Bay Shoals
and SW. of Black Shoal.

Port Basque, 7^ miles SE. of Cape Ray, may be readily dis-
tinguished by the large settlement of Ch;iiinel and the white light-
house on Channel Head. It is entered between Shoal Point on the
east and Channel Head on the west side, and is barren and rocky
in appearance, but contains good anchorage for moderate-sized
vessels in a space nearly ^ mile long and 300 yards broad, with from
8 to 11 fathoms water, over mud. Good fishing for salmon and sea
trout may be obtained at Port Basque.

On the west shore of the entrance to Port Basque a small projec-
tion divides two coves, both of which are shallow. A government
wharf is built on the NW, side of this promontory, alongside which
there is a depth of 15 feet at low water. Vessels should be careful,
when going alongside this wharf, not to enter the cove immediately
to the westward of it, as the water shoals rapidly. At the head of
this cove is a small islet, just above high water, on which is a ring-
bolt to aid vessels when hauling into a narrow anchorage between
the foul ground off this islet and Pancake Rock.

Lights.-^Channel Head Light is a fixed red light, shown from
a circular iron tower painted white. The light is 101 feet above
mean high water, 29 feet above the ground, and in clear weather
should be visible 15| miles from all points seaward.

Range lights mark the channel between Baldwin Rocks.

The front light is an intermittent white light every 3 seconds ;
duration of light, 1^ seconds ; eclipse, 1^ seconds.

It is shown from a white, square pyramidal tower 22^ feet high,
surmounted by a square lantern with a single window, erected on
the extreme SW. point of Road Island.

The rear light is an intermittent white light every 2 seconds;
duration of light, 1 second ; eclipse, 1 second.

It is shown from a lighthouse similar to that of the front light,
but 15 feet high from base to window, erected on the mainland 490
yards N. 69° W. (N. 32° W. mag.) from the front light.

A fixed red light is shown from the northern and western sides
'of the lantern of the lighthouse on Road Island, to indicate the
point of the island to vessels leaving the harbor. It is not visible
from seaward.

208

NEWFOUNDLAND SOUTH COAST.

Fog Signal. — A fog-signal building is erected GO feet south of
the lighthouse. During thick or foggy weather a 4-ounce car-
tridge is fired every 8 minutes.

The fog-signal building, lighthouse, and keeper's dwelling are
connected by covered ways, the sides of Avhich are painted white,
roof black.

A red brick magazine stands 30 feet northeastward from the
lighthouse.

Channel, a village, with a population of 7'23, situated on the
mainland, just north of the island, forming Channel Head, con-
tains three churches, and a windmill is also a conspicuous object
on entering Port Basque.

Communication. — The mail steamer runs fortnightly from St.
Johns during the winter months, but no farther westward. The
railway from St. Johns is in coxarse of completion to Port Basque.

Telegraph station. — There is a telegraph station here in con-
nection with the Anglo-American lines.

Coal. — A supply of 1,500 to 2,500 tons of coal is usually kept,
and can be shipped from a wharf alongside which is a depth of 22
feet at low water.

East Baldwin, a rock that dries 1} feet at low water, lies nearly
in the middle of the apparent channel to the harbor ; shoal water
extends 100 yards SW. from East Baldwin.

A small rock, with 10 feet water over it, lies 250 yards west (N.
63° W. mag.) from East Baldwin, and from the rock a shoal, with
3i fathoms water, extends south 60 yards. A pinnacle rock, with
a least depth of 14 feet on it, lies just NW. of this 10-foot rock.

West Baldwin, a rock 100 yards in diameter, the shoalest part
of which has one foot on it at low water, lies 150 yards off the NE.
side of Channel Island, and a little more than ^ mile from Channel
Head, leaving a passage only 80 yards wide between it and the
shoal extending from the rock west of East Baldwin.

Buoys. — On West Baldwin a spar buoy is moored, in 3^ fathoms,
painted black and white in horizontal bands ; on East Baldwin is
moored, in 3^ fathoms, a spar buoy, painted red ; on a shoal lying
between East Baldwin and Road Island is moored, in 3^ fathoms,
a spar buoy, painted luminous white.

Road Island, 1,800 yards NW. of Channel Head, is 30 feet high
and covered with turf over gray rock.

Gallyboy Island, low, flat, and covered with grass, and joined
to the east shore at low water, lies NE. of Roarl Island, from which
it is separated by a channel 200 yards wide, through which is a
narrow passage with 3^ fathoms water, but local knowledge is
required to make it available.

A8T.

cted 60 feet south of
ither a 4-ounce cai*-

:eeper'8 dwelling are
ili are painted white,

;heftstward from the

7'23, situated on the

Channel Head, cou-

a conspicuous object

1 fortnightly from St.
■ther westward. The
etion to Port Basque.
1 station here in con-
coal is usually kept,
which is a depth of 22

; low water, lies nearly
B harbor; shoal water

ies 250 yards west (M.
the rock a shoal, with
A pinnacle rook, with
3f this 10-foot rock,
eter, the shoalest part
3 150 yards off the NE.
,n i mile from Channel
ie between it and the
Baldwin.

moored, in 3^ fathoms,
s; on East Baldwin is
I red ; on a shoal lying
ttoored, in 3^ fathoms,

el Head, is 30 feet high

with grass, and joined
oad Island, from which
de, through which is a
)iit local knowledge is

I'OUT BASWIK — DIRECTIONS.

209

Pancake Rook, nbout lUO foet in diameter, i awasli at low
water, is tlie east extreme of foul ground exteudinn from tho west
shore. The passage between tlio shoal off tliis rock and the foul
ground off Roa<l Island is only !»0 yards wide, and caro must be
taken, therefore, to keep on tlio marks given.

Buoy. — A cask Imoy, painted black, is moored on the eastern
end of Pancake Shoal, in 3^^ fathoms water.

Flagstaff Hill, 223 foet liigli, and the greatest elevation near tlie
coast, is surmounted by a large stone cairn, with a wooden triangle
at the top.

Beacons. — Two beacons surmounted by diamonds stand on the
shore westward of Pancake Rock; one, surmounted by a triangle,
close to the shore under Flagstaff Hill; and two beacons sur-
mounted by circular disks stand, one on the SW. extreme of
Woody Island, and the otlier on the east shore of the Bottom of
Port Basque, the narrow inlet NW. of the same island. The
northern diamond beacon, open north of the southern beacon, bear-
ing about N. 76° W. (N. 49° W. mag.), leads north of Pancake
Rock.

Oaution, — Too much dependence must not be placed on finding
the beacons in position; H. M. S. Buzzard, 1894, reported the bea-
con at the base of Flagstaff Hill not to be in existence, and in 1890
the diamond .beacons were reported as not existing.

DirectionB. — The range lighthouses by day and the lights by
night should be brought in line, bearing N. 59° W. (N. 32° W.
mag.), and this mark run on until the beacons surmounted by
diamonds are in line, bearing N. 72° W, (N. 46° W. mag.). These
should then be kept in line, to avoid the shoal oflf the south point
of Road Island, until the circular beacons are in line, bearing N.
34° W. (N. 7° W. mag.). This last mark will lead in mid-channel
between Pancake Rock and the shoals off Road Island, and when
the north point of Gallyboy Island is seen open north of Road
Island, N. 63° E. (East mag.), the anchorage may be steered for.

Caution. — The holding ground is bad until the cannel is well
open between Road and Gallyboy Islands.

Ice. — Port Basque is rarely frozen over, and navigation is, as a
rule, open all the year ; the harbor is sometimes blocked for a few
days by drift ice which comes, with SW. winds, in February and
March. The ice in the river is generally about 4 inches thick.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Port Basque at 8h.
55m. ; springs rise 5^ feet, neaps rise 3^ feet.

(B. A. Chart No. 2143.)

Coast. — A group of islands and rocks connected by shoal water
lies parallel to the shore for 3 miles westward of Channel Head.

210

NKWK(MNI)LANI» — HOI'TII COAHT.

Shoals stretch off the west side of those inlHiuls from Yankee
Rock to EnraKt>e Point, and this coast, and that from Enragde
Point to Cape Ray, shouhl not be approached by large vessels
within the distance of one mile.

West Rock, .with 4 fathoms Avater over it, lies J mile S. 47^ W.
(S. 74" W. mag.) frtmi Channel Head lighthouse.

Yankee Rock, the southern of the group, is low and lies 2-j^o niiles
S. 79° W. (N. 74" W. mag.) from Channel Head liglithouse.

Yankee Shoal, with 4 fathoms water on it, lies 700 yards S. 36' E.
(S. 9° E. mag.) from Yankee Rock, and Fail Rock, with 16 feet
on it, 000 yards S. 48" W. (S. 75° W. mag.) from the same rock.

Duck Island, at the north of the group, is 40 feet high. Durant
Island, 800 yards NNW. of Duck Island, consists of two mounds,
the higher 26 feet, joined by a shingle beach.

Anchorage may be obtained in the nor'Measteru part of the
channel between Duck and Durant Islands in from 3 to 4 fathoms
water, over sand, entered from the sou thwef>t ward, by keeping mid-
channel between these islands ; or if from the eastward by keeping
the NE. extremes of Durant Island and Yankee Rock in line, bear-
ing N. 43° W. (N. 16° W. mag.), till that rock is neared, then mid-
channel between it and Hobbs Rock, steering for Granby Point,
the point of the mainland east of Durant Island, will lead to the
anchorage.

Grand Bay, available for ves.'< "".a drawing less than 9 feet water,
aif ords perfectly sheltered anchorage in from 2 to 4 fathoms water ;
it is entered through a narrow channel north of the anchorage
above mentioned, by keeping the east shore aboara.

Enrag4e Point is a low point surrounded by rocks, and the
coast from it to Cape Ray is composed of low sand hills facing salt-
water lagoons.

HaUbut Rock, l^ miles N. 68° W. (N. 41° W. mag.) from
Enragde Point, lies off the SW. extreme of Shag Island, a narrow
rock nearly joining the mainland.

Barachoia Rock, with 9 feet water over it, lies a little more
than one mile N. 32° W. (N. 6° W. mag.) from Halibut Rock, and
the same distance offshore.

Snook Bank, with 6 fathoms water over it, lies | mile S. 32° W.
(S. 59° W. mag.) from Cape Ray lighthouse.

Telegraph and Signal Station. — A telegraph and signal sta-
tion is situated in a cove a little more than a mile east of Cape Ray,
at the east end of the cable that crosses Cabot Strait to Aspee Bay
in Cape Breton Island.

Cape Ray, the SW. extreme of Newfoundland, is very remark-
able ; the extreme is low, but at 3 miles inland is Table Mountain,
1,700 feet high, rising abruptly froni the low land. Cook Stone,

Is from Yankee
t from Eiiragde
by large vessels

\ mile 8. 47" W.

nd lies 'Z^q miles
ighthouse.
yards 8. 36' E.
L*k, with 16 feet
he same rock.
b high. Durant
of two mounds,

;ern part of the
11 3 to 4 fathoms
by keeping mid-
rard by keeping
ck in line, bear-
)ared, then mid-
• Granby Point,
will lead to the

an 9 feet water,

fathoms water ;

the anchorage

rocks, and the
lills facing salt-

W. mag.) from
sland, a narrow

)s a little more
libut Rock, and

mile 8. 32° W.

and signal sta-
rst of Cape Ray,
it to Aspee Bay

is very remark-
able Mountain,
. Cook Stone,

CAPK IIAV I.KMIT.

211

1,570 feet high, is a small peak at the 8W. extreme of the moun-
tain, at the base of which is Sugarloaf, a coiis|»icuoua conical hill,
800 feet above high water. Two smaller conical hills lie between
Sugarloaf Hill and the shore.

Light.— On the west side, and 'il7 yards from the extreme of
Cape Ray, an octagonal-shaped wooden tower, 76 feet in height,
and painted white, exhibits, at an elevation of 130 feet, a revolving
white light every twenty seconds, which should be visible 17 miles.

Fog Signal. — The fog-signal house is situated on the beach ; in
thick weather, fogs, and snowstorms, a steam horn gives blasts of
ten seconds in each minute, leaving an interval of ttfty seconds
between each blast.

Ice Report Station. — Information as to ice, wind, temperature,
and weather indications may be obtained, during the months of
April and May, by communicating with the signal station on
Cape Ray.

Tides. — P is high water, full and change, at Cape Ray at 9h.
16m. ; springs rise C feet, neaps rise 4 feet.

(H. O. Chart No. 611.)

St. Paul Island, lying in Cabot 8trait, the main entrance to the
Gulf of St. Lawrence, between the SW. extreme of Newfoundland
and the north extreme of Cape Breton Island, is composed of
primary rocks, principally mica slate, dipping at an angle of not
less than 46 degrees to the southward. It is nearly 3 miles long, by
one mile broad. Its NE. point is a small detached islet (although
it does not appear as such from the sea), separated by a very
narrow channel from a peninsula, between 300 and 400 feet high,
which, together with the isthmus, is so precipitous as to be nearly
inaccessible. The remaining greater part of the island, which is
also steep and precipitous toward the sea, has two parallel ranges
of hills, that on the eastern coast being the higher and attaining
an elevation of 500 feet.

A valley runs through between these hills, having two small
lakes or ponds 200 or 300 feet above the sea. These supply the
principal stream on the island, which is about 2 yards wide, of
yellowish brown water, well-tasted and wholesome, and descend-
ing into the sea in the southern part of Trinity Cove. There are
several other, but much smaller, runs of water, one of which is
into Atlantic Cove. These two coves are nearly one mile from the .
SW. extremity of the island, the first being on the gulf side and
the other on that which is toward the Atlantic, as its name implies.
They afford the only shelter for boats, and the only good landing
on the island which is easier of ascent from them than at any
other part.

21:

NKWFOrNDLANU — HOUTH (H»A8T.

Tljn iHland Ih piirtiftlly woodnd with flvrnrf and scrtibhy nprnc^e
treoH, uHi'lcss, oxct'pi iii>( for fiml.

Provision Depot. — The mon in clinrf^o of u dopot of proviHions
for tlio reliuf of shipwnu'kt'd pt»rHons, and fiirnislmd by tin- Gov-
ornmont «)f (lif Dominion of Cuinida, nmid*' on tht> nortli point of
Trinity Covo, wiioru tlnM'o \h n dwollinK-li<>ns«} and store. Fish are
plontifiil aronnd the iHland.

Anchorage.— Otl' Trinity ond Atlantic Covoh Hniall fishing
HchooiHM's anclior, with tlie wind oft'sliore, in 10 or I'i fathoms,
sand and gravel bottom, ami at the distance of lUO yards from the
rocks. In very fine weather large vessels might venture to ride in
from 26 to 30 fathoms, about ^ mile offshore, but should be in
constant readiness to weigh at the first sign of a change in the
wind or weather. There is little or no warning by the lead in
approacliing this island in foggy weather. On this account,
although so bold and high, it is extremely dangerous, and many
shipwrecks, attended with sacrifice of human life, have taken
place upon its shores.

lilghts. — Two lighthouses stand on St. Paul Island — one on the
detached rock at the north point and the other on the extreme
BW. point.

The northern lighthouse is 40 feet high, of an octagonal shape,
and painted white. It exhibits a fixed white light, which can be
seen from seaward on any bearing, excepting between N. 11° W.
(N. 16° E. mag.) and N. 40° E. (N. 66° E. mag.), when it is hidden
by the island.

The southern lighthouse is also an octagonal white building, 40
feet high, and exhibits a revolving white light every minute, which
is visible from seaward on all bearings, except between 8. 61° E,
(S. 25° E. mag.) and S. 68° W. (N. 86° W. mag.), when it is obscured
by the intervening land. Both lights are elevated 140 feet above
the level of the sea, and when the weather is clear they may be
seen 20 miles. These lights are exhibited whenever navigation is
practicable.

Fog Signal. — During thick weather or in snowstorms a steam
fog whistle, in Atlantic Cove, on the south side of the island, is
sounded five seconds in every minute.

Submarine Cable. — The submarine cable is laid between the
island and Meat Cove, at the north extreme of Cape Breton Island.

Lifeboats. — There are two surf boats on St. Paul Island to aid
seamen in distress.

Ice Report. — There is a telegraph and signal station at the main
establishment on St. Paul Island, from which information respect-
ing ice, weather, and the state of navigation may be obtained.

ST. PAUL ISLAND — DKACONH.

218

il HiTubby flpruce

npot of provisions
sIkmI hy tliH Gov-
ho iiortli point of
cl store. Fisli tire

'OS small fisliin^
or Vi futlioniH,
(JO yiirdu from tlie
venture to rido in
but should be in
f a change in the
jg by the lead in
On this account,
gerous, and many
life, have taken

sland — one on the
)r on the extreme

. octagonal shape,

;ht, which can be

etween N. 11° W.

when it is hidden

yhite building, 40
ery minute, which
between 8. 51° E.
vhen it is obscured
ted 140 feet above
clear they may be
ever navigation is

lowstorms a steam
e of the island, is

laid between the
ape Breton Island.
Paul Island to aid

station at the main
formation respect-
may be obtained.

TTio rabbi extends from the iHlaiul to M»iit Covo, nt the north
oxtronic (»f Capo Bnttoii Island.

Beacons. — A tidal-gauge house, paiiittid white, erected about 40
feet above high-watermark in the ])ight of Atlantic Cove, now
fonnH a coiispicuoUH landmark on the coast of the island.

A circular white beacon has been placed on the side of the hill,
above the gauge. These two marks in line, bearing N. 70° W. (N.
44° W. mag.), lead clear to the southward of Big Dick, a danger-
ous detached rock, on which the sea breaks very heavily, off the
NE. horn of the cove.

The above alignment affords a good guide to vessels anchoring
off the cove in 16 fathoms.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at St. Paul Island ut
8h. ; springs rise 5 feet, neaps rise 3 feet.

Tidal Streams. — The irregularity of the tidal streams and cur-
rents add much to the danger arising from the fogs, which prevail
in southerly, easterly, and often also with southwest winds. Dur-
ing the whole of a fine calm day at the end of June the current
set to the SE. at the rate of one knot an hour past the north point
of the island.

i! 'I

CHAPTER VI.

NEWFOUNDLAND WEST COAST.— CAPE RAY TO CAPE BAULD.
(H. O. Chart No. 1104, and B. A. Chart No. 2143.)

Cabot Strait. — This strait, which separates Newfoundland from
Cape Breton Island, is named after the distinguished navigators
John and Sebastian Cabot, from whom the first authentic account
of the navigation of these waters was received in the year 1497.

Oape Ray. — See page 210.

The Tolt, 1,280 feet high, is a conical spur off the middle of the
west face of the mountain. Prom Cape Ray to the northward the
French have a right of fishing.

Brandies Bock, a dangerous breaker, lies one mile N. 85° W.
(N. 58° mag.) fron. Cape Ray lighthouse, and xV mile from the
nearest shore. It is about 50 yards in diameter and is nearly awash
at low water.

Shag Ledge, a small rocky islet, lies close to the shore f mile
northward of Cape Ray.

The coast to the northward is nearly straight, faced by low cliffs,
•and bordered by a shingle beach that may be approached to the
distance of 200 yards.

Little Codroy River is entered between Shoal Point to the south-
ward, off which a reef extends J^ mile, and Larkin Point, shoal for
nearly the same distance. The entrance, nearly 9 miles from Cape
Ray, can only be taken by boats, but anchorage for small vessels
may be had off the mouth with shelter from offshore winds. A
considerable settlement is being formed on the banks of this river.

The Ooast north of Larkin Point becomes foul, and should not
be approached nearer than ^ mile.

(B. A. Chart No. 288.)

Qreat Codroy River, 12^^ miles from Cape Ray, can be entered
at low water by schooners drawing 6 feet, but the tide is very
strong ; it can be ascended 3J^ miles from the entrance, but a pilot
should be taken, as there is no natural leading mark. There is a
large settlement in this neighborhood.

Stormy Point (Pointe Ros^e), 2 miles weri of Great Codroy

River, is a reddish-colored, narrow, cliffy, projection, terminating

in a ledge of low rocks, and should not be approached within i

mile.

(214)

■■■r:£SP*r^A^2iK^^?'P^??!&w*!tWPW«W

TO CAPE BAULD.
Ifo. 2143.)

Newfoundland from
iguished navigators
}t authentic account
in the year 1497.

)ff the middle of the
o the northward the

3ne mile N. 85° W.
d xV mils from the
and is nearly awash

to the shore f mile

, faced by low cliffs,
9 approached to the

al Point to the south-
rkin Point, shoal for
ly 9 miles from Cape
kge for small vessels
offshore winds. A
banks of this river,
foul, and should not

Ray, can be entered
)ut the tide is very
Bntinnce, but a pilot
g mark. There is a

art of Great Codroy
(jection, terminating
ipproached within i

CODROY ISLAND.

215

Codroy Island, 36 feet above high water, and f mile long, is 3
miles from Stormy Point and 180 yards from the mainland. From
each extreme a shingle beach curves to the eastward, forming a
harbor for boats and small schooners, but with no shelter from
westerly sea.

Codroy Village is situated on a stony spit, and on the rising
ground behind it, immediately opposite the center of the island ;
lauding may generally be effected on the northern side of this spit
sheltered by the island and the shallow bar extending between its
northern end and the shore.

Oommunicatiou. — The fortnightly steamer from Halifax and
Sidney, C. B., calls here during the summer. Small supplies of
fresh meat may occasionally be obtained, and there is communica-
tion with Great Codroy by road.

A little southward of the village is the church, a large white
building, without either tower or spire, conspicuous from seaward.
Tlie population of this locality numbers about 500.

Codroy Road is formed by the island and curve in the coast
opposite. Indifferent anchorage is afforded in from 5 to 9 fathoms
water, over a stony bottom, but there is nearly always a swell
rolling in from the westward. With strong winds from that
direction there is no shelter, and the anchorage is then insecure.
Numerous fishing nets are generally moored along the island
shore, but the small buoys on them are easily seen and should be
avoided.

Tides and Tidal Streams.— It is high water, full and change,
at Codroy Road at 9h. ; springs rise 4^ feet, neaps rise 3 feet.
Along the coast the tidal streams run, generally, flood NE., ebb
SW. ; frequent heavy rips are seen between Codroy and Cape
Anguille, and during bad weather there is nearly always a heavy
confused sea in this locality. ,

Coast. — Between Codroy Island and Cape Anguille the land
slopes steeply from the western termination of the Anguille Range.
The higher portions of these slopes are covered with trees, but
the lower portions show extensive clearings made by the settlers
along the shore ; the contrast between these clearings, with their
large patches of dead timber, and the dark foliage of the trees
above, and in some cases below, them affords a conspicuous mark
from seaward for this part of the coast.

Between the foot of the slope and the low rocky shore is a nar-
row strip of flat land, dotted here and there with the cottages of
the settlers, and immediately south of Cape Anguille is a small
village known as Shoai Point.

Cape Anguille rises steeply from the sea to a sharp summit,
then, forming a small hollow, it rises again to the range of high

^^ppsp

msm

216

NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST COAST.

hills behind. The faces of the slopes on its western and south
sides have been cleai'ed and are covered with grass and the dead
stumps of trees ; but the eastern side, as also the summit over the
cape, are thickly wooded.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Cape Anguille at
9h. ; springs rise 4^ feet, neaps rise 3 feet, neaps range li feet.

St George Bay.— From Cape Anguille the land trends away
to the northeastward for a distance of about 50 miles, and then
turning to the north and west, for about 30 miles more, forms
an extensive bay, the entrance to which, between Capes Anguille
and St. George, is 34| miles across. This bay is, with the excep-
tion of St. George Harbor, situated at its head, entirely without
sheltered anchorage, and, as the prevailing winds are from the
western quarter, there is generally more or less swell rolling in,
which in bad weather is quickly increased to a very heavy sea.

Landing anywhere outside St. George Harbor, with the exception
of two small rocky bights on the northern side, is during bad
weather from the westward quite impractical e. This is especially
the case on the southern shore, owing to the large number of ice-
deposited stones and bowlders fronting the beaches. Numerous
cottages and a few villages stand on the shores of the bay. The
settlers are, with very few exceptions, fishermen, large quantities
of cod, herring, and some salmon being annually caught, as are
also lobsters in considerable numbers; farming, in a primitive
fashion, is carried on by most of them, but their crops are for the
greater part confined to hay and to the small quantity of oats and
potatoes required for their own use and for the cattle, sheep, and
horses they possess.

Ice. — St. George Bay fills with river ice, which is always in
motion, being driven by northerly winds round Cape Anguille and
by southwesterly winds, round Cape St. George ; the head of the
bay occasionally freezes. According to the severity of the winter
the ice may fill the bay early in January or not until February,
and the clearance may be between 10th and 25th April ; but it has
been full in May, and in 1886, owing to the prevalence of south
and SE. winds, it remained clear altogether. The upper part of
the bay is generally frozen over between December and April ; the
mean of four years' observations gives the date of freezing as 15th
January, and of clearance of ice 8th April; but sometimes the
bay is clear of ice during a whole winter.

Fogs. — In the spring months, after the ice has disappeared, fogs
are by no means uncommon, but the) are neither so heavy nor so
lasting as those experienced on the southern coast.

Tidal Stream. — During the prevalence of strong SE. winds the
flood stream sets into the bay at the rate of about a knot an hour.

5T.

CAPE ANOUILLE — LEWIS POINT.

217

•western and south
jrass and the dead
lie summit over the

it Cape Anguille at
IS range li feet.
3 land trends away
50 miles, and then
miles more, forms
sen Capes Anguille
' is, with the excep-
d, entirely without
(rinds are from the
Bss swell rolling in,
X very heavy sea.
', with the exception
ide, is during bad
). This is especially
irge number of ice-
eaches. Numerous
38 of the bay. The
en, large quantities
lally caught, as are
ng, in a primitive
sir crops are for the
uantity of oats and
le cattle, sheep, and

which is always in
I Cape Anguille and
ge ; the head of the
.verity of the winter
lot until February,
th April ; but it has
prevalence of south

The upper part of
nber and April ; the
B of freezing as 15th

but sometimes the

as disappeared, fogs

sher so heavy nor so

)ast.

trong SE. winds the

)out a knot an hour.

Coast. — From Cape Anguille to Lewis Point, a distance of about
16 miles, the coast is composed of cliffs, reaching in places an
elevation of 270 feet, broken here and there by gullies extending
from the Anguille Range of mountains immediately behind. It
is steep-to and quite free from ofHying dangers, the 10-fathom
line, over the whole of this area, lying at an average distance of
about 800 yards from the shore. The tops of the cliffs are densely
wooded, as are also the slopes of the mountains behind, and, during
the spring months especially, waterfalls mark the mouths of several
streams.

At the entrance to some of the gullies there are small clusters of
rude huts, which are used by the fishermen temporarily living there
during the summer months. A narrow bush trail, originally cut
for the benefit of persons shipwrecked on this inhospitable coast,
runs parallel with the cliffs a short distance inland and connects
Ship Cove with Cape Anguille.

Cape John. — Northeastward 4J- miles of Cape Anguille is a rocky
point known as Cape John, and immediately SW. of this is Snakes
Bight, where anchorage may be obtained, in from 16 to 18 fathoms
water, during southerly and easterly winds.

Qreat Friar Cove, 2 miles northeastward of Cape John, is a
small semicircular indentation at the mouth of a deep gully, and
f mile northeastward of it there is a remarkable needle-pointed rock
(locally known as Old Bone-em) detached from the cliff, but it is
only distinctly seen when viewed from a direction nearly parallel
with the shore.

Johnsons Cove lies nearly 6 miles northeastward of Old Bone-
em, and between them are three other similar little bays, named
respectively Mary Anns Cove, Hines Cove (situated at the mouth
of a very deep gully), and Wreck Cove.

Johnsons Cove may usually be recognized by the fan-shaped
waterfall just behind the beach, and also by the conspicuous bare
cliffs, 1,260 feet high, forming the eastern side of the deep gully
which here stretches back through the range.

Liewis Point is 3 miles northeastward of Johnsons Cu e, and
midway between them is Little Friar Cove. The point is plainly
discernible, when coming from the westward round Cape Anguille,
as being the apparent tangent of the cliffy coast. About 400 yards
from the point and a little northeastward are two detached rocks,
the easternmost being 20 feet high ; they are quite steep-to.

From Lewis Point the cliffy coast continues 2f miles to a large
detached rock, 53 feet high, known as the Gulls Nest. Immediately
southwestward of this there is a cluster of low-water rocks which,
with the Gulls Nest Rock, form, at the foot of the cliff, a place
known as Seal Cove, where boats may easily land during the fresh

«:

«M

218

NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST COAST.

I «!

northeasterly breezes that occasionally blow obliquely across the
bay. Half a mile soiithwestward of Seal Cove a small patch of
rocks, with less than G feet of water over them, lies 200 yards from
the shore.

From Seal Cove the cliffy coast continues for 2^ miles to the
mouth of a gully, off which, at a distance of 200 yards, lies Ship
Rock, 58 feet high.

Ship Cove, formed by a slight curve in the coast, ^ mile south-
ward of Ship Rock, may be said to extend from The Spout (a con-
spicuous waterfall f mile eastward of Gulls Nest Rock) to Shoal
Point.

Shoal Point is the termination of the cliffy coast line extending
from Cape Anguille, though from Ship Cove to this point the
cliffs are composed almost entirely of clay and sand, while to the
westward they are more generally of a rocky nature. A stony
ridge, with one to 3 fathoms water over it, extends J mile from the
point, in a southerly direction, terminating 600 yards outside Ship
Rock. Directly off the point, but close to the shore, there is an
extensive patch of low-water rocks and bowlders.

Anguille Bange comprises the hill country extending from
Cape Anguille to the northeastward and terminating 5 or 6 miles
to the southward of Shoal Point. The highest point of the range
rises to 1,862 feet, but it is generally flat-topped and much cut up
by large deep gullies. The slopes are densely wooded, but the
summits are bare of large trees, being generally covered with
dwarf spruce which grows so thickly as to be almost impassable.

A noticeable feature on the side of the hill at the back of Ship
Cove is the telegraph road leading to Great Codroy, which has
been cut through the woods, and passes over the top of the range.

The locality under the eastern termination of the Anguille
Range and extending from Shoal Point to Harbor Head is gener-
ally known as the Highlands.

Plaster Cove is a bay lying northeastward of Shoal Point. Its
shores are dotted with several cottages, occupied by settlers, who
find employment in fishing, farming, and lobster packing in this
neighborhood; J mile from the point there is a striking outcrop of
gypsum in the cliff, which gives rise to the local name.

The northern part of the bay is shallow, there being only 3^
to 4 fathoms water 600 yards from the shore, but southwestward
of this good anchorage may be found during offshore winds in
from 6 to 10 fathoms water, over, in places, a soft bottom.

Immediately inside the northern point of Plaster Cove is High-
lands church, a conspicuous white building with a small square
tower, and NW. by N. from it, ^ mile from the shore, there is a
small stony patch of 31 fathoms, with 6 and 7 fathoms water
around it.

it.

bliquely across the

i^e a small patch of

lies 200 yards from

for 2i miles to the
JOO yards, lies Ship

coast, ^ mile south-
Q The Spout (a con-
Test Rock) to Shoal

coast line extending
e to this point the
d sand, while to the
y nature. A stony
!U(ls $ mile from the

yards outside Ship
e shore, there is an
3rs.

try extending from
linating 5 or 6 miles
it point of the range
3d and much cut up
ely wooded, but the
erally covered with

1 almost impassable,
at the back of Ship
; Codroy, which has
the top of the range,
on of the Anguille
irbor Head is gener-

L of Shoal Point. Its
jied by settlers, who
ster packing in this
a striking outcrop of
cal name.

there being only 3i
, but southwestward
ttg offshore winds in
, soft bottom,
'laster Cove is High-
with a small square

the shore, there is a
md 7 fathoms water

IIAKBCIK ILEAD — OKAB BROOK.

219

MiaNH

Coast— Northeastward from Highlands cliurch the coast
formed of clay cliffs, G5 to 100 feet high, and fronted by a stony
beach. This continues for a little over a mile to Harbor Head,
behind which there is a low woodod rise, the summit being 200
feet above high water. Back of this, and extending to the SE.
and east, the country is composed of low wooded ridges, alter-
nating with extensive and generally swampy flats, through which
flow several streams or brooks that rise in the mountain ranges 12
to 14 miles inland. Good salmon pools are stated to exist in all
these streams, but the number of fish ascending is reported to be
decreasing.

Northeastward of Harbor Head the coast falls a little, the cliffs
giving place to low slopes, again succeeded by a short stretch of
cliff 80 to 90 feet high, fronting which, at 200 yards from the
shore, are some detached bowlders and patches of rocks.

-River Brook, at the eastern termination of these v^liffs, and the
westernmost of the streams referred to above, is rather more than
200 yards in width at its entrance, but not deep enough to admit
boats except at the top of high water.

Coast— From River Brook to Crabb Brook, a distance of 2 miles,
the coast is composed of low cliffs and steep slopes of sand and clay,
fronted by a stony beach. Off this are numerous bowlders, prob-
ably deposited by ice, and i mile from River Brook a prong of
shoal water, formed by some of these bowlders and detached rocky
patches, extends 600 yards from the shore, which should here be
given a berth of f mile.

Crab Brook, the position of which may easily be recognized by
the church, with its square tower, standing on the summit of the
western side of the entrance, is between the heads' forming its
mouth, nearly 400 yards wide, but this space is reduced a half by
a stony spit projecting from the foot of the hill on the western side.
Banks of stones, that dry at low water, extend nearly across the
entrance, leaving a narrow, crooked channel, in which there is
only one foot at low water.

Small vessels pass in here when the tide is up and discharge at
a rough wharf on the eastern side. Abreast this the water quickly
shoals, and the space, which at high water appears extensive, is at
low water largely filled by dry banks of sand and stones. At
f mile within the entrance the bed of the stream is filled by marshy
flats, which become islands as the tide flows in* little channels
through them. These channels unite about f mile farther up,
when the stream turns abruptly to the eastward, under a high,
wooded cliff.

The village is situated on either side of the stream, just inside
the entrance, but the larger number of houses are on the western

14910 15

220

NEWFOUNDLAND WEST COAST.

side. The population numbers about 200, all of whom are engaged
in fishing and farming.

There is a church, school, and post-office, but no telegi'aphic
communication, though the line from Sandy Point to Great Codroy
pusses close to the village. There is a rough road from this place
to the south side of St. George Harbor.

Barachois Brook, very shallow, and having a stony bar that is
nearly dry at low water, is 3 miles northward of Crabb Brook, the
coast between being composed of sand cliffs, rising at one point to
a height of 190 feet ; some fishermen live round its shores.

Robinson Brook, the entrance to which lies -J- mile northward
of Barachois Brook, has also a stony bar, which is nearly dry at low
waler. Inside, the space between the sloping sides of the river
valley is partially filled by numerous flat, marshy islets, between
which the stream runs in narrow chaiuiuls. The village, with a
population of about 200, stands on the northern side of the brook.
There is a church and school, and the inhabitants are chiefly
engaged in fishing and farming.

About 9 miles back from the village good coal is reported to have
been discovered. At ^ mile offshore, between Robinson and Bara-
chois Brooks, there is a small patch of 5 fathoms, with 6 and 7
fathoms water around it. The bottom is generally stony off the
whole of this part of the coast and affords only temporary
anchorage.

Communication.— There is a post-office and fortnightly com-
munication by road with the settlement at Sandy Point, which is
26 miles distant.

Robinson Head. — From the northern side of Robinson Brook
the cliffs, of^clay and sand, rise gradually toward Robinson Head,
f mile to the northward. The western summit of the head is com-
posed of a little peak of sand with some grass and a few stunted
trees on its landward side, where it falls steeply to a hollow in
which there are two small ponds. Coming from the westward,
this peak, with its seaward face of white sand, is very conspicuous.
The seaward face of the slope is composed of alternating patches
or strips of white sand and dark brushwood, which make this part
of the coast very conspicuous from any direction.

Eastward of the above summit the land falls again to an angle
in the shore, locally known as Stinking Cove, in which there is a
small lobster factory. From this point to Fishels Brook, a distance
of 5 miles, the coast is composed of sand and clay cliffs, 80 to 113
feet high, the land behind being of slight elevation, with marshy
flats or "barrens" separating low, densely- wooded ridges.

Three small streams, known respectively as Red Brook, Seal
Brook, and Rattling Brook, cause breaks in the cliffy shore line,

8T.

FI8HEL8 BROOK — BANK HEAD COVE.

221

: whom are engaged

but no telegraphic
jint to Great Codroy
L-oad from this place

g a stony bar that is
of Crabb Brook, the
ising at one point to
id its shores.
es i mile northward
h is nearly dry at low
ig sides of the river
irshy islets, between
The village, with a
rn side of the brook,
labitants are chiefly

»al is reported to have
1 Robinson and Bara-
athoms, with 6 and 7
Bnerally stony off the
)rds only temporary

and fortnightly com-
(andy Point, which is

Le of Robinson Brook
ward Robinson Head,
nit of the head is com-
pass and a few stunted
iteeply to a hollow in
5 from the westward,
i, is very conspicuous,
of alternating patches
, which make this part
ction.

alls again to an angle
ire, in which there is a
shels Brook, a distance
ttd clay cliffs, 80 to 113
(levation, with marshy
wooded ridges,
ly as Red Brook, Seal
in the cliffy shore line,

which is fronted by a stony beach having off it numerous ice-
deposited stones and bowlders that make landing at low water,
even in fine weather, a difficult operation for ordinary boats.

There are here and there, behind the cliffs, cottages and strips
of cultivated land.

Fishels Brook rises in the mountain range, some 12 miles back
from the coast, and flows into the sea between a high steep bank on
its eastern side and a long stony spit, on which are some houses,
projecting from the elevated land to the westward ; the entrance is
very narrow and, at low water, nearly dry ; inside, there is a small
deep pool above which numerous banks of stones and shingle
occupy the bed of the stream.

Off this brook, at a distance of little over a mile, there begins a
ridge of rocky uneven ground extending toward Bank Head ; its
southwestern portion is outside the 10-fathom line, but, though
closely examined, nothing less than 7 fathoms water could be
found. Round this spot there are depths of 10 and 12 fathoms.
Northeastward the bank inclines a little toward the shore, the
depth over it varying from 6 to 9 fathoms.

Bank Head lies 3J miles northward of Fishels Brook, the coast
between being a continuation of the sandy cliffs to the southwest-
ward, which, however, are in this locality somewhat higher and
fronted by a wider beach of stones. Three brooks, flowing through
deep valleys, reach the sea here— Barry Brook, Middle Brook, and
Journois Brook, the last named being one mile from Bank Head.
At ^ mile north of Journois Brook the cliff rises a little and con-
tinues to its summit, 160 feet above the sea. This cliff, which is
conspicuous, is, strictly speaking, Bank Head, but the whole of
the neighboring locality is generally so named.

Behind the head there are some small ponds and several detached
ridges, of moderate elevation, separated by the "barrens" so fre-
quently occurring in this country, and reaching to the foot of the
range which at a distance of about 12 miles inland extends in a
southwesterly direction. Several of the summits of this range are
veryKJonspicuous.

Ooast— At i mile northeastward of the summit of Bank Head
the sandy cliff ceases abruptly, and then rises again to a low con-
ical sandhill, eastward of which is a small bight known as Bank
Head Cove. Here there are a few cottages and fish stores, and
landing may be effected, when it is quite impracticable on any other
part of the coast, between Sandy Point and Robinson Head.

Northeastward of this cove the coast is lower than that to the
southwestward. It continues, in cliffs about 75 feet high, here and
there covered with bushes, for 2i miles to Youngs Cove, which is
a slight curve, formed by the projection of the low stony peninsula

ilriiiiii

222

NEWFOUNDLAND WEST COAST.

named Flat Island, and contains a few cottages occupied by
fishermen.

Flat Bay Brook, a stream flowing into the shallow bay between
Flat Island and the shore, H miles eastward of Youngs Cove, ia
nearly \ mile wide at its entrance, immediately inside which it is
divided by a low point having on it some houses. The western ■
most portion is merely a shallow bay known as Muddy Hole. The
eastern portion is the stream, flowing from the mountain range
about 7 miles inland, but it is much obstructed by banks and islets.

South Side is the name given to the district extending from Flat
Bay Brook to the northeastward for about 6 miles. The coast is
formed of low banks terminating the long slope from a ridge, about
300 feet high, the summit of which is about one mile back. Nu-
merous houses and fish stores line the shore, and the surrounding
land is more or less in cultivation. A fairly good road runs south-
westward to Robinson Head and eastward to the head of St. George
Harbor.

Steel or Cairn Mountain, a remarkable mass of ironstone,
rising to a height of 952 feet from the low country behind the coast
ridge mentioned above, and in front of the mountain range extend-
ing from the southwestward, has on it two stone cairns said to have
been erected by Captain Cook. Flat Bay Brook runs under the
foot of this mountain, and in the locality deposits of iron and gyp-
sum have been found.

Northeastward the rugged broken ranges continue in a north-
easterly direction, and 3 miles from Steel Mountain there is, on the
western face of the coast range, a remarkable white patch, formed
by a landslide, which is very conspicuous from far down the bay.

(H. O. Chart No. 594.)

Flat Bay, between Flat Island and the mainland, is very shal-
low and obstructed by banks which dry at low water. On the
southern side there is sufficient depth for a boat, at low water, to
go about 3 miles up ; but the thick weeds, with which the bottom
is covered, would prove very troublesome to one propelled by steam.

Toward the northern part of the bay, situated on a large bank
of sand and shingle, is Moyac or Woody Island, now a mere bank
of sand, covered with coarse grass, but which 'at one^^time had on
it several trees.

Flat Island is a long, low projection of stones and shingle,
extending from Youngs Cove to Harbor Point, a distance of 6^
miles, and forming, with t?ve main shore, the shallow area described
above as Flat Bay In some parts this bank of stones is only about
50 yards across, while toward the eastern end it is, at one spot,
rather more than ^ mile. Long stretches of it are quite bare, but

'i£it

liip

SANDY POINT.

223

ages occupied by

allow bay between
f Youngs Cove, in
inside which it is
ses. The western •
Muddy Hole. The
le mountain range
jy banks and islets,
xtending from Flat
dies. The coast is
from a ridge, about
e mile back. Nu-
d the surrounding
od road runs south-
) head of St. George

mass of ironstone,
try behind the coast
intain range extend-
e cairns said to have
3ok runs under the
rits of iron and gyp-

!ontinue in a north-
atain there is, on the
white patch, formed
a far down the bay.

binland, is very shal-
low water. On the
oat, at low water, to
bh which the bottom
e propelled by steam,
ited on a large bank
nd, now a mere bank
I [_at one-time had on

stones and shingle,
iint, a distance of 6i
ihallow area described
)f stones is only about
ind it is, at one spot,
it are quite bare, but

BGSsr

there are two extensive clumps of spruce trees, as well as some
small patches of scrub.

At J mile fro-^ 'he junction of this peninsula with the main
shore, and 200 yards from the beach, there is, off its seaward side,
a patch of stones which dry at low water, and in this locality,
as also for some 3 miles to the northeastward, tlie shoal ground
extends for nearly i mile from the beach. Outside tlie 5-fathom
line, however, the water deepens very quickly to upward of 20
fathoms. Those feeling their way along this shore during a fog
should bear this fact in mind, and not approach to a less depth
than 10 or 12 fathoms. Toward the eastern extreme of Flat Island
the deep water approaches the shore, and eastward of Harbor Point
the 6-fathom line is only 60 yards from the beach.

Light— A cylindrical iron lighthouse, 36 feet in height, stands
on a concrete base, 100 yards within the extreme of Harbor Point.
It is painted white, and exhibits, at an elevation of 35 feet, a fixed
white light, which should be visible 7 miles.

Sandy Point is the name given to the settlement that stands on
the wider portion of Flat Island, near its eastern end. The popu-
lation numbers about 400, principally connected with the fishing
industry. There are some stores in which ordinary articles may
be purchased, and supplies of fresh meat and vegetables may
generally be obtained, either here or on the opposite shore.

Communication. — There is postal communication weekly dur-
ing the summer, by means of the steamers of the Newfoundland
Coastal Steamship Co. from St. Johns, and by a steamer from
Halifax and Sydney, C. B., both of which call here on their trips
to and from the more northern ports on this coast. There is also
telegraphic communication with St. Johns and the Dominion. A
branch of the railway, joining St. Johns with the western coast,
crosses the mouth of St. George River and skirts the mainland
opposite. A pier for landing material for the railway has been
constructed at Turf Point; it is 1,000 feet in length, and has a
depth of 30 feet at its extremity.

Supplies. — Fresh provisions can be obtained.
Bank.— Inside Harbor Point the flat sandy shore forms a slight
curve, in which there are numerous fishing stores and landing
stages. A bank of sand and mud, dry at low water, extends from
this shore for nearly 200 yards and off Messervy Point to 250 yards;
it is very steep-to, there being 5 fathoms water within 76 yards of
the edge.

Wharf— The government wharf at Messervy Point has a depth
of 2 fathoms alongside it at its western corner, and 3 fathoms at
its eastern comer, but, as there is a good deal of wreckage about
this part of the anchorage, care should be taken, when going

' ■^^IT''.

224

NEWFOUNDLAND WEST COAST.

alongside, to keep tho voHHel to the eastward of the westernmost
cornor.

Westward of the wharf the dry bank extends farther from tlie
shore, and the Hue of 3 fathoms reaches across the entrance of
Flat Bay.

The Episcopal church, with a low spire, is situated in a clump
of trees ^ mile southwestward of the lighthouse, and the Roman
Catholic church in the same direction and about the same distance
from Messervy Point. Both are conspicuous when approaching
from the westward.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Sandy Point at
9h. 45ra. ; "nrings rise 5^^ feet, neaps rise 3i^ feet; neaps range 1^-
feet. During springs the stream runs with some strength at the
anchorage.

St. George Harbor is situated at the head of St. George Bay.
Its entrance, between Indian Head on the north side and Harbor
Point on the south, is 3 miles across, and its depth to the entrance
of St. George River is also about 3 miles.

Anchorage. — The soundings vary from 12 to 18 fathoms in the
center of this space, and vessels may anchor anywhere within a
reasonable distance of the shore, but during strong westerly winds
a heavy sea sets in, and with bad weather from the eastward the
place is subject to violent squalls off the high land. The shelter of
Flat Island should therefore be obtained if possible. That anchor-
age is easily accessible, and affords excellent holding ground,
with smooth water, in from 6 to 10 fathoms water, over a bottom
of stiff mud.

When approaching, the beach at the extremity of Harbor Point
mr.y be rounded at any convenient distance, and giving its inner
angle a berth of at least 300 yards, anchorage may be taken up
where convenient ; but a good berth is in 6 or 7 fathoms water,
with the Roman Catholic church bearing West (N. 63° W. mag. )
and the lighthouse North (N. 28° E. mag.). Strong NE. to SE.
winds are frequently experienced here, but though the squalls are
furious the water is smooth, and the holding ground so good that,
with good ground tackle, a vessel may lie in safety.

Turf Point, on the southern shore opposite Sandy Point, is a
low flat projection composed of peat. Off it are some detached
bowlders locally known as Seal Rocks, and which give the name
to the adjoining cove and settlement.

Indian River, known also as the Barachois, lies 1^ miles from
Turf Point. The space within the entrance is considerable, but it
quickly narrows between high wooded banks.

From here low sand cliffs extend to St. George River, the
entrance to which is known as the Gut. During fine weather

INDIAN KIVKK ROMAINKH HltOOK.

225

I the wosternmoHt

J farther from tlie
IS the entrance of

tuated in a clump
B, and the Roman
1 the same distant-e
when approaching

at Sandy Point at
et ; neaps range 1^
ne strength at the

3f St. George Bay.
h side and Harbor
ipth to the entrance

o 18 fathoms in the
anywhere within a
rong westerly winds
m the eastward tlie
md. The shelter of
jible. That anchor-
at holding ground,
^ater, over a bottom

tity of Harbor Point
and giving its inner
re may be taken up
or 7 fathoms water,
st (N. 62° W. mag.)
Strong NE. to SE.
lOugh the squalls are
ground so good that,
lafety.

te Sandy Point, is a
t are some detached
which give the name

•is, lies li miles from
s considerable, but it

. George River, the
During fine weather

boiitH can onttT this chaiinnl at low water, but tht» ti<U) niiiK
strongly through, and thon* is gtuionilly inoro or loss swell sotting
on the shore; (hiring strong westerly winds it should not be
attempted. There is a large lumber mill on the southern siile of
the entranc<s and some houses. The roiid to Stoplienvillo is hero
continued ])y nu-ans of a ferry across the river.

Sea Wolf Lagoon, on tlu! northern side of St. (ieorge Harbor,
is formed by an indentation in the const frontiMJ by a long narrow
strip of stony beach, and has an entrance which is all but dry at
low water. Inside the spit there is a deptli of U^ fathoms.

Indian Head is a renuirkabh* cliffy heudland on the north 8i(hi
of St. George Harbor. The summit of the cl iff is IHO feet above
tlie sea, but it gradually rises to a conspicuous conical wooded
peak 6:31 feet higli, fnmi which the wooded hills e.xtend in a north-
easterly direction to a deep valley, which separates tliem from the
higher ranges extending inland. On these hiltor are some conical
summits which are conspicuous from seaward. Mount Hubert,
distinguisliable by some remarkabhi bare patches near its summit,
is 1,472 feet liigh, and another peak, farther to the northeast, is
2,290 feet.

The northern sides of tlio Indian Head Hills fall steeply to a
large shallow lagoon, separated from the sea by a narrow strip of
stony beach 300 yards across. Off this beach, as also off Indian
Head, the 10-fathom line is less than ^ mile from shore.

(B. A. Chart No. 2876.)

Stephenvllle comprises the district extending northwestward
from Indian Head for about 5 miles; numerous houses are dotted
about the shores of the lagoon noticed above, and on the low slopes
northward of it, as well as on the beach, and the Roman Catholic
church, with its long white spire, is conspicuous. From liere
there is a road passing round the lagoon to the ferry at St. George
River, and also in the other direction to Isthmus Bay. A short
distance east of the church, Blanche River, a small stream, flows
into the sea through the stony beach ; behind, the country is of
moderate elevation, thickly wooded where not cultivated, and has
several ponds.

Romaines Brook flows into the sea 3| miles westward of
Stephenvllle church, the coast between being composed of high
banks of sand, broken in places by small streams issuing from the
country behind ; the entrance to the brook is dry at low water and
very narrow ; the pools inside it are frequented by large quantities
of sea trout. About 200 yards from its mouth the brook is crossed
by a bridge carrying the road to Isthmus Bay ; above it the stream
is obstructed by banks of stone and shingle, and on the eastern

;;««fej.

-.."(XrV^y^^^i^r^SS'ji

MMMMM

IHIII

3S6

NKWFOl'i^DLAND — WKST COAST.

Hidii tlinro is u ninmrkuldo outcrop of KypHitin, siimll (|Uiiiititi('s of
wliicli iir«' occuiHioiiiilly oxporUxl; tliis oiitc'r<»p in very conspicuoiiH
from tliH HW. wIh'ii tlio huh is Hliiiiiiig on it.

Supplies. — On the wostorn luitik of the Htrutini thuru in Hituated
oiH) of the ln'Nt fiinns in this hu-iility, mid horo frosh munt, huttor,
ot(\, <'iin j^oiitTiilly Ito ohtuiiu'd.

Table Mountain, lyiiiK diroctly buhiud the ontranco to
RoniainoH Brook, is a thickly-woudud liill risiii>^ to a height of 1)80
fo(*t above tlje sea; NE. of the wosterti HUininit it rises a little,
forming tiie southwestern tennimition of the range of high hills
extending along the eastern shore of Port au Port. Some deposits
of asbestus have recently been found in the neighborhood of these
hills, and the mines are now being worked during summer.

Eastward of Table Mountain the country is broken, but rises
gradually from the coast to the higher land, two detached whale-
backed hills, about 4 miles from the shore, being conspicuous.
The highest of those reaches an elevation of 1,090 feet.

The western slope of Table Mountain is gradual, falling toward
Isthmus Bay, and te^iuinating in a steep sand cliff i» 1 feet high,
on the SW. end of whicli is a Roman Catholic church.

Isthmus Bay, formed by a sharp curve in the coast, lies just to
the westward of Table Mountain, and is about li miles across by
^ mile deep. The soundings within this space increase gradually
from the shore to 5 and G fathoms, over stones and gravel, and
though f reijuently resorted to as an anchorage, it is by no means a
good one, as the holding ground is uncertain, and during west or
SW. winds there is a heavy swell. The stony beach at the head
of the bay is only 40 or 50 yards across, and behind it is a shallow
lagoon separated from East Bay (Port au Port) by another narrow
beach of stones. On both these beaches, as well as on the sloping
ground over the western side of the bay, there are numei'ous cot-
tages. The Episcopal chnrch and the post-office are on the east-
ern side, approached from the shore by a road np the steep side of
the sand cliff, mentioned above as being the termination of the
slope of Table Mountain.

This district is locally known as the Gravels; the popiilation
numbers about 100.

Communication. — Coasting steamers call here occasionally dur-
ing the summer months, and a short pier is being constructed on
the western shore for their convenience, but the postal communi-
cation is generally by road to the settlement opposite Sandy Point.
There is no telegraphic communication.

Shoals. — About one mile southward of the western point of
Isthmus Bay there are some patches with 6^ and 7 fathoms water
over them, and 1^,^ miles S, 3° E. (S. 25° W. mag.) from the same

illl l|lllllltiti«8 of

'^ery cuiiHpifUuuH

thoru is HituutcMl
sh motit, butter,

hu ontnuico to
D a heinht of J)80

it riH«H it little,
^0 of hi){h IuIIh
Some deposits
borhood of those
• summer.
)roken, but rises
detached wliale-
ng conspicuous.

feet.

1, ftiliinj? toward
iff !ii feet high,
irch.

coast, lies just to
f miles across by
crease gradually

and gravel, and
is by no means a
I during west or

ach at the head
id it is a shallow
i another narrow
fts on the sloping
re numerous cot-
3 are on the east-

the steep side of
•mination of the

; the population

occasionally dur-
g constructed on
postal cotiimuni-
site Sandy Point.

vestern point of
fathoms water
.) from the same

IHTIIMI'M HAY — CAMIM»KI,I,H «(IVK.

227

point there is a stony patch of A fatlioms; li^bt tide rips iimy bo
obsorv'tul over those putclies during spijiig tidt-^.

Tides. — It is higii water, full uisd clmiigo, at Isthmus Bay at 9h.
4(>n».; springs rise ft.^ f(M>t, neaps rise a^ feiit.

Ooast. — Westward of Isthmus liay the coast, composed of low
cliffs backed by thi(!kly-\voo<led ri<lges of moderattt elevation, con-
tinues to a slight bend, wliere there are a ftiw houses, and known
as Felix Cove. Here a small stream runs over the beach, anl }
mile southward there is a rocky patch on which the <lopth is 4i
fathoms.

Westward of Felix Cove the coast, of similar fornnition, con-
tinues, but behind the land rises considerably, the ridges being
here 40t) to 600 feet in height and densely wooded.

At U miles Vrorn Felix Cove, and below two rather conspicuous
houses on a green slope, is one of the rocky coves referred to as
affording a partially sheltered laiuling place for boats in anything
but very bad weather. The rocks forming this cove make a snudl
angle with the shore for about 70 yards, the entrance facing to the
eastward.

The coast in this locality is everywhere steep-to.

Campbells Oove is formed by a short bend in the coast 2J miles
westward of Felix Cove. In the middle of tliis bight is another
rocky projection, somewhat similar to that just described as being
a good landing place ; but the one in this cove, being more shel-
tered, is the better. At low water, however, there is hardly depth
enough for an ordinary ship's boat, and if there is any swell run-
ning, landing can not safely bo effected until the tide flows.

Around the shores of the bay are several (iottages and a good
deal of cultivated land. A fairly good road runs from Isthmus
Bay, passing a short distance back from the shore. Behind rises
Pierways Hill, a remarkable stony and comparatively bare hill,
with two similar summits, the westernmost of which is 779 feet
high. To the westward this hill falls in a gradual slope to Abra-
hams Cove.

Coast. — The point forming the western side of Campbells Cove
is a perpendicular cliff, 99 feet high, having at its foot a mass of
rocks and bowlders. Westward from this there is another bend in
the coast, sometimes called Messervy Cove, where there are also
some houses and cultivated lands. The cliffy coast continues to
Abrahams Cove, another indentation, with a ravine at its head, and
a very conspicuous cliff, 145 feet high, on its western side. Here
the 20-fathom line coming from the southern side of St. George
Bay closes in with the coast and continues to the westwai'd at a
distance of about ^ mile.

The land behind is composed of flat- topped heavily -wooded ridges.

ii l| illl

l!':^ «

228

NEWFOUNDLAND WEST COAST.

Westward of Abrahams Cove a low rocky point, named Jerrys
Nose, forms the eastern side of another indentation, known as Fiods
Cove ; here there are also some cottages. Numbers of dorys may
be seen about all these c^^es, but, except at the places named, there
is no landing in bad weather.

Ship Island and Cove.— Ship Island, small, rocky, and 36 feet
high, lies off the end of the projection of the coast forming the
western side of Fiods Cove, with which it is connected at low water.
A rocky patch, with 3^ fathoms water over it, lies from 350 to 500
yards from the islet in a southwesterly direction. Between the two
there is a depth of 6i fathoms, but the passage is narrow and had
better be avoided.

Ship Cove lies on the western si le of the islet and of the point
referred to above, and though a deeper bight than any of those to
the eastward, it does not afford good anchorage, except during con-
tinued periods of offshore winds. At the head of the cove is a
shingly beach, on which are some cottages, and from here there is
a path through a valley between the ridges, leading to Pic k Denis
(locally Picadilly) in Port au Port.

Coast. — The coast, formed of rugged irregular cliffs, 80 to 90
feet high, continues from Ship Cove westward for 1^ miles to Pigeon
Head, a remarkable perpendicular bluff rising to a height of 110
feet. At its foot are some bowlders and ledges of rock, but they
are quite steep-to. Behind this part of the coast the land rises
to heavily- wooded ridges, 700 to 800 feet in height, intersected here
and there by deep ravines, from which streams flow into the sea.

Lower Cove is situated directly inside Pigeon Head, from which
the cliff falls gradually toward the beach at the head of the cove.
Here there is a small settlement.

In the center of the cove, 1,200 yards West (N. 62° W. mag.) from
Pigeon Head, there is a rocky shoal of 4 fathoms, with from 7 to 11
fathoms water around it. Inside the shoal temporary anchorage
may be found in from 7 to 10 fathoms water, but the ground is
rough, and with any winds westward of N W. there is a heavy swell.

Coast. — From Lower Cove the coast, formed of moderately high
cliffs, continues westward to a small gravelly beach, with sloping
ground behind it and a large waterfall near, locally known as
Charlie Sheaves Cove, and where there are two or three houses.
Westward the cliffs again become higher for a short distance, fall-
ing gradually toward March Point, 4^ miles from Lower Cove. At
li miles eastward of the point the land rises very steeply from the
cliffs. The eastern part of this hill is bare and stony, and there-
fore conspicuous for some distance to the southward and westward.
The westf»rn part, separated from the eastern by a deep gully, is
thickly wooded and culminates in a summit 765 feet high, though
farther back the hills again rise to a height of 1,120 feet.

MAEOH POINT — CAPE ST. GEORGE.

229

int, named Jerrys
)n, known as Fiods
bers of dorys may
laces named, there

rocky, and 36 feet
coast forming the
ected at low water,
es from 350 to 500
Between the two
is narrow and had

i and of the point
an any of those to
except during con-
i of the cove is a
from here there is
ling to Pic h Denis

lar cliffs, 80 to 90
• li miles to Pigeon
to a height of 110
s of rock, hut they
)ast the land rises
ht, intersected here
low into the sea.
I Head, from which
e head of the cove.

62° W. mag.) from
3, with from 7 to 11
nporary anchorage
hut the ground is
)re is a heavy swell,
of moderately high
beach, with sloping
, locally known as
7o or three houses,
short distance, fall-
m Lower Cove. At
ry steeply from the
d stony, and there-
p-ard and westward,
hy a deep gully, is
5 feet high, though
1,120 feet.

Sea Mouse Rocks comprise three rocky patches lying off the
coast between Charlie Sheaves Cove and March Point. The east-
ernmost patch, lying 2i miles S. 82° W. (N. 70° W. mag.) from
Pigeon Head and 750 yards offshore, has over it a depth of 15 feet
at low water. Within the 3-fathom line it is about 150 hy 250
yards in extent, its longest diameter being in a general ENE. and
WSW. direction.

From this another patch, over which the least water is 5f fath-
oms, lies 750 yards S. 34° W. (S. 62° W. mag.), and between the
two there is a narrow channel, with 12 and 13 fathoms water.

The westernmost shoal lies l^V xniles westward of that first
described and 750 yards offshore. Its extent within the 3-fathom
line is about 200 by 300 yards, with a least depth of 6 feet at low
water. Between these shoals and the shore the soundings vary
from 6 to 10 fathoms.

The whole of the shingle beach at the head of Ship Cove, seen
clear of the cliffy bluff half way between it and Pigeon Head, bear-
ing N. 79° E. (S. 73° E. mag.), clears the two shoaler patches, but
leads over or close to the 5f-fathom patch.

March Point is low and flat for some little distance back from
the shore. The generally green appearance of this flat, projecting
beneath the dark wooded hills behind, makes the point easily dis-
tinguishable. • Eastward of it there are some houses, both on the
shore and on the flat ; in the neighborhood of these the ground is
more or less cultivated. The point is fronted by a stony beach and
some ledges of rock, off which the 5-fathom line extends i mile.
March Point Bank, l^- miles southward of March Point, is a ridge
about H miles in length, having over it 23 to 25 fathoms water.

Coast. — The coast westward of March Point is composed of low
cliffs, with a narrow strip of level land behind them, thickly
wooded '^xcept where cleared by settlers, and extending to the foot
of the hills, which here approach the shore. The stony beach,
having off it some flat ledges of rock, is fairly steep-to, but the
bottom is rough, and only fit for temporary anchorage in fine
weather.

Nearly 3 miles from March Point there is a small settlement
known as Degras, and 1^- miles farther SW. is another named
Grand Jardin. The inhabitants of these two places, as also those
at Petit Jardin, a few huts f mile farther west, are principally
French, a.nd engaged almost entirely in fishing.

Cape St. George. — From the high land behind the village of
Degras the dark wooded ridges, with occasional bare stony sum-
mits, fall toward Cape St. George, a short distance from the extreme
of which the wood ceases, and bare grassy slopes extend to the edge
of the cliffs, which, on the south side of the cape, are 40 to 50 feet

■.SST""

230

NEWFOUNDLAND WEST COAST.

high. Off the western extreme of these cliffs, but connected with
them by a low shelf, is a pyramidal rock which shows plainly from
the southward ; close to it is a low detached rock, and here the
coast turns abruptly to the northward, rising in high perpendicular
cliffs, which at ^ mile from the cape are 225 feet high. Beyond
this they rise still higher toward Cape Cormorant. Cape St.
George is quite steep-to, and may be rounded closely, but there
is nearly always a swell setting on to the shore, and the tidal
streams run strongly round the point.

Cape Cormorant, 5^ miles NNE. of Cape St. George, rises, in
a perpendicular limestone cliff, to a height of about 700 feet, and
then in a steep slope, to a somewhat conical summit 9(58 feet above
the sea. Between this cape and Cape St. George the coast is formed
of high cliffs, and nearly midway there is an indentation, named
Big Cove, in which a few fishermen occasionally live during the
summer mon ths. Eastward of this cove the cliff's are fronted by
some low rocky islets and low-water features, but they are gener-
ally steep-to and free from oflBying dangers. Behind, the land
rises in bare stony hills and wooded gullies to the summit of a long
rocky ridge, known as White Hills, which extends in an easterly
direction toward the head of Port au Port.

Sed Island, lying 6 miles from Cape St. George and one mile
from Cape Cormorant, is about 1,400 yards long by 700 wide, its
coast line being composed of red clay cliffs, rising on the northern
side to the height of 292 feet above the sea. The top of the island
is jovered with coarse grass and dead stumps of trees, and at the
eastern end, where there is a stony beach and spit at the foot of
the cliffs, are some storehouses and dwellings, occupied during the
summer by a party of French fishermen from the island of St.
Pierre. A wooden tramway, for facilitating the carriage of stores
from the beach to the top, is a conspicuous feature when approach-
ing from the southward.

The northwestern side of the island is fairly steep-to, the 3-f athom
line being about 200 yards from the shore, but off its NE. and SW.
ends foul ground extends for about ^ mile ; this is continued off
the southern and eastern sides of the island, and thence, in a
narrow rocky ridge, across to the mainland under a steep gully,
situated 1,400 yards northeastward of Cape Cormorant.

The Ridge, above mentioned, is midway between the Jsland and
the mainland, only about 100 feet across, and here the depth varies
from 16 to 18 feet; nearer the island and about 400 yards from the
end of the Stony Spit, there is a spot with only 7 feet water over
it, but between this and the shore there are depths of 12 and 13
feet.

RED ISLAND KOAD.

281

it connected with
LOWS plainly from
•ck, and here the
gh perpendicular
et high. Beyond
orant. Cape St,
closely, but there
>re, and the tidal

. George, rises, in
bout 700 feet, and
mit 968 feet above
the coast is formed
identation, named
ly live during the
ift's are fronted by
ut they are gener-
Behind, the land
B summit of a long
inds in an easterly

Borge and one mile
\g by 700 wide, its
ag on the northern
le top of the island
)f trees, and at the
[ spit at the foot of
(ccupied during the
1 the island of St.
le carriage of stores
ire when approach-

eep-to, the 3-f athom
3ff its NE. and SW.
bis is continued oflE
[, and thence, in a
mder a steep gully,
rmorant.

ween the island and
ere the depth varies
3 400 yards from the
ly 7 feet water over
depths of 12 and 13

Vessels of moderate draft may safely cross it in fine weather by
keeping Crow Head in line with Low Point, bearing about N. 4(1°
E. (N. 74° E. mag.).

Tidal Streams. — During spring tides the streams run strongly
over Th3 Ridge ; flood to the northeastward and ebb to the south-
westward, and there are considerable overfalls, especially with
strong westerly winds, while in bad weather breakers extend nearly
the whole way across.

Red Island Road.— On the western side of The Ridge fairly good
anchorage may be obtained, with winds to the southward of WSW.,
in from 11 to 14 fathoms water, over sand and, in places, muddy
bottom ; but when the wind draws to the west or N W. a heavy
sea sets in at this anchorage, and although a vessel with good
ground tackle might hold on, it would be imprudent to remain.
A good berth for a large vessel is in 14 fathoms water with the
northern extreme of the island bearing N. 81° W. (N. 53° W.
mag.) and the first cliff north of Car-e St. George just shut in, S.
21° W. (S. 49° W. mag.).

It may here be remarked that a hei,r|«iiground swell is usually
the forerunner of strong westerly winds in this locality.

Coast. — About one mile northeastward of Cape Cormorant the
cliffy coast line terminates, being succeeded by a low shore, fronted
by a stony beach for a distance of about 2^ miles, where it again
rises into cliffs of moderate height, culminating in Crow Head, a
bluff 112 feet above the sea. At 1^ miles southward of Crow Head
is Low Point, a slightly-rounded projection of the shore; south-
ward of this is Les Vaches, a small settlement where there is a
lobster factory and some cottages. Behind the fore shore the land
rises gradually to thickly wooded ridges of moderate elevation.

White Rock, lying i mile offshore, nearly midway between
Low Point and the Ridge, is a small patch of rock having over it
a depth of 1 8 feet ; it may be avoided by keeping the land, about
Cape St. George, open of the cliffs southward of Cape Cormorant,
bearing about S. 21° W. (S. 49° W. mag.).

Cow Rocks, comprise a cluster of rocks aiid shoals, about 1,600
yards in extent, fronting the shore oft' Low Point at a distance of
about 600 yards. The northernmost rocks are 9 feet above high
water; 700 yards SW. of them is another small cluster which dry
2 feet, and between are several shoal patches, while 700 yards south-
westward of the last-mentioned dry rocks, and directly off the
houses at Les Vaches, is a detached rock with 18 feet water over it.

Cow Rocks are fairly steep on the seaward side, the 10-fathom
line being about 400 yards outside them ; in thick weather, there-
fore, a vessel, passing along the coast, should not shoal the water
to less than 15 fathoms, nor to less than 20 fathoms to insure pass-
ing outside Red Island.

^Saa

? ■«w

232

NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST COAST.

Ooast. — From Crow Head the cliffs fall quickly to a low shore,
which continues to Three Rocks Poir.t, a distance of 3 miles. In
the shallow bight here formed there are a few fishermen's cot-
tages.

Three Rocks Point is easily recognized by the three rocky islets
off it (the westernmost being 14 feet above high water) and by the
store and huts on the beach inside. Some shelter is here given by
the rocks, and landing may be effected when not practicable else-
where in the locality, but a very heavy sea rolls along the whole
of this coast with winds westward of SW.

Shoals. — Off Three Rocks Point the 6-fathom line extends in a
westerly direction for 1,300 yards, and 800 yards N. 84° W. (N.
66° W. mag.) from the highest islet there is a patch having over
it a depth of 2f fathoms. NE. of the point a shelving ledge ex-
tends i mile from the shore, and outside this the 3-fathom line,
over very foul ground, extends for 800 yards; the coast in this
locality should therefore be approached with caution.

Cow Rocks open of Cape Cormorant, bearing about S. 37° W.
(S. G5° W. mag.), leads nearly ^ mile west of the 2f fathom patch,
in from 12 to 15 fathoms water.

Coast. — The coast, extending in a northeasterly direction from
Three Rocks Point, gradually rises, in clay cliffs, to a height of
230 feet and then falls again to a slight projection known as Red
Point, from which low cliffs continue to Clam Bank Cove. The
whole oi this part of the coast is f i-onted by rocky ledges, and
shoal water extends for about 600 yards, but between Red Point
and Clam Bank Cove the 5-fathom line is nearly ^ mile offshore.

There is a small lobster factory 1| miles from Three Rocks
Point, on a stony beach known as Salmon Cove, and a few settlers'
cottages along the shore, the inhabitants living principally by cod
fishing.

Bound Head, a remarkable hill behind the coast just referred
to, has three distinct conical summits, the middle and highest
being 880 feet above the sea. The seaward faco of this hill forms
a perpendicular cliff, which, together with the conical summit over
it, makes a conspicuous landmark.

The southern slope and summit of Round Head are thickly
wooded with spruce, pine, and birch ; the hill falls rather steeply
to a ravine just behind it, from which a small stream runs into
West Bay (Port au Port). Southward the country is composed of
thickly- wooded hills and valleys, having a general east and west
direction, and culminating in the White Hills, already mentioned.

01am Bank Cove comprises a small bight in the coast line with
a broad stony beach, on which, as well as on the bank behind it,

BLACK DUCK BROOK.

288

>r to a low shore,
3 of 2 miles. In
fishermen's cot-

hree rocky islets

prater) and by the

is here given by

practicable else-

along the whole

line extends in a
ds N. 84° W. (N.
atch having over
lelving ledge ex-
che 3-fathom line,
the coast in this
ition.

; about S. 37° W.
) 2f fathom patch,

rly direction from
ffs, to a height of
ion known as Red
Bank Cove. The
rocky ledges, and
etween Red Point
(T i mile ofEshore.
Tom Three Rocks
and a few settlers'
principally by cod

coast just referred
dddie and highest
d of this hill forms
!onical summit over

Head are thickly
falls rather steeply
,11 stream runs into
mtry is composed of
jneral east and west
already mentioned,
n the coastline with
the bank behind it,

there are some fishermen's cottages. A ledge of rocks projecting
from the point, forming the western end of the bight, gives some
little shelter to boats when landing, except at low water; but dur-
ing strong westerly winds the heavy sea makes landing imin-acti-
cable.

From this locality there is a rough road, cutthroiigh the wooded
country, to Port au Port.

Coast — The western shore of the remarkable tongue of land
known as Long Point may be considered to begin at Clam Bank
Cove, from which place the extreme of the point is about 12 miles
distant. Along this shore there are two small villages, known as
Shoal Cove and Black Duck Brook, as well as a few detached cot-
tages of the settlers, who, in this locality, are chiefly of French de-
scent. Between Clam Bank Cove and Black Duck Brook the
point is about one mile across, but northeastward of this its aver-
age width is not more than 400 yards. It is thickly wooded with
dwarf spruce and other stunted trees and bushes, and slopes gently
from the eastern side toward the sea. It is fronted throughout
nearly the whole of its length by rocky ledges and bowlders ex-
tending from the shore for distances of 100 to 200 yards, and it is
only at rare intervals that a heavy surf is not rolling in on these.

Immediately eastward of Clam Bank Covw the coast line is com-
posed of cliffs 80 to 100 feet in height, which gradually fall to a
low shore at the village of Shoal Cove.

(B. A. Chart No, 423.)

Black Duck Brook.— The village of Black Duck Brook, nearly
a mile northeastward of Shoal Cove and 4^ miles from Clam Bank
Cove, is principally situated on the shores of a sandy bight, where
a sharp bend of the coast line in an easterly direction narrows the
tongue, forming Long Point, to about 600 yards. Off the point at
the western angle of the bend a rocky ledge, dry at low water,
extends for a distance of nearly 600 yards and gives some shelter
to the bay, ex^^-i^t during NW. winds. Shoal water extends from
the rocky ledjLj jr nearly f mile in a northeriy direction ; vessels
wishing to communicate should therefore approach with caution.
Near the point previously mentioned a store with a flagstaff makes
a conspicuous mark from seaward.

The inhabitants, principally fishermen, are also owners of several
head of cattle and sheep, for which they find pasture in the neigh-
borhood. A lobster factory near the eastern end of the village is
worked, during the summer, by a party of French fishermen from
St. Pierre. There is a good road to Port au Port.

Long Point — From Black Duck Brook to the extreme of Long
Point the coast presents no conspicuous feature, being composed

284

NEWFOUNDLAND — WK8T COAST.

I*:

of low banks fronted by rocky ledges and bowlders. The land
slopes from the eastern side of the point, and the narrow flats
contiguous to the western shore are generally mere bogs. About
1^ miles from the extreme o( the point the surface becomes bare
of trees, and is covered with coarse grass, which is usually cut for
fodder by the people living in the neighborhood. For the last
i mile the point is a narrow strip of rocks, from which a tongue
of shoal water, forming the bar, extends for a distance of nearly a
mile.

Position. — The observation spot, 1^ miles southwestward of the
rocky extreme, and on the top of the highest bank directly behind
the eastern huts, used during the summer by migratory fishermen,
is in latitude 48° 46' 28" N., longitude 58° 46' 37" W.

Depths Oflf Shore.— From off Round Head the 20-fathom line
quickly increases its distance from the land, forming a long, nar-
row, irregular bank of from 17 to 20 fathoms water, extending in
a northeasterly direction. Northeastward of this bank the line
again approaches the shore, but 6 or 7 miles from Long Point there
are some extensive banks of 17 and 20 fathoms.

A long, narrow bank, having over it depths of from 7 to 10
fathoms, extends parallel to the Long Point Shore at a distance of
If miles, its southwestern end being 3 miles from Black Duck
Brook.

Between this bank and the shore there is another long bank,
with depths of 8 to 10 fathoms, while between the two, as well as
between the inner bank and the shore, the depths vary from 11 to
14 fathoms.

Cape Cormorant Cliff, seen just clear of the western shoulder of
Round Head, bearing about S. 47° W. (S. 75° W. mag.), leads inside
the outermost of these banks and up to the mark for entering Port
au Port.

Port au Port may be considered to comprise the extensive area
southward of a line joining Long Point with Bluff Head, the latter
a conspicuous cliffy headland on the main shore. This area is
divided at its southern end by a long, narrow, flat projection,
appropriately named Shoal Point, into two extensive bays, the
eastern of which is only separated from the water of St. George
Bay by two narrow strips of stony beach inclosing a shallow
lagoon.

The shores of this extensive inlet are very sparsely populated,
the major portion of the inhabitants being settled on the southern
shore of East Bay and on the narrow neck forming Shoal Point.

The eastern shore has a few settlers, and the Long Point side, in
addition to a few permanent residents, is visited every snmmer by
a party of French fishermen from St. Pierre, who remain during
the fishing season.

'"'-mi

mmm

ANCHORAGES.

386

iders. The land
the narrow flats
5re bogs. About
bce becomes bare
is usually cut for
id. For the last
n which a tongue
(tance of nearly a

hwestward of the
ik directly behind
jratory fishermen,
W.

;he 20-f athom line
■ming a long, nar-
ater, extending in
bis bank the line
L Long Point there

3 of from 7 to 10
)re at a distance of
from Black Duck

nother long bank,
the two, as well as
;hs vary from 11 to

nrestern shoulder of
. mag.), leads inside
•k for entering Port

3 the extensive area
luff Head, the latter
hore. This area is
ow, flat projection,
extensive bays, the
water of St. George
inclosing a shallow

sparsely populated,
itled on the southern
ming Shoal Point.
B Long Point side, in
ied every summer by
, who remain during

Codfish are caught in large numbers about the bar and on the
banks outside, and lobsters abound in the vicinity of Long Point,
as well as round the rocky shores of Fox Island and its neighbor-
hood. Two factories for tinning these are established at The Grav-
els, at the head of East Bay, and one at Fox Island, while ruins of
others are at Long Point and Broad Cove.

Several indications of mineral deposits have been found in the
neighborhood of Port au Port, and asbestos is being mined in the
hills sovthwfiT- ' of Bluff Head.

Anc' Of, -Excepting in Pic 6 ... ": Harbor, at the head of
West Bay, whc.^ the depth is only bufficient for comparatively
small vessels. Port au Port can not be considered to afford secure
anchorage round any of its shores, although the bottom is generally
mud.

Gales from SE. and NE. blow furiously, even during the summer
months, and although the eastern shores may, at such times, afford
sheltered anchorages, the extreme probability of the wind shifting
to the southward and westward renders them insecure, except as
temporary stopping places.

During the survey, in the summer and autumn of 1894, it was
found that the middle of West Bay, a little southward of Shoal
Point, was the preferable anchorage during SW, and NW. gales,
as the sea, although heavy, was not so short as in East Bay, and
the stiff muddy bottom afforded fairly good holding ground.

In uncertain weather a vessel should avoid anchoring on the
Long Point shore northwird of Black Duck Brook, for here SE.
and SW. winds, which are /ery prevalent, throw up a short choppy
sea, and the bottom, although muddy, is soft, and does not afford
such good holding ground as that farther to the south.

Ice.— Port au Port generally freezes early in January and breaks
up toward the end of April, but during the winters of 1884, 85, 86
the bay did not feeeze; this, however, was a rare occurrence, not
having happened before during fifty years. Field ice to any extent
never enters the port, and under no conditions inside Fox Island.
Coast— The NW. coast of Long Point has been already described.
Its southeastern shores are more elevated than those on the seaward
side, and are, for the most part, composed of cliffs and rocky f o- j
shore, the former reaching in places an elevation of 114 feet. At
If miles inside the extreme of the point a stony beach projects a
little southward, inclosing a shallow pond.

In this locality, known as Beach Point, there are a few huts as
well as an old lobster factory, and the temporary dwellings of the
French fishermen. Further SW. are a few scattered cottages, and
abreast the village of Black Duck Brook a wooden tramway lies,
on the face of the slope, for facilitating the carriage of goods to the

1*910 16

g^li II

MttMl

ir m

236

NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST COAST.

road leading from the villages, as lauding is frequently resorted to
here when the weather prevents communication with the shore
from the bay outside. It often happens, however, during southerly
winds, that landing on the inner side is impracticable owing to the
weight of the sea on the rocky shore and the absence of any shel-
ter for boats.

French Bank lies just within the extreme of Long Point ; within
the 5-fathom contour line it is nearly circular, and has a diameter
of 1,800 yards. The depths over it are generally from 4 to 6
fathoms, but there are two small heads on which the least water is
22 feet. One of these is near the middle of the bank, and the other
near the southern end. There is a good passage, carrying 9 fathoms
water, between this bank and the shore.

American Bank is an extensive shoal of rocks, sand, and gravel,
near the middle of the outer i)art of Port au Port, its northern end
being separated from French Bank by a channel 1 ,400 yards wide,
and having in it dejjths of from 7 to 9 fathoms.

Within the depth of 5 fathoms this bank is 3^ miles in length
and 1^- in width at its widest part, which is nearly 2 miles from
the southern end.

One mile from the northern end of the bank is a shallow patch,
400 yards long, having over it less than 6 feet water, and on this
patch three large bowlders are awash at low water; surrounding
the patch are depths of 1^ to 3 fathoms.

Near the southern end there is another rocky he^d with 7 feet
water over it, and 2 fathoms around ; a shallow tongue, with 9 feet
water over it near the end, extends toward the Long Point shore.
These shallow spots only break in very bad weather.

At ^ mile southward of the 5-fathom edge, on American Bank,
there is a small rocky head with 19 feet water over it.

The left extreme of the high hills, forming the south side of the
valley behind Bear Head, just open westward of Shag Island, bear-
ing about N. 44° E. (N. 72° E. mag.), leads between the French and
American Banks and into West Bay ; Road Point, in line with the
SW. extreme of Fox Island, S. 16° E. (S. 12° W. mag.), clears
French Bank passing to the eastward, and also the northern end of
American Bank ; the summit of Bear Head in line with North Rock
(off Fox Island), N. 28° E. (N. 66° E. mag.), clears the detached
shoal off the south end of American Bank, and leads toward Fox
Island in not less than 12 fathoms water.

Coast. — Southwestward of Black Duck Landing the coast con-
tinues in cliffs and broken rocky fore shore for 3 J miles to a low
bluff named Rocky Point. The whole of this coast, including that
to Beach Point, is fairly steep-to, and may be approached to 200
yards, except a little SW. of the landing place and a little east of

■mMJMi&^::

-■iS^^I^S^ZTr :,.?/3.«Sa&,iiS;i:.£

[^^Lii^'i'^f^ e i^Wt^ »

MMi

WEST BAY.

237

mtly resorted to
with the shore
luring southerly
ble owing to the
nee of any shel-

ig Point ; within
1 has a diameter
lly from 4 to 6
he least water is
[ik, and the other
rrying 9 fathoms

sand, and gravel,
its northern end
1 ,400 yards wide,

i miles in length
irly 2 miles from

1 a shallow patch,
irater, and on this
kter; surrounding

r he^pd with 7 feet
ongue, with 9 feet
Long Point shore,
her.

I American Bank,
^er it.

3 south side of the
Shag Island, bear-
en the French and
it, in line with the
' W. mag.), clears
he northern end of
e with North Rock
Lears the detached
leads toward Fox

ling the coast con-
•r 3f miles to a low
)ast, including that
approached to 200
and a little east of

Rocky Point, where the shore bank reaches off a little, and in the
latter case a rocky liead, with 2 fathoms water over it and 3 fathoms
around, lies 400 yards from the cliffs.

Southward of Rocky Point the shore, now low and intersected by
some small streams, turns southeastward, forming West Bay.

West Bay.— The southern portion of this bay is divided into
two parts by a rocky spur, the extremity of which is locally known
as South Head. Eastward of it is a bight nbout two miles in
length by H in width; westward a low fore shore of sand and
shingle extends toward Rocky Point. A few settlers reside round
this shore, in which there are several small streams, the largest
being Harry Brook, 2i miles from South Head, and Victor Brook,
li from Rocky Point ; both are reported to afford good fishing.
Behind the shore the heavily-wooded hills rise in long sloping
ridges to heights of 700 and 800 feet.

Anchorage.— With the exception of a small patch of 4f fathoms,
near its northeastern part. West Bay is quite free from danger and
has a general depth of 7 to 9 fathoms, over a mud bottom. North-
easterly winds blow strongly into it and raise a sea, especially on
the ebb tide, but, as already stated, it offers in bad weather the best
anchorage, for large vessels, in Port au Poit. During easterly
winds a berth should be taken up in the mid ^le of the bay, but
with those fron^ the westward more shelter will be found in West
Road, farther SW.

Pic A Denis (or Head) Harbor is the name given to the bight
on the eastern side of South Head. Its western shores are rocky,
the wooded hills behind rising steeply to a long ridge extending
toward Lower Cove in St. George Bay.

The head of the bight is low, and flat land extends a little distance
back toward the hills; the eastern shore is a low bank of peaty
soil, forming the western side of Shoal Point. At the head of the
bight and on the western side there are two small streams. A
settler's dwelling-storehouse and stage are situated on the western
shore, ] ^ miles South of Southhead.

The flat land at the head of the bay is in some degree cultivated,
and a road leads here to Abrahanis Cove in St. George Bay; there
is also a path leading to Ship Cove, across the neck formed between
the hills, which here slope uown on either side to a comparatively
low elevation. A road leading to West Bay is in progress.

Flats of sand and mud extend off the shores of this harbor for
some distance, and as the depth in the center is only 3^ to 4^ fathoms
it does not afford anchorage to vessels of more than moderate size,
although for these the holding ground is good, and the anchorr.ge
secure even during strong northeasterly windt;.

■ij.uiWWWiii.i:ijwjM

238

NEWFOITNDLA NI) — WEST COAST.

Supplies. — Limited quantities of meat, button, and milk 'nay
Bomotimes bo procured.

Tides. — It is liigh water, full and chango, in Pic & DenJH Harbor
at lOh. 20in. ; HpringH rise Ci feet, noaps rise i\ feet; noapu range
about 2\ feet. There is considerable diuriuil ineciuality in the
height of the tides at Port au Port, consecutive high waters differ-
ing as much as 2^ feet, and consecutive low waters 2 feet.

Tidp^ Streams. — The flood stream runs directly into the harl)or,
along the western shore of Shoal Point, both it and the ebb having
Hxifficient strength to cause a heavy short sea when the wind is in
a contrary direction. i

Near the extreme of Long Point the ebb stream sometimes runs
at the rate of 2 knots an hour, setting along the shore to the NE.,
and turning westward across the bar, where it causes eddies and
overfalls; outside thirt stream runs to the westward.

Shoal Point, the long projection dividing the lower half of Port
au Port into two parts, is a long flat spur extending from the range
of hills of which Pierways Hill, over St. George Bay, is the sum-
mit. This spur gradually decreases in elevation until, about 2
miles within the extreme of the point, it becomes a flat about 16
feet above the sea, with straight peaty banks on either shore. The
inner part is woode<l, but the outer part, for about 2 miles, is
covered with moss and coarse grass.

A little over ^ mile inside the extreme point the giass-covered
bank ceases, the remainder being but a low shelf of sand inclosing
muddy spaces into which the tide flows. Off the western side of
the point the shoal water shelves away gradually into 6 and G
fathoms 850 yards distant, but off the eastern side it extends J mile,
and to the northward a large flat of sand, with several bowlders
on it that dry, extends, within the 6-fathom line, about 2^ miles.
This flat, over the greater part of which there is less that 15 feet
water, offers a material obstruction to the navigation between East
and West Bays, particularly, in thick weather, as then the ^ow
shore of Shoal Point is most difficult to make out, and the lead is
the only guide.

In clear weather the summit of Round Head over the first rise in
the trees, just north of Rocky Point, bearing about S. 70° W. (N.
82° W. mag.), w\ll clear the north end of the flat; but as this mark
leads close to the tail of American Bank, it should not be carried
too far in that direction. A better mark, when it can be dis-
tinguished, is a flat-topped distant mountain over the low wooded
bluff falling into Fox Brook, N. 88° E. (S. 64° E. mag.); this is
easily recognized except when the sun is in that direction.

From a depth of 5 fathoms, at the eastern corner of Shoal Point
Flat, depths of 5^ and 5^ fathoms extend in a narrow ridge

8H0AL FOINl' — EAST ROAD.

239

, ftud milk 'nay

A Denis Harbor
)et; noapH nu\gv
io(iuality in tbo
gh watorH diffor-
•8 2 feet.

r inti) the harbor,
d the ebb having
an the wind is in

n sometimes runs
shore to the NE.,
:?au8e8 eddies and
i,rd.

lower half of Port
ug from the range
I Bay, is the sum-
on until, about 2
les a Hat about 16
aither shore. The
about 2 miles, is

the gvass-covered
f of sand inclosing
,he western side of
ually into 5 and ii
ie it extends i mile,
I several bowlders
lie, about 2i miles.
) is less that 15 feet
;ation between East
ir, as then the 'ow
out, and the lead is

over the first rise in
iboutS. 70°W. (N.
at; but as this mark
lould not be carried
?hen it can be dis-
)ver the low wooded
4° E. mag.) ; this is
at direction,
orner of Shoal Point
in a narrow ridge

toward tlu) south end of Amorican Bank. A small liuad, with 4
fatlionis water over, and <i and 7 fathoms around it, lies l^n miles
N. 7H° W. (N. 60° W. mag.) from the end of Shoal Point.

Coast. — From the extreme of Shoal Point tho roast forming the
western sirlo of East Bay extends southward for about 3^ miles in
low i)oaty bonks and a narrow sandy beach; thence it turns to the
eastward and, after about H miles of sloping shore, becomes rocky
and forms, just west of The Gravels, three small deep bays. Be-
hind tlio fore shore the land rises gently in more or less wooded
slopes to the summit of the ridge extending eastward from Pier-
ways Hill. At 3^ miles west^^ard of The Gravels there are a few
cottages and a schoolhousw, forming a small settlement named Bos-
warlis, where limited supplies of meat, butter, etc., may generally
be obtained during the late summer and autumn.

The Qravels is the name given to the locality in the vicinity
of the narrow neck separating Port au Port from St. George Bay ;
from one of the lobster factories here there is almost daily com-
munication with the several fisheries round the shores of Port au
Port by means of small steamers.

East Bay is more extensive and has deeper water than West
Bay, a considerable portion of it having depths of over 20 fathoms.
The eastern shore for about 3 miles above The Gravels is tolerably
.steep-to, and behind the land rises to a conspicuous ridge or pla-
teau, ♦^erminating at its southwestern end in Table Mountain, the
highest summit of which attains an elevation of 1,210 feet. North-
eastward this plateau rises to 1,360 feet before it gradually falls
to the valley of Fox Brook. Its western face is bare, gray rock,
which, in contrast with the dark trees on the lower slopes, makes
it a conspicuous feature in the landscape.

There are a few settlers occupied in fishing and farming along
this shore, in the neighborhood of a lagoon locally known as Two
Guts.

Anchorage. — The anchoragt off The Gravels is by no means
secure, although the bottom is muddy, owing to the deep water
running close to the shore, and the consequently heavy sea that
sets in during bad weather from the northward or westward.

Two Guts Barachois, a shallow lagoon on the eastern shore of
Port au Port, about 5 miles from The Gravels, is separated from
the sea on its western side by a narrow strip of sandy beach. At
the southern end there is a narrow opening, but a bar off this dries
at low water.

East Road, just southward of Two Guts Barachois, is probably
the best anchorage on this side of the bay during the strong NE.
to SE. winds which so frequently blow here. The bottom is mud,
and a vessel may take a berth as convenient, but, should the wind

340

NKWFOIINULAND WKHT COAHT,

haul to th») Boutliwtvnl, with a fulling l)iiroinrtt(>r, as it usiiully
does, it would be prudent to Heok iinchoragti in West Bay.

Road Point is u long rounded projection of the coaHt, about 7^
miles NNE. of The Gravelw, and H miles from Two Outs Bara-
ohois. Its seaward face is composed of steep, rod clay banks, 'M
feet high, and behind them the ground is covered with coarse
grass and clumps of dead trees. An extensive tract of compara-
tively level country, thickly wooded, roaches fnmi Road Point to
the high stony plateau already referred to, and is bounded on its
northern side by Fox Brook.

Abreast Road Point the shore bank of 3 fathoms turns off the
land and follows the line of shore, at a distance gradually increas-
ing to 1,200 yards, closing in again a little northward of Fox
Brook.

Anchorage. — Indifferent anchorage may be obtained north of
tliis bank, in 10 fathoms water, over mud, with the entrance to
Fox Brook bearing S, 46° W. (S. 17° W. mag.), distant 1,800
yards, but it is only safe during southerly and southeasterly winds
and with fine weather.

Fox Brook, the entrance to which lies 1^ miles from Road
Point, is the largest stream running into Port au Port, but
although the water Inside its mouth is deep enough for a ship's
boat, it is fronted by a bar which dries from one to two feet at low
water. Another small sti-eam, coming from the NE., flows into
the sea through the same outlet.

A few hundred yards inside its mouth the stream is obstructed
by some banks of sand and shingle, as well as by some low marshy
islets which extend up for more than a mile ; beyond these the
stream turns to the eastward, flowing along the foot of a thickly-
wooded ridge, the western angle of which makes, from the west-
ward, as a steep wooded bluff. This has been referred to as a
leading mark (page 238).

Ooast. — Northward of Fox Brook the coast is rocky, and con-
tinues in low cliffs to the western point of Broad Cove, a distance
of 3i miles. It is fairly steep, and may be safely approached to
the distance of 600 yards.

Near the shore there are a few cottages, and the land behind
rises, in thickly -wooded slopes, to a considerable elevation.

Bluff Head is a very conspicuous headland, showing a perpen-
dicular cliff to seaward, its summit attaining an elevation of 1,630
feet above the sea. From it, and from the higher summits east-
ward of it, the hills slope down, forming deep gullies and water-
courses toward Broad Cove, a small indentation in the coast line.
At the southern side of this cove, near a small stream, there is a
cluster of buildings, used at one time as a lobster factory, and

-'MMM

FOX ISLAND.

941

or, as It usually
oHt Bay.

coHHt, libout 7^
Two Guts Bara-
d clay bankH, '20
ored with coarso
tract of compara-
m Road Point to
is bounded on its

omH turns off the
gradually increaH-
orthward of Fox

obtained north of
;h the entrance to
kg,), distant 1,800
jutheasterly winds

miles from Road
>ort au Port, but
uough for a ship's
} to two feet at low
be NE., flows into

bream is obstructed
,y some low marshy
; beyond these the
te foot of a thickly-
kes, from the west-
en referred to as a

; is rocky, and con-
lad Cove, a distance
ifely approached to

nd the land behind
ale elevation,
i, showing a perpen-
an elevation of 1,630
tiigher summits east-
ip gullies and water-
ion in the coast line,
all stream, there is a
lobster factory, and

wliicli iKtw form n dt'fluito mark for cro«8ing tlie bar on a conipaHH
hearing.

Tht) »!ove is foul and rocky, and from its woHtoru point a lodge
ext»(ii(l.-t noarly 400 yiirdH, A path h-nds from tiiin locality to the
ashoHtoH tiiinos, p llttlo ht«hind Hlulf Hoad, thodistanco by it boing
about 1 A rnihw.

Fox Island, about ^ mile in longth by (100 ynrdH in width, and
reacliiiig, iit-ur th« middlo of its hmgtli, a hnight of 14ft teoi, is
situated in tlii» iioi'thorn i)art of Port au Port, 4^ niilt's from Long
P<iint; th«3 grasHy Hlopo.s on itw woHtoni hU\i\ b«ing in strong con-
trawt to tho dark clumps of spruce still standing about its summit,
render it conspicuous.

The southern end is cliffy for abo: t ^ mile, and erst of this a
steep bank is fronted by a small shingle bench occupied by the
buildings appertaining to a lol)ster factory; beyond this the shoios
are rocky with shelving lodges olf tho point.s whii j two stoop bluffs
altornatiiig with grassy slopes occupy the we .em sid' South-
eastward tlio island is (juito steep-to, and tho same ithwest-
ward, outside a steop rock off the extreme end, but i . rho north-
ward shoal water extends for some distance.

Anchorage. — Fairly good anclorago will 1 1 t >und, a little duht-
ward of the beacli on the SE, side of the isla.id, in from 11 to 13
fathoms water, over mud; but it should not bo resorted to during
strong winds between SE. and SW., as then a heavy sea is pro-
duced, especially on the flood tide.

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, at Fo.v Island at lOh.
15m. ; springs rise 5k feet, neaps rise af foot; noapa range 2 feet.

Tidal Stream.— The flood stream sets to the SSW., through the
passage between the island and the mainland ; the ebb to the NNE.
and across Fox Tail.

Fox Tail comprises the rocky banks and shoals off the north end
of Fox Island. Within a depth of 6 fathoms it extends to 3 miles
from the island, with a breadth iie ;i!' its outer part of one mile.

At 400 yards NE. from the ^E. end of the island there is a
ledge 300 yards in length, which dries at low water, and 400 to GOO
yards in a northwesterly dir'^^ tion from this are two small rocks
awash at low water ; round the outer of these the depths are from
3i to 4 fatlioms, outsido ot" which, as well as off tlie long ledge, the
bank is (juite steep-to.

White Rock lies near the outer part of Fox Tail, the least water
over it being 7 feet at a distance of l^Sy- miles from tlie island.
From this depth the 3-fathom line extends in a northerly direction
for 700 yards and toward the island for an equal distance, leaving,
between it and the outermost dry rocks mentioned above, a chan-
nel 800 yards wide, and carrying 3i and 4 fathoms water.

242

NEWFOUNDLAND WEST COAST.

i'l

The west extreme of Bear Head, in line with the west extreme
of Shag Island, bearing N. 26° E. (N. 54° E. mag.), clears the Fox
Tail in not less than 9 fathoms water, and leads through the chan-
nel between Fox Island and Road Point.

North Bock, a small detached rock, 6 feet pliove high water,
lies near the edge of the Fox Tail, 900 yards N. 17° W. (N. 11° E.
mag.) from the NW. point of Fox Island, and 800 yards N. 88° W.
N. 60° W. mag.) distant from it is a detached rock having over it
16 feet at low water, with depths of 8 to 10 fathoms around. This
rock is in the fairway for vessels passing between American Bank
and Fox Island.

Directions. — In clear weather vessels from the southward in-
tending to enter Port au Port may, after passing the village of
Black Duck Brook, steer so as to bring the tangent of Cape Cor-
morant Cliff just uuLside the western sho"ldfir of Round Head,
bearing S. 47° W. (S. 75° W. mag.). This mark should be adhered
to by a large vessel until Road Point comes in line with the SW.
extreme of Fox Island, S. 10° E. (S. 12° W. mag.), when she may
either proceed on that mark or steer across for Broad Cove.

Smaller vessels may haul in across the bar in about 6 fathoms
water when the houses in Broad Cove bear S. 56° E. (S. 28° E.
mag.), or when the highest summit, immediately south of Bluff
Head, comes over the lovr part of the southwestern slope of the
Bluff Head Cliff, about S. 62° E. (S. 34° E. mag.).

If desirous of proceeding to West Bay, the mark, Road Point in
line with the SW. extreme of Fox Island, should be steered on
until the left extreme of the hills forming the south side of the
valley, behind Bear Head, is just open westward of Shag Island,
bearing N. 44° E. (N. 72° E. mag.); this will lead between French
and American Banks and down to West Bay.

If wishing to anchor off the fishing station, inside Long Point,
a vessel crossing the bar as advised above may haul to the south-
ward when the stony projection of Beach Point comes open, bear-
ing S. 38° W. (S. 66° W. mag.), and, giving the shore a berth of
about 400 yards, anchor as convenient, observing that soundings
of over 10 fathoms will indicate that French Bank has been passed.

Should a vessel desire to proceed to The Gravels, it would be
prudent, if of deep draft, to steer acros« toward Broad Cove until
the west extreme of Bear Head comes in line with the west extreme
of Shag Island, bearing N. 28° E. (N. 56° E. mag.). This mark
will lead clear of the Fox Island Shoals, and also of the shoal water
off Road Point ; when the latter has been passed, a course may be
shaped for the isthmus.

To pass between Fox Island and American Bank, a small vessel
may take the channel eastward of the 16-foot patch off North Rock

BLUFF HEAD MOUNT BARREN.

248

he west extreme
), clears the Fox
rough the chan-

Dve high water,
r W. (N. 11° E.
yards N. 88° W.
k having over it
ns around. This
. American Bank

le southward in-
ng the village of
;ent of Cape Cor-
of Round Head,
hould be adhered
ine with the SW.
.), when she may
road Cove.
I about 6 fathoms
56° E. (S. 28° E.
ly south of Bluff
item slope of the

irk. Road Point in
Lild be steered on
I south side of the
fd of Shag Island,
id between French

nside Long Point,
haul to the south-
, comes open, bear-
e shore a berth of
ing that soundings
ik has been passed,
-ravels, it would be
d Broad Cove until
th the west extreme
mag.). This mark
10 of the shoal water
ed, a course may be

iank, a small vessel
atch off North Rock

by keeping on the line of Road Point touching the SW. extreme of
Fox Island, bearing S. 16° E. (S. 12° W. mag.), until North Rock
comes in line with the western point of Broad Cove, N. 69° E. (S.
83° E. mag.), then hauling to the SW., toward the western part
of East Bay, until Fox Island is passed, when a course may be
shaped for the isthmus.

For a large vessel this passage is not advisable, as the tide runs
strongly at times, and the passage, with a depth of 5 fathoms, is
only 300 yards wide. There is no good mark available for passing
between the 16-foot patch and American Bank. The chart and
soundings must, therefore, be the only guide.

(B. A. Chart No. 2876.)

Coast. — From Bluff Head a cliffy coast line, backed by high,
rocky hills and deep gullies, extends in a northerly direction for
about 2 miles to a rounded point, off which there is a conspicuous
pinnacle rock ;i2 feet high. This portion of the shore is steep-to
and may be safely approached to 400 yards, but in strong offshore
winds the neighborhood of Bluff Head is subject to squalls of
great violence, and, under these circumstances, sailing vessels
should keep some distance from the land.

Immediately north of Bluff' Head Cliff", and on the face of the
steep, wooded, slope, ^ mile back from the shore, are the houses
occupied by the workmen employed in the asbestus mines now
being developed in the vicinity.

From abreast the pinnacle rock above mentioned the coast, turn-
ing a little to the eastward, continues for 1^ miles to Lewis Brook,
where the cliffs cease, being here replaced by a more or less steep
clay bank, with a general height of about 70 feet.

From Lewis Brook the coast turns again a little to the north-
ward, and continues in the bank above mentioned and fronted by
a stojy beach to Deadmans Brook, a small stream coming from a
deep gully in the cliffy ranges, which here run parallel to the
shore, \ mile distant. Behind these the land rises, in bare and
scrub-covered hills, to a height of 2,700 feet.

From Deadmans Brook the same coast features prevail for 3^
miles to Rope Cove. At 1^ miles from the former is Molly Ann
Cove, where another small stream flows into the sea and there are
one or two huts occupied during the summer by fishermen. The
whole of the shore, from Lewis Brook northward, is fronted by a
bank of sand, stones, and rocks, the 3-fathom line extending to a
distance of 400 yards from the beach.

Behind Molly Ann Cove the high range of hills turns abruptly
to the eastward, and near the angle thus formed is a high conspicu-
ous summit, named Mount Barren, showing a bare perpendicular

MMH

IIW

244

NEWFOUNDLAND WEST COAST.

'if

cliff to seaward. At ^ mile northward of Mount Barren there is a
detached summit, 1,530 feet in height, which shows a conical peak
when seen from the eastward, and forms a useful leading mark for
clearing the Long Ledge and Round Reef.

Shag Islar d lies abreast Deadmans Brook, 1^ miles distant- It
is i mile in length NNE. and SSW., by -jV of a mile in width, and
rises, in broken cliffs, to a height of 180 feet. It is quite steep-
to on the southeastern side, and off its northwestern side shoal
water extends for only a short distance, but the southwestern ex-
treme should not be approached within 200 yards. The summit of
the island is covered with coarse grass and slopes toward the north-
ern end, on the east side of which there is a good landing place for
boats.

Anchorage. — Between the island and the mainland there is a
good clear channel, and during fine weather very fair anchorage
may be found off its northern side in 12 fathoms water.

Round Beef; the top of which lies 2 miles S. 70° W. (N. 82° W.
mag.) from the summit of Shag Island, is a dangerous rocky ledge,
having only 4 feet at low water over its shoalest part ; it breaks
very heavily in bad weather. From this spot the ledge extends in
a southwesterly direction, the limit of 3 fathoms being ^ mile dis-
tant. Northeastward from the shoalest spot the 3-fathom line is
i mile distant, while depths of 5^ and 6 fathoms extend nearly
across to Long Ledge.

The conical peak (see top of page) in line with the northern
extreme of Shag Island, bearing N. 77° E. (S. 76° E. mag.), clears
Round Reef, passing to the northward; and the snout of Bear
Head in line with the inner summit of Little Port Head, about N.
30° E. (N. 58° E. mag.), leads midway between the reef and Shag
Island.

Shoals. — At 1^ miles from the top of Round Reef in a south-
westerly direction, and 2f miles from the Pinnacle Rtjck, there is a
small shoal, with 4i fathoms water over it, and 5 to 6 fathoms
around ; aad one mile in a northerly direction from Round Reef,
there is another small patch, on which the depth is 5 fathoms, and
5^ to 6 fathoms between it and the reef.

Long Ledge is a long narrow ledge of rock extending in the
line of Long Point and separated from it by a channel 3f miles
wide, having in it depths of from 6 to 9 fathoms. The middle of
the ledge lies 4f miles off the main shore, 3i miles from Shag
Island, and 2 miles from the top of Round Reef. Its total length,
inside the depth of 3 fathoms, is 3^ miles ; a portion of it, 1^ miles
in length and with an average breadth of less than 100 yards, dries
at low water, and on this are some small detached patches and
bowlders from 4 to 6 feet above high water.

B ! iil-Mt I

LONG LEDGE COAL EIVER.

245

Barren there is a
ws a conical peak
leading mark for

miles distant. It
lile in width, and

It is quite steep-
'^estern side shoal

southwestern ex-
3, The sunamit of
toward the north-
[ landing place for

inland there is a
iry fair anchorage
i water.

70° W. (N. 82° W.
;erous rocky ledge,
st part; it breaks
le ledge extends in
s being i mile dis-
e 3-fathom line is
oms extend nearly

with the northern
5° E. mag.), clears
the snout of Bear
ort Head, about N.
. the refjf and Shag

J Reef in a south-
cle Rock, there is a
nd 5 to 6 fathoms
from Round Reef,
h is 5 fathoms, and

k extending in the
a channel 3f miles
ns. The middle of
3i miles from Shag
f . Its total length,
^rtion of it, li miles
iian 100 yards, dries
tached patches and

From the southwestern end of this dry portion a long and dan-
gerous tongue of shoal water exten«ls for nearly 2 miles, at the
northeastern end of which the 5-fathom line is ^ mile from the
rocks.

Although Long Ledge is generally visible from some distance,
owing to the breakers, at spring tides with very calm weather it
may not be seen. Mount Virgin, kept well open of Bear Head,
bearing N. 46° E. (N. 73° E. mag.), leads west in from 11 to 13
fathoms water; and the conical peak, near Mount Barren, over the
center of Shag Island N. 72° E. (S. 80° E. mag.), clears the south-
western extreme in depths of from 6 to 7 fathoms, but this mark,
leading on to the northeast *irn edge of Round Reef, should not be
continued on too far.

Anchorage. — Long Ledge is fairly steep on its eastern and
western sides, and during northwesterly winds good anchorage
may be obtained under its lee, in from 8 to 10 fathoms water.

Rope Cove, a small indentation where there is a stream a ^d a
few buildings used by fishermen during the summer, has indifferent
landing, although there is sometimes less swell at the head of the
bight than on the adjoining coast. At 1^ miles southwestward
and 800 yards from the shore, there is a patch of stouPd and bowl-
ders, on which the depth is 20 feet.

Coal River lies If miles northeastward of Rope Cove, the shore
between comprising a narrow stony beach, backed by low cliffs,
behind which there are extensive marshy barrens with numerous
small ponds and occasional clumps of trees.

The entrance to the river is at the eastern side of a bight in the
shore line and close to a remarkable detached rock, 77 feet high,
locally known as the Friar.

On a sandy spit, projecting from the cliff, on the northeastern
side of the entrance, there are several houses, only occupied during
the summer by fishermen from Bay of Islands.

The river entrance has a bar, nearly dry at low water, but inside
this the stream is about 100 yards wide, with a deep channel run-
ning up to the first bend, ^ mile from the mouth. At ^ mile be-
yond this a small stream flows in frr ja the NE., and here the bed
of the river is obstructed by banks • i gravel and stones. With a
bend to the SE. and east the c^tream gets narrower and more
obstructed to a distance of about 2 miles from the sea, when it
again becomes wider and deeper, and some 5 or 6 miles back it
opens into a series of extensive ponds. The fishermen living at the
entrance carry their small boats to the rapids (about 2 miles up)
during freshets, and are there able to reach these ponds at any
time for hunting and fishing.

246

NEWFOUNDLAND WEST COAST.

« fer*

Anchorage. — The 6-fathom limit extends ^ mile from the shore
off the mouth of Coal Riv«r, and outside it there is indifferent
anchorage, but only during fine weather, for even with strong
southeasterly winds there is usually a heavy ground swell, which
becomes an ugly sea when the wind hauls to the westward.

(B. A. Chart No. 2884.)

Coast. — From Fish Head, the corner of the bight of Coal River,
to Bear Head the coast is composed of cliffs more or less broken at
first and then higher and more formidable as the land rises behind;
these cliffs are quite steep-to and may be approached closely in
fine weather, but in bad weather the heavy sea above referred to
appears to be even heavier ir this locality.

Off Coal River Head, li miles from Fish Head, there is a bank,

with 8 fathoms water over it, about 1^ miles in length and the

same distance from the cliffs; between, the depths ara from 15 to

16 fathoms.

(H.O. Chart No. 597*.)

Bear Head is very conspicuous when seen from the southwest-
ward, assuming, from that view, the form of a crouching animal.
A remarkable projecting mass of rock on its northern summit re-
sembles the ears, and a conspicuous perpendicular cliff, partially
detached from the shore underneath, has the appearance of an up-
turned snout.

The northern summit is 1,210 feet above the sea, falling in a
perpendicular cliff; the southern summit is 1,255 feet high, but
being fronted by a shelf of sloping ground terminating in a low
cliff, its appearance, when passing, is not so striking. Behind, the
summits of the head slope rapidly down to the Coal River Valley,
in which there are several ponds.

Eastward of this valley the broken, barren-looking hills rise to a
considerable elevation, the two rounded summits lying in a 8E. by
E. direction from Bear Head being conspicuous from seaward.

Depths Oflf Shore.— The line of 20 fathoms passes Long Point
at a distance of about 3 miles, and continues to abreast the southern
summit of Bear Head, when it rapidly approaches the shore. One
mile inside this line, in the neighborhood of Long Point, a long
narrow tongue, with 8 to 10 fathoms water over it, extends to
abreast the dry portion of Long Ledge. Outside there is an ex-
tensive flat with depths of 21 to 25 fathoms over it, and having
some irregulai- ridges of 18 to 20 fathoms. Abreast of Long Ledge
this flat reaches off to a distance of 22 miles from the main shore,
and about 13 iniles outside Long Point. Here the depths gradu-
ally increase and the deeper water approaches the land in an east-
erly direction.

BEAR COVE — SOUTH HEAD.

247

e from the shore
ire is indifferent
ven with strong
and swell, which
westward.

ht of Coal River,
or less broken at
md rises behind ;
>ached closely in
ibove referred to

, there is a bank,
L length and the
IS are from 15 to

oa the southwest-
rouching animal,
them summit re-
ar cliff, partially
earance of an up-

) sea, falling in a
155 feet high, but
Qinating in a low
ing. Behind, the
oal River Valley,

dng hills rise to a
lying in a SE, by
from seaward,
passes Long Point
reast the southern
}s the shore. One
lOng Point, a long
ver it, extends to
ie there is an ex-
rer it, and having
ast of Long Ledge
m the main shore,
the depths gradu-
le land in an east-

Bear Oove, on the north side of Bear Hoad, contains two yel-
lowish rocky islets, that are scarcely seen against low cliff of the
same color, forming the bottom of the cove.

Mount Virgin, 1,590 feet high, is a remarkable isolated column
on the coast range, 6 miles from Bear Head, forming a good mark
of recognition for this vicinity. Wild Cove (Capelan Bay) is at
the south extreme of a high peninsula, 754 feet high, the north ex-
treme of which is Vide Bouteille Cape; the bay has a beach of
broken white coral.

Little Port extends 600 yards SSE. from Vide Bouteille Cape,
is narrowed to 100 yards in the entrance, and expands at the head
to 200 yards wide. It is frequented until 20th June by French
fishing vessels that moor head and stern, and leave to follow the
codfish that disappear about that time from this neighborhood.

Anchorage for small vessels may be obtained in 2^ fathoms
watfir. nvf^r sand and mud, but SW. and SE. winds are accom-
panied by violent squalls, and north winds bring a sea into the
harbor, so that the entrance is dangerous for boats always, and for
vessels in spring and autumn.

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, at Little Port at lOh.
42m. ; springs rise 5i feet.

Woody Bay, i mile from Little Port, is about 400 yards in
diameter, and. only suitable for boats, and they even experience
considerable difficulty in entering with westerly winds.

Miranda Cove, a small-boat creek with a fishing establishment,
is 300 yards north of Woody Bay.

Bay of Islands.— This extensive inlet is one of the most pic-
turesque localities in Newfoundland, from the high hills surround-
ing, the steep, high islands within, and the deep and tortuous arms
which trend from it.

Communication.— The Newfoundland, Northern and Western
Railway skirts the south shore of Humber Arm between Brake
Point and Birchy Cove, and the Costal Steamship Company's
steamer calls fortnightly at some of the ports in the Bay of
Islands.

Ice.— The most of the arms in the Bay of Islands freeze between
20th December and 20th January, and break up suddenly between
20th April and 10th May ; field ice clears away early or late in May,
according to the season.

Devil Head, 1| miles southwestward of South Head, rises in
black perpendicular cliffs to an elevation of 815 feet, but the
inshore slope of the headland is covered with grass, which shows
in vivid contrast to the dark cliffs.

South Head, bold-to and falling in steep black cliffs, has
several pinnacles of light-colored rock situated at the base, the

248

NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST COAST.

highest, 110 feet high, named The Monkey, being at the north
ttxtreme.

South Head trends SE. by E. to White Point, and thence south
If miles to the entrance of Lark Harbor.

Lark Mountain, 1,583 feet high, is the summit of the promon-
tory terminating in South Head.

Guernsey Island, 1,053 feet high, is the southern of the group
lying in the entrance to the Bay of Islands ; it is mostly barren,
but there are a few trees near the south extreme, where is the best
landing place in ordinary weather.

Tweed Island, separated from the north extreme of Guernsey
Island by a clear passage f mile wide, has a bare summit, 702 feet
high, falling in black perpendicular cliffs to the north shore.

A round rock, 2 feet above high water, lies close to the SW.
extreme of Tweed Island, and a rock, that uncovers 4 feet at low
water, lies nearly 200 yards southwest ward of the round rock.

During the summer temporary huts are built on the east shore
for the accommodation of fishermen.

Anchorage. — Temporary anchorage, on the east side, may be
obtained off the cove between Grassy and Little Grassy Islands,
in from 9 to 12 fathoms water, and also off the cove on the north
shore, in from 8 to 11 fathoms, but a heavy sea rises rapidly with
westerly winds.

Hen Island, nearly 800 yards north from the NW. extreme of
Tweed Island, is covered with grass and surmounted by a round
hummock 222 feet high.

A rock, with 4 feet water on it, lies 865 yards S. 77° E. (S. 49° E.
mag.) from the south extreme of Hen Island.

Green Island, also known as Woody Island, is surmounted by
a round hill 415 feet high, covered with moss at the summit ; there
is a small cove on the west side of this island, containing several
rocks. '

Saddle Island, formerly known as Shag Rocks, is ^ mile from
the north extreme of Green Island, and formed by two masses of
rock, connected by a narrow ridge; the southern, 170 feet high, is
round and covered with grass and a few stunted trees, while the
northern is bare and rugged, with a square pillar 150 feet high on
the north side, which is prominent when seen from the eastward
or westward.

Gregory Island, 245 feet high, is nearly 2 miles NE. by N.
from Saddle Island, the channel between being free from danger.

A pinnacle of rock, 52 feet high, lies 150 yards south westward
of Gregory Island, and is nearly joined to it by reefs at low water,
and close SW. of this pinnacle is a small round islet.

rig at the north

md thence south

t of the promon-

ern of the group
8 mostly barren,
where is the best

eme of Guernsey
summit, 702 feet
[lorth shore,
slose to the SW.
iTers 4 feet at low
ls round rcV,
on the east shore

jast side, may be
le Grassy Islands,
cove on the north
rises rapidly with

3 NW. extreme of
lunted by a round

S. 77° E. (S. 49° E.

is surmounted by
the summit; there
containing several

3ks, is i mile from
L by two masses of
n, 170 feet high, is
;ed trees, while the
ar 150 feet high on
from the eastward

1 miles NE. by N.
f free from danger,
rds southwestward
reefs at low water,
L islet.

PEARL ISLAND.

249

Brandies Rocks, a cluster 250 yards in diameter, the center of
which is t mile N. 30° E. (N. 58° E. mag.) from the east extreme
of Gregory Island, shows by breakers with a slight swell and the
easternmost uncovers 2 feet at low water. The NE. extreme of
Saddle Island, open west of Gregory Island, bearing S. 17° W. (S.
45° W. mag.), leads west; and Little Shag Rock, in line with the
middle of the entrance to Lark Harbor, S. 15° W. (8. 43° W. mag.),
leads between the rocks and the mainland.

'.Pearl Island, the largest of the group in the entrance to Bay of
Islands, is 845 feet high. Four curious pillars (the highest of
which is 597 feet above high water) stand on the east side of the
island, on the north side of a deep valley which divides them from
the hill over the south extreme. Shivery Point, the north extreme,
has a rock, with 5 feet water on it, 200 yards eastward of it.

Big Island Cove, on the NE. side of the island, has small beaches
of shingle at the head, on whif^h hnts nre btiilt in summer for the
temporary accommodation of the fishermen who frequent the cove.
The water is deep, except close to the shore, preventing any but
small vessels from anchoring off this cove.

Olou^ Patches.— A rock, with 4 feet water on it, lies near the
west extreme of a bank, having over it depths of less than 10
fathoms, and extending ^ mile westward from the west side of
Pearl Island. ••

A rock, with 7 feet water over it, lies 265 yards from the above-
mentioned rock in the direction of the waterfall.

A bank, with 5i fathoms water on its south end, lies 1,700 yards
westward from the north extreme of Pearl Island.

Shag Rocks consist of two groups; the northern cluster com-
priHes a round islet 20 feet high, lying ^ mile S. 54° E. (S. 26° E.
mag.) from the SE. extreme of Pearl Island, with low rocks extend-
ing 100 yards northwestward and 300 yards southeastward from
it; the southern group consists of a flat bare islet, 19 feet high,
lying 800 yards S. 24° E. (S. 4° W. mag.) from the highest of the
northern group, with low reefs extending 200 yards to the north-
westward and eastward for a distance of 700 yards from it.

Lark Harbor, 2i miles from South Head, is formed by a long
peninsula, the summit of which. Mount Tortoise, is a round hill
787 feet above high water. The harbor stretches to 1^ miles to the
southwestward with a slight bend, is i mile wide, and has several
houses and piers on the north shore. Low Point, where a church
is in course of construction, is on the north shore, one mile within
the entrance, and has a spit of shingle, which dries in places,
extending from it about i mile SSW. Low Island, small and 3
feet high, is on this spit; and at 600 yards eastward of Low Island
shoal water extends about 300 yards from the north shore.

ilM

250

NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST COAST.

Beacons. — Two beacons, erected on the southern shore of the
harbor, when in line, bearing 8. 60° W. (S. 78° W. mag.), lead into
the inner harbor.

Anchorage may be obtained in 13 fathoms water, over mud,
about 300 yards NW. of Rocky Point, or farther SW. in Ci falih-
oms, mud, with excellent holding ground ; winds from NE. bri ng
a little sea into this anchorage, and heavy squalls sweep down
Lark Mountain with south and SW. winds, so that South Hoad
should not be approached too closely.

Tides,— It is high water, full and change, in Lark Harbor at
lOh. (approximate) ; springs rise 6 feet, neaps rise 6 feet.

York Harbor, south of Mount Tortoise, is between it and the
foot of Blow-mo-down, a conspicuous hill. The anchorage is
sheltered by Governor Island, lying nearly in the center. Sword
Point, the west extreme of the island, is a small projection with a
sand spit 300 yards from it, and the next point south of Sword
Point is shallow 400 yards from the shore.

Governor Island is wooded on the shores, but inland there is a
large marsh with a lake and some ponds, and a few tufts of trees
rise above this marsh, the highest being 95 feet above high wat(jr.

Anchorage may bo obtained, in from 6 to 11 fathoms water,
between the SW. side of Governor Island and the mainland, with
perfect shelter, but heavy squalls come from Blow-me-down with
southerly winds.

Seal Island, 75 feet high and nearly joined to the NE. extreme
of Governor Island, is continued eastward 200 yards by rocks awash
at low water,

Blow-me-down, 2,125 feet high, falls almost perpendicularly
from the summit; and then in a steep wooded slope from the base
of the cliffs to the shore. The rauge trends to the southeastward
in a line of cliffs, from the foot of which long slopes, covered with
shingle or scrubby wood, descend to the valley at the base.

A deep valley extends to the southeastward at the base of the
slopes from these cliffs, down which flows Bear Deadfall Brook, a
considerable stream.

A small yellow rock, 6 feet high, lies 150 yards from the shore,
at 800 yards westward of the mouth of this brook.

Anchorage. — Temporary anchorage may be obtained north of
Bear Deadfall Brook, in 9 fathoms water, at i mile from the shore.

Frenchman Oove, situated immediately westward of the en-
trance to Humber Arm, is bold-to on its west shore, but from the
mouth of the brook at the head to the east entrance point a sand
bank and bowlders line the shore, extending nearly 160 yards from
the high- water line ; a small settlement with a few gardens is sit-
uated here.

. J

iheni shore of tlie
7. mag.), lead iato

■water, over mud,
ar SW. in H fat-h-
Isfrom NE. bring
lualls sweep down
I that South Hoad

n Lark Harbor at
ise 5 feet.

)etween it and the
The anchorage is
he center. Sword
il projection with a
it south of Sword

t inland there ia a
I few tufts of trees
above high watijr.
I 11 fathoms water,
the mainland, with
31ow-me-down with

to the NE. extreme
ardii by rocks awash

ost perpendicularly
slope from the base
5 the southeastward
slopes, covered with
f at the base.

at the base of the
IT Deadfall Brook, a

trds from the shore,

rook.

»e obtained north of

: mile from the shore.

ivestward of the en-
shore, but from the

.trance point a sand

learly 150 yards from
a few gardens is sit-

ANCHORAGES.

251

Anchorage.— Anchorage may be obtained in from 11 to i:j
fathoms water, over mud, off the east side of the bank of shingle
at the liend.

Lower Frenchman Head, also known as Spurn Point, falls
from an earth cliff 45 feet higli, and is continued by a reef 05 yards
northward of the high-water line, falling quickly to deep wa' ir ;
from this point the coast trends sharply south to the entrance of
Humber Arm.

Tides.— It id high water, full and change, in Frencliman Cove
at lOh. ; springs rise 6 feet, neaps rise 5 feet; neaps range 3^ feet.

Humber Arm, a picturesque branch of the sea extending 6
miles southeastward, and thence eastward for 7 miles, has, with a
few exceptions, bold shores and deep water, affording good an-
chorage in a few localities only.

The banks, generally, slope steeply from wooded hills, on the
sides of which houses are built and fields cultivated, the soil being
said to be aunie of Lho richest in Newfoundland.

Frenchman Head falls in a steep cliff 320 feet high.

Coast.- The coast from Frenchman Head trends to the south-
ward .3i miles to Benoit Cove. Nearly midway is a church with
a small tower, situated close to the shore, . ad a small settlement
is built at Johns Beach, i mile southward of the church; from Fox
Point, on the south side of Benoit Cove, the coast trends southeast-
ward for one mile to Halfway Point.

Benoit Cove, formed by a curve in the coast fronting a deep
valley that is drained by a considerable stream, has a moderately
large settlement, a large storehouse in the eastern part of the cove,
and at the head a wooden church with a small spire; shoal water
extends for about 200 yards off the mouth of the stream.

Anchorages.— Anchorage may be obtained 200 yards from the
east shore, between the large storehouse and Fox Point, in from 10
to 17 fathoms water.

The best anchorage in Humber Arm is off the shore, between
Fox and Halfway Points, depths of 10 fathoms being found at 400
yards, and of 20 fathoms at 600 yards off the shore.

A reef extends 300 yards from the shore, at 1,300 yards SE. of
Fox Point, and is the only danger in the vicinity. The house on
the west side of Cook Cove, open east of Halfway Point, bearing
S. 38° E. (S. 10° E. mag.), leads eastward of this reef.

Ice.— Humber Arm freezes about 26th December, and is gen-
erally completely closed by ice, from 1^ to 3 feet in thickness, from
the end of December to the end of April. Field ice appears about
1st January and disappears about 15th April; the first vessel gen-
erally arrives about 12th May, the last vessel leaving about 1st
January.

14910 17

/.':-'

252

NEWFOUNDLAND WKST COAST.

Pleasant Cove, ^ mil^s SE. of Halfway Point, awd dividt^d
from Hiinimtytio Covo doso west of it l)y u blutT point, is 400 ynnla
wi»lo and '^00 yards doop; a shoal surrounds tho head at 100 yards
distant fiom the shore.

From tho oastorn ontranco point a wharf projects to the north-
ward, at winch tlio local mail steanuT discharges her cargo; to tlin
eastward of this wharf a rock and shual water extend, 160 yards
from sliore.

Oommunlcatlon. — Tlie telegraph office in connection with the
Ai)g]'>-American Com])any is in the c<nirthou80, a white wooden
building on the summit of the slope to the southward of the
magistrate's liouse.

Anchorage. — Anchorage for small vessels may he obtained off
Bannatyne and Pleasant Coves, in 10 fathoms water, or less as con-
venient, tho former depth being found at a little more tlian 200
yards from shore.

Birchy Cove, a nmall curve in the cofi"t nbouf 1+ milos onstward
of Pleasant Covo, niay bo recognized by a church, a wooden build-
ing painted white, with a small spire, and the parsonage, a large
two-storied house with a clock in the gable end facing the river;
there is no danger beyond a short distance fnnn shore of this covo.

Communication. — Railway to St. Johns and Port Basque.

Supplies. — Fresh provisions can bo obtained at Birchy Cove.

Anchorage. — Anchorage may be obtained off Birchy Cove as
convenient, dej)ths of 10 fathoms being found at 335 yards, and of
20 fathoms at 400 yards from shore.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Birchy Cove at
lOh. 26m. ; springs rise 5 feet, neaps rise 3^ feet ; neaps range 2|
feet.

Corner Brook, 1\ miles eastward of Birchy Cove, is shoal to the
line of De Grouchy Point, the west entrance point, and the wharf,
that projects i mile from the sawmill at the mouth of the brook.
There is a depth of 15 feet alongside the wharf at low water, deep-
ening rapidly to 5 fathoms. A considerable settlement is built
near the sawndll.

Humber River. — The Bar, a shallow flat, with two rocks, awash
at low water, situated close to its north extreme, extends f mile
from the head of Humber Arm and falls suddenly to deep water.

Great cavtion should be used in approaching tlie Bar, as the lead
gives but little indication of the immediate approach.

Three streams discharge into the head of Humber Arm. The
deepest and southernmost, named the Humber, which is the second
largest river in Newfoundland, flows from Deer Pond, and is nav-
igable for boats when the stream is not too strong. Large rafts of
timber are floated down this stream from the neighborhood of Grand
Pond.

ANCIIOUAOKM.

2r>.'i

nt, ami dividtnl
)uit, is 400 yards
load at 100 yards

)ct8 to the north-
lior cargo ;
xtend, IBO yards

mection with the

a white wooden

luthward of the

,y be obtained off
,ter, or less as con-
le more than 200

■j^ TTiilew eastward
1, a wooden build-
arsonage, a large
facing the river;
shore of this cove.
Port Basque,
at Birchy Cove,
ff Birchy Cove as
, 335 yards, and of

n Birchy Cove at
t; neaps range 2 J

ove, is shoal to the
nt, and the wharf,
)uth of the brook,
low water, deep-
ettlement is built

h two rocks, awash
ne, extends i mile
nly to deep water.
he Bar, as the lead
•oach.

umber Arm. The
which is the second
Pond, and is nav-
ig. Large rafts of
hborhood of Grand

The hills betwoon Humbor River and Wild Covo are flat-topped,
and in terraces, attaining ati ch^vation of I, I BO f(<et, the rock on the
wt>st(trn face sliowiug a deep 1)luc color in ordinary weather. The
west point of Wild Cove is forn»ed by earth cliffs about 60 feet higli,
fronting a table-land of good soil, which extends to the base of the
hills.

Between Wild Cove and Hughes Brook is a wedge-Hhape<l wooded
hill, !»43 Lot high, falling steeply to the eastward, with a smaller
wooded mound 160 feet liigh to tlie southward.

Tucker Head, a mound 131 f(s high, is situated on the north
shore about a mile fnmi the numth of Hughes Brook.

Irishtown consists of a conspicuous whito house and a few other
smaller buihlings situated round a snmll cove westward of Tucker
Head. Inner Aspen Point is the west extreme of this cove.

Petitpas Cove, S mile westward of Rood Point, has a consider-
able settlement round the shores, and a wooden church, painted
white, with a opue. Tliere is also a sawmill and several wharves.

Anchorage. — There are no dangers beyond a short distance from
shore, and anchorage may be obtained in Petitpas Cove, in from 13
to 19 fathoms water, depths of 20 fathoms being found at \ mile
from shore, but the holding ground is not very good. The best
anchorage is with the church bearing about N. 61° E. (N. 89° E.
mag.), in a depth suitable to the length of the vessel. The anchor-
age here is better than at Birchy Cove for any lengthened stay.

Davis Cove, affording no anchorage for vessels, is immediately
westward of Petitpas Cove. It may be recognized by a waterfall
above the mouth of the brook emptying into the cove.

Meer Point, 2 miles from Davis Cove, is low and flat, sloping
gently from a hill 200 feet high, close to the coast. Between it and
Davis Cove are a series of small coves.

A rock, that dries 1^ feet at low water, lies a short distance from
the coast midway between Davis Cove and Meer Point.

Guilem Cove is situated 1|- miles northward of Meer Point, at
the mouth of a deep valley, drained by a stream, which has formed
a shoal extending 350 yards from its moiith.

Anchorage. — Anchorage may be obtained in 12 fathoms water,
with the south extreme of the land, near Meer Point, bearing S.
20° E. (S. 8° W. mag.) and the mouth of the brook N. 29° E. (N.
C7° E, mag.), at 300 yards from the shore, the depths decreasing
gradually to the eastward and southward of this position.

Big Head, the northern entrance point of Skeleton Cove, is a
steep cliff falling from a dark wooded cone 448 feet high. Rattler
brook flows to th'e sea in a conspicuous waterfall, 600 yards north-
ward of Big Head.

254

NK\VFOUNi)LANl>- v/ , ST 0OA8T.

Maolver Oove in Hitimtod iiortlnviinl of Riittlcr Brook, and
Mju:ivtM' Isliiiul, II bjiro rook, 16 f«M<t ImkIii nt"iv tho Noiith Hxtromo
of t\w covu, iH joinud to thu iiuuiiluiut Ity u hIiouI.

Anchorage. — Anchoriigo may bo ohtainnd hetwooii Macivor
iMliitid and Uuttlur Brook, as convt^niuiit, doptiiH of 10 fathoum
being fojiiul at 400 yards and of !i() fathoms at 000 yards, rtmpec-
tivwly, from slioro.

Woods or Harbor Island, separated by a channel, 1,800 yards
broad, from tne north entrance point to Humber Arm, and by a
passage, nearly H miles wide, fnmi shore southward of that en-
trance, is wooded throughout, tlie northwestern {)art rising to a
small range of hills 248 feet liigh, while the central portion grad-
ually attains an elevation of 105 feet.

A small settlement, with a considerable space of cultivated ground
attached to it, is situated near the south extreme of the island, and
there are several houses on the east and west shores.

A shoal, composed of rock, covered in places with sand, and
having depths of from one to G feet water over it, extends 350
yards southeastward from the 8E. extreme of Woods Island, and
deepens rapidly to 6 fathoms water.

Woods Harbor consists of two bends, the western GOO yards,
and the eastern 1,000 yards in length, and 400 yards in width.

A reef, that imcovers at low water, extends 100 yards from the
80\ith entrance point, and narrows the passage, of 12 feet at low
water, to a breadth of 96 yards.

Puffin Islands extend northwestward of the NW. extreme of
Woods Island ; the southern island has a group of trees on each
of its two mounds, which are 91 feet above high water.

The passage between the southern island and the NW. extreme
of Woods Island is a few yards wide and only adapted for boats, a
rock that uncovers lying in the middle.

Vesuvius Rock, with H feet water over it, is the northwestern
extreme of a ledge extending NNW. 750 yards from the north
extreme of PuflBn Islands. The apparent entrances of Middle Arm,
open N. 87° E. (S. G5° E. mag.), leads NE.

Outer Shag Bock, f mile eastward of Puffin Island, is a round
dark islet 18 feet high.

The passages between the rock and Woods Island should not be
attempted.

Middle Arm Point, on the mainland NE. of Woods Island,
slopes from a long wooded ridge, and falls in small cliffs, having
deep water close to it ; a small bight is situated immediately south-
ward of the point, in which are a pinnacle rock and a waterfall.

Middle Arm (formerly known as South Arm) is one mile wide
at its entrance between Black and Northern Heads, and expands

-j'-r-

.FK^f^fINOH COVK — THE NAUUOWb.

256

nttlcr Brook, and
tho Month oxtrorao

,1.
between Macivta-

tliH of 10 fathoniH

; 1)00 yardfl, rospec-

launol, 1,800 yarilw
ber Ann, and by a
thward of tliat on-
■n {)art rising to a
iitral portion grad-

if cultivated ground

e of the island, and

lores.

ues with sand, and

ivor It, extends 350

Woods Island, and

western 600 yards,
yards in widtli.
100 yards from the
56, of 13 feet at low

he NW. extreme of
up of trees on each
jh water.

id the NW. extreme
adapted for boats, a

is the northwestern
irds from the north
nces of Middle Arm,

in Island, is a round

Island should not be

\. of Woods Island,
small cliffs, having
I immediately south-
!k and a waterfall,
rm) is one mile wide
Heads, and expands

witldn to a broadth of IJ milo«; it oxtcnds in an castorly direction
for 6i mihjs I Tunguin Hoiid, and tlioro H.ipuratoH into two bnincJH'H,
thu south named Goose Arm, and the northern Penguin (Peninau)
Arm.

Jennings Cove, H miles eastward of Black Head, is Hon yards
deep, hut the shores are foul generally for 200 yards from tho high-
water lino.

Anchorage.— Anchorage, as convenient, may be obtained in
depths of from 10 to 14 fathoms water, in the middle of this cove,
but at the head the depth decreases rapidly from 6 to 3 fatlioms at
200 yards from tho shore. A few houses are situated in this cove^
which is much resorted to for bait by those fishing off the mouth
of the bay.

Oox Cove (Frencli Cove), separated from Jennings Cove by Cox
Point, has a few houses situated on the beach, and affords tempo-
rary anchorage in 16 fathoms water, but a considerable sea sets in
during strong easterly winds.

Farkes Oove, one mile southeastward of Cox Cove, affords
anchorage as convenient, depths of 20 fathoms water being found
at 400 yards from the shore, gradually decreasing to the shoal
water extending from the beach.

Water.— Water may be obtained from two streams which flow
into the cove.

Long Point, forming the south entrance point to Goose Arm, is
bold-to and the low termination of a densely-wooded round hill,
960 feet high.

Ooose Arm, extending 3J miles in an easterly direction, and
thence NE. for a farther distance of 4i miles, is a little more than
i mile wide in the western bend, decreasing to 200 yards in breadth
at The Narrows, but expanding norteastward of The Narrows to
i mile in width ; the shallow basin at the head is i mile wide.

Two conspicuous landslips show in the red earth cliff that lines
the shore of a cove at the bend of the south side of Goose Arm.

A shoal bank extends from the landslips, increasing gradually
to i mile in breadth, off the entrance to Big Barasway.

Several large streams flow into the head of Goose Arm, but their
mouths can not be approached, even in boats, until half flood.

Baglan Head is a remarkable headland, 1,080 feet high, com-
posed of gray cliff, falling almost perpendiculary to the water on
the west side, and sloping to Big Barasway to the southward.

The Narrows are comprised between Raglan Head on the east
side and the extreme of the smooth slope of a peaked hill, 611 feet
high, on the west side. They are rather more than 200 yards
wide from shore to shore, but the navigable breadth is reduced to
100 yards by banks extending from both shores, that from Raglan

1^ ,;!

256

NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST COAST.

St. ii;

Head falling suddenly to the channel, through which no greater
depth than 4i fathoms will be found at low water.

The summit of the eastern Sugarloaf (over the head of Goose
Arm), kept in line with the north extremes of William Wheeler
Point and of Raglan Head, bearing N. 50° E. (N. 78° E. mag.),
will lead between the shoals on either side, iiutil the landslip in
the curve south of Big Barasway is in line with the bowlders
on the apparent south extreme of Raglan Head, S. 31° W. (S. 49°
W. mag.), when the middle of the arm may be steered for. A
house stands on the west side of The Narrows.

Penguin Cove, situated on the north shore, immediately within
the entrance to Goose Arm, is free from danger.

Anchorage. — Anchorage may be obtained in 14 fathoms water
300 yards from the head of this cove, but the holding ground is
not good.

Penguin Head, the div^iding point between Goose and Penguin
Arms, is the extreme of a remarkable flat-topped, isolated, and
bare gray hill, 1,020 fee\ high, which has on it a few trees, and is
bold-to.

Penguin Arm (formerly known as Penman Arm) ertends with
a slight curve 3|- mile: northeastward of Penguin Head, and is
free from danger, having deep water. There is no secure anchor-
age for large vessels in this arm, though schooners seeking bait
anchor near the shore in the curves of the coast.

Coast. — The north shore of Middle Arm falls generally in gray
cliffs fronting densely wooded hills, but has no danger beyond a
few yards from the shore.

Seal Cove, on the north shore at 1 J miles from the entrance to
Middle Arm, is an indentation 400 yards deep, but affords no
shelter, shoal water extending 350 yards from the head.

Old Woman Head, a remarkable hill 1,030 feet high, standing
about midway between Middle and North Arms, falls in a steep
cliff to the southward and in a sharp fall to the northward, and
shows conspicuously over the coast ranges.

Northern Head of Middle Arm falls in a steep cliff about 300
feet high, with curiously thin stripes of quartz following the
stratification, which is much contorted. The coast curves to
the northward round a small cove, at the head of which is a
streamlet, and the striped veins of quartz show as far as North
Arm Point. This shore is foul for a distance of 350 yards.

Eagle Island, 113 feet high, lies 1^ miles westward of Northern
Head. The west side consists of steep cliffs, striped vertically
with red and gray rock, and near the west extreme is a conspicu-
ous mass of sandstone, projecting from the other rock of whicli
the island is composed. The east shore slopes steeply in a grassy
sward to a beach of shingle at the base.

which no greater
r.

he head of Goose
■William Wheeler
(N. 78° E. mag.),
til the landslip in
dth the bowlders
S. 21° W. (S. 49°
le steered for. A

Qmediately within

14 fathoms water
holding ground is

Joose and Penguin
)ped, isolated, and
a few trees, and is

A.rm) ertends with
guin Head, and is
J no secure anchor-
oners seeking br.it

s generally in gray
o danger beyond a

'om the entrance to
ep, but affords no
he head.

feet high, standing
ms, falls in a steep
;he northward, and

iteep cliff about 300
artz following the
le coast curves to
lead of which is a
3W as far as North
)f 350 yards,
(stward of Northern
i, striped vertically
treme is a conspicii-
ther rock of whicL.
3 steeply in a grassy

m<IM|N«l«MM*WI

FISHERMAN ROCK.

257

Low rocks and sunken dangers extend 200 yards from the north
and south extremes.

Fisherman Rock, with 2 feet water on it, lies in the channel
between the mainland and Eagle Island, 1,400 yards southward of
North Arm Point.

A shoal, with 17 feet water over it, lies nearly in mid-channel
between Eagle Island and the mainland. From it the north
extreme of Eagle Island bears N. 81° W. (N. 53° W. mag.), distant
i mile.

North Arm, entered between North Arm Point to the south-
ward, and Stowbridge Head to the northward, is nearly 2 miles
wide at the entrance, from which it extends with one bend for a
distance of 8 mi^es to the eastward.

North Arm Cove, at i mile SE. from North Arm Point, has a
beach of shingle at the head.

Anchorage.— The anchorage here is not good, but temporary
stay may be made by small vessels, in 14 fathoms water, off the
middle of the cove, the water shoaling rapidly from thence to the
beach.

An open cove is situated on the south shore of North Arm, 4^
miles eastward of North Arm Point; at its entrance a rocky bank,
with 6 fathoms water on it, lies 400 yards from the north shore,
and a shoal extends from the south shore, at i mile from the head,
with depths of from 5 to 7 fathoms water over it.

Harbor Cove, f mile deep, and about 300 yards wide, has no
dangers except a shoal, with 2 fathoms water over it, extending
nearly 200 yards southward from the north entrance point ; a small
bank, with 5 fathoms water over it, extends a short distance from
the south side of the narrowest part.

Water.— Water may be obtained from a cascade which falls
into the east side, and from a considerable stream discharging intc
the head of the cove.

Coast.— The east shore of North Arm, nortlieastward of Harbor
Cove, surmounted by wooded hills from 300 to 400 feet high, is free
from danger beyond a short distance fro\n the coast; the water
is deep, and there is no convenient anchorage in the whole of this
part of the arm, except for small vessels.

At the head is the mouth cf a shallow stream, flowing from ,.
deep valley that extends many miles inland, between high ranees
of hills.

Stowbridge Head is a square mound, 87 feet high, situated
westward of Stone Brook, on the west side of a small shingle beach,
on which are some houses.

A black rock, 12 feet high, lies in the cove west of Stowbridge
Head, and westward of this the coast falls in small cliffs, with an
outlying small islet 10 feet high.

inr'

258

NEWFOUNnLAND WEST COAST.

:«l

*l!

I I

B 'Ilii i

Anchorage. — A few horses are situated on the shores of Liver-
pool Cove, westward of Liverpool Brook, and anchorage may be
obtained, with offshore winds, southward of Liverpool Brook, in
18 fathoms water.

Farkes Rock, with 4^ fathoms water over it and 6 to 8 fathoms
around, is 1^ miles southward from the houses in Liverpool Cove ;
from it North Arm Point is l^V miles S. 26° E. (S. 2° W. mag.).
There is a shoal with 6 fathoms water over it, ^ mile south of
Parkes Rock.

Upper Crabb Brook discharges at the north extreme of the
curve in a beach of shingle, extending from Buck Head to Crabb
Point, and distant one mile from the former; several houses are
built close to the mouth of the brook.

A flat of sand and stones extends to the southward, depths of 3
fathoms being found at 200 yards, and of 10 fathoms at 400 yards
from the shore.

Middle Crabb Brook is at a shingle point projecting to the
southward 800 yards westward of Upper Crabb Brook ; i mile SSE.
of the point is a shoal with 4^ fathoms water on it, the wator deep-
ening suddenly to 12 fathoms southward of the shoal.

Lower Crabb Brook, a large stream discharging its waters at
the west extreme of the beach of shingle, and draining a deep val-
ley, which extends inland to the foot of the north slope of Mount
St. Gregory, has several houses standing close to its mouth.

A bank extends from the shore to the eastward of the mouth of
Lower Crabb Brook for 335 yards, to depths of 3 fathoms, falling
suddenly from 7 to 30 fathoms at a further distance of 200 yards
to the southeastward.

Crabb Point falls in low, dark cliffs from a small wooded hill-
ock, ',il5 feet high, the southernmost extreme of a long, stony
ridge, that extends to the northward and culminates in Mount
St. Gregory. This is the turning point into the Bay of Islands,
and a rock lies close to the south extreme.

Davis Cove, 2^ miles northward of Crabb Point and between
Lower Gulf Rock, 22 feet high, and the Friar, 60 feet high, has a
considerable stream flowing through the beach of shingle at its
head, and is generally a resort of fishermen during the summer,
who build temporary huts there.

Beverly Cove, a semicircular basin 100 yards in diameter,
nearly 1^ miles northward of Lower Gulf Rock, is shallow and
surrounded by black rock, except in a small creek immediately
eastward of the south entrance point, where the boats are moored,
and sheltered by a reef extending nearly across the entrance; it is
generally frequented by fishermen during the summer months.

f'i

MOUNT 8T. GREGORY.

259

shores of Liver-
chorage may be
jrpool Brook, in

nd 6 to 8 fathoms
Liverpool Cove ;

[S. 2° W. mag.)-
^ mile south of

1 extreme of the
k Head to Crabb
jveral houses are

ward, depths of 3
aoms at 400 yards

projecting to the
;rook; imileSSE.
it, the wator deep-
shoal.

rging its waters at
raining a deep val-
:th slope of Mount
o its mouth,
•d of the mouth of
3 fathoms, falling
itance of 200 yards

small vrooded hill-
e of a long, stony
Iminates in Mount
he Bay of Islands,

Point and between

60 feet high, has a

3h of shingle at its

uring the summer,

yards in diameter,
ock, is shallow and
creek immediately
le boats are moored,
!S the entrance ; it is
Slimmer months.

The Qreen Handkerchief, a remarkable grassy sward on the
cliff, 700 yards from Beverly Cove, shows conspicuously from sea-
ward, being bright green during the summer months, and of a
yellow hue during spring and autumn; a similar sward, but mu(!h
smaller, is a short distances northward of the Green Handkerchief.

A conspicuoiis waterfall flows over dark black clift's ^ mile south-
ward of Noi'th Head, {).nd from the mouth of this stream a rocky
ledge, that nearly dries at low water, extends 150 yards, and makes
landing difficult for boats. A small headland, with dark cliffs, in
which, at some elevation, is a largo cave, lies between the water-
fall and the shingle beach extending to North Head; two small
streams flow through the shingle beach.

North Head, a low cliff, 64 feet high, composed of red earth,
fronts a marshy plateau, that is generally green in summer, at the
foot of the slope from Mount St. Gregory ; it is fringed by bowlders
that uncover at low water, extending to a distance of 200 yards,
shoal water continuing for another 300 yards; on ihis shelf are
two rocks, with 2 feet water over them, lying 400 yards N. 87° W.
(N. 59° W. mag.) from North Head.

Mount St. Gregory, the highest peak in the neighborhood,
when seen from the southwestward presents the appearance of a
sharp peak, but from the westward it shows three small, though
distinct, summits, the middle and largest one being composed of a
mass of stones and bowlders, the top of which is 2,240 feet above
the sea.

The western face of the mountain is bare and stony, with deep
gullies reaching generally to its baee which lies directly behind
the beach. Northward the slopes ai -ooded and more gradual,
falling away toward the valley of th > St. Gregory Eiver, about 3^
miles distant.

Tidal Streams. — From observations made in the month of June,
1881, no law could be deduced "i* the tidal s^^eams in Bay of Is-
lands, On the 13th June (mo(.)n's age, 16 days), from 8h. 20m. a. m.
till Gh. 45m. p. m. the stream set wit}i a slight curve in an easterly
direction from Guernsey Island, while from 9h. 20m. a. m. to 5h.
10m. p. m. of the same day it ran nearly north from Pearl Island,
and at the same time set with a velocity of about one knot an hour
up Middle Arm. ,

During the months of May, June, and July the surface stream
of Huraber Arm ran almost continuously toward the sea, while an
undercurrent was found to run in the opfjosite direction. This
northwesterly stream is split by Woods Island, and runs with a
velocity of nearly 1^ knots an hour over the shoal at the SE. ex-
treme of that island. The easterly stream also converges tc' Hum-
ber Arm lound Woods Island, decroa.3ing in strength on the tmrface
as it nears the river.

Tt"^

\ ,i!

Ill

260

NEWFOUNDLAND WEST COAST.

Through the Narrows of Goose Arm the tide runs with a velocity
of 2 knots an liour at spring tides, the time of turn of stream being
irregular with respect to the high water, varying Avith the direction
of the wind and the quantity of water discharged by the streams at
the head of the arm.

Near ail shoals and banks, especially in the neighborhood of
Vesuvius Rock, a stream was found not governed by any apparent
law, but attaining occasionally a velocity of 1^ knots an hour close ■
to the shoals, though scarcely perceptible at J mile distant from
them.

Population. — The residents of the Bay of Islands and neighbor-
hood are of mixed nationality, comprising descendants of deserters
from French vessels of war, former inhabitants of the east coast of
Newfoundland (principally of Irish descent), and natives of Nova
Scotia, the last named being employed pi"incipally at the sawmills.

(H. O. Chart No. 1105 and B. A. Chart No. 2834.)

Coast. — From North Head the shore is composed of a stony beach,
fringed with rocky ledges and backed by a steep clay bank, behind
which rise the slopes of Mount St. Gregory and the hills falling
from it. The rocky ledges extend generally about 300 yards from
the bank, but there are places, viz, near North Head and f mile
from St. Gregory River, where it extends to 300 and 400 yards,
respectively. At Shoal Cove, f mile from North Head, there is a
cluster of buildings used as u l!jT:3ter factory.

Chimney Cove Head, lying 4 miles from North Head, is a slight
projection, 450 feet high, forming a perpendicular cliff on its west-
ern side ; to the SE. it falls toward the river valley in a conspicu-
ous green slope extending from base to summit.

Immediately south is the entrance to St. Gregory River, barred
by numerous stones and bowlders that dry at low water ; it is a
small shallow stream, flowing from the hilly country inland. On
the south side of the entrance is a low epit of sand and shingle on
which are several huts, and a few houses may be seen on the green
slopes behind.

Anchorage. — Fair anchorage may be obtained off Chimney
Cove, during winds eastward of south, in from 12 to 14 fathoms
water.

Cape St. Gregory.— From Chimney Cove Head the coast north-
ward to Cape St. Gregory, a distance of one mile, is compo.sed of
cliffs fronted by rocks, some of which are 20 feet in height. Here
a shelf of level ground, about 200 yardw wide, projects from the
h'gher cliffs and forms the cai)e, the cliff.s of which are 75 feet high.
It is steep-to, like all this portion of the coast, but during bad
weather there is a very heavy confused sea, and at such time small
vessels should keep at least 2 miles offshore.

^liSiiwiM

DEPTHS OFF SHORE.

261

witli a velocity
)f stream being
th the directiou
y the streams at

leighborhood of
by any apparent
•ts an hour close
ile distant from

is and neighbor-
[ants of deserters
: the east coast of
natives of Nova
■ at the sawmills.

2884.)

i of a stony beach,
clay bank, behind
1 the hills falling
ut 200 yards from
Head and | mile
[)0 and 400 yards,
h Head, there is a

h Head, is a slight

ar clifE on its west-

ey in a conspicu-

Tory River, barred
low water ; it is a
untry inland. On
and and shingle on
e seen on the green

dned off Chimney
12 to 14 fathoms

ead the coast north-
lule, is composed of
,et in height. Here
-J, projects from the
i'ch are 75 feet high,
ist, but during bad
at such time small

Ocast. — Northward of Cape St. Gregory the coast continues to
bo formed of high cliffs, behind which are wooded hills and deep
ravines. There are few places available for landing, the best being
in a small bight known as Rencontre Cove, 1^ miles from Cape St.
Gregory ; here boats may land safely in any weather, except when
blowing from the NW.

In this vicinity a conspicuous cliff, nearly 1,000 feet high, recedes
a little from the f o. d shore and terminates in a, series of white rocky
hills which mark this part of the coast.

Big Cove Head is a noticeable headland which forms the tan-
gent of the land when rounding Cape St. Gregory. It is 5 miles
fiom tlie cape and 820 feet high, rising almost perpendicularly from
the water ; northeastward the high land culminates in a summit,
1,040 feet in height, the eastern side of which slopes quickly down
toward Trout River. •

Depths Oflf Shore.— As before remarked, the whole of this shore
is steep-to, the 20-fathom line being about i mile distant. In
the neighborhood of Big Cove Head, however, this line begins to
I'un off the land, forming an extensive bank, 2^ to 4 miles wide,
which stretches off in a northeasterly direction. Oft' the entrance
to Bonne Bay the center of this bank, wliere the depths are from
13 to 15 fathoms, over sand and gravel, is 10 miles from land, with
soundings of 21 to 65 fathoms inside it.

A little south westward of Bit;- Cove Head, and rather more than
i mile from shore, there is a small patch of 10 fathoms, with 12
and 15 fathoms around, and 2-^-^ miles north from the head there
is another patch, known as Trout River Rock, with 13 fathoms
water over it and 22 to 24 fathoms around. Both these rocks are
favorite resorts of the local fishermen, and dxiring fine weather
numbers of boats may be observed anchored near them.

Trout River. — At If miles from Big Cove Head the shore forms
a deep biglit, in the southern corner of which, sheltered from the
sea by a projecting headland, is the entrance to Trout River, a
small stream discharging from a series of extensive ponds, which
begins a little over a mile from the sea. The river bar has from 2
to 3 feet over it at low water, but it is encumbered by bowlders,
and only small boats can cross it.

On a sandy beach at either side of the river's mouth and on the
rising bank behind there are several houses, containing about 170
inhabitants, who are engaged in the cod and lobster fisheries.

Communicatiou. — From this settlement there is a rough road
to the south ai ui of Bonne Bay. and the coasting steamer to and
fi'om that place occasionally calls oft" the river during fine weather.

Anchorage may be obtained, with oft'shore winds, off tlie mid-
dle of the bight in from 9 to 10 fathoms water; small vessels may

.-J&B^-

262

NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST COAST.

iy» it

go closer in, but when the wind comes from seaward there is usually
a heavy ground swell.

Coast. — The coast northeastward of Trout River is cliffy and
fronted by low water rocks and ladges, extending in some places
200 yards from land. There are occasional patches of conspicuous
red cliff and steep slopes, forming low headlands covered with grass,
the bright green of which is, in summer, in strong contrast to the
dark sjiruce-covered hills above.

Immediately over the coast, the hills rise to a considerable eleva-
tion, and further inland may be seen the seaward face and upper
portion of an exteifsive table-land composed of sandstone cliffs and
rocks quite bare of vegetation, which begins in the vicinity of the
large ponds behind Trout Ri'rer, and reaches across to within 1^
miles of the South Arm of Bonne Bay.

At 3i miles from Trout River Bight, v.-'here one of the green
slopes leaves a narrow strip of flat land behind the shore, there are
one or two huts. This place is locally known as Green Garden,
and during tho summer is occn])ied by fishermen from Bonne Bay.

Off Green Garden the low-water feature extends rather more
than 200 yards, with some small detached rocks a little to the
■northeastward. At f mile farther NE. is Skinner Cove, where a
small stream runs into the sea ; here the very steep slopes rise grad-
ually to 1,000 feet in Western Head, the turning point of the shore
toward Borne Bay.

Tt is easily recop;nized from the SW. as being the extreme of the
high southern shore, and also by the detached rocks under it, the
highest of which is 57 feet above high water.

(B. A. Chart No. 1209.)

Bonne Bay, an extensive inlet, the entrance to which, from
Western Head on the LOuth to Lobster Cove Head on the north,
is nearly 4 miles across, extends in a southeasterly direction for
about 6 miles, then separates into two long deep arms, the eastern
L'ong ,' - miles in length, with an average breadth of f mile, the
western, or South >.rm, 4 miles long and a little more than ^ mile
wide.

The water in Bonne Bay is generally too deep for anchorage, but
there are some parts of it, hereafter referred to, where good shel-
ter may be obtained in a moderate depth of water.

The soundings, in the approach to the bay, are clearly marked
by a belt of deep water, in which ther > a,re from 60 to 80 fathoms;
this belt extends about 4^ miles outside, where, between the 50
fathoms limit, it is 4 miles across.

Sailing vessels entering Bonne Bay during strong southerly or
westerly winds should be prepared for the violent squalls that
blow off the high land on the southern side.

. there is usually

ver is cliffy and
: in some places
IS of consi)icuous
yered with grass,
g contrast to the

nsiderable eleva-
d face and upper
adstone cliffs and
le vicinity of the
TOSS to within li

3ne of the green
e shore, there are
as Green Garden,
from Bonne Bay.
ends rather more
ks a little to the
ler Cove, where a
p slopes rise grad-
point of the shore

the extreme of the
•ocks under it, the

;e to which, from
[ead on the north,
iterly direction for
3 arms, the eastern
idth of f mile, the
e more than i mile

for anchorage, but
o, where good shel-
ter.

are clearly marked
tn 60 to 80 fathoms ;
ire, between the 50

strong southerly or
/^iolent squalls that

EASTERN HEAD.

263

The principal settlement is at Woody Point, on the west shore,
6i miles inside the entrance, and the population of the wliole bay
numbers about 1,200, engaged principally in the cod and lobster
fisheries.

Eastern Head, l^ miles inside Western Head, is high and
steep; between there is a long strip of shingly beach at tlie foot of
the cliffs, and off the western end of this there is a detached rock,
200 yards from the shore, which dries 1^ feet at low water.

In this vicinity vessels should not approach the shore within 400
yards. Eastern Head, however, is very steep-to and may be ap-
proached closely, as may also be the whole of this shore until
within f mile of Woody Point.

From Eastern Head the steep shore continues, rising, in high
wooded cliffs and steep slopes, to a remarkable cliffy escarpment
which culminates in a summit 1,939 feet above the sea; under the
middle of this and directly over the shore a large, pinnacle-shaped
mass of rock is conspicuous when seen from a north or south
direction.

Woody Point, 54 feet in height and projecting from the higher
land behind, which here rises in steep slopes, more or less wooded
and broken by deep ravines, is easily recognized. For f mile out-
side the point the shore is dotted with houses, and on passing it
the village will be seen the English and Roman Catholic churches
on the slope over it being conspicuous.

The village contains about 230 inhabitants ; there are post aaad
telegraph offices, schools, and churches of the various denomina-
tions.

Communication.— The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer
calls fortnightly at Bonne Bay during summer and autumn; and
alternately there is fortnightly communication by steamer with
Halifax, Nova Scotia, this arrangement being the same at other
coast ports.

Coal and Supplies.— There is usually a i'mall quantity of coal
in store, and small vessels can go alongside the second wharf inside
the point, where there is a least depth of 14 feet, but the ground
slopes off very steeply. There is a coal shed on the wharf, capable
of holding about 120 tons of coal. Supplies and fresh provisions
can be obtained at reasonable rates. It is intended duiing the
present year (1897) to extend the wharf for a farther distance of 15
feet, to allow deep-draft ships to lie alongside.

Anchorag-e.— There is anchorage about 800 yards southward of
Woody Point in from 12 to 20 fathoms water, but the bank, where
this depth is available, is narrow and steep, and as the bi>y is sub-
ject to suddem and violent squalls during bad weather, the anchor-
age can only ?>e considered as temporary.

i.ilpB»3'

->,.-,.Tiatoia"irtii>

264

NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST COAST.

South Arm. — From Woody Point the shore, with several houses,
wharvep, and fishing stages, extends in a southerly direction to a
low, fiat stony spit at the mouth of a small stream. Off this spit
the water shoals a little and then deepens toward Hell Cove. On
a point at the south side of this cove there is a wharf and ware-
liouses, now out of repair, but formerly used by a local trading
company.

There is a good road along this side of South Arm, and the track
from Trout River meets it at the northern side of Hell Cove.

Entrance Point, on the opposite fide of the arm, is a wooded
bluff 280 feet high and with very steep shores. _ Birchy Head, a
birch-covered bluff on the western side, is If miles south of it, the
shores on either side, excepting only off a small bight south of the
wharf point, being steep-to. The district in the neighborhood of
Birchy Head is known as Silverton.

Foul Point is nearly opposite Birchy Head at the foot of the
slope from a cliffy summit 1,180 feet high, which rises steeply from
the shores. Off it, a little more than 100 yards, there is a small
rock with only 6 feet over it at low water, and depths of 3 fathoms
between it and the point, and 25 fathoms close-to on the other side.
Vessels proceeding up the arm should keep toward the western
shore to avoid this rock. The shores round the head of the arm
are low and flat, and mud banks occupy the center of the space for
fully i mile. The outer edges of these banks are very steep, there
being 10 fathoms within 30 yards of the low-water dry portion.

Anchorage. — In this locality vessels may anchor in depths of
from 20 to 25 fathoms, but the anchorage is not recommended on
account of the deep water, the heavy squalls which blow occasion-
ally, and the distance from the settlement.

Deep Water Cove, a small bight ^ mile eastward of Entrance
Point, has a few houses on the shores, and the water is not too
deep for anchorage, but it is not a desirable berth.

Gadds Head is a low rounded headland If miles from Deep
Water Cove. The greater portion of the shore between is rocky
and steep-to and backed by wooded hills rising to elevations of
from 600 to 800 feet.

From Rattling Brook, a small stream halfway between Gadds
Head and Deep Water Cove, the shore is shelving and can not be
approached so closely, but the shore around the head itself is
steep-to, there being from 14 to 30 fathoms water close to the
rocks on its northeastern side.

Anchorage. — Gadds Harbor, the name given to a cove on the
eastern side of Gadds Head, has anchorage for small vessels close
to the shore.

Water. — Water can be easily procured from Rattling Brook.

EAST ARM.

2t>5

several houses,
' direction to a
. Off this spit
lell Cove. On
tiarf and ware-
a local trading

1, and the track
lell Cove,
rm, is a wooded
Birchy Head, a
J south of it, the
ght south of the
neighborhood of

; the foot of the
ises steeply from
there is a small
)ths of 3 fathoms
on the other side,
vard the western
head of the arm
ir of the space for
1 very steep, there
3r dry portion.
!hor in depths of
recommended on
ch blow occasion-

;srard of Entrance
water is not too

miles from Deep
between is rocky

g to elevations of

ay between Gadds
ing and can not be
the head itself is
vater close to the

n to a cove on the
small vessels close

Rattling Brook.

East Arm, a deep indentation about 54^ miles in length, on ac-
coimt of its steep shores and great depth rf water, is ratlicr a
remarkable feature.

The whole of the central part forms a deep basin in which there
are depths of from 100 to 120 fathoms, over mud. On either side
the shores ai'e quite steep, excepting only at the southwestern cor-
ner, where a narrow inlet, named East Arm Barachois, dries at
low water, and from which banks of sand and mud extend al)ont
^ mile. On both sides the land rises to a high elevation. On the
western side the slopes are densely wooded, but on the eastern some
are bare and stony.

Western Shore. — Shag Cliff, the beginning of 1;he western shore
of East Arm, is a gray limestone cliff quite steep-to, rising di-
rectly from the water to a height of 393 feet. It is. surmounted
by a clump of dead trees. Immediately eastward is a small bay,
with a white stony beach terminating in a low, grass-covered pro-
jection, known as Storehouse Point, off which, at a distance of 200
yards, there is a rock with 18 feet water over it and 6 fathoms
between it and the shore.

Norris Cove, a small bight one mile south of Storehouse Point,
has a few huts behind the beach, and a convenient depth for
anchorage, but with very little room.

Tucker Head is remarkable, being formed by a high castellated
cliff, 420 feet above the sea. Southward of it is a small bight
named Murphys Cove, and here begin the banks of sand and mud
already mentioned as extending from the entrance. East Arm
Barachois, Avhich is about If miles long, and quite dry at low water,
has a small river, in which the salmon fishing is said to be good,
flowing into its head from a series of ponds a short distance inland.

Eastern Shore. — The head of the eastern shore of East Arm
forms an oval basin, f mile long and nearly i mile wide, approached
through a narrow but deep ana clear passage, and affording good
sheltered anchorage in from 13 to 18 fathoms water, the best berth
being on the western side about 600 yards inside the entrance.

A small river flows into the head of this basin, and from it stony
flats extend for nearly \ mile ; but their edges being steep, they do
not interfere with the anchorage.

Seal Cove, just outside the basin, has a few huts on the shore,
and vessels may anchor t)ff it, but during strong westerly winds
the squalls are heavy, and boats are inconvenienced by the short
choppy sea set up.

From Seal Cove, northwestward, the shores are very steep-to,
and rise in bare stone slopes to a remarkable conical peak, 2,135
feet hi'gh, over which there is a rough track to the interior.

i w J * "•"

266

NEWF(HTNf)LAND WE8T COAST.

Deer Arm, a branch of East Arm, extiadiiiK nearly i milos in
a northerlj'' dirtfction, lias nt its head a low sandy point, inside
which is a small basin dry at low waf^r; a stream, from a large
p(jnd under the mountuius in the norUj. runs inU) this basin.

The higliest of these mountains, named Gros Morne, is a re-
markable mass of bare rock rising to a lieight of 5J,540 feet, and
forming a <• mspicuous mark from seaward, being the highest land
in the viciiii'y.

The water in Deer Arm is too deep for convenient anchorage,
and the locality is subject to violent squalls off the surrounding
hillH.

Neddy Harbor, at the northern entrance of East Arm, is a
deep indentation about ^ mile in length, with an average breadth
of 300 yards, but the area, outside the limit of 3 fathoms, avail-
able for anchorage, is only 700 yards in length by 400 in width.

There arts uo dangers in the entrance beyond the shoal water
extending about 160 yards from the shores on either side; but off
Shoal Point, the next point outside the entrance, on the eastern
shore, there is a prong o1 shoal water extending to nearly 300
yards.

Anchorage. — Vessels of moderate size intending to remain for
any length of time will find* Neddy Harbor the most convenient,
and probably the best anchorage in Bonne Bay, as it is sheltered
from all winds except those from SE. ; with these winds the squalls
are nften severe, and a heavy sea is quickly raised. Large vessels
should moor, as the space for them is confined.

Position. — A large flat bowlder of serpentine rock, marked with
a broad arrow and situated on the western shore of the harbor, 100
yards from a small fishing stage with a store on it, is in latitude
49° 31' 30" N., longitude 67° 52' 27" W.

Norris Cove, a bight in the shore, just southward of Burnt
Point, has a small settlement, which, with Sandy Cove, contains
about 175 inhabitants; there is a path from Norris Cove to Roche
Ha; uor.

Norris Point, the western head of this cove, has a ledge of rocks
extending from it 100 yards; between it and Gadds Head there is
a deep and clear channel named The Tickle, i mile wide.

Sandy Head is a conspicuous projection showing a steep, bare,
sandy face to the westward. Between it and Norris Point there
are several houses and fishing stages, as also in the curve north-
ward of it, where a narrow neck separates the head of Neddy
Harbor from the sea.

Wild Cove Head, a dark, rocky, wooded point, separates this
(Deckers Cove) from Wild Cove. •

arly 2 milos in
r point, insido
, from a lexge
t\is basin,
lovne, is a re-
2,540 feet, and
lie bigliost land

ent anchorage,
le surrounding

East Arm, is a
,verage breadth
fathoms, avail-
400 in width,
the shoal water
ler side ; but off
I, on the eastern -
g to nearly 300

ig to remain for
(lost convenient,
18 it is sheltered
vinds the squalls
L. Large vessels

3ck, marked with
)f the harbor, 100
it, is in latitude

;hward of Burnt
ly Cove, contains
ris Cove to Eoche

a a ledge of rocks
ids Head there is
lie wide.

ring a steep, bare,
rorris Point there
I the curve north-
e head of Neddy

int, separates this

WILD COVE.

207

Shoal.— Lea viiig i\w hIioi-o at Wild Covo Hoad an oxtensive
stony Mat fronts thu coast to Norris Point, tho outor i-dgn of tli»)
:i-fathom line being, off Sandy Covo, a little over 000 yards from
shore, wliilo at half this distanoi* tliorn is a small patch with 6
feet water ovor it. Oil' Sandy Head tho stonos dry for nearly -'OO
yards, and off Ncn-ris Point, when the edge of the shoal turns
sharply in that direction, there is another small patch with only 3
feet over it at low water and U fathoms between it and the shore.
Directions.— Entering Noddy Harbor, tho shoal olf Norris Point
may be avoided by bringing tb -xtremes of Sliag Cliff and Gadds
Head in line, bearing N. 8a v^. 08° E. mag.), before tho Roman
Catholic church at Wood over Roberts Wharf, No, 4.

Gadds Hoad may be passes nvenient distance, and Neddy

Harbor entered between the \ u-

Wild Cove, a deep biglu ou tlie no. Lh side of Wild Covo Head,
has a moderate depth of wator, but the bottom being stony, and
the cove exposed to westerly wind and sea, it is not suitable for
anchorage,

Salmon Point, a narrow bare point, composed of slate, is ^-^
miles from Wild Cove Head, tho shore between being composed of
cliffs, of the same formation, backed by tliickly-wooded hills and
generally fronted by a narrow rocky fore sh .re. The shore is
fairly steep- to,. except close to Salmon Point, where the low water
ledges and foul ground extend for nearly 2on yards.

Ice.— Bonne Bay is completely closed with ice about 2 feet in
thickness from January to April, but never freezes until the field
ice appears, which is generally about the middle of January, dis-
appearing about the middle of April. The first vessel usually
arrives early in May, the last leaving about the end of December.
May 30, 1875, coas!, clearing; May 24, 1882, ice on the coast; June
8, 1883, coast blocked.

•rides.— It is high water, full and change, in Norris Cove at lOh.
40m. ; springs rise 6 feet, neaps rise 4^ feet. There is considerable
diurnal inequality in the height of the tidos, consecutive high and
low waters differing, about the time of .springs, as much as 2 feet.
Tidal Streams.— The tidal streams run generally fair in and
out of the East Arm through The Tickle, where, during springs, they
are very strong. In the South Arm the direction, during the ebb
tide, is not so regular, apparently owing to the outgoing stream
being met, and checked, by the flow through The Tickle.

Bank.— Fronting the northern side of the entrance to Bonne Bay
is an extensive rocky bank, with general depths of from 12 to 17
fathoms, the 20-fathom limit terminating 10 miles NW. of Western
Head, and here the bank is about 1^ miles wide. The bank extends
in a southwesterly direction from Martin Point, and has some small

14910 18

f^t^

2«S

NKWFOI'NDLANI) — WK8T COAST.

'li;

pjitclu'H of 8 and ftithoniM lyin>( fl mileH NNW. of Oreen Point,
tlie lo-fathom contour torminuting 3^ niiloH woHt of Gun Point.
Fish aro UHually pK-ntiful on tliiH bank, and during flnt* wt^athor
nuniorouH ]>oat8, from tht< noigh1)oring coant, may lutro ])o Hcen at
anchor.

Roche (Rooky) Harbor, formed by a deep indentation in tlio
coaHt line north of Salmon Point, is about one mile deep and fmilo
wide; it aflfords good anchorage, except diiring strong vnnds from
the westward, when a heavy sea is thrown in.

From Salmon Point ami the next point inside it, where there aro
a few houses ami fishing stages, a flat lodge covered with stones
and bowlders extends (160 yards northwestward. The ground is
foul for nearly 200 yards on either side of this roof, and rocky
ledges fringe the shore nearly all round the harbor, foul ground
extending from them for about 300 yards.

At the head of the harbor, known as the Bottom, there is a small
break in these ledges, here there are a few houses and good landing
for boats ; this is also the case on the northern side of the harbor,
in a bay known as Bear Cove.

The whole population of this locality numbers about 100 persons,
all engaged in the fisheries. There is some cultivated ground on
the southern side, inside Salmon Point, and potatoes and other
vegetp y '8 a) y^rown.

Auci. crag.). — The best anchorage is in or 7 fathoms water off
the "c ii ohern shore of the harbor, with the extreme of the northern
he I : bearing N. 56° W. (N. 27° W. mag.), and the extreme of
Salmon Point in line with the extreme of the next point inside it,
S. 34° W. (S. 63° W. mag.).

Directions. — The northern summit of Gros Morne in line wi^^^h

a saddle-shaped wooded hill behind the shore, bearing N. 87° E.

(S. 64° E. mag.), loads up to the entrance of Roche Harbor and

well clear of the foul ground extending from Salmon Point. When

abreast Woody Cove, the first bight on the northern shore, a vessel

should haul to the SE. for the anchorage, care being taken to avoid

a rocky projection from the inner point of Woody Cove, on the one

side, and the foul ground extending from the Bowlder Ledge, on

the other.

(B. A. Chart No. 2834.)

General Remarks. — Bonne Bay to Cow Head. — In this
locality there are no harbors, nor even anchorages, except only at
Cow Cove, where shelter will be found during NE. to NW. winds.
The bottom off the whole coast is of rocks and bowlders, with
here and there very small patches of sand, and it is only during
the finest weather that a vessel may anchor off any part of it.

] i

f Oroon Point,
of Gun Point.

iiH (ino wt^athur
hore he men at

ilentation in tho
deep and I milo
rong vnnds from

, whero there are

'ered with stones

The ground is

reef, and rocky

bor, foul ground

n, there is a small
and good landing
le of the harbor,

ibout 160 persons,
ivated ground on
jtatoes and other

fathoms water off
aeof the northern
id the extreme of
)xt point inside it,

Morne in line with
bearing N. 87° E.
Roche Harbor and
non Point. When
lern shore, a vessel
aing taken to avoid
iy Cove, on the one
Bowlder Ledge, on

w Head.— In this
iges, except only at
NE. to NW. winds,
and bowlders, with
id it is only during
any part of it.

...^

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

1.0

I.I

1.25

I JO

i^ IIIM

IIIM
|M

2.0

1.8

U III 1.6

Photographic

Sciences
Corporation

23 WEST MAIN STREET

WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580

(716) 872-4503

•1>'

•^

*%'■

'afcii'^wBT.'i.aiTi-'-'Via'iit inmmi, , .

CIHM/ICMH

Microfiche

Series.

CIHM/ICMH
Collection de
microfiches.

Canadian Institute for Historical MIcroreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques

D^a:^^25«Sf;-.'

LOBSTER COVE.

269

During the summer of 1806 the prevailing winds were from the
western quarter; southwesterly in June, July, and August, and
northwesterly in the autumn, but occasionally interrupted by short
intervals of easterly weather. Northwest winds, blowing with
strength, throw a heavy sea on this shore, as also do those from
the NE., and during these periods landing with safety is almost
impossible, except in a few places where there is a little indifferent
shelter. The large quantity of driftwood and wreckage along the
whole coast between Bonne Bay and Port Saunders is suggestive
evidence of the violence with which this sea rolls onto the shore.

Easterly gales are not frequent, but are generally accompanied
by thick rainy weather.

Current. — Inshore, between Bonne Bay and Cow Head, there is
generally a current running to the NE. ; maximum rate, about 1^
miles an hour.

Lobster Cove Head, a projection of the shore immediately
north of Roche Harbor, is composed of low red cliffs, 32 to 35 feet
high, and fronted by flat ledges of rock extending 150 yards.
Near the western extreme of these ledges there are two large rocks,
the tops of which are 12 feet above high water.

Light. — From a cylindrical iron tower, painted white, on Lobster
Cove Head, is shown a flashing white light, showing 2 flashes every
5 seconds. The light is elevated 115 feet and should be visible 16
miles.

Lobster Cove is a small bight northward of Lobster Cove Head ;
in it there are a few houses and a canning factory, off which there is
a long stage or jetty for landing, but this can only be effected
during fine weather or with offshore winds.

Bock. — A small rock, with 13 feet water over it, lies about 400
yards NNW. from the southernmost head of Lobster Cove.
Between this rock and the northern head of Lobster Cove there are
depths of 3^ to 4 fathoms.

Berry Head is the name given to a slight projection of the low
shore IJ miles from Lobster Cove, and one mile from the liead is
Bakers Brook, a small stream with a rough bridge across its mouth.
Between this brook and Green Point there are two large ponds
directly behind the beach.

Berry Hill is a small wooded knoll, f mile behind the shore, about
halfway between Berry Head and Lobster Cove.

Green Point, formed by the projection of a low clay cliff, flat-
topped and grass-covered, lies 4^ miles northward from Lobster
Cove, and is easily recognized by its formation, and also by the
houses in the bay, directly to the southward. Between this point
and Lobster Cove the land is low and wooded, and fronted by a
rough stony beach, off which the water is shallow for about 200
yards.

flf*

i.ia.iiM»«»aaaftiir, fc";i -■,» : ,

270

NEWFOUNDLAND-^WEST COAST.

Green Cove, on the soutli side of Green Point, is shallow for
about 400 yards from the >3hore, and quite unfit for anchorage, as
there is generally a swell setting in from seaward when the wind
is from that direction, while with strong winds offshore the
squalls from the mountains are violent.

A ledge of rocks extends in a southwesterly direction from Green
Point, and 600 yards from the foot of the low cliff there is a detached
patch, with 3 fathoms water over it, and a narrow boat passage,
having slightly more water, inside. At i mile outside this, and
nearly 1,200 yards from the point, there is another detached rock,
with a depth of 4J^ fathoms over it and 5 to 8 fathoms around.
These rocks break heavily with an onshore swell.

(B. A. Chart No. 2004.)

Qun Point is formed by a slight angle in the shore line 2-j\ miles
from Green Point ; between them the shore is composed of bowlders,
with a low bank, more or less wooded, rising behind the beach. A
small stream, named Little Brook, with a canning factory on its
northern side, is situated one mile from Green Point. Behind these
are low ridges with extensive marshes and many ponds.
• Qun Point Shoals comprise a group of rocky heads on a nar-
row ridge extendint' from the shore a little north of Gun Point,
the shoalest spot, with a depth of 3 fathoms, lying 1,400 yards N.
41° W. (N. 11° W. mag.) from the point. Round this there are
depths of from 4 to 5 fathoms, the latter depth extending in a
westerly direction for 400 yards farther. Westward of the ridge
the line of 10 fathoms extends for 3^ miles from the land.

Clearing Mark. — Crag Peak, a remarkable conical summit,
over the southern side of the entrance to Bonne Bay, just open of
Green Point, bearing S. 2° E. (S. 28° W. mag.), clears the Gun
Point Shoals.

Coast. — From Gun Point northward the coast is of much the
same character as that toward Green Point, but the shoal water
fronting the beach here extends a little farther off. About 1,300
yards from Gun Point there is a shallov ' -ht known as Sally Cove,
where there is a canning factory and e houses, and on either

side of this bight a tongue of stones and uv. wlders, dry at low water,
extends about 300 yards from the beach ; here the 3-f athom line is
over 800 yards from the shore.

Communication. — The coasting steamer from Halifax sometimes
stops off Sally Cove when making her monthly trips to and from
the northern ports.

Martin Point, 2^^ miles from Gun Point, is easily recognized,
it being a low cliff, 35 feet high, grassed on the top and having
close behind it a large clump of trees. Northward of the point

xmMmaajUe^

SHOALS.

271

is shallow foi'
anchorage, as
v^hen the wind
I offshore tho

on from Green
■e is a detached
boat passage,
;side this, and
ietached rock,
thorns around.

5 line 2^^ miles
ed of bowlders,
the Leach. A

factory on its

Behind these
mds.

Leads on a nar-
of Gun Point,
1,400 yards N.
this there are
extending in a
rd of the ridge

land,
mical summit,
y, just open of

ears the Gun

is of much the

le shoal water

About 1,30(>

as Sally Cove,

and on either

y at low water,

fathom line is

if ax sometimes
ps to and from

ily recognized,
3p and having
d of the point

the shore line turns sharply to the eastward and again to the NE.,
forming a small bight, in which there is a solitary cottage. Some
rocks, dry at low water, extend 200 yards from tho point, but these
are stoop- to.

Shoals. — Aboiit halfway between Gun and Martin Points, and
1^^ miles from the beach, there is a patch locally known as Dixie
Rock, but more generally know.: as Indrie Rock. This danger,
which is of small extent, lies It'o miles S. 57° W. (S. 87° W. mag.)
from Martin Point, and has 2 fathoms over it at low water, and
from the 5-fathom line extends about 300 yards to the NNE. and
SSW., respectively. Between Indrie Rock and the shore, rather
more than -J mile from the latter, there are some rocky shoals of 4
and 4i fp.thoms.

The Whaleback is a narrow ridge of rocks lying in a NE. by E.
and SW. by W. direction, at nearly one mile off Martin Point.
Near the middle of this ridge, and one mile N. 71°W. (N.41°W.
mag.) from Martin Point, there is a small mushroom-shaped rock
which dries 4 feet at low water, and from it the 5-fathom line
extends 800 yards SSW. and 1,200 yards NE. by N. Over this
area there are several spots of 1^ to 2 fathoms. Both sides of the
ridge are quite steep-to, but more especially that facing seaward,
where the 20-fathom line is but little over 200 yaids off. In thick
weather, therefore, the lead is not to be depended on when standing
toward the shoal.

Between this ridge and Indrie Rock there is a clear passage
toward Martin Point, carrying 5 and 6 fathoms.

Northeast of Whalebac "c Rock, at a distance of 1-^^ miles, there
begins another cluster of shoals, known as the Brandies, the south-
western head of which, with 2 fathoms water over it, lies 1^ miles
N. 9° E. (N. 39° E. mag.) from Martin Point and li miles from the
nearest shore. Eastward from this head is another, with a depth
of 15 feet, and 800 yards farther NE. there is a third cluster of
rocks, the top of which is awash at low water. All these shoals
are, like the Whaleback Ridge, steep-to on the seaward sides and
break heavily with a .swell from that direction. There is a good
clear passage between these shoals and the shore, but its northern
end is, within the 5-fathom line, contracted to a width of 650 yards
by a bank extending off the beach. As, however, the shoalest part
of the Brandies is generally visible by the break, or wash, over it,
the navigation of this passage presents no difficulty.

Clearing Marks. — Crag Peak, over the southern side of the
entrance to Bonne Bay, open of Green Point, bearing S. 2° E. (S.
28° W. mag.), clears Indrie Rock and leads 1^ miles outside the
Whaleback.

■anasei

272

NEWFOrNDLAND WEST COAST.

Parsons Pond Hill, a conspicuous, wooded, double-topped hill
near Parsons Pond, open eastward of Cow Head Peninsula, bearing
N. 36° E. (N. 66° E. mag.), leads outside the Whaleback and the
Brandies.

Mountain Bange. — From the northern side of the east arm of
Bonne Bay a conspicuous range of mountains extends in a north-
erly direction. Gros Morne (2,540 feet), the highest of these, near
Bonne Bay, is easily recognized from seaward by its elevation, and
also from the southward by its bare sloping southern face, while
from the TTW. its steep cliffs, falling iijto a deep gorge, with per-
pendicular sides, are conspicuous.

From this mountain the range extends nearly parallel to the
coast, its westernmost ridge being about 5 miles distant. From it
low wooded spurs reach off toward the shore, and north of Green
Point terminate in large tracts of bog and barren, with numerous
ponds.

About 3f miles from Martin Point, in an ESE. direction, there
is a conspicuous wedge-shaped summit, 1,815 feet in height, which
forms the southwestern angle of a very remarkable gorge, the sides
of which appear as immense perpendicular walls of rock. Occupy-
ing this gorge, and stretching beyond the before-mentioned sum-
mit, through the flats, and to within IJ miles of the shore, there
is a large sheet of water, known as Western Brook Pond, said to
extend 10 or 12 miles inland.

Sailing vessels passing along this part of the coast during strong
easterly winds should be careful to guard against damage from the
violent squalls that blow down from the gorges of this mountain
range.

Coast. — From Martin Point the coast continues li miles to Gulls
Marsh, where there is a canning factory on the beach. From this
place there is a trail through Lho marshes to the end of Western
Brook Pond, where the residents of the factory keep a small boat
for hunting purposes.

Three miles from Gulls Marsh a sandy beach takes the place of
the stones hitherto met with, and a small stream named Western
Brook, flowing from the large pond already noticed, runs some
little way behind it and falls into the sea. North of this the coast
becomes rocky, and, with a small bight, forms the projection known
as Broom Point, on which there are a few cottages. Two ridges of
dry rocks extend about ^ mile seaward from the point, and in the
bight between them there is a landing stage and fish store. The
ends of these rocks are steep-to, and may be passed at a short dis-
tance; but off the mouth of Western Brook the 3-fathom line
extends upward of 600 yards from shore. To this distance, and
often beyond it, the water is frequently discolored by the discharge
from the brook.

8T. PAULS BAY.

273

le-topped hill
nsula, bearing
3back and the

[le east arm of
ids in a north-
of these, near
elevation, and
rn face, while
irge, with per-

)arallel to the
;ant. From it
orth of Green
pith numerous

irection, there
height, which
jorge, the sides
ock. Occupy-
lentioned sum-
le shore, there
: Pond, said to

during strong
mage from the
this mountain

miles to Gulls
h.. From this
id of Western
p a small boat

es the place of

imed Western

ed, runs some

this the coast

)jection known

Two ridges of

int, and in the

ih store. The

at a short dis-

3-fathom line

distance, and

r the discharge

St. Pauls Bay, lying north of Broom Point, is about 2A niilt's
wide and one mile deep, but (^uite exposed to any wind or swell
from seaward. The shores are low and stony, the bottom is foul,
and the aucliorage indifferent ; even with the strong sea breeze that
frequently blows, it is unsafe.

There are some rocky patches in the bay, one with 5 fathoms
Avater over it, lying one mile in a northwesterly direction from
Broom Point, and one with a depth of 3^ fathoms, (JOO yards off-
shore, a little southward of the entrance of St. Pauls Inlet. Abreast
of the center of the bay, and nearly 2 miles from Broom Point, there
is a small i)atch of G fathoms.

On the north side of the bay a break in the low shore gives
access to a narrow channel, between some extensive stony banks
that dry at low water, leading into St. Pauls Inlet. This break is
1,200 yards wide, and inside it the shore opens out, forming an
oval basin about 1^ miles long by one mile wide, filled with l)anks
of sand and stones which dry at low water. It is surrounded by
low marshy shores, and has two channels leading from the sea.
The northern of these is very shallow, and terminates near a low
stony islet, but the southern is deeper, and, carrying from one to
3 fathoms, it leads up to a narrow passage between two points 1+
miles from the entrance. The southern side of the mouth of this
channel is formed by a sandy spit on which there are some houses,
and which may be recognized from seaward by the wooded hill,
220 feet high, a little to the southward, and also by a large wooden
building situated near the extreme of the point and used as a
canning factory.

From the end of this point a ridge of shingle extends NW. and
forms a narrow bar across the entrance of the channel ; over it
there is not more than 3 feet at low water, but immediately inside
the depth increases to 1| and 2 fathoms, while under the factory
the shore is quite steep-to.

The bar is easily crossed by boats during fine weather by keeping
close along the northern side of the spit projecting from the factory
point, but it is dangerous during strong winds with a heavy swell.

St. Pauls Inlet. — Passing the factory, the channel already
noticed is about 65 yai"ds wide, with a low-water depth of one to
li fathoms. The edges are clearly defined except at high water,
and there is no difficulty for boats beyond that caused by the tidal
streams, which run through the channel and over the bar ,vith
considerable strength.

At H miles from the sea the shores of the estuary are contracted
to a channel, about 50 yards wide, by two slightly elevated jjoints
extending from either side ; the depth here increases to 4, 5, and 7
fathoms, and immediately beyond is the extensive sheet of water

< t

274

NEWFOUNDLAND — WFIST COAST.

known as St. Puuls Iiilot. From tlie narrow entrance to the head
this area is nearly miles in lenj,'th, with a breadth riUiging from
3 miles inside the entrance to .V mile at its liead.

The eastern end of the inlet, as also the southern side, lies at the
foot of the seaward fa(!o of a portion of the mountain range extend-
ing northward from Bonne Bay, and toward them the water is
deep and clear of shoals; but inside The Tickle, or entrance, the
water is shallow and there are several rocky patches. A channel
carrying about 2 fathoms, and leading into the deeper water, may,
however, be found by keeping along the western shore. On this
side, about one mile from The Tickle, borings for oil have b'>en
some time in progress, and it is now (1807) reported that a good
supply has been obtained at a depth of 1,000 feet.

Coast— The coast from St. Pauls Bay to Cow Head, a distance
of 2k miles, comprises a rough stony beach in front of a low wooded
bank, behind which are ponds and marshy ground reaching to the
hills, which here begin to recede further from the shore, and, being
broken by steep gorges with immense cliffs on either side, present
seaward a very rugged and barren aspect.

Cow Head, a conspicuous peninsula one mile in length by -^
mile in breadth, and densely wooded on its southern and western
sides, rises to a height of 206 feet. A low isthmus of sand and
stones joins it to the main shore, separating Cow Cove, on the
southern, from Cow Head Harbor, on the northern side. The
northern slope of the head has been partially cleared and affords
grazing to the sheep and cattle of the residents, whose houses are
situated at the NE. side. Here there is a large canning factory
and some landing stages, the latter getting some partial protection
from a ridge of dry rocks extending from the northernmost point.
The seaward side of the head is steep-to, but there are a few
rocks extending from the SW. point.

Cow Cove affords good anchorage, in from 4 to 10 fathoms
water, during NE. gales, that are prevalent in the early spring and
autumn months ; also with moderate breezes as far round as N.
by W., but with winds to the westward of this a heavy swell rolls
in, rendering the anchorage unsafe.

Cow Head Harbor.— North of Cow Head Peninsula the coast
takes a sharp bend, forming the isthmus, before referred to, and
then continues to the northward, in a long curve of sandy shore,
to Downes Point, a distance of a little over 2 miles. Off Downes
Point, 600 yards. White Rock Islets, a chain of small islets and
low- water rocks, 1^^ miles in length, together with the shores, just
noticed, form Cow Head Harbor.

The islets are connected with Downes Point by a sandy flat dry-
ing at low water, which, extending to the southward, occu^jies a

L-.

CO to tlio head
runging from

lido, lies nt the
range extond-
1 the water is
• entrance, the
IS. A channel
er water, may,
liore. On this
oil have hoen
3d that a good

3ad, a distance
I a low wooded
eaching to the
)re, and, being
r side, present

in length by ^

n and western

s of sand and

Cove, on the

ivn side. The

id and affords

3se houses are

ning factory

;ial protection

ernmost point.

ere are a few

to 10 fathoms
rly spring and
round as N.
avy swell rolls

sula the coast
'erred to, and
sandy shore,
Off Downes
all islets and
le shores, just

«indy flat dry-
^rd, occupies a

COW IIKAI) irAI'BOR.

considerable portion of the partially iucloaod space, which is, at
best, only suitable for vessels of moderate length and drawing
less than 10 feet water; for not only is the passage into it narrow
and tortuous, but during northeastly or northwesterly winds such
a heavy swell rolls in that there is great risk of touching the
ground.

The entrance is obstructed by Tortoise Rock, awash at low
water, and separated from the I'ocks extending from Cow Head
by a channel aboxit 100 yards wide. In the middle of this, and
slightly inside Tortoise Rock, there is, however, another rock, with
oidy feet water over it, and a very naiTow passage of 1 3 to 15
feet on its northern side. North of Tortoise Rock it would be
difficult to find a passage with more than 10 feet at low water,
and in any case local knowledge is necessary to enter safely.
Inside, anchorage may be found in 2^ to 3^ fathoms water, but in
bad westerly weather there is not much shelter.

Oommunlcation. — The monthly coasting steamer from Halifax
calls off Cow Head Harbor on her way to and from the more
northern ports.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Cow Head Harbor
at lOh. 30m. ; springs rise 6i feet, neaps rise 4^ feet.

Tidal Streams. — Between Cow Head Harbor and Stearing
Island the tidal streams run strongly, the flood to the NE. some-
times attaining a velocity, at springs, of 3 knots an hour. The
duration of this stream is much longer than of that in the oi)po-
site direction ; and along the shore, between Cow Head and Bonne
Bay, as also to the northward, there is generally a stream running
io the NE.

Stearing Island, lying f mile NW. of Cow Head, is 22 feet
high, i mile in length, with an average breadth of about 100 yards ;
but from either end broken islets and low-water rocks ext :i'l GOO
yards westward and 350 yards northeastward. The island :-; com-
posed of limestone rock, with a scant covering of coarse grass. Its
southeastern side is fairly steep-to, but to the westward and north-
ward shoals extend upward of 600 yards, making it a dangerous
obstacle to navigation at night or in the thick weather which is
occasionally prevalent. Vessels passing this locality under these
conditions will do well to keep outside the line of 20 fathoms,
which will insure their being at least ^ mile westward of the island
shoals.

ShallO'W Bay. — From Downes Point, already mentioned, the
coast forms another long sandy curve, backed up by wooded flats
and marshes, similar to that in Cow Head Harbor, but broken by
two small streams and terminating in a rocky projection named
Lower Head. This curve, together with the northern half of the

iii

*tl

Iii

ill

(!!

3!^

mfmm

MfM

»»t-

276

NEWFOUNDLAND WK8T COAHT.

Wliito Rf)ck Islets, forma Sluillow Bay, whoro tlioro is fairly good
aiiclioraKo for vo.ssols of loss than U feet draft, with winds to tho
southward of WbW. Those drawing less than 1^ feet may find
shelter, with the wind as fur round as west, by going as close as
possible to the White Rock Islets, but with this wind a heavy sea
is likely to roll in and, at low water, to break over tho greater
part of tho bay.

Anchorage.— If desiring to anchor here, a vessel from the
southward should pass along the western side of the White Rock
Islets, which are fairly stoop-to, and haul round their northern
extreme, giving the rocks a berth of about 100 yards. The best
anchorage is with the whole of Stearing Island, and rocks, just
open northward of tho northernmost grassy islet of the White
Rock Group, bearing about S. 77° W. (N. 73° W. mag.), and the
canning factory at Cow Head Harbor, a conspicuous whitewashed
building on the shore, just seen open of tho other islets of the same
group. This berth will be in :ii fathoms water, but quite close to
the edge of tho 3-fathom bank extending from tho islets and Dowues
Point. A little eastward of this position a 3-fathom bank extends
from the main shore, leaving a bight of deeper water, 3^ to 4^
fathoms, between it and Downos Point. It is in this bight that
anchorage should be sought. Entering Shallow Bay from the
northward, a vessel should pass the shoal water off Lower Head in
8 or 9 fathoms, and then steer for the northern end of the White
Rock Islets before hauling into the anchorage.

Evangeline Banks comprise a series of rocky patches extend-
ing from abreast the northern extreme of the White Rock Islets,
in a northerly direction, for J mile.

The least water on these shoals, 2 fathoms, lies 900 yards N. 41°
W. (N. 11° W. mag.) from tho northernmost grassy island of the
White Rock Group, and is on a patch about i mile long by 200
yards wide. At 300 yards north of this there is another patch, of
2f fathoms, with 3^ fathoms between. Farther north the depths
on tho bank are 3i to 5 fathoms, reaching toward the shoals off
Lower Head.

Inside this bank there is a belt of deeper water, 5 and 6 fathoms,
fronting the shoaler area in Shallow Bay.

(H. O. Chart No. 1105 and B. A. Chart No. 284.)

Coast — Lower Head is conspicuous from its being tho termina-
tion of the sandy shore extending northward from Cow Head. It
is a rocky projection, 35 feet in height, and from it a low cliffy
shore, with a small sandy bight, extends i inile northward. Off
Lower Head, and also off this cliffy shore, the shoal water extends
for nearly i mile, and is clearly marked by breakers, when there is

) is fairly good
,h winds to tho
foot inivy find
ling 1V8 close as
nd a heavy sea
'cr tho greater

)ssol from tho
10 White Rock
their northern
rds. The best
!ind rocks, just
i of tho White
mag.), iind the
IS whitewashed
lets of the same
it quite close to
ots and Downes
n bank extends
water, 11^ to 4^
this bight that
Bay from tho
Lower Head in
id of the White

latches extend-
to Rock Islets,

30 yards N. 41°
y island of the
le long by 200
other patch, of
irth the depths
the shoals off

and 6 fathoms,

g the termina-

Cow Head. It

it a low cliffy

jrthward. Off

water extends

, when there is

I'AKHONS I'ONI).

277

any swell. This shoal should be carefully avoided if entering or
leaving Shallow Bay in that direction.

From the cliffs the shore is low and thickly wooded, for 3i miles
rising gradually to the slopes of Parsons Pond Hill, a cotispictioua
feature, 400 feet in height, and densely wooded to the summit.
The rough beach, of stones and bowlders, is fronted by Hat lodges
of rock extending about 200 yards from tho shore; outside tlieso
the water deepens gradually to 10 fathoms, i mile distant.

About 4 miles from Lower Head the rocky ledges cease and the
stony beach becomes less rough, and finally changes to sand;
behind these is a steep, yellow-colored clay bank, which is con-
spicnious from seaward. Behind this bank there is a large pond
and low, marshy ground.

Sandy Bay, 5 miles from Lower Head, is only a shallow bond
in tho shore line, but has near its southern end the entrance to a
large shoot of water, known as Parsons Pond.

The bay is generally foul and rocky, and does not afford more
than temporary anchorage for tho purpose of communicating with
the village, situated just inside the entrance alluded to.

Parsons Fond is a large sheet of water extending inland from
Sandy Bay for about 7 miles, with an average breadth inside the
narrows near the enti'ance of about one mile. Tlie entrance is
obstructed by a bar of coarse shingle, with a depth of 4 foot over it
at low water, and immediately inside it, on the southern bank, is
the village, with some buildings on the sandy spit opposite. Here
the depth in tho passage is about one fathom, but farther in it
quickly shoals again to 3 and 4 feet, through a stony flat. One
mile and a half from the sea the channel is contracted to little over
200 yards, but here the depth is from one to 2 fathoms. Above
this tho pond opens out for about 1^ miles, where there is another
narrow passage, beyond which the water deepens to 5 and 8 fath-
oms. This depth continues to the head, which lies directly at the
foot of tho mountain range.

Borings for oil are being prosecuted on tho southern shore of
Parsons Pond, 5^ miles from the entrance.

Coast. — From Parsons Pond northward there is a low stony
beach for f mile, followed by a clay bank, not unlike that on tho
other side of Sandy Bay. From here a rough beach of stones and
bowlders, fronted in places by rocky ledges, extends to the Arches,
a remarkable cluster of detached masses of sandstone honeycombed
by the sea, and standing on a sandy beach a little above low water.

Tho country behind this part of the coast comjirises low ridges,
thickly wooded, and largo tracts of marsh extending toward the
mountains some 6 miles inland. The shore is fairly steep, the
10-fathom line being generally about + mile off, while a little north

NKWIOIXDLAM) — VVKST COAST.

of Hiiiidy Buy tlic line '>f 60 futliomH closos in U) n diatimco of i
iiiilfH from Iiiiid.

Two milt's north of Tliti Arclit'Htliii coast IxnidH ii littlo to thooafit-
wurd, and nitlior nioro than i niiUj from it I'ortland Hill rist-s to a
liciKlit of 5U0 feet. It is a reinarkalilo hill, thickly woodtid, and
\\o(lK»<-shii|HMl when ween from the Houthward. Its soaward end
fonn.s a pcriKdidicnlar cliir, which extends a little along the sonth-
wustorn side and on the northern face, gradually changing to a
steep slope, which finally joins with the ridges farther inland.
This hill is a conspicuous landmark when approaching the coast.

Portland Cove.— Al^reast of Portland Hill flat ledges again
n[)pear outside the stony beach and continue for a distance of 2
miles. Here there are some cottages and a canning factory. The
shore, now changed to a sandy beach, gradually turns to the west-
ward, forming a small bight named Portland Cove. At its head
there is a creek, or channel, running from a large sheet of water
one mile back and having in it a depth of from 2 to 3 feet, but
owing to its being much obstructed by large stones and bowlders,
it is diflicult for a boat to get through, though the entrance is easy
of access in fine weatlier.

Off the creek the water in the cove is shallow for about i mile,
but outside this fairly good anchorage will be found during winds
from north, round by east, to south, the depth being about 4 fathoms,
over a bottom of sand and mud.

There are no dangers outside the line of 3 fathoms, which, how-
ever, extends for nearly 600 yards from shore. A little more than
200 yards off the factory there is a ledge, whicli dries at low water,
with less than a fathom between it and the rocks.

Coast—Eastern Head, the outer point of Portland Cove, is 30
feet high, bare on the top, and with a rocky shore. Northward
for It^ij miles tlie coast is of similar character, and here there is a
white stony beach in front of a high green bank ; north of this
beach there is a rocky point, named Cliffy Point, behind which the
bank attains an elevation of 60 feet.

A small rocky ridge. Brown Shoal, with 4 fathoms water over
it and 10 fathoms inside, lies 1,800 yards from Cliffy Point in a
southwesterly direction and + mile offshore. From Cliffy Point
the stony shore continues in a NNE. direction, backed by a more
or less wooded bank for 2 miles to a low point fronted by some
rocks, two of which are pinnacles 25 feet high. There are several
houses on the point, and the rocks in front, extending a little to the
northward, form a cove known as Daniels Harbor. Reaching
nearest to the coast, a little north of Cliffy Point, a large pond
occupies the greater part of the space between this locality and the
mountain range 7 miles back.

II (liHtiiiicu of 4

ittio to thonust-
[ Flill fiscs to ft
ly wooded, iukI
■M soawiird oiid
long thu south-

chnnging to a
farther inland,
ing tho coast.
bt ludgos again
a distance of 2
jf factory. The
rns to the west-
). At its head

sheet of water
! to 3 feet, but
I and bowklers,
mtrance is easy

p about ■} mile,
d during winds
,bout 4 fathoms,

ps, which, how-
ittle more than
3s at low water,

and Cove, is 30
e. Northward

here there is a
north of this

lind which the

nis water over
ffy Point in a
m Cliffy Point
ked by a more
onted by some
ore are several
g a little to the
tor. Reaching
a large pond
ocality and the

DANIKLM COVE — RICH POINT.

279

'I'liis pond, of an irrnguliir ov/Uc form, is iioiily .'i niih's in length
by 'i\ in width, and Iihh an ontlet into Fortliuid Cove, already no-
ticed. At its upper end a Hinail channel, (piito accossible to boats,
leads into another pond, which occupies a mountain gorge ext»>nd-
ing to the eastward.

In tho outer pond tho water is not very deep, from :j to tl or 7
fathoms, but in the inner one a sounding of 9ft fathoms was ol)-
tained by the triangulating j)arty engaged in tho survey.

Tho residents of Daniels Cove keep several boats on the larger
pond, in which thoy make hunting e.Kcursions to tho mountaiiiH.

On the north side of the inner pond a truncated mountain, l,fir)0
foot in height, and with nearly perpendicular sides, is conspicuous.
Northeast from it the range continues for about 4 miles, an<l termi-
nates a little beyond a summit, 2,115 feet high, locally known as
Eastern Hill.

Caution.— Between Daniels Cove and Port Saunders tho jiromi-
nent points are reported to bo out in bearing in relation U> each
other; caution is therefore necessary when approaching the coast.

Table Point, 11 miles from Portland Cove, is a low, rocky,
sharp cliff, the north extreme of a "-lerins of small beaches; from it
the shore is bordered by shingle in uont of woods.

Bad Bay, lU miles from Table Point, and completely open to
seaward, has at its head a yonow-colorod cliff, scmth of which
Pcnid.s River discharges, which is ascended by small boats with
difficulty against the stream, which is strongest in spring. Little
Brook discharges north of the yellow cliff.

Anchorage. — Temporary anchorage may bo obtained i mile off
the yellow cliff in from 8 to 10 fathoms water

Ooast. — The coast from Bad Bay is again w<KMled, and risi.'s
gradually, and a conspicuous yellow patch is situated 1^^ miles
northeast of Burntwood Point and just south of Eboule/nont
Point, off which latter rocks and shoals extend NNW. a little

more than ^ mile.

(H. O. Chart No. 1175.)

Ingornachoix Bay, lying between Ebouloment and Rich Points,
nearly 6 miles distant from each other, is 'd\ miles deep and com-
pletely exposed, but with offshore winds temporary anchorage may
be obtained north of Port Saunders in 10 fathoms water, or in the
spacious arms at the head.

Rocks. — A rocky patch, with a least depth of 2 fathoms on it,
lies with Ebouloment (locally known as Spirity) Point 700 yards
S. 62° E. (S. 30° E. mag.).

A rock, with a depth of 22 feet on it, lies with Ebouloment Point
1,100 yards S. 44° E. (S. 12° E. mag.).

llitr'

MjHinnnifiiritniiBfF - «i

280

NEAVFOUNDLAND — WEST COAST.

A rock, with a depth of IG feet on it, lies with Eboulement Point
1,300 yards S. 29° W. (S. 61° W. mag.).

The shoal on which this rock is situated, extending about a mile
northeastward from Eboulement Point, has general depths of 3 to
4 fathoms on it.

The southern part of Two Hills Point open northward of Keppel
Island leads northward of these dangers.

A rock, with a depth of 22 feet on it, lies with Keppel Island
Cross 1,200 yards fe 37° E. (S. 5° E. mag.).

A rock, with a depth of 27 feet on it, lies with Keppel Island
Cross 1,600 yards S. 12 E. (S. 20° W. mag.).

Keppel Island, at the head of the bay, lies off the entrances
to Hawke and Keppel Harbors and Port Saunders. It is not easy
to distinguish, the outer part being a blackish cliff, on which is a
large cross which is falling into decay. The island is a mile long
and continued to the eastward by Morue Spit, a shingle spit that
covers at high water and is steep-to. The other shores of the
island are bold. Trapper Cove, a shallow bight, lies just west of
the entrance to Hawke Harbor.

Hawke Harbor is entered between Keppel Island and a low
wooded point to the southward.

A dangerous sand bank extends from the south shore nearly 800
yards, narrowing the entrance to 600 yards between it and the
peninsula that forms Keppel Harbor.

Directions. — To enter Hawke Harbor pass about 200 yards from
the SW. side of Keppel Island, steering about S. 78° E. (S. 46° E.
mag.) till Grass Point bears North (N. 32° E. mag.), then steer S.
49° E. (S. 17° E. mag.) for the center of Robinson Island, taking
care to avoid the shoal off Keppel Point, and anchor f mile south-
ward of that point in 15 fathoms water, over mud, or ^ mile NW.
of Robinson Island in 16 fathoms.

Keppel Point, the north extreme of this peninsula, is continued
by foul ground for 400 yards nearly on its north and west sides.
Robinson Island, off Lossieux Point, the south extreme of this
peninsula, is joined to it by shoal water. Shoals extend east
nearly 400 yards, and west about 100 yards.

Hawke Bay extends nearly ^ miles E. by N. from Robinson
Island, and is li miles in mean breadth. The south shore curves
east of Robinson Island to Ourson Point, off which shoals lie nearly
600 yards. The south coast of the bay is foul, the north shore is
clear, except Cook Bank, and there is a salmon fishery at the head
from which shallow water extends i mile.

Anchorage may be had anywhere in the bay in 7 to 18 fathoms,
mud, taking care to avoid the following dangers :

u,.

mrnormmmm

Eboulement Point

tiding about a mile
eral depths of 3 to

rthward of Keppel

ith Keppel Island

! off the entrances
irs. It is not easy
cliff, on which is a
and is a mile long
I shingle spit that
her shores of the
t, lies just west of

Island and a low

h shore nearly 800
3tween it and the

)ut 200 yards from
;. 78° E. (S. 46° E.
lag.), then steer S.
ion Island, taking
chor f mile south-
id, or i mile NW,

isula, is continued
th and west sides,
h extreme of this
doals extend east

N". from Robinson
outh shore curves
h shoals lie nearly
the north shore is
shery at the head,

in 7 to 18 fathoms.

COOK BANK PORT SAUNDERS.

281

Cook Bank, with 16 feet, lies N. 62° E. (S. 86° E. mag.) a little
more than U miles from Robinson Island, leaving a passage be-
tween it and the north shore 300 yards wide.

Commander Shoal, with 9 feet water, lies nearly halfway up
the bay, on the south side, off a cove with a rocky point in the
middle, and extends nearly a third of the distance across the bay.
Cible Point, SE. of this shoal, will be easily recognized, being the
only cliff in the bay, the other portions of which are low, and
faced by shingle, sand, or flat rocks. Cible Shoal extends 300
yards from this point.

Gull Shoal, with 5 feet water, lies close off the point next east
of Cible Point, and is steep-to on the north shore.

Water is most conveniently obtained from the stream between
Cible and Gull Points; at the head of the bay good salmon and
trout fishing may be obtained, in the season, and deer shot in the
vicinity.

Ice.— Hawke Bay freezes late in November or early in December,
and breaks up between 20th April and 10th May.

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, at Hawke Bay at llh •
springs rise 6 feet, neaps rise 4 feet. At the east part of the bay
the tidal stream is strong enough to keep vessels riding athwart
a good breeze, and the streams are strong in Hawke Harbor.

With a flood, tide, the stream from the torrent sets across the
bay,^ and would carry a vessel toward the north shore.

Directions.— Large vessels should steer SW. of Robinson Island
and may approach it as close as 140 yards, but it is better to keep
mid-channel. After passing the island steer for Great Point the
east extreme of the north shore of the bay, on which there' is a
remarkable flat rock, and when past Ourson Point anchor as
convenient.

Keppel Harbor, just north of Keppel Point, is one mile long
and nearly i mile wide, but shoal water extends i mile from the
head.

Anchorage.— By following along the south shore of Keppel
Island the harbor will open, and, by keeping in mid-channel
anchorage may be obtained, in 6 fathoms water, about i mile within
Keppel Point; another anchorage much frequented by fishermen
IS between Saunders Point and Morue Spit, in 11 fathoms water
over mud or sand. '

Port Saunders, entered north of Keppel Island, between Saun-
ders Point on the south and Two Hills Point (a wooded hill with a
double summit) on the north side, is 400 yards wide at the entrance
from which the harbor extends 2* miles, with a mean breadth of
i mile. (See Caution, page 279.)

■«fpxiwmMi|fW>

mmmmg^liilgi/flllfglf^ f -^

282

NEWFOUNDLAND — AVE8T COAST.

A little within the entrance on the north shore is a steep bank
of shingle.

Supplies. — Fresh provisions can be obtkined at Port Saunders.

Montaignac Rock, which uncovers at low water, is situated
one mile from the entrance and one-third of the distance across
from the south shore. The cross on Keppel Island, kept open
north of Saunders Point, bearing S. 72° W. (N. 76° W. mag.), leads
north of this rock.

Kent Point is on the northern side of Port Saunders ; Dunlop
Spit, with 3 feet water near its extremity, extends 400 yards south
from this point.

Directions. — Anchorage may be obtained inside the entrances
between it and Montaignac Rock, in from 7 to 14 fathoms water,
but if proceeding to the head of the bay, the mark for clearing
Montaignac Rock must be kept on till within 400^ yards of Kent
Point. A course of S. 50° E. (S. 2^'' E. mag.) will lead between
Montaignac Rock and Dunlop Spit, and when Two Hills Point is
in line with the south shore, bearing about S. 88° W. (N. 60° W.
mag.), Dunlop Spit will be cleared, and anchorage may be taken
up, in 6 or 7 fathoms water, just south of that mark. Off nearly
all the shore of Port Saunders bowlders, that dry at low water,
extend from 40 to 60 yards from the beach, and make the landing
bad at low water.

Ice. — Port Saunders freezes late in November or early in Decem-
ber, and breaks up between 20th April and lOtli May.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Port Saunders at
lOh. 45m. ; springs rise 6 feet.

Gargamelle Cove, 2 miles east of Rich Point, is only adapted
for boats; at the head of the cove the isthmus, 300 yards broad, that
separates it from Old Port au Choix, joins Rich Point Peninsula
to the main.

Rich Point, the north limit of Ingornachoix Bay, is the SW.
extreme of Rich Point Peninsula.

Light.— On Rich Point an octagonal tower, 58 feet in height,
painted white, with a red lantern, exhibits, at an elevation of 93
feet, a revolving white light every 45 seconds, the light attaining
its greatest brilliancy at intervals of 15 and 30 seconds and being
obscured during the greater part of the longer interval. It should
be visible 15 miles. The keeper's dwelling near it is painted white.

Rich Point Shoal, with 9 feet water over it, lies 850 yards N.
63° W. (N. 31° W. mag.) from the lighthouse, and is steep-to, with
a clear passage between it and the shore.

The left extreme of the cliff on Keppel Island, open west of Rich
Point, bearing S. 45° E. (S. 13° E. mag.), leads SW. ; and Round
Head, open north of Black Cape, N. 56° E. (N. 88° E. mag.), leads
NW. of Rich Point Shoal.

is a steep bank

Port Saunders,
ter, is situated
distance across
and, kept open
W. mag.), leads

mders; Dunlop
400 yards south

3 the entrances
fathoms water,
trk for clearing
)■ yards of Kent
11 lead between
5 Hills Point is
W. (N. 60° W.
e may be taken
,rk. Off nearly
y at low water,
ake the landing

early in Decem-

ay.

ort Saunders at

is only adapted

ards broad, that

oint Peninsula

tay, is the SW.

'eet in height,
elevation of 93

ight attaining
;onds and being
rval. It should

painted white,
js 850 yards N.
is steep-to, with

len west of Rich
v.; and Round
E. mag.), leads

POK'l' AU C'lIOIX.

28.'}

nfiTTiHii'

A rocky bank abor 400 yards in extent, witliin the 10-fathoin
line, with a least <l ,l of 7 fathoms, lies with Rich Point light-
house bearing ENE., iistant 1-jV miles. Fishornieu in the locality
state that in heavy weather the sea breaks on this bank and on the
l)-foot rock north of the point, but in no other position.

Current. — The inhabitants of Port au Choix report that a strong
current always sets to the northward, round Rich Point, on the
approach of bad weather.

Caution. — As the locality seaward of Rich Point is imperfectly
sounded, a wide berth should be given to the point when rounding.

Rich Point Peninsula is flat, composed of gray rocks, and ter-
raced, having several crosses on the summit and slopes.

(H. O. Chart No. 1182.)

Port au Choix, on the north coast of the peninsula, 2 miles
from Rich Point, is | mile deep and accessible to vessels drawing
less than 11 feet water, the entrance being 120 yards wide, nar-
rowed to 50 yards by Le Malouin, a shoal off the south shore.

Anchorages. — The anchorages are west and east of Benie Islet,
which lies 250 yards within the entrance, and is joined to the north
shore by a sand bank.

Directions. — To enter, keep one-third of the distance aci-oss the
entrance from the north point, and anchor in 13 feet water between
it and Benie Islet; or, if about to make a long stay, wait for high
water and rcund Benie Islet to an anchorage, in 11 feet water,
between the two fishing stages on the east shore. Winds from
westward bring a swell into the outer anchorage.

Barbace Cove, a small-boat cove, J mile from Port au Choix,
affords no shelter with westerly winds ; Barbacd Point, the north
point of the peninsula, has shoals extending 300 yards from it.

Old Port au Choix (locally termed Back Arm), on the SE. side
of Rich Point Peninsula, is separated from Port au Choix by an
isthmus 300 yards broad, across which there is a path.

The harbor, one mile long, i mile wide at the entrance and ^
mile at the head, is fringed on the western shore by shoals, part
of which dry at low water, but the eastern shore is nearly bold-to.
It is entered by two channels, on 3 on each side of Querre Islet.

Querr^ Islet, in the middle of the entrance, is bold-to on the
NW. side, but the other shores are foul.

Savage Island, f mile NE. of Querrd Islet, and nearly joined
to it by a chain of rocks and shoals, is 49 feet high, and has several
fishermen's huts on it.

Sauvageon Rock lies west of this island, and the latter is joined
to the mainland by a bank, with 3 fathoms deepest water over it.
Ardent Rock, from which a shoal named Ardent Tail extends 200

14910 19

284

NEWFOUNDLAND WEST COAST.

yards in a northeasterly direction, lies west of Querrd Islet, and is
joined to the west shore by shoal water.

Beacons.— The beacons for leading through the channels into the
harbor are as follows : A beacon on the SW. extreme of Querrd
Islet and a similar mark on a small cliff sonfh of the entrance to
the harbor in line, bearing S. 19° W. (S. 5. W. mag.). At the
head of the harbor are three pyramidal-shaped beacons, the low-
est near the shore ; center, surmounted by a ball, about 400 yards
behind it, and the third on the summit of the land over Garga-
melle Cove; they are in line bearing S. 42° W. (S. 74° W. mag.).

For the eastern channel a beacon is erected on the shore, i mile
S. 50° E. (S. 18° E. mag.) from the beacon on Querrd Island; and
two beacons on the shore, i mile S. 85° E. (S. 53° E. mag.) from
the Querrd Island beacon, in line bearing S. 54° E. (S. 22° E. mag.),
lead over the reef extending to the eastward of the island.

Directions. — Having made the entrance of the harbor, steer for
Querrd Islet, with the beacon on the south side of the harbor in line
withthebeaconontheSW.endof Querrd Islet, bearings. 19° W. (S.
51° W. mag.), and when the three beacons at the head of the harbor
come in line, bearing S. 42° W. (S. 74° W, mag.), steer for them,
this mark leading in the deepest water, through which 28^ feet can be
carried into the harbor. When Querrd Islet has been passed, keep
a little nearer the east shore, and anchor at the head as convenient,
in 4| fathoms water. To avoid the shoals on the west side of the
harbor. Round Head must not be brought open north of Savage
Island.

To pass east of Savage Island, in 16 feet water, the beacon for the
east channel must be brought in line with the east extreme of a
rocky islet east of Querrd Islet, bearing S. 39° W. (S.71° W. mag.),
which mark leads about 100 yards SE. of Savage Island.

Anchorage may be obtained 400 yards south of Savage Island,
in 5^ fathoms water, with shelter from all but northeasterly winds,
and temporary anchorage in the bay between Savage Island and
Barbacd Point in about 11 fathoms water, over gravel.

Caution.— Steamers, when coasting, should be careful to avoid
the nets that are usually set off Barbacd Point.

Ice. — Port au Choix freezes about 15th December, and is com-
pletely closed by ice about 3 feet in thickness between that date
and the 20th May ; but in 1883 the port was blocked till 9th June.
Field ice appears about 15th January, disappearing about 15th
May. Upon the latter date the first vessel usually arrives, the
last leaving about 10th November.

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Old Port au Choix
at lOh. 40m. ; springs rise 7^ feet.

errd Islet, and is

;hanne]s into the
reme of Querrd

the entrance to
mag.). At the
3acons, the low-
about 400 yards
nd over Garga-
74° W. mag.),
iie shore, i mile
rrd Island; and

E. mag.) from
S. 22° E. mag.),
e island,
larbor, steer for
tie harbor in line
ingS. 19°W.(S.
id of the harbor
steer for them,
h 28i feet can be
)en passed, keep
i as convenient,
west side of the
orth of Savage

e beacon for the
st extreme of a
5.71° W. mag.),
[sland.

Savage Island,
leasterly winds,
^age Island and
vel.
;areful to avoid

)er, and is com-
;ween that date
id till 9th June,
ing about 15th
lly arrives, the

I Port au Choix

ST. JOHN BAY.
(B. A. Chart No. 1690.)

285

St. John Bay, comprised between Barbace and Fdrolle Points
contains several groups of islands, the largest of which is St. John
Island, 5 miles from Barbacd Point. On the east sido of this bay
are two remarkable mountains named the Highlands of St. John
flat and steep to seaward. The southern, 2i miles inland, is 1,610
feet, and the northern, f mile inland, 1,695 feet above high water

Oaution.-A small rock, of a white color, with a depth of 5A fath-
oms on It, over which the sea breaks in heavy northwesterly gales, is
situated with Savage Island summit bearing S. 14° W ^S 4f5° W
mag.), distant 1 A miles. -v^.^t, w.

^^Zt~\T^^" ^'.^"''^^^'''^ St. John Bay should use B. A. Chart
No. 1690 with caution, as in several places the soundings have not

chart ''''''^'*' ^ ''""^^ *° ^^'' ^^^'* ^^' ^""'^ P^^^^*^ °^ the

Bustard Cove open to the NW., is 2 miles ENE. of Savage
Island and afllords temporary anchorage in 11 fathoms water, but
the holding IS not good. Shoals extend nearly i mile from Chas-
seurs Point, north of this cove.

Green Islet, surrounded by rocks and breakers, lies f mile off
Chasseurs Point, leaving a narrow passage between

Old Man Cove, a shallow indentation 2 miles from Bustard
Cove, IS fronted by Old Man Shoal, consisting of a bank about 800
yards in diameter with two heads that uncover at low water, situ-
ated i mile from the shore. This is the only shoal off the shore of
the bay till the head is reached, where a stream empties itself
through a whi e sandy beach, and temporary anchorage may be
obtained, but the bottom is not good, and heavy squalls sweep
down from the Highlands of St. John. ^

(B. A. Charf No. 2917.)
St John Island is of moderate height, with a round summit
and wooded only at the north point. St. John Harbor, on the west
side of the island, a httle more than one mile long, in an easterly
direction, is a good anchorage for steamers or small vessels but
square-rigged sailing s: Ips require a leading wind to enter '

The two sides of the entrance are nearly steep-to, but the south
shore shoals immediately the entrance is passed.

Seal Rocks, low, and difficult to see at night, lie f mile SW of
the entrance, and are steep-to on the SE. side, but the NW side
is foul for a little more than 200 yards.

The Fox, a rock nearly awash, situated 100 yards off the first
point on the south shore within the entrance, is cleared by keeping
Bare Point just to the right of a woody eminence seen in the pro
hie of the land at the head of the bay, bearing N. 60° E. (S. 88°

28«

NEWFOFNDLAND — WEKT COAST.

E. mag.). Tliis mark also loads just south of the shoals off English
Point, tho first point in on the north sliore.

There i.s no other danger in the harbor, and vessels can anchor
in Se.sostris Bay in from !l to 13 fathoms water, over sand and mud,
or, if small craft, at the head in 5 fathoms, mud. The holding
ground is good and the anchorage convenient for a short time, but
a fresh wind soon raises a sea. Vessels of more than 100 feet in
length should anchor in Sesostris Bay and haul into the Haven at
the head and moor as convenient where the holding ground and
shelter is good, but the inhabitants report that in heavy westerly
gales the swell rolls in.

The Men-hir, a remarkable rock, stands over the coast a little
more than | mile NNW. of the entrance to St. John Harbor.

Ice. — St. John Bay fills with northern ice and freezes in Decem-
ber or Janxiary, and breaks up in May. During severe winters the
ice will extend from New Fdrelle Point to the Twin and Flat Islands
and to Rich Point.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in St. John Harbor
at lOh. '10m. ; springs rise 7^ feet, neaps rise 5^ feet. The tidal
streams are not felt in the harbor.

Square Bock, lying south of the peninsula which forms the
south side of the harbor, is about 300 yards offshore, and steep-to
on the N W. side, leaving a clear passage between it and the main-
land, but shoals a short distance off the other sides.

Horn Island, | mile NE. of Square Rock, is separated from St.
John Island by a channel 100 yards wide, with 13 feet water in
mid-channel.

Horn Spit, with 12 feet least water, extends 600 yards NE. by E.
frimi the east side of Horn Island and is steep-to.

Beacons. — There is a beacon on Horn Island which, with another
beacon on Flat Point, is used as a clearing mark for the shoals on
the eaf^t side of St. John Island.

Bound Head Island, 750 yards from the SE. shore of St. John
Island, is so named from Round Head, a conspicuoiis hummock 98
feet high, near the west extreme of the island, immediately south
of which is Round Head Cove, a shallow inlet.

Bound Head Shoal, with 7 feet water over it, extends 250 yards
south from the south point of this cove.

Falaise Shoal, with 13 feet water over it, lies 150 yards off the
NW. extreme of the island, and has 5 fathoms close north; it is
cleared, passing to the northward, by keeping Horn Island a little
open NW. of the foot of Round Head, bearing S. 58° W. (West
mag.), but the beacons near Well Point are not intended to be used
as a clearing mark.

loals off English

sols can anchor
r sand and mud,
i. The holding
1 short time, but
;han 100 feet iu
to the Haven at
ing ground and
heavy westerly

he coast a little
tin Harbor,
reezes in Decem-
5vere winters the
and Flat Islands

3t. John Harbor
feet. The tidal

yhich forms the

ore, and steep-to

it and the main-

parated from St.
13 feet water in

yards NE. by E.

ich, with another
or the shoals on

hore of St. John
OTIS hummock 98
imediately south

sxtends 250 yards

150 yards off the
lose north ; it is
rn Island a little
S. 58° W. (West
ended to be used

GOOD BAY — WOLF ROCK.

Qood Bay, a spacious anchorage between St. John and Roinid
Head Islands, has deep water, but good holding ground, and there
is never any sea; it may be entered either from NE. or SW.

A shoal, with 4^ fathoms water over it, lies ^( mile N. ()G° W.
{N. 34° W. mag.) from Round Head Point, and is the only isolated
danger in the harbor.

Beacons. — Two pairs of white beacons indicate the anchorage
for large ships in 17 fathoms water.

Well Bay, NW. of Round Head Point, affords good anchorage
for small vessels in 7 fathoms water, over sand, but shoal water
extends 200 yards from the north shore. The well that gives the
name to the bay is a curious excavation, 05 feet deep in the rock,
near the path that connects Well Bay with St. John Harbor; the
depth of water in the well is about 30 feet.

Beacons. — Two pairs or white beacons, on the shores of Well
Bay, indicate the anchorage in 10 fathoms water.

Sheep Island lies off the north shore near the NE. entrance of
Good Bay, and has a reef extending 400 yards SE. from it, that is
joined to Plat Point, east of the entrance, by a shoal bank.

Barred Bay, formed between Flat Point and Sheep Island,
affords anchorage to small craft, but the holding ground is bad.

Hare Island, ^ mile ENE. of Round Head Island, is low and
rugged, with shoals extending nearly 400 yards from the SW.
extreme.

Passage Shoals, lying between Round Head and Hare Islands,
360 yards from the former, have a deep passage on either side of
them, and consist of two heads, the western with 6 feet water over
it, and the eastern nearly 200 yards from it, with a depth of 3|
fathoms.

Bayot Shoal, with 7 feet least water, is a large flat i mile from
the north extreme of Hare Island. Rich Point, seen open, north of
Round Head, leads north of this shoal, and the summit of the north-
ern highland of St. John, in line with the middle of the western of
the Turr Islands, leads NE. of this shoal. (SeeH. O. Chart No. 1105.)

The NE. coast of St. John Island is foul from Flat to Turret
Points, the latter so called from a circular mound near the extreme.

Wolf Rock, at the NE. extreme of these shoals, is almost joined
to Turret Point by rocks and a bank, and is continued SE. by
Wolf Tail, a reef i mile long. Numerous shoals, with 3^ to 5 fath-
oms water, lie south of this at a mile distant from the shore. Re-
culoux Shoal, the 'easternmost of these, has over it a depth of 2^
fathoms, and lies f mile N. 38° W. (N. 6° W. mag.) from the north
extreme of Hare Island.

Clearing Marks.— Round Head Island, open SE. of Flat Point,
bearing S. 44° W. (S. 76° W. mag.), leads SE., and the ravine in

ff' >

288

nj:wfouni)land — west coast.

the southern highland of St. John, open east of Hare Island, bearinj?
S. ;}7° E. (S. 5° E. mag.) leads NE. of all these shoals.

Directions.— In proceeding to Good Bay from the southwest-
ward, Horn Spit must be avoided, and Round Head approached to
a distance of 200 yards to clear the shoal with 4^ fathoms water.
Anchorage may then be had as convenient, but the best place is in
35 fathoms, mud, with Round Head S. a:}° E. (S. 9° W. mag.), a
little nearer the west than the east coast. From the northeastward,
keep the south extreme of Horn Island in line with Flat Point, to
pass in mid-channel between Bayot Shoal and those south of Wolf
Island, and when Bayot Shoal is passed, keep in mid-channel
between Flat Point and Round Head Island.

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Good Bay at lOh.
40m. ; springs rise 7^ feet, neaps rise 5^ feet.

Turret Bay, f mile west of Turret Point, extends about i mile
in a southerly direction and is shallow, but affords good shelter
for small fishing craft in from li to 3 fathoms; temporary anchor-
age may also be obtained off this bay in 12 fathoms water.

Fossil Shoal is a large bank with 6 feet least water, stretching
along the line of the coast from the west point of Turret Bay at a
distance of nearly ^ mile from the shore.

Shoal.— A shoal, with 4^ fathoms water over it, lies about 1,600
yards NNW. from St. John Island, but its exact position is doubt-
ful, and shoal casts of from 7^ to 9 fathoms have been frequently
obtained in the channel between Twin Islands and those to the
eastward.

(B. A. Chart No. 1690.)

Flat Island, about one mile from the west side of St. John Island,
is low, smooth, and wooded at the east end, and has rocks and
shoals extending off the south side, also fringing the SE. shore to
the middle of the island at GOO yards; The Watchman (Le Guet-
teur) is the southeastern of these dangers. The north side is dan-
gerous, and should not be approached nearer than i mile.

Twin Islands, 2i miles north of Flat Island, are low, flat, and
covered with grass. A shoal, with 4 fathoms water over it, lies
H miles S. 70° E. (S. 38° E. mag.) from the north extreme of north
Twin Island. There is a solitary house on the southern of the
Twin Islands.

Turr or Bird Islands (lies aux Godes) lie northeastward of
Hare Island, and are low and grassy. The western and highest is
one mile from Hare Island, and is joined to the eastern by shoal water.

The Calculus (Le Calculo), a small rock halfway between Turr
Islands and the mainland, may be approached to a distance of 100
yards all round, and there are clear passages on each side of it.

[sland, boarinj?
lis.

tho southwest-
approached to
fathoms water,
best place is in
[)° W. mag.), a
northeastward,
. Flat Point, to
south of Wolf
n mid-channel

)od Bay at lOh.

Is about i mile
Is good shelter
iporary anchor-
3 water.

ater, stretching
Durret Bay at a

lies about 1,600
(sition is doubt-
jeen frequently
id those to the

3t. John Island,
las rocks and
le SE. shore to
man (Le Guet-
rth side is dan-
mile.

low, flat, and

er over it, lies

;reme of north

outhern of the

rtheastward of

and highest is

3y shoal water.

Y between Turr

distance of 100

1 side of it.

ISLANDS.

»•»

Whale Islands, nearly 5 niiloH south of Twin Islands, consist of
two large islands, low, lliit, and grassy, and sttvcrul isluts and it'cfs
south of tlieni, among which Imats find sludlur in bud weatliiM'.
Dolmen (the western) Island has a remarkable cliff 20 feet high at
tho east extreme, and shoals extend J mile south from it; the south
sides of these islands should not be approached nearer than a mile.

Freyciuet Shoal, with 7 f'eet water over it, lies J mile N. I'i" W.
(N. 20° E. mag.) from the NE. extreme of Whale Islands.

James Island, :i^ miles ENE, of Twin Islands, is about 20 feet
high, covered with grass and clear on all sides, and has at its south
extreme a curious rock resembling a vessel under sail.

Fox Islands (Les Jumelles de la Terre), 2 miles north of
Whale Islands, consist of tw«j flat islands about 20 feet high, cov-
ered with grass, an islet south of the channel between them, and
Breton Reef, that uncovers at one mile SW. of the Western Island.
Vessels should not pass through the channels in this group, but
the passages between Breton Reef, Freyciuet Shoal, and James
Island are clear. Fishing boats and small schaoners anchor in the
space between tho two large islands, but the holding ground is bad
and sea heavy from the north.

Coast. — Squid Cove, south of Castor Point, is shallow and open
to the westward ; from the north point of the cove shoal water ex-
tends nearly 2^^ miles, in a westerly direct ioji to Testu Bank, with
4 fathoms water over it. Clou^ Shoal, with 3 feet \^ater over it,
is between the north point of Squid Cove and Testu Bank, about
1^ miles from the former.

(H.O. Chart No. 60tt».)

Castors Harbor, north of Castor Point, and suitable only for
small vessels, is entered between Castor and Yellow Points, the
former of the two being low, wooded, and bordered by rocks that
extend nearly a mile from the shore.

The harbor extends 2 miles eastward from Yellow Point; the
entrance is apparently J mile wide, but banks stretch off both
shores, and they are fringed by shoals, making the entrance nar-
row and intricate.

Beacons. — There are two beacons on Yellow Point.

White Island, J mile west of Yellow Point, has a small rock
lying 250 yards north, and shoals extending ^ mile SE. of it, but
both island and rock are fairly steep-to on the north and west
sides. Upon the summit of the larger White Island there is a pile
of ?tones surmounted by three dead trees.

The Bar, a low rock, lying nearly in the middle of the harbor ^
within the entrance, is not easily seen, except at low water, at
which time there is no difficulty in rounding the south extreme.

MPHMMI

'iOO

NEWI'(HrM)LANn — WKST <'(»AMT.

Directions.— From tlie Houthwiml: St. MiirKun't Mouiitaiii, tli«
first hi^li Iiiiid iioi'tli of the Imrbor, hIiouM l»e l»ioii>rlif in lino
witli tlui (Mist fxtrciiKM.f tlic har." part of Yiillow Point, I>(>ariiig
N. 48' E. (N. 81° K. ina^.). Tliis mark will l.-ad 180 yards NW".
of Testu Bank, 400 yards NW. of thu hank oir (Jastor Point, and
4S0 yards SK. of thu shoals off Whito Island. When a summit to
tho south of a wooded lull at tlic hcatl comes in lino with tho
NE. extromo of flic high-water lino of Tho Bar, 1)earing N. 8(;° E.
(8. or E. mag.), Ihat course must he stoorod till tho hoacon.s on
Yellow Point are in lino. Keep tho beacons in lino astern
N. 46° W. (N. 12° W. mag.) and round south of The Bar to the
anchorage in 3^ fathoms about east from Tho Bar.

If the beacons on Yellow Point should bo down, a remarkable
notcli in the highlands of St. John, east of the hare point of tliat
hill, should be kept a littlo north of the square bowlder on the
south shore, S. 46° E. (S. U° E. mag.).

A small vessel not drawing more than 13 feet water can anchor
in the basin at the' head by waiting for high water to go there.
Caribou and Mosquito Coves at the head are fit only for small
schooners. Castor River, on tho south shore, flows from a large
poncl a short distance inland.

Tide.— It is high water, full and change, in Castors Harbor at
loll. 60m. ; springs rise 6 feet (approximate). As the tidal stream
is strong both in the entrance and at the anchorage, it is better
not to enter nor leave except at slack water.

John Meagher Cove, north of Yellow Point, is open to the
west and encumbered with shoals off both points and in the cove.
Black Islet, NNW. k W. about 2 miles from White Island, is low
and surrounded by rocks that cover and shoals that extend NNW.
i mile from the islet. There is passage for boats only between it
and the shore.

Maldigues Cove is 3^ miles wide, between Black Islet and
F(?rolle Point, and is filled with shoals, some of which are a mile
from the shore, but may be cleared by keeping F(<rolle Point east
of N. 34° E. (N. 67° E. mag.).

Old Boy Shoal, Avith i\; fathoms, lies SSW. l^V miles from
F^rolle Point, and with G^ to 8 fathoms between it and the shoals
off Maldigues Cove.

New F6rolle Peninsula, of moderate height and partly
wooded, is 2 miles long from FdroUo Point at the SW. extreme
to New Fdrolle Point at tlie NE., and is joined to the main by a
narrow, low isthmus, over which the mast-! of the fishing vessels
can be seen. The NW. shore is steep-to, but New Fdrolle Point
is foul 400 yards off.

8T. MAIiOAltKT HAV.

291

Moiuitiiiii, tli(<
•oii^lit in line
Point, l)r«iiring
80 yards NW.
it or Point, anil
Ml a suniniit to
linu with tho
,ring N. 80° E.
;lio beacons on
II lino astern
riie Bar to the

, a remarkable
B point of that
lowlder on the

kter can anchor
iv to go there,
only for small
's from a large

tors Harbor at
he tidal stream
ige, it is better

is open to the
nd in the cove.
) Island, is low
extend NNW.
>nly between it

ack Islet and
lich are a mile
■olle Point east

^ miles from
and the shoals

; and partly
SW. extreme
the main by a

fishing vessels
F(5rolle Point

Beacon. — A stono cairn about 20 feet high, snrmounttMl by two
dead ti'cfos, is cnx^tud at a short distance within Fcrollo Point, and
is conspicuous when seen from seaward.

Jehenne Bank.— A roc^k, with a depth of 10 foot on it, is
situated on .lehenno Bank, in a position witli New FeroUe Point
oastorn extnano 2,050 yards S. 4" E. (S. 'Z'.)° W. mag.)-

From this rock tho bank, within the 10 fatiioins lino, extends
i mile SW. by S. and tho same distance NE. by N., tho westorn
part having 5^ to 7 fathoms over it.

New F^roUe Cove extends nearly one milo soutliward from
New FtlroUe Point, and is exposed to the northeastward. It has
bad anchorage, but is much freipiented.

An extensive shoal, with from 'Z to 2^ fathoms water over it,
occupies the center of this cove, extending as far to the NE. as u
line between New F^rolle to Black Points. Anchorage, in 4
fathoms water, may be obtained at i mile S. 28° E. (S. 5° W.
mag.) from New Fdrolle Point.

St. Margaret Bay is entered between Black Point, that sepa-
rates it from New Fdrolle Cove and Dog Peninsula, of moderate
height, covered with brushwood and faced by cliffs.

This bay is 3^ miles deep, but the eastern portion is filled with
islets and shoal banks, among which only very small craft can find
shelter. The west side is fairly clear, and anchorage may be had
in South Cove though exposed to the northward. Care must be
taken, however, to anchor in the small space with mud bottom in
not less than 6 fathoms water, with the fall of the highlands of
St. John open west of a large square stone at the head of South
Cove, and St. Margaret Mountain in line with the west reef inside
Rase Island. Everywhere else the bottom consists of slippery
rocks with long seaweed, over which the anchor slips continuously.
A shoal with 3f fathoms lies 300 yards inside the anchorage.

Entrance Shoal, with 9 feet water, lies 600 yards east of Black
Point and is steep-to. The west shore of the entrance is foul, and
to reach the anchorage the extreme of Dog Peninsula should be
brought to bear North (N. 33' E. mag.) and kept on that bearing
astern.

Beacon. — A beacon, consisting of a stone cairn, surmounted by
a staff and barrel, painted black, stands on the eastern point of
South Cove; and there is a similar beacon on the westernmost
highest point of Dog Peninsula.

Ice. — St. Margaret Bay freezes late in November or in December,
and breaks up about the middle of May.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in St. Margaret Bay
at lOh. 31m. ; springs rise 6i, and with strong southerly winds 6^
feet.

292

NKVVKOUNDLANI) — WK8T COAST.

(H, O. Chart No. flOfl.)

Coast— Tho coivHt from St. MfvrKiirot Bay to Old F.<roll.. Hiirbor,
a (liHtaiico of 4J miloH, in low and iiKhmtod with sovoral oj)on covoh,
on th(> short's of which uro somo liutH. This portion of tho cottHt
is (linicult to ilistiiififuish from a (listancn, and should not h(< ap-
])roavih('d nciircir than | mile.

Woody Hill, Ifll fcot high, and tho hiKhost part of tho shore
raiiKO, is tolorahly consijicuous in (doar weather, having a bare
j)atch on the sea face tluit ludps to distinguish it when seen against
the high ranges of the background.

Brig Bay is immediately oast of Grave Point, tho NE. extreme
of Woody Hill; tho point is shoal for 200 yards 8(«awiird. A shoal,
with 15 feet water over it, is situated 4f»0 yards N. 17° E. (N. fi<)°
E. mag.) from Grave Point, and there are depths of loss than 6
fathoms between it and Grave Point.

Entrance Island, (too yards NE. of Grave Point, forms the NE.
side of the entrance to Brig Bay and Old F<<rolle Harbor; it is
about 10 feet in height, WO yards in diametei-, and formed of gray
flat stones. Rocks that cover and shoal water extend 470 yards
SW. from the island ; tho north side is shoal for 200 yards, but the
east is bold-to; a shingle spit, stoop-to, extends from the SE.
extreme.

Beacon. — There is a beacon, consisting of a pile of stones sur-
mounted by a pole, on Entrance Island, also a beacon near the
SW. extreme of Old Fdrolle Island, and two leading beacons, con-
sisting of poles surmounted by casks colored white, situated on
the shore SE. of Front Point, but no dei)endence should be placed
on their being in position.

Directions. — To enter by the Southern Pass, the two leading
beacons should be brought in line, bearing S. 62° E. (S. 29° E. mag.),
which leads SW. of the shoals extending from Entrance Island,
and about 100 yards NE. of the 15-foot rock oflP Grave Point; when
the beacons on Entrance and Old F^rolle Islands come in line,
bearing about N. 14° E. (N. 47° E. mag.), or when Grave Point
bears S. 22° W. (S. 55° W. mag.), these shoals will be passed, and
the beacons in line may be used as a stem mark, or the west shore
of Brig Bay should be steered for, keeping it 150 yards distant,
until the first cove opens on the west shore, when anchorage may
be obtained in 6^ fathoms water, over mud, with good holding
ground.

Vessels bound north and requiring only temporary anchorage
should go to this bay, as it can be left easily with westerly winds.

Old FdroUe Island, bare on the seaward face and covered with
gray flat stones, is separated from the north side of Entrance

OLD kkUOU.K llAKlidU — U1UKCT10N8.

2ua

VroUc lliirhor,
ml opon covcH,
m of th»» coiist
)ul(l not Im» iip-

,rt of the 8liorp
hrtviiiK II hiiro
i?n Hmm iigaiiist

10 NE. oxtromo

vanl. A shoal,

. 17° E. (N. fi()°

of loss tlian 5

, forms tho NE.

,0 Harbor; it is

formed of gray

tend 470 yards

yards, hut tho

1 from tho SE.

e of stones sur-
)eacon near the
ig beacons, con-
lito, situated on
hould be placed

he two leading

;S. 29°E.mag.),

Intrance Island,

^ve Point; when

come in line,

in Grave Point

be passed, and

the west shore

yards distant,

anchorage may

good holding

[rary anchorage
westerly winds,
covered with
ie of Entrance

Island by a channel !J()() yardw widi'. wlilcli is um«m1 by )K>atH and
Ninali sclidiiiiors, A Hmnll rock li*'s ui llii< niiddl<- nf this cIuuiid'I.
Tint iiiglit>Ht [tarts of the islmid tu( iiig tho dutiuiv covorttd with dnid
treeH, except onu-third of lln west ond. (hat is grHHuy.

Beacon. — A beacon, coiiHiMi/ig of a piloof Mtont'SMurmonntodby
a poll', stands on West Moujid (62 fnt ), but should not li»' liopondcd
on as Ix'ing in position.

Old F^roUe Harbor, formed botwoen tin* mainland and tlio
islands oil', is about one niilo in a NK. diroctioii witli uii average
breadth of U( HI yards between the *)-futlioni lines, and entered by
two channels. Southern Pass, .south of Kntraiice Island, uid North-
ern Pass, east of Fish Island, the latter practicable for small ves-
sels only. Local magnetic disturbance of th(> (iompass has been
rejjortod hero.

Directions.— Bring tlie beacons in line, bearing S. 03° E. (S. 3!)°
E. mag.), and steer for them until Debon Peninsula opens oast of
Entrance Island, bearing N. 'u'' E. (East mag. ), then round into tho
channel, passing rather loss than 200 yards from Entrance Ishuid,
and between it and tho mainland, keeping near tho north shore,
and anchor N W. of Debon Peninsula in from G to 9 fathoms wate. ,
or proceed farther NE. and anchor in 7 fathoms, with tho fresh-
water stream bearing N. 80° E. (S. 07° E. mag.).

To proceed to tho northward by the north channel from tho
anchorage, tho oast shore of Old Fdrolle Island must be kept close
aboard, and Entrance Island just shut in, bearing S. 43° W. (S. 70°
W. mag.), before the stream bears East (S. 57" E. mag.) ; this mark
will lead in 3;^ fathoms at low water. When the east extreme of
Fish Island boars North (N, 33° E. mag. ) steer for it, and anchor
as convenient in 7 fathoms water, over mud.

To enter by the Northern Pass, it would be better to mark tlio
east end of the bank off Fish Island by a buoy or boat. This bank
should be passed at a distance of 40 yards, and when rounded, steer
for i mile toward the summit of Old Fdrolle Island, when anchor-
age may be obtained in 7 fathoms water, over mud.

This entrance is difficult to distinguish, and care should be taken
not to mistake another passige between the islands for it.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Old Fdrolle Harbor
at 9h. 4Gm. ; springs rise 5 feet (approximate). The tidal streams
follow the direction of the wind when it blows freshly, but the
flood runs ordinarily to the south and the ebb to the north.

Seal Cove, f mile noi-th of Fish Island, is open to the west and
does not afford good anchorage. Seal Point, north of this cove,
has a reef extending from it 360 yards.

Cape Ste. Genevieve, '} mile NE. of Seal Point, is low, covered
with small trees, fringed by shoals, and should not be approached
within i mile.

^mmmm

204

'vm"'inwiif^

NEWFOUNDLAND WEST COAST.

Cape Islet, a small islet, is nearly joined to the north side of the
(!ape by shoal water.

Pond Cove, east of this islet, is a mile deep, completely open
to the north and filled with shoals. The east side of this cove is
formed by Southwest Point, low, wooded, and narrow.

Entry Island lies close north of Southwest Point, with shoal
water between and passage only for small boats. It is composed
of shingle with a little verdure at the summit, is low and difficult
to recognize. Reefs stretch west of this island, leaving only a
passage 200 yards wide between them and the shoals oflf Gooseberry
Island.

Gooseberry Island, a little more than ^ mile north from Entry
Island, is low and flat, covered with grass and with staep sides,
and is nearly a mile long and 300 yards wide. The SW. portion
is bordered by reefs that extend two-thirds of the distance to
Entry Island, near the extreme of which is Porpoise Rock, that
uncovers at half tide and is 600 yards from Entry Island.

Lobster Island, with a small green mound on it, lies a short
distance east of the NE. point of Gooseberry Island, and continues
SW. in shoals and rocks for a distance of 200 yards.

A Bank, part of which uncovers at low water, lies between
Lobster Island and Porpoise Rock.

Green Rocks, 600 yards SE. of Lobster Island, cover at high
water and are bold-to on the south side. There is a depth of 19
feet in the channel between Green Rocks and Lobster Island.

Current Island, aboiit -J- mile north of Gooseberry Island, is
larger than the latter, but about the same height ; it is flat and
covered with verdure. The outer coasts are fringed by bowlders,
and have a depth of 6 fathoms 200 yards from the shore. Fisher-
man Cove is a small indentation on the north side, in which are
some huts. Current Island is separated from the mainland by
North Pass, i mile wide, with 3 feet in it at low water.

Beacon. — A beacon, consisting of a pile of stones surmounted
by a pole, is situated on the west mound.

Ste. Genevieve Bay is formed by Entry, Gooseberry, and Cur-
rent Islands and the mainland. All the east coast of the bay is
wooded, low, and without any distinctive features. It is bordered
by shoals, several of which are grouped off the SE. side of Entry
Island, leaving, however, sufficient space for a good anchorage for
fishing craft between them and Entry Island, in 3f to 5 fathoms.

Great Bank, 4^ mile long, is 1,400 yards ENE. of Entry Island
and i mile from the east side of the bay. Several portions of this
bank uncover at low water, but there is a clear passage between it
and the main.

north side of the

completely open
e of this cove is
rrow.

*oint, with shoal
It is composed
low and difficult
, leaving only a
lis oflf Gooseberry

lorth from Entry

Avith staep sides,

rhe SW. portion

' the distance to

rpoise Rock, that

y Island.

on it, lies a short

nd, and continues

•ds.

,ter, lies between

id, cover at high
is a depth of 19
bster Island,
leberry Island, is
ht; it is flat and
ged by bowlders,
e shore. Fisher-
;ide, in which are
the mainland by
water,
ones surmounted

seberry, and Cur-
ast of the bay is
It is bordered

E. side of Entry
lod anchorage for
}J to 5 fathoms,

of Entry Island
1 portions of this
assage between it

ST. BABBE HARBOR.

295

A Shoal, with 10 feet water on it, lies halfway between Great
Bank and Entry Island.

Crab Rocks, 200 yards north of Lobster Island, cover av high
water, with the exception of three small heads. They are sur-
rounded by a shoal bank in all directions, and, with the shoals off
Gooseberry and Current Islands, nearly block the channel.

Mutton, Coot, and Beef Islands stretch in a line south of the
eastern end of Current Island, separated from themselves and Cur-
rent Island by channels fit for boats only. From the soutliern,
Beef Island, a bank with 13 feet deepest water stretches to the
mainland.

Anchorage with perfect safety may be had east of the passage
between Beef and Coot Islands in 5 fathoms, mud.

A Bank extends NE. of Mutton Island, leaving only a narrow
passage between it and the mainland, into which small craft may
enter by keeping close to the mainland till Current Island north
extreme bears N. 33° W. (North mag.).

Directions. — No stranger should enter this bay without a pilot.
The channels are intricate and narrow, the passages lying between
dangerous sunken rocks.

Ice.— St. Genevieve Bay freezes late in November or during
December, and breaks up about the middle of May.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in St. Genevieve Bay
at lOh. 43m. ; springs rise 6^ feet, neaps rise 4 feet.

(H. O. Chart No. 660.)

Black Duck Cove, one mile NE. of Current Island, is an open
bight, where there are several fishermen's houses.

St. Barbe Point, nearly 2 miles NE. of Current Island, is
bordered by a shingle beach and broken white stones, and the
coast is tolerably steep, low, and wooded, and should not be
approached nearer than 400 yards.

Beacon. — A beacon, consisting of a pile of stones surmounted
by a dead tree, stands on the point.

St. Barbe Bay, 1^ miles wide between St. Barbe and Anchor
Points, is fringed on its north and east shores by dangerous shoals,
the western of which, Winter Flat, with 10 teet least water over
it, is nearly 800 yards offshore; outside the harbor the holding
ground is very foul and rocky.

St. Barbe Harbor, at the south end of the bay, is entered between
Harbor Point on the west side, which may be recognized by a
lobster factory on it, and Stony Point on the east, which is marked
by three beacons. The rocks are limestone of nearly horizontal
strata; slioal water extends a short distance off botii shores, and
the harbor stretches in an easterly direction with depths of 3^ to

~ < ^i^ ^:siii^^JfMiiii^iam:iff.-i>.f!.W't

:*a«fe-v.t_rJii4--M'i.i

296

NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST COAST.

4^ fathoms ; from this it gradually shoals in the same direction to
East River.

Beacons. — The outer beacon is close to the beach, and consists
of a post with a whitewashed barrel on the top ; the middle beacon
consists of a cone with a stick on top ; the inner beacon has two
cones placed vertically, the upper of which is white and sur-
mounted by a cross ; when in line these beacons bear S. 69" E. (S.
35° E. mag.).

Directions.— Bring the beacons on Stony Point in line, to pass
between "Winter Flat and the shoal water off the south shore, in
not less than 6 fathoms water ; when the house in Traitant Cove
(the first bend on the west side of the harbor) comes open of Harbor
Point, bearing about south (S. 34° W. mag.), steer mid-channel
into the harbor and anchor in 4i fathoms water, over mud, good
holding ground, with the wharf in Traitant Cove bearing S. 44°
W. (S. 78° W. mag.) and Harbor Point N. 46° W. (N. 12° W. mag.).
The settlers report that the bay breaks right across after heavy
westerly gales.

Ice. — St. Barbe Bay freezes late in November or during Decem-
ber, and breaks up about the middle of May.

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in St. Barbe Harbor
at lOh. ; springs rise 4 feet, neaps rise 3 feet. The stream in
the center runs one hour after the inshore tide.

Winter Cove, in the NE. corner of St. Barbe Bay, i.s completely
open to the westward, and the entrance is partially obstructed by
reefs stretching from the south point.

Ice Point, low and narrow^, with shoals off the extreme, lies half-
way between Winter and Anchor Coves.

Anchor Point is low and continued by a ledge extending ^ mile.
The beacons on Stony Point in line lead well clear of this ledge.

Anchor Cove is situated immediately east of the point and is
open to SW. A few schooners can moor head and stern and lie in
safety, as the heavy sea breaks on the entrance points, and only
the swell runs up the cove. The houses at the head of this cove
are very conspicuous.

The Coast to the northeastward of Anchor Point is low and
shoal, and should not be approached nearer than ^ mile.

Deadman Cove, if miles from Anchor Point, contains some
houses, and is marked by a conspicuous black cliff on the north
point.
Bear Cove, f mile northeastward, also contains some houses.
Sea Islands, 3J^ miles from Anchor Point, are a group of four
islands and some rocks, separated from the main by a narrow
channel fit for boats. The outer island is of white rock, and the
inner and largest covered with grass, with several houses near the
summit.

■MP

le direction to

, and consists
middle beacon
sacon has two
hite and sur-
,r S. 69" E. (S.

in line, to pass
outh shore, in
Traitant Cove
)pen of Harbor
ir mid-channel
ver mud, good
bearing S. 44°
. 12°W. mag.).
ss after heavy

during Decem-

Barbe Harbor
The stream in

y, is completely
obstructed by

breme, lies half-

:tending i mile.

>f this ledge.

le point and is
Istern and lie in

»ints, and only
lad of this cove

lint is low and
Imile.
contains some
on the north

Bome houses.

group of four

by a narrow

rock, and the

louses near the

FLOWER AND NAMELESS COVES.

297

Seal Ledges lie NW. 300 yards from Seal Islands and are steep- to.

Fillot Bank, with 5^ fathoms water over it, but on which a
depth of 19 feet has been reported, lies l^V miles N. 8()° W. (N. 52°
W, mag.) from Capstan Point and off the entrance of Flower and
Nameless Coves ; it is about 400 yards in extent in a N. by E. and
S. by W. direction.

Flower Cove, eastward of Seal Islands, is much frequented by
fishing craft, and affords good anchorage to vessels of moderate
length drawing less than 10 feet water, but is not readily recog-
nized, there being nearly as many houses on Inner Seal Island and
in Nameless Cove, li miles to the northward. The courthouse, a
large, square house, of a much darker color than any of the others,
is situated on the highest part of Capstan Point.

The cove is nearly one mile long, i mile wide at the entrance,
and narrows to the head. Rocky Islet lies in the middle of the
entrance, with shoal water between it and the north shore.

It is reported that the depths in Flower Cove have shoaled, and
that there are 2^ feet less water than is charted.

Directions. — Seal Island should be rounded at a distance of at
least i mile to clear Seal Ledges, and when the rocky islet bears
N. 86° E. (S. 60° E. mag.) it may be steered for and passed in mid-
channel between the islet and the south point.

Anchorage, may be had eastward of the islet in 3^ fathoms, or
by keeping farther east in mid-channel, in the same depth, inside
the peninsula on the south shore.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Flower Cove at
lOh. 6m. ,

Capstan Point, north of this cove, is low, fringed by a stony
beach, and continued by shoals i mile.

Nameless Cove, NE. of Capstan Point, is fit only for vessels
drawing less than 9 feet. It is nearly filled by islands and shoals.
Flower Island is the western and largest, surmounted by a house.
Herb Island, the next highest, is E. by S. of it, and north of the
passage between these two is Slab Island, the lowest.

Directions. — Bring the eastern fishing stage at the head a little
open north of Herb Island, N. 61° E. (S. 86° E. mag.), and pass
between that and Slab Island at a third of the distance across
from Herb Island, and when the western fishing stage bears North
(N. 34° W. mag.) steer for it and anchor in 3^ fathoms, with the
north extreme of Slab Island West (N. 56° W. mag.). Care must
be taken to avoid a bank NE. of Herb Island. There is another
small space for anchorage, reached by passing east of the bank
NE. of Herb Island, in 13 feet water.

Small craft enter this cove by passing between Herb Island and
the south shore.

MMMlUWibdMtttt

298

NEW FOUNDLAND — WEvST COAST.

The aiichorage SW. of Flower Island off the entrance of Name-
less Cove is bad.

Flower Ledges, parts of which uncover at low water, extend
f mile NW. of Flower Island. To pass west of Flower Ledges
keep the houses in Bear Cove open west of Seal Islands.

Grenville Ledges, with 2 feet water, are f mile NE. of Flower
Ledges, and are 600 yards from the coast.

Mistaken Cove, NE. of Nameless Cove, is nearly dry at low-
water ; the surrounding coast is low and covered with vegetation.

Savage Cove, l^ miles from Mistaken Cove, affords good anchor-
age to small vessels, in 13 feet water, and is easy of access.

The passage in is north of Cooper Island, that is nearly joined
to the south shore, and on which are the fishing establishments.
Strong north winds produce a heavy swell in the cove.

Tides.— From Anchor Point to Belle Isle Strait the tidal streams
along the coast sometimes attain a velocity of 2 knots an hour, and
assist in making navigation dangerous. When not influenced by
a strong breeze, the flood runs SW. and the ebb NE.

(H. O. Chart No. 974.)

The Coast from Anchor Point to Cape Norman is low, without
any remarkable feature.

Sandy Bay, a little more than a mile NE. of Savage Cove, is
quite open. Small vessels can find temporary anchorage in 4f
fathoms, with shelter from east to SW. through south.

Double Ledge, with 8 feet water, lies a little more than | mile
off the shore, nearly 2 miles from Sandy Bay. ,

Green Island, f mile off shore, 5 miles NE. of Sandy Bay, is
narrow, low, and covered with grass at the summit, and can be
seen 10 miles in clear weather.

A Reef stretches f mile off the NE. end of the island and breaks
with any sea. The east extreme of the reef is within ^ mile of the
Newfoundland shore.

Anchorage may be had in 8 fathoms between Green Island and
Newfoundland, with fair shelter from all winds, but those from
east and west produce a tolerably high sea.

Straight Coast begins at the west point, 4 miles from Green
Island, and runs in nearly a straight line 20 miles to Boat Penin-
sula. It is fringed by gray rocky cliff, steep-to. There is a small
creek for boats 11^ miles from Green Island, and another about a
mile farther east. The coast is barren throughout.

Boat Peninsula projects about ^ mile. Boat Stern, the west
point, is steep and forms the east point of Open Bay, off the west
point of which shoal water extends some distance. Boat Head, the
east extreme of the peninsula, is surrounded by a dangerous reef

trance of Name-

)w water, extend

' Flower Ledges

slands.

e NE. of Flower

larly dry at low

with vegetation.

»rds good anchor-

of access.

is nearly joined

; establishments.

cove.

the tidal streams

lots an hour, and

lot influenced by

JJE.

1 is low, without

Savage Cove, is
anchorage in 4f
louth.
nore than -^ mile

af Sandy Bay, is
iiuit, and can be

Island and breaks
ihin ^ mile of the

Green Island and
, but those from

tiiles from Green
es to Boat Penin-
There is a small
[ another about a
at.

,t Stern, the west

Bay, off the west

Boat Head, the

a dangerous reef

OOOK IIABBOB.

299

extending some distance from the shore. Boat Cove, east of Boat
Pemnsula, is open to the northeastward. Small vessels can anchor
there with offshore winds.

(H. O. Chart No. 151.)

Cape Norman, a point of bare rock with low cliffs, is steep-to
on^its west and north sides, but south from it the coast becomes

Idght-From a hexagonal tower, 65 feet in height and painted
white, a revolving white light, with a period of revolution of two
minutes is exhibited at an elevation of 116 feet, and should be
visible 16 miles.

Fog Sign^._A steam fog horn gives blasts of five seconds
duration at intervals of thirty-five seconds during thick or foggv
weather. 1 he fog-signal house is 70 yards east of the lighthouse
and elevated 67 feet above high water.

Tidal Streams—At Cape Norman the inshore streams run two
hours after high and low water, and in the center of the strait
until four hours after.

Cape Norman Bay, a mile wide between Whale Point and the
mw. extreme of the peninsula dividing it from Cook Harbor is
entirely open to the northeastward, and affords no safe anchorage

Cook Point. IS a low tongue of land, off which Cook Kocks and
other dangers extend f mile.

Priest Rock, with 13 feet water, is the western of these shoals
and lies 1,300 yards N. 18° W. (N. 16° E. mag.) from Cook Point

Tvr^«^^*?xr ?^?'J^*^ ^^ ^'^*' '' *^^ «^^*«^^' ^^d is 1,300 yards
N. 36 E. (N. 69° E. mag.) from Cook Point.

To pass between these two shoals, keep Whale Cave (Le Trou de
^ Baleine) under Burnt Cape, between Black Island and Black
Rock, bearing S. 46° E. (S. 12° E. mag.).

Cook Harbor is formed south of Cook Point by a group of
islands lying parallel to it. ^

Nei^e Bay is a small indentation NW. of Fauvette Island, with
a fashing establishment on the shores.

The entrance of the harbor is not easily distinguished from the
eastward, the uniform height of the land rendering recognition
^'^ll\^^y^^^^^ of Cape Ddgrat, kept between Cape Onion
and the Mewstone, bearing N. 87° E. (S. 59° E. mag.), will lead to
the entrance. Enter the harbor on the south shore, keeping about
i mile from Green Island and 300 yards from Schooner Island
Round nearly 200 yards SW. of Prosper Islet, then steer for the
JVE. point of Neige Bay, to clear the shoals NE. of Fauvette Island
and anchor in from 4 to 6 fathoms water, over sand and mud. '

14910 20

w.imi^^miiWi^m«m,^smrs^i,^Si^i,

Ami'': ry,:^

"BUT*'

300

NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST C0A8T.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Cook Harbor at
7h. 25m. ; springs rise 3^ feet, neaps rise 2^ feet.

Fistolet Bay is entered between Black Island and Burnt Cape,
a width of 3 miles, is 6 miles deep and 5 miles wide at the head.
Shallow Bay, on the west side of Pistolet Bay, is formed by the
main and Boisdes Islands, a group extending south from Schooner
Island, There is anchorage in 4 fathoms just west of Boisdes
Island, but the bottom is sprinkled with bowlders, the holding
ground is bad, and sea from the eastward reaches the anchorage.

All the SW. part of Pistolet Bay being exposed to NE., affords
only temporary anchorage, and the shores at the head are shallow
^ mile from the shore.

Burnt Cape, the east point of the entrance of Pistolet Bay, is
the extreme of a high barren peninsula of a whitish color 223 feet
high. On the west face is a deep hole, called Whale Cave (Le
Trou de la Baleine), conspicuous from westward.

Triangle Point, low and wooded, stretches f mile from the
south shore of the bay, and is continued by banks that leave a
passage a mile wide between them and Dog Bank.

Chien (Dog) Rock nearly covers at high water, and is the
summit of a bank extending nearly 1^ miles from the SW, extreme
of Burnt Cape Peninsula.

Milan Arm is at the SE. end of the Pistolet Bay, and extends
3^ miles to the southeastward and 2 miles to the eastward. On
the north side of the entrance is Trompe I'CEil Point, composed of
low rocks and bowlders, running parallel to the south shore of the
bay, and continued by shoals for a distance of about a mile,

Parker Biver empties just west of the entrance to Milan Arm,
A group of huts marks the entrance to the river and the south
point of Milan Arm, A salmon fishery is carried on here by some
Indians.

Mic-mac Islet lies in the entrance to Milan Arm, and is small
and grassy.

Directions. — To find anchorage in Pistolet Bay available for
vessels of moderate draft only : Steer up the bay with Triangle
Point bearing S, 20° W, (S, 54° W. mag.) or nearly parallel to the
west side of Burnt Cape. Dog Rock will soon be seen if carefully
looked for, and the huts at the entrance to Parker River. On this
course, when the huts bear S, 41° E, (S. 7° E. mag.) steer S. 31°
E. (S. 3° W, mag,) for the gap in the hills south of the huts, to
pass between Dog Rock and Triangle Point Banks, Round I^og
Rock at J mile, when a fair anchorage will be found in 4^ taulioms,
stones and gravel,

A small vessel may proceed to the best anchorage in the bay, off
Parker River, A vessel drawing less than 16 feet water can enter

MMMttl

look Harbor at

id Burnt Cape,
ie at the head,
formed by the
from Schooner
est of Boisdes
rs, the holding
the anchorage,
to NE., affords
3ad are shallow

*istolet Bay, is
h color 233 feet
^hale Cave (Le

mile from the
:s that leave a

ter, and is the
le SW. extreme

ly, and extends
eastward. On
it, composed of
ith shore of the
it a mile,
to Milan Arm.
and the south
in here by some

m, and is small

,y available for
■ with Triangle
J parallel to the
een if carefully
Eliver. On this
g.) steer S. 31°
of the huts, to
s. Round I'^og
I in 4^ taolioms,

3 in the bay, off
water can enter

iiniii

CAPE ONION.

301

Milan Arm by passing nortli of Mic-mac Islet. When east of Mic-
mac Islet anchor as convenient in the middle of the arm, but the
cove east of Milan Point must not be entered.

This last anchorage should not be taken without a pilot. Ves-
sels may also proceed to the head of the arm with a pilot, where
anchorage may be had in 2 to 3 fathoms, mud.

Caution.— Current— The local pilots state that a constant
current sets out of Milan Arm, in a westerly direction, supposed
to be caused by the number of fresh- water streams pouring into
the arm. When leaving the anchorage, therefore, care must be
taken that the ship is not set by it to the westward, toward the
shoals extending from Triangle Point.

Ice — The upper part of the arms of Pistolet and Sacred Bays
freeze in December, and the bays fill from Cape Norm an to Cape
Bauld; the ice breaks up in May according to the season.

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Pistolet Bay at
7h. 39m. ; springs rise 3i feet, neaps rise 2^ feet.

Ha-ha Bay, east of Burnt Island, is 1^ miles wide and a little
more than 3 miles deep. Piton Point is the extreme of a flat hum-
mocky peninsula extending from the east shore, fringed by rocks,
steep-to on the north side, and narrowing the entrance of the har-
bor to 900 yards. South of the peninsula the bay is filled with
shoals, so that vessels can not get shelter behind Piton Point.
The isthmus separating Ha-ha Bay from Pistolet Bay is low and
700 yards wide. The north point of Piton Point Peninsula should
not be approached close-to, or the shore off the isthmus.

The Coast from Ha-ha Bay to Cape Onion, 3^ miles, is cliffy
and steep, with some small co-ves that afford no shelter except for
boats with offshore winds.

Cape Onion is 259 feet high and easy to recognize by the Mew-
stone (Gros-oignon) close off the NE. extreme. The cape is the
extreme of a peninsula, the north face composed of black cliff, and
the isthmus \ mile wide between Savage Cove and Sacred Bay.
On the ledge, extending from Cape Onion to the Mewstono, are
two other cliffy hummocks. These rocks form the north shore of
Onion Cove, on the south part of which are some fishing establish-
ments. The south shore of the cove is foul, and it is exposed to
the northeastward.

Onion Island (lie & Bourge), composed of flat rocks, on which
are a round hillock and a remarkable square rock, is south of
the cove. The south side is bold-to, aud the east side may be
approached to a distance of 200 yards.

Sacred Bay, entered between Capes Onion and Artimon, is 3
miles in width and nearly 3 miles deep. Numerous islets and
shoals encumber the west side of the bay, and form West and
South Roads, the only safe anchorages.

wsa

303

NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST COAST.

Low Islets, nearly i mile SW. of Onion Island, are connected
by reefs to the north shore, but steep-to on the south side

Little Harbor is west of Low Islets, between them and a penin-
sula i mile farther SW., that terminates in Fauvette Point, long
and narrow, steep-to on the south side, with two fishinir stages
projecting from it. The harbor is only a small curve in the coast,
and the sea from the east fetches home, but good anchorage may
be had in 5 fathoms, sand and mud, with Onion Island showing
between Low Islets and the main.

Mauvals Oars is a small rock, i mile east of Fauvette Point
that covers at high water, and from 'which a reef extends 100
yards to the southwestward.

Bon Gars and Petit Gars are connected nearly to I'auvette
Point. Bon Gars, the southern, is always above water, and
steep-to on the south and west sides. It is 400 yards from Fau-
vette Point.

^1°^^,?. Islands are a group at the NE. extreme of the shoals
on the SW. shore of the bay.

A Shoal with 16 feet water lies 350 yards NNE. from the north-
ern of Moyacs Islands, and is steep-to on its outer sides.

West Road, a semicircular basin SW. of Fauvette Point, is +
mile deep, but shoal water extends i mile from the shore To

!nc^^^T^ ^'''*'" ^^^^""^ •'""'*^ ''P^'' ^^'* °^ L«w Islets, bearing N
40 ]L. (N. 74 E. mag.), and run on that mark between Mauvals
Gars and the bank off Hostis Island, until Bon Gars bears West
{N 56 W. mag.), when it maybe rounded at 200 yards distant
and good anchorage obtained, but care must be taken to avoid an
isolated rock, having 19 feet water on it, lying 700 yards S. 60° W

w' f «^; ™^^-^ ^''°°' Fauvette Point, or nearly in the middle of
West Road.

South Road may be entered between Curlew Point and Moyacs
Islands, steering for Green Island open west of Curlew Point off
which latter shoal water extends about 200 yards, and when 'the
square rock on Onion Island is seen just west of the southern
Moyacs Island, bearing about N. 12° E. (N. 46° E mag ) keen
that mark astern, and it will lead to the South Road, passing close
west of a rock that covers, off the east shore. When that rock is
passed, haul to the southward and anchor in 6 fathoms water
over sand and mud. '

The basin at the head is shoal for 1,600 yards from the east

f rn^"" i'^^^^^'"^" ^''''^ "'^ ^^'*' lin^iti^gthe anchorage space
to 600 yards m diameter. ^

Tides—It is high water, full and change, in South Road at 7h
23m. ; springs rise about 3 feet.

tid, are connected
luth Hide,
iieni and a penin-
vette Point, long
ro fishing stages
Lirve in the coast,
I anchorage may
Ishind showing

Fauvette Point,
reef extends 100

rly to Fauvette
»ove water, and
ards from Fau-

me of the shoals

from the north-
sides,
vette Point, is i

the shore. To
lets, bearing N.
jtween Mauvais
^ars bears West
yards distant
ken to avoid an

yards S. 60° W.
in the middle of

>int and Moyacs
irlew Point, off
and when the
•f the southern
E. mag.), keep
d, passing close
len that rock is
fathoms water,

from the east
nchorage space

th Road at 7h.

ISLANDS.

(H. O, Chart No. 608.)

303

The Coast Ijotweon Curlew Point and Cape Artiraon is Iowa
shallow, affording neither anchorage nor shelter from north winds.

Oape Artlmon, the north point of an island 400 yards from the
main, is cliffy and easy to rocog/iizo. Shoals extcMid 850 yards
NW. and a group of islets and shoals nearly 1^^ miles NE.

Sacred Islands, off Sacred Bay, are easy of recognition, and
have clear passages between themselves and the main.

Qreat Island is nearly a mile long, steep-to all round, covered
with grass, and the highest point at the top of the cliff forming
the north side of the island is 209 feet above high water. It lies
a little more than 1 ^ miles northeastward of the Mewstone.

Maudit Bank, with 7 fathoms water, breaks in bad weather,
and lies nearly 2 miles N. 16° E. (N. 50° E. mag.) from Great
Island.

Little Island, nearly a mile SE. of Great Island, and f mile
from Cape Artimon, is lower than Great Island, and steep-to
except off the south extreme, which should not be approached
nearer than 200 yards.

Verte Island, ^ mile NE. of Cape Artimon, is low, grassy, and
surrounded by reefs, leaving a passage 300 yards wide between
them and the shoals off Cape Artimon.

Le Grand Mulou (Northwest Ledge) is the NE. extreme of
the ledges oft' Cape Artimon, and is the summit of a bank, with 6
feet least water, 300 yards in diameter.

Clearing Marks.— The Mewstone, touching the south extreme
of Little Sacred Island, leads north, and the summit of Great Sa-
cred Island in line with the north extreme of Little Sacred Island
leads NE. of this shoal.

Maria Reefs, ^ mile from Verte Island and i mile NE. of Cape
Ardoise, are a group of black islets, some of which are 7 feet
above high water. Two shoals, with 16 feet water on each of
them, are situated between Maria Reefs and those off Verte Island.

Mdd^e Bay lies SE. of Cape Artimon and is obstructed by
shoals and islets. At the head are some fishing stages. Cape
Ardoise, east of the bay, is a remarkable round gray hill, 184 feet
above high water.

Maria Bay, south of Cape Ardoise, is open to the eastward and
affords no shelter. Cape Raven, the east point of the bay, is steep,
and a little west is a high cliffy point called Cape Noir.

A rock, with 6 feet water, lies nearly in the middle of the entrance
to Maria Bay, 800 yards S. 65° E. (S. 29° E. mag.) from Cape Ardoise.

Prom it Foirou Island is seen in line with the middle of Maria
Reefs.

nam

».( — rm

804

NEWFOUNDLAND — WEST COAST.

Mauve Bay (Noddy Harbor) is J milo wido botwoou Capo
Ravoii mid Noddy Point, the Intter formed of a Htfon hillock
tormiMuting in a double tier of low, flat rocks, stoop-t... Tlu. hay
is U miles deep; both sides are high and tolerably steep at the
entrance.

Garden Cove i.s situated haUVay up the bay on tlie west shore
and i,s :j()() yards deep, with shoal water 100 yards <.ff shore
Anchorage may be had by small vessels in 10 fc'ot.'sand, fair hold-
ing giound, l)ut easterly swell sometimes reaches in. An islet lies
on tlm oast coast of Mauve Bay opposite Garden Cove. The deep
water runs in a narrow gully to the hoa.l, whore anchorage for a
few small vessels may be obtained in 3i fathoms, good holding
ground. Westerly winds are violent, but the anchorage is safe
and the .sea from north does not reach in. The rest of the bav
affords no shelter from the sea.

Wood Bay, east of Noddy Point, between it and Jacques Cartier
Island, IS exposed to the north and affords no shelter.

Jacques Cartier Island is separated at the SW. extrem.^ from
the mainland by a channel passable for boats, 50 yards wid.- The
north and east points are steep-to, a bank of rocks lies southeast-
ward of the east point extending lOU yards from the shore. There
are .several fishing establishments on the island, with their stages
on the east side.

Vincent Islet, IG feet high and covered with grass, is situated
300 yards off the mainland point SE. of Jacques Cartier Island
leaving a tortuous passage between them with 1 ^ feet water.

Kirpon Island forms the north extreme of Newfoundland, is
3i miles long and H miles wide, and separated by a channel 100
yards wide from the mainland. It is high and bold, the summit
over Cape Ddgrat being 505 feet high.

Oa.pe Bauld, the north extreme, is bold-to, and from it the coast
trends southwesterly 2i miles to Dumenil Point, and then southerly
to form Kirpon Harbor.

Light.— A square wooden lighthouse, 54 feet in height and
painted white, stands on the high ground near the extremity of
Cape Bauld, and exhibits, at the elevation of 154 feet, an alterna-
ting red and white light, each having a period of system of forty-
five seconds; it should be visible 18 miles.

Fog Signal—During thick or foggy weather, a steam fog horn
ivill give blasts of ten seconds duration every minute.

The Islets are a group of low rocks, continued to the SW. by
a reef that leaves a clear passage only 200 yards wide between it
and Jacques Cartier Island. A fishing establishment is on Kirpon
Island, SE. of the islets.

»«^

e between Cape
a steep hillock,
[*op-t(). Tli(< buy
ibly steep at the

111 tlie west sliore
yards off nliore.
, wand, fair hold-
n. An islet lies
Dove. The deep
anchorage for a
i.s, good holding
chorage is safe,
rest of the bay

Jacques Cartier

;er.

^. oxtvewo from

a.rds wide'. The

1 lies southeast-

e shore. There

ritli their stages

fass, is situated
Cartier Island,
eet water.
nViOundland, is
y a channel 100
)ld, the summit

rom it the coast
i then southerly

in height and
le extremity of
eet, an alterna-
)rstem of forty-
steam fog horn
te.

to the SW. by
ide between it
it is on Kirpon

KIItPON MAUnOU — DIllKCTIONS.

Merchant Island in u low projection with a fishing osta])lisli-
mont, close to Kirpon Island, (JOO yards SE. by S. of the islets.

Morne Fontan, a consiiicmms hill 105 feet high, is i mile SSE.
of Merchant Island.

Kirpon Harbor is between Jacques Cartier and Kirpon Islands,
and ulVords excellent anchorage for any vessel.

Supplies. — Fresh mutton and vegetables are usually to bo ob-
tained at Kirpon.

Beacons. — A beacon stands on the western side of Merchant
Island, and another beacon, consisting of a white staff with a black
ball at Iho top, about 400 yards southeastward of it, near the sum-
mit of Morne Fontan; three beacons are placed on the mainland,
SE. of Jactpies Cartier Island. The lower beacon consists of a pile
of stones, and a cask " on end " upon it; the center beacon is a pile
of stones with a pole and cask; the upper beacon consists of a
pile of stones with a pole and triangle. These beacons and the
rocks immediately below tliem are whitewashed, and are used by
the French vessels of war as mooring marks.

Anchorages. — Vessels can proceed to an anchorage in from 8 to
9 fathoms water, over mud, north of Vincent Islet, taking care to
avoid the bank off that islet.

Vessels drawing more than 10 feet can not go farther south than
Vincent Islet, bearing S. 56° W. (west mag.), but small vessels
may find good anchorage south of that islet.

Vessels drawing 12 feet water can pass south of Kirpon Island.

Peaked Rock covers at high water, and lies 100 yards north of
the mainland point forming the channel south of Kirpon Harbor.

Canias Rock lies 350 yards off Kirpon Island, between the last
two fishing stages on the SW, side of that island, and is always
visible. About 3 feet less water than charted is reported at 300
yards N. 70° W. (N. 36° W. mag.) from Canias Rock (1896).

Directions. — When approaching Kirpon Harbor, the beacon on
the west shore of Merchant Island, kept in line with the beacon placed
near the summit of a hill, bearing S. G9° E. (S. 35° E. mag.), leads
between the NE. point of Jacques Cartier Island and the reefs
northward of that point ; round the NE. point of Jacques Cartier
Island as convenient, and anchor in 7 or 8 fathoms water ; the bea-
cons situated SE. of Jacques Cartier Island in line, bearing about
S. 24° W. (S. 58° W. mag.), lead to the anchorage. In misty
weather the beacon on Merchant Island is difficult to distinguish,
in which case the NE. point of Jacques Cartier Island should be
borrowed on.

Ice. — Kirpon Harbor freezes between 10th and 25th December,
and breaks up between 5th and 25th May.

806

WEWFOUNDLAXI)- WRST 0OA8T.

Tldes-It is hiKh WHtor, full un.l <-hanffe, In Kirpon Harbor at
711. fiiii. ; .Mi.niifrs vim 5 foet, noap.s ris.> If f„ot.

Tidal S^eams—Th.. stroams oft.-n .ittuin a vel.KMty of 3 knots
an hour m tho puHsago botwoen Kirpon and Llttlo Kirpcn Harbors
but the .liroction dopon.lH more on the winds provailing. or that
have prova.loc^ than on flood or obb. The tidal streams are irreg-
ular between Cape Onion and Kirp.,n Island, but the floods run
ordinarily to the west and ebb to the east. If the tide is with the
wind, It attains the velocity of one knot an hour

Polrou Island (Gull Rock), ^ un\.. west of ' Capo Bauld, is a
ow round rock 100 yards in diameter, from which u slioal extends
360 yards in a southeasterly direction.

'Avi)on Hftrbor at

il<K'ity of 3 knots
Kirpon HurborH,
3VHiliiig, or that
iroarns are irrog-
t tho AoocIh run
< tide is witli the

^apo Bail 1(1, \h a
a Hhoal extends

CHAITER VII.

NEWFOUNDLAND, EAST COAST— CAPE DAULD TO CAPE ST. JOHN.

(H. O. Chiirt No. 008.)

Strait of Belle Isle.— (For description of Strait of BelUt Isle, see
Chapter X.)

Cape Bauld is the SE. point of the entrance to Bellf Isle Strait.
It is a rocky, barren point, steep-to, aronnd which arc strong,
variable, eddying tides.

Light and Fog Signal.— (See page 304.)

Tidal Streams. — The flood and ebb streams at Capo Banld con-
tinue running inshore NW. and SE., respectively, three hours after
high or low water, and to 7 miles NE. of the cape they will con-
tiniie ruiuiing five hours after.

Qrande Cove, east of Cape Bauld, is exposed to uortlieasteidy
winds; the south point is an i.sland, 88 feet high, joined by bowl-
ders to the mainland, that, with a rugged point south of it, forms
Colombier Cove, a temporary shelter for fishing boats.

Coast. — Between the point to the southward of Grande Cove
and Cape Dt%rat is a bay 1,200 yards deep, divided into numerous
coves by islands and points, off which are dangerous shoals, and,
for general navigation, vessels should not enter west of the line
joining the points of this bay.

Pigeon Cove, the northernmost, is small, and can shelter only
one vessel. Di'grat and Sheep Islands are immediately south of
this, the former joined to the mainland at low water, continued to
the NE. by reefs for nearly ^ mile.

Sheep Bank, with G feet water, lies 350 yards ENE. from the
high-water line of Sheep Island.

D^grat Harbor is a small cove where six fishing vessels can be
moored in 13 feet water inside a flat rock on the east side. Sheep
Channel, between Sheep and Ddgrat Islands, is the best passage to
this harbor, and after passing Sheep Bank, which may bo avoided
by keeping the north side of Sheep Island close on board, the
channel is clear, though narrow.

Cape D^grat is surmounted by a hill 505 feet above high water,
the highest on this part of the coast, faced by a steep cliff 300 feet
high; with deep water close alongside. The cliffs fall at the south
end to White Point, a landslip in the cliffs, of a lighter color than
the rest of the coast.

(30V)

308

CAPE BAULD TO CAPE 8T. JOHN.

\> I

M >

Grands Qalets Bay is situated south of the cape, but affords
no shelter.

Little Kirpou Harbor lies off the south point of Kirpon Island.
It is entered between the island and the main. The harbor is ^
mile long from Herbert Point to the entrance of Noble Cove, which
is shallow and 350 yards broad, but the holding ground is bad.

Vessels drawing less than 12 feet water may pass south of Kirpon
Island to Kirpon Harbor, but as the tides are strong, great care
must be taken to avoid Butter Pot Rock, that lies nearly in the
middle of the north bend, and is nearly always covered.

White Islands are east 2} miles from Partridge Point, and
consist of three principal and some lower rocks. The highest is
the southwesternmost, about ^ mile long. A shoal lies 150 yards
off the north extreme. The smallest is to the north, and is formed
of rugged masses of rock.

White Rocks (les Donzelles), W. by S. f mile from White
Islands, are a low group of islets separated by a channel 1^ miles
wide from the main. Sunken rocks lie oft' the north end.

A Rock, that always breaks, lies 850 yards S. G8° W. (S. 34° W.
mag.) from the south end of these rocks, and from it another rock,
with a shoal stretching north from it, lies NW. 200 yards distant.

The Coast from Partridge Point to Origuet Harbor is split up
into rugged coves, the hills being about 120 feet high, over the
coast.

Madeleine Shoal, with 2 feet water, is in the first cove south of
Partridge Point, 150 yards off shore. To pass east of it, keep the
east point of Kirpon Island in sight east of Partridge Point.

Green Shoal, with 10 feet water, lies S. 22° E. (S. 12° W. mag.)
200 yards from Breaker Point, a low point sheltering two small
coves halfway between Partridge Point and Griguet Harbor.

Storm Cape is a rocky islet close to the shore, f mile NE. of the
entrance to Griguet Harbor, the intermediate coast being steep-to.

Griguet Harbor and several other small anchorages are com-
prised between Broize Point and White Cape, a little more than 2
miles south, and are formed by a group of islands lying close to
the mainland.

Camel Island, the largest, 305 feet high, is the northernmost
and forms the south side of the entrance to North and Northwest
Bays, and takes its name from a remarkable mound at the east
end that forms the summit. The north point is shoal for 200
yards. Several shoals lie oft' the NE. point, the outer with 5^
fathoms water lying N. 29° E. (N. 63° E. mag.) 300 yards. Prune
Island lies north of Camel Island. It is small, 10 feet high, and
steep-to, except off the south end.

'td.

,-^- ■■• ^■iXB?B??^'-i?£f^-A:''T^^^^i'^^'^''^^J^

[N.

e cape, but affords

it of Kirpon Island.
I. The harbor is i

Noble Cove, which
', ground is bud.
iss south of Kirpon

strong, great care
) lies nearly in the
; covered.

rtridge Point, and
is. The highest is
lioal lies 150 yards
orth, and is formed

mile from White
a channel 1^ miles
north end.
!. G8° W. (S. 34° W.
om it another rock,
. 200 yards distant.
t Harbor is split up
feet high, over the

e first cove south of
east of it, keep the
■tridge Point.
E. (S. 12° W. mag.)
leltering two small
•iguet Harbor.
e, i mile NE. of the
oast being steep-to.
nchorages are com-
a little more than 2
ands lying close to

s the northernmost
)rth and Northwest
mound at the east
nt is shoal for 200
the outer with 5^
I 300 yards. Prune
1, IG feet high, and

GRIOUEl' HARBOR.

309

-asj^swavsaT'

A Shoal, with IG feet water, lies between Prune Island and the
north point of Camel Island, a little nearer the latter.

Broize Point is bold-to, anr forms the east side of North Bay.

Baleine Hock, in the entrance to North Bay, is always uncovered
and may be approached to a distance of 100 yards.

Cove Point divides North Bl y from Good Cove and is steep-to.

Anchorage may be had in Korth Bay in 15 to 10 fathoms, off
the fishery establishment, with tolerably good holding ground.
SE. winds occasionally send in a swell.

Communication. — The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer
from St. Johns calls at Griguet Harbor fortnightly during summer
and autumn.

Ice. — Griguet is usually the first harbor open on the east coast
of the northern peninsula of Newfoundland ; it is frozen over, on an
average, about the middle of December, and cleai's about 20th May.

Good Cove (Belle Anse), 400 yards wide and deep, affords good
anchorage for small vessels in 11 fathoms, sand.

Bay Point divides Good Cove from Northwest Bay. A rock
lies 70 yards east of it, and La Rose, a rock with 2 feet water, is
the extreme of a shoal extending from it 100 yards south.

Northivest OJr Roncibre Bay runs in a northwesterly direction
one mile from Bay Point, Avith a mean width of about GOO yards.
At 300 yards within Bay Point is Crab Island, close to the east
shore, that may be approached as close as 100 yards. At the head
the bay runs to the eastward for -^ mile, but is shallow for half
that distance. A dangerous spit extends from the head of the bay
about 600 yards.

Anchorage may be obtained in this bay in from 10 to 18 fathoms
water as convenient, but vessels approaching the head should
anchor east of the line joining Bay Point and Crab Island.

Southwest Bay, suitable for small vessels only, lies between
Camel Island and the mainland, and affords temporary anchorage
at the north entrance, off the north shore of Camel Island, in 9
fathoms water, taking care to avoid the shoal off the north point
of that island.

Griguet Island, separated by a channel 100 yards wide from
the east side of Camel Island, is small, and about GG feet high.
Off the NE. extreme is Black Islet, 30 feet high, with a small spit
off the SW. extreme. The other sides are steep-to.

Four-ears Island, south of Griguet Island, is faced by a peaked
black cliff 120 feet high.

Griguet Harbor proper is situated in the space comprised
between Camel, Griguet, and Four-ears Islands. It is only 400
yards long and 200 yards wide, and the entrances are narrow and
tortuous. The passage between Four-ears and Griguet Islands is

310

CAPE BAULD fo CAPE ST. JOHN.

SO full of shoals that it should not be attempted without a pilot.
Between Griguet and Camel Islands the passage narrows at the
south end to 90 yards.

White Cape Harbor (Upper Origuet) is a space 600 yards
long and 200 yards broad, between the SW. end of Four-ears Island
and White Cape Land. There is no danger in the channel between
the islets off the south end of Four-ears Island and those off the
north side of White Cape. Boats only can take the passage west
of Four-ears Island. Ancliorage may be had in 7 fathoms near
the mainland shore, to avoid a bank extending 260 yards from
Four-ears Island.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in these harbors at 7h.
10m. ; springs rise 5 feet, neaps rise 2J feet.

White Cape is a good mark for distinguishing this locality,
and is a rugged white cliff, surmounted by a grass-covered summit,
262 feet above high water. The cape is steep-to as well as the
outer coast to White Dog Point, the north point of St. Lunaire
Bay. Between these two points are two coves, fit for boats only.

(H. O. Chart No. 542.)

St. Lunaire Bay, one of the finest harbors in Newfoundland;
is accessible to the largest vessels under any circumstances except
perhaps in NW. gales, with which the squalls are very heavy.
The entrance is easy to recognize by the aid of White Cape, and
when near, St. Lunaire Peak, 3.35 feet high, on the SW. side of
the bay.

Gales from the west usually blow stronger at St. Lunaire than
at neighboring ports at the same time, but usually lull at night.

Qranchain Island, the extreme of some islands oft" a peninsula,
forms the south entrance point of this bay. It is 85 feet above
high water, and the east point formed by an islet joined to it at
low water is steep-to.

Flat Rock, always above water, is the extreme of a chain of
islets and rocks stretching 800 yards northward from Granchain
Island, and is steep-to on the east and north sides.

Salut Island, 65 feet high, a conspicuous conical islet, lies 100
yards south of Flat Rock ; and Coal Islet, a square, black cliff, is
between Salut and Granchain Islands.

Vanguard Shoal, with 12 feet water, is the eastern shoal off
Granchain Island. A small spit extends north from it. Adelaide
Island, open north of Flat Rock, leads north of all shoals on the
south shore. Adelaide Island is the eastern, and Elizabeth Island
the western, of two islets NW. of Flat Rock. A shoal extends
135 yards SE. from Adelaide IsL nd.

«-y

without a pilot,
narrows at the

jpace GOO yards
^our-ears Island
hannel between
id those off the
lie passage west
7 fathoms near
260 yards from

ie harbors at 7h.

g this locality,
lovered summit,

as well as the
; of St. Lunaire

for boats only.

Nowfoundlandj
aistances except
ire very heavy.
Thiie Cape, and
he SW. side of

t. Lunaire than
lull at night,
off a peninsula,
is 85 feet above
t joined to it at

B of a chain of
rom Granchain

al islet, lies 100
•e, black cliff, is

sastern shoal off
m it. Adelaide
11 shoals on the
Slizabeth Island
\. shoal extends

8T. LUNAIT'K BAY.

311

Careutonne Island, 73 feet high, lies north of these islets, and
off a point of the north shore that slopes from White Hills, 141
feet high. This island divides two coves, the western of which is
shallow from the line of Flat Rock touching the south extreme of
Carentonne Island.

Amelia Cove, to the eastward, is foul for a distance of 200
yards from the head. The holding ground is bad, and easterly
winds bring in a sea, but temporary anchorage may be had in 15
fathoms.

Red Island, 16 feet high, with a shoal close off the SW.
extreme, lies east of Carentonne Island.

Strawberry Island lies west of Carentonne Island and the cove
west of it, and forms the north point of the entrance to Northwest
Bay.

Shoals extend 300 yards south and 200 yards west of it.

North Reef is the outer of the dangers off the north shore of
Northwest Bay, being 350 yards off, and may be cleared by keep-
ing the extreme of the cliff on Granchain Island shut in with
Nymph Island.

Nymph Island, 92 feet above high water, divides Northwest
Bay from St. Lunaire Road. A rocky patch, with 3f fathoms
water, lies south 200 yards from an islet near Nymph Point, the
east extreme.

Middle Bank, with 10 feet least water, lies midway between
Nymph Island and the rocks north of Granchain Island.

Clearing Marks. — To pass east of this bank, keep the east
extreme of Carentonne Island in line with the middle of Adelaide
Island bearing S. 3° E. (S. 31° W. mag.). To pass west, keep the
west extreme of Red Island touching the east extreme of Adelaide
Island N. 21° E. (N. 55° E. mag.).. A vessel will be north of it
when White Dog Point is shut in with Salut Island S. 87° E. (S.
53° E. mag.), and south of it when the same point is shiit in with
Coal Islet N. 76° E. (S. 70° E. mag.).

Northwest Bay, entered between Strawberry and Nymph
Islands, is li miles deep, and affords excellent anchorage in 21 to
6 fathoms as convenient within that entrance, taking care to clear
the shoals off the north shore.

St. Lunaire Road, between Nymph and Granchain Islands and
the main, also affords good anchorage in 18 to 21 fathoms, with
good holding ground, or off the entrance to Southwest Bay in 13
fathoms.

Southwest Bay, entered from the south extreme of St. Lunaire
Road, is about a mile deep, with a shallow cove on the west side
and some islets on the east side. The passage is in mid-channel,
but the bay is only 200 yards wide, and the head should not be

'I.I '

11 ,

312

CAPE BAULD TO CAPE ST. JOHN.

approached witliin ^ mile. Vessels may be careened and repaired
here in perfect safety.

Ice. — St. Lunaire freezes late in November or early in December,
and clears some time during the month of May.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in St. Lunaire Bay at
Yh. 6m. ; springs rise 5 feet, neaps rise 2i feet.

Tidal Streams. — In the bay the tidal streams are almost insensi-
ble, but outside they run north or south, in the direction of the
coast, without regularity, at times attaining a velocity of 2 knots
an hour, whereas at other times no stream is felt.

(H. O. Chart No. 608.) '

Little Br^hat Bay is a small cove 2 miles from St. Lunaire
Bay, south of which are Little Needles, some peaked rocks.

Needles Rocks are nearly 3 miles from St. Lunaire Bay, and
are curiously shaped, showing well when only a short distance off
shore.

Great Br^hat Bay lies 1^ miles SW. of Needles Rocks, and is
$ mile deep within the line of the points. At the head is a small
sheltered place for vessels, only 200 yards long and the same dis-
tance wide. Between Needles Rocks and Great Br^at Bay is a
small cove called Green Bay, faced by an island, from which
shoals extend i mile, ending in John Baptist Shoal, with 12 feet
water, situated south i mile from the south extreme of Green
Island.

Foundling Bock, on which the sea breaks continually, is 200
yards NNE. of Brdhat Point, SE. of the bay. These are the only
dangers, and by keeping between them the harbor may be entered
and anchorage obtained in 2f fathoms water, with fair holding
ground.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Great Brdhat Bay
at 7h. 7m. ; springs rise 5 feet, neaps rise 2J feet.

Br^hat Shoal, about 800 yards long and 70 yards wide, is a
dangerous bank having over it a least depth of 13 feet water; from
it the north point of Great Brdhat Bay bears S. 84° W. (N. 62° W.
mag.), distant 2^^ miles. A head with 6 fathoms water over it,
and steep-to around, lies i mile South (S. 34° W. mag.) from the
13-foot shoal, and when the sea breaks on it in fine weather the
fishermen predict northerly winds; it breaks heavily with NE.
winds, and is generally shown by ripples. There is another shoal
spot, on which the depth is 6i fathoms, lying 300 yards N. 4° W.
(N. 30° E. mag.) from the 13-foot patch.

To clear these shoals, passing to the westward, keep Camel Island
summit over White Cape, bearing N. 3° W. (N. 31° E. mag.); to
pass SE., Goose Cape should be kept open south of French Point,
S. 42° W. (S. 76° W. mag.).

3d and repaired

[y in December,

Lunaire Bay at

almost insensi-
lirection of the
)city of 2 knots

om St. Lunaire
ad rocks,
inaire Bay, and
ort distance off

s Rocks, and is
head is a small
id the same dis-
Br^at Bay is a
id, from which
al, with 12 feet
reme of Green

itinually, is 200
ese are the only
may be entered
th fair holding

eat Brdhat Bay

i^ards wide, is a
eet water ; from
:° W. (N. 62° W.
s water over it,
mag.) from the
ine weather the
avily with NE.
is another shoal
yards N. 4° W.

ep Camel Island
\1° E. mag.); to
f French Point,

8T. ANTHONY HARBOR.

313

Tidal Streams. — The streams are variable here, but over the
plateau of the shoal they seem to run more rapidly, the eddies
indicating there a strength not appreciable a short distance off it.

Cape St Anthony is one mile SW. of French Point, forming
between them French Bay, 800 yards deep, and exposed to the
south.

St. Mein Bay extends 3 miles NW, from Cape St. Anthony,
and is H miles wide at the entrance between that cape and Fox
Point, the west point of the entrance. The water is deep, and the
bay c(.mpletely open to southeasterly winds ; on it.s east side, at If
miles from Cape St. Anthony, is a small fishing village.

Ice.— St. Mein Bay freezes toward the latter end of November
or early in December, and clears during the month of May.

Pox Point is low, and appears more so from contrast to St.
Anthony Hill, 413 feet high, and faced by a black cliff that rises
immediately west of it.

St Anthony Harbor is entered i mile north of Fox Point, and
can only be distinguished when close-to. It runs in SW. for 650
yards, with a breadth of 335 yards, and then turns NW. 1^ miles,
gradually widening. Just within the northern bend, and nearly
in mid-channel, are Piquennais Rocks, joined to the south shore by
a bank. Neither these rocks nor the north shore are quite steep-to,
but the harbor may be entered between, and affords good anchor-
age in 9 to 6 fathoms, mud. It is often difficult to get a long ves-
sel into this harbor through the boats that anchor off the turning
point and the number of fishing vessels that moor there, particu-
larly with winds across the harbor, and the space is narrow for
turning a large vessel. The winds are very baffling for a sailing
vessel making the entrance, blowing in eddies from the highlands
round the harbor.

Communication.— The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer
from St. Johns calls here fortnightly during summer and autumn.

Supplies.— Fresh mutton and vegetables, in small quantities,
may usually be obtained.

Marguerite Bay, on the north shore of this harbor near the
head, is i mile deep, but both points of the entrance are shoal,
leaving a narrow passage in, at one-third of the distance across
from the south shore.

Water is difficult to obtain here, as boats can not get near the
mouths of the streams.

Ice. — St. Anthony Harbor freezes late in November or early in
December, and clears some time during the month of May.

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in St. Anthony Harbor
at 7h, 10m. ; springs rise 5 feet, neaps rise 2$ feet. The tidal streams
are scarcely appreciable except in the narrows east of Piquennais
Rocks.

>'<ss$-'ff:: 'Si3f:s~-va?s!S!»W5it?i«8iSsrow#T :." ,.--,,<.j!^ !a )t .?»*y<ag. ,■■

I':

\~,i

314

CAPE BAULD TO CAPE ST. JOHN.

1. I

Ordmaill^re Harbor lies 2 miles SW. of Fox Point; the coast
between to Savage Point, east of the harbor, is barren and cliffy,
while Savage Point is low, with rugged rocks, and is the east
extreme of a peninsula, north of which is a snug cove within
Anchor Point, the west extreme. Cape Haut-en-bas is the SW.
point of the entrance and faced by high black cliffs. Whale Grotto,
a deep recess in the cliffs, lies 600 yards within the cape. The
harbor is entered SW. of Anchor Point, where it is nearly 400
yards wide between the shoals and thence runs NW. a mile long
and i mile wide, affording good anchorage in 10 fathoms, mud and
sand. Shoals lie off Anchor Point and the opposite shore for 150
yards, and the head should not be approached within i mile, to
avoid Bear Bank, a shoal with 9 feet water 200 yards off the west
shore. Southeast winds bring a sea into the harbor and NW.
winds produce heavy squalls under Cape Haut-en-bas, making the
entrance difficult, and sometimes impossible for sailing vessels.

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, at Crdmaillfere Harbor
at 7h. 13m.; springs rise ^ feet, neaps rise 2f feet.. Low water
occurs about three-quarters of an hour before the time calculated
from the establishment.

Notre Dame Island, nearly a mile south of Savage Point, is
85 feet above high water, and flat in appearance.

Notre Dame Shoal, with 12 feet water, lies 575 yards N. 14° W.
(N. 20° E. mag.) from the north point of Notre Dame Island.

Henry Island is small, and situated west of Notre Dame Island.
Shoals surround it on all sides but the north and west, leaving a
deep passage only 150 yards wide between it and Notre Dame

Island.

Three Mountains are conspicuous hills, 525 feet above high
water, situated SW. of Cape Haut-en-bas and sloping to Vierge
Cove. They are an excellent mark for recognizing this locality.

Vierge Cove runs in ^ mile from Vierge Point, which is situated
S. by W. f mile from Cape Haut-en-bas, but it is quite exposed to
seaward.

Angel Point divides this cove from Three Mountain Harbor, is
low and narrow, but steep-to.

Three Mountain Harbor is very small, and can contain only
fishing vessels, which moor to the rocks. Though exposed, the sea
does not fetch home. The tidal streams are scarcely perceptible.

(B. A. Chart No. 1785.)

Qoose Oape is a barren peninsula 335 feet above high water,
faced by rugged cliffs, that forms the NE. point of Hare Bay, and
is separated from Notre Dame Island by a channel 400 yards wide.
Lobster Point, the east extreme, is low, and off it about 210 yards

'^,

M9M

int ; the coast
811 and cliffy,
d is the east
; cove within
18 is the SW.
Whale Grotto,
[le cape. The
is nearly 400
V. a mile long
loms, mud and
) shore for 150
thin i mile, to
is off the west
bor and NW.
as, making the
ing vessels,
laillfere Harbor
)t.. Low water
lime calculated

ivage Point, is

rards N. 14° W.
me Island,
■e Dame Island,
west, leaving a
id Notre Dame

eet above high
ping to Vierge

his locality.

lich is situated
uite exposed to

tain Harbor, is

m contain only
ixposed, the sea
Y perceptible.

)ve high water,

Hare Bay, and

400 yards wide.

about 210 yards

HARK llAV — IKKLAND BAY.

■■■■■1

315

is Lobster Shoal, with 6 feet water. To pass eiist of this shoal
keep St. Anthony Hill open east of Notro Danio Ishind.

Hare Bay is nearly 5 miles wide at the nioiitli between Goose
Cape and Fichot Islands, and is 18 miles deep east and west, con-
taining several good harbors, but little frequented. The depth of
water is great and the sea often very high in the bay, aifording no
anchoi'age till within the line of How Harbor and Brent Islands,
where 16 fathoms water will be found, but no shelter.

Ice. — The western portion of Hare Bay freezes solid from Brent
Islands to How Harbor during the month of December, and the
eastern part fills in with northern ice and freezes ; the ice generally
breaks up early or late in May, according to the season.

Ooose Cove is the first harbor NW. of Goose Cape, 2 miles dis
tant, and has an intricate entrance, through which only 4:^^ fathoms
can be carried. It is entered between Seal Point, the west extreme
of Goose Cape, and Flat Point, on the main, off which shoals stretcli
160 yards.

Ooq Island, 20 feet high, lies close oft' Seal Point, leaving a
passage for boats between them, and a shoal extends 33 yards NW.
of this island. Cigale Point, on the north side of the entrance, is
i mile east of Flat Point, and between them is a cove, with shallow
water in it, nearly 400 yards deep. This point is continued by shoal
water, just beyond which is La Fourmi (Ant) Rock, that covers at
half tide. Within this rock the harbor expands to a space about
550 yards in diameter, where perfect shelter may be had in 6 to 9
fathoms good holding ground.

Direotions. — It needs a fresh breeze to take the bends into Goose
Cove, and should not be entered unless the vessel is in perfect com-
mand. If the shoal off Coq Island is not breaking it would be
better to buoy it, and then round it and the island close-to, keeping
west of La Fourmi Rock, and then turn in to the anchorage.

Water is abundant, but is difficult to obtain, as the boats can
not get close to the mouths of the streams.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Goose Cove at 7h.
13m ; springs rise 5 feet, neaps rise 2 J feet. There is no sensible
stream in the entrance to the cove, and those outside the entrance
appear independent of the tide and follow irregularly the direction
of the coast, larely exceeding a knot an hour, and sometimes not
perceptible, but they are always strongest off Goose Cape.

Bouleauz Bay is immediately west of Goose Cove and open to
the south. All the north coast of Hare Bay is high and steep,
falling in cliffs to the sea, with deep water close-to.

Ireland Bay, a small bend in the land, lies 5 miles west of Goose
Cove. Inland N W. of this are Capillaire Mountains, with a remark-
able summit, that is conspicuous from the Strait of Belle Isle.

14910 21

wsm

i»3»iraa;SJ«awfi(««w?^

316

CAPE BAULD TO t'APK ST. JOHN.

How Harbor, or Bustard Bay (Havre Hodidou, or Bale des
Outardes), is the first harbor within Goose Cove, from which it is
distant 11 miles. It runs in i miles, is i mile wide at the entrance,
and expands to i mile wide near the head. Near the south side
of Roland Point, east of the entrance, is Estaing Bank, close to
the shore; the east shore of the harbor runs off shoal for about 200
yards. The water shoals from the head a little more than + mile.

Ledret Shoal, with 13 feet water over it, lies off the harbor,
1,350 yards S. 8° E. (S. 20° W. mag.) from Fendue Point.

Anchorage may be obtained, in from 8 to 13 fathoms water, as
convenient, after the harbor is entered.

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in How Harbor at 7h.
18m. ; springs rise 4 feet, neaps rise 1^ feet.

Northern Arm, 3 miles west of How Harbor, is 2 miles deep
and f mile wide, but is exposed to southerly winds.

Anchorage.— Good anchorage in a depth of 8i fathoms will be
found about i mile off a small river on the eastern shore, with
Hare Island seen just open of the mainland, bearing about S. 21°

W. (S. 55° W. mag.). . ^ rx t i .^

Northwest Arm, separated from Northern Arm by Hare Island,
115 feet high and nearly joined to the mainland at low water, is
completely open to the SE., but sheltered anchorage from offshore
winds may be obtained in from 5 to 8 fathoms water ; a large stream
runs into the head. Care should be taken to avoid the bank of
bowlders that fringes the whole of the SW. shore of Hare Bay and
extends more than i mile from the south shore of Northwest Arm.
Brent Islands, two in number, the northern nearly bare and
the southern covered with brushwood, are each about one mile in
diameter, with only a shallow passage between them and the main-
land to the westward; they lie 3* miles south from How Harbor,
and are easy to distinguish. A rocky ledge, awash at high water,
extends a short distance from the NE. side of Brent Islands, and
shoal water J mile from the west side; near the extreme of the

shoalis Vert Island. ., , «. .• i.

Anchorage.— West River is SW. of these islands, oft which,
about one mile SW. of Brent Islands, there is fair anchorage in
from 5 to 6 fathoms water, entered southward of Brent Lslands.

Shoal.~A shoal, with 2i fathoms water over it, lies mid-chan-
nel between South Brent and Direction Islands in the passage to
the anchorage; from it the NE. point of Direction Island is i mile
S 58° W. (N. 88° W. mag.).

liong Island separates West and Southern Arms. The island
is thickly wooded to the water's edge, except near the north point;
the SW. extreme is joined to the mainland at l^w water.

ilj

;«S**S*SM>SS^i»»>*B>S»S'V#i-t.¥*;' . "*.v"i*5S5*S««9«*£*

a, or Bale doB

om which it is
t tlie entrance,
the south side
Bank, close to
1 for about 200
re than + mile,
iff the harbor,
Point,
horns water, as

Harbor at 7h.

s 2 miles deep

athoms will be
n'n shore, with
ig about S. 21°

by Hare Island,
kt low water, is
e from offshore
; a large stream
)id the bank of
f Hare Bay and
Northwest Arm.
learly bare and
»out one mile in
n and the main-
m How Harbor,
1 at high water,
mt Islands, and
extreme of the

mds, off which,
ir anchorage in
Brent Islands.
t, lies mid-chan-
a the passage to
. Island is i mile

ms. The island
the north point ;
'■ water.

ARlioE BAY — LA 80UUCE INLETS.

317

Beaoon. — A wooden tripod beacon stands on the NE. extreme of
Long Island.

Aridge Bay, or Southern Arm, also locally known as Belvy Bay,
extends nearly 5 miles in a SW. direction from the NE. point of
Long Island, between it and a Toup of islands and rocks fronting
South Arm, within which there is no passage. The arm is about
i mile wide for 3 miles, when it narrows, to expand again into two
basins, with good anchorage in from 8 to 10 fathoms water.

A Shoal, over which there is a depth of from 3 to 15 feet, extends
300 yards from the NE. extreme of Long Island, and a depth of
15 feet is found about 200 yards from the east shore of this island,
except when nearly midway between the NE. and SW. extremities,
where shoal water of that depth extends more than 400 yards from
the coast.

Cailloux Island, a small islet lying 400 yards from the SE.
shore of Long Island, is low, flat, and covered with grass in the
summer season. This island should not be approached within
i mile on the east side,, as shoal water extends from it in that
direction.

Directions. — After passing along the southeastern shore of
Brent Islands keep in mid-channel ; Cailloux Island in line with a
low wooded point on the mainland, bearing about S. 35° W. (S.
69° W. mag.), leads eastward of the shoals extending from the
east shore of Long Island ; this low point is, however, somewhat
diflBcult for a stranger to recognize.

Anchorage. — Anchorage may be had off Long Island in 8 fath-
oms water, over mud, with the SW. extreme of that island about
1,200 yards N. 29° W. (N. 5° E. mag.).

(B. A. Chart No. 1768.)

Spring Island, 79 feet high, lies nearly 4 miles eastward of
Brent Islands.

Beacon. — There is a beacon on the east extreme of Spring Island.

La Source or Spring Inlets consist of three small arms,
having shallow water, the west arm extending about 1^ miles from
the entrance, situated south of Spring Island; Great Arm, the
outer portion, though exposed to northeasterly winds, affords on
the east side, about f mile from the entrance, fair anchorage with
offshore winds in from 6 to 8 fathoms water ; it is, however, encum-
bered with shoals, and vessels should keep rather on the eastern
side when entering, as there is a shoal, with 3J fathoms water over
it, in the middle of the entrance.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in La Source Inlets at
6h. 57m. ; springs rise 4^ feet, neaps rise li feet.

:'.«5'«EasW5!.'SVSBI»;'K13RBgBJfeM

818

CAPE BAULD TO CAPE 8T. .rOIIN.

Ooast. — Betweon Spring Inlets tuul Maiden Point, 2 miles east
of it, the coast is bordered by islets and rocks at Jioarly i mile oft";
Goelands Tslivnd, the western of these, lies 8oO yards eastward
from La Sonrce Point.

Jehenne Shoal, the outer of the dangers, with 9 feet water,
lies 700 yards N. 08° E. (S. 78° E. mag.) from snmmit of Goelands
Island. This portion of the coast should not be approached within
a mile.

Duchyala Rock. — This rock, having over it a depth of 9 feet,
lies N. 29° E. (N, 63° E. mag.) from the summit of Goelands Island,
distant nearly l^a miles. Great caution should be taken to clear
this danger in entering liarbor.

Maiden Arm (Havre de la Tete de Mort), 2 miles east of
Spring Arm and 3^ miles from "" ^ east extreme of Fichot Islands,
is entered between Maiden Point and Deaths Head Island. Maiden
Point, the north point, is a steep slope from a mound 144 feet high,
from which east and west the coast is rugged and cliffy. Starboard
Island is close east of the southern part of this point, sheltering
two boat coves which lie west of it.

Deaths Head Island is a bare rock 56 feet high, steep-to on all
sides but the SW., off which a reef extends 300 yards.

Port Island lies SW. of Deaths Head Island, separated from
the main by a chaimel 50 yards wide with 13 feet water. South of
the east point is a small islet.

From the east extreme of Port Island the harbor runs up west
nearly a mile to Elbow Point, where it branches in two bays, the
northern of which is shallow. In the western, at 190 yards from
the point, is the best anchorage, in 7 fathoms.

Cow Point, 2 miles southeastward of Maiden Arm, is the turn-
ing point of the coast south of Hare Bay, and is rocky, covered
with grass, and sloping from a summit 135 feet high close inshore.
Between it and Maiden Arm are several coves open to the east,
but affording good shelter to boats from offshore winds. Cow
Point Shoal, 2^ fathoms, lies close SE. of this point.

Tides. — Northwest of Cow Point the flood runs generally WNW.,
and the ebb ESE, Northeast of this point the flood runs west, and
the ebb in the opposite direction about the Fichot Islands.

Fichot Islands may be easily recognized by their distance from
the shore and the summit of Cape Croix, round and elevated 177
feet.

Little Cormorandier, the northern of this group, is small, 95
feet high, cliffy and steep-to except at the north end, from which
low rocks extend 225 yards.

Great Cormorandier, 174 feet high and ^ mile long, is the
northeastern of the group, and is separated from the south side

FICIIOT I8LANDM — FIC'HOT liAHHUK.

819

8 milt»s p«Vf»t
y i niilo oft";
lis ouHtwiird

I foot wator,
of Qoolandii
iicliod within

»th of 9 feet,
ands Island,
ikoii to clear

Tiiles east of
chot Islands,
md. Maiden
L44 feet high,
. Starboard
it, sheltering

teep-to on all

parated from

ber. South of

runs up west
wo bays, the
yards from

is the turn-
3cky, covered
close inshore.

to the east,
winds. Cow

rally WNW.,
uns west, and
ands.

iistance from
elevated 177

3, is small, 95
, from which

long, is the
■le south side

of Little Cormorandior by a pasHugo \ niil«> wido, in the middle of
which is a rock with lo fuct water. Closo ti) the shoi-n near the
NK. end aro two iHlots, and Pigoon Island, a sniiill clifVy rock, is
separated from the south side by a deep (•hannol KM) yards wide.

Great Oormorandier Rock, with 5 feet wuter, is \ mile east-
ward of Pigeon Island. To pass east of it keep the summit of St.
Julien Island open oast of Fichot Ishinds.

Great Verdon Island, south a little more than ^ mile from
Great Cormorandiei- Island, is 121 feet high, about i mile in diam-
eter, find steep-to all rounil.

Little Verdon Island, separated from the south side of Great
Verdon Island by a clear channel 205 yards wide, is 72 foot high
and also nearly steep-to.

M^lier Islet, a black rock, is in the north part of the passage
between Groat Verdon and Cormorandior Islands, and is steep-to
except on the west side, wlienco a reef extends 190 yards.

Miller Rook, with i\ fathoms, is 150 yards, and Mt'^lier Shoal,
with 5J fathoms, ^ mile from Melior Islet.

Massacre Islet, g mile westward from Mdlier Islet, is a bare
rock; there is a depth of 3^ fathoms about 700 yards from its east
side.

Monk Islet, J mile from Massacre Islet, is a bare rock lighter
in color tlian Massacre Islet, and steep-to. East of the line joining
these islets and between them ai e the following dangers :

Massacre Rock, with 5 feet water over it, lies 300 yards from
Massacre Islet. Monk Rock, awash at low water, lies 900 yards
from Monk Islet. Little Monk Rock, on which the depth is 13 feet,
lies 200 yards from Monk Rock, Ship Shoal, with 4^ fathoms
water over it, lies 1,200 yards west; and Corlet Shoal, on which the
depth is 6^ fathoms, 600 yards north from Monk Island.

Northeast Island. — The northern part, named Le Calas, has
shoal water extending from it 150 yards, leaving only a narrow
passage with deep water between it and Little Verdon Island. The
east shore is bold-to, and the south end falls abruptly from Cape
Croix, a remarkable round hill 177 feet above high water.

Beacon. — The summit of Northeast Island is dome-shaped, and
surmounted by a beacon.

Fichot Island, the largest of the group, is steep-to on the west
side, over Which the summit rises 194 feet above high water.

Fichot Harbor, lying between Fichot and Northeast Islands, is
entered by two passages, that from the north, between Watering
Cove Point and Fronimy Island, and the southern, named Flago
Pass, with 8 feet in it at low water. This harbor, available for
small vessels only, should not be attempted without a pilot, as the

820

CAl'K HAULD TO CAI'K HT. JOHN.

chaiinol is narrow, the turns iire Hharp, and andioraKO Hpac-o small.

Tlun-o is a flaKHtaflf on each ontranco point.
Tidea.— It is high wator, full and chango, at Fichot Harbor at

6h. R8m. ; springs rise 4 foet.
Madame Island is tho eastern of a group of islands nearly

joined to each other and the mainland at low wat»)r, forming tho

west side of Fichot Channel, which is about i mile wide.
Rdinssd Rock, with 3 feet water on it, lies 400 yards north ot

Madame Island, and is the extreme of a ledge, part of whi<d»

uncovers, extending from Madame Island i mile.
Pour Harbor, ^ mile south of Cow Point, is suitable only for

small vessels, that can anchor in a space 300 yards long and 200

yards broad in 6 to 6 fathoms water, or moor close to the shore in

an arm, 100 yards wide, extending to the westward. The entrance

points are 200 yards apart, but the clear channel in is only 100

yards wide between the shoals off tho points.

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, at Four Harbor at 7h.

5m. ; springs rise 4 feet.
Virgin Bay, south of Four Harbor, s divided by a peninsula

from Little Islets Harbor, off which shoals extend a short distance.
Virgin Shoal, with 7 feet water on it, lies 300 yards off the

entrance to Four Harbor, and is steep-to on the north side. Tho
SW. hill on Fichot Island open east of Madame Island, bearing S.
63° E. (S. 30° E. mag.), leads east of this shoal.

Little Islets Harbor, SW. of Madame Island, is formed between
English Island and the peninsula south of Virgin Bay.

In the entrance is Little Madame Island, on the NW. side of
which is the only passage in, clear in mid-channel and 50 yards
wide. The' harbor, only suited for small vessels, is 300 yards long
and 200 yards wide, with anchorage in 13 feet wator between the
two northeastern fishing stages on the west side. There is a flag-
staff on the north point of the entrance.

Fiohot Channel is narrowed by Mid-channel Rock, awash and
always breaking, which lies 650 yards N. 74° W. (N. 41° W. mag.)
from the south point of Fichot Island; there is a good passage on
either side, that nearest Fichot Island being the wider.

Bruyantes Rock, awash and nearly always breaking, lies 300
yards east from English Island and 400 yards from Mid-channel

Eock. J «.

Louis Lemaire Shoal, with 6 feet water over it, lies 200 yards oft

the SE. extreme of English Island.

To pass between Mid-channel Rock and Fichot Island, keep
Massacre Islet its own breadth open west of Fichot Island, bearing
N. 9° E. (N. 42° E. mag.).

-'x ^,:.::;^miif?irssm:is^ix0h

<(,<m-:m^ii:'^swimxime!vim!i.m^si^^s^^^^^:''s'^

j;oHpaco Bmnll.

hot Harbor at

islands nearly

r, forming the

wido.

y^ivrdH north of

purt of which

itable only for

1 long and 200

to the shore in

The entrance

in is only 100

r Harbor at 7h.

by a peninsula
short distance.
) yards off the
orth side. The
and, bearing S.

formed between
Bay.

le NW. side of
)1 and 50 yards
) 300 yards long
tor between the
There is a flag-
lock, awash and
t^. 41° W. mag.)
jood passage on
ider.

eaking, lies 300
om Mid-channel

ies 200 yards off

Lot Island, keep
t Island, bearing

iiSRwREK

(HtKAT IHF.KTS ItAIMiOlt — (HtKAT (H)«»HK MAItHolt.

.'121

Ohasgeurs Island, Houth of Knglish iHland, Ih NupiirattMl by a
narrow channel 200 yards wido, witli from to 8 fathoms wator in
th«> middle. A rock Huh botwoeu this island ami the south point
of Knglish Isiand; from it tho nortii point of Ohassours Island is
200 yards S. 7H" W. (N. iVJ" W. mag-).

QroB-plomb Islet lies close SW. of Chasstmrs Island. Doublo
Island, formod of two hills nearly joined at the base, is TOO yards
SW. of Chussours Island.

Sournoise Shoul, with 13 feet water over it, lies (ir.r) yards SE.
of Chasseurs Island. The oast side of Madame Island, open oast
of English Island, bearing North (N. 33° E. mag.), loads ofist of
this shoal.

Great Islets Harbor may easily be recognized by the peaks of
Groat Buse, 631 feet, and Little Buso, 384 foot above high wat(*r,
on the south side of the harbor. The entrance south of Double
Island is 800 yards wido to Jehenno Point, bare and stoop, slo|)ing
from tho Buso Hills. The harbor runs in northwe.storly a little
more than a mile to River Point, where it turns sharp to tho SW.
in an arm li)0 yards wide navigable for \ mile. Chabort Island is
nearly joined to the north shore, NW. i mile from Double Island,
and shelters tho usual anchorage NW. of it in 12 fathoms, mud.
North of River Point is an island joined to the main at low water,
SW. of a shallow cove. Off the south shore are two snuill islets.
The shores of the harbor are nearly stoep-to, and there is no danger
in proceeding to the anchorage NW. of Chabert Island, or that
available for small vessels in 3^ fathoms west of River Point. On
Grelins Point, south of a little cove on the west shore of this
anchorage, a small vessel may be careened and repaired.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at 7h. 22m; springs
rise 5 feet.

(B. A. Chart, No. 1784.) .

Enrag^e Point is situated If miles S. by E. of Jehenno Point.
The coast between is high, indented by several deep, open coves,
and is steep-to, but a short distance to the eastward are some deep
banks on which boats fish. The coast then trends SSW. i W. 1^
miles nearly, to Great Goose Harbor.

Ooose Island, one mile from Enragoo Point, is cliffy in parts,
barren, and lighter in color than the near coast.

Great Goose Harbor, SW. of Goose Island, is only available
for vessels drawing less than 10 feet water, and tho holding ground
is bad.

Baleine Sock, 5 feet above high water, lies SE. of Goose Island,
and is continued SSW. 200 yards by a ledge, on which there is
only 3 feet least water.

4
I

322

CAPE BAULD TO CAPE ST. JOHN.

Little St. Julien Harbor is 850 yards long and ! 50 yards wide
at tlie entrance, narrowing gradually to the head, and exposed to
NNE., but Baleine Rock and the narrow entrance shelter the
fisliing vessels, which moor head and stern in 5 fathoms, good
holding ground, abreast a gap in the cliffs on the east shore, ^ mile
within tlie entrance. Little St. Julien Point is black, with rugged
cliffs and steep-to.

Great St. Julien Harbor lies east of tnis point, and is 400
yai'ds wide at the entrance, between Little St. Julien and Jeanne
Points. Jeanne Point is a bluff cliff and steep-to. The harbor
runs'i mile SW. by S., narrowing to 200 yards between Aurora
Point and a steep slope on the east shore, from which it extends t
mile, narrowed by shoals stretching 100 yards from the east shore.

A shoal lies 100 yards from the west shore, nearly midway be-
tween Aurora Point and the fishing stage nearest to it.

This harbor is fit for small vessels only, which may find tem-
porary anchorage in 5 fathoms just SW. of the east stage on the
north shore. Fisliing vessels moor head and sterji in perfect
security, though NE. winds bring a little sea into the harbor.

St. Julien Island is barren and makes in two summits, the
higher, near the NE. end, is 5i20 feet above high water. From the
NW. shore, under the summit, is Northwest Shoal, extending 150
yards, and the south end is continued by islets and rocks, leaving
a clear channel only 135 yards wide between them and the south
spur of Jeanne Point.

Souris Rock, awash at low water, lies 100 yards SE., and Souri-
ceau Rock, with 3 feet water, 100 yards SW. of the south islet.
St. Julien Island is a good landmark and stands out prominently
from the line of the coast.

Mulou Shoal, with 3$ fathoms water, is 270 yards NE. of the
NE. point of St. Julien Island, and, breaks in bad weather.

Jeanne Channel is passable ordiixarily for vessels drawing less
than 13 feet wacer, by keeping near the main until abreast the
islets and then mid-channel. Those of deeper draft should buoy
the passage before taking it. This passage is made more difficult
from the strong tides that set through it, flood stream running
NW. and the ebb SE., following regularly the rise and fall.

The Coast from St. Julien Island to Croc Harbor, SSW. nearly
5 miles, is bold-to. At ^ mile south of Jeanne Channel is Black
or Irish Islet, a barren rock steep-to. Flamands Cove, completely
exposed, is SW. of Black Islet, south of which is St. Julien Peak,
279 feet high, sloping steeply to the coast, and resembling the
summit of Windy Point. From this to Croc Harbor the coast is
clear. Corbeau Islet and Petit Rocher lie close to the shore, the
latter near the north point of the entrance of Croc Harbor.

id 150 yards wide
I, and exjjosed to
•ance shelter the
5 fathoms, good
east shore, ^ mile
ack, with rugged

)oint, and is 400
ulien and Jeanne
-to. The harbor
between Aurora
hich it extends t
m the east shore,
jarly midway be-
to it.

ih may find tem-
east stage on the
sterji in perfect
) the harbor.
wo summits, the
mter. From the
al, extending 150
id rocks, leaving
m and the south

s SE., and Souri-

: the south islet.

out prominently

^ards NE. of the
I weather,
sels drawing less
intil abreast the
raft should buoy
ide more difficult

stream running
se and fall.
3or, SSW. nearly
Channel is Black
Cove, completely

St. Julien Peak,
[ resembling the
irbor the coast is
to the shore, the
>c Harbor.

S*!».-.Ss«4S^SK3'^'.^?

CKOC HARBOR — IRISH BAY.

(H. O. Chart No. 502.)

323

Croc Harbor, between Groux Point on the north and Windy or
Barren Point on the south side, is 1,200 yards wide. Coming from
northeastward it is advisable to take a departure from the north
end of Groais Islands, as the entrance is not easily distinguished
on that bearing.

From the entrance the harbor runs in a general NW. direction
IJ miles, when it divides in two arms, Le Fond, extending north,
and Epine Cadoret, running S W. to Freshwater Creek at the head.
West of Windy Point, Irish Bay extends nearly a mile. Abreast
the north point of this bay the harbor is i mile wide, but gradually
narrows, except in the basin at the junction of the two arms. This
harbor is the headquarters of the French squadron.

Groux Bay.— From Groux Point the coast curves to Groux
Bay, 375 yards deep, containing shelter only for boats, with shal-
low water 150 yards from the north shore. From Bonhomme
Point, the west point of Groux Bay, the coast is steep-to, except
in Fisherman Cove, 600 yards west, that is fit for boats only within
the line of the points. There is a fishing establishment in this
cove. Genille Pointy west of this cove, forms an elbow ifPtRe bay,
sloping from Genille Peak, 213 feet high, whence the shores are
bold-to near the head of Le Fond.

Observation Point, the south point of the entrance to Epine
Cadoret, is bold-to. About i mile within, on the west side, is
Cemetery Point, on which stands a large white cross. Just beyond
the first elbow in this arm is Careening Point, where several ves-
sels have been hove down. From Observation Point to Blanche
Point, north of Irish Bay, the coast makes in small coves, the
points of which should not be approached within 100 yards.

Irish Bay is nearly f mile wide between Blanche and Windy
Points. The south shore is foul from i mile SW. of Windy Point
to the head. Le Muloux, a rock awash, lies 350 yards off shore.
La Baleine or Folle Rock, 3 feet above high water, lies off the west
shore, leaving a narrow passage between it and the main. This
bay is completely exposed to the northward, and offers shelter for
small vessels only behind an islet off the fishing establishment at
the head of the bay.

Windy Point slopes from a barren hill 404 feet high, with
whitish rugged slopes. This point is not easy to distinguish from
the northeastward, though prominent from other directions.

Observatory Islet, low and steep-to, lies close SE. of this point,
leaving a narrow passage between it and the shore.

Beacon.— There is a beacon on the summit of Windy Point.

pal

mmmr'

324

CAPE BAULD TO CAPE 8T. JOHN.

Anchorage may be obtained anywhere within Genille Point.
Vessels of war usually anchor off Observation Point in 15 fathoms
water, and moor for prevailing winds at NW. When these winds
are violent, squalls come alternately from Epine Cadoret and Le
Fond with great force, straining the cables with heavy jerks.
Merchant vessels moor, in from 16 to 19 fathoms water, between
Genille and Observation Points, where a little sea heaves in with
SE. winds, but they feel the squalls less from NW. winds.

The anchorage abreast the watering place in Le Fond is insecure
during SW. winds.

Water. — Water and wood may be obtained easily.

Ice. — Croc Harbor freezes solid in December and breaks up early
or late in May, according to the season.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Croc Harbor at
7h. 4m. ; springs rise 4^ feet. The streams are sufficiently strong
to keep a vessel tide-rode in light breezes.

(H. O. Chart No. 924.)

Gray Islands is the name by which the two islands, Groais and
Bell, SE. of Croc Harbor, are locally known.

Qroais Island, 7 miles SE. by E. of Windy Point, is high and
cliffy, nearly fiat in outline, and can be seen 40 to 50 miles. It is
7 miles long and 3 miles wide, is shaped like a triangle, with the
apex south, and is thickly wooded.

Islets and rocks extend from the west point, which should not
be approached within a mile.

The Sisters, two steep rocks, lie off the NE. point, and the rest
of the coast is so straight and steep that there is no place of shelter
even for boats, and few where one could be hauled on shore.

Bell Island (Belle tie du Petit Nord) is separated from the
south part of Groais Island by a clear channel 5^ miles wide. It
is 8^ miles long and about 6 miles wide, is flat, high, and steep on
the coast, except on the shores of a bay on the SW. side, and steep-
to on north and south sides. Northeast Rock (tie h Herpin), ^ mile
from the NE. point, is a barren islet, with several rocks between
it and the shore.

L']6pervier, a rock with 10 feet water, on which a vesselof that
name struck in 1849, is NE. a little more than i mile from North-
east Bock.

Green Island lies near the coast of Bell Island, a mile to the
northward of the SW. point. A rock, with 2 feet water on it, lies
900 yards west from this island. To pass west of it, keep Groais
Island open north of Bell Island.

Boulonnaise Rock, part of which uncovers at low water, lies ^
mile S. -29° E. (S. 3° W. mag.) from Billard Point, and at i mile

■..»mm'^mmmi^esm^^w*~^v

Genille Point,
i in 15 fathoms
en these winds
Jadoret and Le
L heavy jerks,
(vater, between
heaves in with
winds,
'ond is insecure

31'eaks np early

!roc Harbor at
[iciently strong

ids, Groais and

nt, is high and
50 miles. It is
mgle, with the

lich should not

it, and the rest
place of shelter
on shore,
irated from the
miles wide. It
h, and steep on
side, and steep-
Herpin), ^ mile
. rocks between

a vessel of that
le from North-

i, a mile to the
vater on it, lies
it, keep Groais

)w water, lies ^
, and at i mile

EOCKY BAY — CAPE ROUGE.

325

S. 58° W. (West mag.) from the same point is a rock with 7 feet
water over it.

Rocky Bay, on the SW. coast, is the only place where small
vessels and boats may find shelter, behind a cluster of rocks and
islets.

Red Islet or South Rock is the southern of these, lying nearly 2
miles off shore.

Canes Island, the largest and northern of the group, is low, with
a round hillock covered with grass in the summer. It is surrounded
by rocks, the two extremes of which are Bara Rock, with 10 feet,
^ mile WSW. from the SW. extreme, and a rock, with 5 feet water,
800 yards west from the center of Canes Island.

A ledge, vsdth 3 J fathoms water, extends 1,600 yards SW. from
Canes Island. Large vessels must avoid this, as there may be
shoaler water.

Anchorage may be had in Rocky Bay in 2 to 2f fathoms, sand,
passing at a sufficient distance west of Canes Island to avoid the
dangers spoken of.

Southwest Harbor. — The French vessels fishing off Bell Island
moor for the summer inside a group of rocks that forms the north
point if + "=» entrance to Rocky Bay. To take up a position needs
fine wet .rd a pilot, or long experience of the place.

The ' / of the main from Windy Point runs high and steep
SW. 2 miles to Million Cove, open to the eastward, where there is
a fishing settlement, with indifferent shelter even for boats.

Filler Cove, 3 miles from Million Cove, is formed by the main
and the north part of Cape Rouge Peninsula. It is completely
open to the eastward, and bad for anchorage ; at the head is a fish-
ing post.

Cape Rouge is the south extreme of Cape Rouge Peninsula,
2i miles long and 1^ miles broad, culminating in a peak over Cape
Rouge 492 feet high. Pyramid Point, the NE. extreme, is a
pyramidal rock, close SE. of which is a low reef, separated by a
narrow boat passage. A short distance west of this point, in Pilier
Cove, is a natural excavation, supported by a pillar, from which
the cove derives its name. Truite Point, the SW. extreme, is the
north point of the entrance to Cape Rouge Harbor. Immediately
north of it is the settlement, and the coast runs north nearly 2
miles from it to the isthmus, 850 yards across.

Conche Peninsula is south of Cape Rouge Peninsula, Fraud-
eresse Point, at the NE. extreme, being distant 1,400 yards from
Truite Point. It is 3i miles long, ^ mile wide at the extremes, and
a mile wide at the isthmus, which is 350 yards across. Frauderesse
Point is fringed by rugged, curiously shaped rocks. Off it a bank
extends 300 yards, and shoal water lies off the north shore of this

' j<awwxiwm.w<m!

326

CAPE BAULD TO CAPE ST. JOTIN.

peninsula west of the point, extending nearly ^ mile from a white
cross on Dos-de-cheval Point.

Off Cape Fox, the south extreme of the peninsula, islets and
rocks extend 200 yards, but with these exceptions the peninsula is
steep-to.

(H. O. Chart No. 562.)

Cape Rouge Harbor is formed by these peninsulas and the
mam, and is divided into Biche Arm to the north, and Southwest
Bay. The mainland coast is steep-to and nearly straight. A small
bend in it, opposite the entrance of the harbor, is Priests Cove.

Biche Arm contains perfectly secure anchorage, easy of access
with any wind. The best anchorage is in 15 fathoms off a remark-
able cascade on the west shore, WNW. of Partridge Point, low and
grassy, the bottom mud, good holding ground.

Souris or Champ-paga Shoal, the only isolated danger in
Southwest Bay, is the summit of a bank of rock 350 yards long and
250 yards broad, in the middle of which is 6 feet water. To pass
west of this shoal keep Cod-pile (a little peaked rise on the hills
north of Conche Harbor) in line with the NW. fishing stage; to
pass north keep the north point of Bell Island well open east of
Frauderesse Point ; and to pass south keep the north point of Rogue
Island in line with Frauderesse Point.

To anchor in Southwest Bay the above leading marks must be
attended to, and a good berth given to the rocks off Dos-de-cheval
Point.

Caution.— Beacons.— The two beacons at the head of the bay,
when in line, lead over Souris Shoal, as also do the beacons on
Dos-de-cheval Point. (One beacon down in 1896.)

Anchorage may be obtained in from 12 to 16 fathoms water,
over gravel and a little mud near the head, but the holding ground
is only fair. Vessels with good tackling hold on well through the
heavy squalls that come with NW. and west winds and the little
sea brought in by easterly winds.

Ice.— Cape Rouge Harbor fills with northern ice and freezes,
the ice breaking up some time during the month of May, depending
on the seasons.

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, at Cape Rouge Har-
bor at 7h. (approximate) ; springs rise 6 feet, neaps rise 4 feet.

(H. O. Chart No. 924.)

Rouge Island, 800 yards long, 350 yards wide, and steep-to,
lies 3i miles east from Frauderesse Point, and is composed of red
rock covered with grass at the summit.

Conche Harbor, between the peninsula and the main, is west
of the isthmus, and runs up 2i miles from Cape Fox, being If miles

**^

e from a white

lula, islets and
lie peninsula is

isulas and the
and Southwest
ight. A small
riests Cove,
easy of access
s off a remark-
Point, low and

ted danger in
'^ards long and
iter. To pass
le on the hills
(ling stage ; to
I open east of
»oint of Rogue

larks must be
Dos-de-cheval

id of the bay,
e beacons on

ithoms water,
►Iding ground
1 through the
md the little

and freezes,
ly, depending

5 Rouge Har-
ise 4 feet.

and steep-to,
posed of red

nain, is west
eing If miles

CONCIIE HARBOR — CANADA BAY.

327

wide at the entrance, diminishing gradually to tho head. Tlie fish-
ing establishments are on the peninsula, l^ miles from Cape Fox,
off which the fishing vessels moor, head and stern.

Martinique Cove, at the head of tho bay, is exposed to winds
from S. by E. to SW. ; the holding ground is reported fair, and
vessels manage to hold on there all the fishing season.

Anchorages.— There is anchorage in 10 to U fathoms off Mar-
tinique Cove. SW. winds are the most dangerous and blow with
great violence. There is good anchorage off the western village,
on the north side of the harbor, in from 7 to 13 fathoms. Good
anchorage can also be found in 6 fathoms, mud, off the center of
Silver Cove, on the east side of the harbor, about If miles north of
Cape Fox, During the season the coast from Silver Cove to Cai)e
Fox is obstructed by nets.

Communication.— The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer
from St. Johns calls here fortnightly during summer and autumn.

Supplies — Fresh mutton and vegetables can usually be obtained.
The population of Silver City, the village around the cove, is about
250.

Ice.— Conche Harbor fills in with northern ice and freezes, the
ice breaking up early or late in May, according to the season. In
1894 heavy pans of ice were found in Silver Cove on the 28th June,
almost entirely blocking up the small anchorage.

La Vache-gare, a large pale-yellow patch on the coast, bears
S, 76° W, (N, 72° W. mag,), distant 3 miles from Cape Fox, and
Vache-gare Cove, a slight indentation in the coast, lies close north
of it.

(H. O. Chart No. 794,)

HiUiers Harbor (Havre de Boutitou) is difficult to recognize
from the north, but there are three parallel gaps in the cliffs that
resemble a ship under sail close to the coast, the southern of which
forms the point of entrance to the harbor, and is 7i miles SW, of
Cape Fox, The harbor is very small, is open to SE,, and divided
into two little coves at the head, the eastern of which alone affords
shelter to three or four vessels in 6 fathonis, moored head and
stern, along the south shore of the cove, Dolo Point is the west
turning point on the shore so" of this cove.

Boutitou Shoal, with 7 feet ^vater, lies f mile south of tho har-
bor and 400 yards off the coast.

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, at Hilliers Harbor at
7h. 2m.

The Coast from Hilliers Harbor to Canada Bay is high and
steep, with some rocks awash quite close to the coast,

Canada Bay (Bale des Canaries), 5 miles SW, of Hilliers Har-
bor, is entered between Cape Daumalen on the north and Canada

-fiaSS.

328

CAPE BAULD TO CAPE ST. JOHN.

Head on the south, a width of If miles. It expands within the
entrance, Bide and Chimney Arms running northward, and Gouflfre
and Canada Harbors on the south shoi'e.

Or^vigneux (Englee) Island lies close to the NW. side of
Cape Daumalen. It is tolerably high and partly wooded; the
outer sides are steep, particularly the west shore; and White Point,
the south extreme, is so called from the remarkably white color of
the rocks.

Aiguillettes Island is joined to the SE. extreme of Grdvigneux
Island by a bank of sand, is wooded and steep, and divided by a
narrow channel from Cape Daumalen.

Aiguillettes Harbor, between Aiguillettes Island and Cape Dau-
malen, is fit for small vessels only, being encumbered by small
islets. A small boat channel leads to Grdvigneux Harbor.

Aiguillettes Rock, with 13 feet water, lies nearly ^ mile off the
entrance to Aiguillettes Harbor. The water is deep round this
shoal, that occupies a small space only, and the sea breaks on it
with strong westerly winds. To pass SW. of it, keep a cascade on
the west shore of the bay open of White Point.

Grdvigneux Harbor is north of the island of that name, and
can only hold one moderate-sized vessel when it is clear of fishing
craft.

Supplies. — A small supply of provisions may be obtained here.

Bide Arm, entered immediately north of Grdvigneux Island,
runs in a straight line N. by E. 6 miles, with an average breadth
of 600 yards. The east shore is high and wooded; the west is
wooded, but not so high. The arm affords the best anchorage in
Canada Bay in case of bad weather.

Hermit Rock, with 6 feet water, lies 200 yards off the east
coast of this arm, and N. by E. 600 yards from Grdvigneux Island.

Bide Shoal stretches from the west shore nearly a third of the
distance across the arm, 600 yards north of a cove situated 3 miles
within the entrance. There is 4 feet least water on this shoal.
Off the north point of the cove a shoal extends a short distance.

The Watchers, rocks awash, lie 200 yards off the west coast of
this arm, a little within Lard Point, that forms the west side of
the entrance, and the Turtles lie between Lard and Milan Points,
the latter the second prominent point on the west side, within the
entrance.

Anchorage. — Vessels must proceed at least 2 miles within Lard
Point to find an anchorage, but greater security may be found by
anchoring 3 miles within the entrance, in from 9 to 13 fathoms
water, in the middle of the arm, or proceeding beyond Bide Shoal,
by keeping one-third of the distance across from the east shore.
Perfect sheltered anchorage may be found in the basin at the head

-"»«»';5;-S53sgJ^

sKmm

CANADA BAT.

829

iifls within the
rd, and Gouflfre

) NW. side of
y wooded; the
d White Point,
' white color of

of Grdvigneux
d divided by a

and Cape Dau-
)ered by small
Harbor.

5^ ^ mile off the
3ep round this
ea breaks on it
3p a cascade ou

that name, and
jlear of fishing

obtained here,
igneux Island,
i^erage breadth
d; the west is
t anchorage in

is off the east
dgneux Island.

a third of the
ituated 3 miles

on this shoal.
Lort distance,
le west coast of
he west side of

Milan Points,
ide, within the

es within Lard
ly be found by
to 13 fathoms
nd Bide Shoal,
the east shore,
iisin at the head

in 11 fathoms water, but vessels must not swing within 200 yards
of the shore.

The Promontory that separates Chimney Bay from Bide Arm
is moderately high. The south extreme is called Lard Point, from
which the coast curves northwestward in Lard Cove, and thence
to Marten Point, the east point of the entrance to Chimney Bay,
that is white in color and forms the west side of a creek with laev-
eral huts on the shores. This coast is rugged and fringed by rocks.

White Islet lies SW. by W. 800 yards from Lard Point, and is
conspicuous from its color. Flat Islet lies 300 yards NE. of White
Islet.

There is a good pass j Lv. ^n these islets and I < ., ^omt, and
a channel between them for vc^-oals of moderate draft.

Herring Shoal, with 2i fathoms water, lies 400 yards S. 17° W.
(S. 49° W. mag.) from White Islet.

Cod Rock, with 12 feet water, lies 800 yards S. 4° W. (S. 36° W.
mag.) from White Islet.

To pass south of these, keep Milan Point open east of Lard Point,
bearing N. 19° E. (N. 61° E. mag.), and to pass west of them keep
the southern summit of the Chimnies or Cloud Hills open west of
Green Islet, on the west shore of Chimney Bay, bearing N. 26° W.
(N. 6° E. mag.).

Wolf Shoal, with 3 feet water, is i mile S. 14° E. (S. 18° W.
mag.) from Marten Point, and 600 yards from the shore. Some
banks with 3f and 4f fathoms extend i mile NW. from this shoal.
There is a good passage between them and the near land. To pass
west of these banks keep White Point a little open south of White
Islet, bearing S. 38° E. (S. 6° E. mag.).

Clark Bock, upon which there is a depth of 19 feet, lies in the
fairway to Chimney Bay, with the center of White Islet bearing
West (N. 58° W. mag.), distant one mile. Green Island shut in by
Fly Point, bearing North (N. 32° E. mag.), leads west of the rock.

Chimney Bay extends 8 miles north from Marten Point, where it
is 1,700 yards wide. At the head Northeast Brook and Beaver
Cove continue it to the north and Castor Cove to the SW., naviga-
ble for a mile, and thence NW. in a shallow arm, 6^ miles.

Marten Rock, awash at low water, is ^ mile off Marten Point
and 300 yards from shore. To pass south of it keep the north point
of Grdvigneux Island touching Lard Point, bearing S. 50° E. (S.
18° E. mag.).

Cabin Point is on the east shore, 2i miles within Marten Point.
It is low and should not be approached close-to. A reef is reported
to extend from Chaine Point, 3^ miles north of Cabin Point.

Zephyr Rock, with 2 feet water on it and steep-to, lies in the
middle of Northeast Brook Cove.

330

CAPE BAULD TO CAPE 8T. JOHN.

Anchorage. — When npproacliing the anchorage at the head of
Chimney Bay, Weymoutli Point should be given a berth of 800
yards, to avoid shoal water extending 600 yards from it. The bot-
tom is uneven, and in some places hard, but H. M. corvette Tene-
dos (1886) fouiid good anchorage in 12 fathoms water, over soft
black mud, between Drummond Island and Tenedos Rock.

B6acon. — There is a beacon on Weymouth Point.

Tenedos Bock, with a depth of 10 feet over it, lies with the
south extreme of Drummond Island 1,050 yards N. 73° W, (N. 41°
W. mag.).

Oastor Cove is clear of danger, and near it wood can be ob-
tained. This cove aifords good sheltered anchorage in from 11 to
16 fathoms water, or in the west cove opposite, named Beaver
Cove, in from 8 to 10 fathoms. Salmon are plentiful in Beaver
Brook, about 3 miles NNE, of Beaver Cove.

Anchorage.— H. M. S. Emerald (1890) anchored in the center
of Beaver Cove in 16 fathoms water, over miid, and found the
shores of the cove to be free from outlying dangers. In entering
this anchorage the maik used to lead between Tenedos Rock and
the shoal off Weymouth Point, in not less than 6 fathoms water,
was the NE. point of Fane Island just shut in with the SW. point
of Drummond Island, bearing N. 44° W. (N. 12° W. mag.),

QroBHe Point, opposite Cabin Point, is the east point of Chim-
ney Cove, a little bay open to the southward.

Anchorage. — There is good anchorage in 18 fathoms water,
over mud, south of Grosse Point. Before- letting go the anchor,
it is necessary to determine the nature of the bottom, as it is not
ell Liud. H. M. sloop Fantome rode out a fresh southerly gale
here in 1885.

Bad Bock, small and always above water, lies 400 yards N. 67°
E. (S. 81° E. mag.) from Good Point; there is some foul ground to
the eastward of the rock.

Otter Cove, on the west shore opposite Marten Point, has shoal
water fringing the shore for some distance.

Anchorage. — Anchorage may be obtained in the middle of this
cove in 8 fathoms water, over sand and mud. H. M. S. Forward
(1888) found good anchorage in Otter Cove, in 7 fathoms water,
with the Island off Dieppe Point, in line with a whitewashed rock
on the east shore of Canada Bay, bearing .^bout N. 84° E. (S. 64°
E. mag.).

The Chimnies or Cloud Hills are remarkable mountains, with
rugged summits from 909 to 1,122 feet high, lying If miles inland
from Grosse Point, and can be seen a great distance when SE. of
the entrance to Canada Bay.

- r.'ji-'um^^ms'Mm « - ■

ge at the head of
(II a berth of 800
rom it. The bot-
M. corvette Tene-

■water, over soft
dos Rock,
int.

it, lies with the
N. 73° W. (N.41°

wood can be ob-
ige in from 11 to
9, named Beaver
ntiful in Beaver

•ed in the center
i, and found the
ers. In entering
enedos Rock and
6 fathoms water,
th the SW. point
W. mag.),
t point of Chim-

( fathoms water,
g go the anchor,
ttom, as it is not
h southerly gale

400 yards N. 67°
ne foul ground to

Point, has shoal

he middle of this
[. M. S. Forward
t fathoms water,
rhitewashed rock
N. 84° E. (S. 64°

I mountains, with
? If miles inland
mce when SE. of

(K)UFKHK IIAUnoU — CANAItlKS IIAKHOK.

381

Torrent Cove or Hells Mouth is 1 J miles south of Otter Covo,
and is so named from a cascade falling over higli land at the lu-ml!

A rock that covers lies \ mile N. W E. (N. 43° E. mag.) from
Torront Covo and 190 yards from the shore.

Qouflfre Harbor (WUd Cove) is 2i miles south of Torront Cove,
and extends south | mile; it is 1,200 yards wide at the entrance,
diminishing gradually to the head, and is entered between Gouffro
Islet, 100 yards off the west shore, and Gouffre Point to the oast-
ward. The islet is a small rocky mound, nearly steep-to on the
south side, but difficult to distinguish when under the land. The
point is long and low, surrounded by rocks and shoals, that should
have a good berth in turning in or out of the harbor. This harbor
is much frequented, and affords good shelter south of Gouffro Islet,
with Cape Daumalen shut in with Gouffre Point in 13 fathoms,'
hard bottom but fair holding ground. Pishing vessels that remain
moor head and stern, and though exposed to northerly winds are
secure.

Water may be easily obtained on the west side of the harbor,
and another stream discharges into the head, but a fringe of bowl-
ders renders it inaccessible to boats.

Canaries (Canada) Harbor, U miles SE. of Gouffre Point, is
entered between Calvary Point and Canada Head.

Calvary Point is faced by white rocky cliffs, the extremes of a
round hill, 128 feet high, surmounted by a cross. Canada He> 1 is
bold, cliffy, and steep-to. In this harbor are the principal fishery
establishments of the bay, and there is a sufficient depth for moor-
ing vessels, but the holding ground is bad, and the harbor is com-
pletely exposed to northeasterly winds that bring in a heavy sea.

Ice.— Canada Bay freezes solid during the month of December,
and breaks up early or late in May, according to the season.

Tldes.--It is high water, full and change, at Bide Arm at 6h.
37m., and at Gouffre Harbor at 6h. 46m.; springs rise 5i feet,
neaps rise 1^ feet.

(H. O. Chart No. 924.)

Coast— The coast from Canada Head 2^ miles in a south direc-
tion to Cape Goboso continues high and bold-to; halfway between
these points is Riencd Creek, where there is a fishing station, but
with little protection even for boats. The coast for 1^^ miles con-
tinues high from Cape Goboso in a southerly direction to Ddgrat
de Cheval, locally known as Cat Cove, a small cove with a fishing
station and shelter for boats. The land is barren and of a red color
except Green Cape, a high peaked woody hill over the coast one
mile west of Ddgrat de Cheval.

Hooping Harbor (Havre Sans-fond), 7 miles from Canada
Bay, is nearly i mile wide at the entrance between Duck Bill

14910 22

BL-Ew^fiawa wmig i

t t

882

CAPK nAULD TO CAPE 8T. JOHN,

Point, a high, biirron, mhlish mound, sloping in »ui inclined point
on the oast, and a high, dull rt»d, cliffy point on th»3 west. Within
the eutranco tlio harbor divides into Ejist Arm, | mile, and North
Arm, 2 miles deep. The shoroH are wooded and very high, except
at the head of East Arm, where there is Hat land and a good
stream near the fishing establishments.

Anchorage.— The anchorage is off these, exposed to southerly
winds, but the holding ground is good. Large vessels should let
go in IG fathoms, but small vessels can moor near the shore in (I
fathoms water. It is e- posed to squalls from the North Arm, and
should be used only as a temporary anchorage. The anchorage
near the head of the North Arm is perfectly sheltered, but the
water is deep, 16 to 21 fathoms being found close to the head.
Vessels should anchor off a sandy cove on the west coast, into
which a streamlet falls, and moor well against squalls from north
to west. It is often impossible to beat into this harbor when those
winds prevail.

Little Hooping Harbor (Petit Sans-fond), at li miles 8W. of
Hooping Harbor, is an open cove with a large cascade at the head
and a fine birch wood in the surrounding valley. There is no
shelter except from easterly winds.

Cape d' Argent, 3 miles south of Little Hooping Harbor, is a
high cliffy projection, whiter in color than the surrounding coast.
Fourch^ Harbor (Bale de Fourchette) is entered between two
high reddish cliff points, 1^ miles SW, of Cape d' Argent, and is i
mile wide at the enti-ance, whence it trends west 8i miles, with an
average breadth for 2 miles of nearly a mile. On the north shore
is a little cove where sniall vessels can moor head and stern in 16
fathoms, or in a narrow arm west of the cove in 16 to 21 fathoms.
The water is too deep for anchorage in the rest of the harbor. The
entrance must be taken with a fair wind, as the squalls from west-
erly winds sweep in all directions from the high surrounding laud.
The Coast trends SSW. i W. from Fourchd Harbor, and con-
sists of high rugged land, red in color.

Robineau Coves lie 2 and 3 miles respectively from Fourchd
Harbor and afford no shelter. North of the northern cove is a
high peaked cliff that may be distinguished from some distance.
From these coves the land becomes barren and gray for a mile to
a small cove, the south point of which U a remarkable cliff. From
that point the coast is muoh lower to Little Orange Bay, an open
cove, whence the coast is of moderate height and wooded to the sea.
Orange Bay, also known as Great Harbor Deep, a little more
than 10 miles SSW. from Fourchd Harbor, extends 2 miles in a
NW. direction and then forms two branches, Souffiets Arm, and
Pigeonnibre Arm, the head of which latter is named Sault Cove.

an incHiiod point
bo west. Within
milo, and North
v'ory high, except
lund uucl a good

)H(<d to southerly
vessels should let
fir the shore in
) North Arm, and
The anchorage
lieltered, hut the
lose to the head.
) west coast, into
jualls from north
liarbor when those

it li miles SW. of
tsrade at the head
ley. There is no

ping Harbor, is a
urrounding coast,
tered between two
d' Argent, and is i[
, 8i miles, with an
►n the north shore
ad an^ stern in IG

16 to 21 fathoms,
f the harbor. The
squalls from west-
surrounding land.

Harbor, and cou-

oly from Fourchd
lorthern cove is a
}m some distance,
gray for a mile to
rkable cliff. From
mge Bay, an open
L wooded to the sea.
•eep, a little more
ends 3 miles in a
Soufflets Arm, and
amed Sault Cove.

«Mi

OKAhiJK BAY — LI'lTLK IIAHBOU DKKP.

888

Oat Oove lies juHt within the north point of tlio entrance, and
contains a fishing ostablishnHJiit but no slu'ltor.

Jacques Oove lit-s on the south shore a niil«( within the entrance
and contains a fishing post, but in surcessivo yuars the vessels wore
lost that moored there, and it is no longer used as an ancdiorage.

Soufflets Arm.— SoufHots Arm extends in a north direction for
\\ miles; the direction then turns abruptly round Rade Point, on
the western shore, to the west for rather more than a mile to the
head. Rather more than } mile from Rade Point the arm is nar-
rowed to the breadth of 300 yards between Observatory Point on
the north and a point on the opposite side; the navigable channel,
liaving 'A\ fathoms water, is here barely 100 yards wide, and a
spit, drying at low water, extends in a westerly direction from
Observatory Point for about 300 yards.

In entering hug the south shore closely, when the channel will
open into a basin, about IJOO yards in diameter, having depths of
from 5^ to 7 fathoms.

H. M. gun-vessel Oriffon anchored off the point, before going
through the narrow channel, in fathoms water, good holding
ground, but had not sufficient swinging room; H. M. S. Forivard
(1888), anchoring more to the SE., in 18 to 20 fathoms water, over
nmd, found ample swinging room.

Sault Oove, at the head of Pigeonnibre Arm, is entered between
Pigeon and Plate Points. About 300 yards NW. of Pigeon Point,
Emeraude Shoal, with 3 feet water over it, extends off the NE.
side of the entrance tor 200 yards, the channel lying to the west,
between it and Plate Point, being about 200 yards in width. Rocks
border the shore immediately NW. of Plate Point, and tho anchor-
age, in 10 fathom.s water, is about 600 yards within the entrance.
Union Oove (Petites Vaches), 7 miles southward from Orange
Bay, is entered between Devil Point on the north side, and on the
south a peninsula, lower than the rest of the coast, with a little
green at the summit, and a high wooded point, oS which are two
islets. This cove, open to the SE., is a littlo more than one mile
deep and i mile wide, and has a fishery settlement. Vessels can
anchor in from 13 to 16 fathoms water near the head, but the
space is very small. H. M. S. Forivard (1890) anchored near the
head in 9 fathoms water, over sand and mud, with good swinging
room.

Little Harbor Deep (Qrandes Vaches), immediately south
of Union Cove, extends 1^ miles in a northwesterly direction, and
affords no shelter; it then turns SW. for the same distance, and is
shoal. Little Harbor Deep Head, the south point, is high and
barren.

wSf

! I

884

OAl'E HAT 1,1) TO CAI'K HT. .lOMN.

(H, O. Chart No. 1101.)
White Bay is ontorod hntvvooti Littler Harbor Doop Htuul iind
PiirtrulKO Point, tlio lattor being ICl milnH KSE. from th« former;
it thtm (jxtonds 44 milos 88W., (liniiiiiHliiiiK in width Kriuinidly to
tho lit'iul. Tlio coast gcnorally is higli and woodeil, falling in
hUh\[) slopos to th(* sea.

The numerous bays and inlets of White Bay are, as a rule, very
deep until near the head, when they shoal rapidly.

Ice.— The head of the bay fills in with northern ice and freezes
between 36th December and 10th January, the ice breaking up in
May. Ice fills in between Little Harbor Deep and Partridge
Point, and may remain frozen in until May or June, or clear early
in the year and fill again, all depending on the season and the
winds.

Little Oat Arm, 6 milos from Little Harbor Deep, runs in west-
erly with one bend 1^ miles. The north point is rugged with small
cliffs. The south point is also rugged, and both are wooded.
Fair anchorage may be had near the head on good holdii\g ground.
Great Oat Arm, l^ miles from Little Cat Arm, is nearly § mile
wide at the entrance between two cliffy points. A large slab of
gray rock shows in the woods halfway up the south point, that is
continued under water by a chain of rocks, and should not be
approached within 300 yards. There is no danger in the arm, but
the coasts are high and winds blow from them in all directions,
rendering navigation under sail very difficult.

Anchorage.— There is shelter as soon as the first elbow is passed,
but the water is very deep, and it is necessary to go beyond the
second bend to anchor, in 16 fathoms water. This is reported to bo
one of the few good anchorages in White Bay, the basin at the
head, with a bottom of sand and mud, being completely landlocked.
Abreast the rocky islet off the north shore the depth is 7 fathoms ;
at 1,400 yards from the point of the last bend the depth is 12
fathoms, increasing to 20 fathoms abreast the point.

There are two waterfalls at the head of the arm, causing a stream
to set out at the rate of one knot per hour.

Water. — Water can easily be obtained from a stream west of
the anchorage.

Cat Head, south of this harbor, is high, steep, and level topped,
and shelters a small cove SW. of it ; shoal water lies close eastward
of the head.

Ooast. — At about 5 miles SSW. from Cat Head, rocks lie close to
the coast, and at 3 miles from the deep valley the coast lowers and
is bordered by a beach of white stones.

Devil Oove, open to the eastward, is 8 miles from Great Cat Arm.
A stream falls into the head over some high hills.

r Doop Hoa<l aiul
ri'oin tho fornutr;
idtli Ki'iuluiilly to
)U(U)(t, fiilliiiK in

e, as 11 nile, voiy

n iro and freezes

brriiiking up in
p and Partridge
no, or clear early

season and the

oei), runs in west-
uggod with small
[ire wooded.

1 holdhig ground.
I, is nearly § mile

A large slab of

nth point, that is

id should not be

ir in the arm, but

in all directions,

it elbow is passed,
to go beyond the
s is reported to bo
the basin at the
letely landlocked,
epth is 7 fathoms ;
I the depth is 12
lint.
, causing a stream

a stream west of

and level topped,
ies close eastward

I, rocks lie close to
8 coast lowers and

im Great Cat Arm.

OHEAT CONEY AKM — SOI'S ISLAM).

895

Little Ooney Arm, at the north Hi'in of tho nntranco to (Jreat
Couoy Arm, is l)urnHl ut Mic iniiiill(> and iid'onls mo .shcltoi'. Hoats
can cross to tho l)usiii ut tho liniid In \\ iwi ut h)W wutnr.

Great Ooney Arm is formed by u high bluff |)romontory, run-
ning puiullul to th(» Ken(M-al diruction of Whltn Huy, the north
extrnnut of whioli, Con.-y Arm Houd, is high, ruggod, und woodt-d,
and ousy of recognition from uiiy dirnction. Tho urni is •i\ miles
deep, i mile wide at the entrance, and diminishes gruduully to tho
Nultwuter pond ut the heud.

Anchorage may Ixi hud ut the head, but wind find sea roach in
with NE. winds.

DoBsenger Rock, alumt 4()0 yards in extent within the 10-fathom
line, lies with Coney Arm Heud N. 55° W. (N. 24° W. mag.). The
least depth obtained on this rock was 5 fathoms, i. though much
loss water is roi>orted by local tishermen, and the sea breaks on it
in bud weather.

Frenchman Cove, 4 miles 8SW. from Coney Arm Head, is one
mile deep, and affords no shelter except from offshore winds. A
small rook lies near tho north point, and a high wooded hill over
the south point.

Jackson Arm is a good harbor, situated a little less than ; -v. ''as
from Frenchman Cove. The north point is a little, round, butat
hill ; the rest of the land around it is high. The entrance is 575
yards wide; immediately within, the harbor expands to i mile in
diameter, on tho north side of which are two small cov>s with
fishing posts. West of this basin the harbor narrows to 300 yards,
trending a little more than ^ mile to a second narrows, 150 yards
wide, expanding finally in a basin COO yards in diameter.

From the south shore of the first narrows a chain of rocks and
shoal water extends 225 yards, but the north shore is bold-to.
There is no other danger at a moderate distance from the shore.

Anchorage may be found beyond the first narrows in 12 fathoms,
mud, or in the same depth beyond the seconu u.^'rows, but the
anchor should not be let go in the basin just wi J a the entrance,
as the bottom is uneven and the holding ground bad.

A small cove lies SW. of this harbor, off which are some rocks
above water.

Wood.— This harbor is said to cont.dii tae finest wood in White
Bay.

Tides — It is high water, full and change, in Jackson Arm at
6h. 45m.

Sops Island, 3 miles south from Jackson Arm, is separated on
its west side from the mainland by a channel in which there are
islets and sunken rocks; at 2 miles from the north extreme of the
island this channel is narrowed to 400 yards, south of which are

336

CAPE BAULD TO CAPE 8T. JOHN.

Georges (Woody) and Anson Islands, forming the north side of
Sops Arni. At the NE. extreme is a small cove, where schooners
moor, and near the west end, Georges (Woody) Island is joined to
the mainland by a bank, over which there is 10 feet at low water

Uaution—Vessels of more than 14 feet draft should not attempt
to pass through the channel inside Sops Island until a more detailed
survey has been published. It is recommended not to pass between
Anson Island, small and covered with scrub and pines, and Sops
Island, as depths of from. 3 to 6 fathoms, over rocky bottom, are
reported m this passage.

Sops Arm extends west for nearly 3 miles from the SW. extreme
of Sops Island to a cove nearly J mile in diameter at the head-
withm the arm are some small islets lying close to the south shore'
A tew famihes, maintained by fishing in summer and collecting
skins in winter, reside on Sops Island, but there are no other
inhabitants m the arm. Vegetables are grown en the island, but
no grain. '

Rock. — A rock wi+.h o flpT^+ii f^p oi *„„i. _„ -i , t ,,

■■'■-^ — uB^txi Ga. ^i ibeo uji iu at low water lies

near the anchorage in Baldwin Cove, in a position with the center
of Emerald Island bearing N. 34° W. (N. 3" W. mag.), distant 650
yards, and 100 yards from Mohawk Point.

Anchorage—Baldwin Cove, on the south shore of the arm, and
about H miles from the SW. extreme of Sops Island, affords
anchorage in 10 fathoms water, over mud. There is also anchorage
m 19 fathoms water off a small cove at the head of the arm. Small
vessels may anchor in this cove, which is baroly 400 yards in
diameter, m about 5 fathoms water, and anchorage may be obtained
off a river with a fishery establishment near it. The mouth of the
river is foul a short distance from the shore, but the rest of the
coast IS bold-to.

Tides.-It is high water, full and change, in Sops Arm at 7h-
springs rise 4 feet (approximate).

Spear Point, the south turning point into Sops Arm, is tolerably
low ano laced by red-colored cliffs.

Salt-water Pond is at the head of a cove U miles from Spear
Point the entrance of which is remarkable. Chouse Brook, 3 miles
trom the head, has a fishing establishment.

MCiller Island (Cerises), the summit of which is 187 feet above
high water, lies in the basin at the head of White Bay. and is
Shaped like a truncated cone when seen from the north, but the
south part IS much lower, and a reef, with a sunken rock at the
iNJ^i. extrjme, extends about 300 yards from it

Anchorage may be obtained off the SW. end of Miller Island in
from 17 to 18 fathoms, in 10 fathoms water about 800 yards east
ot the island, and fr.r one vessel in 12 fathoms about 300 yards NE
of Oody Point. The first anchorage is said to be the best

MHM

SOPS ARM.

837

the north side of
where schooners
sland is joined to
feet at low water,
lould not attempt
iil a more detailed
)t to pass between
I pines, and Sops
ocky bottom, are

the SW. extreme
ter at the head;
' the south shore.
)r and collecting
ire are no other
1 the island, but

-t low water lies
I with the center
ag.), distant 650

of the arm, and
Island, affords
s also anchorage
the arm. Small
ly 400 yards in
may be obtained
be mouth of the
the rest of the

ops Arm at 7h ;

-rm, is tolerably

iles from Spear
B Brook, 3 miles

5 187 feet above

ite Bay. and is

north, but the

ken rock at the

Miller Island in
800 yards east
300 yards NE.
le best.

Gold Cove, north of Miller Island, is surrounded by verdure,
and the anchorage is very deep. Vessels should steer for the center
of the cove, until a white house on the east shore of the bay appears
nearly in line with the east entrance point, bearing N. 59° E. (East
mag.), when secure anchorage can be obtained in 35 fathoms water,
as neither wind nor sea reaches the head of the bay, so that a NE.
gale blowing at the mouth is only known at the liead of the bay
by the rain falling there.

The low-water extreme at River Head Bay extends about ^
mile from the mouth of the river, and is steep-to, with 20 fathoms
close to its outside edge.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in River Head Bay at
7h. ; springs rise 1 J feet, neaps rise 2} feet.

Coast. — The coast of White Bay is densely wooded, with steep
hills intersected by deep ravines. Osmandville and Galeville, two
small settlements on the east coast of the bay, each has about 30
inhabitants ; no supplies can be procured, but large game abounds
near the latter. There are several rocky ledges and bowlders along
the coast, and landing is best effected on the shingle spits abreast
the settlements.

Gran by Island, 3 miles east of Spear Point, has two rocky islets
off the east shore and an islet at the NW. end.

Rocks. — A line of detached rocks extends in a southerly direc-
tion from the middle of Granby Island for a distance of 850 3? ards.

The southern rock, nearly awash at low water, when its po.sition
is usually marked by the wash or tide rip over it, is situated with
the south extreme of Granby Inland bearing N. 69° W. (N. 38° W.
mag.), distant 900 yards.

The rock is steep-to on its eastern side, leaving a channel 1,100
yai:ds wide between it and the mainland.

Pomley Cove is a small cove behind a pyramidal rock, SE. of
Granby Island, and about one mile SW. of Purbeck Cove. Here
is a fishing station.

Purbeck Cove, cor.taining a fishing establishment and affording
shelter from offshore winds, may be distinguished by the south
point, which is white in color, also by a white patch in the cliff near.

Anchorage.— Anchorage can be obtained in this cove in 11
fathoms water, but the anchorage is exposed to winds from north
toSW.

Coast. — A small peninsula is situated 2^ miles north of Purbeck
Cove, on the south side of which is a small cove with fishing posts.
Between this and PurDeck Cove are two rocks above water. Wise-
man Cove, north of this peninsula, has a stream at the head, a rock
in the middle of the cove, and there is a fishing establishment.

888

CAPE BAULD TO CAPE ST. JOHN.

Western or Hauling Arm is a good harbor, with the entrance
free from danger, but tliere is no anchorage until 1^ miles within
the arm, behind a point on the south shore, in from 11 to 16 fathoms
water, over mud.

On each side of the arm, just within the extrance, is a deep cove.
Wild Cove, to the south, the deeper of the two, is exposed and the
holding ground bad ; Bear Cove, on the north, affords fair anchorage
for small vessels off the fishing establishments, sheltered by an islet,
with a passage in on either side. The northern passage is the better,
and if taking the southern, the islet must be given a good berth.
Hauling Point, north of this arm, is tolerably high, wooded, and
the north extreme is remarkably white ; from the northward it
makes as a peninsula sloping to Bear Cove.

Ice.— Western Arm of White Bay freezes over about 20th Decem-
ber and is completely closed by ice, 2 to 3 feet in thickness, till
about 10th May. Field ice generally appears between 25th Decem-
ber and 10th January, and disappears from 10th May to 15th June,
but has been known to remain as late as 1st July, also to have
entirely cleared away by 10th April. The first vessel usually
arrives early in May, the last leaving early in January.

Pigeon Islands consist of two large and one small islet, the
northern being the largest and the middle only a small rock, with
no passage between them and the mainland. Within these islands
is a little cove with a fishing establishment.

Middle Arm (Faux Havre), completely barred by rocks, so
that boats alone can enter, has a rocky islet off its west point.

Southern or Seal Arm (Bras des Vaux Marin), an excellent
harbor with a fishing establishment, is 2i miles northeastward of
Middle Arm; its entrance is free from danger. Cheese Hill, a
remarkable round hummock, lies on the east shore of this bay near
the head of the harbor, and shoal water extends from the fooib of
the hill to the opposite shore, barring the passage to the head; the
anchorage, in 18 fathoms water, is in a cove west of the hill.

Seal Cove, immediately north of Southern Arm, is open to the
west, and affords no anchorage.

Lobster Harbor is a small round basin about 250 yards in
diameter. The entrance is difficult to distinguish, and is nearly
closed by a chain o islets outside. The passage is along the west
shore, and is only 30 yards wide abreast the islands, and contains
8 feet water, but in the harbor there are 13 fathoms. The fishing
establishments are on the east shore, on the isthmus of a small
peninsula. The coasts are steep round the harbor, except at the
head, where some gardens are situated.

Burnt Cove, ^ mile from Lobster Harbor, is a sandy cove said
to contain good anchorage in 13 fathoms, sand, good holding

fesJ'^- W*

BURNT COVE FLEUR-DE-LIS HARBOR.

331)

vitli the entrance
1 1^ miles within
ill to 16 fathoms

36, is a deep cove.
I exposed and the
ds fair anchorage
Itered by an islet,
sage is the better,
^en a good berth.
Lgh, wooded, and
;he northward it

bout 20th Decem-
in thickness, till
?^een 25th Decem-
[ay to 15th June,
ily, also to have
t vessel usually
luary.

) small islet, the
small rock, with
hin these islands

red by rocks, so
3 west point.
rin), an excellent
lortheastward of
Cheese Hill, a
I of this bay near
from the f ooib of
to the head ; the
of the hill,
n, is open to the

lUt 250 yards in
jh, and is nearly
s along the west
ds, and contains
as. The fishing
limus of a small
r, except at the

sandy cove said
[, good holding

ground. The fishermen report that the sea does not reach in l)ere,
a fact corroborated by the grass which grows to the water's edge.

Current.— The current runs in along the west shore and out
along tlie east shore of White Bay, attaining sometimes a velocity
of 1^ knots.

Partridge Point (Cap Daim)'is tolerably high, sloping gently
to the sea, where it is bare and yellowish. Close SE. of it is a large
open cove with cliffy shores.

St. Barbe Islands or Horse Islands are two in number, of
moderate height and flat. The western is about 9^ miles in an E.
by N. direction from Partridge Point, but the relative bearings of
these islands and the mainland in the vicinity are reported to differ
from what the chart shows.

The passage between the islands is a little more than one mile
wide and free from danger, except on the east side, where a shoal,
with 4 to 6 fathoms water over it, extends in a westerly direction
from the larger island.

The east shore of the eastern and the south .shore of the western
island are foul, and should be approached with great caution. A
rock, with less than 6 feet water, is about 1^ miles west from the
SE. point of the eastern island, and about i mile from the shore,
and on the north side of the same island there is a small rock, above
water, about a mile distant from the shore. Two small boat coves
are situated west of the SE. point of the eastern island.

Pigeon Island, SSE. a little more than 1^ miles from Cape Cra-
paud, is close to Paradise Point, a remarkable high point. Between
these points is the entrance of a bay, the shores of which are
steep-to, except off a cascade just west of Paradise Point, where a
rock lies 70 yards from the shore.

Fleur-de-Iiis Harbor is one mile southward of Cape Crapaud,
and, though small, has good anchorage in it, sheltered from all
winds.

The entrance is difficult to distinguish except from the SE., when
it will be pointed out by the remarkable mountain having three
hummocks, resembling the top of a Fleur-de-Lis, from which both
it and the harbor derive the name.

Directions.— Bring the mountain to bear about N. 78° W. (N.
47° W. mag.) and steer for it to the entrance; then kee > along the
north shore, steering for the fishing establishment r r- ^i^at shore
next east of Welch Point. "The Rock," with 8 feyt water over it,
lies in mid-channel. When Bear Hill (a mound 144 feet high west
of the anchorage) comes open north of "The Islet," bearing N. 78°
W. tN. 47° W. mag.), steer for Welch Point to get in the middle
of the narrows (avoid the bank stretching off "The Islet"), where
the summit of Fleur-de-Lis Mountain will be seen a little to the

^•■n—

CAPE BAULD TO CAPE 8T. JOHN.

'i!

north of Bear Hill, about N. 81° W. (N. 50° W. mag.), and this
will lead into the basin, in the center of which vessels can anchor
in 4J fathoms water, over stiff mud.

The strongest winds are those from NW. and north, that come
down in violent squalls. There is never any sea at the anchorage,
but after strong breezes from north, round by east to SE., the sea
breaks with fury on the outer coast, while the foam stretches across
the entrance, looking like breakers, and a heavy swell is felt as far
as "The Islet." This phenomenon has been obgerved to follow a
northerly gale at an interval of one day, after the wind has com-
pletely fallen, when the sea rose in an hour.

Temporary anchorage in fine weather may be obtained in 12
fathoms water, over coral, i mile S. 78° E, (8, 47° E. mag.) from
Starboard Point.

Water can only be obtained conveniently from the cascade lust
SW. of Partridge Point.

Tid9S.— It is high water, full and change, at Fleur-de-Lis Harbor
at 7h. 15m. ; springs rise from 3 to 4 feet.

Green Point, nearly 2 miles from Pigeon Island, is the south
extreme of a rugged indented coast, off which lies an islet; it is
also the north point of the entrance to Bay Verte, 3i miles wide.

The Sisters are two rocks nearly in the middle of the entrance
to Bay Verte. The northern, 1^ miles S. 56° E. (S. 26° E. mag.)
from Green Point, has 6 feet on it at low water, and the sea gener-
ally breaks on it. The southern, always uncovered, lies f mile S.
40° E. (S. 9° E. mag.) from the northern, is surrounded by deep
water, and the sea breaks on it continuously. The passages on
each side and between the Sisters are clear.

Coachman Harbor (Havre du Pot d'fitain) is comprised
between Green Point and French Island, and is | mile deep from
French Island. Tin-pot Islands lie 800 yards E. by S. of French
Island, and consist of two groups 400 yards distant from each other,
with deep water all round. The north shore of the harbor is clear
for nearly a mile from Green Point; shoals with 10 feet least water
thence stretch off 350 yards. The head of the harbor consists of
North and South Coves, separated by a point, close off which lies
Guibert Islet. North Rock is a shoal with 3 feet water, on a ledge
extending 350 yards from the east point of North Cove.

The south shore of South Cove is formed by a narrow peninsula
surmounted by a little wooded hill, with a fishing establishment
at the isthmus, which is here only 55 yards across.

Qentille Islet lies off the north side of the peninsula. It is
small and is continued 200 yards to the NW. in shoal water,
and shoals lie off the channel separating French Island from the
peninsula.

.;' i 'i'i>ni..ii.i. ii > i ia i M

"WKS

-ar

MToaMMMa

COACHMAN HARBOR — BAY VERTE.

341

. mag.), and this
assels can anchor

north, that come
at the anchorage,
St to SE., the sea
a stretches across
well is felt as far
erved to follow a
e wind has com-

e obtained in 12
r E. mag.) from

: the cascade just

ar-de-Lis Harbor

nd, is the south
ies an islet ; it is
3^ miles wide.
) of the entrance
(S. 25° E. mag.)
id the sea gener-
Bd, lies f mile S.
ounded by deep
The passages on

Xi) is comprised
\ mile deep from
by S. of French
from each other,
e harbor is clear
I feet least water
trbor consists of
e oflf which lies
rater, on a ledge
Cove.

arrow peninsula
g establishment

)eninsula. It is
in shoal water,
Island from the

Communication. — The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer
from St. Johns calls here fortnightly during summer and autumn.

Anchorage. — South Cove, 400 yards in diameter, affords anchor-
age in 6 fathoms water, over sand, with good shelter, inside a low
rocky islet on which is a beacon.

Easterly winds bring a sea into North Cove.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Coachman Harbor
at 7h. 16m.

Bay Verte extends 9i miles SW. from Coachman Harbor witli
an average breadth of one mile, the shores being high, steep-to,
and wooded nearly throughout. 7.n the middle of the bay, 3^ miles
from Coachman Harbor, is a yellow-colored islet, with a little grass
on the summit, and steep-to ; Duck Islet, wooded, lies one mile far-
ther SW., and has a sunken danger, with 9 feet water over it,
lying 350 yards off the NE. point; on this islet small seams of
copper have been found, and also in the stream at the head. When
entering Bay Verte do not pass between Duck Islet and the yellow
islet, but having passed east of the latter, keep on the eastern shore
of the bay until past Duck Islet, when course may be shaped in
mid-channel. The bay dries from the head for a distance of nearly
one mile and shoals suddenly.

Anchorage may be obtained in 13 fathoms water, over mud,
with good liolding ground, a little east of the second point on the
west shore, which is bordered by white rocks; also in 13 fathoms
water, over stiff black mud and excellent holding ground, at the
head of Bay Verte, off a hut a little south of a low rocky point on
the west shore ; this latter anchorage is said to be a good place of
refuge in NE. gales, at which time the sea breaks as far as Duck
Islet.

A low rocky islet is situated on the east shore, 1^ miles from the
east entrance point, which is completely bare.

Ice. — Bay Verte freezes solid about the middle of December or
early in January. It gene'-'ally breaks up in May, but has thawed
out in the middle of April, remaining fast afterwards until 10th
June.

Mings Bight (Baie d.es Pins), east of Bay Verte, is a little more
than 4 miles long and 1^ miles wide. Mings Islets, two reddish
rocks, lie near the west point of this bight and are steep-to. Pines
Islet, a low rock sheltering a creek fit for boats, lies close to the
east point of this bight, called Grappling Point. On this islet and
near the creek are fishing stations. The only dangers in this bay
lie off a low point on the east shore 1^ miles within Grappling
Point, sloping from a barren hill about halfway between Pines
Islet and the head. This point should not be approached within
400 yards.

'■«e;...«»W' •*>'"

ki-]

342

CAPE BAULD TO CAPE ST. JOHN.

The copper mine in this bight is situated on the western side,
at about i miles withm the entrance. The water iu Mings Bight
IS so deep that at about 50 feet from the shore there is a depth of
5 fathoms. ^

Anchorage is not to be had till near the head, where the anchor
should be let go in 37 fathoms, so that the stern of the vessel when
swung should be abreast a conspicuous square bowlder just west
ot the second stream on the north shore

arappllng Point is high, cliffy, and steep-to, and the coast
continues so to the entrance of Paquet Harbor

nvfrl^ if *'?°.''' i""^^ * °'"^' ^'"^'^ Grappling Point, is a boat
creek, sheltered by Bois Island, barren and near the coast. The
entrance is difficult and dangerous with onshore winds

Paquet Harbor may be recognized easily by Cape Brfild, the
south point of the entrance, surmounted by Gros Morne 577 feet
high, and by Calvary Hill 269 feet high, on the north side of the
harbor. PeMe Point, north of the entrance, is a peninsula of mod-
erate height, at the extreme of which are several rockv i«lef« ^^^h
boat passages between. A shoal, with 3| fathoms, lies 150 "yards

rl! wtJw .^ ^''*''*''^^ ^' ^^^ y^'^" ^i-^^' ^l^«"*^e the harbor
runs WNW and separates in two arms, North Arm containing
hshing establishments, and Paris Bay, running S W. li miles

fi ^ fu a"®' ^ '■''''^ "^'^^ ^ ^^®* ^^*«^' li«s nearly halfway up
the North Arm, and in mid-channel, being connected by a shoal
ledge to the west shore. Cape Brdld in line with Soup Point (the
west extreme of the north point of the arm) leads just east of this

Anchorage may be had at the head in 8 to 10 fathoms, fair hold-
mg ground, but vessels wishing to stay require heavy anchors and
a long scope of cable.

Paris Bay is clear of danger till within 300 yards of the head,
but 18 only 200 yards broad at the narrows, expanding to a basin
400 yards in diameter at the head.

rr^'f^^"^^ ""^^ ^^ ^^^ ^°^ «^^" ^««««1« i^ 5 fathoms, mud.
The holding ground is not good till Pelde Point is shut in with
Broussailles Point, the south point of the entrance to Paris Bay
North and west winds produce violent squalls in this harbor that
strain the chains of vessels at anchor, and make beating in some-
times impossible.

Water may be obtained from a fine waterfall in North Arm or
(not so easily, and only at low water) from a stream, well stocked
with fish, at the head of Paris Bay.

.i.^!n®^'~^* '" ^'^^ ''^*^'"' ^""^ ^^^ «^^^««' at Paquet Harbor at
6h. 49m.

he western side,
in Mings Bight
re is a depth of

'■here the anchor
the vessel when
wider just west

, and the coast

Point, is a boat
the coast. The
inds.

^ape Brlild, the
Morne 577 feet
srth side of the
ninsula of mod-
irky islets with
, lies 150 yards
mce the harbor
Lrm containing
. li miles,
ly halfway up
ted by a shoal
loup Point (the
ist east of this

oms, fair hold-
'^y anchors and

s of the head,
iing to a basin

Fathoms, mud.
s shut in with
to Paris Bay.
s harbor that
iting in some-

rorth Arm, or
, well stocked

net Harbor at

MMMm

CONFUSION BAY — LA 8CIE IIAKBOR.

343

The Coast trends southeasterly from Paquet Harbor nearly a
mile to Cania Cape, off which is a reef and ledge extending 400
yards. A cove is situated, a mile south of Cania Cape, it is deep
and exposed. Cape Cagnet, white and prolonged by low rocks,
forms the north point of Confusion Bay.

Oonfusion Bay is nearly 3 miles wide between Cape Cagnet and
Brents Cove Head, and forms two bights at the head.

Grand Cove, 3 miles from Cape Cagnet, is the western, and is
open to the northward. The sides are inaccessible, and boats avoid
being caught there with onshore winds.

Round Harbor (Grand Coup de Hache) is the eastern, 3 miles
nearly from Brents Cove Head. This barber is safe but small, and
it should not be taken without a pilot.

To enter, the beacon at the head of the harbor should be brought
in line with Caroline Point, bearing S. 10° E. (S. 21° W. mag.),
which mark will lead between the shoals extending front Major
and Blanche Points. The inner anchorage, only 300 yards in
diameter, is obstructed by Crocodile Shoal, lying just within the
entrance.

Tides.-^It is high water, full and change, in Round Harbor at
7h. 16m. ; springs rise 5i feet, neaps rise 3 feet.

Brent Cove (Petit Coup de Hache) is immediately NE. of
Round Harbor, being separated by Coup de Hache Point, a high,
steep round hill sloping to a white point.

Brent Cove Head is high, steep, and of a dull color; a reef lies
a short distance off the shore just east of the head, with a boat
passage between. Cape Canaille, a high bold point, is 3 miles east-
ward of Brent Cove Head.

La Scie Harbor, 1| miles from Cape Canaille, is easy to recog-
nize from the red rugged appearance of La Chesnais Point, east of
the entrance. This small harbor extends about one mile and is 200
yards wide ; 800 yards from the head there is foul ground and shallow
water; it is easy of access, but being much exposed to northerly
winds, that throw in a heavy sea, is not recommended.

Anchorage.— The best holding ground is just within a small
cove on the west shore in 16 fathoms water, over mud.

Coast— The coast is moderately high, steep, and somewhat red
in color, NE. of La Scie Harbor, for 4i miles to North Bill of Cape
St. John.

Currents are very strong in the neighborhood of Cape St. John,
and generally run to the southward.

■W—^' ■"■■=*-» w

i' I

CHAPTER VIII.

NEWFOUNDLAND, EAST COAST— CAPE ST. JOHN TO CAPE

BONAVISTA.

(H. O. Chart No. 1101.)

Notre Dame Bay is 45 miles wide between Cape St. John and
Fogo Island. The coast at the head is divided into a number of
arras by numerous islands, among many of which it is not safe to
navigate without a pilot.

Cape St John, the NW. point of Notre Dame Bay, is divided
into three principal points, named North, Middle, and South Bills.
The two former are terminated by remarkable peaked rocks, and
South Bill falls steeply from cliflFs 244 feet high.

Remarks on the Ice. — Approaching Notre Dame Bay in the
month of June, it will be advisable for vessels bound to Cape St.
John or to Little Bay to proceed first to St. Johns and obtain a
pilot familiar with the Stag Harbor and Change Island runs and
the ice, as it cannot be said with any degree of certainty when the
tail of heavy ice ceases to flow in the Arctic Current 50 or 100
miles off the land between Indian Tickle and the Funk Islands; it
may be passing in July, so that it is unadvisable for vessels to
approach the bay from the eastward early in the season. By
keeping near to the shore shelter may be obtained, and the ice
avoided.

Cape St. John is usually visited by some ice in the month of
June ; occasionally it is clear and remains clear after the middle
of May, but these seasons are not frequent. The ice is usually in
strings or bodies, often several days apart; the strings may be
avoided, but it is difficult to keep clear of ice that can not be seen
over from the hills, and closes the coast as far as the eye can reach.
Shelter must be sought, and therefore local experience is required.
The cape is in telegraphic communication with St. Johns, so that
the state of the ice may be known to a certain extent ; but the ice
often travels fast in the SW. current. Days may elapse and no
ice be visible from Cape St. John, but in a few hours the ice may
come in and close the bay, between the 1st and 28th of June, sel-
dom later. It is, therefore, very difficult to state a safe date, but
it may be considered prudent for iron ships not to approach Cape
St. John before the 10th of June, and wooden ships about the 1st
of June.

(844)

HN TO CAPE

ipe St. John and
into a number of
1 it is not safe to

Bay, is divided
and South Bills,
aked rocks, and

•ame Bay in the
3und to Cape St.
ins and obtain a
Island runs and
•tainty when the
irrent 50 or 100
^'unk Islands; it
le for vessels to
the season. By
led, and the ice

n the month of
ifter the middle
ice is usaally in
strings may be
. can not be seen
le eye can reach,
mce is required.
b. Johns, so that
lent ; but the ice
y elapse and no
>urs the ice may
tth of June, sel-
a safe date, but
> approach Cape
3S about the 1st

GULL ISLAND — SHOE COVE,

345

Within the bay the ice is often kept off the shore by the strt'finis
out of tlie deep arms. A NE. wind packs the ice into Fogo mid to
Toulinguet; a SE. wind into Cape St. John and Groeii Bays.

Gull Island, 403 feet high, is bold-to on all but the eawtorn side,
a short distance from which are two rocks. A small indentation
on the south shore, at the bottom of the valley between the two
hills, affords the best landing.

Light— On the summit of Gull Island a cylindrical iron tower,
43 feet in height and painted red and white in vertical stripes,
exhibits, at an elevation of 526 feet, an intermittent white light
with a period of system of twenty seconds— light for eleven seconds
and eclipsed nine seconds; it should be visible 26 miles.

Breakers.- The light-keeper on Gull Island reports breakers
about 4 miles NE. from that island; also in a position about | mile
W. by N. from that island.

Mother Burke Rock, a pinnacle 334 feet high, ir joined to the
mainland at i mile south of South Bill ; it shows conspicuously
from the line of coast and is steep-to.

Manful Bight, a rugged cove into the head of which a stream
falls, is situated 1 J miles south of South Bill. Briney Cove, known
by a small shingle beach in the NE. part of the bight, is the station
of the guard for the fisheries.

Manfiil Head, south of the bight, is a bare cone 360 feec high,
eastward of which 200 yards lies a rock with 9 feet water on it.

Bishop Bock, 30 feet high, lies li miles S. 65° E. (S. 34° E.
mag.) from Manful Head. It is small and bare, with a ledge of
rocks extending a short distance from the west side, but is other-
wise steep-to.

Shoal Rock, with 3i fathoms water on it, lies West (N. 59° W.
mag.) 1,400 yards from Bishop Rock.

Mad Rock, lO feet high and bare, is 1,600 yards southward of
Manful Head. A rock awash lies a short distance west of Mad
Rock, and a shoal with 6^ fathoms water over it is situated south
330 yards from it. Mad Rock Cove, NW. of the rock, has some
rocks in it close to the head.

Coast— The coast from Mad Rock Cove to Shoe Cove Point falls
in steep cliffs from hills that attain an elevation of 700 feet, and is
steep-to.

Shoe Cove is an open bight ^ mile wide and 400 yards deep,
where a small settlement is situated. The shores are foul for 100
yards. Anchorage may be had in 11 to 14 fathoms. Several land-
slips mark the hills in this cove and show conspicuously from the
south westward.

The Brook is a small creek situated west of Shoe Cove, into
which a stream discharges from a large lake ^ mile inland.

CAI'K ST. ,I(»IIN TO CAPK BOXAVrHTA. ,

Monks Ground, with 15 feet water over it, extends 267 yards
cast of II point sitiiattMl 700 yards SW. of the Brook.

Shoe Oove Rook, with H foot water on it in wo phices, covers
a spat'o nearly 'iOO yards scpiaro, and within the depth of 10 fath-
oms is 000 yards h)ng and 200 yards broad. The nearest part of
th(> rock lies 'XW yards 8. 59° W. (West mag.) from Slft)e Cove Point.
Bisliop Rock well open east of th(» mainland, and bearing N. 63° E.
(S. 86° E. mag.), leads SE. of this rock.

Coast— The shore from the Brook to the westward falls in steep
cliffs from liills covered with moss, and terminates in rugged jioints.
A high range, attaining an elevation of 637 feet, is separated by a
small valley :rom the coast hills.

Little Oapllu Oove is 200 yards deep. A few houses are built
at the head. Great Caplin Cove, close south of Little Caplin Cove,
has a shingle beach at the head and several peaked rocks close to
the shore.

OapUn Oove Head falls in steep cliffs irom a partially wooded
eminence, with two small peaks 300 feet high, and terminates in a
bare, sharp rock US feet high.

Beaver Oove Head, i mile SW. of Caplin Cove Head, falls
steeply from a round hill 562 feet high, covered with an alterna-
tion of wood and moss, and is steep-to.

Beaver Oove is an open bight that extends 1,200 yards west
from Beaver Cove Head. At the head of the cove a considerable
stream drains Beaver Cove Pond, forming a small cascade under a
bridge. The west entrance point is foul for a short distance.

TUt Oove is the shipping place of one of the most valuable
copper mines in Newfoundland. The mines were closed in 1885, but
have since been reopened and now give employment to about 600
miners, he village containing over 1,000 inhabitants. It is 3^
miles SW. of Shoe Cove, and may be easily recognized by the
magazine (a white building standing alone on the south entrance
point of the cove). Shoal water extends a few yards from the
extreme southern point.

The cove is 265 yards deep and about 400 feet wide, and has a
pier on the SW. side which extends 186 feet from the shore, with
a depth of 28 feet at low water close to the outer extremity. The
sea occasionally washes completely over this pier, but in ordinary
summer weather vessels may lay alongside in perfect safety. An
anchor should be let go in 9 fathoms water, at a convenient dis-
tance from the pier, and a vessel may then be hauled into her
berth by means of hawsers secured to large ring-bolts let into the
sides of the cove for that purpose. A large settlement with a
church is situated round Windsor Lake, immediately to the north-
ward of Tilt Cove. In 1891 the population was 1,004.

amammmmmmm

'ip'"""'"

onds !i67 yards

D places, covers

ptli of 10 fiitli-

iieunwt part of

I tt)o Cove Point.

^ariiiK N. 63° E.

rd falls in steep
I rugged points.
I separated by a

louses are built
;le Caplin Cove,
1 rocks close to

artially wooded
terminates in a

ove Head, falls
irith an alterna-

,!iOO yards west
3 a considerable
cascade under a
; distance.

most valuable
•sed in 1885, but
it to about 500
.ants. It is 3^
agnized by the

south entrance
jrards from the

ride, and has a
he shore, with
xtreinity. The
)ut in ordinary
ict safety. An
onvenient dis-
auled into her
)lts let into the
ement with a
y to the north-
04.

TILT COVE — SNoOKrt AUM.

.*i47

Oommunioation. — The Coastal Stfamshlp Company's steamor
from St. .Johns calls hero fortnightly during summer and autumn.

Coal. — A small supply of coal (about 2() terns) may bo obtained.

Scrape Point, k mile southward of Tilt Cove, is surmounted by
a flat-toppt'd hill, 595 foot high, covonwl witli wood and facod by
cliffs, A bank with 10 fathoms water over it extends 400 yards
from the point.

Venams Bight and Balsam Bud Oove are the north and
south coves of an open bay l^a miles deep and l^ miles wide lying
between Scrape Point and Round Harbor Head. Pigeon Island, 41
feet high, separates these coves.

Round Harbor Head, the south entrance point of this bay and
the NE. point of the entrance to Snooks Arm, is surmounted by a
roun<l wooded hill 26ft feet high, by which it may bo easily recog-
nized. Low rocks extend 200 yards from the extreme of the head.

Round Harbor is immediately west of Round Harbor Head, and
is entered I 'rough a channel 40 yards wide between it and a smooth
grao.'5y inound 02 fe«t liigu. The harbor is 2o"/ yards long, 150
yards wide, and is available for small schooners only. A sunken
rock lies off the first fishing stage in, on the east side, another near
the head, and a third just inside the west point of entrance. Only
3 fathoms water can be obtained in the harbor. A heavy sea occa-
sionally makes the entranc'3 almost impassable, but the harbor is
always safe.

Snooks Arm extending 2^ miles W. by N. from Round Harbor
Head, is 1^ miles wide at the entrance between that head and Pig-
eon Island and narrows gradually to the brook at the head. The
north shore slopes from a range of hills, which are covered with
moss, while the south shore falls precipitously from Snooks Head,
a flat promontory 628 feet high, with deep ravines intersecting it.

Long Rocks, 3 feet high, lie off the north shore, 1,200 yards
west of Round Harbor, and Woody Point is a low projection f mile
farther in, on the same shore.

Woody Point Rock, with 4 feet water on it, lies south, distant
200 yards from Woody Point, and is the only danger on the north
shore.

Pigeon Island, the SW. point of the entrance to Snooks Arm,
is separated only by a chasm from the extreme of Snook? Head,
and is steep-to.

Mad Moll Rock dries 3 feet at low water. It is i mile NW. of
Pigeon Island and 100 yards from the SW. shore of Snooks Arm.
This is the only danger off that shore, which, however, should not
be approached nearer than 200 yards.

14010 23

848

CAl'K 8T. .lOllV TO <"AI'K HONAVISTA.

i i

Anchorage.— ThoanchoruKO in Snooka Arm Ih limited hi > a.ail-
ablu only for a fow vohhoIh, but the holdiiiK ground is good, in 18
fathoms water, off either of the two covoh at the head.

Water.— The watering place is in the west corner of the head of

the arm.

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Snooks Arm at 7 h.
Vi m. ; springs rise 4 feet, neaps rise 3^ feet.

Wild Bight, nearly a mile SW. of Snooks Arm, is 1,700 yards
wide at the entrance, a mile deep, and 000 yards broad at the head.
It is quite open.

Mouse Point, west of the entrance to Wild Bight, slopes steeply
from a wooded hill 509 feet high. A rock with 10 feet water on it
lies 100 yards off the point.

The Harrys, a ledge of sunken rocks, extend 300 yards from the
shore, at 1,300 yards west of Mouse Point. Old Harry, the outer
rock, has 9 feet on it at low water. Head Rock, with 4^ fathoms
water over it, lies 267 yards south of the east head of Indian Bury-
ing Ground Cuve.

Indian Burying Ground Oove, an open cove with a settlement
round the shores, lies westward of The Harrys. A cascade dis-
charges the waters of a brook that flows down the valley at the
head. The cove is shallow, and the shoal water falls suddenly to
a depth too great for anchorage.

Bobby Oove is close west of Indian Burying Ground Cove, the
point of separation terminating in Bobby Island, small, bare, and
33 feet high. Neither of these coves affords anchorage for large

vessels.

Buttonhole Point, lying SW. of these coves, is sharp and nar-
row, terminating in a mound 60 feet high. A rock with 13 feet
water on it lies 100 yards off the point.

Buttonhole Oove, a small indentation, with a store and wharf,
lies close west of the point.

■^-' land, 39 feet high, lies close to the shore, 1,267 yards
- ,*rd of Buttonhole Point. It is round in shape, covered
with turf, and steep-to.

Betts Oove is entered i mile west of Betts Island. It is 667
yards wide at the entrance, narrows gradually to the head, and
contains deep water till abreast the wharves, after which it shal-
lows suddenly. A valuable copper mine, situated to the westward
of the cove, has been worked since 1876. A considerable settle-
ment has sprung up in consequence; wharves line the south side
of the inner portion of the cove, and others are in course of con-
struction on the north side. The various buildings, smelting
houses, etc., form conspicuous objects; a tramway connects the
mine with the harbor.

r.v.

limited 111 ' u.jvil-

nd Ih good, in 10

:u>nd.

lor of the head of

nooks Arm at 7 h.

m, is 1,700 yards
)road at the head.

;ht, slopes steeply
feet water on it

00 yards from the

Harry, the outer

, with 4^ fathoms

li of Indian Bury-

with a settlement

A cascade dis-

the valley at the

falls suddenly to

3^round Cove, the
, small, bare, and
chorage for large

is sharp and nar-
rock with 13 feet

a store and wharf,

shore, 1,367 yards
in shape, covered

Island. It is 667
to the head, and
ter which it shal-
)d to the westward
msiderable settle-
ne the south side
in course of con-
lildings, smelting
Lway connects the

BETT8 COVE— CANDLEMAS HKAD.

849

Oommunioation.— Th(t Couatul Stoumship Company's Htoamer
between St. Johns and Biittht Harbor calls here fortiiiKlitly during
8umiui>r and uutuinii.

Buoy. — A red buoy, to wliich vchh^Ih urn temporarily secured,
is moored in 26 fathonts wat«'r, close south of the wharves, and
ringbolts (tlu» poHition of each of which la marked ))y a white-
washed mark) have been ha into the sides of the cove, to aid
vesHels in hauling to the wharves.

The Roman Catholic church, on a summit near the mine, is
visible from a northeasterly direction.

"Water. — A considerable stream flows into a rugged cove, close
within the east entrance point, from which water may be readily
obtained.

Betts Head, 1,200 yards SW. of the entrance to the cove, ter-
minates in an islet 10 feet above high water, under the slopes of a
double-peaked hill 432 feet high.

A small bare rock is nearly joined to the head, 67 yards oast of
the islet. Between them there is a small bight, where ligliters
could load ore in fine weather.

Ooaat— The coast trends westward from Betts Head and falls
nearly perpendicularly to the sea. That immediately about Betts
Head is reddish in color, but west of Betts Head it becomes dark
gray and partially covered with trees. A waterfall runs into
Betts Bight from a pond inland.

Green Point, a wooded projection 67 feet high, is 1,600 yards
westward of Betts Head, under hills 430 feet high. Two low
rocks lie close to this point and are steep-to. A shoal is situated
a short distance from the shore, at 600 yards westward of Green
Point.

Burtons Pond discharges through a small stream, spanned by
a bridge, 1,850 yards westward of Green Point. The entrance
may be readily distinguished by the gap in the hills. The mouth
is barred by a beach of shingle.

Candlemas Head, a round hill 286 feet high, and detached
from the main range by a deep valley, marks the west side of
Burtons Pond, and is steep-to. Pitman Bight, 350 yards deep and
450 yards wide, is west of this head, but aflEords no shelter. A hill
similar to Candlemas Head, 377 feet high, but with not so deep a
valley between it and the next ridge inland, lies just over the east
side of the entrance to Nippers Harbor, which is entered 1,200
yards SW. of Candlemas Head.

If ippers Islands are a group containing six principal islands
and several rocks. Shoal water extends a short distance from all
of them.

350

CAPE ST. JOHN TO OAl'E BONA VISTA.

Qull Island, the north easternmost, lies If miles SW. from Betfs
Head, and comprises a number of rocks joined together at low
water. Shoal water lies a short distance from these rocks.

A Ledge with 5 fathoms water extends 400 yards eastward from
Gull Island ; and Gull Island Ground, a rocky bank, lies farther
east.

Gull Rock, dark gray in color and 13 feet above high water, is
nearly connected with Gull Island by shoal water, being only 67
yards west of it. Low rocks lie both east and west of Gull Rock,
but the water is deep beyond 100 yards from the SW. side.

Alexander Rock, a light-gray islet 2% feet high, v/ith turf at
the summit, is 350 yards SW. of Gull Rock, and a shoal, with 3^
fathoms water, between them, at 100 yards from Alexander Rock.
Small detached rocks lie close to this islet on all sides.

In taking the channel between Alexander and Gull Rocks a
vessel should keep nearer the latter.

A Reef that dries 2 feet lies a short distance SW. of Alexander
Rock.

Riding Island is separated by a shallow channel froii the south
side of Alexander Rock, and is formed of seve 'al coniral masses of
rock joined together and to a round wooded hill 57 feet high at
the west extreme.

Fox Island is divided from Riding Island by a passage sujOfi-
ciently wide for a small boat at low water. It is surmounted by a
round hill partly wooded, 75 feet high, and fails in steep cliffs to
the southeastward.

Duck Island is connected with the south extreme of Fox Island
at low water, and consists of a mound 44 feet high covered with
grass, from which a ledge of bare rocks, with a small shoal off the
extreme, extends to the southward.

Seal Island, che largest of the Nipper Islands, is 460 yards long,
200 yards wide, and 80 feet above high water. A channel a few
yards wide, with a rock in it awash at low water, lies between Seal
Island and the west extreme of Duck Island. The summit of the
island is covered with small trees and grass, over whitish rock.

Rocks that cover lie about 20 yards off the west extreme, and a
rock with 5 feei, water is 50 yards SE. from the south extreme.

A Shoal with 2i fathoms water, occupying a space 100 yards
squar«, lies between Riding and Seal Islands.

Green Island, a round mound 90 feet high, covered with small
trees, is 250 yards northward of Seal Island. A small rock, with a
shoal in continuation, lies close to both its east and west extremities,
and shoal water fringes the south shore a few yards distant.

Nippers Harbor. — This harbor consists of three parts. The
eastern, i mile long and 250 yards wide, affords anchorage for

VISTA.

dies SW. from Belts
ned together at low
1 these rocks,
yards eastward from
ky bank, lies farther

above high water, is

water, being only 67

id west of Gull Rock,

the SW. side.

set high, v/ith turf at

, and a shoal, with 3i

rom Alexander Rock.

all sides.

ir and Gull Rocks

mmmmMmkmw

SW. of Alexander

lannel froii the south
e^al conirdl masses of
d hill 57 feet high at

rid by a passage suffi-

It is surn'ounted by a

falls in steep cliffs to

extreme of Fox Island
'eet high covered with
h a small shoal off the

ands, is 460 yards long,
,ter. A channel a few
rater, lies between Seal
i. The summit of the
, over whitish rock.
b.e west extreme, and a
the south extreme.
ring a space 100 yards

lS.

gh, covered with small
. A small rock, with a
st and west extremities,
jw yards distant.
;s of three parts. The
affords anchorage for

NIPPERS HARBOR — ROGUES HARBOR.

moderate-sized vessels in from 10 to 13 fathoms water, over mud,
and ringbolts have been let into the rocks for convenience in moor-
ing. The shores are bold, with the exception of the rock off Harbor
Point and another close to the south point of the entrance.

The western part has shoal water extending from a brook in the
west corner, leaving an anchorage, with good shelter for small ves-
sels, 100 yards in diameter, with 6 fathoms water in it. The north
part of Nippers Harbor dries across the mouth at low water, but is
deep within the bar.

A small village with a church is built on the shores of the eastern
part of the harbor, and a chapel, painted yellow, stands on a hill
above the south entrance point.

Communication. — The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer
between St. Johns and Battle Harbor, calls here fortnightly during
summer and autumn.

Noble Head, 800 yards soutli of the entrance to Nippers Harbor,
is a promontory of dark-gray rock, with a flat summit, 215 feet
high, covered with grass, and two remarkable pinnacle rocks near
the east extreme. It falls in rugged cliffs and is foul round the
base from the accumulated ddbris. Low rocks lie off the east
extreme, two being close to the shore and two others at 100 yards
from it. The easternmost is one foot above high water, and the
next inshore dries at low water. There is deep water at 100 yards
from the eastern rock.

Noble Cove contains some white houses, built close inshore of
a beach north of Noble Head. The cove is fringed by rocks, is
entirely open to easterly winds, and is unfit for anchorage. There
is a depth of 4 to 6 fathoms at 150 yards from the beach, increasing
quickly to 15 and 26 fathoms.

A Bank, 400 yards long and 150 yards broad within the depth
of 10 fathoms, lies east of Noble Head, and contains three shoals
with 11 feet and 3 and 3f fathoms, respectively.

Oreen Head, a wooded, flat- topped hill 278'feet high, forms the
north point of the entrance to Rogues Harbor, and falls in terraces
to the sea. A small islet is joined to the NE. extreme, am] the
southern part of the head is steep-to. A low isthmus that has been
partially cultivated, with a beach of shingle on each side, joins this
head to the mainland.

Bogues Harbor, just south of Green Head, is the southern of
two arms of the sea which unite just inside the entrance, the divid-
ing point being Hammer Head, a remarkable bluff hill 559 feet
high, with a conspicuous patch of red rock at the base.

A shoal, having two heads with 5 feet water on them, lies in the
middle of the entrance, and a rock with 15 feet lies close NW. of
this shoal. There is a depth of 7^ fathoms between these rocks

-^*nl■x^.■-^all<*jtt^«^^.J»^^i.t■^t*^.^J».iJ.^^w^^>■f— .».^^

[ 1 1 ifrfi IMiiMTIrtM— imWll

1
II

'til

862

CAPE ST. JOHN TO CAPE BONA VISTA.

*: 8i

and Green Head, but the best channel is west of them, with 17
fathoms water.

Northwest Arm, 800 yards long and 300 yards wide, affords no
anchorage for large vessels, but small schooners may find shelter,
off the shingle beach at the head, in 7 fathoms.

Rogues Harbor extends 1,700 yards from West Point and is 500
yards wide at the entrance, but at 800 yards within is contracted
by a projecting peninsula, 78 feet high, faced by rugged cliffs and
terminating in ragged points. The channel here is only 70 yards
wide, and no greater depth can be carried through than 7 feet at
low water; but within this bar is a basin 650 yards long and 200
yards broad, with 13 fathoms water in the middle, decreasing
gradually in depth to the head. Avoid anchoring off the cove in
the east corner, as very heavy squalls sweep over the neck of the
peninsula during NE. winds. A waterfall runs into the north side
of the harbor from an inland pond. A copper mine is being opened
up at the head of this harbor.

Stocking Harbor, 2 miles SW. of Rogues Harbor, is, like the
latter, available for small vessels only.^ It is entered between Flour
Cask Head and Burnt Island, a dark bare island 350 yards long
and 56 feet high. This channel is 550 yards wide and free from
danger.

East Stocking Harbor, an inlet 500 yards deep and 133 yards
wide, is the best place of refuge for small vessels, which can anchor
as convenient in 10 fathoms water at the entrance, the depth
decreasing gradually to the head.

A rock lies about 40 yards off the south entrance point, close
within the entrance.

A Shoal, with 5 fathoms water, lies a little more than 200 yards
east of Burnt Island.

Pigeon Island is separated from the west side of Burnt Island
by a clear channel 250 yards wide, with 13 fathoms water in it.
This island is small, wooded, and about 40 feet high.

King Island is close west of Pigeon Island, the passage, between
being available for boats only; the island is only disconnected
from the mainland at high water. It is composed of reddish-gray
rock, nearly covered with trees, and is about 70 feet high, with
small cliffs to the southward.

John Smith Island is 300 yards westward of King Island and
about 400 yards from the mainland. It is 41 feet high, of reddish
rock, and terminates to the southward in a low reef, which is steep-
to. A shoal, with 10 feet water, lies midway between the south
extreme of this reef and a small islet off the west point of King
Island.

TA.

of them, with 17

Is wide, affords no
may find shelter,

b Point and is 500
bhin is contracted
rugged cliffs and
) is only 70 yards
gh than 7 feet at
rds long and 200
iddle, decreasing
g off the cove in
r the neck of the
ito the north side
le is being opened

irbor, is, like the
ad between Flour
i 350 yards long
le and free from

3p and 133 yards
nrhich can anchor
ranee, the depth

■ance point, close

re than 200 yards

of Burnt Island
cms water in it.
igh.

passage, between
nly disconnected
i of reddish-gray
I feet high, with

King Islaiid and
i high, of reddish
)f , which is steep-
tween the south
3t point of King

■^if^iimmmmmmmmim

JOHN 8MITH HATtBOR — WHITE POINT.

353

John Smith Harbor extends 400 yards NW. from John Smith
Island and is 150 yards wide at the entrance, decreasing gradually
in width to the head. There is good shelter in this harbor for
fishing craft and small schooners in 9 to 12 feet.

Coast. — The coast west of John Smith Harbor is bordered by
rocks that cover at high water, and small islets, for 400 yards, to
Rowland Point.

From this the coast trends west for a distance of 1,800 yards to
the entrance of Nortliwest Arm; it is bold-to, and consists of
grayish rock covered by wood.

Qreen Bay is a long arm of the sea lying between Stocking
Harbor and Green Bav Island. It extends in a southwestei-ly
direction for a distance of 15 miles, and is divided into three parts.
Northwest, Middle, and Southwest Arms. The water is deep in
mid-channel.

Northwest Arm, an excellent harbor, extends NW. for a dis-
tance of If miles ; it is + mile wide at the mouth, expands to li
miles within, and then narrows to the head. The only dangers in
the entrance are shoals extending from both points of P.ix Cove.

A Kock that dries one foot lies 100 yards S. 54° E. (S. 23° E.
mag.) from a house painted red, at the north entrance point of
Winterhouse Cove, a considerable bight on the west shore. There
are houses in Winterhouse anc" Rix Coves.

White Point, a projection terminating in a small cliff, is the
south entrance point oi Winterhouse Cove ; the shore from it to
the beach at the head is nearly steep-to. A small wooded mound
lies over the coast, 200 yards west of VV^hite Point.

Anchorage. — Anchorage may be had as convenient in North-
west Arm, witli good holding ground in 10 fatlioms, after Winter-
house Cove is passed.

White HUls are 2 miles west of the head of Noj-'n veat Arm,
and are bare in patches at the summits; the highest is 1,1 HO feet.
A round wooded hill 1,040 feet high lies just north f this range.

Coast — The coast from the southern entrance to Nvirthwert Arm
trends to the southwestward for 2 miles to j\^"ddle Arm. Sm ill
gray cjiffs line the shore, interspersed with lieaches of shingle.
The hills above are thickly wooded, and one more prominent than
the rest, QIC eet high, shows a wooded tuft wlien seen from the
eastward.

Lower Island, 22 feet high, and Upper Island, 24 feet higlx, two
bare rocks, are joined to this shore by bowlders that cover at liigh
water. The former is i mile and the latter 1 ,700 yards from North-
west Arm, and both shew prominently against the dark, woodud
shore.

MiMi^i9if&isd»iii,»

CAPE ST. JOHN TO CAPE BONA VISTA.

A rock with 12 feet water lies 450 yards SW. from Upper Island
and 100 yards from the shore.

Two shoals, with 4^ fathoms water on each of them, lie respec-
tively S. 17° E. (S. 14° W. mag.) 650 yards, and S. 22° W. (S. 53°
W. mag.) 950 yards from Upper Island.

Middle Arm Rock, one foot above high water and surrounded
by shoal water, is close east of the northern entrance to Middle
Arm and i mile from the north shore. There is a passage between
these shoals and the north shore, but it should be used only in
cases of emergency, as the sea rolls from shoals to shore in bad
weather.

Middle Arm is 1,600 yards wide at the mouth, extending 2^
miles to the sandy spit that marks the termination of the first
reach, beyond which there is barely passage for a boat.

Anchorage. — At 1| miles within the entrance the arm narrows
to 800 yards in breadth. This is the eastern limit of the anchorage,
in 16 fathoms, and for ^ mile farther west good holding ground
will be obtained in 10 fathoms.

Middle Arm Point, the SW. entrance point, may be distin-
guished by several white patches in the cliff near. A wooded hill,
200 feet liigu, rises immediately ovor the point.

Southwest Arm is 1,150 yards wide at the entrance, between
Middle Arm Point and Birchy Cove Head, from which it extends
6 miles in a southwesterly direction with the same breadth. The
arm then expands to a mile in width, and, with a narrower bend,
extends 3 miles farther to the head. The water is deep close to
both shores, so that, except for small vessels, there is no anchorage
but in the places about to be described.

Southwest Head, 996 feet high, on the west shore, close inside
the entrance, is a good mark for recognizing Southwest Arm. The
summit is small and round, and the hill falls almost perpendicu-
larly to the water's edge.

Battling Brook falls into the sea at 6^ miles from the entrance,
in a fine waterfall down the chasm in the cliffs on the north shoi'e.
A small cove is close SW. of this stream, into which Corner Brook
flows and drains a valley extending some miles inland.

Stearin Bock, 13 feet high, is a small double islet at the south
side of Corner Brook Cove, and is joined to the main at low water.
A rock that dries one foot at low water lies close east of this islet.

The deposit from the brooks has formed a shoal, which dries at
low water, extending 200 yards fiom the shore, and the depth of 3
fathoms is found at 200 yai ds beyond, the water deepening sud-
denly to 12 and 18 fathoms.

Anchorage may be obtained by small vessels off Corner Brook
Cove in IS fathoms with a short scope of cable, but the holdirig
ground is not very good.

^n^'TTM

n Upper Island

lem, lie respec-
23° W. (S. 53°

md surrounded
ance to Middle
lassage between
je used only in
,o shore in bad

1, extending 2^
on of the first
)oat.

lie arm narrows

the anchorage,

iiolding ground

may be distin-
A wooded hill,

trance, between
'hich it extends
s breadth. The
narrower bend,
s deep close to
is no anchoi-age

ore, close inside
v^est Arm, The
ost perpendicu-

m the entrance,
he north shore.
1 Corner Brook
md.

et at the south
in at low water.
t of this islet.
which dries at
I the depth of 3
deepening sud-

E Corner Brook
ut the holding

SOUTHWEST ARM — WESTERN POINT.

355

At 1-^ miles south from Stearin Rock is a point projecting
slightly from the line of the coast.

A shoal Math 11 feet water extends in an easterly direction nearly
J mile from this point.

King Point, near the head of Southwest Arm, is low and flat,
with a few houses on it and some land under cultivation. The
head dries 200 yards from the high- water line, and the depth in-
creases suddenly beyond to 15 fathoms. South Brook lies a mile
east of the head, and is a fine strean;, draining the valley leading
to Halls Bay. The deposit from th brook dries at low water for
a distance of 300 yards from the mouth, and the water deepens
suddenly beyond.

Telegraph Station. — A telegraph station is on the west shore,
near the head of the arm.

Ice. — The Southwest Arm of Green Bay freezes between 25th
December and 15th January, and breaks up between 15th April
and 15th May,

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Northwest Arm at
7h. 9m. ; springs rise 4 feet, neaps rise 3 feet. In Southwest Arm
it is high water, full and change, at 7h. 8m.

Manful Point, Oi miles from the entrance of Southwest Arm, is
a shingle spit falling steeply to deep wi^-ter. The coast forms a
slight curve between these points, and off this a plateau extends
with 20 fathoms water at 750 yards distant from the shore and 10
fathoms at i mile, shoaling gradually from the latter depth to the
coast.

Anchorage may be had on this plateau in depth as convenient,
according to the length of the vessel, and this is the only place in
which large vessels can anchor with safety, the holding ground
being good.

Ne.ked Man, a pillar of rock 14 feet high, stands close to the
east shore of Southwest Arm, 2jV miles SW. of Bircliy Cove Head.

Copper mines are situated on each side of this rock, and their
localities may be distinguished by the houses on the shore. A
wharf has been built off that which is situated next west to Naked
Man.

Birchy Cove Head is a bare mound 81 feet high, under wooded
hillocks 270 feet high. From it the shore of Green Bay curves to
the eastward round Birchy and Shilly Coves, two small indenta-
tions, round the shores of which are some houses.

Western Point, nearly a mile ENE. of Birchy Cove Head, is
low and shelving, terminating in a flat rock 4 feet above high water
at the north extrenif;, and a low reef on the east side. An isolated
wooded hillock about 1 00 feet hig surmounts this point.

mil

HIji

866

CAPE ST. JOHN TO CAPE B0NAV18TA.

Jackson Cove, 1,300 yards wide between Western and Eastern
Points, and 800 yards deep, is nearly semicircular ; it is fringed by
beaches of shingle, and surrounded by wooded hills 150 to 300 feet
high.

Shoal water extends 100 yards from the shore, and a bank with
6 feet water extends 150 yards from the middlt^ of the cove. A rock,
on which a wooden pier has been built, stands close within West-
ern Point.

Fishing Rock, with 3^ fathoms water, is the shoalest part of a
bank lying off the mouth of Jackson Cove. It is 750 yards N. 34°
E. (N. 65° E. mag.) from Western Point.

Anchorage may be had in this cove, with shelter from all but
northerly winds, in 16 to 18 fathoms, but the water shoals sud-
denly, and care should be taken that the vessel has room to swing
clear of the shoal off the middle of the cove.

Eastern Point is the extreme of a wooded aiound 85 feet high,
joined by a low isthmus to the main. Rocks and shoals extend
100 yards to the westward, and the cove east of this mound is filled
with rocks as far as Patrick Point, nearly i mile NE. of Eastern
Point.

Coast. — The eastern shore of G-reen Bay siopes from wooded
headlands, the most conspicuous of which, Nickeys Nose, falls in
a steep bluff from a height of 426 feet.

Several coves indent this shore, all of which afford anchorage for
vessels, with shelter from offshore winds. The deepest, named
Salmon Cove, is bordered by a beach of shingle, and may be dis-
tinguished by a sohoolhouse, with a liagstaff near it, on the higii-
est part of the neck between Salmon Cove and Western Arm.
Harry Head is the west entrauce pomt to tliis cove.

The only dangers off this shore are a rock awash at high water,
lying 400 'yards S. 78° W. (N. Vl° W. mag.), and a rock, with 8
feet water over it, lying 400 yards N. oi" E. (N. 83° E. mag.) from
the extreme of Nickeys Nose.

A shoal, with 4 fathoms water on it, lies just within Salmon
Rock, the east entrance point to Salmon Cove.

Oreen Bay Islar-I. 202 ■; ^t high, is wooded and faced by dark-
gray cliffs, up which ; lie sea beats rth great violence. Rugged
rocks lie all along the shore, but tlu ' j is no danger beyond 200
yards from the east t;ide of the island.

Green Bay Bock, 9 feet above high water, lies f mile S. 60° E.
(S. 29° E. mag.) from the NE. point of Green Bay Island, and is
the middle of a reef 400 yards long, over which the sea breaks
furiously in easterly gales.

Three Arms, comprisfd between Green Bay Island and Little
Bay Head, are respectively named Western, Middle, and Southern
Arms.

■^ ^

TA.

item and Eastern
• ; it is fringed by
ills 150 to 300 feet

and a bank with
;he cove. A rock,
lose within West-

shoalest part of a
3 750 yards N. 34°

jlter from all but
Boater shoals sud-
las room to swing

)und 85 feet high,
md shoals extend
his monnd is filled
le NE. of Eastern

pes from wooded
leys Nose, falls in

ord anchorage for
e deepest, named
3, and may be dii3-
ir it, on the hii^n-
id Western Arm.
tve.

ish at high water,
ad a rock, with 8
83° E. mag.) from

Lst within Salmon

md faced by dark-
dolence. Rugged
ianger beyond 200

es f mile S. 60° E.
Bay Island, and is
ch the sea breaks

• Island and Little
idle, and Southern

HABEY HARBOR — WELSH COVE.

357

The Brandies are a group of rocka nearly i mile SW. of Green
Bay Island. The highest dries 3 feet at low water. Rogues Har-
bor, open north of Green Bay Island, bearing N. 9° W. (N. 22° E.
mag.), leads eastward of these rocks.

■Western Arm.— From Blackberry Head, the southern entrance
point. Western Arm extends 4^ miles in a southwesterly direction
and affords anchorage in several of the coves that indent its shores.

Harry Harbor, a shallow indentation on the north shore, is
suitable for small vessels only, having only 9 feet in the entrance
at low water. Two rocks lie near the head, the western of which
dries at low water.

Harr," Harbor Rock, with one foot water on it, lies off the
entrance, and as no natural marks could be found to lead into Harry
Harbor, those about to enter should 1 moy the rock beforehand.

Anchorages.— Anchorage may be obtained in depths of 20
fathoms or less, as convenient, to the westward of Windsor Point,
near the head of arm.

DoUond Arm, a shallow indentation to the eastward of Dol-
lond Arm Head, a round wooded hill, 323 feet high, forming the
south side of the narrows, affords anchorage to small craft, off
the entrance, in 15 fathoms water.

Welsh Cove is a secure anchorage on the south side of Western
Arm, but the entrance is narrow, and the available passage is con-
tracted to 100 yards by a rock, with 11 feet water on it, extending
in a NNE. direction from the south entrance point, and by shoal
water, extending a short distance from the north point.

There is no danger within the cove, and good anchorage may be
obtained by vessels of moderate length in 12 fathoms water, over
mud. A buoy should be placed on the rock off thf south entrance
point when entering.

A copper mine has been opened near Welsh Cove, the shaft being
close to the shore; the manager's dwelling-house, a conspicuous
wooden building, is northeastward of the shaft.

The shore is foul for nearly 200 yards from this cove, northward,
to the next prominent point, but anchorage may be obtained north-
westward of the mine, in 15 fathoms water, over mud.

Middle arm, sheltered by Hennessy Island, 205 feet high, and
Three-arms Island, 150 feet high, and accessible on either side of
these islands, affords excellent anchorage, in from 11 to 15 fathoms
water, over mud. On the west shore, about halfway to the head,
are a conspicuous stage and a tew houses. There is no danger in
the arm, except a sunken bowlder, nearly 200 yards from the head.

Old Billy, a dangerous rock, with 3 feet water on it, lies off the
NE. extreme of Three-arms Island, and a shoal, with 12 feet water
over it, lies off the south side of the entrance to Middle Arm.

I'*

'Ill

■ i

358

CAPE ST. .rOlIN TO CAPE BOKAVI8TA.

Directions. — The best passaj^o is south of Heuuessy and Three-
arms Ishvuds, bringing the stage on the west shore of Middle Arm
just open south of Three-arms Ishind, bearing S. W° W. (N. 83°
W. mag.), and keeping this mark on until the extremes of Hen-
nessy and Three-arms Islands are closed, about N. 7° W. (N. 24°
E, mag.), when Old Billy will bo passed, and mid-channel may be
taken to the anchoi'age.

The passage NW. of the islands should be ilsed only by those
having accurate local knowledge, as the north shore requires to be
kept close aboard.

Southern Arm extends in nearly a straight lin'e 4| miles, in a
SW, direction, to the head.

Two islands lie in the middle of the arm, leaving a passage 100
yards wide, with a depth of 4 fathoms in it, between them and the
north shore. Rocks and shoals extend northward of these islands,
and the north shore should be kept aboard in taking this passage.

Shoal Arm, 3 miles to the southwestward of Little Bay Head,
is entered through a channel about 55 yards wide, in which is a
depth of 13 feet water, and has from? to 9 fathoms within. There
are no dangers in this arm, except a rock with 8 feet water on it,
situated 100 yards from the middle of the eastern shore.

Little Bay Head falls in steep cliffs, at the end of the slope from
a conspicuous conical hill 657 feet high, and terminates in a small
islet.

Wild Bight, the west shore of which is foul for 150 yards,
affords anchorage, in from 10 to 13 fathoms water, for small ves-
sels, with shelter from westerly and southerly winds, but the
holding ground is not good. With light easterly winds a swell
sets in, and when the wind is high the whole of the bight appears
a mass of breakers. Red Island, 120 feet, and Red Island Rock,
38 feet high, respectively, form the southeastern entrance point to
Wild Bight.

Ice. — Icebergs frequently drift in here during the months of
June, July, and August, after the pack ice has left Notre Dame
Bay.

Indian Bight — The head of Indian Bight is 4f miles south-
westward of Red Island Rock, and the south entrance point has
sunken rocks extending 200 yards to the northward.

At the head of the bight are dwelling houses, and at their NW.
end a wooden church, painted white and having a spire ; a wharf
projects from the center of the beach, alongside which there is a
•lepth of about 16 feet at low water, but a small rock, which dries
3 feet at low water, marked by a pole surmounted by a white disk,
lies close east of the wharf, and the local steamers pass between
them.

'" iiii

w':"-lSMi^

rA.

iiessy and Three-
i of Mirldle Arm
5. f.(i° W. (N. 83°
xtremos of Heu-
N. 7° W. (N. 24°
[-channel may be

mI only by those
re requires to be

in'e 4i miles, in a

rtg a passage 100
)en them and the
of these islands,
tig this passage.
Liittle Bay Head,
), in which is a
3 within. There
feet water on it,
shore.

jf the slope from
nates in a small

1 for 150 yards,
V, for small ves-
winds, but the
y winds a swell
le bight appears
,ed Island Rock,
ntrance point to

', the months of
eft Notre Dame

4f miles south-
irance point has
d.

[id at their NW.
I spire ; a wharf
(rhich there is a
)ck, which dries
by a white disk,
jrs pass between

•mmmmmf

INDIAN BIGHT — LITTLE BAY.

359

In the valley between two hills, on the south side, is one of the
most valuable copper mines in Newfoundland. A tramway extends
from the mine to a wharf in Little Bay, and there is a road to the
settlement at the head of Indian Bight.

Dog Stones, two rocks, awash at high water, surrounded by
shot:is, and occupying altogether a space nearly 400 yards long,
are situated in the middle of Indian Bight, 400 yards from the
head, and have a narrow passage between the shoal water extend-
ing from them and that off the north shore, but the best passage,
150 yards wide, is south of Dog Stones.

Anchorage.— Anchorage, with shelter from offshore winds only,
may be obtained by one or two small vessels, in 4^ fatlioms water'
off the wharf, but a heavy sea rolls in witli northeasterly winds.

Telegraph. — There is a telegraph office here in connection with
the Anglo-American Telegraph Company.

Water.— Water may be obtained readily from a stream flowing
into Shimmy Cove, which lies immediately eastward of Indian
Bight.

Little Bay is southward of Indian Bight, the dividing point
being a small blufif, off which is Otter Island, surmounted by a
conspicuous tree, 362 feet above high water, which rises above
densely wooded h;lls, lying at the entrance to the bay, forming
two passages to it. That SW. of the island is nearly barred by
rocks, but there is a narrow channel, with a depth of 13 feet in it,
at low water; the channel east of Otter Island, though only 60
yards wide, has not less than 11 fathoms water in mid-channel.

There are large copper mines and works, and a wharf is situated
immediately southwestward of the western entrance, on the west
shore of Little Bay, and vessels drawing 24 feet of water may be
loaded alongside, or may find anchorage off it in 13 fathoms water,
but it is necessary to moor, as the space is limited, or temporary
anchorage may be taken up farther out in 22 fathoms.

Communication.— The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer
between St. Johns and Battle Harbor calls here fortnightly during
summer and autumn.

Coal and Supplies.— Cape Breton coal may be obtained from
the mining company, but no Welsh coal is kept in stock. Ships
can coal alongside the wharf. Provisions in small quantities can
generally be obtained.

Little Shellbird Bight, the first deep bend on the south shore
of Little Bay, is barred in its western approach by a shoal connect-
ing the west entrance point with Grassy Islet and Little Shellbird
Island, and a shoal, with 15 feet water over it, extends 150 yards
from the south extreme of Little Shellbird Island, leaving a passage
of that breadth between it and the east shore of Little Bay,

360

CKVE 8T. JOHN TO OAl'E BONAVIHTA.

Bhoal Harbor, on the eant shore, where tliore ia a mine, may bo
distinguished by two h)w islets forming the north sid uf the
entrance, in which there is a depth of (J feet water. A I'ock that
uncovers 'ies in tlie middh', and other rocks lie close east of the
entrance.

Little Bay deci eases in width to 20U yards at one iSiiie from the
head, and the available channel is still further narrowed to 100
yards by u shoal extending from the south slioi-e.

Anchorages. — AnchoT-a>,'e in from 7 to 8 fathoms water may be
obtained by small vessels iu Shellbird Biu'ht, entering it from the
Westward, as a bar, with 16 feet water on it, connects the east
extreme uf the island with tlu- mainland; or in Northeast Bottom,
in 5 fathoms, or in Southeast B'i*^tom, in 9 fathoms water.

Ice. — Little Bay freezi's bet een Ist and -iOth January, and is
compl' lely blocked with ice about 2 feet thick. It is sometimes
open iu winter, and clears early iu May; luivigation has been closed
on tv^o years as late as 26tli May and 9th June, respectively. Field
ice appears about 10th of January and leaves early in May, at which
time the first vessel generally arrives, the latest leaving early in
January.

Tic.es. — It is high water, full and change, in Little Bay at 7h.
22m. ; springs rise 4^- feet, neaps rise 3 feet.

Tom Cod Rock, a small pinnacle that uncovers 3 feet at Ioav
water, and oft the SW. side of which, distant 100 yards, is a rock
with 12 feet v,-itor over it, is 1,200 yards S. 61° E. (S. 30° E. mag.),
nearly, fvan! the NE. extreme of Otter Island, The apparent west
shore tf Little Bay, iu line with the south entrance point, bearing
S. n2° W. vS. 33° W. mag.), leads NW. of Tom Cod Rock, and
between i(, and the rock south of Otter Island.

Little Ward Harbor is 800 yards deep and 350 yards wide, but
has only 13 feet water in the entrance, and the anchorage is not
available for vessels drawing mo're than 10 feet water.

Beaver Cove Rock, with 15 feet water on it, lies nearly 200
yards west from Beaver Cove Head.

Hall Bay, a picturesque arm of the sea, extends 17 miles in a
southwesterly direction, with an almost even breadth of 1^ miles.
The laud on the north side is reported to contain large quantities
of copper.

Communication. — A road will connect Hall Bay with the
Northern and Western Railway at a point 4 miles west of Badger
Brook, the distance being about 44 miles.

Salt-water Pond Point, on the north shore, 4^ miles within the
entrance of Hall Bay, is the east entrance point of a bight f mile
deep, from the head of which Salt-water Pond, a shallow arm of
the sea, extends to within a short distance of Little Ward Harbor.

UTA.

is a mine, may be
north aid of the
iter. A rock that
le close east of tlie

one i>iiio from the
r narrow't'd to 100

oms water may be
itcring it from the
connects the east
Northeast Bottom,
)ms water,
th January, and is
. It is sometimes
ion has been closed
espectively. Field
ly in May, at which
st leaving early in

n Little Bay at 7h.

overs 3 feet at ^.ow
100 yards, is a rock
E. (S. 30° E. mag.),
The apparent west
ance point, bearing
)m Cod Rock, and

350 yards wide, but
e anchorage is not
; water.
I it, lies nearly 200

ctends 17 miles in a
ireadth of 1^^ miles,
ain large quantities

lall Bay with the
dies west of Badger

, 4^ miles within the
ttt of a bight f mile
id, a shallow arm of
jittlo Ward Harbor.

■'T^P*WI»*!f^

SALT-WATER I'ONI) — WOLF COVE.

Anchorage. — The anchorage off Salt-water Pond is consicU^red
the best in Hnll Bay ; the anchoring space Ih about i mile in extent,
shoaling gradually from 7 fatliom.s watnr in tlit* center to the shores
of the bay. No snijplit^s eau be obtained here.

Island Rock Cove, on the north shore, 11^ miles within the
entrance, has several houses on the shore and the mine wharf pro-
jecting fnmi the eastern extreme, off whi('h 'iOO yards is a rock,
awash at low water.

Lower Wolf Cove, immediately .soutlvward of Island Rock
Cove, affords anchorage for small vessels close to the shore, but
there is no secui'e position for a largo vessel, dept'is of 30 fathoms
being found at 300 yards from the shore.

Qreen Island is brown in color. A ste, >wni ill stands on
the north side of the island and is conspicuoT thf southwest-

ward, but only the steam jet and flagstaff .. "n from the

northeastward. A rocky bank with 12 feet uF water o\ ^^v it is 300
yards distant from the NE. extreme of Green Island.

Anchorage. — Anchorage for small vessels may be obtained off
the first cove SW. of Burnt Island, the bank extending 335 yards
from the shore to the depth of 10 fathoms, but the water deepens
suddenly to 60 fathoms, while depths of less than 3 fathoms will
be found 100 yards from the shore.

A conspicuous white house stands on Dock Point, nearly 2i milet
from the head of the bay.

Riverhead Brook is a considerable stream, the deposit from
which has formed flats of sand that extend across the entrance and
to the soutliAvard for ^ mile from Eaton Point, east of the entrance,
falling rjuickly to deep water.

Anchorage. — Anchorage may be obtained in the southern part
of the head in from 10 to 23 fathoms water as convenient, the lat-
ter depth being found at 65 yards from the shore, or when White
Point, where are some houses, is in line with the north extreme of
Wolf Head. Small vessels will find shelter about J mile north-
eastward of Eaton Point; depths of less than JO fathoms extend
800 yards from the coast, and deepen quickly to 24 fathoms.

Ice. — Hall Bay freezes between the end of January and early in
February, and breaks up between 20th April and 3d May. .

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Hall Bay at 7h. 16m. ;
springs rise 5-J- feet, neaps rise 3^ feet.

Wolf Cove is 800 yards deep, 750 yards wide at the entrance,
and 400 yards broad at the head ; the depths range from 33 fath-
oms in the entrance to 8 fathoms close to the head, and the shoal
water which fringes thb shores falls steeply to depths suitable for
large vessels.

3«2

CAPK 8f. .roilN Tt) CAVK B0NAVI8TA.

Ill

ill

i 11:

Boot Harbor is immoil lately oaHtwanl of Boot Harbor Hoa'l, a
hold IdufT Huniioiint«'(l by a woo»l«>»l liill 228 feet h\^^\^. Her** ia a
sliiiiglo mill worktid by tlir waters of a caacaflo falliiiK into tho
harbor, also a wharf, having Homo whit«* Iiouhhh nrar it, and a
rock, with one foot water on it, lying 200 yards of its cxtromc.

Anchorage.— A iichoraK*' may b(« obtalntHl in Boot Harbor, in
from 12 to 15 fathoms water, at 400 yards from the shore. Tho best
position is with the wharf b(>arinK S. 31° E. (South max-)) '^nd the
north extreme of the larg'^st woodcul iHlet on tho west side of the
houses N. 87° W. (N. 56° W. mag.).

Sunday Cove Island. — There is good anchorage at the western
entrance of Sixnday Cove Island Tickle, in deptlis of from 6 to 10
fathoms as convenient, and there is no other direction necessary
than to attend to tho chart.

Wellman Oove is tlio tirst indentation on the west shore of
Sunday Cove Island, and nuiy be recognized by the hous(m built on
the shore.

A shoal extends 200 yards northeastward from the south entrance
point, and the cove is foul generally at that distance from the shore.

Anchorage. — Anchorage, for small vessels only, may bo ob-
tained in from 8 to 13 fathoms water off the houses, but tho hold-
ing ground is bad, except in a small spot, where the local schooners
moor.

Sunday Oove Islan.T BigHt, on tlie east shore of the island,
and completely exposevi i . '";he ..stward, maybe recognized by the
houses and stages erecte-' within the beach of shingle that encircles
it ; a heavy sea roll- : i after autumnal gales, washing away the
fishing stages.

A rock lies close eastward of the southernmost stage,

A mine is opened on the north side of this bight, and a tempo-
rary wharf has been built, with a magazine near it.

Pilley Island, SE. of Sunday Cove Island, and separated from
it by a channel about J mile wide, is about 5 miles long in a NNE.
and SSW. direction and 3 miles broad. A valuable mine of iron
pyrites is situated near the southern part of the island.

Pilley Island Harbor, on the SE. side of Pilloy Island, is
entered- by four channels, viz. Flat Rock Tickle, Raft Tickle,
Pretty Tickle, and Pilley Tickle ; of these only the two former are
suitable for large vessels. The iron pyrites mines afford employ-
ment to about 230 men, and about 40,000 tons of iron pyrites are
exported annually, principally to the United States. In 1894 the
port was entered by 18 steamers, of an aggregate tonnage of 47,000
tons, in addition to coasting vessels; the population is about 1,000,
and the imports consist of provisions, dry goods, mining materials
and implements.

^Bii

ST A.

)t Harbor H<>ii'l, a
>t hin'i. Hero is ft

10 fiillitiK into tho
HUH iH'iir it, htkI »i
off it8 cxtrome.

ti Boot Harbor, in
ht* nhon^ The boat

nth maR.)) '"I'l ^^'^
lio west side of tliu

ruKO at tho wostorn
)tliH of from 6 to 10
Urection necoBsary

tho west shore of
the houses built on

11 the south entrance
mce from the shore.
I only, may be ob-
luses, but tho hold-
3 the local schooners

shore of the island,
16 recognized by tho
aingle that encircles
, washing away the

ost stage,

bight, and a tempo-
jar it.

and separated from
dies long in a NNE.
tillable mine of iron
lie island.

of Pilley Island, is
riokle, Raft Tickle,
y the two former are
nines afford employ-
is of iron pyrites are
States. In 1894 the
ate tonnage of 47,000
lation is about 1,000,
)ds, mining materials

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

Cf.

•it ^

1.0

I.I

1.25

■ 50 '""^

1.4

M
1.6

(5'

.^ >j»

<$•

Photographic

Sdences

Corporation

33 WEST MAIN STREET

WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580

(716) 872-4503

«•

CIHM/ICMH

Microfiche

Series.

CIHM/ICMH
Collection de
microfiches.

Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques

• : I'lLLEY ISLAND IIAUBOR— RAtT TICKLE. 363

Coinmunication.-Tho Coastal Steamship Company's steamer
between St. Johns and Battle Harbor calls here fortnightly dnrin^
summei- and autnmn; there is irregular overland mail service
weekly during winter, in connection with the railway ; telegraphic
communication only from Little Bay ^S^tipnic

Coal and Supplies.-The Iron Pyrites Company usually only
keep sufficient coal for their own requirements, but a small quan
tity miglit be obtained from them if required. It is difficult to
obtain wood in any quantity, and there are no facilities for water-
ing ships, well water being used by the inhabitants. Small repairs
to machinery can be made, and there is a foundry which can
undertake castings up to GOO pounds

Plat Rock Tickle, the western channel, is entered between
Tilley Head and the SW. point of Pilley Island, about 3* miles
southeastward of Sunday Cove Island. Within the entrance, the
channel about 100 yards in width, lies to the northward of Flat
Rock 3 foet high, and flat, as its name implies. The space between
Flat Rock and the mainland, southward of it, is foul ground with
numerous shoal heads, and affords no passage for vessels. A shoal
extends 300 yards east from Flat Rock, and a reef, which dries at
low water, lies m the entrance to Kelly Cove on the north side of
the channel. TiUey Head just open of the SW. extreme of Pilley
Island, bearing N. 77° W. (N. 46° W. mag.), leads between these
dangers after which a light green point, the first west of Tillev
Head should be brought in line with the SW. extreme of Pilley
Island, bearirxg N. 76° W. (N. 45° W. mag.), which will lead to
the southward of a shoal, with 3i fathoms water over it, and to
the channel southward of Fox Island, which, unless with local
knowledge, is the one recommended.

T 1^* v*°^^®' *^^ ^"""^^^ entrance, between Raft and Pretty
Islands, has no dangers except shoal water extending about 150
yards from Pretty Island.

Outer Anchorage.-The anchorage, in 20 fathoms water, over
mud, IS with the center of Pox Island bearing N 76° W (N 45°
W. mag.) distant i mile; but the' holding .round is only fair,"and
vessels should avoid anchoring on Callaghans Ground, which,
with depths of from 6 to 10 fathoms, extends about i mile NE. of
Raft Island as the bottom being of a smooth, rocky nature, the
anchor would be likely to drag with any wind.

Dangers.-The channel leading to Salt Pond, the inner anchor-
age hes to the westward of Bridges and Farquhar Islands, and is
m places bare y 65 yards in width. The following are the dangers :

Fox Shoal, with 3 feet water over a rock at the extreme ex-
tends about 350 yards NE. from Fox Island; the northeastern side
IS sometimes marked by a cask buoy, painted black.

14910 24

lit

nri

I IHPIIV JLipjLlKMl ,11 ' *l ^Jl'^t^lpf

364

CAPE ST. JOHN TO CAPE BONAVISTA.

Buzzard Shoal, on which the least depth is 3 feet, lies about
300 yards south of Bridges Island ; its southwestern side is marked
by a cask buoy, painted black with white chines.

Ledrew Rock, a pinnacle only a few feet in circumference, has
17 feet water over it, and lies 200 yards northwestward of Bridges

Inner Anchorage.— Vessels can moor at the head of Salt Pond
in 15 fathoms water, over mud; or they can lie at single anchor
with a stern fast to one of the many ringbolts driven into the
rocks, the positions of which are indicated by whitewashed marks.
Vessels loading ore lie alongside the outer ends of the loading
piers, the ore being brought down in trolleys from the mine.

Buoy.— A large square wooden buoy, for warping purposes, is
moored about 100 yards SW. of the loading pier.

Directions.— To proceed to the Inner or Salt Pond Anchorage,
the Salvation Army meetinghouse (a house with a red roof stand-
ing by itself), half its own breadth shut in of the point on the
western side of the narrows, bearing North (N. 31° E. mag.), leads
between Buzzard and Fox Shoals, after which the west side of
Bridges Island should be kept about 100 yards distant until the
Methodist chapel (the third white house to the right of the Salva-
tion Army meetinghouse) is just open east of Farquhar Island,
bearing N. 1° E. (N. 32° E. mag.), which will lead eastward of
Ledrew Rock; thence a mid-channel course, passing westward of
all the islands and eastward of a spar buoy opposite Farquhar
Island, will lead to the anchorage. ^

Some of the buoys marking dangers in the approach to this
anchorage were out of position in 1896.
Pilots can be obtained at Great Dunier Island Lighthouse.
Tides.— It is high water, fuU and change, in Pilley Island Har-
bor at 7 h. 30 m. ; springs rise 4 feet, neaps rise 2 feet (approxi-

Boberts Harbor.— A bay is situated- southwestward of Pilley
Island, having an island (Haywards Gull Island) in the entrance,
between the NW. -^^eme of which and the mainland there are
some shoals; the ^ lel southeastward of this island is clear.

A narrow channoi, with a depth of 15 fathoms in ii, leads from
this bay to Roberts Harbor, which is completely sheltered and has
good holding ground. Two islets are situated at the entrance, the
northeastern of which (Entrance Islet) is wooded and steep-to,
lying near the southern entrance point; the southwestern islet is
bare and rocky, with a rock having 4 feet oyer it at low water,
lying 65 yards north of the SW. extreme. A rock which uncovers
about 2 feet at low water lies about 65 yards WSW. of the north-
ern entrance point.

3 feet, lies about
rn side is marked

rcumference, lias
itvvard of Bridges

lead of Salt Pond
at single anchor
i driven into the
itewashed marks.
Is of the loading
in the mine,
•ping purposes, is

Pond Anchorage,
a red roof stand-

the point on the
Jl° E. mag.), leads

the west side of
1 distant until the
ight of the Salva-
Farquhar Island,

lead eastward of
ssing westward of
jpposite Farquhar

I approach to this

i Lighthouse.
Pilley Island Har-
se 2 feet (approxi-

restward of Pilley
id) in the entrance,
aainland there are
island is clear.
as in it, leads from
y sheltered and has
it the entrance, the
oded and steep-to,
mth western islet is
er it at low water,
ock which uncovers
VSW. of the north-

EOBEBTS HARBOR — SOUTHERN HARBOR.

365

Directions— Having passed southward of Haywards Gull
Island, steer between it and the mainland, keeping near the south-
ern shore; when entering Roberts Harbor keep near the northern
shore, and anchor westward of the entrance as convenient, taking
care to avoid the rock lying oflf the northern entrance point Ves-
sels should not enter the basin at the northern part of Roberts
Harbor.

Anchorage.— Convenient anchorage will be found in the south-
ern part of Roberts Harbor in 10 fathoms water, over mud, afford-
ing excellent holding ground. Large vessels should moor, as the
width of the harbor is only about 300 yards.

Pilots — A pilot may be obtained at Little Bay.

Little Bay Islands form a group consisting of one large and
several small islands, and contain two good harbors for small
vessels.

The west coast of Little Bay Island trends northwestward from
Iron Point, and forms Suleyann Cove, where a beach of shingle
hues the shore, inside which is a small settlement, containing
several conspicuous white houses.

Some yellow rocks, the highest of which is one foot above high
water, lie off the south point of Suleyann Cove, and sunken dangers
extend southward and westward 200 yards from them. The summit

°! J"?!® i?*y ^^^*^' '"^ ^^^« ^i*^ Hynes Point (the SW. extreme
of Little Bay Islands), bearing N. 34° W. (N. 3° W. mag.), leads
midway between these rocks and Copper Island. Rocks that
cover, and shoal ground, extend 200 yards from the beach in
Suleyann Cove.

Communication—The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer
between St. Johns and Battle Harbor calls at Little Bay Islands
-ortnightly during summer and autumn.

North Harbor is entered between North Head and Harbor
Island through a channel 100 yards wide. A small cove indents
the south shore, with a few houses in it, off which anchorage may
be obtained in 8 fathoms water-, over mud.

Southern Harbor is entered through a channel 70 yards wide
with a depth of 4 fathoms water in it, between Goat Island, which
IS partially wooded and 86 feet high, to the eastward, and Macks
Island, 140 feet high and faced by gray cliffs, to the westward
The Entrance may be readily distinguished by Black Rock, a bare
islet 7 feet high, 600 yards from Goat Island.

The harbor, surrounded by a settlement, is 600 yards long and
500 broad, having depths under 3 fathoms, except in a space 350
yards long, in a N. by E. and S. by W. direction, and 160 yards
wide, situated immediately within the entrance.

366

CAI'E ST. JOHN TO CAPE BONAVISTA.

Black Rock Sunker, lying nearly 200 yards S. 35° W. (S. 66
W. mag.) from Black Rock, uncovers % feet at low water, an.l 18
generally sliown by a breaker.

OU Islands consist of three wootiod hills. The westernmost,
221 feet high, is joined to the middle part by a low neck of gravel,
and the easternmost is only connected at low water.

Grassy Islands, 200 yards west of the SW. extreme of Long
Island, consist of three islets and several rocks jomed by shoal
water. The westernmost is 20 feet high, while the easternmost,
slightly lower, is surmounted by a small bush.

Long Island is wooded at the summit, the highest part near
the center of the island being 721 feet high. The south shore,
sloping steeply to the sea, is bold-to, and the only houses on this
shore are in Patrick Power Cove.

Lush Bight, the deep«si ccve on the west shore, may be recog-
nized by the houses bnilt round it. The anchorage is available
for small vessels only, in depths from 2i to 4 fathoms, over mud
The group of islands northward of Long Island are surrounded
by a great number of shoals and fishing banks, and vessels should
not pass through any of the channels in this group except m hne
weather, and then local knowledge is requisite. ^ . .

Ward Harbor, round which there is a small settlement, is east
of Western Head, and contains good anchorage for vessels draw-
ing less than 10 feet water. The passage is midway between Cross
Rocks, a small castellated group, 32 feet high, in the naiddle of the
entrance, and the east shore. A reef extends from the west side
of the harbor southward of Cross Rocks, and a sunken rock lies
close northward of the east entrance point.

Cutwell Harbor, with a small settlement on its north side, is
comprise'1 between Giles and Otter Islands, and contains no danger
beyond 50 yards from the shore. It is i mile in diameter, and the
depth of water decreases gradually, from 14 fathoms in the center,

to the shore. , „ „ i :„

Cutwell Arm, an anchorage available only for small vessels, is

entered south of Otter Island. The passage, narrowed to a bi-eadth

of 40 yards, by shoal water extending from either side, should not

be attempted without a pilot. ^ . -.i tt i, +

Tides.-It is high water, full and change, m Cutwell Harbor at

7h 6in. ; springs rise 4i feet, neaps rise 3 feet.
Hardrix or Seal Island is surmounted by several conspicuous

cones covered with wood, the highest being 294 feet above high

^ Wild Bight, southward of Hardrix Island, afEords no safe
anchorage, but there axe no dangers except a few rocks close to
the shore.

SOUTHKUN HEAD PILLKY COVE.

367

'A.

5. 35° W. (S. 66°
DW water, and is

rhe westernmost,
w neck of gravel,

,er.

extreme of Long

1 Joined by shoal

the easternmost,

Uigliest part near

The south shore,

nly houses on this

ore, may be recog-
Lorage is available
athoms, over mud.
md are surrounded
and vessels should
roup except in line

1 settlement, is east
re for vessels draw-
[way between Cross
n the middle of the
from the west side
a sunken rock lies

m its north side, is
1 contains no danger
m diameter, and the
thorns in the center,

for small vessels, is
irrowed to a breadth
her side, should not

Cutwell Harbor at

several conspicuous
294 feet above high

ind, affords no safe
a few rocks close to

Southern Head, the east extreme of Long Island, falls in almost
perpendicular cliffs from wooded hills 400 feet high, and is termi-
nated by Southern Head Islet, a bare rock 43 feet high.

Gull Rock, the northernmost of the group, situated north of
Long Island, is round, bare, and 50 feet above high water. Tlie
only dangex's near it are a small islet about 5 feet high, lying close
SE. of it, from which two rocks, that cover at high water, extend
southwestward a distance of 100 yards.

Middle Islands, the next southward, are a low group, the highest
of which, situated at the NE. extreme, is 33 feet above high water
and surrounded by rocks extending 300 yards from it. Gunning
Rocks, next SE. of Middle Islands, are two small islets 6 feet high,
with shoals extending 300 yards from them on all sides but the SE.

Old Bantam, a rock with SJ fathoms water on it, lies N. 06° E.
(S. 83° E. mag.), distant nearly ^ mile from the highest of the
Middle Islands.

Stag Island, the largest of these islands, situated near the mid-
dle of the group, is shaped like a wedge, falling steeply to the
south shore from a hill 333 feet high, covered with small wood.

North Harbor is comprised between the north side of Stag
Island and Little Stag Island, and affords good sheltered anchor-
age for small vessels in 5 fathoms water, over mud. The only
danger to be avoided is North Harbor Rock, with 15 feet water
over it, lying 300 yards from the NW. extreme of Little Stag
Island.

A chain of islets extends southeastward from Stag Island, the
southernmost, named Gunning islet, being bare and 35 feet high.

Duck Islands, the easternmost of the group, consist of three
grassy islets, the highest, to the southward, being 62 feet higli.

Directions. — None of the channels should be attempted except
in moderate weather, and the only passages available for a stranger
are between Gull Rock and Middle Islands, between Middle
Islands and Gunning Rocks, and between Duck Islands and Gun-
ning Islet.

Long Island Tickle, the passage between Long Island and
Pilley and Troytown Islands, is free from danger with the excep-
tion of a rock, with 15 feet water over it, at one mile eastward of
the NW. extreme of Pilley Island, and close to the shore.

Pilley Cove, on the NE. side of Pilley Island, is 350 yards in
diameter, and affords anchorage for small vessels. Sunken rocks
lie close to both entrance points, and the south shore is foul, but
the beach of shingle at the head is bold-to.

To enter, vessels should be kept one-third of the distance across
from the west entrance point, and anchor nearer the west than
the east shore, in from 5 to 7 fathoms water.

368

OAPE ST. JOHN TO CAPE BON AVISTA.

Water.— Water riay be procured from a cascade that falls over
cliffs on the south side of the cove.
Fox Cove affords no convenient anchorage, several rocks lying

at the head. , ... .

Stuckey Cove, south of Fox Cove, has no danger in it except
close to the shore, and anchorage may be obtained in from 10 to
19 fathoms water, as convenient. ^ j «

A densely wooded hill, 510 feet high, is situated westward of
Stuckey Cove, on the western slope of which is a large pine tree,
that towers considerably above the rest of the woods, and shows
conspicuously from the eastward.

Big Island is the NW. of a group of islands and rocks, which,
together with Troytown Island, form Cobbler and Dark Tickles.
From the NE. extreme of Big Island, Cobbler Rocks extend east-
ward till they nearly join Cobbler Island.

Cobbler Tickle, between Cobbler and Dark Tickle Islands, may
be entered from the westward, and affords good anchorage in from
6 to 17 fathoms water, the soundings decreasing gradually trom
the latter depth to the islets and rocks that fill the eastern end.

Dark Tickle Island is surmounted by a round hill 223 teet
high and the north hill has on it two conspicuous trees at an ele-
vation of 132 feet.

Dark Tickle, the passage between Dark Tickle and Troytown
Islands, is free from dangers, with the exception of a shoal
extending about 30 yards from the SW. extreme of Dark Tickle
Island, and a bank, with 13 feet water on it, extending eastward,
150 yards from the first cove southward of the western narrows.
The narrowest part of Dark Tickle is 100 yards wide and the
depth of water is not less than 6 fathoms in mid-channel.

Great Troytown Harbor, entered between Dark Tickle Point
and Big Troytown Island, extends, with several bends, in a southerly

direction for If miles. . , , i

The head of Troytown Harbor is divided into two coves by a
wooded island 190 feet high. West Arm is available on y for
boats; and Butler Cove, the southern arm, suitable for small ves-
sels only, is entered through a narrow channel between rocks
extending from both entrance points.

Anchorage may be obtained in from 7 to 17 fathoms water, as
convenient, in a cove situated f mile SW. from Dark Tickle Point
and south of a low sharp point sloping from a wooded hill 185 feet

'^l^ater.— There are several houses in this cove, and water may
be obtained from a brook close to the houses. _

Little Troytown Harbor, surrounded by a small settlement, is
850 yards long and 450 wide, and affords good anchorage in 9 fath-
oms water, over sand.

(le that falls over

veral rocks lying

nger in it except
led in from 10 to

[ited westward of
a large pine tree,
((roods, and shows

and rocks, which,
md Dark Tickles,
iocks extend east-

'ickle Islands, may-
anchorage in from
ng gradually from
bhe eastern end.
ound hill 223 feet
)U8 trees at an ele-

ckle and Troytown
eption of a shoal
me of Dark Tickle
xtending eastward,
3 western narrows,
ards wide, and the
id-channel.
1 Dark Tickle Point
bends, in a southerly

nto two coves by a

available only for

itable for small ves-

nnel between rocks

7 fathoms water, as

a Dark Tickle Point,

wooded hill 185 feet

jove, and water may

small settlement, is
anchorage in 9 f ath-

M'lTLK TROYTOWN 1IARH0B — BADOKK DAY.

369

The northorn entrance, 00 yards wide, has a rock, with 16 feet
water on it, in mid-chaunel ; but a depth of 6 fathoms may be found
by keeping close to the east shore.

Water. — Water may be procured from a brook discharging
into a small cove on the south shore.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Troytown Harbor
at 7h. .'im. ; springs rise 4^ feet, neaps rise 3 feet.

Grand Dismal Oove, southward of Ragged Point, the NE.
point of Troytown Island, should not be entero<^ without a com-
petent pilot, as rocks surround the shores, and a reef named The
Sisters extends eastward 250 yards from the south entrance point.
A small islet lies close to the north entrance point, from which
rocks extend southward for 200 yards.

Tom Ood Rock, with 13 feet water over it; Ties at the east extreme
of a shoal bank situated in the middle of Grand Dismal Cove, and
is 650 yards S. 18° E. (S. 13" W. mag.) from the islet off the north
entrance point.

Little Dunier Island, 220 feet high, is a conspicuous wooded,
island, with a flat summit, lying ^ mile eastward from Ragged
Point. The coast line here is deeply fissured.

Oreat Dunier Island, | mile long and 221 feet high, is about
i mile south of Little Dunier Island.

Light.— From the cupola of a small dwelling, 16 feet in height,
on Great Dunier Island, a fixed white light is exhibited at an eleva-
tion of 210 feet, which should be visible 16 miles. The light, a
private one, is shown between May 15 and December 31.

The Brothers, which uncover 3 feet at low water, are in the
channel between Great Dunier and Troytown Islands, and narrow
the passage to a breadth of 80 yards, between them and Great
Dunier Island.

Nimrod Island, 28 feet high, and separated from "Troytown
Island by a channel 95 yards wide with 7 . xboms water in it, has
low rocks extending 150 yards westward, anJ. shoal water nearly
100 yards eastward from it.

Nimrod Harbor, a small boat cove in Troytown Island, is situ-
ated to the northward of the east extreme of Nimrod Island, and
has a few houses on the shore.

League Rock, 3 miles N. 30° E. (N. 61° E. mag.) from Great
Dunier lighthouse, consists of two parts, separated by a narrow
cleft; it is about 40 feet high, surrounded by a bank, and a con-
fused sea is produced in bad weather.

Badger Bay, an arm of the sea SE. of Great Troytown Island,
extending SW. for 9 miles, is separated into several bays at the
head by projecting points, and contains some dangerous rocks.
Seal Bay, east of Badger Bay, stretches in 7 miles.

370

CAl'E 8T. JOHN TO CAI»K B0NAVI8TA.

Leading or Ladle Tickles aro a number of passaKes botweon
sevoral iHlamls and the mainland. The soiithernmost channtd is
suitablo for Hinall voshoIs only.

Burnt Island, 250 foet high, tho northwostornmost of these
islands, is separated from Thomas Rowsell Island, 131 feet high,
by a passage 100 yards wide, with 6 fathoms water in it, which
mi.y be taken by keeping nearer tho shore of Burnt Island than
that to the southward.

Neai- tho middle of tho south shore of Burnt Island is a small
projection, about 100 feet high, surmounted by a Hagstaff, and a
bank, on which are two shoals, extends southward from this point.

Anchorage may be obtained in the channel between Burnt and
Cull Islands in from 12 to 15 fathoms water, over sand, with shel-
ter from all but northeasterly winds. Care must be taken to avoid
the shoals mentioned above.

Cull Island rises to a height of 197 feet, in a wooded ridge that
extends along the whole length of its western part. Bear Head, at
the north extreme, falls in dark perpendicular cliffs to the sea, from
' an elevation of 205 feet.

A conspicuous wooded mound, 85 feet high, surmounted by a
flagstaff, is situated in the middle of the south shore of Cull Island,
dividing a small boat cove to the westward, from Mooring Cove to

the eastward. .

Anchorage for small vessels may be obtained off Mooring Cove,
in 13 fathoms water, close to the shore, or south of the channel'
between Cull and Thomas Rowsell Islands in 12 fathoms water ;
the latter in fine weather only.

A bar, with 11 feet water over it, extends from the SE. extreme
of Cull Island to the mainland, from which it is distant 65 yards.
The Ladle, a square mass of rock 28 feet high, stands on a beach
of shingle at the north extreme of the mainland coast, and forms
the south side of the narrows belween Cull Island and the mainland.
Butler Cove, 800 yards eastward of The Ladle, affords anchorage
for small vessels, during fine weather, in 12 fathoms water, at 200
yards from the shore, but the anchorage is unsafe with the heavy
sea that rolls in during NE. gales. A beach of shingle, 350 yards
long, forms the head, and several houses in the midst of green fields

surround this cove. a a. -u *■ •

Alcock Island is densely wooded, and apparently flat, but in
reality has several ranges of hills on it, the highest, near the south
shore, being 326 feet high.

A small projection, 44 feet high, is situated near the middle ot the
south shore of Alcock Island, and is only 150 yards from the main-
land to the southward, the channel between having a depth of 9
fathoms water.

iTA. - V

l)aHH(iKe8 between
•nmost channel is

iommost of these
id, 121 feet high,
^riiter in it, which
{nrnt Ishind than

, Island is a small
a HagstafV, and a
rd from this point,
lotwoen Burnt and
n' sand, with shel-
b be taken to avoid

wooded ndge that
rt. Bear Head, at
ills to the sea, from

, surmounted by a
lore of Cull Island,
n Mooring Cove to

I oflP Mooring Cove,
ith of the channel'
13 fathoms water;

m the SE. extreme
is distant 65 yards.
1, stands on a beach
id coast, and forms
d and the mainland.
Q, affords anchorage
thoms water, at 200
safe with the heavy
f shingle, 350 yards
midst of green fields

)arently flat, but in
;hest, near the south

ear the middle of the
ards from the maiu-
laviug a depth of 9

WOODY ISLAND — WILD HIOIIT.

:ni

Anchorage.— Anchorage may be obtained to tiio westwa»-d of
those narrows, in thechannol Ixitwt^en Alcock Island and the main-
lanil, in from l!> to 17 futlioms water, us convenient.

Woody Island, se])a rated from the nortii extreme of Alcock
Island ])y a (^ear channel nearly 200 yards wide, is about lH-4 feet
higli. Several neaked ish-tsand sunken ro('i<s line tii(< north sliore
of Woody Island, but the only danger is SnHi)tuil Rock, with .'l feet
water over it, lying 150 yards w(>st of the west (•xtreiiie.

Qreen Island, so named from the conspicuous grassy covering
of the summit, is formed of three parts, the middle, and highest,
falling on all sides in (hirk-gray cliff from u height of 1.55 feet.

Sunken rocks extend a short distance from this island, and an
isolated rock, with 2 feet water on it, lies 150 yards S. 10° W. (S.
41° W. nnig.) from the east extreme of Green Island.

Sculpin Island, tin* northernmost of the group of islands in the
neighborhood of Leading Tickh^s, is 87 feet high and covered with
grass.

Several bare rocks lie close to the south shore and form a small
creek, in which landing from boats may bo effected, excej^t in very
bad weather. A rock, with 3 feet water on it, lies close to the SW.
extreme. A bank extends northeastward from the NE. extreme
of Sculpin Island, on wliich are situated a rock, with 5 feet water
over it, 150 yards distant, and a shoal, with 3 fathoms water on it,
300 yards distant from the SE. extreme of Sculpin Island.

Numerous banks lie off the islands forming Leading Tickles, the
positions of which will be best seen on the chart.

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in the Leading Tickles
at 7h. 7m. ; springs rise ^ feet, neaps rise 3 feet.

Thimble Tickles, a number of passages between several islands,
are situated southwestward of Leading Tickles, but have not been
surveyed. A mine is being worked near these tickles.

Wild Bight, at the east entrance o{ Leading Tickles, is one mile
deep, and divided at the head by a conical hill 285 feet high into
two coves, where anchorage may be obtained by small vessels dur-
ing westerly winds.

Directions.— From the westward vessels may approach Leading
Tickles without danger until within 200 yards from the islands,
and large vessels may pass between Thomas Rowsell, Cull, and
"Ward Islands, but no nearer Cull Island than 200 yards, nor to the
mainland shore than to have the south extreme of Cull Island, open
north of the mainland, bearing N. 6(3° E. (S. 83° E. mag.), to avoid
the shoals off that shore. Vessels drawing more than 11 feet water
should not proceed farther eastward than Mooring Cove, off which
anchorage may be obtained in from 18 to 20 fathoms water.

Small vessels may proceed to the eastward by keeping in mid-
channel between Cull Island and The Ladle.

372

CAPK HT. JOHN TO i'AI'K HOXAVISTA.

VohwIh fimy puss in 5 fiithDiiiH wutt»r l)t>t\vt"'ii TIkhiwih Rnwscll
and Burnt IhIuikIh liy kmtpinK in iiiiil-cluiiiiiol ; Itrforo tlit> llii^stHiT
1)11 Burnt Isluiul boarH N. 31° W. (North nuiff.) tlio south extronio
of Woody IhIiiikI nnint bo brouj^ht in line with tho nortli cxtn'nie
of Bear H»'ii«l, bciiriuK N. C.-t" E. (S. Hfi" E. miiK.)- Whi>n tlin Hiik-
stiiff b((iirs w((Mtwiinl of N. 70° W. (N. 45° W. iniiK.) the danj^orH
Houth of Burnt Iwhind will have boon paHSod, and vesstds may prr)-
cood to tlio caHtward.

New Bay tntuds to tin* noutliward for 12 miles, and is dividcnl
into H«n'(*ral arms, which aro rocky near the shoroH and cncumlM'rod
by numcrouH dauKi'i's- Tho south sliore of this bay is formod by
a peninsula, with a narrow isthmus in Southwest Arm.

Yellow Pox Oove, on the oast aide of New Bay, is suitable for
boats only; Rowsell Cove, 2 miles southward of New Bay Head, is
330 yards deep, and contains fair anchora>i(e for small vess»'ls in 12
fathoms or less water, as c(mvenient. A conspicuous wooded cone,
380 feot high, rises at the head of the cove.

Josiah Spencer Oove is 300 yards deep, and affords anchorage,
with offshore winds, for fishing craft in depths of from 4 to 7
fathoms.

Silver Buckle Island is surmounted by a round woode<l hill
165 feet high, and the Silver Buckle, from which the name is
derived, is a mass of quartz near the NW. extreme of the island.

Brandies Rocks, the highest 4 feet above high water, lie a little
more than 1,200 yards N. 76° W. (N. 45° W. mag.) from Silver
Buckle Island.

New Bay Head falls in steep cliffs from an elevation of 370
feet; close north of it are New Bay Head Rocks, 64 feet high, sep-
arated by a channel 40 yards wide, with 4 fathoms water in it.
Foul ground extends a short distance from the head, and a rock
lies close to the south extreme of New Bay Head Rocks.

Fleury Bight, one mile eastward of New Bay Head, has a con-
spicu(ms hill, 435 feet high, falling perpendicularly to the head of
the bight, where a small village is situated. Sunken rocks encum-
ber Abbot Cove, the bight close south of Eastern Point.

Anchorage. — Anchorage may be obtained in from 14 to 16
fathoms water, but a heavy sea rolls in with winds from NW. to
NNE., and it is then untenable, as the holding ground is not good.

Water. — Water may generally be obtained from a stream flowing
into the w<'st side of tlie head.

Woody Island, 188 feet high, and falling steeply in all direc-
tions from a flat, wooded summit, is separated by a narrow channel
from the east entrance point of Woody Island Bight, an exposed
bay eastward of Fleury Bight. A rock with 10 feet water on it lies
close northward of this island.

IT A.

KUnUNK IIAHHOU.

378

Tlioiniis RowHcll
,(.|'<)ro the lliiKstiiff
tlio Houtli oxtn'ino
th« north .'xtrcino
. When tho iliiK-
iiiiiK.) the (laii^ors
[1 vessels may pro-
les, and iH divided
?H and encumberiHl
s hay is formed hy
Hi Arm.

Bay, is 8uital)lo for

New Bay Head, is

small vessels in Vi

3110US wooded c<me,

affords anchorage,
ths of from 4 to 7

round wooded hill
kvhich the name is
■erne of the island,
gh water, lie a little
mag.) from Silver

iiu elevation of 270
s, 64 feet high, sep-
ithoms water in it.
lie head, and a rock
ad Rocks.

ay Head, has a con-
ilarly to the head of
u liken rocks encum-
Bi'n Point.

1 in from 14 to 16

winds from NW. to

ground is not good.

rom a stream flowing

steeply in all direc-

by a narrow channel

id Bight, an exposed

_0 feet water on it lies

Fortune Harbor, a land-lockod anchorage, 2 miles HoutheuHt-
ward of Bagg Hea<l, has two entrances formed hy Hweeny Island,
that to the (eastward of the island being only 30 yards wide, an<l
having a depth of l!i feet at low water. The western entrance is
suitable for larg(i vessels, if under sail, with a commanding hroe/e,
but tilt* turns are sharp, the wind is often battling in the approach,
and the sciualls heavy, particularly with NW. winds.

Western Head, a steep blutT, with a rocky pinnacle at tho
extreme, is bold-to. From this bluff the land rises in a hmg haro
ridge, wooded on the slopes, to a sharp summit, 555 feet high, sur-
mounted by a cairn.

Western Head Rook, with 12 feet water cm it, is the summit
of a bank and lies 350 yards N. 18' E. (N. 49° E. mag.) from
Western Head. The whole breaks furiously in a heavy sea, and
then the passage between it and W(*stern Head nuiy not be taken,
but in ordinary weather all danger will bo avoided by keeping
Western Head close aboard.

Northwest Arm requires skillful navigation, but by attention to
the chart small vessels may enter it with safety.

Southeast Arm is 1^ miles long, and contains tho best anchorage
for large vessels.

A small cove, with a wharf and several stages in it, is situated on
the east shore of Southeast Arm, just within the entrance, and on
the rising ground, eastward of it, stands the church, j)ainted white.

Webber Bight, completely exposed to north and N W. winds, that
roll in a very heavy sea, has no dangers, except close to the sliore.
A small settlement is situated round a cove on the east side of the
head.

Anchorage. — Ancihorage, with shelter from offshore winds, may
be obtained in from 10 to 16 fathoms water, as convenient, but the
holding ground is not good.

Gull Island, a bare rugged rock, 54 feet high, is bold-to on the
SE. and south sides, but to the NE. and eastward rocks and shoals
extend for 200 yards. Bed Rock, with 9 feet water on it, lies ^
mile N. 81° E. (S. 68° E. mag.) from the north extreme of Gull Is-
land. The sea breaks heavily over the rock in bad weather, and
rolls to the shore over a shoal of 4f fathoms water, lying between
Gull Island and Indian Cove.

Directions. — To enter Fortune Harbor from the westward, either
Western Head should bo rounded close to, or the south fall of the
cliff at Upper Caplin Cove Point be kept open north of Gull
Island, hearings. 85° E. (S. 54° E. mag.), until the eastern entrance
to Fortune Harbor is open east of Bellens Point, bearing S. 3° W.
(S. 34° W. mag.), to clear Western Head Rock. The vessel may
then round into the channel to the entrance of Fortune Harbor,

374

CAPE ST. JOHN TO CAPE BON AVISTA.

care being taken, wlion turning round Sweeny Island, to avoid the
rock near the SW. extreme of Sweeny Island.

Mid-channel should he kept between Sweeny and Button Islands,
and between Button and Jim Day Islands; when the ^attor is
passed, bring the summit of Macarthy Island over the we-- extreme
of Jim Day Island, bearing about N. 20° W. (N. 11° E. mag.), and
steer for the anchorage, in from 10 to 15 fathoms water as conven-
ient, with the church bearing East (S. 59° E. mag.), or farther up
Southeast Arm, taking care to keep the western points of that arm
well open, to avoid Tiger Rock.

Ice. — Fortune Harbor f reei-es during the month of December, and
breaks up between the 1st and 15th May.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Fortune Harbor at
7li. 14m. ; springs rise 4 feet, neaps rise 3 feet.

Shoal Ground, with 3J fathoms water on it, and which breaks
heavily in bad weather, lies i mile N. 36° E. (N. 67" E. mag.) from
Keogh Island, a small bare rock 17 feet high.

Bay of Exploits extends 30 miles southward to the river at the
head, where several sawmills are working or being constructed.
The soil of the Exploits Valley is very fertile, and, where culti-
vated, produces roots, potatoes, grass, and other crops ; the forests
consist of pine, spruce, balsam, fir, tamarack, white birch, and
poplar.

Exploits Biver is one mile wide at the mouth, diminishing rap-
idly until, at 2 miles, it assumes a uniform width of about 750 yards.
It is navigable for light draft vessels for 12 miles to the first fall,
passing the first rapids at 10 miles from the mouth.

Communication. — The Northern and Western Railway enters
the Exploits Valley at Norris Arm ; from thence it follows the south
side of the river, crossing ->y a steel bridge, 630 feet in length, at
Bishops Falls, 10 miles from the mouth, and distant 268^ miles
from St. Johns. This railway should have the effect of opening up
the farming, lumbering, and industrial pursuits of the Exploits
Valley. The Coastal Steamship Company's steamers between St.
Johns and Battle Harbor call at Exploits fortnightly during sum-
mer and autumn.

Anchorage. — There is good anchorage near the head of the bay,
but seamen should proceed cautiously after passing a small islet on
the east shore, as the water shoals rapidly.

Waldron Cove, south'.,'ard of Northern Head, is f mile deep,
but affords shelter for small vessels only, off a small cove on the
south side surrounded by houses.

Little North Harbor affords anchorage for small vessels near
the head, in from 4 to 8 fathoms water. In entering, the south shore
should be kept aboard to avoid some rocks that extend, nearly to
mid-channel, from the north side. , . '

rA.

and, to avoid tho

d Button Islands,
hen tlie ^attor is
•tlie we^ extreme
11° E. mag.), and
water as conven-
,g.), or farther up
joints of that arm

of December, and

i'ortune Harbor at

and which breaks
67" E. mag.) from

to the river at the

3eing constructed.

and, where culti-

crops ; the forests

white birch, and

1, diminishing rap-
af about 750 yards,
les to the first fall,
ith.

rn Railway enters
it follows the south
feet in length, at
distant 268^ miles
ffect of opening up
ts of the Exploits
amers between St.
Ightly during sum-

le head of the bay,
iug a small islet on

ad, is f mile deep,
small cove on the

small vessels near
,ng, the south shore
t extend, nearly to

EXPLOITS BURNT ISLANDS IIAEB0R8.

375

Ship Run Bock lies in the middle of Ship Run, the western
channel of Bay of Exploits, and is 1,600 yards S. 4G° E. (S. 15° E.
mag.) from Northern Head. There is a depth t)f 9 feet water on tho
rock, but it often breaks in a heavy sea in such a manner as to
resemble the surroiinding waves.

Exploits Burnt Islands contain two small harbors in the chan-
nels between them. The western island is surmounted by Mau-of-
war Hill, a bare summit 553 feet high, and the west shore has no
danger beyond a short distance from it, and is indented by two
small coves. Surgeon Cove, the southern, is almost filled with
rocks, but Burton Cove, north of it, contains sheltered anchorage
for a few small craft during easterly winds.

Exploits Burnt Islands Harbors consist of Upper HaT'bt)r, the
southern, and Lo wer Harbor, tho northern, connected by a passage
20 yards wide, with a depth of 6 feet in it at low water.

Upper Harbor affords secure anchorage for small vessels, but a
bar, on which are rocks with 6 and 7 feet water over them, extends
from the east shore at 300 yards within the entrance, leaving a
narrow passage only between its west extreme and the shoal water
in Butt Cove, the southernmost indentation on the west shore.

This channel should not be attempted without local knowledge,
and strangers should therefore anchor in the entrance, in from 7 to
9 fathoms water.

Lower Harbor affords shelter for small vessels in summer only,
in 13 fathoms or less water. The entrance is encumbered with rocks,
and should not be attempted without a pilot.

There is a large settlement round Exploits Burnt Island Harbors.

Water. — Small supplies may be procured here, and water, gen-
erally from Butt Cove.

Ice. — Exploits Burnt Island Harbors generally freeze about 1st
January and clear between 1st and 10th May, and are completely
blocked with ice about 2 feet thick between 1st February and 1st
April, but between the latter date and 20th May they are open at
intervals. Field ice appears between the middle and end of Janu-
ary and disapiiears between the 1st anf \ 26th May, between which
dates the first vessel generally arrives, the last sailing vessel leav-
ing about 15th December and last steamer about 15th January.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Exploits Burnt
Islands Harbors at 7h. 17m. ; springs rise 4i feet, neaps rise 2| feet ;
neaps range 1^ feet.

Nanny Hole Rock, with 9 feet water on it, lies a little more
than 200 yards northwestward of Nanny Hole Head, a precipitous
bluff under a bare round hill 340 feet high, f mile northeastward
of Lower Harbor.

^^"^m

MHI

376

CAPE ST. JOHN TO CAPE BON AVISTA.

High Gull Island falls in light-gray cliffs from a flat summit,
132 foet liigh, and is situated northwestward of Gull Island Bight,
a rugged bay with a few houses round a cove in the SW- P^f •

Two rocks are situated northwestward of High Gull Island, the
northern, with 3 feet water over it, being 200 yards distant.

Duck Islands, the western 160 feet high, are a wooded group,
separated by a channel, 400 yards wide, from the SE. side of the
southwestern of Exploits Burnt Islands; they inclose a bay, at the
SW extreme, wherein temporary anchorage may be obtained m
19 fathoms water, but the holding ground is not very good.

Matthew Lane Island, 130 feet high, has a small boat harbor
containing several rocks, and sheltered by a small islet, indenting

the south shore. ^ i. w^

A group of islands lies in Sloop Run, the passage between ILx-
ploits Burnt Island and Black Island, the most conspicuous, named
Hare Island, being near the west extreme, and surmounted by a
round wooded hill, 197 feet high.

Black Island, 412 feet high, presents generally a flat appear-
ance, and has, on its west shore, two coves, round which there are

a few houses. . j « j

Sealing Cove, the northern, has no danger in it, and attords
anchorage for small vessels during easterly winds in from ** to 12
fathoms water; Parsons Cove, the southern, is only suitable for

Kiar Cove, at the NE. extreme, is narrow and nearly filled with

Tocks

Black Island Tickle, the passage between Black and Little
Black Islands, is narrow, and contains numerous rocks, and can
only be used by small fishing vessels entering from the eastward,
on either side of a group of rocks that cover at high water.

Little Black Island is surmounted near the NE. extreme by a
flat wooded hill, 248 feet high. On the SE. side of the island is
Southern Harbor, a shallow, exposed cove. A rock with 15 feet
water over it, lies 200 yards eastward of a small black islet, 20
feet high, in the entrance to this harbor.

New World Island.— Puzzle Harbor Head, a round wooded
hill 150 feet high, the north entrance point to Puzzle Harbor, is
separated by a conspicuous marsh from the higher ranges inland.
Chance Harbor, entered through a passage 200 yards broad,
extends 2 miles in an easterly direction, but is navigable for large
vessels for one-half that distance only, a bar preventing further
passage to all but small craft. The harbor dries for i mile from the

Anchorage.— Large vessels should anchor immediately within
the entrance, in 21 fathoms water, but small craft may proceed to
an anchorage in from 5 to 9 fathoms, as convenient.

[8TA.

fom a flat summit,
Gull Island Bight,
I the SW. part.
?h Gull Island, the
ards distant,
re a wooded group,
the SE. side of the
iclose a bay, at the
aay be obtained in
»t very good.
, small boat harbor
lall islet, indenting

issage between Ex-
conspicuous, named
id surmounted by a

rally a flat appear-
md which there are

r in it, and affords
nds in from 4^ to 12
is only suitable for

nd nearly filled with

m Black and Little
rous rocks, and can
; from the eastward,
,t high water.
le NE. extreme by a
side of the island is
A rock, with 15 feet
small black islet, 20

ad, a round wooded
to Puzzle Harbor, is
ligher ranges inland.
,ge 200 yards broad,
s navigable for large
fcr preventing further
ies for i mile from the

r immediately within
craft may proceed to
renient.

.3-":-''-"

LITTLE CHANCE HARBOR — WILD BIGHT.

Lltti Ohance Harbor, suitable for small vessels only, has a
rock, .1 5 feet water on it, lying 135 yards northwestward of
the east, entrance point, and a rock, with 8 t'eet water over it, 55
yards from the bluff point on the north shore, leaving a passage
only 150 yards wide between the rocks. The head of this harbor
is shallow as far south as the small islet on the west shore.

Water.— Water may be obtained from a small stream on the
east shore.

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Little Chance Har-
bor at 7h. 13m. ; springs rise 4f feet.

Big Gull Island, covered with grass, falls in black cliffs to the
northward and eastward, and the summit, 100 feet above high
water, is near the SW. extreme, close to which are several small
islets.

Little GuU Island, SW. of Big Gull Island, and about 60 feet
high, is formed of dark rock nearly split by deep clefts extending
from the summit.

Hussey Bock, lO feet high, lies 300 yards eastward of Big Gull
Island.

Western Head of New World Island falls steeply to the sea
from a bare mound 100 feet high, and Baldney Rock, 11 feet high,
lies close east of the head.

Pearce Harbor, ^ mile deep, contains anchorage for fishing
vessels in 3i fathoms water, with shelter from all but NE. winds.

Morton Harbor is entered southward of Morton Harbor Head,
between Neal Islet, a small rock 7 feet high on the west sidei
and a peninsula 175 feet high, surmounted by a tuft of trees, to
the southeastward. The west side of the entrance is bordered by
sunken rocks.

Water.— A considerable settlement surrounds this harbor,
whence small supplies may be obtained, and water from the head
of the western cove.

Little Harbor, a small boat cove, is situated south of the pen-
insula on the east side of the entrance.

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Morton Harbor at
7h. 13m. ; springs rise about 5 feet.

Wild Bight, east of Wild Bight Head, is free from danger, and
has anchorage in from 11 to 15 fathoms water near the head, but
there is no shelter from northerly winds, which send in a heavy sea.

Cuckold Bock, a rugged islet 14 feet high, is the extreme of
rocks extending 400 yards northward from Berry Island.

Toad Asses, three conspicuous masses of rock, the highest 63
feet above high water, extend northeastward from an isolated
wooded headland 180 feet high, which is connected by a low neck
of land, with several houses on it, to Tizard Harbor Head, a simi-
lar headland, 194 feet high.

378

CAPE 8T. JOHN TO CAl'E BON AVISTA.

Tizard Harbor, south of this headland, is only 200 yards deep,
and has a large settlement surrounding it. It is entered south of
an island 35 feet high, with several houses on it, which is joined to
the north shore by reefs The shore is foul for a few yards, and a
rock that uncovers 2 feei iies close to the south side of the channel,
but small craft may find anchorage in 6 fathoms water.

East Chance Harbor may be distinguished by Chance Harbor
Island, a round wooded hillock 150 feet high, 135 yards from the
north entrance point; there is no passage for vessels north of this

island. . .

Anchorage.— Anchorage for small vessels may be obtamed m
from 10 to 19 fathoms water, as convenient, but exposed to easterly

winds.

Virgin Arm, a narrow inlet 1^ miles long, marked at its west
entrance point by a small islet 10 feet high, close eastward of a
beach of shingle, affords anchorage in 17 fathoms or less water, as

convenient.

The only dangers are a rock that uncovers 3 feet at low water,
lying 100 yards from the west shore, at i mile from the entrance,
and a rock, with one foot water on it, 100 yards from the east shore,
at 1,600 yards from the entrance.

When entering, keep near the east shore till the first-named rock
is passed, and anchor in the widest part of the arm in 17 fathoms
water, but small craft may proceed to the head by keeping nearer
the west than the east shore till the second rock is passed.

Tilt Cove (New World Island) is entered east of Tilt Cove
Island, through a channel 70 yards wide, between a small islet on
the west side and rocks extending from the east shore. An islet
5 feet high lies in the middle of the cove.

Anchorage.— Anchorage may be obtained in Tilt Cove by small
vessels, in 6 fathoms water.

Squid Cove, sheltered by Crow Head Island, affords excellent
anchorage in from 6 to 12 fathoms water. A round grassy islet,
20 feet high, with a rock close to the east extreme, lies in the mid-
dle of the western approach of the cove; a similar islet lies 550
yards eastward of it, and a bare islet, 17 feet high, lies close to
the west entrance point to the cove.

A rock, that covers at high water, lies a short distance north-
ward of the eastern grassy islet, and a shoal, with 15 feet water
over it, is 100 yards northeastward of the west entrance point to

Squid Cove.

The best entrance is between Sugarloaf and the islets east of
Crow Head Island, mid-channel to the anchorage being free from
danger.

Ii ; llf rni lifi'ii

18TA.

ily 200 yards deep,
is entered south of
, which is joined to
a few yards, and a
side of the channel,
is water.

by Chance Harbor
135 yards from the
'^essels north of this

may be obtained in
exposed to easterly

marked at its west
close eastward of a
ms or less water, as

3 feet at low water,
from the entrance,
from the east shore,

the first-named rock
e arm in 17 fathoms
1 by keeping nearer
!k is passed.
>d east of Tilt Cove
veen a small islet on
jast shore. An islet

n Tilt Cove by small

ad, affords excellent
^ round grassy islet,
erne, lies in the mid-
similar islet lies 550
at high, lies close to

hort distance north-
l, with 15 feet water
est entrance point to

nd the islets east of
irage being free from

K(iUID COVE — BACK HARBOR.

37y

Small vessels may enter from the westwai-d on either side of the
western grassy islet, and the: close south of the eastern islet
remembering tliat the shoal, with 15 feet water on it, is only 100
yards southward of its south extreme.

Tides— It is higli water, full and cliange, in Squid Cove at 7h
15m.; springs rise 5 feet, neaps rise 2^ feet; neaps range 1^ feet.

Trump Islands, a group of two largo and several small islets
on the west side of Friday Bay, are separated by Trump Island
Tickle, a channel filled with islets and rocks.

Captain Pearce Rock, a square islet 17 feet higli, lies off the SW
side of the northern island; from it sunken rocjks extend GOO yards
southward.

rool6 Harbor, at the SE. extreme of Trump Islands, is sheltered
on the north side by Fools Harbor Islands, a chain of three joined
together and to the southern large island at low water. From the
easternmost of the islands a spit extends about 300 yards in a
southerly direction.

Mouse Rock, a dark peaked islet 17 feet high, is i mile north-
eastward of North Trump Island, two rocks, awash at low water
lying in the channel between them. '

Mouse Island, 800 yards northwestward of Mouse Rock, is flat
at the-summit, 85 feet high, and covered with scrub. It falls stee-V
m all directions. A rocky bank, with 7 feet water over it, lies in
the channel between Mouse Island and Mouse Rock.

Matthews Island, separated by a clear channel i mile wide from
Mouse Island, consists of three rocky hillocks connected by low
necks of land, the highest being 78 feet high and falling steeply
seaward. Low rocks extend from the SW. shore, but the water
deepens rapidly round the island.

Toulinguet Islands form a group consisting of two large
islands known as Xorth and South Islands, with several smaller
islands off them, and are separated from New World Island bv
Main Tickle. ^

North Island is connected at low water with South Island, and
at all times communication is maintained by a bridge. The best
mark o.' recognition is the lighthouse on Devils Cove Head.

Back Harbor, on the SW. shore of North Island, is surrounded
by a large settlement and entered through a passage 300 yards
wide, between Batrix Island to the southward and Back Harbor
Head to the northward. It is 700 yards in diameter, but the
anchorage space is restripted to 400 yards by shoals extending from
both shores.

Directions.— Having made Back Harbor, Gull Island, steer to
pass south of it, and then proceed in mid-channel into the harbor,

14910 26

! ;

380

CAI'E ST. .lOlIN TO CAPK UONAVISTA.

Where anchoraffo ,.ay he ol.taine.l, in frorr. ^ t.. 0^itlH>,ns waUn-^
with shelter from all winds but those from WNW., which send
in a heavy sea in autunmal gales. , , . ,, ^

Long Point, the north extreme of North Island, is the tormina-
tion of a line of h.w hare rocks, at the SW. extremity of which is
situated the Pinnacle, a conspicuous conical cliff 153 feet IngH.

DevUs Cove Head, close south of Long Point, is inaccessible
from the sea, falling in steep cliffs to the water's edge, excep
immediately under the lighthouse where there is a landslip. Neai
the base of the landslip is a reddish rock, the only slab ot that
color on the .mter coast in the neighborhood of Touhnguet Islands.
The approach to this head is bold, and there is no appreciable
change in the depth of water till within a short distance of the

^ Lteht— On Deyils Coye Head an octagonal tower 49 feet in
height, with a square base, a circular lantern, and painted red ex-
hibits, at an elevation of 331 feet, a revolving white light with a
period of revolution of thirty seconds, that should be visible 21
miles. The keeper's dwelling is painted white, with a red root

Toulinguet Harbor, entored through a passage 900 yards wide
between Cuckold Point and Burnt Island, is a little more than 2
miles in length from the entrance, diminishing m width gradually
to the drawbridge at the head, which crosses a canal through Shoal
Tickle, having a depth of about 10 feet in it at high water.

The principal part of the town of Toulinguet, which in 1891 had
a population of 3,585, is round the shores of the harbor south of

\teht-A fixed red light, exhibited at the end of the pier on the
western side of the harbor, which, bearing South (S. 31 W. mag.),

leads up the harbor.

Coinmunication.-The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer
between St. Johns and Battle Harbor calls here fortnightly during
summer and autumn; a small steamer runs frequently to Norris
Arm, in connection with the railway, and there is telegraphic com-
munication with St. Johns. , , • i. j \.r.i^^

Anchorage.-The anchorage in this harbor is not good, being
exposed to northerly winds that bring in a heavy sea and the hold-
ing ground is indifferent. The best place is off the west shore,
abreast of the point just north of the church, in 6 fathoms water
but the head of the harbor is shallow and encumbered with rocks,
so that the church on North Island should not be brought to bear
west of S. 80° W. (N. 69° W. mag.).

Coal and Supplies.-Water can be procured from a Government
well near the road east of the church. A small quantity of coal
(about 20 tons) and supplies may be obtained from the trading firms
established here. ^

:a.

TOULINOUET JIARBOU — OLD IIAUUY.

381

9 fathoms -svater.
ilW., which send

d, is tlie tovmina-
Dinity of which is

153 feot higli.
lit, is inaccessible
tor's edge, except
jahmdslip. Near

only shib of that
Niulinguet Islands.
I is no appreciable
ort distance of the

il tower 49 feet in
md painted red, ex-
; white light with a
hould he visible 21
, with a red roof,
j'age 900 yards wide,
, a little more than 2
/ in width gradually
canal, through Shoal
it high water.
,t, which in 1891 had
the harbor south of

?nd of the pier on the
h (S. 31° W. mag.),

Company's steamer
•e fortnightly during
frequently to Norris
re is telegraphic com-

or is not good, being
,avy sea, and the hold-
is off the west shore,
1, in 6 fathoms water,
cumbered with rocks,
lot be brought to bear

ed from a Government
small quantity of coal
from the trading firms

Ice. — Toulinguet Harbor freezes over about 22d January and
clears about 6th May, tlie ice being from 3 to 3 feet in tliicknoss;
it is, liowever, open at intervals between the above dates. Field
ioe generally appears between 10th and 30th February and disap-
pears about 24th April. The first vessel usually arrives abcmt 25th
May, the last vessel leaving about 7th December.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Toulinguet Harbor
at 7h. 8m. ; springs rise 4 feet, neaps rise Si feet.

White Qround, with 5 feet water on it, is 350 yards west from
Higgins Island, a grassy islet 21 feet high, at the north entrance
point of Jenkins Cove.

Durrels Arm, eastward of Toulinguet Harbor, contains numer-
ous rocks and shoals extending a considerable distance from the
shore, and there is no safe anchorage for a large vessel. Small
craft, navigated by those possessing local knowledge, find shelter
at the head, but a heavy sea rolls in with NE. gales.

Burnt Island is separated from North Island by Burnt Island
Tickle, a passage ^ mile wide, but so encumbered by rocks as to be
navigable only by tho9e having local knowledge.

The Rags, 23 feet high, is the easternmost of this group. Rags
Rock, with 11 feet water over it, lies 100 yards north of The Rags,
and other shoals lie at 400 yards from the north shores of the
group. When approaching Toulinguet Harbor from the eastward,
keep nearer Gull Island than Burnt Island until French Head is
in line with the east extreme of the latter, bearing S. 50° E. (S. 19°
E. mag.), when the entrance of the harbor may be steered for.

Gull Island, IGl feet high, is a good mark of recognition for
Toulinguet Harbor ; it is flat at the summit, covered with grass,
and falls in steep cliffs nearly all round. A peaked islet, 96 feet
high, is separated by a narrow channel from the west extreme;
sunken rocks extend a short distance from the south point, and
Gull Island Rock, with 13 feet water on it, lies nearly 100 yards
north of the north extreme.

Old Harry is the name of two shoals, 200 yards apart, lying
NNW. and SSE. of each other; the southern with 16 feet water
over it, is If miles N. 31° W. (North mag.) from Gull Island, and
the northern rock has 3^ fathoms water on it.

Western Head of New World Island, well open west 8f West
Shag Rock, bearing S. 28° W. (S. 69° W. mag.), leads west; Sleepy
Cove (Gull Island), open north of Lower Head, S. 29° W. (S. 60°
W. mag.), leads SE. ; Burnt Island, open west of Gull Island,
bearing S. 31° E. (South mag.), leads SW. ; and Carters Head, just
open west of Burnt Island, S. 6° E. (S. 25° W. mag.), leads east of
these dangers.

382

CAPE 8T, JOHN TO CAI»K UONAVIHTA.

Sovcriil banks are northward of Toulingunt Island, biit tliey only
break in bad weather.

South Touliuguet Island i.s much divoraitied in feature, tlie
hind to the northward alternating in hill and dale, while to the
southward the hills fall steeply t<j the eastern shore, and a low flat,
with numeroiia lakes extends thence to the west coast.

Bluff Head Cove lies southward of Rodney Cove, and contains
anchorage for small craft in from 4 to G fathoms water, eastward
of a small islet, 12 feet high, lying in the entrance. The best,
passage is north of the island, as toul ground extends westward
from the south entrance point to the cove.

The coast southward of Bluff Head comprises several coves,
wherein anchorage, with shelter from offshore winds, may be
obtained by small craft aided by local knowledge. Small islets lie
off the entrance points.

Kiddle Cove, a shallow boat harbor, marked by a conspicuous
house, painted white, lies 1,200 yards southeastward of Moses Point;
an island about 30 feet high marks the entrance.

Black Island, 243 feet high, has a bare hill 135 feet high rising
from the NE. extreme and falling to a low isthmus at the head of
Black Island Harbor. This harbor, near the NW. extreme of
Black Island, is available for large fishing boats.

Middle Ground, a dangerous rock with 4 iaet water on it, lies
1,200 yards N. 49° W. (N. 18° W. mag.) from the west extreme of
Black Island.

Main Tickle, the passage betwe<m South Island and New World
Island, is much frequented by fishing vessels to avoid t;he heavy
sea off the north extremes of Toulinguet Islands when the wind iis
foul. It is i mile wide at the narrowest ]3art, "btitween Vincent
Point and Indian Cove Head, which form the wes^t entrance.

The west shore of Main Tickle is bordered by rocks, some cover
and some below water. Purcell Harbor is on thig shore, and con-
tains a large village, the easternmost house on the north shore being
a large dwelling under the slope of a hill surmounted by a flagstaff".

Main Tickle Island, 92 feet high, lies in the middle of the east
entrance to the Tickle, with a clear passage on both sides.

Liittle Harbor, at the head of the bight, north of [Big Head, is
availaWe only for small \'essel8 aided by local kiK>wledge, and in
fine weather. Two rocks lie in the middle of the entrance, and
the best passage is between them, but there is also a channel close'
to the north entrance point into the harbor.

Byrne and Little Bjrrne Coves, round which there are a few
houses, are i naile southward of the western entrance to] Main
Tickle. Byrne Cove Rocks lie off the entrance, the southernmost.

mmimmuttiimmtmUm

INDIAN COVK — HACAUrAO ISLAND.

i\H:\

1, but tlioy only

in fcnturc, tho
i>, while to thi»
I, and u 1(JW tlat
ist.

ro, and contains
«rator, eastward
nice. The best,
tends westward

i several coves,

winds, may be

Small islets lie

y a conspicuous
d of Moses Point;

1 feet high rising
us at the head of
S"W. extreme of

}, water on it, lies
west extreme of

«,nd New World
avoid the heavy
[when the wind is
between Vincent
[,t entrance,
•ocks, some cover
Is ghore, and con-
north shore being
;ed by a flagstaff.
iddl«3 of the east
titli sides.
l of Big Head, is
u>wledge, and in
he entrance, and
;o a channel close'

|h there aie a few

1 trance toJMain

iiiQ southernmost,

which uncovers 5 feet at low water, b(<iii^ 400 yards nortliwest-
ward of the south entrance point to Byrtio Cove.

The cntruiice to tlie (!ovos is southward of the ish>t, 7 feet In^h,
or close to the south cutnmce [)oint to Byrne Cove. The lieiuls of
both tho coves are foul, but anchoi'!i|f(> may be obtained in tho
entrance in from H to 10 fathoms water.

Indian Cove, (livi<h'd from Little Byrne Cove by a promontory,
on which are two conspicuous cones, 'i^O ami WO feet hi.tfh, has no
danger in it, but shoal water extends UOO yards from tho head.

Anchorage. — Anchoi-age may ])e taken up as convenient, in
depths of from 19 fathoms, at the entrance, to 3 fathoms at ^ mile
within.

Lobster Harbor, suitable for boats only, is a shallow inlet at
tlie southern pj rt of a small bight. Anchorage may be obtained,
in from 8 to 12 fathoms water, in the bight, and water procured
from a small stream on the south side of the harbor;

Directions. — If from the eastward, Main Tickle Island should
be steered for and passed on either side in mid-channel. Having
passed the above island, the vessel should be kept in mid-channel,
as there are no dangers farther off either shore than 300 yards.

Large vessels should pass south of Black Island, avoiding the
shoal, with 4 fathoms water on it, westward of Indian Cove. There
is no other danger till near the SW. extreme of Black Island, when
the square rock point, on that island, must be kept well open soiith
of the red point, bearing N. 38° E. (N. 69° E. mag.), until the
west extreme of Duck Island is open west of Black Island, bearing
N. 15° W. (N. 16° E. mag.), when the SW. extreme of Black Island
may be rounded and Friday Bay entered, taking are to bring
Back Harbor Head open west of Bluff Head, N. 28° W. (N. 3° E.
mag.), to avoid Middle Ground.

Bacalhao Island, 9 miles east from Toiilinguet Harbor, is
barren, having the highest part near the west end, 324 feet above
high water.

Light. — From a cylindrical iron tower, 29 feet in height and
painted red and white in spirals, on Bacalhao Island, an inter-
mittent white light is exhibited at an elevation of 351 feet. It
has a period of system of six seconds, viz, light three seconds,
eclipse three seconds, and should be visible 13 miles; but not
being constantly watched, it should not be implicitly relied on.
The keeper's dwelling, NE. of the lighthouse, and the covered
way connecting it, are painted white.

Bacalhao Rock, 4 feet high, and foul all round, should not be
approached nearer than } mile. It lies about one mile N. 80° E.
(S. 69° E. mag.) from the NE. end of Bacalhao Island.

384

CAPE 8T. .rOIIN TO CAPE HONAVIHTA.

Joe Rook, witli :i fatlioniH water over it, lies 900 yards N. 59° E.
(Eaut iiuiK.) from the NE. pdiiit of this island.

Berry Island, rocky, barren, and 180 feet IukI', Ut'^i 1,400 yards
SW. of Bacalliao Island, and has a ruck, with 16 feet water over
it, lyiiiK ■'ioo yards north from its NE. extreme.

Starve Head, a steep cliff, TM feet hiKl'» iw separated from
Berry Island by a channel 1,200 yards wide, in the middle of which
is Clarke Rock, small and covered at IukIi water, bnt K^nerally
showing by a breaker. Between the rock and Berry Island is a
clear channel, bnt no vessel should pass between it and Starve
Head.

Starve Harbor lies immediately east of Starve Head. The en-
trance is about 30 yards wide and 200 yards long, vvith 4 fathoms
water; it opens out to a deep-water basin 400 yards wide and
^ mile long. Tlvere is a reef on the west side just within the
entrance, so that it is necessary to round close by the island form-
ing the east head.

Goldsou Arm. — Herring Neck, lying between the land of Starve
and the peninsula of Herring Head, is the inhabited portion of the
entrance to Ooldson Arm.

When proceeding up the arm, keep on the west shore, which is
steep-to for li miles. A small vessel may anchor in Ship Cove,
just within the north head.

On the same shore, i mile farther up, is Starve Cove, also afford-
ing anchorage for a small vessel. There are rocks a few yards off
both the entrance points. Both the above-mentioned coves are so
small that a vessel seeking anchorage could not be sure of finding
rooni in them. The depth, in the main part of the arm off them,
is 30 fathoms, so that it would be requisite to run farther up,
about If miles above the entrance, to Burnt Arm.

Goose Islands, a small group lying midway between Berry
Island and Herring Head promontory, are steep all round.

Herring Head, a steep headland rising 264 feet above the sea,
is li miles SE. from the SW. extreme of Bacalhao Island.

Herring Islands, 400 yards off the head, are small, about 20

feet high, and may be passed on either side, being steep all round.

Kiar Reef, awash at low water, can generally be distinguished

by the sea breaking on it, and is f mile N. 59° E. (East mag.) from

Herring Islands.

Blowhard Rock, 400 yards S. 80° W. (N. 69° W. mag.) of Kiar
Eeef, with deep water between, breaks heavily, but not continu-
ously, in a moderate sea.

Northeast for 3 miles from Kiar Reef, in continuation of the
line of Herring Head promontory, are small patches of from 7 to
14 fathoms water, which break at times during a heavy sea.

i{i;i> isMcr — ('(utiis ak.m.

•,\s:)

yrards N. 59° E.

lies 1,400 yards
foot water over

ioparfttod from
uiddleof which
, hut Kenerally
3rry Island is a
1 it and Starve

Head. The en-
witli 4 fathoms
irards wide and
just within the
bhe island form-

le land of Starve
)d i)ortion of the

& shore, which is
•r in Ship Cove,

yove, also afford-
s a few yards off
med coves are so
B sure of finding
le arm off them,
run farther up,

between Berry
11 round,
et above the sea,
) Island.

small, about 20

steep all round,
be distinguished

East mag.) from

N. mag.) of Kiar
but not continu-

itinuation of the
ihes of from 7 to
heavy sea.

Red Islet, small mid h)W, lies J mile 8. h.i° E. (S. 22° E. iiiMg.)
from IIi'iTiiig lli'nd, with ii nnsf (ixli'iidiiiK v<>() yiirdH from the NK.
oxtruiiic; lluypook la a duiigfrous rock lying 400 yards S. 10° W.
(8. 41° W. mag.) from Rod Islot.

Duck Island,-^;! mihvs SSK. from Bacalliao Island, is 181 feet
high. Two rocks lie aou yards oil" the NVV. side; tlic S\V. I'xtrcmo
is foul for ;{()(» yards, but the SK. shore is hohl-to.

Moorham Reef, lying one mile N. 41° E. (N. 72° E. mag.) from
Duck Island, is awash at low watei', and can generally be distin-
guished by the sea l)reaking over it.

Grassy Islets, a low group, are separated from tlio SW. extreme
of Duck Island by a narrow but deep channel. Grassy Rock, 650
yards N. 51»" E. (East mag.) from the NE. end of Grassy Islets, has
3 fathoms water on it.

Jacks Island is ^ mile south of Duck Island, its eastern and
highest peak, 235 foot high, is remarkable. Between Jacks Island
and the point of Now World Island, SW. of it, are three tickles
leading into Cobbs Arm; of these. Long and Treenail Tii-kles are
only available for boats.

Between Herring Head and Duck Island are Cobbs, Little Cobbs,
and Pikes Arms. The tw<j latter are encumbered with rocks, and a
heavy sea rolls in, rendering them of no value except for fishing
boats.

Oobbs Arm extends 3 miles with a breadth of 800 yards, where
there is an indifferent summer anch<n"age in 13 fathoms water, off
the narrow entrance of a shoal continuation of the arm. A swell
rolls in aftergales from seaward. Limestone can bo obtained on the
south side of the anchoi'age and in the continuation of the arm.

Entering Cobbs Arm, give Duck Island a berth of 300 yards and
Red Islet a berth of the same distance; and in going up keep the
east end of Bacalhao Island open east of Red Islet, bearing about
N. 2° E. (N. 33° E. mag.), until up to Tinker Island, which shows
as a small cone 60 feet high. From this to the anchorage there are
no dangei"s on the north shore.

A rock, with 1^ feet water over it, lies nearly in the center of
the arm ^ mile from the narrow entrance of the shoal arm.

Small vessels drawing 11 feet water may enter the shoal arm, by
keeping close to the west point of the entrance, to avoid the rocky
ground extending across the channel toward this point from the
islet that lies in the middle of the entrance. W^hen within the point,
approach the west shore and anchor in smootli water. Above the
islet the deep water is on the east shore, the west being shoal and
rocky.

liObster Islet, one mile south from Jacks Island, ^ mile off the
nearest land, is small, 10 feet high, and foul all round for nearly

nsn

caim; ST. .loirx lo cai'I'; hoxavista.

2(>0 yivnls. Bnindit'H Rock, hwuhIi at low wiiter, Hew «t(M) yanlH ENK.
of [ioltstur Islt't.

Milliners Arm, \ milf soufli of Lohstor Tslot, \h rocky, ojmmi to
the NK., iuhI (IfHis not ulVnrd cotiVMiiiciit uiiclKunji^c.

Dram Island, Hiimll 1111(1 :J(t foot liigli, lit-s I| luiUtH SHE. from
liolistcr iHlt't.

Ninepin Arm, n littlo moro than 1 niilos to the Hoiitliwostwnrd
of Dram Island, is full of rocks, and llio north point is foul for 2(»()
yardH.

Currans-Grf'cu-Eichl, u stnall low Ki'ii'^ny island, lies SW. hy W.
nearly ',) inih-s from Dram fsland and immediately south of Nine-
pin Arm. SW. (»f this island is fair anchorage in H fathoms water.
A shoal extends southward from the island for nearly 200 yards.

Dildo Run, to the southwestward of Currans-QnHMi-Field, is an
intricate channel south of New World Island, sometimes used by
small vessels bound to the Labrador Coast in the spring, when
from foul winds or ice it is inc<mvoniont to take the (mtor route.
There is at least 12 foot in this run at low water, but it has not been
surveyed. The iiduibitants of those parts frequent it when proceed-
ing to Exploits River for wood.

Pilots. — Good pilots may be obtained on the outer coast between
Tilton Harbor, on Fok<» Island, and Change Island Harbor.

Beaver Cove, 2 miles S. by E. from Currans-Green-Field, is
divided into two anns by a low rocky islet. The eastern arm is full
of stones; the western is 400 yards wide and 800 yards deep, with
good anchorage in from 3 to G fathoms water, over mud. A rock,
that covers at first quarter flood, lies 100 yards nortlieastward of
the south point of this arm.

Beaver Head, a remarkable steep bluff 180 feet high, lies one
mile north from Beaver Cove.

Little Beaver Cove, 1^ miles to the northeastward of Beaver
Head, extends ^ mile in a southwesterly direction, with a breadth
of 400 yards, and has depths varying from 4 to 8 fathoms, but no
holding ground, and, as a heavy swell sets into it from the NE., it
is useless as an anchorage.

Coast.— The coast between Beaver Head and Farewell Duck
Islands should not be approached by a stranger inside the line of
East Garden and Indian Garden Islands.

Farewell Duck Islands, 4 miles northeastward of Beaver
Head, form a long ragged promontory, terminating in a small islet
just awash at high water, and Farewell Reef, 600 yards long, break-
ing in a moderate sea.

Indian Garden Island, small, rocky, and 49 feet high, lies a
little more than 1| miles west from Farewell Duck Islands ; a reef
extends 400 yards north, and off the SW. end is a low rocky islet.

FAIIKWKM, IIAUHOH HIIVO IHLKTH.

887

)0 yanh KNE.

rocky, opoii to

los SSR. from

Hoiithwostward
1 iH foul for 200

M'H SW. by W.
south of Nin»<-
riithoms water,
•ly 200 yards.
I'lMi-Fit'ld, is tin
t'timoH usod by
) spriiiK, when
ho outer route.
; it has not been
t when proceed-

r coast between
Harbor.
Qreen-Field, is
item arm is full
ards deep, with
mud. A rock,
jrtlieastward of

)t high, lies one

rard of Beaver

with a breadth

fathoms, but no

'om the NE., it

arewell Duck
Iside the line of

lard of Beaver
in a small islet
•ds long, break-

aet high, lies a
I Islands ; a reef
low rocky islet.

A rock, with 3 feet wafer ov»»r it, lies 1,300 yards S. 2^ W.
(S. ftA ' W. iMiiK.), '"'d anothi I with the saiin- fli'pth 110 yards S,
M' K, (S. Ti" R. muK.) from Indian (lard.-n iHlaiid.

East Oarde Tsland, ihit and about 40 feet hijch, lies HOC yiirds
norfhwurd of Kuicwrll Duck Tshiiids.

Garden Rook, on which the depth is t> f(>(;t, lies A inih) N. 21' K.
(N^. ftft ' K. niag.) from Kust (Jurdcn Ishiiid.

Farewell Gull Island lies close ott' Farewell Head, is loo feet
higli, and conspicuous when seen from tin- iioi-fh or south.

Farewell Harbor, imm<'diat(>ly w(>st of Farewell (hill Island,
is open and exposed, 800 yards wide and 1,000 yards dct>p, with
anchorage in from 4 to S fathoms water, over mud; NE. winds
blow into th(> })ay with a fetch of 2^^ miles from South End Point.
In continiiatioii of th<*bay is a shoal arm encumbered by bowlders,
extending iidand about 1^ miles.

Dog Reef, one mile N. 70° E. (S. 79° E. mag.) from Farewell
Gull Island, is J mile long, east and west.

Change Island. — The west coast of Change Island has a general
trend north for 7 miles, and aifords no shelter but for the small
craft of the fishermen, except in Deep Cove, 2^ miles north of South
End Point, which is 200 yards wide and 800 yards deep, with from
H to fathoms water, over sand. The entrance is easily recognized,
being midway between Wood Islands on the north and the Water
Bears on the south. These latter, though they cover at high water,
will generally be seen.

Smoker Island, 3 miles NNW. of South End Point and J mile
from the nearest rocks off Wood Islands, is 20 feet high and flat.
A rock, on which there is a depth of 9 feet, lies ^ mile south from
the south extreme of Smoker Island.

Ragged Islets, one mile north of Smoker Island and the same
distance off shore, are low, with many sunken rocks around them.
Pipe Rock, the outer, lies ^ mile W. Isy S. from the southern Rag-
ged Islet, has 2 feet water over it, and breaks in a moderate sea.
South End Point in line with Smoker Island, bearing S. 34° E. (S.
3° E. mag.), leads west of it.

Shag Islets cover a space H miles ENE. and WSW. and i mile
wide, with a general height of 20 feet. Th'"" lie 1^ miles in a
northerly direction from Ragged Islets. Mile l.^let, the northeast-
ernmost, is about 1,200 yards from the shore, and they are the
most northern islets off the west coast of Change Island.

Shag Rock, with 4 feet water over it, often breaks, and lies 700
yards S. 36° W. (S. 67° W. mag.) from the southwestern Shag Islet.
South End Point touching the east side of Smoker Island, bearing
S. 34° E. (S. 3° E. mag.), leads SW. of it.

388

CAPE ST. JOHN TO CAPE BONA VISTA.

Change Island Tickle, at the northern part of Change Island,
with a depth of 12 feet in the shoalest part, is a safe and convenient
harbor for a small vessel, and may bo entered from the eastward
in any weather; but this entrance is difficult for a stranger to
recognize, unless the houses on its shores are seen.

Tobacco Island, and two or throe of the islands within it, being
dome-shaped and 50 to 70 feet high, may help to distinguish it,
while Ruth Island, oi the south side of the entrance, is about 20
feet high, and, together with those within it, generally flat.

A rock, about 200 yards in extent, with 13 feet water over it,
that breaks heavily, lies 200 yards N. 64° E. (S. 85° E. mag.) from
Ruth Island. In light winds with a heavy sea it is better to pass
south of Ruth Island, to avoid the danger of being thrown onto
this rock.

Directions. — The passage between Tobacco and Ruth Islands is
free from dangers, and after passing between the two rocky islets
on the north, and Ruth Island on the south, bring the points of
the tickle just closed in to bear S. 61° W. (N. 88° W. mag.), to
avoid White Ground on the north and Skinner Rock on the south;
and when the last tickle on the north is open N. 15° W. (N. 16° E.
mag.), or Skinner Cove bears S. 31° E. (South mag.), the vessel
will be past both those dangers, and may open the points of the
tickle, and anchor in from 6 to 8 fathoms water, over mud.

Ice. — Change Island Tickle fills in with northern ice and freezes

from Herring Head to the north end of Change Island, and from

Tobacco Island to Brimstone Head. It usually breaks up between

20th April and 10th May, but an easterly sea will break it up

arlier.

In May and June, when the ice is in a body from the Funk
Islands to Cape Fogo, partly owing to the ebb tide setting out of
Dildo Run and the stream of the Gander River, Change and Stag
Island Tickles are often sufficiently clear to allow vessels to pass
through them into Notre Dame Bay.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Change Island
Tickle at 7h, 20m. ; springs rise 4^ feet, neaps rise 3 feet.

North Tickle, close within the north end of Change Island,
has 3 fathoms water in the entrance and 6 feet in the shoalest part ;
it is open to the NE. and affords no efficient shelter.

Directions. — Coming from seaward, a stranger must not take
the channel between Bacalhao Island and Bacalhao Rock, but should
pass i mile east of the islet, steering South (S. 31° W. mag.) to run
between Kiar and Moorham Reefs, to the NE. extreme of Duck
Island. When passing the latter island, bring South End Point in
line with Smoker Island, bearing S. 31° W. (South mag.), round
the latter on its northern side at about 400 yards, and, avoiding

S5!SS3>»jSM[A?!W«S(3«S«Bai!«K<W«»S'«»«i'W«»K»i!»«^

IW°^^A^3iaJa^J11fl^jN^^WM -' ^ a '■

CAPE FOGO — JOE BATTS POINT.

389

Dliange Island,
and convenient
n the eastward
• a stranger to

within it, being
distinguish it,
ice, is about 20
rally flat.
t water over it,
° E. mag.) from
s better to pass
ng thrown onto

Ruth Islands is
two rocky islets
ig the points of
18° W. mag.), to
ick on the south ;
5° W. (N. 16° E.
aag.), the vessel
he points of the
)ver mud.
n ice and freezes
sland, and from
•eaks up between
ivill break it up

from the Funk
ie setting out of
Jhange and Stag
V vessels to pass

Change Island

3 feet.

Change Island,
he shoalest part ;
er.

3r must not take
Rock, but should
W, mag.) to run
jxtreme of Duck
uth End Point in
ith mag.), round
is, and, avoiding

the rock south of Smoker Island, bring the SW. end of Shag Islets
in line with the west extreme of Smoker Island, bearing N. 12° W.
(N. 19° E. mag.); this mark, kept on astern, will lead east of Fare-
well Reef, which will be passed when the inner basin of Farewell
Harbor is open south of the north side of the harbor, S. 38° W.
(S. 69° W. mag.). The SW. point of Dog Bay Islands should then
be brought open west of the NW. islet off them, bearing S. 12°
E. (S. 19° W. mag.), to clear Dog Reef. There are no further dan-
gers till Vesuvius Rock, at the west entrance of Sir Charles Ham-
ilton Sound, is reached.

Vessels may go through either of the channels between Bacalhao
Island and Starve Head, taking care to avoid Clarke Rock, in the
channel between the latter and Berry Island.

If passing south of Herring Islands, keep the NE. end of Berry
Island open north of Herring Head, bearing N. 85° W. (N. 54° W.
mag.), to clear the rock off Red Islet, which will bo passed when
Tinker Island is well open east of Red Islet, and Duck Island may
then be steered for; whence proceed as before directed.

Cape Fogo, the east point of Fogo Island, a bold headland 214
feet above the sea, is 9^ miles WNW. from Offer Wadham Light-
house. Fogo Island has rocky and deeply indented shores, afford-
ing, however, but indifferent harbors, except for small vessels and
boats ; it is surrounded by numerous rocks and islets, with many
shoals between them.

Tilton Harbor, 3i miles NNW. of Cape Fogo, formed by
Pigeon Island and peninsula, is open to the north. It can be entered
by boats only, as there is but 3 feet water in the entrance over a
rocky bottom. On the shores of the harbor is a considerable fish-
ing village, which, with its church, is easily recognized from a short
distance.

Ice. — Northern ice usually arrives between 12th and 20th Janu-
ary, closing on the coast with easterly winds. Sometimes the coast
maybe clear in April ; at other times, with a prevalence of northerly
winds, all communication is stopped during May, and even up to
July.

HenningB Islet, 6 feet above water and 2 miles NNW. of Tilton
Harbor, lies 900 yards off shore, with deep water between it and
Fogo Island.

Bound Head, the NE. point of Fogo Island, 199 feet above the
sea, is conspicuous.

Joe Batts Point, 2 miles west of Round Head, is a low shelving
point. Joe Batts Arm, west of Joe Batts Point, is so full of rocks
as to be difficult for ordinary navigation, though a flourishing fish-
ing village is settled on its shores, and a vessel of 100 tons is annu-
ally loaded while moored among the rocks.

390

CAPE 8T. JOHN TO CAPE BONA VISTA.

Ice. — Reports from Joe Batts Arm give the mean epoch of the
arrival of northern ice as 3d January.

Shoal Bay, in the center of tlie north side of Fogo Island, is f
mile wide, 3 miles deep, and quite open to the north. Safe summer
anchorage may be found in from 8 to 10 fathoms water on the west
shore near the liead. When proceeding iip the bay care must be
taken to avoid approaching, in the line of their direction, the
islands which run out from the center of the head of the bay and
terminate in Steering Island.

Bard Island, at the east point of Shoal Bay, has a considerable
village on it, but Bard Cove is only a boat harbor. i

Dean Rock, with only one foot water on it, and generally
breaking, lies J mile North (N, 31° E. mag.) from the NW. ex-
treme of Bard Island, and in the direct line between Joe Batts
Point and the entrance of Fogo H^irbor. Brimstone Head, seen
through Fogo Harbor entrance, bearing S. 60° W. (N. 89° "W.
mag.), leads north of this rock.

Fogo Harbor is east of a bold rocky peninsula, which forms
the NW. extremity of Fogo Island, The intervening coast is
broken and rocky, with dangers extending off 200 yards and lying
in the fairway to the eastern entrance of the harbor.

Fogo is a town of considerable importance, being the depot for
the surrounding fishing districts. In 1891 it had a population
of 815.

East of the harbor is Lanes Lookout, a rocky hill 385 feet above
the sea and the highest on the island. It falls steeply to the north-
ward a Khort distance within the coast.

In front of Fogo Harbor are several islands from 50 to 100 feet
high, forming narrow entrances diflBcult of access at all times to a
sailing vessel, and unapproachable with the heavy sea which rolls
in during and after gales from seaward.

There are two principal channels into the harbor. In the east-
ern a stranger can not depend upon having more than 9 feet, or in
the western channel 19 feet at low water. The harbor affords
secure anchorage in from 3 to 7 fathoms water, over mud.

The eastern entrance is between Rags and Simms Islands. North
of the former, at 200 yards, is Rags Rock, and off the north point
of Simms Island is Simms Rock. Both rocks are under water, but
break in a moderate sea.

Nanny Rock, with 4 fathoms water over it, lies 400 yards north
of Barnes Island. It breaks in a heavy sea.

Communication. — The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer
between St. Johns and Battle Harbor calls here fortnightly during
summer and autumn.

n epoch of the

jgo Island, is f
. Safe summer
.ter on the west
f care must be
direction, the
of the bay and

a considerable

and generally
a the NW. ex-
reen Joe Batts
)ne Head, seen
V. (N. 89° W.

a, which forms
ening coast is
ards and lying

? the depot for
i a population

385 feet above
ly to the north-

a 50 to 100 feet
,t all times to a
sea which rolls

\ In the east-
lan 9 feet, or in
harbor affords
r mud.

slands. North.
;he north point
ider water, but

00 yards north

pany's steamer
nightly during

FOGO IIAUBOB.

891

Dh-ections—Approaching from the eastward, pass outside Dean
Rock, with Brimstone Head seen through the entrance of Fogo

SwR Tt'? ^;f ^- ^^- ''" ^- "^^^•)' ^"^ ^1^«^ th« ^e«t
side ot Bard Island bears southward of S. 2° W (S 33° W mair ^

the rock will be passed. ' ' ^''

Poceed parallel with the coast until Slade's west house is seen
(t«e house IS conspicuous, and with a flagstaff near it is easily
^r3 w^ over Pilly Point and Simms Island, bearing S. 49° W

S;^ ^^ '"^^'?' "^^It "^'^^ ^'^'^ ^^^ y^"^« northward of Rags
Rock The rock will be passed when the west extreme of Rags

entir^ '• '' ^' ''■ ''" ^- -^^•>' ^^^- «*- ^- tf:

After entering between Rags and Simms Islands, the turn to the
west IS very sharp, and the channel but 150 yards wide. Care
must be taken not to hug Simms Island too close, as a rock, with
b feet water over it, extends 70 yards south of its east point
Having made the turn, keep the south point of Barnes Island just
shut in with Fogo Head, bearing S. 83° W. (N. 66° W. mag

m L?t^^^ f"*^ ""P^"' ^^^^ °^ ®^^^« I^l^ii^^ about N. 4° w'
(^. x!. JL. mag.), then run to the south, keeping Gappv Island in
the center of Middle Tickle, N. 4° W. (N. 2r E. mag^rto" oS
Pilly Rock on the port hand and Harbor Rock on the starboard
until the west^extreme of Barnes Island shuts in with Garrison

beTl I '' ^' ^''- ''° "^^ ""^•)' "^«^ -«l^°rage may

be taken up where convenient. "^

The western entrance, between Boatswain Island and the cliffs
of Fogo Head, is but 100 yards wide, and narrowed by a rock
which extends halfway across from Boatswain Island When
entering, Fogo Head must be kept close aboard, and with a heavy
sea running there is a considerable rebound from the cliffs. Having
passed the entrance, the shores of the islands are bold

Northward of Garrison Point a bank, with 7 feet water over it,
extends hal way across the channel, so that, in passing, the shor^
of Barnes Island must be kept aboard, and in turning toward the

fng N^fo wTn :.'o W ''''"? "^"r^ ^^ Garrison Point, bear!
ing N 63 W (N. 62 W. mag.), until the summit of Gappy Islaad

^i^k e"rf° w^r^ri ^' ^r \'«^'' ^^^^ ^^-XMiddt

lictle. N. 4 W. (N 27 E. mag.), which will clear Harbor Rock
and anchorage may be taken up as convenient.

lofw"*'"'^'' ^f^'''' ^""^^^^^ "''^'' ""'^^"y ^«t^«en the 9th and
19th January and reniains so till about the 23d April, the harbor
being completely blocked with ice about 2 feet in thickness. Fie
ice appears about 14th January and disappears between 1st May
and 1st June. The first steamer arrives about 30th April and the
last mail steamer leaves on 19th January.

392

OAIMO ST. JOHN TO CAPE BONAVISTA.

Tides. — It is high water, full and clmnge, in Fogo Harbor "at
7h. 15ni. ; spvings riso 4:^ feet, neaps rise 3 feet.

Dangers. — From 3 to 7 miles from Roiind Head, and with the
head bearing between West (N. 59° W. mag.) and S. 52° W. (S. 83°
W. mag. ), there are several outlying dangers, named, respectively,
the Barracks Islets, Pigeon, Inspector, and Lanes Rocks, all of
which are shown on the chart.

Drovers Bock, small, and awash at high water, lies 2 miles
N. 9° W. (N. 22° E. mag.) from Round Head.

Cleopatra Rock, reported in 1841 as lying about 12 miles north-
eastward from White Island, was (1898) unsuccessfully searched for
by Commander W. Tooker, of H. B. M. surveying vessel Oulnare,
and the fishermen of the locality knew nothing of any rock near
the position given.

Snap Rock, awasli at low water, is the most dangerous rock in
this neighborhood, from its isolation and distance from the land,
being 18 miles N. 36° E. (N. 07° E. mag.) from Cape Fogo.

Ireland Rocks, generally breaking in three separate heads,
with from 30 to 70 fathoms water close around them, lie about 3J
miles to the northward of The Barracks, and form the northeastern
extreme of a belt of islands and rocks which, with an average
b- ;dth of 2 miles, run ENE. and WSW. for about 14 miles off
the north coast of Fogo. There is a navigable channel between this
belt and the coast, and deep-water channels are found among the
islands and rocks, but for most of these local knowledge is required.

Bishop Islet, small, and 10 feet above the sea, is the eastern island
in this belt ; from it shoal ground extends one mile northward and
^ mile eastward.

Cromwell Ledge, about f miles in extent, witb irregular, rocky
bottom, has two patches of 6 fathoms ^ mile apart North (N. 31°
E. mag.). The south patch is 6 J miles S. 60° W. (N. 89° W. mag.)
of Snap Rock.

Jacobs Ledge is a patch of small extent, with 5^ fathoms on it,
lying li miles N. 59° E. (East mag.) of Ireland (East) Rock.

Note. — Both of the above shoals break heavily in bad weather.
Other shoals have been reported in this locality, but are consid-
ered identical Avith these ; but as the bottom is so foul and irregu-
lar, it is quite possible that other rocks may exist.

Little Fogo Islands form a group of islets, the eastern, 136 feet
above the sea, being the highest. On the western islet of the main
group a few fishermen live, who occupy themselves during the
summer at the codfishery, and in winter and spring sealing.

Turr Islands form a group NW. of Little Fogo Islands, the
highest being 94 feet above the sea.

m mmmm

aMMMM

Dgo Harbor 'at

[, and with the

. 52° W. (S. 83°

d, respectively,

Rocks, all of

3r, lies 2 miles

12 miles north-
Ily searclied for
ressel Gulnare,
' any rock near

igerous rock in
from the land,
pe Fogo.
eparate heads,
m, lie about 3J
le northeastern
th an average
it 14 miles off
el between this
ind among the
ige is required.
B eastern island
northward and

rregular, rocky

North (N. 31°

I". 89° W. mag.)

fathoms on it,
ist) Rock,
n bad weather,
but are consid-
3ul and irregu-

lastern, 136 feet
slet of the main
?^es during the
sealing.
go Islands, the

8TOBKHOU8E ISLAND— BLACK ISLET. \.^ ^10^

Storehouse Island, UO feet high, lies one mile WSW. from
rurr Islands, with a clear channel i mile wide between. These two
groups of islands are the highest of the belt, and, from their isola-
tion, the most conspicuous. To run through this channel and
insure being clear of Lots Rock, off Turr Islands, keep Round
Head, on Fogo Island, open west of Mile Islet, bearing 8. 37° E
(S. 4 W. mag.). The islets off the highest of the Storehouse
Islands are steep-to; when past them care must be taken to give
Mile Islet a berth of * mile, on account of the shoals which extend
600 yards oft it.

Beacon.— There is a pole beacon on Storehouse Island

Gappy Island, 2f miles north of the entrance of Fogo Harbor
IS conspicuous, being 83 feet high. The intervening groups!
namely. Seals Nest, Long Island, East Countryman, West Coun-
tryman, and Middle Islets, are from 10 to 30 feet above the sea

Beacon.— Seals Nest Island has a pole beacon on it.

Dangers.— Between the above-mentioned belt of islets and Fogo
Island are -numerous sunken dangers, which are shown upon the
chart, but It is advisable to obtain the assistance of a local pilot to
navigate among them.

Stone Island, the western island of the belt, is small, 12 feet
above the sea, and separated by a clear channel li miles wide from
Gappy Island.

T,.^!t°^ l®^®*' ''"^"' ^""^ ^^ ^^^* ^^°^« *^he sea, lies If miles S 69°
W (N. 80 W. mag.) from Brimstone Head. A patch, with 4
fathoms water over it, lies i mile S. 11° W. (S. 42° W. mae ) of
Black Islet.

The dangers around Black Islet extend in a NNE. and SSW
direction, the island being about the center

S 7f°w^m^.^?w' ""'^^ ^f^^^oms or water over it, lies | mile
S. 71 W. (N. 78° W. mag.) from Black Islet, and between are two
rocks awash at low water.

Current-A current running from the NW. splits about 2 miles
ott Fogo Head The main branch sets close along the north shore
ot J^ogo Island, and among the rocks and islands around it from i
to H knots It is much influenced by the wind, being acceler-
ated by northerly and retarded by southerly winds, while before
easterly gales it sometimes runs to the NW. This current after
passing Round Head, takes the direction of the coast, and is 'influ-
enced by the tidal stream, the ebb accelerating and the flood
retarding it, but only occasionally at spring tides stopping its
southerly course entirely.

The western branch of this current runs between Change and
Fogo Islands at the rate of about half a knot an hour, but is lost
before arriving at Stag Harbor Tickle.

394

CAl'E 8T. JOHN TO CAPJi BON A VISTA.

The Coast, from Cape Fogo to Seldom Come-by Harbor, trends
SW. by W. 8 miles. It is bold and rocky, and indented by three
coves. Cape, Kippin, and Wild Coves. They afford no shelter.

Western Head Rock, with 3 fathoms, lies J mile southeast-
ward of Western Head, the next headland to Cape Fogo. Burnt
Point well open of Wild Point, bearing S. 82° W. (N. 67° W. mag.),
clears the rock.

Seldom Oome-by Harbor is the first safe anchorage north of
Greens Pond, from which it is distant 50 miles ; it is consequently
a great stopping place for the Labrador fishing fleet on their way
north, when detained by foul wind or ice from prosecuting their
voyage. In the month of June, under either of these circumstances,
it is often crowded with brigs of 150 tons, and smaller vessels with
their closely packed living freight of fishermen, women and chil-
dren ; and again in the fall it is much frequented, though not by
such large numbers, the prevailing winds being more favorable
for the return southern voyage.

The entrance is f mile wide between Burnt Point on the east,
and Cann Islands and Black Reef on the west. Shoal water extends
300 yards off Burnt Point, but with this exception there are no
dangers. Having advanced up the bay so as to have the inner
harbor on the west side open, anchorage will be found in 6 fath-
oms, mud, over a space i mile in diameter. The inner harbor is
200 yards wide by 600 yards long, with a depth of 12 feet. There
is a considerable village around the shores of the harbor and bay,
but no supplies can be obtained, except water.

Light. — On the largest of the Cann Islands, from a light tower
above the gable of a wooden dwelling, 39 feet in height, and
painted white with red roofs, a fixed white light is exhibited at an
elevation of 85 feet, that should be visible 10 miles through an arc
of 270°.

Ice. — Seldom Come-by Harbor freezes between 1st and 10th Jan-
uary and remains frozen sometimes till as late as June, and occa-
sionally clearing as early as the middle of February. Field ice
usually arrives in the early part of February, sometimes remain-
ing till June.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Seldom Come-by
Harbor at 7h. 13m. ; springs rise 4^ feet, neaps rise 3 feet.

Stag Harbor Tickle.— The channel southward of Fogo Island,
between it and the mainland, is divided by the Indian Islands and
their adjacent islets. The northern charuel ' jtween these islands
and Fogo is Stag Harbor Tickle ; the southern is Sir Charles Ham-
ilton Sound. The former, though narrow and intricate, is pre-
ferred by coasting vessels.

LITl'LE SELDOM COMK-HY IIAKUOK.

395

larbor, trends
anted by three
uo shelter,
lile southeast-
Fogo. Burnt
67° W. mag.),

.orage north of
s consequently
it on their way
jsecuting their
circumstances,
ier vessels with
omen and chil-
though not by
nore favorable

nt on the east,
J water extends
n there are no
have the inner
'ound in 6 fath-
inner harbor is
12 feet. There
larbor and bay,

a light tower

in height, and

exhibited at an

hrough an arc

and 10th Jan-
une, and occa-
ary. Field ice
etimes remain-

eldom Come-by
3 feet.

3f Fogo Island,
ian Islands and
3n these islands
r Charles Ham-
itricate, is pre-

Ice. — Stag Harbor Tickle freezes solid in January and bronkn
up between 1st and 10th May.

Little Seldom Oome-by Harbor, lying NW. of Cann Islands,
affords good summer anchorage in 6 to 10 fathoms, mud. There are
no dangers in approaching it, except tlie islets west of Cann Islands ;
from tliese foul ground extends 300 yards.

Stag Harbor, on the north side of Stag Harbor Tickle and NE.
of South Point, is 200 yards wide, and runs generally WNW. J
mile, the depth shoaling gradually from 5 fathoms to the miid and
bowlder banks at the head. Being open to the SE. it does not afford
convenient shelter.

(i'randfather Island is the eastern continuation of the Indian
Islands, being separated from them by a rocky channel one mile
wide. The island is low and flat, and has a smaller islet 600 yards
north of it, from which a reef extends E. by N. nearly ^ mile ; be-
tween this islet and Cann Islands is the entrance to Stag Harbor
Tickle, 2i miles wide. The north shore of the West Indian Island,
which forms the south side of the tickle, is rocky and foul for 800
yards oft" it.

Indian Island Tickle lies between East and West Indian Islands
and affords summer anchorage for small craft in 2 fathoms water,
over mud.

Indian Lookout Island is a remarkable cone, 127 feet high,
lying li miles west of Stag Harbor Tickle.

Directions. — Care must be taken not to come within ^ mile of
the NE. point of West Indian Island ; and a good mark for I'unning
through the tickle, so as to avoid Stag Rock, off South Point, on
the north hand, and the shoals off Indian Island oii the soiith, is
to have the north extreme of Mouse Island, the western islet of
Cann Islands, in line with the first rise in the hills east of Seldom
Come-by, bearing N. 62° E. (S. 87° E. mag.).

When Rogers Point is well open of South Point, bearing N. 4G°
W. (N. 15° W. mag.). Stag Rock will be passed, and a N". 51° W.
(N. 20° W. mag.) course for If miles will lead past Rogers Point
and north of Indian Lookout Island. In this channel there are no
dangers which are not visible, except a rock awash at low water,
which in a very smooth sea might possibly not be seen ; it lies 400
yards N. 31° W. (North mag.) irom the NE. islet of the Indian
Lookout Group.

Watch Bock, which breaks in a moderate sea, lies N. 21° W.
(N. 10° E. mag.) 1^ miles from Rogers Point, and in mid-channel
between Watch and Fogo Islands.

Island Harbor Head is a small biit remarkable bluff, 101 feet
high, on the west^oast of Fogo Island, 3^ miles north of Indian
Lookout Islands. There is an excellent boat harbor on its SE, side.

11190 26

396

CAPE HT. JOHN TO CAPK HONAVISTA.

Hare Bay. — Haro Bay Head is 283 feet above the sea, and S.
hy W. 'i miles from Brimstone Head. Between them ia Hare Bay,
easily recognized by Leveret Islands, forming the south side of its
entrance, one of which is dome-shaped. A rock, with !i feet, lies
400 yards north from the end of these islands, leaving a channel
^ mile wide into the harbor. The bay is 2 miles deep, and good
anchorage will be found from halfway up, in from i to 12 fathoms,
mud ; the west shore is rocky, but the east clear of danger, A snug
anchorage for a small vessel in 2 fathoms will be found in a basin
formed between the islands on the western side of the bay and the
mainland of Fogo Island.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Hare Bay 7h. 33m. ;
springs rise i^ feet, neaps rise 3 feet.

Sir Charles Hamilton Sound. — The northern shore of Sir
Charles Hamilton Sound is formed by the Indian Islands, and
groups which extend from them toward the Dog Bay Islands, the
intervening space is occupied by dangers, and should not be
approached within ^ mile, or in less water than 10 fathoms.

Ice. — Sir Charles Hamilton Sound freezes over in January, east
to a curved line from Seldom Come-by Harbor to East Indian,
Goose, Grass, and Noggin Islands, and winds north of east fill the
sound, winds between SE. and west clearing it. Owing to the cur-
rent from Cape Fogo past Ladle Island, this part of the coast and
the western Wadham Island is often clear of ice.

Rocky Bay. — The entrance to Rocky Bay is 6 miles wide between
Rocky Point and Grass Islands, but is broken into four channels
by White, Green, and Noggin Islands ; between Green and Noggin
Islands the passage is foul, with 2^ fathoms over a bottom strewed
with bowlders. Between Noggin and Grass Islands, and also be-
tween Green and White Islands, the channels are clear.

The inner waters of the bay are divided into three arms, the
Southwest, Middle, and Northwest; of these the Southwest and
Middle Arms are shallow and encumbered with islets and bowlders.

Noggin Hill, on the west side of Rocky Bay, wooded and 251
feet high, is conspicuous from its being surrounded by low land.

Northwest Arm has two rocks in its center, a few feet below the
water, also a patch of 3^ fathoms midway between Noggin Island
and Noggin Hill. In going up this arm keep near its western shore,
with the upper points of the eastern shore open, so as to avoid the
rocks in the center, and when White Island is shut in with the
outer east point of the arm, they will be passsed, and anchorage
may be had as c6nvenient in 4 to 6 fathoms, mud.

Gander Bay, westward of Rocky Bay, runs inland 13 miles,
there receiving the waters of Gander Brook, a conliderable fresh-
water stream.

BaoifiaMiiiib

OANDKU BAY — OAXDER IIIVKU.

-^ 397

well, and S.
is Hare Bay,
h sUlo of its
h '.) foot, lies
g a channel
ip, and good

12 fatlioms,
i;er. A snug
id in a basin

bay and the

Jiiy 7h. 35in. ;

shore of Sir
Islands, and

f Islands, the

lould not be

.thorns.

Jimnary, east
East Indian,

)f east fill the

ing to the cur-
the coast and

wide between

four channels
and Noggin

ittom strewed

f, and also be-

>ar.

ree arms, the
uthwest and

land bowlders.

•oded and 251

ly low land,

b below the

oggin Island

estern shore,

to avoid the

t in with the

,nd anchorage

land 13 miles,
Iderable fresh-

Dog Peak is a roinarkablo sharp ])oak, 17fl fooi ove the soa,
on the west side of Gander Hay; the land to tho northward is low,
terminating in Dog Point, off wliioli iiro tho Dog Islands, low and
rocky. Gander Island is narrow, and with Dnck Island SW. of
it is 2 miles long; between this and Dog Point is tho entrance to
Gander Bay.

Fox Island, on the west side of tho buy, lying i^ mile from the
shore and 5 miles within Dog Point, is of moderate height and
easily distinguished ; between it and Dog Point the coast recedes to
the foot of Dog Peak, forming Shoal Bay, in which are numerous
islets and rocks extending ^ mile beyond tho line of tho points of
the bay.

Beaver Hill, on the eastern shore of Gandor Bay, directly oppo-
site Fox Island, is 261 feet above the sea.

Storehouse Island, on the east .shore opposite Fox Island, is
flat, 29 feet high, and ^ mile from the shore ; shoal water extends
J mile SW. from the island, on which is Robinson Rock, awash at
low water. Tlie shoalest part of this foul ground lies 000 yards S.
Tii" W. (N. n° W. mag.) from tho NW. point of Storehouse
Island.

BuBsey Point is a low promontory on the western shore ; shoals,
having 15 feet water over them, lie in the direct line between Fox
Island and Bussey Point.

In the reach from Bussey Point to Clark Point, when standing
toward the eastern shore, Storehoiise Island must be kojjt open of
Beaver Point until past the point next above Bussey Point, so as
to clear a long shoal which stretches J mile off a low point on that
coast. A shoal, with 3^ fathoms water over it, lies in mid-channel
one mile S. by E. from Bussey Point.

Qander River, flowing out of the lake of the same name, which
is 33 miles from the head of the bay, is crossed, at 5 miles below
the point where it issues from the lake, by the Northern and
Western Railway.

Anchorage. — Safe anchorage will be found in all parts of the
bay above Fox Island, on bottom generally of mud.

Ice. — From the mean of eleven years' observations, Gander Bay
freezes about 1st January and clears about 1st May,

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Gander Bay at 7h.
65m. ; springs rise 4 feet, neaps rise 3 feet.

Tidal Stream. — The ebb at Clark Point runs 2 knots at springs,
with a very weak flood for about three houi's; at neaps there is no
flood stream.

Farewell Head, 243 feet above the sea, is the western point of
Sir Charles Hamilton Sound, and the termination of the northern
shore of Dog Bay, which lies between it and Dog Bay Islands.

Maam

i^l

MKaaMMR'*'^

ai)8

CAl'K ST. .lOlIN TO CAI'K UONAViiSTA.

Dog^ Bay runs hilund 7 miles; iiiiiiutdiutuly <>lt' its ciitnincf aro
DoK Hay Islands, wliit-h cxtt'iid ^J luiUis NNW. and SHE., consist-
iiiK <»r tlirnn main islands and numorous rocky islfts; their Kt'ncral
elovalion is from 20 to 40 feot, ('X(M'i)t at tlu* nortli end i>f tho
nortliern island, where a hill risi's 133 I'eet.

Steering Island, in the center of the entranco to Dog Bay, is
small, 27 feet liiK'ii imd steep-to.

Charley Island lies iV mile WSW. of Steering Island.

Vesuvius Rook, awasli at low water, lies J mile N. 53° E. (N.
84° E. mag.) of Steering Island, and the same distance from the
nean<st shore of Dog Bay Islands.

Qulnare Rook, with less than feet on it, lies 1,400 yards S.
40" E. (S. 9° E. mag.) from Steering Island.

Anohorage may bo obtained above Double Islet, in from 4 to 8
fatlioniH, mud, between the islands and the nt>rth shore; between
them find the south shore the bottom is foul.

Wadham Islands are seven in number, and with the adjacent
dangers cover a space of 11 miles E. by N. and W. by S. ; they
are named respectively Offer Wadham, Small, Coleman, Peckford,
White, Duck, and Copper Islands. On the south they are nearly
connected by rocks and reefs with the mainland north of the
Penguin Islands.

Light — On Offer Wiulham, the easternmost island, a cylindrical-
shaped brick tower, 44 feet in lu iglvt, and paintetl red, exhibits, at
an elevation of 100 feet, arevolviiio white light every half minute,
which should be visible 12 miles.

Ice. — The northern ice generally arrives between the 10th and
20th January.

Small Island, lying J mile stmthwestward of Offer Wadham
Island, is low and flat, 25 feet above the sea.

Coleman Island, the next, is small, with two remarkable cliffs
40 feet high, rising one at the northern and the other at the
southern extremity of the island.

Peckford Island is the largest and middle island of the group ;
at the north end is a sharp peak 86 feet high.

White Island, lying to the northwestward of Peckford Island,
is remarkably barren, nearly flat-topped, 99 feet above the sea, and
of a white color.

Duck Island is generally low and rocky, with a small peak in
its center 69 feet above the sea; it lies to the southwestward of
White Island.

Copper Island, the most western, is the highest and most con-
spicuous of the group, 192 feet above the sea.

Eastsoutheast Qround is a shoal with 9 feet water, lying
nearly 2 miles E. by S. of Offer Wadham Island.

ciilninct' ant
SE., cunsist-

Jit'ir K«"i*''''^'
1 end of tho

Dog Buy, ia

and.

!^. 53° E. (N.

ice from the

,•100 yards S.

IV from 4 to 8
ore; between

tho adjacent
. by S. ; tliey
an, Peckford,
ley are nearly
north of the

, a cy lindrical-

^d, exhibits, at

half minute,

the 10th and

ffer Wadham

larkable cliffs
other at the

of the group ;

kford Island,
^e the sea, and

small peak in
hwestward of

md most con-
water, lying

^-f MoftS*?**^^'-"-'' '' ■■'-"■'

WAIMIAM Isr.ANDS.

Tom Ood is M siiiiill I'dcU, with 1*^ fret ; till' marks for It an-, th»>
pt'iik of I'cckfonI IsIhihI in liiif willi tlic north clilf of ('olcinnn
Isliind S. 05" W. (N. 84" W. iiimk.), mid OfftT Wiulhum LiKhtliouse
In-iiriiig N. U° W. (N. r W. iimK.).

Southsouthwest Rock is always to 1h> seen, Ix'in^ awasli at
hij^h watiT; it lifs 'i miles 8SE. from Small Island, and E. by S.
fi'ftin Coli'maii Island.

East Rock, with 10 fatlioms, lies -i mih-s N. 05° E. (S. 84° E.
nia^.) from Otft-r Wadhaiu Lif^hthouse.

Outer East Rock, with !•> fathoms, lios 5 milos N. ;()° E. (S. 70°
E. ma^;.) fi'om OtFtT Wadham LiKlithousc

White 01am Rook, with l) fathoms, lies to tho northwanl of
tho group, nearly 4 milos N. 28° E. (N. 59° E. mag.) from Copper
Island .summit.

Frampton Rock, with ;} fathoms, lies 2^ milos N. 79" W. (N.
48° W. mag.) from Coppor Lsland summit.

Fishing Rock, with 9 fathoms, lies 4 milos N. 73° W. (N. 42°
W. mag.) from Copper Island summit.

Ohannels among the Wadham Islands. — Between Peckford
Island and the mainland there are sovoi-al deep- water channels;
the widest is that nearest tho main, immediately north of Penguin
Islands and Edwards Reef, but for this no leading mark can be
given. The only channel for which a natural leading mark exists
is that betwoen Scrub Reef and Schoolroom Rock ; this mark is tho
south points of Copper and Duck Islands in line N. 61° W. (N. 30°
W. mag.). Copper Island, from its greater height, can bo seen
over Duck Island.

Funk Island, the summit of which is in latitude 49° 46' 29" N.,
longitude 53° 10' 49" W., lies about 24 milos ENE. from Offer
Wadham Island; it is 800 yards long, NE. by E. and SW. by W.,
by 400 yards wide, 46 feet high and nearly flat, with scanty vege-
tation ; peat on the highest part.

Landing can be effected in calm weather at Gannet Head on the
SW. coast, and on the north side of Indian Gulch, which is south
of the eastern or Escape Point, but not at the head of this gulch, as
at all times the send of the sea would make it unsafe for a boat in
such narrow waters. On the north coast, 200 yards west of Escape
Point, is a steep cliff, up and down which the sea rises and falls
without breaking, so that even in a high sea landing may be
effected on The Bench, which is a shelf 4 foot wide, sloping up the
cliff, and quickly narrowing to a few inches broad, but keeping
that breadth for only 10 or 12 feet, after which the ascent is steep
with good holding.

Two islets lie off the west point of Funk Island, at the distances
of 1,200 and 600 yards; besides these islets there are several rocky

400

C'APK ST. .lOIIN TO CAl'K HO\AVlSTA.

spots, oxtondiiiK ^ milo off tho iu)rth wido of the islaiul, whiiili uio
goiuTiilly lin'iikiii^.

Oaution. In mMitioii to Broiiton Itock, having ft fathoms water
over it and lyiiiK^i milosS. 6:1" W. (West inaK.), tho ishind may Im
said to bo Hurrouiidod by Hunkc^n daiigors at distaiicctH varying from
2J milos to i mil«, a kiiowlodgo of wliich can best l)o obtaiiUHl from
tlio cliart. Althoiigh on somti of those U-d^es a deptli of as mncli
as 15 fathoms is fouml, yot, through tlio sudden change in tlie deptli
of wator (00 fatlioms 1)oing th(* general depth in the vicinity of tho
island), the sea breaks heavily over them in bad weather.

Current. — It is reported that a strong southwesterly set is some-
times experienced near Funk Island; care should therefore bo
exorcised when navigating in the vicinity, esiKicially at night or
during foggy weather.

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, at Funk Islands at 7li. ;
springs rise from 2 to 3 feet (approximate).

Ladle Island, lying 4^ miles SW. by S. from Copper Island, is
34 feet above the sea, and forms the NW. extreme of tho almost
straight, low, and dangerous coast which terminates at Cape Freels.

Bagged Harbor is aj miles southeastward of Ladle Island; in
its entrance is an islet 6 feet above water, and northwestward of
the islet are two rocks with less than feet on them. The north-
ernmost rock is distant i mile, and there is anothei rock about 200
yards SSW. of the islet.

Directions. — When to the northward of these rocks bring the
fall of a ridge of high land in line with White Point, the first point
in on north shore, bearing S. 39° W. (S. 70° W. mag.), and anchor
off White Point in 4 fathoms, mud. This would make a good tem-
porary anchorage for small vessels bound south and detained by a
SW. gale, instead of bearing up for Seldom Come-by Harbor, on
Fogo Island.

Penguin Islands are two low, flat islets about 20 feet above the
sea; the northern lies 5 miles SSE. from Peckford Island, the space
between being much encumbered with rocks and shoal patches,
■with two narrow channels through them. Northwest of the islets,
between them and Ragged Harbor, lie the extensive patches known
as Edwards Reef, on which is a group of small rocks about 10 feet
high.

Light.— On the north end of North Penguin Island, from a
cylindrical-shaped iron tower, 47 feet in height and painted red
and white in vertical stripes, a fixed white light is exhibited at an
elevation of 62 feet, which should be visible 9 miles.

Coast.- From abreast the Penguin Islands to Cape Freels the
trend of coast is SE. for 16^ miles; the shoi'o is generally low and
the country flat, so that when a short distance off there is nothing

<Mi

11(1, wliich uro

futliotiis water
isliind iniiy !»•»
) viiryiiiK from
ohtiiinod from
til of lis much
ffo ill tli(> depth
vicinity of the
athur.

rly sot is some-
l thiu-oforo ho
ly ut night or

Ishvnds at Hh. ;

pper Island, is
B of the almost
at Cai)e Froels.
adle Island; in
thwestward of
n. The north -
rock ahout 200

■ocks bring the

, the first point

), and anchor

ce a good tem-

detained by a

by Harbor, on

feet above the
and, the space
shoal patches,
)st of the islets,
patches known
s about 10 feet

sland, from a

d painted red

exhibited at an

!ape Freels the
lerally low and
here is nothing

l»K.\l)MA\ HAY — CAI'K IIIKKLS.

401

■■MK^<''->

rt'iiiiirkuhlc l>y wliicli to (lislinj^uisli one itiul fnnii aiiotlitT. Dcad-
mnii Itock, with 15 feet watiT over it., liert IJ miU^u N. M" W. (N.
23° E. mag.) from Doa-liimn I'oitit.

Anchorage. — In Di'iidinun Hay, tij iiiilcH from Smitli Penguin
Island, tliiTo is fair anclmra^^e in '.» faliiunis water during the suin-
inor, witli shelter from NW. and south winds, in the NW. corner
under Deadmaii Point; the hohtiiiK K>'<*ii>><l is good, but a shoal, on
which tli(^ ilepth is :j fath<»mH, lies k mile S. H" K. (S. r.V' W. iiwik'.)
from I)ea<linan Point.

Oat Harbor, soutjiward of Deadman Hay, is small and ilaii-
gerous, and only available for small vessels in fine weather. A
♦J-fatliom biuik o(f Cat Harhor, and several with depths of from
5 to '.» fathoms off Deadman Bay, break in had W(}ather.

Ice. — Cat Harbor free/os between 1st January and 1st February,
and clears as soon as the ice loaves the (ujast.

Oape Freels, the noi'thern point of the grent bay of Bonavista,
is low and rocky, c(jnsisting of throe points, named North, Middle,
and South Bills; within them tho laud risus to an elevation of 18:5
feet, known as Cape Ridge.

Ice. — Capo F'reols freezes between 1st January and 1st F(»bruary,
and the ice is often near the capo in May and in some seasons as
late as June.

Oull Island lies 1^ miles east from tho South Bill ; there is deep
water round this island, but k milo N, 5(1° W. (N. 25° W. mag.) is
Gull Rock, with 9 feet over it.

Ooast. — About I milo SW. from Gull Island commences rocky
ground, which extends along tho coast for about 13 miles to tho
SW., as far as Shoe Point. On this rock-encumbered shore there
are no anchorages that a stranger should attempt until south of
Copper Island, which lies off Shoe Point, when by the aid of a
chart anchorage may be found to the westward of Green Pond
Island.

Between Gull Island and North Bill there are many offlying
dangei's, the outer of which, Brandies Islot and Roof, stretches otf
about i mile from Middle Bill, with shoal water and loss than 10
fathoms for a distance of H miles ; from this there are no dangers
in fine weather until past Cat Harbor and Deadman Bay.

The dangers about Cape Freels cover a triangular area, having
for its base 13 miles of tho coast from Shoe Point to Cape Freels,
and its apex at Stinking Banks, which lie about 6 miles from this
line of coast. The whole of this space is encumbered with shoals,
interspersed with low rocky islets, which make it dangerous of
approach, especially during foggy weather, though in a moderate
sea fishermen with local experience feel safe, from the fact that
almost all the dangers show themselves ; but in a heavy swell, when

402

CAPE ST. JOHN TO CAPE UONAVrSTA.

the deeper shoals with 7 to 10 fathoms over them are breaking, and
the whole sea is confused, nothing hut the most perfect knowledge
and great experience would justify this portion of the coast being
approached.

With the aid of a chart and the following remarks and direc-
tions, to be used during moderate weather, such a;' often prevails
in summer when fishing vessels are proceeding to the Labrador
Coast, suflBcient local knowledge may easily be acquired for the ordi-
nary purposes of navigation, and a comparative stranger enabled
to use with confidence the outer channels between Flowers and
Stinking Islands, and northward, inside Middle and Charge Eocks.

Pincher Island lies 4 miles SW. by S. of Gull Island; a square
church on the highest part of the island makes it easy to be recog-
nized. To the northward of the island is Pinchers Bight, which
affords safe anchorage in summer for small vessels in 2^ to 3
fathoms.

Pouch Island, which lies about If miles to the southward of
Pincher Island, is 80 feet high and about ^ mile long, with several
islets and reefs round it; f mile from its east side lie East Reefs,
the outer rock of which dries, and is consequently always easily
recognized.

The entrance to Pinchers Bight from the southward is a mile
wide, between East Reefs and Margery Rock, which has less than
6 feet over it and generally breaks.

Directions.— Having recognized Pincher Island church, steer
for it, and keep it well open east of Hincks Islet (which is 12 feet
high, lying f mde N. by E. cf Pouch Island), bearing N. 39° W.
(N. 8° W. mag.), and having passed the outer rock of East Reef,
bring it in line with the east end of Flowers Island, a large island
southward of Pouch Island, and steer North (N. 31° E. mag.), with
it bearing South (S. 31° W. mag.), for li miles, until Bundells
Gaze, a remarkable granite lump on the mainland, is in line with
the outer rocks north of Pincher Island, named Pound Rocks, N.
60° W. (N. 19° W. mag.), then steer on this line for li miles, until
Pincher Island church bears S. 69° W. (West mag.), when sheer
out to pass Pound Rocks, between which and the dangers to the
northward the channel is 800 yards wide ; having passed them,
anchor when convenient.

Ice.— The bays between Pincher Island and Pools Arm all freeze
between 1st January and 1st February, and clear as soon as the ice
leaves the coast.

Flowers Islands are two in number, with some small islets
close off them to the northward ; the western is the largest and
highest, 103 feet above the sea; together they cover an area i mile
in diameter. A straight narrow channel, in which the few resident

breaking, and
set knowledge
e coast being

ks anil direc-
often prevails
the Labrador
edfortlxeordi-
anger enabled
L Flowers and
Charge Eocks.
Und ; a square
3y to be recog-
1 Bight, which
els in 2i to 3

soiithward of
y, with several
ie East Reefs,

always easily

ward is a mile
h has less than

church, steer
hich is 12 feet
ng N. 39° W.
of East Reef,
a large island
mag.)> with
until Bundells
is in line with
and Rocks, N.
li miles, until
), when sheer
angers to the
passed them.

Arm all freeze
soon as the ico

le small islets
le largest and
an area i mile
jie few resident

8WAINS ISLANDS — CABOT ISLANDS.

403

fishermen secure their boats, runs NW. by W. and SE. liy E.
between the islands.

Swains Islands lie off the mainland about 4 miles SW. of
Pincher Island ; on them is a fishing village with a conspicuous
square church painted white, with a dark roof. Some scaling ves-
sels are laid up during summer in the channel nearest the main-
land ; the entrance to this channel or harbor is from the southward,
but no written remarks can be given that would be of service.

Butterfly Islands are several narrow rocky islets, lying a little
more than a mile SW. by W. of Flowers Islands; they are 500
yards long, west and east, the western and highest being 30 feet
above the sea ; north of them are two low rocks extending off a
distance of 200 yards.

East Twin Rock has 13 feet over it; it lies 1,200 yards west
from the Butterfly Islands.

West Twin Rock has 12 feet over it ; it lies 900 yards farther
west and a mile from Butterfly Islands.

Black Reef is small, about 10 feet high, 800 yards N, by W. of
Butterfly Islands, and about one mile W. by S. from the peak of
Flowers Islands.

Three Rocks and Jacobs Ground lie i mile southward of
Flowers Islands, covering a space nearly a mile in diameter, with
several shoal heads, with from 9 feet to 5 fathoms over them, and
deep water among them.

Shoe Point in line with the north side of Copper Island S. G3° W.
(N. 86° W. mag.) leads south of them; Shoe Point in line with
the south side of Newell Island, an island lying northward of
Copper Island, S. 49° W. (S. 80° W. mag.) leads northwestward
of them, while Pouch Island summit in line with the east side
of Flowers Island N. 34° W. (N. 3° W. mag.) leads to the east-
ward, and the main portion of Pouch Island open westward of
Flowers Island N. 6° W. (N. 25° E. mag.) leads west of them.

Cabot Islands, also known as Stinking Islands by the fisher-
men, form the outermost of the low rocky islets which encumber
the coast between Cape Freels and Shoe Point ; they are two in
number, about 400 yards apart, 19 and 22 feet high, respectively,
and lie 5^ miles 8SE. ^ E. from Gull Island.

A rock, with 6 feet water over it, lies about ^ mile southwestward,
and between them and Flowers Islands lie two rocks, named Bleak
and Stevensons Islets, the former 8 feet, the latter 14 feet above
the sea.

Light.— The lighthouse, on northern Cabot Island, is a tower
on a dwelling, 47 feet in height, painted red and white in bands ; it
exhibits, at an elevation of 74 feet, an intermittent white light, hav-
ing a period of system of twenty seconds, showing light eleven

ss-w^ss

404

APE ST. .TOUN TO CAPE BONA VISTA.

secoiifls, with nine seconds eclipse. It should be visible 10 miles.

Stinking Banks lie from U to 3 miles NE. of Cabot Islands,
with depths of froir 12 to 10 fathoms between; they cover a space
of 1 )r miles ENE. and WN W. by i mile broad, with patches of
from 7 to 9 fathoms water. From the outer patch of 7 fathoms
Cabot Island Lighthouse is 3 miles S. 66° W. (N. 83° W. mag.).

Middle Rock, awash at low water, is always breaking ; it lies
If miles N. 9° W. (N. 22° E. mag.) from Cabot Island Lighthouse.

Charge Rock, with 4 feet water over it, generally breaks ; from
it Gull Island lies 2^ miles N. 69° W. (N. 38° W. mag.), and
Middle Rock is in line with the west end of Cabot Island.

Norris Rock, with 5 fathoms water over it, lies H miles S. 68°
E. (S. 37° E. mag.) from Gull Island.

Greens Pond Island, lying about 2 miles from Shoe Point, is
171 feet above the sea, and one mile in diameter, presenting a
nearly flat summit. From it a chain of islets extends south 1^
miles, without navigable channels between them; the southern
are Copper, Pigeon, and Horse Islands, which are almost con-
nected. Copper Island, the most southern of the group, rises to a
peak 115 feet high, and has, lying to the southward at 400 yards
distant. Black Rocks and Black Reef, which ire steep-to, the
water deepening quickly to 100 fathoms. At 300 yards from
Horse Island is Horse Rock, with less than 6 feet water over it,
and 300 yards from Copper Island is Herring Rock, on which the
depth is 12 feet.

Cookroom Rock, with 12 feet water over it, lies 400 yards off
the SE. point of Greens Pond Island.

Sealskin Rock, with 16 feet water over it, lies N. 11° E. (N. 42°
E. mag.), and another rock, also with 15 feet over it, lies N. 28° E.
(N. 59° E. mag.), each 1,100 yards from Puffin Island Lighthouse.

Between Puffin and Cookroom Rocks is the entrance to the fish-
ing town and station of Greens Pond. The church, merchants'
establishments, with sealing steamers and vessels which use this
harbor moored in the narrow gully between the rocks, render it
conspicuous. On no account should the anchorage be approached
by a stranger.

During summer months Greens Pond is often without fresh
water. The population in 1891 was 1,317.

Communication. — The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer
between St. Johns and Battle Harbor calls here fortnightly during
summer and autumn.

Coal. — A small supply of coal (about 20 tons) may be obtained.

Puffin and Newell Islands lie northward of Copper Island.
The former, abc ^t 1,200 yards from Grp'iis Pond Island, is flat,
and 55 feet high. At 300 yards N. 38° E. (N. 69° E. mag.) from

visible 10 miles,
f Cabot Islands,
ey cover a space
with patches of
ch of 7 fathoms
\r W. mag.)-
)reaking; it lies
md Lighthouse,
ly breaks; from
W. mag.), and
Island.
i U miles S. 68°

1 Shoe Point, is
3r, presenting a
xtends south 1^
1 ; the southern
are almost con-
?roup, rises to a
ard at 400 yards
re steep-to, the
}00 yards from
it water over it,
k, on which the

es 400 yards off

!^. 11° E. (N. 42°
it, lies N. 28° E.
md Lighthouse,
ance to the fish-
irch, merchants'
I which use this
rocks, render it
e be approached

1 without fresh

ipany's steamer
rtnightly during

lay be obtained.

Copper Island,

I Island, is flat,

° E. mag.) from

Jims MM

PT'FFIN ISLAND— POOLS IIAKBOR. 4,(5

fard^r47F"r^"''«noi''^' "^'^^ '' '^"* ^^'^^ -'^^ it; an.l 000
yards N. 49 E. (N. 80° E. mag. from the lighthou.se is Pufhn
Lecl^e, with 5 fathoms over it. Newell Island, only 38 feet h-^
IS divided from Puffin Island by a narrow rock^ clufnnel " '

Light-On, Puffin Island, from a slate-roof tower, 40 feet in
heigh at the corner of a granite building, a fixed ed 1 2t
exhibited at an elevation of 85 feet. It should be visib 10 ml
^tween the bearings of S. 22° E. (S. 9° W. mag.) and K os" E

Pnnl« tT T^') T^^"" ^'' ^^ ^^^^°' ^"<^ '' «^«cure.l between Bi-^
Pools Island and Fox Island, in Fox Bay. ^

Ice.-Greens Pond Harbor freezes about the 18th Janu-iw ho
tweenwhch date and 8th February it is closed at in rvaL^'bu;
after the latter date it is generally completely closed by ic a'^o

m1T.1 "'' /. ''' ^^*" ''^ ^^''^- ^^'^^ i«« appears abou 11 h
March and disappears about the same day in May T]"e fiVs

ztz:^'' '-'''' ^'^^' ^«*^ ^p^^^ -^ the iasti.v^rabo::

Madsumiaer Kock-This dangerous rock, having 2 feet water

Isknd tL ! ? • T^-^ ^"^^^ *^^ ^W- P«i"t of Copper
Is and. The west extreme of Greens Pond open west of Maiden
Island, bearintr N 20° W ^\r n° i? \ , f^" wost 01 iviaicien

AnnVi/Toil tV .^•^^- " E. mag.), leads west of the rock
Anchorage-Herring and Midsummer Rocks are the cmlv
dangers between Copper Island and Shoe Point, so that when cle^
to the westward of Midsummer Rock vessels may, in finrweather

v::To\i:L7^:r ^^"^ -' ^--^ poni'isiand:r;:c;

The anchorage off the S.W. side of this island is indifferent the
bottom being chiefly of rock, with some patches of sand ne'es^!

V esseis should ride with a long scope of cable

rools Harbor—The entrance to this harbor is to the northward
of Greens Pond, between the islands which stretch north fi^'mtha
island namely. Partridge. Grassy, and Odd, on ^L soX anc
Poo s Islands on the north ; it may be recogniz;d by the two Pound
Islets which he nearly a mile NE. of Greens Pond Islanland the
same distance from the entrance of the harbor

South Pound Islet is about 300 yards long and 47 feet hi^h

anf 3ot Tn '''*f T""' ^^^'^^ ^^^^^t ''^ y--^« in <liameter
and 30 feet high; a reef, which is generally breaking extends 400

NE bvT;'' ^^«-'i--ti- ot South Pou'nd Islet, Sidlo ya .h
w Z S' '* '' ^ P^t''^ «^ ^ fathoms. ^

Half Rock, with 9 feet over it, lies li miles N. 46° E (N 77° F

mag.) from North Pound Islet, with the SE. extremes of'the Pou^d

Islets and a saddle over Shoe Point all in line.

400

CAPE ST. JOHN TO CAPE BONAVISTA.

North Rocks are two in number, witli 2 and 3 fathoms water
over them; their outer edge lies about one mile ENE. from the
east point of Greens Pond Island. The summit of Big Pools Island
in line with the east side of South Pound Islet, bearing N. 56° W.
(N. 2.5° W. mag.), clears their east side.

Liver Ledge has 7 fathoms water over it, and from it Copper Island
summit is 2^ miles S. 48° W. (S. 79° W. mag.).

Midivay Rock, with less than G feet water on it, lies directly in
the fairway for Pools Harbor, between South Pound Islet and the
shoals off Greens Pond Island, and a rock, with 12 feet water over
it, lies one-third of the distance from Grassy Island to the SE. point
of Big Pools Island ; there is also a rock, awash at low water, lying
100 yards northward of Odd Island ; besides these there are no dan-
gers in the harbor except those close to the shore or above water.

Benburry Rock, with 9 feet water over it, lies 65 yards S. 36°
W. (S. 67° W. mag.) from Benburry Islet, and in the fairway to
Pools Harbor.

Directions. — There are no natural leading marks for the chan-
nels between Pound Islets, nor for those north or south of them.
The best channels are immediately north or south of South Pound
Islet, where, in a moderate sea, the dangers would generally show.
After passing this islet, steer for Big Pools Island, taking care not
to open the church west of it, until the inner part of Grassy Island
bears southward of S. 59° W. (West mag. ), and, having passed Odd
Island, anchor in from 7 to 10 fathoms water, over mud, with the
west side of Grassy Island just touching the east side of Odd Island,
bearing S. 31° E. (South mag.), and the church N. 59° E. (East
mag.).

A slight swell sets in here with easterly gales, but it is not dan-
gerous to shipping. Smooth water may be obtained in a depth
of 5 fathoms, ^ mile farther up the harbor, and small vessels may
moor in the channel NW. of Main Pools Island or in Pudding Bag
Cove. The favorite moorings for sealing vessels when lying up is
between Main Pools and Big Pools Islands.

Ice. — Pools Harbor freezes early in January and breaks up in
the latter part of April.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Pools Harbor at
7h. Om. ; springs rise 4 feet, neaps rise 3 feet.

Loo Cove is a good anchorage on the mainland about one mile
WNW. of Greens Pond Island. In running for it, when SW. of
Greens Pond, there are no dangers until the summit of Copper
Island is in line Avith the SW. extreme of Greens Pond Island,
bearing S. 54° E. (S. 23° E. mag.), and this line should not be
crossed until Pools Church is well open of Partridge Island, bear-
ing N. 5° E. (N. 36° E. mag.), so as to avoid the ledge which

SE^^^^^^^^H^

fathoms water
ENE. from the
Jig Pools Island
ring N. 56° W.

it Copper Island

lies directly in
id Islet and the
feet water over
bo the SE. point
3W water, lying
lere are no dan-
)r above water.
65 yards S. 36°
the fairway to

:s for the chan-
south of them.
>f South Pound
generally show,
taking care not
f Grassy Island
ing passed Odd
mud, with the
) of Odd Island,
^. 59° E. (East

it it is not dan-
ned in a depth
all vessels may
n Pudding Bag
hen lying up is

d breaks up in

ools Harbor at

about one mile
., when SW. of
mit of Copper
5 Pond Island,
should not be
',e Island, bear-
e ledge which

GENERAL DIRECTIONS.

407

Stretches out nearly one-third of the width of the channel from
Greens Pond Island. After passing the narrowest part of tl
channel (400 yards wide) there is good anchora^je in 11 fathom
water for a space of i mile. "I'iioms

of^p'J^' ''t7^ f T*^' ^^"'"^ ^'^'^ ^" ^^"^ ^^"^ tl^« «""tlx point
ot Ir-aitudge Island, bearing about N. 70° E (S 79° E matr )

^ads between two sunken rocks, 300 yards apart, into Loo Cove
wJ^re there is good inchorage in from 5 to 7 fathoms water

ward, after passing the dangers oif Cape Bonavista, a N. .34° W

I .o L T*'^ ''''''''^^ ^""'^ ^1 "^"«« if insi'le, and N. 45° W (n"
14 W^mag.) 18 miles if outside them, will lead about 4 miles cLv

to sthfTT ?°«««^-7 I«l^«'l« ' -f ter passing these endeavor
to s ght land m the vicmity of Shoe Point, for, thougli iw.t tlie
most prominent pomt of the coast, there is a chance, should it be
foggy of the fog lifting as it is approached. The only danger near
It IS Midsummer Rock, and it is scarcely probable that could be
approached without Copper Island or the islets off it being first

In clear weather it may be convenient to steer direct for Flowers
Islands; in this case Pincher Island church will generally be the
first object identified, from its prominent position

Having recognized the land about Greens Pond, a stranger can
Thl^P f I r Pf ^^^^^"^ *« the NE., either inside or outside
lYnln?'^ ^f J^^°,^^ ^^^^^'i' by keeping Shoe Point and south
point ot Newell Island in hne, bearing S. 49° W (S 80° W ma<' )
If inside and intending to pass northward of these dangers^'if

rS'w (N 86° W^'^^^'r ^ "??' '''' ^^ Copper 'isla'nd,
i J.^ ^- °'*^-^' °^®*''« them, passing to the soutli-
m oo w ^°^^h Island is open of Flowers Islands, N. 40° W
(N.9 W.mag). Should Pincher Island Church be first identified '
It may be safely steered for on a N. 31° W. (North mag.) course
until Fbwers and the other Islands are recogiized, af ter wMch In
proceeding to the northward, the channel on either side of Steven-
sons Islets may be taken.

The passage east of Three Rocks, between Stevensons and Bleak
Islets, a mile wide, is the most easy, involving less change of course
the only caution necessary being to avoid the shoal ground which
extends nearly 400 yards off the west point of the Bleak Islets
From this channel steer N. 13° E. (N. 44° E. mag.) 3 miles koeo
ing a good lookout to the northeastward for Middle Rock 'which
generally breaks, and on the west for Cobblers Fishing Rock- the
west summit of Butterfly Islands kept in line with the northern
point of Flowers Islands, S. 37° W. (S. 68° W. mag.), wi Tend
between these dangers, but do not pass north of this line nntU

t ','

^"■wpaagi

408

CAPE ST. .fOIlN TO CAPE BONAVISTA.

the Middle Bill of Capo Freels is open of Lapstone Rocks, which
lie about one mile southward of Gull Island, bearing about N. 43°
W. (N. 12° W. mag.), when a course may be steered for Gull
Island, leaving Charge and Norris Rocks to the north, and passing
.east of Gull Island at 200 yards or any greater distance.

Inside Passa(s;e. — After leaving Pools Harbor, and having
rounded southward of Big Pools Island, steer N. 48° E. (N. 79°
E. mag.), within Pound Islets, taking care to bring South Pound
Islet open west of North Pound Islet S. 34° W. (S. 65° W. mag.),
so as to avoid Half Rock and The Twins, until Black Reef is in
line with the south point of Flowers Islands, East (S. 69° E. mag.),
when the before-mentioned line should be crossed and Pound Islets
brought in line S. 41° W. (S. 72° W. mag.), to clear Catamaran
Rock, an outlying rock eastward of Swains Islands; after passing
Flowers Islands, bring Black Reef just open of the islets oflf
Flowers Islands S. 52° W. (S. 83° W. mag,), and proceed between
Stevensons and Margery Rocks; after passing these, steer more to
the northward, about N. 30° E. (N, 61° E. mag.), keeping a good
lookout for Middle Rock to the eastward and Cobblers Fishing
Rock to the westward, bringing Butterfly West Islet in line with
the north point of Flowers Islands, S. 37° W. (S. 68° W. mag.), which
leads between them, but not passing north of that line until Mid-
dle Bill is open north of Lapstone Rocks, about N. 43° W. (N. 12°
W. mag.), when a course may be steered for Gull Island as before.

These two "runs," inside and outside Flowers Islands, are the only
channels that can be used by navigators with scanty knowledge of
the coast. Nearer the shore there are others available for those
who have great local experience, and through them they do not
hesitate to take sealing vessels of 200 to 300 tons, which are so
strongly built for contact with ice that a bump on a rock in mod-
erate weather neither hurts the vessel nor disturbs the pilot. '

Approaching Bonavista Bay from seaward, the outer points,
Cape Freels and Cape Bonavista, are so low that they can not be
readily seen in clear weather beyond a distance of 14 miles, and it
is necessary to give the dangers off Gooseberry Islands a berth of
3 miles ; also advisable for a stranger to make for the north shore
of Bonavista Bay, about Greens Pond and Shoe Point, which is
comparatively free from dangers. At night, the light on Puffin
Island will be a valuable guide.

Bonavista Bay. — Cape Freels and Cape Bonavista, the outer
points of this bay, bear from each other N. 23° W. (N. 8° E. mag.)
and S. 23° E. (S. 8° W. mag.), distant 36i miles. Off Cape Bona-
vista dangers extend 6 miles N. by E., and off the coast from Cape
Freels to Shoe Point dangers extend fully 8 miles. From Stink-
ing Banks, off Cape Freels, to Young Harry, off Cape Bonavista, the

cks, which
bout N. 43°
(I for Gull
md passing

md having
' E. (N. 79°
3uth Pound
' W. mag.),
: Reef is in
9° E. mag.),
Pound Islets
Catamaran
,fter passing
le islets off
eed between
teer more to
ping a good
lers Pishing
in line with
mag.), which
le until Mid-
° W. {^. 12°
nd as before.
, are the only
knowledge of
lie for those
they do not
hich are so
ock in mod-
pilot. "
luter points,
can not be
[miles, and it
s a berth of
north shore
mt, which is
it on Puffin

|ta, the outer
8° E. mag.)
' Cape Bona-
^t from Cape
^'rom Stink-
5na vista, the

l:ii*S!!W5!S&S5Sffi<2

BONAVISTA HAY'.

•iOt)

course is S. 20" E. (S. 11° W. mag.), 2(5 miles. The bay is divided
into two main branches by a group of islands running in a north-
easterly direction, and terminating to seaward in Gooseberry
Islands. The northern portion is again divided into two main
arms, separated by groups of islands and a jjortion of tlio ninin-
land; they both run in about SW. 28 miles, the northern arm ter-
minating in Freshwater Bay, the southern in Bloody Bay. Tlie
southern main portion of Bonavista Bay, between Gooseberry
Islands and Cape Bonavista, has one principal arm, Clode Sound,
Avhich runs in a southwesterly direction 45 miles. Besides this
sound there are numerous smaller sounds, bays, and intricate
channels, among the archipelago within Gooseberry Islands.

The entrance of the northern portion of Bonavista Bay is 6
miles wide, between Shoe Point and Gooseberry Islands ; it then
divides into Locker and Cottel Reaches.

Locker Reach commences between Fair Islands and Brandies
Rocks; it is If miles wide, its direction SW. for a distance of 11
miles on the north side of Deer and Locker Flat Islands, when it
receives the name of Content Reach, continuing the same direction
for 5 miles to the entrance of Freshwater Bay. The Brandies and
rocks off Deer Islands are the only dangers in these reaches.

Pitt Sound lies between the Deer, Locker Flat, and Pitt Sound
Islands, and connects Cottel Reach with Content Reach.

Light. — On the extreme of Cape Bonavista, from a square house,
36 feet in height, painted red and white in vertical stripes, with
the lantern in the center of roof, is exhibited, at an elevation of
150 feet, a revolving light, with a period of I'evolution of ninety
seconds, showing one red and two white phases alternately, with
an interval of thirty seconds between each phase; it should be vis-
ible 15 miles, but the light is reported to have been seen at a much
greater distance — the white light at 30 miles and the red at 19
miles; thus at the longer distance the light would appear as a
revolving white light.

Owing to the short duration of the light, and the fact of each
alternate flash being red, thereby reducing the intensity, Bonavista
light is found to be difficult of recognition.

Ice. — Bonavista Harbors freeze over at intervals between 20th
January and 20th March, and are closed at intei'vals by ice about
a foot in thickness from the former date to 15th May. Field ice
appears about 15th February and disappears toward the end of
May. Coasters frequent the harbors all the year round, but for-
eign vessels only between about 1st May and 20th December.

Shoe Point, 2 miles west of Greens Pond Island, is flat and of
small elevation, but the hills rise steeply to 214 feet; the coast
trends westerly for 1^ miles to New Harbor.

K'tisani

«M«n

410

CAPE ST. JOHN TO CArE HONAVISTA.

New Harbor may be recognized by a remarkable cliffy hill 200
feet high on its west side, and by two low islets east of itn entrance ;
the entrance is 100 yards wide; the harbor, extending 1,200 yards
N. by W., increases in width to 200 yards. There are a few small
rocks close off its west shore, but with the exception of these it is
free from dangers, with good anchorage in from 4 to 6 fathoms
water, over mud.

Indian Bay is formed by the continuation of thfj shore from
New Harbor on the north, and on the south by Silver Fox and
Brown Fox Islands, and the coast in continuation of them, it runs
west for 8 miles, where it branches NW. for a mile and SW. for
a mile.

Cat Island, on the north shore of Indian Bay, is 3 miles from
New Harbor. It is a mile long in the direction of the coast, and
rises to a cone 214 feet high at its east end. Immediately east of
it is a small islet 6 feet high, with a rock close east of it, and
rocks between it and Cat Island.

Camel Island is small and lies close west of Cat Island.

Cat Cove, NE. of Cat Island, is a favorite shelter with wind-
bound sealing vessels. The anchorage is in 7 to 13 fathoms,
and the only dangers in approaching it are the islet and rock last
mentioned off Cat Island ; these must be left on the port hand in
entering, as there is no safe channel between them and Cat Island.

Silver Fox Island is 1^ miles long east and west by ^ mile wide.
Its coast is cliffy and surface broken. It is divided into two por-
tions by a deep valley ; the eastern is the higher, being 271 feet
above the sea.

Rocks with shoal water extend 100 yards off the NW. point of
Silver Fox Island into Indian Bay, and off its SE. side are several
islets with rocks among them, but steep-to on their sea face.

Brown Fox Island is a mile long east and west by ^ mile wide.
It is bold and rocky, and separated by a channel i mile wide from
Silver Fox Island.

A patch of 4 fathoms lies i mile north of Brown Fox Island, and
a patch of 5 fathoms 300 yards off the center of the north shore of
the same island.

Cutmans Island is 77 feet high, ^ mile long by about i mile
wide. It is separated by a rocky channel of ^ mile from Brown
Fox Island, and by a channel of ^ mile from the mainland SW. of
it, and on the north by the main channel of Indian Bay, ^ mile
wide from Camel Island.

Ship Island is the largest of a group which extends two-thirds
across Indian Bay from its north shore. It is a mile west of Camel
Island.

FAIR IHLAND8 — 8AINT ISLAND.

411

itty lull 200
;s oiilrance ;
1,200 yards
a few small
if these it is
) 5 fathoms

shore from
er Fox and
em. it runs
nd SW. for

miles from
e coast, and
lately east of
st of it, and

and.

p with wind-
13 fathoms,
nd rock last
port hand in
id Cat Island,
r ^ mile wide,
ato two por-
3ing 271 feet

JW. point of
,e are several
a face.
^ mile wide,
lie wide from

Island, and
>rth shore of

I about i mile

I from Brown

iland SW. of

Bay, i mile

is two-thirds
rest of Camel

North Arm is east of Ship Island, and in it is good anchorage
in 4 to i;i fathoms, mud.

The Ohannel between the Ship Island Group and the south
shore of Indian P y is 600 yards wide, witli a depth of 4^ fath(jra8
in mid-channel, 6 fathoms near the shore, and 7 fathoms near the
south island of the group.

Fair Islands are a barren group, consisting of many d(jme-
shaped isolated granite hills, varying in height from the low east-
ern islets to 300 feet. Immediately within the eastern island there
is moderately good anchorage for small vessels. The southern
entrance is the best. It is 100 yards wide, with a rock awash at
low water, spring tides, off the eastern point ; therefore it is requi-
site to keep on the west shore when going in. The anchorage is in
6 fathoms water, off the houses on the eastern island.

Pirk island, the most westerly of the Fair Islands, forms the
north side of the entrance to Trinity Bay.

Ice. — From a mean of 19 years' observation, Fair Island Anchor-
age freezes about 11th of January and clears about 13th April.

Lewis Island is on the north side of Locker Reach. Near the
center of its south coast, a remarkable hill rises steeply from the
sea 456 feet, having on its summit several conspicuous bowlders.
Frying-pan Island, immediately under this hill, and 200 yards from
the shore, is dome-shaped, 149 feet high, with a clear channel
between it and Lewis Island.

Trinity Bay is formed by Lewis Island and the mainland north
and west of it. In the eastern entrance, midway between the Fair
and Lewis Islands, are Southwest and Saint Islands.

Southwest Island is small, 52 feet high, steep-to on the south
side, but rocks and shoal water extend 400 yards off both the east
and west ends.

Saint Island is f mile W. by S. of Southwest Island. It is 119
feet high, ^ mile long west and east by 300 yards wide. Immedi-
ately off the east point is a rock, and its west end is foul to the
distance of 300 yards. A rock, with less than 6 feet over it, lies
N. 11° E. (N. 41° E. mag.) of Saint Island; to avoid it, keep the
south point of Fair Islands open of the south point of Pork Island,
bearing N. 78° E. (S. 72° E. mag.).

Ice. — Northern ice arrives about 5th March and remains until
about 25th April, and Trinity Bay is usually covered with locally-
formed ice during February and March. The Northwest Arm is
generally frozen about the end of January or beginning of Febru-
ary, and clear about the middle of March; the Southwest Arm
freezes regularly from the middle of January to the middle of
May.

U910 27

Krjmmamn

fiS?(?9Kt"»T'

413

CAPK ST. .lOIIN TO CAPK IJONAVIHTA.

Drake Cove is SW. of Dniko Island; it nffonls fair anchorage
ill 7 to 10 fathoniH. Its north shoro is ragK^'d, ami nnks uxtend
from the north point in the lino of its direction to nearly mid-
channel between it and Drake Island; the sonth slion^ is steep
bare rock, the face of a rounded granite hill, the summit of which
is strewn with bowlders.

Trinity Out, tlie southern entrance of Trinity Bay, is i mile
long by 400 yards wide; there are some rocks off its SW. shore,
with 7 to 12 fathoms in mid-channel, free from dangers.

From Trinity Gut the coast is steep and straight, trending SW.
2:^ miles to Chalky Cove, which affords a convenient temporally
anchorage for small vessels windbound ; the depth is 4 to 10 fath-
oms, rocky bottom ; a rock, with one foot over it, lies 460 yards off
its west point.

Looker Bay is west of Chalky Cove; the entrance is f mile
wide between that cove and Pincher Island ; the outer part has an
average breadth of ^ mile, with a depth of 20 to 30 fathoms. Above
Birdiy Head is convenient anchorage in 6 to 12 fathoms, mud.
South of Birchy Head is an arm 1,G00 yards long by 300 yards
wide, having a depth of 7 fathoms, mud.

Looker Rook, awash at low water, is in the middle of the entrance
of Locker Bay. Frying-pan Island entirely open of Chalky Head,
bearing N. 58° E. (N. 88° E. mag.), clears it passing to the south-
ward, and entirely shut in, N. 62° E. (S. 88° E. mag.), passing to
the northward.

Hare Bay, south of Shoal Bay, on the NW. side of Content
Reach, has Hare Island, 198 feet high, in the entrance; the chan-
nels on either side of it are free from dangers, but the shores of
the bay are low and rocky, and should not be approached nearer
than 400 yards ; there is good anchorage in from 4 to 18 fathoms
water, over mud, with Hare Island bearing East (S. 60° E. mag.).

Freshwater Bay.— The entrance of this bay is ^ mile wide,
with Hen Islands near the center, dividing it into two channels.
The northern is shoal, and should only be used by small vessels ;
the southern channel is free from dangers, except a small shoal, on
which the depth is 4 fathoms, extending 200 yards S. by E. of East
Hen Island.

Benmaus Island, 1^^ miles from Hen Islands, lies 300 yards
from the south shore; between it and the entrance the coast is
rocky and shoal, and should not be approached.

Mussel Bank covers 3 feet at high water, and lies 150 yards north
of Benmans Island.

Butchers Cove, imirediately within the entrance of Freshwater
Bay, on the north shore, extends NNE. for one mile, with a width

r anchorage
(H'ks oxteticl
nearly mi<l-
i<»ro Ih steep
iiit of which

»y, is h niile
1 SW. shore,
rs.

rending SW.

it temporary

4 to 10 fath-

460 yards off

ice is } mile
r part has an
Loms. Above
ithoms, mud.
by 300 yards

f the entrance

Chalky Heatl,

to the south-

?.), passing to

e of Content
ice ; the chan-
the shores of
•ached nearer
to 18 fathoms
60° E. mag.).

+ mile wide,
;wo channels.
Ismail vessels;
all shoal, on

by E. of East

ies 300 yards
the coast is

|o yards north

>f Freshwater
1 with a width

HUTCH KU« COVE CAT HAY.

413

of 000 yards, the dt^ptii in tlm oontor being from 4 to 13 fathoms,
over mud; to nnter it, the bank off tlu* south point must bn avoidi'd.

Doctors Island, if mileH 8W. of Runnianu iHland, and 800 yards
from the south Hhoro, is hhw!'. aiid 'i5 feet high; the intormediato
coast is rocky, and should not be approached within the line of the
islands.

Traverse Island, on the northorn shore, is small, 15 feet high,
and situated at the outer edge of a rocky bank which stretches
from the north shore; shoal water extends ^ mile in an easterly
direction from the island, but only 200 yards into the channel of
the bay.

Air Island, near the center of Freshwater Bay, is 76 feet high,
with the Ttiain channel south of it, and the south shore is free from
dangers, but off its north and east coasts rocky islets, with shoal
water, extend 600 yards.

North of Air Island there is a depth of 3 fathoms water, but the
shores are rocky, and a stranger sliould not attempt that passage.
Gambo Brook, at the head of Freshwater Bay, has 6 feet over the
bar at low water, with 2 fathoms within.

On the right bank of Gambo Brook there is a steam sawmill,
and on the left bank of a stream, which falls into the brook at 3
miles above this mill, there is a water mill, the two being con-
nected by a tramway.

Oommunication. — There is a railway station at Gambo, and
communication by the Northern and Western Railway with St.
Johns, distant 192^ miles; the railway crosses the Gambo River by
a steel bridge, 80 yards long, with piers of solid masonry.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Freshwater Bay at
7h. 30m. ; springs rise 4 feet, neaps rise 3 feet.

Tidal Ste'eams. — In the entrance to Freshwater Bay the ebb
runs nearly one knot an hour, but the flood stream is weak.

Oat Bay is at the head of Content Reach. The entrance nar-
rows to 100 yards at the inner end, where the depth is 3^ fathoms.
The bay then turns to the northeastward round Ballast Cliff.

A rock, with 3 foet water over it, lies in the center 800 yards
from Ballast Cliff Point.

Tidal Stream. — In the narrows, at the entrance, the ebb stream
runs li knots an hour, and the flood nearly one knot.

Offer Qooseberry Island, 118 feet high, appears as a treble-
peaked island. It is the outer and most conspicuous of a group of
rocks and islands on the south of Bloody Bay and Reach, and lies
6i miles south of Copper Island.

North Brown Islets, 15 feet high, lie f mile east of Offer
Gooseberry Island, and South Brown Islets, 4 feet high, lie one
mile SE. by E. ^ E. from the same island.

KE!"

414

CAPE 8T. .lOIIN TO CAPE HONAVIWTA.

Offer Rook Ih awHHli, and conseciuontly ciui generally i)o seon.
It lies iihout It miloH N. 78° E. (S. 72° E. nuiK.) from the south
extreme of Offer Gooseberry Island.

Shark Rook breaks in a moderate sea, and lies 2* miles N. 76°
E. (8. 76° E. mag.) from the south extreme of Offer Gooseberry
Island.

Middle Rooks are two, one awash ; the other, 400 yards NE.
from it, has 9 feet water over it. They lie U milos S. 32° E. (S. 2°
E. mag.) from Offer Gooseberry Island.

Those above enumerated are the out«»r dangers off Offer Goose-
berry Island, and can only be safely avoided by giving that island
a berth of fully 3 miles.

Inner Qooseberry Islands, flat and 120 feet lugh, lie 4 miles
in a SW. direction from Offer Gooseberry Island. The intervening
space is so encumbered with rocks and shoals that it can not be
safely navigated, except by the fishermen who fish about the local-
ity. They have a village on Inner Gooseberry Islands, but there
is no good harbor for a stranger.

Malone Rook, togeth " with the ledge, covers a space of a mile
in a NNW. and SSE. direction. The islet, 2 feet above water, is at
the north end, and lies 4^ miles S. 17° E. (S. 13° W. mag.) from
Offer Gooseberry Island.

Mole Cove, on the NE. end of Cottel Island, affords fair anchor-
age, and is easy of approach from the north by keeping Hare Cut
Point, the west point of the cove, well open of a remarkable conical
rock on the NW, point of the largest Inner Gooseberry Island,
bearing 8. 44° W. (8. 74° W. mag.), to avoid the dangers between
the Inner and Offer Gooseberry Islands, passing to the northwest-
ward; and having given Inner Gooseberry Islands a fair berth,
keep Offer Gooseberry Island open north of them, bearing about
N. 60° E. (East mag.), until Hunch Island is seen between the NE.
point of Cottel Island and the treble-peaked island close off it, 8.
64° E. (8. 24° E. mag.), when steer in, giving Hair Cut Point and
the island off it a fair berth, and anchor as tnmvenient in from
6 to 9 fathoms water, remembering that the bottom is rocky.

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Mole Cove at 7h.
37ra. ; springs rise 3^ feet, neaps rise 1^ feet.

Deer Islands divide Pitt Sound on their south from Locker
Reach on the north. They are flat, about 100 feet high, and
mostly covered with stunted brushwood. The south and west
shores are bold and free from dangers, but east of them are nu-
merous dangers.

Angel Head is the eastern point of Deer Islands. On the coast,
i mile north of it, is the Popple 8tone, a conspicuous white bowlder.

Uy 1)0 seon.
1 the aouth

miles N. 76°
Gooseberry

yards NE.
32° E. (S. r

)ffor Goose-
; that iHlund

I, lie 4 miles
intervening
can not be
ut the local-
is, but there

ice of a iniie
a water, is at
, mag.) from

i fair auchor-
g Hare Cut
able conical
■y Island,
;er8 between
[e northwest-
fair berth,
laring about
een the NE.
|ose off it, S.
t Point and
it in from
rocky.
Cove at 7h.

from Locker
high, and
th and west
Ihem are nu-

ra the coast,
lite bowlder.

TIFK miAVDIKS — 1)0(> COVK.

4ir.

The Brandies are the outer dangers off Doer Islands; they all
break in a moderate seta. From tliem Burnt iHland. the nean'sl
point of the Deer IslaiidH, is 'i\ luileH S. 55 ' W. (S. H5 ' W. inng.)-

Tho south point of Lixikor Bay, open of Deer Knd (the west point
of the Door Islands), bearing H. fit" W. (N. 8fl" W. mag.), leads
NW. ; and the summit of Brown Fox Island well open of the (>ast
Fair Islands, bearing about N. 4!*° W. (N. l'.»" W. mag.), leads east
of them.

Burnt Island Rook, which is generally breaking, lies J mile
N. 04" E. (H. ^(V K. mag.) from Burnt Island.

Brag P.cck, generally breaking, lies J mile N. 41° E. (N. 71° E.
mag.) from tho Poi)plo Stone. A patch, on which the depth is Vi
foot, lies \ mile in a northeasterly direction from the bnuiking rock.

Shag Islands lie one n»ile SW. from Angel Head and i mile
from the shore of the Deer Islands. They are small, and Doer
Shag, the western, is 36 feet high. They are steep-to on tho outer
side.

Pitt bound Island, 4 miles in length by about one mile in width,
is H miles south of Deer Islands. Its wooded hills rise 474 feet
stoop from the coast.

Man-of-war Rock, 5 feet high, lies 300 yards off the NW. coast
of Pitt Sound Island and H miles from the NE. point. At ^ mile
SW. of it, on the shore of Pitt Sound Island, are Pitt Sound Gates,
so named from the weathering out of white quartz on the black
rock of the island having the appearance of enormous gates.

Locker Flat Island, 3 miles long, about i mile wide and 40 feet
high, lies opposite the entrance to Locker Bay on the south side of
Locker Reach. The shores are of shelvicg rock, and should not
be approached nearer than i mile.

Isis Oove, Qreat Content, and Little Content are at the head
of Pitt Sound, on the mainland south of Locker Plat Island. They
are open to the north and afford no shelter.

Content Islet, off Great Content, is 32 feet high, steep-to on the
NE., but connected by a reef with the east point of Isis Cove.

Lakeman Islands are SW. of Pitt Sound Island, separated by
Lakeman Reach, which joins Bloody Reach on the south to Pitt
Sound north of them.

A rock, with 6 feet water over it, lies nearly midway across from
Lakeman Islands to Pitt Sound Island.

Dog Cove, on the mainland SW. of Lakeman Islands, affords
good anchorage for a small vessel. To enter it, the north shore
must be approached closely to avoid a reef which stretches more
than halfway across from the islands on the south side. A stran-
ger should approach the cove by the north side of Lakeman Burnt
Islands.

■»,««

416

CAPE ST. JOHN TO CAPE BONAVISTA.

Cottel Reach commences from the sea between the Gooseberry
and Deer Islands. It continues between Pitt Sound and Lakeman
Islands on the north and Cottel Island on the south, when it receives
the name of Bloody Reach or The Cowpath, and ends in Bloody Bay.

Bloody Reach or The Cowpath, at its entrance between Lake-
man and Cottel Islands, is 700 yards wide, but narrowed to 400
yards by shoal water which 'stretches off from Cottel Reach. The
reach is free from dangers for 1^ miles, at which distance on the
north side are White Islets, off which shoal water extends 400 yards
eastward. There is a 3-fathom patch off the tickle SW. of Cottel
Island.

Martin Shepherd Islands are two in number, on the east side
of The Cowpath, SW. of Cottel Island ; shoal water extends 300 yards
off the northeastern island into The Cowpath. Between the north-
eastern island and Cottel Island is a clear channel, but it must be
remembered that the 3-fathom patch before mentioned lies directly
off this channel.

Between the two Martin Shepherd Islands is a channel having
3 fathoms water on the east, and 8 fathoms water on the west side.
In passing through, remember that the SW. island is connected
with Indian Lookout Island by a bar of 9 feet water.

Broad Island is on the east side of The Cowpath, in continuation
of the line of Martin Shepherd Islands; between it and the SW.
Martin Shepherd Islands is a clear channel.

Mouse Island, 63 feet high, is in the middle of The Cowpath, 2i
miles south of Lakeman Islands.

Bloody Point, on the east side of The Cowpath, is a steep bluff
rising to 346 feet, SW. of Broad Island.

Beaches Head, its highest point 271 feet above the sea, is on
the west side of The Cowpath, f mile S W. of Lakeman Islands. It
is named from the beaches which connect the three steep hills of
which it is composed. North of the highest is Beaches Cove, small
and free from dangers, with anchorage in 3 fathoms water, within
Woody Islets on the south side of the entrance, which islets have
a clear channel on either side of them.

Rocky Bay, west of Beaches Head, extends 4 miles in a westerly
direction; at 2^ miles within Beaches Head its entrance is i mile
wide, with Rocky Islands on the south side; this entrance is nar-
rowed to 400 yards by Shag Islet, a small dry rock with a reef 300
yards east from it on the north, and on the south side a reef 400
yards long east and west.

Black Duck Island, ^ mile within Shag Islet, has a small dry
rock off its west point. North of the island is Black Duck Cove,
with a depth of 11 fathoms, over mud; it is rocky, and should not
be used by a stranger.

ROCKY BAY — BESSY ISLAND.

417

I Gooseberry
ad Lakeman
3n it receives
Bloody Bay.
tween Lake-
owed to 400
Reach. The
itance on the
ids 400 yards
W. of Cottel

the east side
ids 300 yards
en the north-
it it must he
. lies directly

mnel having
;he west side,
is connected

continuation
and the SW.

Cowpath, 2i

a steep bluff

le sea, is on

Islands. It

;eep hills of

Cove, small

vater, within

h islets have

in a westerly
tice is i mile
ranee is nar-
th a reef 300
e a reef 400

a small dry
Duck Cove,
d should not

Bard Islands, on its south aide, are low and rocky, and a reef
stretches off 400 yards northward from the east end of the eastern
island. Beaches Head in line with Shag Islet, bearing N. 66° E.
(S. 84° E. mag.), leads north of it; when the island bears S. 32°
E. (S. 2° E. mag.) a vessel is west of it, and may steer down past
Bard Islands and anchor to the westward of them in from 9 to 13
fathoms water.

Bloody Bay.— Wolf Island, 153 feet high, is the west point of
the west shore of The Cowpath ; from it Northwest Arm of Bloody
Bay extends 3 miles in a westerly direction ; the outer part is free
from hidden dangers, but shoal water extends off the shores to 200
yards beyond the outer points, and 3 to 6 fathoms off the mouth
of Norton Cove, which is at the inner end of the south shore. The
west continuation of the arm, for a farther distance of 2 miles,
has 2^ fathoms water in the entrance; within it deepens to 8
fathoms.

Linton Rock, in the center of Northwest Arm, is 3 feet above
high water.

Middle Arm is 400 yards wide for one mile in a SW. direction,
when it opens out to a bay 3 miles long by IJ miles wide; the
depth gradually decreases from 20 fathoms to the shore at the
head.

There is a rock, just covered at high water, 600 yards from the
north shore, and If miles within the bay.

Northeast Arm is in continuation of the direction of The Cow-
path, east of Middle Arm ; it is shoal 300 yards from either shore.
There is anchorage, in less than 10 fathoms water, f mile within
the entrance, the depth decreasing rather quickly to the shoal en-
trance of an extensive arm of the sea, only navigable for boats at
high water.

Saint Bock, with 12 feet water over it, is the outer danger off
the entrance to Willis Reach. From it the summit (234 feet) of
Black Island bears N. 75° W. (S. 75° W. mag.), the nearest part of
the islaj^d being distant 2^ miles.

Saturday Ledge has 4 fathoms water on its shoalest part, and
lies i mile N. 77° W. (N. 47° W mag.) from Saint Rock.

Flat Islands, SW. of Black Island, have deep water between
them, but the rocks which extend off their southern extremities
make them dangerous for a stranger to approach. The Flat Islands
extend over a space 2^ miles NW. and SE. by i mile wide, east of
Willis Island. They are from 80 to 140 feet high, and have a gen-
eral flat appearance; they are the residence. of a few fishermen,
whose huts are scattered over the center islands of the group.

Bessy Island, 284 feet high, appearingasalarge rounded woody
hill, is the largest of the group of islands lying east of Willis

"•^^

418

CAPE ST. JOHN TO CAPE B0NAVI8TA.

Island, Thero are no convenient anchorages among these islands,
and the channels among them should not be attempted without a
pilot.

Shoals extend 2 miles southeastward of Black Island and one
mile southeastward of Flat Islands ; they ai-e cleared i)assing to the
southward, by keeping Baker Loaf Island open of Ship Island,
bearing S. 50° W. (S. 80° W. mag.).

Morris Island, 279 feet high, lies one mile south of Willis Island,
and is the western and largest of a group which extends 3 miles
east from it, terminating seaward in Ship Island, a cone 257 feet
above the sea. From its isolation this is e conspicuous object when
entering Bonavista Bay.

(H. O. Chart No. 1102.)

Cow Head, 2} miles south of Ship Island, is a steep, bold cliff,
479 feet high, with the high land behind it, of which Gerrards
Hill, the highest, 629 feet above the sea, is conspicuous from the
entrance of Bonavista Bay, and forms the dividing head between
the entrances to its northern and southern arms.

Bishops Harbor, SE. of Cow Head and SW. of Shag Islands,
is 400 yards in diameter, with 5 fathoms water, over rocky bottom.
The entrance is between rocks which extend across the mouth of
the harbor, leaving a passage of 50 yards wide, with a depth of 18
feet. In ordinary weather this passage is safe, but with a heavy
sea it must not be attempted, and at no time by a stranger. There
is a fishing population around this harbor.

Little Denier Island, | mile long NE. and SW. by 300 yards
wide, and 278 feet above the sea, lies off the harbors east of Ger-
rards Kill ; a line of rooks and shoal water extends off either end
of the island.

Light, — On the summit of Little Denier Island, from a cylin-
drical iron tower, 24 feet in height, painted red and white in verti-
cal stripes, a revolving white light every 30 seconds is exhibited, at
an elevation of 298 feet. The light should be visible in clear weather
from a distance of 19 miles, but is obscured by a chimney, at a dis-
tance of li miles, on a N. 77° W. (N. 47° W. mag.) bearing.

Offer Rock, awash and always breaking, lies nearly a mile N.
50° E. (N. 80° E. mag.) from Little Denier Island Lighthouse. Til-
leys Hill open south of Little Denier Island, bearing N. 55° E.
(N. 85° E. mag.), leads SE. ; Hammer Head open west of Little
Denier Island, S. 41° W. (S. 71° W. mag.), leads NW., and the
cliff at the north point of Cow Head over the SW. end of SW.
Shag Island, West (N. 60° W. mag.), leads north of it.

Middle Rock, with 9 feet water over it, and Inner Rock, which
has 5 feet over it, lie between Offer Rock and Little Denier Island.

BR00MCL08E HARBOR DAMN^VBLE BAY.

419

lese islands,
d without a

md and one
issing to the
ihip Island,

'illis Island,
nds 3 miles
one '-i57 feet
object when

>, bold cliff,
ih Gerrards
us from the
md between

tag Islands,
cky bottom,
le mouth of

depth of 18
ith a heavy

:er. There

300 yards
)ast of Ger-
either end

)m a cylin-
ite in verti-
thibited, at
sar weather
at a dis-

ing.

a mile N.
touse. Til-

N. 55° E.
of Little

, and the
nd of SW.

3ck, which
ier Island.

»y,

Broomclose Harbor is at its entrance 400 yards wide, but a
reef of 12 feet water, over which the sea breaks heavily, extends
600 yards east from the north head, and narrows the channel to
250 yards.

Barrow Harbor is SW. of Little Denier Island; its south head
is formed by Richards Island, 289 feet high, whicli is a large flat
mound, steep to the eastward.

From Pulpit Head, the north point of Richards Island, a reef
extends in a NE. direction f mile toward Little Denier Island;
Outer Brandy Rock, at the outer end, has 5 feet water over it. The
NE. end of Shag Islands in line with the SW. end of Little Denier
Island, bearing N. 17° W. (N. 13° E. mag.), leads east of it. No
mark can be given to lead between Outer Brandy Rock and the
shoal water off Little Denier Island ; therefore this channel into
Barrow Harbor must not be taken by a stranger.

The depth is so great and the shelter so indifferent that Barrow
Harbor can not be recommended.

Ice. — Bishops, Barrow, and Sailors Harbors freeze over in the
middle of Janiiary, and the ice generally breaks up in April.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Barrow Harbor at
6h. 13m. ; springs rise 4^ feet, neaps rise 2^ feet.

Sailors Harbor, SW. of Cow Head, is formed by several islands
on the north, which extend west from Cow Head, and on the south
by Gerrards Hill, 629 feet high. It is one mile NE. and SW. by
i mile wide, with anchorage in from 7 to 10 fathoms water, over
rocky bottom.

The entrance is about 200 yards wide and barely 200 yards from
the mainland; between it and Seal Rock in the center is a 10-foot
patch, from which Seal Rock is in line with the west end of Sailors
Island, bearing N. 10° E. (N. 40° E. mag.). When entering, the
left fall of the SW. Shag Island in line with a conspicuous house,
bearing N. 58° E. (N. 88° E. mag.), leads through in 3^ fathoms water.
This mark also leads clear of a shoal, with 6 feet water over it,
which lies off the first point on the south side within the entrance.

Bakers Loaf Island, 234 feet high, and cliffy, lies li miles
NW. from Sailors Island ; between them is the entrance to Salvage
Bay, which extends 4 miles in a southwesterly direction, with 22
fathoms in the entrance, gradually shoaling to the head, where
there is fair anchorage during summer, in 5 fathoms water, over
sand.

Bakers Loaf Rocks extend 900 yards in a southerly direction
from the island; the outer patch has 9 feet water over it.

Damnable Bay, SW. of Bakers Loaf Island, extends 2:^ miles in
a southwesterly direction ; the outer part is deep, but among the
islets at the head is a moderate depth, but no convenient harbor.

420

CAPE 8T. JOHN TO CAPE BONA VISTA.

Morris Channel, stretching 5i miles in a NW. direction to The
Cowpath, is between Bakers Loaf and Morris Islands; in the
entrance are two islands, Brown Store, on the south, 68 feet high,
and Athwart Island, 83 foet high,

A rock, with 7 feet water over it, lies iOO yards S. 3° W. (S. 32°
W. mag. ) from the Coffee Pot, an islet at the S W. point of Morris
Island, and another rock, on which the depth is 9 feet, lies 800
yards S. 13° W. (S. 43° W. mag.) from the same islet.

Bruce Cove Rock, with 6 feet water over it, lies i mile N. 69° E.
(S. 81° E. mag.) from Bruce Cove Gull Island. It has deep water
around it, but the channel north of it is the wider; so Tinker Island
should be approached closely in passing.

Fair and False Bay is on the SW. side of Morris Channel, and
with the arms north of it extends 4 miles from the lino of coast.
Squid Island, U miles SW. of Morris Island, forms the south
entrance point. From it the coast, like the island, low, broken,
and rocky, trends into the bay 3 miles in a southwesterly direction.
The depth of water in the bay is from 10 to 22 fathoms. The west
side is formed by several islands extending as far as Bloody Point.
The channels among them are narrow and generally free from dan-
gers. Middle Reach, the southern, stretches one mile west, with
a breadth of 200 yards, and then opens out to a basin i mile in
diameter, with a depth of 13 fathoms, over mud. Three shoal arms
branch off from it south and west.

Middle Reach is separated by a rocky channel from Long Reach,
which latter extends in a NE. direction to immediately south of
Bloody Point. Long Reach is 200 yards wide, and in mid-channel
is free from danger.

Pretty Island, f mile west from Squid Island, shelters Bloomer
Harbor, the outer part of which is 600 yards wide, with 13 fathoms
water, over mud. The inner part has an entrance 300 yards wide;
within it widens to more than 400 yards, with 8 fathoms, over mud.
Varket Channel is between Willis and Flat Islands on the
north, and Morris and the islands extending to Ship Island on the
south; its length is 5 miles to where it joins Willis Reach on the
north and Morris Channel on the south.

Ship Rock, in the entrance of Varket Channel, has 4 feet water
over it, and lies | mile N. 44° E. (N. 74° E. mag.) from Ship Island.
Bakers Loaf Island open south of Ship Island, bearing S. 50° W.
(S. 80° W. mag.), leads south of all dangers.

Varket Island, small, and composed of two cones 70 feet high,
has a sunken rock 60 yards off its west point. A rock, which dries
one foot at low water, spring tides, lies 400 yards off the NE. point
of Morris Island, and a rock, awash at high water, lies 1,600 yards
S. 80° W. (N. 70° W. mag.) from Varket Island. North of this
latter rock is a shoal with 3 fathoms water over it.

WILLIS REACH — SOUTH BROAD COVE.

421

rection to Tte

lands; in the

68 feet high,

2° W. (S. 32°
nnt of Morris
feet, lies 800
>t.

nile N. 69° E.
as deep water
Tinker Island

Channel, and
lino of coast,
□as the south
, low, broken,
arly direction.
QS. The west
Bloody Point.
*ree from dan-
ile west, with
isin ^ mile in
'ee shoal arms

Long Reach,

itely south of

mid-channel

;ers Bloomer
1 13 fathoms
yards wide ;
ns, over mud.
ands on the
sland on the
Reach on the

4 feet water

Ship Island.

ng S. 50° W.

70 feet high,

which dries

le NE. point

1,600 yards

orth of this

Willis Beach, north of Willis Island, is 6 miles long from its
entrance between Black and Gulch Islands, with a general south-
westerly trend. There are no dangers in the fairway through the
reach; the depth is 100 fathoms in the NE. end, shoaling to 8 and
10 fathoms at the SW., where it branches into numerous channels
leading into the Cowpath, Morris, and Varket Channels. These
branching channels are shoal, and should not be attempted without
a pilot.

Newman Sound is between the high land stretching SW. of
Hammer Head on the north, and on the south the Long Islands
and the land stretching NW. to Mount Stamford. Near the center
of the sound is Swale Island, 4^ miles long and about a mile at its
broadest part.

Halfway Islet is 18 feet high, 300 yards from the north shore
of Newman Sound and 4 miles within Richards Island. The coast
between them is cliffy and steep-to,

Sandy Cove, one mile west of Halfway Islet, is an open bay -J-
mile wide, with a depth of from 5 to 10 fathoms, over sand.

Holbrook Head, 3 miles west of Halfway Islet, being a salient
point of the coast, is easily recognized.

Happy Adventure Bays, west of Sandy Cove, are small and of
no value as an anchorage, being too narrow except for large boats.

North Broad Cove is one mile west of Holbrook Head. A rock
that dries one foot at low water, spring tides, lies nearly 200 yards
from its east head, and another rock, with 9 feet water over it, lies
in the center of the cove. The depth of water is from 13 to 29
fathoms, the former being found when close to the shore at the
head. From the great depth it can not be recommended as an
anchorage.

Coast. — From North Broad Cove the coast trends one mile in a
SW. direction to Shag Islet, which is 10 feet high; Hall Rock,
which covers at half tide, lies one mile SW. of Shag Islet and nearly
400 yards from the shore.

Cold East Bock dries one feet, and lies i mile N. 32° W. (N. 2°
W. mag.) from the SW. point of Swale Island; the NE. point of
Swale Island -- -n of its NW. coast, bearing N. 69° E. (S. 81° E.
mag.), leads n. .u of it.

Several islands extend 1^ miles SW. from Swale Island and from
Swale Tickle ; between Swale Island, and the islet next S W. of it,
is a channel 100 yards wide, with 4^ fathoms water in it. White
Islets lie i mile south from the SW. end of Swale Island.

South Broad Cove, on the south side of Newman Sound, and
"west of Swale Tickle, extends one mile south and is 400 yards wide ;
the depth decreases gradually from 20 to 3 fathoms, over mud ; it
is a good anchorage.

■tMM

^f—-

422

CAPE ST. JOHN TO CAPE BONAA'ISTA.

A rock that covers 2 feet, lies 100 yards off shoi*e, i mile within
the east head.

Minchin Head, a cone 148 feet high, is | mile west of South
Broad Cove, and at 1^ miles farther in the same direction is Mount
Stamford, which rises steeply from the sea to a height of 658 feet,
and with Park Harbor and Ochre Pit Hills, which lie between it
and Clode Sound, are conspicuous objects from seaward ; north of
Mount Stamford the channel between it and Buckley Point is 400
yards wide ; west of it the sound continues in a SW. direction with
a breadth of J mile, for 2^ miles, where it receives the water of a
considerable stream ; the depth is from 30 to 29 fathoms for 2 miles,
when it quickly shoals.

Buckley Cove, west of Buckley Point, extends nearly ^ mile north
and has convenient anchorage in 4 fathoms water.

Caution is necessary when seeking an anchorage in the west part
of Newman Sound, as the water shoals rapidly within a depth
of 15 fathoms. H. B. M. corvette Druid anchored in 6 fathoms
water, over mud, and at 200 yards nearer the head of the sound there
was only a depth of 20 feet.

Long Islands are a group of four, extending 5 miles WSW.
and ENE.

Puttick Rock, with 4 fathoms water over it, lies 700 yards north
from the north point of Long Island.

Chappel Tickle, the first channel from the east among Long
Islands, is rocky and only available for small vessels.

Middle Tickle is short and narrow, but free from dangers, except
close to the shore on the east side, and a patch, with 9 feet water
over it, 400 yards to the south on the same side.

Long Tickle, the western channel among Long Islands, is nar-
row and rocky.

Hurloc Head, a steep bluff 230 feet high, west of Long Islands,
is separated from them by a short channel -J- mile wide and clear of
dangers.

Copper Island lies f mile NE. from Hurloc Head; it is 120 feet
high, and steep all round.

Clode Sound. — Chandler Reach, the entrance to Clode Sound,
is between Long Islands and Chance Islet ; from this it extends 10
miles in a southwesterly direction, where it is divided, by Connect-
ing Point, into Goose Bay on the east and Clode Sound on the west.

The Narrows, nearly 11 miles west of Connecting Point, are i
mile wide; they are formed by shoal water and two islets 12 and
8 feet high, stretching out from the south shore, leaving a clear
passage, with 8 fathoms water, along the north shore.

After passing the Narrows the depth in the center of the basin
is too great for anchorage; the south shore is steep-to; the north shore
is broken and rocky, with dangers extending fully ^ mile off it.

CLODE 80LND — G008E HAY.

423

i mile within

ivest of South
)tion is Mount
ht of 658 feet,
lie between it
■ard ; north of
ly Point is 400
direction with
;he water of a
ms for 2 miles,

[y ^ mile north

1 the west part

ithin a depth

in 6 fathoms

;he sound there

miles WSW.

00 yards north

among Long
s.

langers, except
th 9 feet water

islands, is nar-

Long Islands,
ie and clear of

i; it is 120 feet

> Clode Sound,
is it extends 10
»d, by Connect-
ud on the west,
g Point, are i
ro islets 12 and
eaving a clear
re,

er of the basin
bhe north shore
mile off it.

-W-^SF

Anchorafi-e.-Good anchorage will be found near the head of
the sound an from 3 to 16 fathoms water, tl,e most convenient
being near the north shore, off the south point of Northwest Arm
which IS at the extreme of the north shore and is very shoal'
There is a settlement at Port Blandford, and the land surrounding
It IS being rapidly brought under cultivation. The streams in the
vicinity are wel stocked with salmon and trout, and there are also
some hne mussel and clam beds.

Communication—There is communication by rail with St
Johns, distant 154^ miles.

Ice.-^et- Clode Sound and SaU-arre Pay, the deep arms and

t^\^...^^T' '^"^'^ '"^ **'^ ""*^^^^ '■ -^«c«mber and break up
about loth April. ^

Tlde8.-It is high water, full and change, in Clode Sound at 7h.
37m. ; springs rise 4f feet, neaps rise 2^ feet.

Lions Den, on the west side of Chandler Reach, stretching 4
miles in a westerly direction from Hurloc Head, is very rocky and
entirely unfit for anchorage. ^y ana

Minchin Island, i mile off the north shore at the south end of
Chandler Reach, is rocky all round, flat-topped, 83 feet high and
conspicuous both from Chandler Reach and Clode Sound At #
mile west of Minchin Island is Ashley Baker Island; between
them the coast is broken and rocky; temporary anchorage, in 8
fathoms water, will be found between these islands in fine weather-
the bottom as well as the coast is rocky and broken
■ ^IT^^""^ Du"ipling Coves are both rocky, and afford anchorage
m 4 fathoms water, between the line of their outer points, on a
bottom strewn with bowW^--. ^ '

Anchorages-Bryans Hole Point is on the north shore of Clode
Sound, 3| miles south of Ochre Pit Hill; there is anchorage on
either side of this point. Love Cove, on the south side of the
sound, U miles below the Narrows, affords anchorage in 8 fathoms
rillthoms ^""^^^ ^*'^^' ^ ""'^^ *° *^'^ eastward, has anchorage in

From Bnnyan Cove to Pudding Cove, the east sides of Clode
Sound and Chandler Reach are steep-to and affords no anchorage

Deer Island, 310 feet high, is on the east side of Chandler Reach •
between It and the shore is a narrow channel with 6 fathoms water'

Pudding Cove, south of a small island one mile to the south-
ward of Deer Island, is 200 yards in diameter with 4 fathoms water
over mud, and is a good watering place.

Goose Bay is entirely free from dangers, except close to the
shore and withm the hne of the points of its bays, which are all
shoal ana rocky. Within f mile of Goose Head (a bluff on the

MMIlii

424

CAPE 8T. JOHN TO CAPE 110NAVI8TA.

south side of the bay) there is 14 fathoms water, and from this to
the liead, a distance of 2 miles, there is good anchorage.

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Goose Bay at 7h.
22m. ; springs rise 4^ feet, neaps rise 2^ feet.

Sweet Bay extends 8 miles in a southerly direction from Chance
Head, and at 3^ miles within the entrance it divides into two parts,
named Northwest and Southwest Arms. At the heads of both of
them there is anchorage, in from 10 to 1(5 fathoms water; between
the arms the land is rugged, the highest point is Nut Hill, 600 feet
high, which is a conspicuous object from the sea between Long
Islands and Western Head. In continuation of this dividing land
to the NE. are Hunt, Gooseberry, and Hay Islands, the latter small
and 40 feet high; they are all steep-to. Rocks extend 200 yards
off the east shore of the Southwest Arm, immediately opposite
Hay Islet, and a rock which covers 3 feet lies immediately opposite
Hay Island, 300 yards from the west shore of Northwest Arm;
these are the only dangers in the upper arms of Sweet Bay.

Chance Islet, 35 feet high, lies J mile north of Chance Head.
Chance Harbor Ledge, with 5 feet water over it, lies f mile N. 67°
E. (8. 83° E. mag.) from Chance Islet.

Great Chance Harbor, the first inlet on the west side of Sweet
Bay, stretches 3 miles in a southwesterly direction and is 300 yards
wide, with depths of from 10 to 16 fathoms, over mud. The north
shore is steep. The southern side of the entrance is formed by
Woody and Mustard Gull Islands, the latter being the outer or
eastern. In continuation of the line of these islands is Brines Rock,
which has 2 feet over it at high water. After passing it there are
no dangers in Great Chance Harbor.

Little Chance Harbor, south of Great Chance Harbor, extends
one mile in a southwesterly direction, having a breadth of 200
yards; the head then opens out to nearly 400 yards wide with
depths of from 10 to 12 fathoms.

Gull Island, 46 feet high, is one mile within Cutler Head, and
800 yards from the shore ; close south of it is Turfpook Island, a
cone 165 feet high; sunken dangers lie f mile SW. of Turfpook
Island.

Cutler Head is a cone 397 feet high, 3i miles NW. from Plate
Cove Head; between is the entrance to Southward Bay, which
stretches 9^ miles in a southerly direction.

Cutler Harbor is south of Cutler Head ; its entrance is rocky
and narrow and should not be attempted without a pilot ; a stranger
should keep Chance Islet open of Cutler Head, bearing N. 64° W.
(N. 24° W. mag.), to be well clear of all danger.

Southward Bay Head is a steep bluff 328 feet high, on the
west side of Southward Bay ; north of it is Kate Harbor, with a
rock in the entrance and no anchorage.

^PB^JJPP"""*

SEAL COVE — BACON HONE BOOK.

426

id from this to

rage.

ose Bay at 7h.

»n from Cliance
into two parts,
)ads of both of
vater; between
it Hill, 600 feet

between Long
s dividing land
the latter small
tend aOO yards
iately opposite
liately opposite
orthwest Arm;
eei Bay.

Chance Head.
IS i mile N. 67°

st side of Sweet
md is 300 yards
ud. The north
e is formed by
ig the outer or
is Brines Rock,
ing it there are

larbor, extends
breadth of 200
rds wide with

;ler Head, and
'pook Island, a
of Turfpook

W. from Plate
•d Bay, which

;rance is rocky
ot; a stranger
ing N. 54° W.

t high, on the
Harbor, with a

Seal Oove, on the SE. side of Southward Bay, is small aiul has
anchorage in 4 fathoms water. The south side of the cove is rocky ;
there are a few fishermen's houses on its shores.

Indian Arm on the east side of Southward Bay, 3 miles south
of Plate Cove, has a small fishing village around its shores, but
no convenient anchorage.

Plate Oove, ^ mile wide, extends one mile south, and affords
good anchorage, in from 6 to 10 fathoms water, in the east corner,
and fair anchorage' in the south corner. There is a considerable
fishing village on its shores, and supplies can be obtained in small
quantities.

Water. — Water may be obtained; the watering place is con-
veniently situated in the east corner, and easily approached by
boats.

Coast — From Plate Cove the coast trends 3i miles in a north
direction to Arch Cliff Point ; between is Open Hole, a shallow bay
with a considerable fishing village on the shores; it affords no
anchorage.

Red Cliff Island, one mile south of Arch Cliff Point, and 300
yards off shore, is 50 feet high, and conspicuous from the red and
yellow rocks of which it is composed.

Ice. — Open Hole and Red Cliff Island freeze about the middle of
February and clear between the end of March an 1 end of April,
according to the season; northern ice generallj arrives about the
middle of February and leaves about the middle of April.

Coast— From Arch Cliff Point the coast trends NNE. for 3^
miles to Western Head. Off Tickle Cove, north of Arch Cliff
Point, the coast is low and ragged, with rocks extending 400 yards;
it is then steep-to and bold. Tickle Cove is a fishing village with-
out any harbor, and rocks extend 400 yards off Arch Cliff Point.

Western Rock, a small pointed rock 3 feet above water, lies
nearly 800 yards S. 48° W. (S. 78° W. mag.) from Arch Cliff Point.

Western Head is a bold barren promontory, steep- to on both
sides, and rising to 443 feet above high water. East of it Deep
Cove stretches south for one mile; the cove is open and the south
shore foul.

The rocks, having depths of from 7 to 10 fathoms over them,
which lie around Western Head at the distance of about 2 miles,
cause a confused sea in heavy weather ; at times the sea breaks
over them.

Bacon Bone Rock has 4 feet water ovbr it, with 3 fathoms at
300 yards NW. ; it lies li miles S. 64° W. (N. 86° W. mag.) from
Western Head and f mile Trom the nearest shore; Southern Head,
open of Western Head, bearing S. 79° E. (S. 49° E. mag.), leads
north; Deer Island, shut in with Long Islands, S. 60° W. (West

■■- regcra f . * ia3if : ? y ; ''r w - g y .v r

42(i

CAFK 8T. JOHN TO CAPE HdNAVIHTA.

maK-)i l«a<ls NW., ami Arrow Point, opoa of Red Cliff laland, S.
3" E. (S. ^7° W. mag.). lo»"l» w.ist <.f it.

Coast. — From Western Head to Southern Head, a steep cliff ris-
ing to hill 5:32 feet high, is 3i milcH, E. by S. ; the intervening coaHt,
much indenttMl, has rocky ground extending J mile off it, nor should
it bo approached nearer than to iiave the eastern hill of Swale
Island open of Western Head, bearing 8. 86° W. (N. 04° W. mag.).

Castle and Keels Coves are encumbered by rocks, and afford
only a summer resort ft)r fishing vessels; Keels is a considerable
fishing village.

Ice. — Aeels and Broad Coves till in with northern ice and freeze
while the ice remains on the coast.

Backside Cove, immediately west t»f Southern Head, affords no
shelter.

Cary Rock, with 12 fiH3t water over it, is the outer danger off
Keels; it lies J mile N. 28° E. (N. 68" E. mag.) from Keels East
H»wl.

Black Head Bay, west of Ca])e Bonavista, is clear of danger;
some small open bays have a few scattered inhabitants, but afford
no shelter for ships.

Ice. — Black Head Bay tills in with northern ice and clears when
the ice leaves the coast.

Broad Head is a bluff, 317 feet high, with a front J mile NNW.
and SSE., separating Broad Cove and village, which is immediately
south of the Southern Head, from Kings Cove.

Kings Cove is small, 700 yards long NE. and SW,, shoaling
gradually from a depth of 20 fathoms at the enti-ance, which is 300
yards wide, to the beach, 160 yards wide at the head. It is open
to the NE., but said to be a safe anchorage for small vessels; as the
water shoals suddenly they do not drag inshore, but at times drift
to sea.

Light. — On Kings Cove Head, the northern side of the entrance,
a cylindrical iron tower, 37 feet in height and painted white, exhib-
its at an elevation of 170 feet an intermittent white light, visible
24 times every minute, which should be seen 14 miles, but being
unwatched it is unreliable.

Communication. — The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer,
between St. Johns and Battle Harbor, calls fortnightly at Kings
Cove during summer aad autumn.

Tides. — It is high wa ter, full and change, in Kings Cove at 7h.
15m. ; springs rise 3^ f «et, neaps rise 2i feet.

Coast. — The coast from Black Head, on the east shore of the bay,
to Green Island, trends in a NE. direction for 5 miles, and between
are three small bays, viz, Bonavista, Bailey Cove, and Red Cove.

Cliff Isluiid, S.

ti Htoep I'liff ris-
ervouiiiKcoiiHt,
ir it, iiorMliduld
I hill of Swnl«
. 64° W. mag.),
cks, and afford
a considerable

1 ice and freeze

[ead, affords no

iter danger off
otu Keels East

lear of danger;
tuts, but afford

nd clears when

t J mile NNW.
is immediately

SW., shoaling
e, which is 300
id. It is open
vessels; as the
at times drift

■ the entrance,
white, exhib-
light, visible
es, but being

iny's steamer,
itly at Kings

s Cove at 7h.

re of the bay,

and between

id Red Cove.

1U»NAV18TA Hay lIAlUtYS (lUOUNI).

427

BonaviBta is the most Houtliurn, and the only one affording
anchorage, the otluirs being cncumborod by rocks and luoro exposed.
A stranger bound for Ronavista should not approach the shore
nearer tlian to have a small portion of Gull Island just seen west
of Oroen Island, bearing N. 37° E. (N. 67° E. mag.), until Squarey
Islet bears S. 30° E. (South mag.); then passing dose to the latter
islet to avoid a shoal with S^ fathoms water over it, whicli lies
nearly !iOO yanls SW. of it, anchorage may bo obtained in fath-
oms water, but this bay is only available for vessels during sum-
mer. Squarey Islet is 43 feet high, and the outer of a ridge of
rocks forming the north side of the bay.

The towu of Bonavista is the largest in the bay, having in 1891
a population of 3,650; th»jre is excellent land, a large quantity of
which is under cultivation, around the bay.

Oommunication. — The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer
between St. Johns and Battle Harbor calls at Bonavista fortnightly
during summer and autumn; there is also telegraphic communica-
tion with all parts.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, off Bonavista at 7h.
25m. ; springs rise -i} feet, neaps rise 2^ feet.

Green Island, on the west side of Cape Bonavista, is 60 feet
liigh, and separated from the land of the cape by a channel 300
yards wide, having 2 fathoms water in the deepest part, eastward
of a rock nearly in mid-channel.

Stor'. Island, 40 feet high, lies about a mile west of Green
Island, the channel between being one mile wide, and clear of
danger.

Cape Bonavista and Light— See page 409.

Aspect of Coast. — From the eastward the most remarkable
feature north of the entrance to Trinity Bay is Burnt Ridge, some
table land situated 500 feet above the sea, 4 miles south of Cape
Bonavista; it is nearly 100 feet higher than the land in its immedi-
ate vicinity, and 300 feet above the general elevation both north
and south of it. As the land is upproached, Largent Hill, north of
it, becomes visible, then Norther Head, and lastly Cape Bonavista
lighthouse and Gull Island which lies off it. From the NE., Green
Ridge, which is the north part of Burnt Ridge, will probably be
the first land seen; but if cloudy, Cape Bonavista Lighthouse,
which may be seen from a distance of 14 miles, will be tlie first
object recognized.

Harrys Ground to the north of Cape Bonavista is more than
2^ miles in length in a SSW. and NNE. direction, and 1^ miles in
breadth. It consists of several rocky patches with from 7 feet to
16 fathoms water over, and 20 to 30 fathoms between them ; within

14010

-S8

w> *JniLKy m jM»m . m-if m jmw^nn> n .

428

OAI'E 8T. JOriN TO OAFE noNAVTSTA.

imile of the .u.rtli, ea«t, and west sides of the bank there i- a
depth of from SO to 00 fathoms ^^ *

jU Ljgh.hou«. You,,, iTJy^- ,t L"£ «; ^ J„ B-;

D 1 .Li. „ » ^«'P nocK, with 16 feet water on it and MirMlo
Rock, with 3 fathoms on it. lie between them. T^ ere is a^lso a

E. (8. 19 W. mag.), leads westward. In foggy weather shnnM
the position of the vessel be well known. cloffwiTh Gull Wand
as here are no dangers in the immediat^ vicimW Cape Bona'

;ts J:om'S:n it/r '^'''-'' ^-*^-' *^^ ''' H-rbelT3

/hTmoS;:- ^j^ ?-- ^trb^'w^^

f'rse^rrd' '''''' ^"' " *° '' ^'^^^-^ ^-^ afte^hLV^ale:

,^lJl^ ' '^'^^'^^Jeet ^ater on it. lies 200 yards SW from the

Bland, and another, with less than 6 feet on it. 400 yards Zstn?

the cape, but close to the shore ^ °^

'L.

Mrcnii'twi

TA.

) bank there b a

1, hna 7 foot water
from Cai)o Borm-
fock, has a depth
?.), 6i miles from
'11 it, ami Middle
There is also a
H 7 fathoms; Old

S. 66° W. mag.),
ghthouso, 8. 11°
weather, should
ith Gull Island,
Y of Cape Bona-
i Harry being 3

on them, break
IS break with a
fter heavy gales

3ape Bonavista.

SW. from the

'0 yards west of

CHAPTER IX.

NEWFOUNDLAND. EA8T COAST-CAPE BONAVISTA TO CAPE RAOB.

(H. O. Chart No. 1103.) '

Oape Largent— From Cape Bonavista to Spillers Point, a dis-
tance of 3i miles, the coast is of cliff, indented with several small
bays, which afford no anchorage. Spillers Point is a flat-topped
cliff, with several remarkably small 1. it high detached rocks off it
the highest being 121 feet above the sea. Cape Largent, a mile
farther 8E., is a shelving point, with the extremity cut off from
the main part of the land by a deep rent, and at a" short distance
off It IS a small rock just above water. Larger. : Hill in' ad from
this point is 433 feet above the sea, and remarkable, b . g sepa-
rated from Burnt Ridge by a deep valley and rising m rt than 200
feet abova the flat cliffs of the coast.

Bird Island Oove.-A mile south of Ca.;e 1 ,argent is Bird
Island Cove, affording no shelter, but it is a good station, from
whence cod-fishing in boats may be carried on. Temporary an-
choragemay be obtained in about 7 fathoms water, over sand at
the head of the cove, but within 400 yards of the shore; it is stated
that, on account of the backwash, a vessel may riJe at this anchor-
age securely, even in easterly winds.

aa?*''*!^^*^? ^*^*°** '' '°'^"' ^^* ^^^* ^^«^' and lies If miles
8SJL. of Cape Lf^rgent. South Bird Island is also small, 130 feet
high, and is i mile S. by E. of North Bird Island. Flowers Point
is 4 miles from Cape Largent; the coast between this latter point
and North Head, 3 miles to the southward, is flat, with steep cliffs
forming a bay f mile deep. '

DoUarman Bank.-The coast irum Cape Bonavista southward
18 bordered by an irregular rocky bank, considered a good fishing
ground, and from a depth of ?0 fathoms at the NE. extremity of
Dollarman Bank, 6^ miles E. i S. from Cape Bonavista Light-
bouse, to 6i miles off N..nii Head, are numerous rocks, with C to
10 fathoms, and deep water close around them, on which the sea
breaks after an easterly gale; consequently in bad weather it is
advisable to pass eastward of the Haypooks, the outer danger

This shore is fringed by dan,?erous rocks, the outer, named
Flowers Rock, with less than 6 feet water, lying nearly f mile
from the shore. Cape Bonavista Lighthouse, bearing N. 42° W.

(429)

430

CAPE BONAVISTA TO CAPE RACE.

(N. 13° W. mag.), open North of CapeLargent, until Green Island
lighthouse opens south of Catalina North Head, S. 36° W. (S. 66°
W. mag.), leads clear of these shoals.

(H. O. Chart No. o80.)

Little Catalina, a boat harbor, is entered west of Cuckold Head,
a bold bluff, off which are two islets 1^ miles westward of North
Head, the intermediate coast having 5 fathoms water at -Jt mile
distant. Rowland Head is the termination of the line of coast
west of Little Catalina, and forms the east shore of a small cove
with a beach of shingle. A low islet lies close off this head.
Pigeon Rock, small and low, lies 100 yards off shore NE. of Shep-
herd Point, and a shoal, with 10 feet water, is situated 250 yards
NE. from Pigeon Rock.

Catalina Harbor, entered SW. a little more than 2^ miles from
North Head, is dangerous of approach, and should not be attempted
by a stranger, but may be readily recognized by the lighthouse on
Green Island that lies just south of the entrance.

The entrance to Catalina Harbor, between Shepherd Point on
the North and Burnt Point on the south, is barely 700 yards wide,
and Charlton Rock, with 6 feet water over it, lies nearly in mid-
channel; farther in, the entrance is narrowed to about 200 yards
by shoals, with 2^ and 2 fathoms water over them, lying nearly
300 yards in a south and east direction respectively from Goodland
Point; and on the south shore by White and Lowe Rocks, the
former with a depth of 4 feet, and the latter with 2 fathoms water
over it; they lie about 200 yards distant in a NE. and NW. direc-
tion respectively from the turning point into Southeast Cove.

Shoals.— Off this harbor shoals extend 8i miles NE. by E.,
most of which break after heavy easterly gales, and render the
harbor difficult to approach on those occasions. The Haypooks,
with 6 fathoms water, lies 7-J- miles NE. by E. from Green Island
Lighthouse, and the outer shoal, with 8 fathoms water, | mile far-
ther in the same direction. The Skerries, with 6 fathoms, lies 6
miles off NE. by E. Feather Shoal, with 6 fathoms, E. by S.
nearly 4 miles ; Joe Rock with 8 fathoms, nearly East S^V miles ;
Soldier Rock, with 9 fathoms, ENE. ^ E. 3^ miles nearly ; and
Murphy Rock, with 8 fathoms, NE, by E. 2|- miles from Green
Island Lighthouse. Poor Shoal, a mile in length within the line
of 5 fathoms, lying NE. and SW., is situated between one and 2
miles NE. of Green Island Lighthouse, and has 22 feet least water,
on which the sea breaks heavily in easterly gale^

Brandies Shoal consists of three heads, with 4 feet least water,
occupying a space 1,300 yards long north and south and about i
mile wide. The channel between the SW. extreme of Brandies

t]«miAia>4iibKCinute«»^j.4!^

CATALINA HARBOR.

431

itil Green Island
J. 36° W. (S. 66°

' Cuckold Head,
fcward of North
vater at -^ mile
le line of coast
f a small cove
off this head.
:e NE. of Shep-
lated 250 yards

Q 2i miles from
ot be attempted
e lighthouse on

iherd Pmnf r.p
^00 yards wide,
nearly in mid-
30ut 200 yards
., lying nearly
:rom Goodland
we Rocks, the
fathoms water
id NW. direc-
tast Cove.
I NE. by E.,
nd render the
he Haypooks,
Green Island
er, f mile far-
ithoms, lies 6
tns, E, by S.
ast 3^jf miles;
5 nearly; and
from Green
ithin the line
3en one and 2
t least water,

t least water,
and about i
of Brandies

Shoal and Green Island is 350 yards wide; and that between the
north extreme and the mainland is i mile wide.

Green Island, south of the entrance, is rugged and rocky.
Shoal water surrounds this island, extending 400 yards from the
north, 800 yards from the south side, and 200 yards in all other
directions.

Light. — On Green Island a wooden dwelling, painted white,
with lantern in the center, 41 feet in height, exhibits at an eleva-
tion of 93 feet a fixed white light that shoula be visible 11 miles
between the bearings of S. 35° W, (S. 65° W. mag.) and N. 12° E.
(N. 42° E. mag.) over an arc of 157°.

Fog Signal.— During thick or foggy weather, a fog horn will be
sounded for periods of five seconds, with intervals of silence of
thirty-seven seconds.

Communication.— Th<^ Coastal Steamship Company's steamer,
between St. Johns and Battle Harbor, calls at Catalina fortnightly
in summer and autumn ; there is also telegraphic communication
with all parts.
Ooai.— A small quantity of coal (about 20 tons) may be obtained.
Pilots. — The Ushermen are trustworthy pilots, and are nearly
always to be found near the harbor in daytime.

Burnt Point is terminated by a low black islet about 10 feet
high, and from it shoal water extends 100 yards. From it the
south shore of the harbor trends to the westward + mile, and then
doubles back to form Southeast Cove, 400 yards deep, and shallow.
Northeast Arm is f mile long, but is barred at 800 yards from
the entrance, and a rock, with 3 feet water, lies 250 yards SW. of
the bar. It affords anchorage for vessels drawing 9 feet water in
a basin 400 yards in diameter, with 2 fathoms, mud.

Southwest Arm is i mile long and i mile wide at the entrance,
narrowing gradually to the head, from which shoal water extends
600 yards ; the anchorage here is in 4 fathoms, mud.

Large vessels should anchor off the mouth of this arm in 5
fathoms, mud, taking care to have the east extreme of Northeast
Arm open west of Manuel Islet, bearing N. 3° E. (N. 33° E. mag.),
to clear Lowe Rock. A swell sets into the harbor and up South-
west Arm after heavy gales, but not sufficient to endanger vessels.
Ice.— The Northeast Arm of Catalina Harbor freezes over about
1st January, from which date to the middle of April it is generally
completely closed; winds from SSW. or SW. often break the ice
up. Northern ice is irregular in its arrival, seldom appearing
before 15th January, often not before 10th February; it generally
leaves between 10th and 20th April, but has been known to remain
as late as 10th June.

.,-i'*

432

CAPE B0NAVI8TA TO OAPE BAOE.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Catalina Harbor
at 7h. ; springs rise 6 feet, neaps rise 4 feet.

Directions. — To enter Catalina Harbor between the SW. ex-
treme of Brandies Shoal — which generally breaks — and Green
Island: After clearing the outer dangers, steer in with Burnt
Point in line with a church on the shore of the Northeast Arm
bearing N. 69° W. (N. 39° "W . mag.) until Green Island Lighthouse
bears S. 58° W. (S. 88° W. mag.), then steer about N. 55° W. (N.
26° W. mag.) and, after rounding Burnt Point at about 200 yards
to pass south of Charlton Rock, keep the Wesleyan Chapel (sit-
uated on the slope of the hill SW. of Courage Point) a little more
than its own breadth open west of the house on the rising ground
behind it, bearing S. 85° W. (N. 65° W. mag.) to pass between
Lowe Bock and the shoal off Goodland Point.

When entering north of Brandies Shoal, the Roman Catholic
church in Southwest Arm is not readily distinguished by a
stranger, as it is almost hidden by houses ; there is, however, a
square white house situated about ,300 yards southward of the
church which, kept almost in line with both Goodland and Shep=
herd Points, bearing about S. 68° W. (S. 88° W. mag.), is a good
mark for passing northward of Brandies Shoal. When South
Head is shut in by Green Island Lighthouse, bearing S. 5° W. (S.
36° W. mag.), steer towards Burnt Point until Manuel Islet is
wholly open of Goodland Point, N. 82° W. (N. 52° W. rnag.), and
proceed as before.

Caution. — As before stated, this harbor should not be attemped
by a stranger.

Bagged Harbor, a boat cove nearly 2 miles SSW. of Green
Island, is sheltered by Ragged Islands, a group of rugged rocks
40 feet high, from which sunken rocks extend in all directions.
Morris Rock, the eastern of these, with 22 feet least water, is nearly
a 'mUe SSE.. from Green Island Lighthouse. Burnt Point, open
north of Green Island, N. 45° W. (N. 15° W. mag.), leads east,
and Doughfig Point, well open of South Head, bearing S. 36° W.
(S. 66° W. mag.), leads SE. of this shoal.

South Head is a wedge-shaped point 130 feet above high water,
steep-to on the south side.

(H.O. Chart No. 1102.)

Low Point is a rugged shelving point 4 miles from South Head,
with detached rocks and a rock with 6 feet on it 200 yards off.
Low Point Grounds are two patches of 13 and 12 fathoms, lying
ESE. 1,200 yards, and SE. by E. one mile from the point.

Ooast.-^The coast between South Head and Low Point consists
of a series of low bluffs facing tablelands, backed by a long range

jaii[

!3atalina Harbor

len the SW. ex-
>ks — and Green
in with Burnt
Northeast Arm
and Lighthouse
b N. 65° W. (N.
about 200 yards
'•an Chapel (sit-
it) a little more
B rising ground
> pass between

Oman Catholic
guished by a

is, however, a
bhward of the
ind and Shep-
^ag.), is a good

When South
« S. 5° W. (S.
[anuel Islet is
SV. mag.), and

>t be attemped

3W. of Green
rugged rocks
ill directions,
ater, is nearly
it Point, open
.), leads east,
ing 8. 36° W.

e high water,

South Head,
)0 yards off.
thoms, lying
oint.

'oint consists
a long range

TEINETY BAY.

433

of hills about 600 feet above high water, SW. termination of
which. Norther Point, is a steep bluff 580 feet high, a conspicuous
object in entering Trinity Bay. This coast is foul, and should not
be approached nearer than 800 yards.

To clear all these dangers Bonaventure Head should be kept
open of Horse Chops, bearing S. 62° W. (N. 89° W. mag.), until
Green Island Lighthouse is open of South Head, N. 7° E. (N, 36°
E. mag.).

White Ground, with least water of 3 fathoms, lies 400 yards
off Norther Point.

Green Point is wedge-shaped, and divides Norther Cove on the
north from Green Bay on the south. Green Point Rock, with 4
fathoms, lies 600 yards from this point.

Western Head, the south point of Green Bay, is a steep cliff,
north of which are two waterfalls. Off this head lie Western
Head Grounds, two patches of 4 and 9 fathoms, the latter and
outer distant 700 yards.

Horse Chops is an overhanging cliff, sloping from a saddle-

r!lioi-«rk<1 Hn OftK ■ff/>r.4- 1,4/^%. 1, « ,»4.., .- „i» J* „1 „_- A^ iT T ^ J-i.__l. -J

ou^^oU ±i.x^x mUu xoOb ±li.ftf±Xj xictiVXllg \JU. It OXUOO to tllO DJUOlO Si UC tOrOliOU.

islet. Flat Rock, 6 feet above high water.

Trinity Bay, having its entrance about 40 miles to the north-
ward of fit. Johns Harbor, is extensive, and has many good anchor-
ages on either side. The entrance is 15 miles wide, between Grates
Point on the south and Horse Chops on the north, thence the bay
trends SW. by S. for 50 miles to its head.

Oaution. — In bad weather, at night, or in a heavy sea, a stranger
should not approach nearer than 7 miles northward or eastward
of Cape Bonavista, nor the land as far south as Catalina; after
easterly winds a strong current runs up Trinity Bay along the
northern shore, and the fog hangs more over this coast than the
opposite shore of the bay.

Ice. — Trinity Bay never freezes over, but field ice has been met
with in December and has continued off the mouth of the bay until
May. Icebergs come up the bay as early as the last week in May
and some remain until the last week in August, but these latter
icebergs are generally grounded ; otherwise with favorable winds
the bay would be clear by the end of June.

(E. O. Chart No. P J3.)

Trinity Harbor, between Horse Crops and Bonav^enture Head,
is considered one of the best and largest in Newfoundland ; it is
surrounded by hills ranging from 200 to 380 feet above the sea.
A high rocky irregular peninsula extends from the SW. side of
the harbor, dividing it into two portions, named Northwest and
Southwest i^ms, in each of which are several small bays and coves.

434

CAPE BONA VISTA TO CAPK RACE.

On the SE. part of the peninsula are scattered the houses compris-
ing the town, which has about 3,000 inhabitants, and along the
shore are several wharves.

Supplies may be procured here.

Light. — From a wooden tower, 43 feet in height, and painted
white, situated 150 yards south of Fort Point, a fixed white light
is exhibited, at an elevation of 75 feet, that should be visible 10
miles.

Communicatiou. — The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer,
between St. Johns and Battle Harbor, calls fortnightly at Trinity
Harbor during summer and autumn. i

Directions. — On the eastern shore and i mile within Skerwink
Head are Herring Rocks, between which and Admiral Island, 20
feet high, about the narrowest part of the entrance, the distance is
i mile. When entering the harbor, keep in mid-channel, giving
Mussel Rock, with 8 feet wnter over it, the position of which may
be seen by the discolored water over it, a good berth, and anchor
where convenient.

Ice. — Trinity Harbor freezes over about 31st January, and is
closed at intervals by ice, about 1^ feet in thickness, from that
date to about 29th April. Field ice appears about 19th April,
leaving about 29th of the same month ; the earliest date of a vessel
arriving is 6th March, and latest of leaving 21st January. A
SW. wind blowing for twenty-four hours clears the harbor suflB-
ciently for vessels to enter. Between Horse Chops and Skerwink
Head there is often a straight edge of ice, and, if SE. winds pre-
vail, the ice in the bight outside Trinity Harbor is held in for some
time, but northerly or NW. winds clear it out.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Trinity Harbor at
7h. 10m. ; springs rise 4 feet, neaps 2 feet.

Robinhood Bay. — Skerwink Head, the eastern point of entrance
to Trinity Harbor, forms also the western point of Robinhood Bay,
the entrance to which is a mile wide, and the bay extends north-
ward If miles, narrowing toward the head. Here vessels fre-
quently anchor to fish, in 7 to 17 fathoms water. Skerwink Rocks,
40 feet high, are off the head of the same name, and Fox Rock,
with 15 feet water on it, lies 300 yards south of Fox Head on the
east side of entrance.

Salmon Cove, east of Robinhood Bay, is separated from it by
Fox Head, the land of which is connected to the main at the head
of the bay by a narrow sandy neck. Salmon Cove is considered a
good fishing place, and its shores are bold.

(H.O. Chart No. 1102.)

Bonaventure Bead, the north point of entrance to Smith Sound,
is a bold bluff 537 feet high, and skirted on the south by several

■M

■ " P * '

e houses compris-
es, and along the

ght, and painted
fixed white light
luld be visible 10

npany's steamer,
ightly at Trinity

s^thin Skerwink
Imiral Island, 20
e, the distance is
-channel, giving
)n of -which may
rth, and anchor

January, and is
cness, from that
out 19th April,

date of a vessel
st January. A
he harbor suflfl-
9 and Skerwink

SE. winds pre-
lield in for some

inity Harbor at

oint of entrance
lobinhood Bay,
extends north-
)re vessels fre-
cerwink Rocks,
md Fox Rock,
»x Head on the

ted from it by
ain at the head
is considered a

' Smith Sound,
th by several

SMITH SOUND.

435

cliffy rocks. Ragged Islands, on the south side of the main entrance
to Smith Sound, are a group covering a space of 1,200 yards long
east and west, by 300 yards broad; they are il5 feet high, with a
ragged and barren appearance, and their NE. extreme is 2^ miles
SW. from the south side of Bonaventure Head.

Raggred Hook, on the south side of Ragged Islands, dries 2 feet
at low water springs.

Smith Sound is 20 miles in length from Bonaventure Head to
the bar at its head, which separates it from Northwest Arm of
Random Sound ; its breadth varies from ^ mile to 1^ miles. In the
lower reaches the depth of water is from 50 to 80 fathoms, and the
shores so steep that no spot can be recommended for an anchorage,
except the small harbors near the entrance now to be described.

Ice. — Smith Sound freezes in severe winters about 10th February,
and breaks up from 10th to 20t;h April.

Tides.— It is high walor, full and change, in Smith Sound at
7h, 8m. ; springs rise 3i feet, neaps rise 2^ feet.

OH Bonaventure Harbor 4hont « milo "W" Ktt « f«r,T« +T>r.

south part of Bonaventure Head is Maiden Point, and off the south
side of the point is the small, flat-topped, inaccessible Maiden Islet,
with detached rocks extending 100 yards from its south side.
Between the head and the islet is Old Bonaventure, which runs
NW. about a mile to an anchorage for small vessels within two
islets, the western of which is 20 feet high and the eastern 10 feet,
with a channel 100 yards wide on either side of them. The western
channel is 4 fathoms deep, the center 9 fathoms, and the eastern 6
fathoms. The anchorage is about 400 yards in extent, in 6 or 7
fathoms water, mud. Cat Cove, northward of Maiden Islet, is
small and about 400 yards wide, with from 8 to 16 fathoms water,
but it affords no anchorage.

New Bonaventure Harbor.— Between Maiden Islet and Wolf
Head, If miles westward, are New Bonaventure, Broad Cove, and
Kerley Harbors, all extending in about a mile, but open to the SSE,
At the head of New Bonaventure and 300 yards from the shore
there is a shoal patch with 3 fathoms water on it. The village of
New Bon. I venture is at the head of the bay, on the eastern shore,
and the church on its left is in a commanding position and a
remarkable object. The settlement was formed for the purpose of
cultivation, and although the bay is not at all times safe for ship-
ping, the ice does not form so soon, and breaks up sooner than at
Old Bonaventure,

Broad Cove Rocks, on the west side of New Bonaventure and
in the entrance to Broad Cove, dry 2 feet at low-water springs.
New Bonaventure church, bearing northward of N, 25° E, (N. 54°
E, mag,), and well open of the point opposite the village, leads
eastward of them.

436

CAPE BONA VISTA TO OAPE BAOE.

Eerley Harbor is an inlet i mile long in a N. by W. direction
and 200 yards wide, with a depth of 23 fathoms at the entrance,
gradually shoaling to its head. It is separated from New Bona-
venture and Broad Cove by White Point, which is low, and slopes
from hills within it which are about 300 feet high; the point
is steep-to. It affords good but confined anchorage at its head.

British Harbor.— Between Wolf Head, south of Kerley Har-
bor, and British Harbor Point, a distance of 1^ miles, the coast is
formed by a remarkable flat-topped cliff. The central part, from
its appearance of being artificial, is called Battery Point. Behind
it steep barren hills rise 300 and 700 feet above the sea. British
Harbor is formed between the point of this name and West Point,
a small, steep, rocky promontory, steep-to, i mile SW. of it. The
harbor runs in to the northward about a mile, and narrows to
200 yards, with a depth of 7 fathoms J mile from the entrance.
Within these narrows is the anchorage in 10 or 12 fathoms, mud,
over a space of 300 yards. The head of the harbor forms into
three little bays, on the shore of which are the houses of the
fishermen.

A rock, with 4 feet water on it, lies outside the narrows 100 yards
from the eastern shore. It may be avoided by keeping the western
shore aboard.

Pope Harbor.— From West Point to Pope Harbor, nearly 2
miles, the coast is broken and rocky. Midway is Derby Cove,
where there are a few houses and fishing stages behind a small
peninsula, and a rock, with 3 feet water on it, lies 100 yards off a
small cove 600 yards east of Pope Harbor. At the entrance to
Pope Harbor there are two rocks above water, the western being
18 feet high, and there are other rocks uncovered eastward of the
above, near the shore, within West Point. The two western chan-
nels formed by these rocks are 225 yards wide, with deep water.
Inside, the harbor opens out to i mile east and west by i mile
wide, with 4 and 5 fathoms, mud.

A sunken rock, with shoal water around it, lies 150 yards off the
center of the north shore, and another rock lies about the same
distance off the east shore. A large stream runs into the harbor
on the north, draining a considerable tract of country, and good-
sized spars are brought down by it. On the western side of the
harbor is a snug basin, named Round Harbor, 400 yards long,
150 yards wide, and 3 fathoms deep. The entrance to it is narrow,
with 2 fathoms water.

Indian Lookout is a remarkable hill immediately over the west

shore of Pope Harbor. Its summit is a steep cliff 605 feet high.

Hickman Islands, i mile southwestward of Pope Harbor, are

a group of islets and rocks, extending a little more than i mile

I'jriiiWiiWfi

mm.

■#«

*■■■■

. by W. direction

at the entrance,

from New Bona-

is low, and slopes

high; the point

ige at its head.

h of Kerley Har-

[niles, the coast is

entral part, from

y Point. Behind

the sea. British

and West Point,

3 SW. of it. The

, and narrows to

om the entrance.

12 fathoms, mud,

arbor forms into

le houses of the

larrows 100 yards
jping the western

3arbor, nearly 2
■ is Derby Cove,
3 behind a small
s 100 yards off a
. the entrance to
he western being

eastward of the
(vo western chan-
with deep water,

west by ^ mile

160 yards off the
about the same
} into the harbor
iintry, and good-
item side of the
400 yards long,
e to it is narrow,

ely over the west
I 505 feet high,
'ope Harbor, are
lore than i mile

mOKMAN HABBOR — TBAY TOWN HARBOR.

487

parallel to the shore, the eastern and highest being 98 feet above
the sea. The islets are separated from the coast by a channel
400 yards wide, carrying from 20 to 29 fathoms water. At 100
yards from the main are two rocks ; one uncovers ; the other has
less than 6 feet water on it.

Hickman Harbor is a narrow inlet fronted by islets. It is
100 yards across at the entrance, and 4 fathoms deep 200 yards
within, when it quickly narrows to 20 yards, and is choked with
rocks.

Warwick Harbor is i mile south of Hickman Islands, on the
west side of a small peninsula 45 feet high. The entrance is
narrow, but within it is i mile east and west and 200 yards wide.
Much of this space is occupied by an islet, with rocks in the
channel on either side of it. A vessel drawing 6 feet water could
be warped in.

At 2i miles southwestward of Warwick Harbor is Burnt Point,
the coast between forming a slight bend, which is steep-to, and in
some places formed by cliff. At li miles farther on is a afnall
bay with a stream running into it. A rock, 8 feet high, lies close
off its east point.

Irelands Eye Island is about 2i miles in length NE. by N.
and SW. by 8., and a mile in breadth. Its coast line is deeply
indented, and several remarkable peaks rise from the island. The
highest, near the center, is 440 feet above the sea; it is steep and
rocky on all sides. A narrow channel, called the Thoroughfare,
separates the island from the NE. point of Random Island.

Irelands Bye Point, the NE. extreme of the island, is a steep
cliff, and li miles south of it is the entrance to Irelands Eye Har-
bor. About midway is Jacobs Cove, with several small islets and
rocks. Irelands Eye Harbor is available for large boats, which
can lie alongside the fishing stages.

Ice. — Irelands Eye Harbor freezes between 1st January and
1st February, and clears between 10th March and early in April.

Tray Town Harbor is i mile south of Irelands Eye Harbor,
the coast between being rocky. This harbor winds in NW. by N.
and then turns to the SW. a distance of a mile, with an average
breadth of 150 yards; in the first reach the depth is 14 fathoms; in
the second it shoals to 9 feet east of an islet near the end of the
reach, where it becomes narrow; beyond the islet the depth is 12
feet.

At half a mile south of Tray Town Harbor is a small basin called
Round Harbor, with 9 feet water, but the entrance being nearly
dry at low water, it is of little value even to boats.

Qunner Sock, awash at low water, lies about 400 yards S. by
W. of the entrance to Tray Town Harbor, and 150 yards from
the shore.

438

CAPE BONA VISTA TO CAPE RACE.

Black Ledge, f mile 8W. of Anthony Island and fronting
Round Harbor, is 600 yards in length ; its east extreme has feet
water on it, and at its west extreme is a rock just covered at high
water.

Qreen Island is 121 feet above high water, and nearly level on
the summit; its east extreme lies 5^ miles S. 22° W. (8. 51° W.
mag.) from Bonaventure Head.

Anthony Island is about f mile in length NE. and S W. , nearly
^ mile in breadth, and on its west side 208 feet above the sea. It
lies W. by N. rather more than a mile from Green Island.

Duok Island is 139 feet high, 800 yards in length north and
south, and 400 yards in breadth; it slopes to'^^'ard the east, and is
divided into two peaks by a valley running in the direction of its
length.

Shag Islets extend NNE. 000 yards from the northern part of
Duck Island. These islets are 30 feet high, about 50 yards wide,
and steep all round.

Indian Islets, off the west point of Irelands Eyp Tslnnd, cover
a space of 700 yards north and south ; the outer and largest islet
is 145 feet above the sea.

The Thoroughfare separates Irelands Eye from Random
Islands, and is 1^ miles in length ; at its south entrance are several
rocky islets; the eastern one, called Thoroughfare Rock, is 11 feet
high, and between it and the south point of Irelands Eye Island
is the channel, 100 yards wide with 8 fathoms water. After passing
the rock from the southward, bring it in line with the north point
of Duck Island, bearing about S. 37° E. (S. 8° E. ma£-.), which
will lead westward of Indian Rock at the north end of the channel,
and when Bonaventure Head is open of Irelands Eye Point, bear-
ing N. 69° E. (N. 88° E. mag.), a vessel will be northwestward of
the rock and in 10 fathoms water, on t>o south side of Smith
Sound.

Indian Rock is the only rock in The Thoroughfare which is not
always above water; from it the north extreme of the largest
Indian Islet bears about N. 51° E. (N. 80° E. mag,), distant 400
yards.

Random Island separates Smith Sound from Random Sound.
Its highest hill, Ginpicker, rises 843 feet above the sea, 4 miles
from the east coast, and midway between it and the sounds. The
east coast of this island is much indented with small harbors, and
off it are several islands and rocks.

Haydon Point. — The coast of Random Island, with the islets
forming the west side of The Thoroughfare, is flat and of little
elevation. Haydon Point, the north extreme of the island, is
rocky and bordered close-to by rocks above water. The island of

■^'

Fiwniti,.

LONG HARBOR SNOOKS HARBOR.

439

id and fronting

:treme has fi feet

covered at high

1 nearly level on
° W. (8. 51° W.

md SW. , nearly
•ove the sea. It

I Island.

ingth north and
the east, and is
direction of its

lorthern part oi'
50 yards wide,

(/■fi Tsln.nd cover
nd largest islet

from Random
ance are several
Rock, is 11 feet
ads Eye Island
After passing
the north point
. ma£-.), which
of the channel,
ye Point, bear-
rthwestward of
side of Smith

•e which is not
of the largest
;.), distant 400

Random Sound,
le sea, 4 miles
5 sounds. The

II harbors, and

ivith the islets

t and of little

the island, is

The island of

this name lies 1,200 yards northeastward of the point, with rocks
extending from it toward the shore.

Long Harbor.— At a mile south of Hay don Point, on the north
side of Random Island, is the entrance to Long Harbor, a narrow
inlet running to the south about J mile, carrying about 8 to 3
fathoms water to its head. An islet lies at the entrance, with deep
water on either side ; but a reef, which covers at high water, e >
tends 100 yards from its SE. point, narrowing the passage on th o
side.

Lower Lance Cove.— At J mile westward of LongJHarbor is
an islet 13 feet high and about 50 yards square. From this islet
the coast continues southwestward almost straight for 4i miles, to
Lower Lance Cove; it is steep-to, and there is no anchorage.
Lower Lance Cove is ope > to the NE. and is 600 yards wide, but
the depth of water being 48 fathoms, there is no anchorage.

Between Lower Lance Cove and Bluflf Point, about 3} miles
NW. of it, the coast forms a bend, with several little coves sepa-
rated by rocky points, where fishing stations have been established
near small streams, the whole under the name of Britannia Cove.
As the vicinity of this cove is favorable for agriculture, a less
migratory people than Newfoundland fishermen generally are
have settled here.

Lance Cove Rook, with 6 feet water on it, lies oflE Upper Lance
Cove; it is small, with 5 to 10 fathoms water round it, and 4 fath-
oms between it and the shore, from which it is distant 400 yards.

Anchorage.— There is anchorage in Burgoyne Cove, west of
Tilton Head, in 13 fathoms water, 300 yards from the shore ; it is
a fair temporary anchorage, and sheltered from the strong winds
which generally blow up and down the reach.

Snooks Harbor.— From BluflE Point on the south shore to
Snooks Harbor the coast is steep, in places cliffy, with a few rocks
100 yards off. The harbor is ^ mile square within the line of the
coast, and there are 12 fathoms water, mud, f mile from its head.
Smith Point, on the north shore, directly opposite Snooks Har-
bor, is steep-to; the coast between it and Burgoyne Cove is bold,
clear of danger, and much broken by numerous gorges and small
valleys. Approaching Smith Point the land is less broken; there
are a few houses on the coast a mile east of the point, and 200
yards off them there are 4 fathoms water, but it suddenly deepens
to 10 and 30 fathoms.

At If miles eastward of Smith Point is Upper Rocky Bight,
where there are 6 fathoms water, rocky bottom, at 600 yards from
the beach, suddenly deepening to 30 fathoms.

The Bar is the shallow channel connecting the head of Smith
Sound with the head of the Northwest Arm of Random Sound,

440

CAPE BON A VIST A TO CAPE RACE.

and up to which they both gradually shoal. At high water it is
i mile wide; at low water spits of sand and stones stretch off both
shores, leaving a narrow channel 2 feet deep, i mile long.

Bakers Loaf. — At the NE. end of Random Island the land rises
646 feet above the sea, forming a remarkable peak called Bakers
Loaf.

Northwest Arm.— On the 8W. side of Connor Islet, separated
from it about 100 yards, is Sullivan Islet, 36 feet high, and between
the latter and a flat promontory 46 feet high, called Silldown Point,
i mile westward of it, is the entrance to the small inlet called
Northwest Arm. The western half of the entrance is obstructed
by a bed of rocks, some of which are uncovered ; the channel is
between these rocks and Sullivan Islet, and at the foot of Bakers
Loaf. The anchorage is about i mile square, in 9 fathoms water,
mud. There is a small nook inside Sullivan Islet with 2 fathoms
water, called Riders Harbor.

A rock, with 6 feet water on it, lies just off the east end of
Sullivan Islet.

Little Harbor. — The entrance to this small inlet is 400 yards
wide, between the rocky islet south of Silldown Point and the
opposite shore, which is bold with a small rock above water off it.
The inlet runs to the west about i mile, and then ttirns to the S.
by W. for 400 yards ; it is narrow and carries a depth of 4 fathoms.

The coast between the above harbors and East Head, 1| miles
southward, is of low cliff ; the hills over it are flat-topped, and the
highest is 492 feet above the sea. East Head is a cliff 88 feet high,
and the north point of entrance to Long Cove and Deer Harbor.

North Bird Islet, 113 feet high, lies one mile north of East Head,
and i mile from the shore; in the cove NW. of the islet is a re-
markable flat cliff, named Cold East Flake, from its supposed
resemblance to a fish flake. South Bird Islet, 121 feet high, lies ^
mile north of East Head and 360 yards from the shore.

Long Cove runs in N. by W. f mile; it is about 200 yards
wide, and shoals from 20 fathoms at the entrance to 2 fathoms at
its head. At 400 yards east of Long Cove is a reef extending
more than 200 yards from the coast and a little within the west
point, and a third the distance across to the east shore is a rock
with 6 feet water on it.

Deer Harbor is about ^ mile west of Long Cove ; its entrance
is 100 yards wide and 6 fathoms deep, between a small low islet on
the north, and the rocks close off a point on the south. The harbor
is 600 yards in length and about 200 yards in breadth, and has
from 5 to 9 fathoms water.

Ice. — Deer Harbor is frozen in February and breaks up the latter
part of April.

lii|urh water it is
Htrotch off both
e long.

d the 1(111(1 rises
c called Bakers

Islet, separated
fh, and between
Silldown Point,
tall inlet called
ce is obstructed
the channel is
foot of Bakers
fathoms water,
with 2 fathoms

he east end of

et is 400 yards
Point and the
ve water off it.
turns to the S.
h of 4 fathoms.
Head, 1^ miles
bopped, and the
ff 88 feet high,
)eer Harbor,
of East Head,
le islet is a re-
its supposed
Bet high, lies ^
ore.

out 200 yards
o 2 fathoms at
eef extending
ithin the west
hore is a rock

its entrance
Jl low islet on

The harbor
adth, and has

s up the latter

"W^

VERGE ISLAND — RANDOM HEAD IIARUOR.

441

Verge Island lies about i mile from the coast, between East
Head and East Random Head, and covers, with the rocks and islets
off it, a space of a mile north and south by ^ mile in breadth; it is
204 feet above the sea, 700 yards in length east and west, and i
mile in breadth. From its NW. end rocky islets extend ^ mil(»
NNE., terminating in a small black rock about 30 feet high; from
the SW. end rocky islets extend 000 yards to the southward, the
largest. Rat Island, being 05 feet high. At the SE. end Copper
Islet, 130 feet above the sea, lies 000 yards off, with rocks between ;
and 300 yards off the NE. end of thf island is a rock called Verge
Rock.

Seer Bock. — This small rock has 4 feel water on it, and is
generally marked by a break, except in a smooth sea at high water.
It lies with the bluff of Bonaventure Head in line with the saddle
of Duck Island, bearing N. 28° E. (N. 57° E. mag.).

Oun Ledge, with 0^ and 7i fathoms water on it, extends about
i mile N. by E. of Deer Rock with 21 fathoms between. Bona-
venture Ile-iJ, midway between Diick and Green Islands, .N, 24"
E. (N. 58° E. mag.), leads southeastward of these dangers, and
Ginpicker Hill, in line with the west point of entrance to Deer
Harbor, N. 85° W. (N. 56° W. mag.), leads northward of the Gun
Ledge.

Random Head Harbor, on the north side of East Random
Head, is about ^ mile square, with from 10 to 18 fathoms water;
the south and west shores are much indented, with rocks extending
600 yards off. The north shore is bold, and here small vessels may
anchor in a bight, but with this exception the harbor is not recom-
mended. Pigeon lalet, on the north side of entrance, is 400 yards
in length north and south, 100 yards wide, level, and about 40 feet
above the sea ; from it a reef extends SE. by S. 300 yards, termi-
nating in Mouse Rock, awash. The passage between Mouse Rock
and the south shore is 600 yards wide.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Random Head
Harbor at 7h. 8m. ; springs rise 3^ feet, neaps rise 2i feet.

East Random Head, the north point of outrance to Random
Sound, is 512 feet high, and the termination of a range of hills, the
highest of which is 808 feet above the sea. The eastern extreme of
the head consists of several quoin-shaped masses, which appear
from the head as landslips. A bank with 10 fathoms water on it
extends 400 yards off the head.

liight. — On Motion Island, off East Random Head, a cylindrical-
shaped iron tower, 36 feet in height and painted in red and white
checks, exhibits, at an elevation of 126 feet, an intermittent white
light having a period of system of four seconds — light two seconds,
eclipse two seconds ; it should bo visible 13 miles. The keeper's

443

CAPE BONAVIHTA TO

«: UKVK.

(IwitUiuK, puiiitod white, with «. rod roof, ^'u\na8 north of tho light-
hoUHo.

West Random Head iH tliu Houth point of tho imtrnnco to Ran-
dom Sound, und iH about 3^ niiloH SW. from KaHt Random
Head. Its Humniit iH 201 foot high, lovol, and tho oaHt oxtrume
of tho land in a high clitf, junt noparatod by a uhusni froui tlio main
part of tho hoad. Rockn, mostly above water, extend from it about
200 yards eastward.

Random Sound. — The entrance to this sound is between East
and West Random Heads. At 6i miles within East Random Head
the Kound is divided into two brani-lies by a tonguo of land 11 miles
in length, in an oast and west direction, and about 3 miles in
breadth, tho eastern termination of which, named Middle Cliff,
faces tho entrances, and is a steep cliff, 357 feet high.

Northwest Arm. — At a little less than ^ mile westward of East
Random Hoad, and 100 yards off a stoop shelving point, is a rock
with less tlian (} fpot water on it, and another rock, awash, lies close
off the Mast side of the point: at about, f inilo fprther in there are
some rocky islets, and about 200 yards from the shore a patcli with
3 fathoms water on it ; a little raox'e than 1^ miles farther to the
westward is an islet 10 feet high, and 800 yards farther in another
islet, at tho entrance to Salmon Cove. These latter islets are sepa-
rated from the shore by deep water.

Ice. — Random Sound freezes in severe winters about 10th Feb-
ruary, and breaks up between 10th and 20th April.

Salmon Oove extends in 800 yards, and at its head is a salmon-
fishing station. From this cove the coast trends WNW. and NW.
for 3 miles to Strong Islands, in Northwest Arm.

Strong Islands consist of two principal islands, one 123 feet,
the other 145 feet high, with a few rocks above water. The north
side of these islands form with the coast an inlet called Strong
Tickle, which is nearly J mile in length and 100 yards wide, with
•1 to 10 fathoms water, except near its head, where there are li
fathoms.

Quarry Rock, lying 400 yards SW. by S. of the south point of
the west Strong Island, has 12 feet water on it.

Gooseberry Islet lies nearly in mid-channel, 1-J^ miles westward
of Strong Islands ; it is small and 66 feet high, A rocky shoal,
with 4J fathoms water on it, lies i mile N. by E. of Gooseberry
Islet, and another, with 6^ fathoms on it, 800 yards WNW. of the
islet. From this islet the first reach of the Northwest Arm of Ran-
dom Sound continues to the westward for 7^ miles, with the depth
in inid-channel decreasing from 90 to 60 fathoms. The shore is
steep-to, and there is no anchorage.

>rth of the light-

ontranco to Rau-
1 Enwt Rjiiidom
the oawt oxtrume
III from t]io main
Jiid from it about

is betwoon East
iit Random Head
I of land 11 miles
ibout 3 miles in
od Middle Cliff,
igh.

restward of East
point, is a rock
awash, lies close
bher in tliere are
ore a patch with
IS farther to the
rther in another
r islets are sepa-

about 10th Feb-

ead is a salmon-

rNW. and NW.

ds, one 123 feet,
,ter. The north
it called Strong
ards wide, with
ire there are 1^

e south point of

miles westward
A rocky shoal,
. of Gooseberry
3 WNW. of the
Bst Arm of Ran-
with the depth
3. The shore is

HICKMAN IIAKIIOlt — MK»(>NI) ItKAi H.

44.'»

Coast.— FruMi Middln Clilf, Ihn oustoni <'xlr('iiiity of the lund
sojtHrutitiKtlitt twoiirriis of tli.i sumid, tim const of stiHip dill' trviMl.s
U inilns iiorlhwt'Htward to PiiMsoiiKtU' Point, tho Houth point of
oiitnuift' to the NoHlivvnHt Ann, iil koo yards In-yond whicli is
Holloway Rock, close to tim slioro mid tlio termination of 'a steep
point. The latter point separiites two coves, and i mile westwanl
of it is PurldinK Point, a rocky termination of a rid^e of hills,
which are 548 feet al)ovo the sea. At i mile farther west is Black
Duck (.'ove, I mile deep, with from T) to ',»() futhoms water.

Hickman Harbor, opposite Black J)uck Cove, is (looyanl- wide
at its entrance, and runs in NW, J luile; on its east shore is a bed
of rocks with from IJ to (i feet water on them, elsewhere there are
from 8 to 18 fathoms water, gravel and mud. This harbor is a
mile from West Strong Island, and at about two-thirds tlie distance
there is a slate (juarry.

Maggrotty Cove.— At nearly IJ miles westward of Black Duck
Cove, on the south shore, is a remarkable cone r»50 feet high, called
The Tolt; between it and Maggotty Cove tlio oua.it fuinis a curve
to the north, and its extremity is named Tolt I'oint. Maggotty
Cove is 3^ miles above Tiie Tolt, and has U fathoms water 400 yards
from the shore; a largo stream runs into it, at the mouth of which
is a sawmill. Tiio valley of this stream runs southward in the
direction of Hatchers Cove in Southwest Arm, with low land right
across.

South iight— On the south shore, in the elbow of Northwest
Arm, is a bay named South Bight ; here the coast trends northward,
and about J mile on is another bay, named The Bottom.

Bald Nap and Forster Books.— From South Bight the sound
is 2i miles across to the Bald Nap and Forster Points, on the north-
ern shore; these points are shelving and rocky, with patches of
rock and shoal water off them. Bald Nap Rock, with 9 feet water
on it, lies 600 yards SW. by W. nearly from Bald Nap Point.
Forster Rocks extend off rather more than i mile from the point
of the same name, and the outer rock, with 6 feet water on it, lies
a mile NW. from Bald Nap Rock.

Gooseberry Islet, just open of Lady Point, East (S. 61° E. mag.),
leads southward of these dangers.

Second Reach.— Beyond the Bald Nap Rocks, Second Reach
runs NNW. 7 miles to The Bar. On the eastern side the land is
wooded, undulating, and about 160 feet high. Ou the western side,
northward of The Bottom, the land rises steeply, 667 feet above the
sea, for about 3 miles to Bluff Point, with the coast mostly of cliff.
At the extremity of Bluff Point is a shingle spit, on which is a
curious upright pinnacle rock, called the Red Man; from this to
Red Point, nearly 3 miles farther on, the coast becomes low. Lower

WbXO 20

...JjmilllL..,IJ.L.JlJJU_Jl.

444

CAPE BONAVISTA TO CAl'K RACE.

Shoal Harbor, 1| mh^is northward of Bluff Point, dries at lor
water, and rocks whicli are covered at high water lie 300 yards off
the upper point ; a large stream runs into it.

Red Point is a low cliff with a remarkable hill over it, 517 feet
high. The sound liere, which is the arrrowest part, is only + mile
across to Brown Mead, on the east shore. Brown Mead is a spit of
sand a few feet above high water, covered with grass and brushwood.

Shoal Harbor, on the west shore above Red Point, is J mile
wide at the entrance, and at high water extends a mile within the
line of coast, but the deposit from a large stream which runs into
it dries out ^ mile. The depth gradiially increases to 5 fathoms J
mile from the dry bank.

There is a sawmill at Shoal Harbor, the logs for which are
brought down Shoal Harbor River, and a village at Upper Shoal
Harbor, but supplies are scarce.

Communication. — There is railway communication with St.
Johns, distant 136^ miles, by the Northern and Western Railway.
The station is at Shoal Harbor, where there is a post office, but the
telegraph office is at Lower Shoal Harbor. A small steamer, con-
veying mails and passengers, plies to and from the neighboring
settlements.

Anchorage. — There is good .mchorage from a line between Red
Point and Brown Mead to The liar, a space 1^ miles in length by ^
mile wide. The depth decrease.T gradually from 24 fathoms in
approaching The Bar, but rather suiddenly toward either shore.

The most convenient berth for a vessel of war is with the white
houses at Shoal Harbor Head open of the wooded point on the
south side of the harbor, in from 4 to 5 fathoms water.

Southwest Arm of Random Sound runs in about 14 miles from
West Random Head, with an average breadth of a mile, and from
175 fathoms water at the entrance the depth decreases to 50
fatLoms at a mile from the head of the arm.

Fox Harbor. — The coast between West Random Head and Fox
Islet, li miles westward, is steep and broken, with rocks 100 yards
off. Fox Islet is 30 yards in length and 200 yards in breadth,
with steep cliff 93 feet high on the north. The entrance to the
small harbor of the same name is on the east side of the islet, and
aboi't 200 yards wide. Within, the space is 400 yards in extent,
but encumbered with rocks, and fit only for large boats, which lie
under the east head close to the shore.

Little Heartsease Harbor. — At i mile from Fox Islet is a bluff
promontory 309 feet high; thence to Little Heartsease, 1^ miles
farther on, the coast is low and rocky. Little Heartsease runs in
SSW. i mile, with several arms, one of which reaches within 400
yards of the pond at the head of Heartsease. The harbor is free

^^'^'^wm.

LITTLE IIEAKTSEASE HARBOR — GREEN ISLETS.

445

fc, dries at lor
ie 200 yards of!

)ver it, 517 feet
t, is only + mile
[ead is a spit of
md brushwood.
*oint, is i mile
nile within the
vhich runs into
to 5 fathoms f

for which are
at Upper Shoal

lation with St.
istei'n Railway,
t office, but the
1 steamer, con-
he neighboring

lie between Red
3 in length by -^

24 fathoms in
either shore.

with the white
d point on the

er.

14 miles from
mile, and from

ecreases to 50

Head and Fox
ocks 100 yards
ds in breadth,
utrance to the
the islet, and
trds in extent,
oats, which lie

Islet is a bluff
lease, 1^ miles
isease runs in
les within 400
harbor is free

from danger, with an average breadth of 150 yards, and the depth
decreases from 5 fathoms at the entrance to 2 fathoms at the head.
There is a rock with 3 feet water on it, nearly closing up the
entrance of the first arm on the eastern shore.

Hodge Hole. — At 600 yards west of Little Heartsease is a cliffy
point 135 feet high, with a rock 3 feet above high water close off
it. At about 1^ miles beyond this is Hodge Hole, with an islet in
the middle of it, on the SW. side of which is a space about 200
yards square, where small vessels may anchor.

Rocky Harbor. — On the north coast, J mile southwestward of
Middle Cliff and 100 yards from the shore, is Southwest Rock, 8
feet above high water, and immediately west of it is Rocky Harbor,
which runs in NW. ^ mile by 300 yards wide. A rock awash at
low water lies near the center of the harbor, leaving a channel
along the east shore, but the west shore is foul. Long Cove, a
mile further on, is small, with 5 fathoms water. The coast between
is steep cliff and 316 feet high.

St. Jones Within Harbor is 4i miles westward of West Ran-
dom Head. It is 800 yards wide at the entrance, and trends in
NNW. ^ mile, with 20 fathoms water, and then NW. another -J-
mile to its head. In the inner portion the breadth is 400 yards,
and there is good anchorage in 5 to 7 fathoms water. Off the east
point of entrance is a small rock above water. There is also
anchorage for small vessels in 5 fathoms near the head of Hatchers
Cove, 2^ miles above St. Jones Within Harbor.

North Bight, 1^- miles from the head of the Southwest Arm, is
about 800 yards square, with from 4 to 8 fathoms water. The bot-
tom is strewn with bowlders, many of them 6 feet in diameter,
particulai'ly on the eastern shore, and a shoal, with 12 feet water
on it, extends 300 yards from the west point.

Anchorage. — There is anchorage in from 3 to 10 fathoms water,
over mud, ^ mile from the mouth of a stream, named Black Brook,
running into the head of Southwest Arm.

Long Island, south of West Random Head, is about ^ mile
from the shore and immediately iiorth of the entrance to Hearts-
ease. It is about f mile in length NE. and SW., 400 yards in
breadth, and 132 feet high, its SE. coast being steep cliff. A rock,
just above water, lies 100 yards off it and 600 yards from its SW.
extreme.

Qreen Islets are a group of flat-topped rocks or islets, 63 feet
above high water, lying a little more than i mile E. by N. of Long
Island, with 3^ fathoms water between, and about the same 'lis-
tance from West Random Head.

Heartsease Ledge, with from 2^ to 10 fathoms water on it,
extends ENE. about i mile from Green Islets, with a breadth of

rmrmfwi

CAPE B0NAVI8TA TO CAPE RACE.

600 yards. The NW. extreme of West Random Head kept open,
bearing N. 81° W. (N. 52° W. mag.), leads north of the ledge; and
Duck Island, open of East Random Head, N. 31° E. (N, 60° E.
mag.), leads east of the ledge.

White Rocks, off the entrance to Heartsease, are 9 feet ahove
water, and a few yards in extent. At 200 yards westward of them
is a rock on which the sea generally breaks, and at i mile in the
same direction the depth is less than 10 fathoms. On the north
and east sides the rocks are steep-to. Heartsease church, open
south of Long Island, bearing about N. 29° W. (North mag.), leads
westward of the rock.

Beayer Rock, with 3 fathoms water on it, lies with the White
Rocks bearing N. 34° E. (N. 63" E. mag.), distant H miles nearly.
West Random Head open of the NE. point of Long Island, N. 5° W.
(N. 24° E. mag.), loads east of the rock.

Heartsease is a long narrow inlet running in southwestward
about 2 miles, and carrying from 24 fathoms water at the entrance
to shallow water at its head. The north point of entrance is a
small peninsula, connected to the mainland by a neck of shingle
300 yards long and 9 feet above high water. A hundred feet up
the hill over it is the church, in the form of a large ordinary house,
isolated and conspicuous.

The breadth of the inlet is 400 yards for nearly a mile, with 10
to 18 fathoms water, mud; then about 200 yards for a mile, with
7 to 10 fathoms, mud, beyond which is a pond. On the north
shore, opposite the SW. point, are two rocks, each with 2 feet
water on it, the only dangers, and should be avoided. A swell sets
into the entrance with easterly gales, but not suflficient to affect a
vessel off Ganny Cove, on the north shore, i mile within the
entrance.

Bald Head.— The coast from the entrance to Heartsease trends
south 2 miles to Bald Head. It is rugged, with several large steep
rocks close off it, the land within being broken into numerous
hills; over the coast they reach 570 feet above the sea, and at 1^
miles within, the highest, 659 feet. Bald Head is a bold cliffy
bluff, 489 feet high. A valley runs at its back parallel to the coast,
giving it a remarkable semi-isolated appearance.

(H. O. Chart No. 583.)

St. Jones Head, about 2 miles SSW. from the south part of
Bald Head, is 612 feet high, bold and cliffy. The coast batween
the heads is of the same character, and about halfway is Round
'Harbor.

Roue a Harbor.— The entrance to this little harbor is only about
100 yards wide, and is not easily recognized in the straight^liffy

<^m*

l?»B

!. ' i. ' U ! U".uji,,-an ii ti" i i i

ROUND HARBOR ST. JONES HARBOR.

44:

lad kept open,

tlie ledge ; and

E. (N. fiO° E.

re 9 feet al)ove
itward of tliem
,t i mile in the
On the north
church, open
th mag.), leads

rith the White
^ miles nearly,
sland, N. 5° W.

Bouthwestward
it the enti'ance
entrance is a
leck of shingle
undred feet iip
)rdinary hoiise,

a mile, with 10
or a mile, with
On the north
)h with 2 feet
A swell sets
lent to affect a
lie within the

artsease trends
Dral large steep
into numerous
I sep, and at 1^
3 a bold cliffy
el to the coast,

south part of
coast between
fway is Round

•r is only about
straightjcliffy

coast which extends on either side of it; but when well in with the
land the south head, a narrow strip, 210 feet high, projecting north-
ward, will be seen against the higher land boliiud it. The entrance
is 3 fathoms deoj) and runs in about 'iOO yards, wlion it turns ab-
ruptly to the south to the ancliorage behind tln^ soutli head. The
harbor is less than 400 yards in length, 200 yards wide, with a
depth of 3 to 5 fathoms, mud.

Seal Island, between St. Jones Head and St. Jones Harbor, lies
100 yards from tht- sliore and parallel to it. It is 800 yards in
length, and the extreme breadth 300 yards. It consists of two
princii)al portions, tlie northern 00 feet high, and the southern
148 feet, connected by a low neck, on wliich are several rocky
hummocks.

St. Jones Islet, off the entrance to St. Jones Harbor, lies SE. by
E. 1,200 yards from North Head. The islet is small, but 67 feet
high, and inaccessible. It is steep-to on the east side, but rocks
extend 270 yards west from its west side, and shoal water about
100 yards from the other sides.

St. Jones Harbor is a narrow inlet running in west 8 miles.
When seen on this bearing it appears remarkable froni its steep
shores appearing as cliff behind cliff to the head. Crown Hill,
steep and rugged, rises 820 feet high at the head of the harbor, and
with the cone-shaped hills rising abruptly from the land north of
the harbor are pufficient to indicate its position. St. Jones Islet is
a good mark for the entrance.

The average breadth of the harbor for 1^ miles is 200 yards, with
20 fathoms water at the entrance, shoaling to 6^ fathoms, rocky
bottom. At about f mile within North Head and on tne same
shore is a small bay with several rocks extending a short distance
beyond the line of the coast. Within t> ■ first 1^ miles the harbor
narrows to 140 yards and carries 4^ fathf ' la for about ^ mile, when
it opens out to the head, which is forme by two bays. The south
bay is small in extent ; on its southeastern shore are some small
idetsand rocks 135 yards off, leaving an anchorage northwestward
of them in 4 to 7 fathoms water, u- .... A small a. m, 20 to 30 yards
wide, with 2 fathoms water, runs southeastward fj-om the head of
•"ho bay to within 200 yards of the Northeast, Arm of Deer Harbor.
The NW. Bay is the extreme head of the harbor; it is about 600
yards in length, N. by E. and S. by W., and 400 yards wide, with
4 to 9 fathoms, mud.

Deer Harbor is an extensive narrow inlet running about 4^
miles west indented with small ar-ms and bays, a,r<^ until nearly
halfway in is encumbered with islet.s. Immediately within the
entrance it opens out to more than f mile in extent, a portion of it
being taken up by Grub Island, but arms extend to the north and
eastward.

. I

} t

448

CAPE BON A VISTA TO CAPE RACE.

Deer Harbor Head, the north point of entrance, is 400 feet
high, and on its SE. side clear of danger ; between the head and
Robinson Point, a mile beyond it, there are several rocky islets,
the outer, named Green Islet, is 24 feet high, and the western, Poor
Boy Islet, 20 feet high; shallow ground, with 3 and 3^ fathoms
water on it, extends a little southward from this latter islet; and
broken ground, with If fathoms on it, skirts Robinson Point, 300
yards off.

Poor Boy Ledge, with 15 feet water on it, is 200 yards in extent,
steep-to all round, and lies SSE. 400 yards from Poor Boy Islet.

Big Rock, with 3^ fathoms water on it, is small and steep-to all
round ; it lies nearly in the middle of the entrance between Green
Islet and Big Island. Crown Hill in line with the NE. point of
Grub Island, bearing N. 48° W. (N. 19° W. mag.), leads north-
eastward of the rock, and the rock off St. Jones Islet, open of
Deer Harbor Head, N. 33° E. (N. G2° E. mag.), leads southeast-
ward of the rock.

Big Island, on the south side of the entrance, is 218 feet high,
and being separated by only a narrow channel from the mainland,
which is higher, it is not easily distinguished when making the
harbor. Tea Cove Point, ^ mile northward of Big Island, is shelv-
ing and steep-to. Between this point and Poor Boy Islet and the
shore of Robinson Point the distance is ^ mile, and the narrowest
part of the entrance.

Grub Island, lying about | mile within Tea Cove Point, is 195
feet high, and separated from the mainland by a narrow channel.

Southeast Arm, north of Robinson Point, runs back eastward
f mile, is 200 yards wide and from ? to 12 fathoms deep; its head
is separated from Birch Cove on the seacoast by a low isthmus 400
yards in breadth.

Northeast Arm. — Sophia Head is 257 feet high and separates
Southeast Arm from Northeast Arm. The latter runs in NNE.
800 yards, with a breadth of 300 yards, having from 4 to 7 fathoms
water.

Anchorage. — There is fair anchorage for small vessels in the
bay west of Grub Island, in from 7 to 20 fathoms water, over a space
of 600 yards north and south by 400 yards wide. At the head of
this bay is a small arm, 30 yards in breadth, with a depth of 1^
fathoms, running in west 800 yards.

Directions. — With a fair wind bring Crown Hill in line with
the NE. point of Grub Island and steer N. 48° W. (N. 19° W. mag.)
between Poor Boy Ledge and Big Rock — Crown Hill will soon be
lost sight of, being behind the near range — until the east extreme
of Big Island is in line with Tea Cove Point. Then steer N. 20°
W. (N. 9° E. mag.) round Grub Island, and anchor as convenient.

liii i riiiiiMi i iiiM wiMiir"-

ice, is 400 feet
I the head and
al rocky islets,
e western. Poor
i.nd 3^ fathoms
itter islet; and
nson Point, 300

y^ards in extent,
or Boy Islet,
and steep-to all
between Green
le NE. point of
.), leads north -
Islet, open of
3ads southeast-

3 218 feet high,
I the mainland,
3n making the
sland, is shelv-
y Islet and the
the narrowest

i^e Point, is 195

arrow channel.

back eastward

deep ; its head

ow isthmus 400

I and separates
runs in NNE.
4 to 7 fathoms

. vessels in the
er, over a space
it the head of

I a depth of 1|

II in line with
'. 19°W. mag.)
ill will soon be
le east extreme
m steer N. 20°
as convenient.

■"Ji;»»rMt i y

SHOAL BAY COPPER ISLAND.

449

To enter the harbor west of Big Rock, open Sophia Head of Rob-
inson Point and yteer with the head bearing N. 24° W. (N. 5° E.
mag.) until the south end of Poor Boy Islet is seen between Green
Islet and Deer Harbor Head, about N. SV E. (S. 70° E. nuig.);
then steer about N. 48° W. (N. 19° W. mag.) in mid-channel, being
careful to avoid the shoal extending from Robinson Point, and
when the east point of Big Island is in line with Tea Cove Point
proceed as before. In working, a vessel should pass west of Big
Rock.

Should a vessel \s sh to enter the inner p< rtion of the inlet, a
rock with 5 feet water on it, lying 250 yards within the entrance,
should be avoided by keeping a little to .;ie southward of the
entrance. The cliannel is then between Gooseberry Islet and a
patch of rocks 5 feet above water, 300 yards to the NNW. ; having
passed these a vessel may anchor anywhere, in from 4 to 10 fatli-
oms water. Two considerable streams here run into the inlet, the
banks of which dry out i mile.

Ice.— St. Jones and Deer Harbors freeze during January and
break up the hitter part of April.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Deer Harbor at 7h.
49m. ; springs rise 3i feet, r eaps rise 2 feet.

Shoal Bay, south of i3ig Island, is about 1:^ miles deep, narrow,
encumbered with small islets and rocks, open to the eastward, and
has nothing io recommend it to the seaman. On the south side of
the entrance are Harbor Rocks, 37 feet high, lying about 600 yards
northward of Thames Harbor Point, and a reef awash extends 400
yards NE. from the rocks.

Thames Harbor Point is separated from the rocks by a channel
200 yards wide, witli 3 fathoms water. The point is the NE. ex-
treme of a flat island 40 feet high, which has a channel between it
and the mainland 100 yards wide, and where large fisliing boats lie
in 2 fathoms water, but the south entrance is dry at low tide.

Goose Cove, on the south side of Shoal Bay, is about 800 yards
deep, 200 yards wide, with 9 to 14 fathoms water, rocky bottom.
The Riffraffs are several rocks extending 250 yards north from the
west point of Goose Cove.

(H. O. Chart No. 584.)

Copper Island, SSE. of the Thames Harbor Point, is 400 yards
in lengtli north and south, broken, and 82 feet high, and from its
SW. side rocks extend in that direction 800 yards ; the most distant
is J 5 feet above water. At a mile S. 37° W. (S. 66° W. mag.) of
the island is a pftch of slate rocks 300 yards from the shore, and
about 4f miles PoW. is the NE. point of Bull Island, on the north
side of entrance to the bay of the same name, the intervening coast

^ I

4,j(.>

CAI'K HOX.WISTA TO (APR K\CK.

Ix'ing l)()ld and rocky. NiaK^ra Point is the northern torrainaticjn
of a steep cliff, ratlier more tlian 1'^ miles from the NE. i)oint of
Bull Ishmd. A narrow ledgo, (JOO yards in length, NNE. and
SSW., with i» fathoms least water on it, lies li miles NE. of Niagara
Point, and about ^ mile from the shore.

Center Hill, an isolated cone, is the highest land in this neigh-
borhood, and separates the head of Doer Hai'bor from that of Bull
Arm; it is 1,081 feet above the level of the sea and rises 540 feet
above an elevated broken plateau. It overlooks the isthmus of
Avalon, and has a commanding view of Placentia and Trinity Bays ;
but although the highest land, it is not the most remarkable from
Trinity Bay, as the rocky hills in the foreground of less elevation
attract attention, particularly Crown Hill and two cones north of
St. Jones Harbor, 786 and 878 feet high.

Bull Island, ]+ miles long and i)artially covered with wood,
lies 'S\ miles NE. by N. from Masters Head ; its center is 281 feet
above the sea. On the NW. side of this inland, near the north
extreme, is an excellent little harbor for fishing craft, quite land-
locked, with a sufficient supply of fresh water, and in stormy
weather 50 to 60 small schooners and boats may be seen taking
shelter in it. A r;>ck, awash at low watei, lies near the southern
side of its entran( e, but this danger may be easily avoided by keep-
ing the gravelly point on the opposite shore close aboard.

Bull ^sland is separated from the main by a channel ^ mile wide,
called Bull Island Tickle. Near the center of the tickle, rather
toward the northern entrance, is a ledge, 6 feet abf)ve watei', named
Flat Rocks ; extending ENE. K a yards ; and SSE. Txrie same distance
from the south end of the ledg-e are two sunken rocks, with about
2 feet water on them ; the north extreme of the ledge is steep-to.
The shores of the tickle ntv otherwise bold and steep-to, but the
best passage is west of Flat Eocks.

Anchorage. — Temporary anchorage may be obtained at ^ mile
southwestward of Plat Rfj*eks, in from 10 to 12 fathoms water, over
a coarse mixed bottom.

Tides. — It is high water at Bull Island, full and change, at 7h.
33m. ; spring.^ rise 3^ feet, neaps rise 2 feet,

A cu. tnt, principally depending on the wind, sets through the
tickle y.[ the rate of ^ r :^ an hour.

Rix liarbor. — Westward of the SW. side of Bull Island is
Rix Harbor, with a depth of 7 fathoms, affording good anchorage
for small vessels. Chalk Rocks at the entrance to the harbor are
about 100 yards in extent north and south and consist of several
heads, all of which are a few feet above water. ;^7iiall vessels may
enter either side of the rocks, the shores being bold and steep-to.

Water is easily procured here from the streams which run into
the head of Rix Harbor.

rn termination
e NE. point of
■th, NNE. and
J^E. of Niagara

. in this neigh-
•m that of Bull
[1 rises 540 feet
the isthmus of
1 Trinity Bays ;
niarkable from
: less elevation
cones north of

ed with wood,
iter is 281 feet
aoar the north
aft, quite land-
md in stormy
be seen taking
ir the southern
Aoided by keep-
board.

lel i mile wide,
i tickle, rather
e water, named
.same distance
ks, with about
ge is steep-to.
eep-to, but the

linod at ^ mile
ms water, over

change, at 7h.

ts through the

Bull Island is
ood anchorage
;he harbor are
isist of several
:xll vessels may
iiid steep-to.
ivhich run into

HULL A KM Til KLE HAY.

451

Bull Arm. — Tlio entrance to this inlet or arm is :{ miles wid»^
])etween Bull Island and Masters Head; from thence it takes a
NNW. direction for 7 miles, and then trends WNW. for 2 miles
to its head. There are no dangers at a moderate distance from
either shore, and no good anohorage except at the liead of the ai'm.

Mosquito Coves. — At 5^ miles from Masters Head, on the west
aide of Bull Arm, is Great Mosquito Cove, at the head of whicli
there is a depth of 7 fathoms at 200 yards from the shore. There
are several other small coves on this side of the arm adapted for
fishing boats, the largest of which is Little Mosquito Cove, but a
rock, with 5 feet water on it, lies near the middle of the entrance.

Ice. — Bull Arm freezes about the middle of January and breaks
up about loth May.

Masters Head, the ,' r)uth point of entrance to Bull Arm, forms
the north point of Rantem Cove, and has deep water close-to, but
at i mile SE. of it there is a spot with 15 fathoms water.

Rantem Cove has very deep water, but anchorage and good
shelter may be obtained by standing well up into its north or NW.
arms. Near the middle of this cove, and rather on the north side,
is Boulton Islet, 20 feet above high water. There are also two
simken rocks rather in the way of a vessel going up the NW. arm,
one, with 2 feet water on it, lying 300 yards S. 64° E. (S. 35° E.
mag.), and the other, with 5 feet, 300 yards S. 12° W. (S. 41° W.
mag.) from Boulton Islet. The shores of the covo are steep-to.

The SW. arm of the cove is too much exposed from the north-
ward for an anchoi'age, but a fresh- water stream running into it is
considered excellent for trout fishing.

Comm.unicatioii. — There is railway communication with St.
Johns, distant 89 J^ miles, by the Northern and Western Railway;
there is also telegraphic communication.

Big and Little Chance Coves, where a few families reside, are
only available for small vessels during the summer months. The
best shelter will be found in a small bay on the north side of Lit-
tle Chance Cove, but when entering either cove the north points
must be kept aboard. A rock, with 6 feet wator on it, lies nearly
600 yards N. 20° W. (N. 9° E. rnag.) from Green Head, the east
point of Big Chance Cove, and between it and Green Head is a
rock that dries.

Tickle Bay, on the west side of Tickle Harbor Point, is an
excellent place for lish; but though the water is comparatively
shallow, and the Ijottom good near the head of the bay, it is not a
safe anchorage, as a swell nearly always sets in, and with north or
NE. gales it is very dangerous.

At I mile from the SE. shore is a rocky bank running parallel
with the land for one mile ; at the outer or north extreme of the

•_iaaia.^^^'.ii

462

CAPE nONAVISTA TO CAPE RACE.

bank is Hudson Rock, with 15 feet water on it, which is 2 niiloH
8. 54° W. (S. 83° W. mag.) from Tickle Harhor Point.

Colliers Arm, wlioro a few fishermen reside, is at tlie SE. corner
of Tickle Buy, at the entrance of a salt-water lake ; it is protected
by a small islet and a reef of rocks, hut the entrance is ')nly 200
yards wide, with 4 feet in it at low watei'.

Tidal Stream. — The ebb stream sets out very strongly, and over
a sandy spit, so that none but those locally acquainted should
attempt it.

Communication. — There is railway communication with St.
Johns, distant 82^ miles, by the Northern and Western Railway.

Tickle Harbor Point is the termination of a narrow promon-
tory extending 5 miles in a northerly direction from the head of
Trinity Bay, and dividing it into two nearly equal parts. The
land near the extremity of the point rises 432 feet above the sea,
and continues with some undulations aboiit the same height.

Bower Ledge. — This rocky patch, with 8 fathoms least water
on it, lies NW. nearly 21 miles from Tickle Harbor Point. Uneven
ground extends ^ mile to the northeastward of the ledge.

(H. O. Chart No. 1103.)

Baccalieu Island, off the termination of the peninsula sepa-
rating Trinity and Conception Bays, is 3 miles in length, about f
mile in breadth, and almost inaccessible.

Light. — On the northern part of Baccalieu Island is a cylindrical
brick lighthouse, 34 feet in height and painted red, which exhibits,
at an elevation of 443 feet, a revolving white light every twenty
seconds, which should be visible 24 miles. The light will be
obscured by the high land when the southern extreme of the
island bears N. 5° W. (N. 24° E. mag.) and is distant less than 8
miles.

The keeper's dwelling is a detached square building painted
white, with a red roof.

Old Perlican, 6 miles SW. of Grates Point, on the east side of
entrance to Trinity Bay, is a summer anchorage for small vessels,
in from 3 to 5 fathoms water, to the southward of Perlican Island,
which is separated from the mainland by a channel 800 yards in
width, but only fit for boats. A swell sets in with northerly gales.
In entering, give Perlican Island a berth of 400 yards, to avoid the
shallow ground extending from it, and anchor with its extremes
bearing N. 64° W. (N. 35° W. mag.) and N. 15° E. (N. 44° E. mag.).

Communication. — The Coastal Steamship Company's steamer
between St. Johns and Battle Harbor calls at Old Perlican fort-
nightly during summer and autumn.

vhich is 2 miles

*oiut.

at the SE. corner

); it is protected

ranee is mly 200

rongly, and over
quainted should

ication with St.
Western Railway,
narrow promon-
rom the head of
^ual parts. The
et above the sea,
ime height,
aoms least water
r Point. Uneven
e ledge.

) peninsula sepa-
1 length, about f

id is a cylindrical
1, which exhibits,
fht every twenty
le light will be
extreme of the
Lstant less than 8

juilding painted

n the east side of
for small vessels,

Perlican island,
inel 800 yards in

northerly gales,
ards, to avoid the
vith its extremes

(N. 44° E. mag.),
mpany's steamer
Id Perlican fort-

OLD PERLICAN IIAKBOU — HANTS IIAKHf»I{.

453

Ice. — Old Perlican Harbor usually freezes about ir)tli January;
the time of clearing varies, as during some years the ice may only
remain a week. Northern ice does not arrive every year, and when
it does so is variable in its date of appearance, which is generally
between 1st March and middle of April; it seldom remains for any
time after the latter date.

Tides. — It is high water, full and chango. at Old Perlican An-
chorage at 6h. 46m. ; springs rise 3^ feet, neaps rise 2^ feet.

Salvage Point is a rugged beach of stones around what appears
to be a steep gravel cliflf, behind which the hills rise between 400
and 500 feet. The rocks of the same name lie IJ miles north of
the point, and from it to Kings Head, 7 miles south westward,
the coast is so encumbered by dangers with deep water between
them that a stranger should on no account approach nearer than
to have Grates Point bearing N. 71° E. (S. 80° E. mag.) until the
Sugar Loaf (rising from the shore 415 feet high, 3^ miles south of
Kings Head) is well open of Kings Head S. 18° W. (S. 47° W. mag.)

Seal Cove, on the south side of Salvage Point, is about ^ mile
deep, but affords no shelter.

Dangers. — The following are the dangers which lie off this part
of he coast: Riffraffs, Knife Rock, Hants Harbor Rock, White
Rock, Arthur Rock, and Block Rock.

The Tail of the Bank has 6 fathoms water on it, and there are
several other rocks with from 9 feet to 7 fathoms water on them,
and all dangerous with a moderate sea.

The position of all the dangers is best seen by the chart.

Hants Harbor, one mile east of Hants Head, is 300 yards wide,
600 yards d^f p, and open to the north ; a heavy sea sets into it dur-
ing and afijr gales, causing an undertow at the east side, but a
few vessels manage to lie here in safety during winter. The west
point is low and rocky, with shallow patches extending | mile
NNE.

Light. — An octagonal tower, 30 feet in height, and painted white,
stands on the east head of Hants Harbor, and exhibits, at an eleva-
tion of 65 feot, a fixed white light which should be visible 9 miles.

Directions.— Steer for Hants Harbor church bearing S. 18° W.
(S. 47° W. mag.), or with the lighthouse S. 6° W. (S. 35° W. mag.),
between the Tail of the Bank and the Riffraffs ; the latter under
ordinary circumstances will be seen breaking. When Seal Rock,
off Seal Cove Point, is in line with that point, bearing S. 67° E.
(S. 38° E. mag.), steer about S. 24° E. (S. 5° W. mag.) "for the
highest coast hill between the harbor and Seal Cove, to avoid the
shoal which extends ftom the west point of entrance ; when Seal
Rock is in line with Salvage Point, N. 57° E. (N. 86° E. mag.),
bring the church to bear S. 45° W, (S. 74° W. mag.), appearing

■■■

i,|

'i 4

454

CAI'K noNAVI8T\ TO CAI'K UACK.

one-third across tho entrance, and enter tJi" liurbor inniidchannel,
uiichoring nt^ar the west shore in 4 fathoms water.

Tho liarhnr Hlumld not 1«' attempted l»y a stranger.

Ice.— Hants Harbor is rarely froze >• er; field ice ai)i)(!arsa))out
1st Aj)ril, bnt the date of its disapiu-ii uco is nncertain; vessels
begin to arrive a)»out tlio middle of April, the last vessel leaving
about 2r)th December.

Tides. — Tt is high water, full and change, in Hants Harbor at
7h. I3m. ; '^['fings rise 4 feet, nea[)s rise 2^ feet.

Sdlly (Sillee) Cove, 4ii miles to the soutliwestward of Hants
Harbor, is k I'l'''^ deep and 400 yards wide at tho entrance, narrow-
ing gradually to the head. This is a fine boat harbor, tliough
exposed to the N " \ ., and a ''onsiderablo settlement is situated round
it, with a few hundred inhabitants and a church. Some rocks lie
close off the east point.

(H. O. Chart No. 584.)

Sugarloaf, a conspicuous cone 415 feet high, lies to southward
of Scilly Covo, and is bold-to; Turks Cove, immediately south of
Sugarloaf, is an open bight containing a few houses.

New Perlican Harbor is separaten from Turks Cove by Jeans
Head, a bold bluff sloping from a hill 280 feet high. Garlep Point,
south of the entrance, lies 1,600 yards 88 W. from Jeans Head, and is
stotjp-to. The east shore is straight and bold-to, but the south has
two coves. Fitters Cove, the outer, is -i^ mile deep, open, and ex-
posed, with shoal water skirting the shores. The harbor proper
i.« the t'asternmost, being 700 yards deep and 400 yards wide at the
entrance, narrowing gradually to the head, from which shoal water
extends 350 yards. This place is fit for fishing craft only, which
can anchor in 3 fathoms near the north shore, to avoid a rock with
4 feet water a short distance off the first fishing stages in, on the
east shore. Larger vessels may find anchorage off the entrances of
thfcsse coves, in 8 fathoms, and with Bloody Point, that divides the
coves, bearing 8. 29° E. (South mag.).

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in New Perlican Har-
bor at 7h. 30m. ; springs rise 4 feet, neaps rise 2^ feet.

Coast. — The coast from Garlep Point to Hearts Content, 2 miles
south, is of low cliff, and should not be approached within 200
yards from the points. Bacon Cove Head, a conical wooded emi-
nence 132 feet high, lies 1,200 yards north of the entrance to Hearts
Content.

White Rock, with 6 fathoms water, lies i mile N. 40° W. (N.
11° W. mag.) from Norther Point. Sugarloaf, well open of Gar-
lep Point, bearing N. 32° E. (N. 61° E. mag.), leads west, and
Hearts Content Church, open of Norther Point, S. 58° E. (S. 29°
E. mag.), leads south of "White Rock.

ill iiiiflchaniiol,

or.

ceappoarh about
icovtuiii; vessels
st vosHul leaving

Hants Harbor at

itward of Hants
[itranco, narrow-
harbor, though
is situated round
Some rocks lie

ies to southward
sdiately south of
les.

:s Cove by Jeans

. Garlep Point,

Bans Head, and is

ut the south has

)p, open, and ex-

e harbor proper

ards wide at the

hich shoal water

raft only, which

void a rock with

stages in, on the

the entrances of

that divides the

w Perlican Har-

eet.

Content, 2 miles
hed within 200
cal wooded emi-
trance to Hearts

B N. 40° W. (N.

ill open of Gar-

eads west, and

58° E. (S. 29°

IIKAI{T8 «<»NIKNT IIAKHOK- -IIKAUTS HKHIKK.

4:)-)

Hearts Oontent Harbor.— The oiitrunco to this liurlior is lo
miles south of Hants Harbor, and is SOO yards widn l)et\v('(>ii
Northor Point on the oast, on whicli is a beacon paintod whito, uiul
So\iUier Point on the west. Thoiuv* it runs in l| niilcs, uiwl opi'iis
out in the niiddlo to a milo wi.'o, with soundings varying from 7
to 20 fathoms. The town lies aii, ig the eastern shore; l)ehiiul it is
a largo lake, and Mizon Hill, whici' rises more than ($70 feet high.

Submarine Telegraph Cables.— T lie re are four sulmiarine
cables between Hearts Content and Valencia, and every spring, as
soon as the harbor is dear of ic'i . three buoys, painted red ami
white, are laid down; two givintr north and south lino of the
Atlantic telegraph cables, and ' thin' to mark the east and west
line of the cables.

Anchorage. — The beacons on I'l around the harbor denote

the anchorage limits.

To avoid fouling the cables, vessels shotild not anchor west of
the lino of the two south beacons in lino, or between the folhjwing
marks : East beacon, open south of Fisherman Hall (a conspifuious
gabled building on the south side of thy north bight), bearing S. 85°
E. (S. 5G° E. mag.), and striped house ii^ lino with the whitewashed
bowlder, N. 83° E. (S. 68° E. mag.); the south cable is laid on the
latter mark. Small vessels may anchor to the so'-thwai'd of the
southern buoy.

Ice. — Hearts Content generally freezes over between the end of
January and middle of February and clears about the latter end
of March. The northern ice usually arrives about the middle of
April and leaves about the middle of May.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Hearts Content
Harbor, at 7h. 33m. ; springs rise 4 feet, neaps rise 2^ feet.

(H. O. Chart No. 1102.)

Hearts Desire, an open cove 7 miles southward of Hearts Con-
tent, affords anchorage only with offshore vvmds in 6 to 13 fathoms,
as convenient. A reef extends 200 yards from a low point in the
middle of tho south side. Gannet Point is the south point of
entrance.

Gannet Rock, with 5 fathoms water, is small and lies li miles
S. 77° W. (N. 74° W. mag.) from Gannet Point. Sugarloaf in
line with Shuffle Board, N. 32° E. (N. 61° E. mag.), leads east of the
rock. Hanging Hill, 650 feet high, lies 2i miles inland from Hearts
Desire, and shows prominently from Trinity Bay.

Ice. — Hearts Desire freezes in February or early in March and
clears in the latter month; field ice arrives about 15th April and
leaves about 8th May, arriving later and leaving sooner according
to the season.

4r»n

CAPK HONAVISTA TO CAPK HACK.

Hearts Delight, 2.) iniloHHoutli of Hearts Dosiro, in a HriUK liur-
bor ( inilo in tliiiinotiM*, ufronliriK oxcollont tiiiclioruKo in 7 fiitliunis
juHt within tht< cntninco. A hIiohI Hpit, with 'l^ I'athoinH wator on
it, extends i'ib yard.s From the north shore near the httad, leaving
a ]iasHagu only 'Mo yards wide })utween the end of tlie spit and a
low point on the south shore. The settlement here possesses a
church and schoolhouse. Shoal watcu* extends UoO yards from the
wj'st point of the entrance. The Lookout, u hill 6'JO feet high, lies
1^ miles SHE. from this harbor.

South Rook, witli Ji fathoms water, lies nearly i mile N. 77°
W. (N. 48" W. nuig.) from the south head of Hearts Delight.

Coast. — The coast trends southerly from Hearts Delight 1 J miles
to Long Pcnnt. Some rocks lie between them off Island Cove, a
shingle beach situated nearer Hearts Delight. From Long Point
it takes a bend S. by E. Ij^ miles to Shoal Harbor, an open bight,
the south entrance point of which is. foul some distance from the
shore, and around wliich are a few houses containing a few inhab-
itants.

Shoal Rock, with 9 feet water, lies COO yards from the .south en-
trance point of Shoal Harbor.

Witless Bay, just south of Shoal Harbor, is 2 miles wide at the
entrance and nearly 1^ miles deep, divided at the head into two
portions by Middle Point, a bold projection. Rod Rocks, a small
cluster 1 1 ') fe( t 'xigh, lie in the entrance of the bay 1,200 yards from
the not' 1 )oil.'.

Witless Rock, with 4 feet water, lies J mile S. 29° E. (South
nif'i' ■ f i"om Rod Rocks, and is the highest part of a bank tliat, with
less than 10 fathoms water, extends nearly ^ mile east from it.

Anchorage may be had with shelter from offshore winds as con-
venient, the water shoaling gradually from 17 fathoms in the
entrance to 8 fathoms near the head; taking care to avoid the
bank round Witless Rock.

Black Point, the south head of Witless Bay, is the extreme of
a promontory 50 feet high that separates the entrances of that bay
and Gioens Harbor, and has rocks extending some distance from it.

Black Rock, with (i fathoms water, lies 1,400 yards S. 86° W.
(N. 05° W. mag.) from Black Point.

Qreens Harbor extends SSE. 1^ miles. It is 1,200 yards wide
and free from danger, the water shoaling gradually from 9 fathoms
in the entrance to 5 fathoms at the head, but is exposed to north-
westerly winds. A large village surrounds the head; it contains a
church and about 300 inhabitants. The south point is the termina-
tion of a narrow promontory, 240 feet high, that divides the harbor
from Hope-all Bay, and is continued by shoal water 400 yards from
the north extreme.

-m

Wte

Miro, JH a snuK har-
i)niKi3 ill 7 fiithoms
fiitlioiiiH wator on
tho lutiid, leaving
1 of tho spit and n.
b lioro poBHusHOH a
J(»0 yards fi-om tlio

1 51)0 fuel I'igh, lies

irly i mile N. 77°
[oarts Delight,
•ts Delight Ij^ miles
off Island Cove, a
From Long Point
or, an open bight,
distance from the
lining a few inliab-

from the south en-

2 miles wide at the
the head into two

led Rocks, a small
ly 1,200 yards from

le S. 29° E. (South
f a bank that, with
le east from it.
shore winds as con-
7 fathoms in the
care to avoid the

is the extreme of
trances of that bay
ne distance from it.
»0 yards S. 86° W.

is 1,200 yards wide
illy from 9 fathoms
exposed to north-
head; it contains a
loint is the termina-
t divides the harbor
ater 400 yards from

.>. ^^

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-S)

1.0

I.I

1^128

■ 50 '™^*

^ us,

1.25

1.4

2.5

1.6

Photogrpphic

Sciences
Corporation

'^^

23 WEST MAIN STREET

WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580

(716) 872-4503

«'

,---l_&

iiiiMHi.jrnriiK>W>bM

CIHM/ICMH

Microfiche

Series.

CIHIVI/ICMH
Collection de
microfiches.

Canadian Institute for Historical IVIicroreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques

55-

GREENS HARBOR DILDO COVE.

457

Tides. — It is high water, full and cliange, in Greens Harbor at
7h. 44m. ; springs rise 3| feet.

Hope-all Island, 75 feet high, lies 700 yards west of the ex-
treme of this south point, and the passage between them should
not be taken, but the island is bold-to on the north and west sides.

Hope-all Bay may be readily recognized by Hope-.oll Head, a
remarkable bluflf 407 feet high that forms the south point of the
entrance. This bay is 2^ miles deep and nearly 1| miles wide at
the entrance, narrowing to the head, which is f mile broad. After
entering, the water deepens to 22 fathoms, and then shoals gradu-
ally to the head, where anchorage may be had in 9 fathoms, with
shelter in all winds but those from WNW. to north.

New Harbor is a little more than a mile deep, | mile wide at the
entrance, and narrows gradually to the head, but is nearly filled
with rocks. Fishing craft, however, find good shelter within these
rocks, and a large village is built at the head.

Dildo Arm, close south of New Harbor, is the southeastern har-
bor in Trinity Bay.

Dildo Islands, a group nearly a mile long, narrow, and 60 feet
high, lie in the continuation of the promontory forming the west
side of the arm, f mile distant, and the same distance west of the
north point of the entrance, which is surmounted by a round hill,
150 feet high, that shelters Dildo Cove, just within the arm, where
the settlement is situated. Rocks surround the islands for a short
distance, and not more than 7 fathoms can be carried in mid-chan-
nel over the bar joining the islands to the south point of the arm.
The arm is about 2 miles long and one mile wide, with deep water
for the most part, and divided at the head into two coves by a point,
from which shoal water extends 300 yards. The west shore sliould
not be approached within 300 yards.

Communication. — There is railway communication with St.
Johns. The station is at Broad Cove, distant 66^ miles from St.
Johns and 3 miles from Dildo.

Anchorage. — Anchorage may be obtained off Dildo Cove in 8
fathoms water, with shelter from easterly winds ; or off the east-
ern of the two coves at the head in '2 fathoms, with shelter from
all winds but those from NW. to North. The northern of the two
coves is shoal.

There is a cod hatchery on one of the Dildo Islands, and the arti-
ficial^propagation of lobsters is carried on.

Ice. — Dildo Arm freezes occasionally about the middle or end of
February and clears about the middle or end of March. In 1884
the whole of this part of Trinity Bay, south of a line joining Tickle
Harbor Point and Hope-all Head was frozen and remained so for
about a week, and in 1887 an iceberg remained in this part of the

458

t'Al'E BONAVISTA lO CAPE UACE.

"bay until 9tli Aiigust, which is the latest known date. Northern
ice arrives about every five years, and generally in April, but
seldom remains a week.

Tides.— It is high Avater, full and change, in Dildo Arm at 6h.
40m. ; springs rise4| feet.

Spread Eagle Bay, west of Dildo Arm, is nearly 2 miles wide
at the entrance, and is divided into two bights by a point, from
which a ledge, with 5 fathoms water on the outer edge, extends
nearly i mile. Anchorage with shelter from offshore vdnds may
be had in the east cove in 12 fathoms, sand, and for small vessels
in the west cove in 6 fathoms.

McLeod Point divides Spread Eagle Bay from Chappie Arm
and is bold beyond a short distance. Chappie Head lies NW. 1^
miles nearly from McLeod Point, and is the sharp termination of
a flat-topped bluff 350 feet high.

Chv<%pple Ann extends S. by W. a little more than 3 miles, has
no danger beyond a short distance from the shore, and affords no
anchor ige for large vessels. A group of narrow islands and rocks
extends 800 yards from a little promontory on the east shore, 1^
miles within McLeod Point, and shelters a small boat harbor. An
islet with rocks off it east and west lies nearly a mile beyond the
group, and near the head is Mooring Island, bmall and steep-to.
Small vessels may find anchorage off the eastern cove at the head
in 3i to 12 fathoms, according to their length, but the western cove
is shoal.

Long Cove, north of Chappie Head, is open and free from danger.

Communication. — There is railway communication with St.
Johns, distant 77^ miles, by the Northern and Western Railway.

Cottier Bay is separated from Long Cove by Cottier Point, the
extreme of a pnjmontory 250 feet high, sloping from a hill 658 feet
high, south of the head of the bay. This bay is open and exposed,
but affords anchorage with shelter from offshore winds in 10 fath-
oms, sand, ^ mile from the head.

Conception Bay.— Conception Bay, entered between Broad Cove
Head and Cape St. Francis, a distance of 11^ miles, has a SSW.
direction for • iles to the Head of Holy Rood Bay. The west-
ern shore of L «ption Bay is indented by numerous smaller bays.
The coast frovu k^plit Point to Broad Cove Head is clear, with the
exception of the following offlying dangers. Wall Rock, with 5
fathoms water over it, lies l-^V miles N. 73° W. (N. 44° W. mag.)
from the SW. point of Baccalieu Island; Job Rock, with 5 fath-
oms on it, li miles N. 86° E. (S. 65° E. mag.) from Gull Island
(south of Job Cove), and Puddy Rock, with 5 fathoms on it, i mile
N. 22° E. (N. 51° E. mag.) from Western Bay Head.

vn date. Northern
rully in April, but

11 Dildo Arm at 6li.

nearly 3 miles wide
ts by a point, from
auter edge, extends
offshore v/^inds may
d for small vessels

from Chappie Arm

Head lies NW. 1^

larp termination of

re than 3 miles, has
ore, and affords no
w islands and rocks
L the east shore, 1^
1 boat harbor. An
• a mile beyond the
small and steep-to.
rn cove at the head
ut the western cove

id free from danger,
unication with St.
Western Railway.
T Cottier Point, the
from a hill 658 feet
i open and exposed,
'e winds in 10 fath-

)etween Broad Cove
miles, has a SSW.
d Bay. The west-
erous smaller bays.
1 is clear, with the
Wall Rock, with 5
. (N. U° W. mag.)
Rock, with 6 fath-
I from Gull Island
tthoms on it, ^ mile
Head.

CONCEITION BAY — CARBONEAR BAY.

459

Ice.— Conception Bay fills with ice between 16th January and
1st March, and clears between the middle of March and 30th April,
but ice has remained till 35th May. Occasionally very little ice
enters the bay.

Salmon Cove Head — At 14 miles W. by S. from Cape St.
Francis is Salmon Cove Head, on the west side of Conception Bay.
From this head the land trends SW. by S. 3 miles to Crockers
Point, on the north side of entrance to Caibonear Bay, the coast
between being steep, in places cliffy, and the hill rising 490 feet
high. There are several small fishing villages ; the principal are
Clements, Freshwater, and Crockers, at the entrance of three
ravines.

Several small islets and rocks lie off this part of the coast. Folly
Rocks form a small ridge above the water, about i mile south of
Salmon Cove Head, and 100 yards from the shore. Mad Rock is
small, above water, and lies 300 yards northeastward of the Har-
ton Rocks off Clements Cove. A small chain of rocks or islets
forms the south side of Clements cove, and terminates in a rock
awash at low water ; the rocks are named Harton Rocks, and separate
Clements Cove from Freshwater Cove. Bradley Rock is small
and above water; it lies nearly midway between the extremity of
Harton Rocks and Maiden Island, a little without the line of di-
rection.

Maiden Island is 49 feet high, but, being small and the same
appearance as the cliffs of the coast, it is not easily distinguished.
Halfway between it and Crockers Point are some rocks above
water 135 yards from the shore.

(H. O. Chart No. 585.)

Crockers Cove is immediately north of Crockers Point, on the
north side of entrance to Carbonear Bay; rooks and shallow water
extend 300 yards eastward of it.

Carbonear Island is 1,300 yards in length NE. by E. and SW.
by W., 400 yards in breadth, 169 feet high, and slopes to the west-
ward ; its coast is mostly cliff.

Light— On the summit of Carbonear Island a building, which
has a tower on a gable 45 feet in height and painted white, exhibits
a fixed white light at an elevation of 195 feet, which should be vis-
ible 16 miles.

Mosquito Cove, SW. of Carbonear Island, is formed by Mos-
quito Point and Old Sow Point; it is about 800 yards wide at the
entrance and 1,600 yards deep; the water shoals gradually to its
head, but it affords no shelter or safe anchorage.

Carbonear Bay, immediately west of the Island of the same
name, is If miles deep in a west direction, and i mile wide, with

U9tO 30

IP^

460

CAPE nONAVISTA TO CAPE ItAOK.

bold shores, except at the head, where it slioals gradually to a
shingle beach. The entrance is easily recognized by Carbonear
Island and lighthouse, also by Saddle Hill, 503 feet high, and the
most r(miarkable land seen f ro-i seaward, immediately south of it.
Communication.— There is telegraphic communication with St.
Johns, also roads to Hearts Content and Harbor Grace.

Anchorage. — The anchorage in Carbonear Bay is off the north
shore, in from 7 to 10 fathoms water, over sand; although open to
the sea, which rolls in heavily with easterly gales, many vessels of
about 100 tons winter in safety at the wharves of the town. The
center and south side of the bay is exposed to the sea and should
be avoided.

Directions. — From the northward there are no dangers when
entering Carbonear Bay in ordinary weather, except those off the
coast between Salmon Cove Head and Crockers Point, which are
all visible, and may be avoided by keeping Broad Cove Head open
of Folly Rocks, bearing about N. 29° E. (N. 58° E. mag.). During
heavy seas from the eastward, Kane Rock, with 9 fathoms water
on it, and Saucy Joe Rock, with 11 fathoms on it, break occasion-
ally.

Between Carbonear Island and Mosquito Point the distance is
^ mile, but the channel is narrowed to 200 yards by sunken rocks
extending from the island and point. To proceed through in 4
fathoms water, keep the Haypuk on Feather Point just shut in
with the cliff of Old Sow Point, bearing S. 13° E. (S. 16° W. mag.).
Ice.— Carbonear Bay freezes only in severe winters, as the swell
breaks the ice up.

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Carbonear Bay at
7h. 20 m. ; springs rise 4i feet, neaps rise 3 feet.

Feather Point, on the south side of entrance to Harbor Grace,
is the termination of a ridge of hills over the south side of the
harbor ; the extremity of the point is a mass of slate, just discon-
nected by a rent from the main body of the point, and called the
Haypuk.

Harbor Grace Islands, off Feather Point, are a cluster of
small islets and rocks, covering a space of about | mile, in the
direction of the point, by i mile in breadth. The principal islet
is 105 feet high, and on the western islet is a summer fishing vil-
lage. Between 200 yards and 400 yards NNE. of Harbor Grace
Islands are other islets or rocks, the outer of which is called Eastern
Rock; and beyond them is rocky ground, with 4 fathoms water
on it, named White Rock, on which the sea breaks with great
violence.

At 400 yards west of the south end of Harbor Grace Islands are
Ragged Rocks above water, and between them and the shallow

!„.,

CE.

IIAUnOR GRACE.

461

)alH gradually to a
lizod by Carboiiear

feet high, and the
odiately south of it.
municatiou with St.
)r Grace.
Bay is off the north

; although open to
les, many vessels of

of the town. The
the sea and should

■e no dangers when
except those off the
rs Point, which are
)ad Cove Head open
' E. mag.). During
th 9 fathoms water
I it, break occasion-

'oint the distance is
rds by sunken rocks
•oceed thi'ough in 4
' Point just shut in
E. (S. 16° W. mag.),
winters, as the swell

m Carbonear Bay at

9t.

ce to Harbor Grace,
le south side of the
)f slate, just discon-
oint, and called the

nt, are a cluster of
ibout I mile, in the
The principal islet
, summer fishing vil-
E. of Harbor Grace
[lich is called Eastern
ith 4 fathoms water
I breaks with great

lor Grace Islands are
em and the shallow

grounds off Feather Point is a channel 400 yards wide, with 3 and
4 fathoms water, but a stranger should not attempt this passage,
as there is no good leading mark for it.

Light. — On the north island a square wooden house painted
white, with lantern over the center, 35 feet in height, exhibits, at
an elevation of 151 feet, an intermittent red and white light
alternately about 14 red and 14 white flashes every minute. The
light should be visible 15 miles, but being unwatched it is unre-
liable.

Salvage Rock.— Long Harry Rock, on the north shore of the
entrance to Harbor Grace, is 73 feet high and situated | mile SW.
of Old Sow Point; S. by E. i mile from Long Harry is Salvage
Rock, small and 53 feet high, with deep water round it, but a heavy
sea breaks 65 yards inside it.

Harbor Grace.— From a line between Old Sow and Feather
Points, Harbor Grace extends 4i miles SW. by W., with a breadth
of li miles at the entrance to J mile at its head, the hills on either
side rising 500 feet above the sea.

The town, on the north shore of the harbor, is clean and well
laid out, and has an abundant water supply from a lake in the
neighborhood. There are large stores for dried codfish, machinery
for the manufacture of seal oil, and refiniiig cod-liver oil ; also for
preparing boneless codfish, tinning caplin, and making glue from
skins, and guano from bones of the fish. In 1891 the population
was 6,466.

The Roman Catholic church is the easternmost of three churches ;
it has two spires which are in line bearing N. 61° E. (East mag )'
and S. 61° W. (West mag.).

Light— At the outer end of Point of Beach, which is composed
of shingle, is a hexagonal-shaped wooden tower, 38 feet in height,
and painted white, from which, at an elevation of 40 feet, a fixed
white light is exhibited, which should be visible 7 miles.

Bar.— At 1,200 yards eastward of the harbor light a bar stretches
across the harbor. The greatest depth on it is 24 feet, and the
least depth 9 feet ; the latter over a bowlder bank forming the south
side of the main channel. Between the bank and south shore the
depth is 13 feet. In heavy weather the sea breaks on the shoal
part of the bar, but seldom in the 24-foot channel.

Communication.— There is communication with St. Johns, dis-
tant 83i miles, by the Newfoundland Railway; telegraphic com-
munication, and a good road to Hearts Content via Carbonear,
distant 16 miles.

Buoys.— A buoy, painted white, is moored on the west edge of
the bowlder bank.

tism

462

CAPE BONAVISTA TO CAPE HACK.

A buoy, painted red, is moored on the edge of the slioal ground
off the nokh shore in Hi feet water, with Point of Beach Light-
house 400 yards S. 61° W. (West mag.).

As these buoys are only moored with small anchors, their posi-
tions can not be relied upon. During winter they are removed
and spar buoys substituted.

Patent SUp.-There is a patent slip 90 feet in length and 16 feet
in breadth, which will take vessels up to 110 feet length of keel;
a vessel of about 200 tons has been taken up. The depth on the
blocks at high water, ordinary spring tides, is 9 feet forward and

^^Directions—When entering Harbor Grace, give Eastern Rock,
off Harbor Grace Islands, a berth of 600 yards by keeping the
spires of the Roman Catholic church at the east end of the town
open north of Salvage Rock, bearing S. 62° W. (N. 89° W mag.;
this clears White Rock, passing to the northward; thence steei in
mid-channel, passing either north or south of Salvage Rock^ To
cross the bar in the deepest water, bring the lighthouse, on Point
of Beach to bear S. 62° W. (N. 89° W. mag.) and in line with Ship
Head, a hill 98 feet high on the same shore a long mile beyond it
The ioint of the Bowlder Bank will be passed when the west
shoulder of Greens Hill (443 feet high) is in line with the west spire
of the Roman Catholic church at the east end of the own, bearing
N 56° W. (N. 27° W. mag.), and Long Harry in line with the
fxtreme of the land NE. of it, bearing N. 41° E. (N. 70 E. mag.)
clears the shoal water off the north shore. Therefore do not shut
in the point east of Long Harry with that rock, but edge south-
ward to avoid the shore bank east of Point of Beach. This point
is steep-to on its south side.

At Night, run in with the light at Point of Beach, bearing
S 56° W (S 85° W. mag.), until Harbor Grace Islands Light
bears about S. 75° E. (S. 46° E. mag.).; then steer «^o^e ^^^^^
southward to avoid Salvage Rock, until the Point of Beach Light
bears S. 62° W. (N. 89° W. mag.), then proceed as before.

The harbor is safe, although the most violent winds are from
the westward, and blow occasionally with much force. The best
anchorage is on the north shore, as at times the sea is rough on

•%'hen wking in, Brennans Hill, 392 feet high and southward
of Greens Hill, in line with the east spire of the Roman Cathohc
church, bearing N. 78° W. (N. 49° W. mag.), leads northward of
the bar; and the west shoulder of Greens Hill, m line with the
west spire of the same church, N. 56° W. (N. 27° W magO, leads
southward of the Bowlder Bank. In crossing the bar, the point
east of Long Harry should not be shut in with that rock, and

l i .........

CE.

HAKBOR GRACE — SPANIARDS HAY.

463

if the slioal ground
Int of Beach Light-
anchors, their posi-
• they are removed

1 length and 10 feet

feet length of keel;

The depth on the

3 9 feet forward and

, give Eastern Rock,
trds by keeping the
last end of the town
^ (N. 89° W. mag.);
rard ; thence steer in

Salvage Rock. To
lighthousei, on Point
ind in line with Ship
long mile beyond it.
issed when the west
ae with the west spire
L of the town, bearing
rry in line with the

E. (N. 70° E. mag.),
rherefore do not shut-
rock, but edge south-
,f Beach. This point

at of Beach, bearing
Grace Islands Light
en steer more to the
Point of Beach Light
leed as before,
tolent winds are from
auch force. The best
es the sea is rough on

t high, and southward
f the Roman Catholic
), leads northward of
Hill, in lino with the
IT. 27° W. mag.), leads
ing the bar, the point
a with that rock, and

short tacks sliouUl l)o made between this lino and the line of tlie
leading marks, until Greens Hill is seen westward of the church,
wlien the board to tlie southward may be prolonged. Tlioro is no
tidal stream in Harbor Grace to assist a vessel either in or out.

Ice. — Harbor Grace freezes over between 10th January and 80th
February, and is closed, at intervals, by ico, from <> to 15 inclies in
thickness, between 20th January and the end of March, but the port
has never been closed for more than six weeks at a time, and the
harbor ice sometimes disappears as early a^ 1st March, remaining
at other times as late as 1st April. Vessels arrive and leave all
the year, but are occasionally detained by field ice, which appears
from 20th January to 20th February, a,nd disappears between 1st
and 20th May, but in some seasons is never seen.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Harbor Grace at
7h. 25m. ; springs rise 4J feet, neaps rise 3 feet.

Bryants Oove, on the south side of Featlier Point, is 700 yards
wide and about 800 deep, with several patches of rocks near the
center that cover at half tide. The entrance is by the south shore,
or by having a conspicuous hill, up the valley, open of a steep fall
of the north shore of the inner part of the bay, bearing S. 64° W.
(N. 87° W. mag.); but the cove is open to seaward and affords no
shelter.

Spaniards Bay. — Spare Point, on the south side of Bryants
Cove, has several detached rocks above water near it, thence the
coast trends in a SW. direction for 2 miles to Island Cove, a rocky
bight, fronted by an islet. Spaniards Bay is one mile wide, and
extends 3^ miles to the southwestward ; its north shore is clear of
danger.

Green Head, at the head of the bay, is 112 feet high; the only
safe anchorage is on the north shore NE. of this point, in from 4 to
8 fathoms water, keeping Green Hea"! westward of the bearing S.
15° W. (S. 44° W. mag.) to avoid a Sii) d patch with a depth of 9
feet on it. The southern shore is exposed to a heavy sea, which
sets in with easterly gales, and the eastern part has several rocks
extending 200 yards from it; farther in the water is shoal the
same distance off, and at the head of the bay to nearly 400 yards.

Communication. — There is a station on the Newfoundland rail-
way at Spaniards Bay Road, distant 76 miles from St. Johns.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Spaniards Bay at
7h. 45m. ; springs rise 4J feet, neaps rise 3 feet.

Mad Point is the eastern termination of a peninsula 4 miles in
length, 800 yards in breadth, and separating Spaniards Bay from
Bay Roberts. Mad Rocks, 12 feet above water, extend eastward
about i mile from the north extreme of the Point ; and broken
ground with less than 10 fathoms over it 1,200 yards farther, over

464 CAPE BONAVISTA TO CAPE RACK.

which ,l«ri„« an easterly .well the »ea mil- up to ^l^'l'^''^^'^^
broakH over them with vi.,leiico. There are ao fathom, li mile»
ENE ofthe point-, u, ha.l weather it »l>ouhl not be^roa -1
,1 • a Ko° AW rs 88° W. mac.) nearer than a mile.
Cl- C:'e L'llSi^ZZ for,fJd hy s„,ne roeh. t,.0O

''ta/Ib^'rJit IZed between the peninsula jnst .nontionea
nnd"l«.er peninsula on the south^ It '7';;""* -'» ^^<^
and nearly a mile in breadth. Fergus Wet, '^-l '««"»": *""
t-arisr length NE. and SW. and SCO yards in breaclth, with a
oTnl ummft, lies 400 yard, from the north shore .unl abon a
mUe rom Ma, Point. There are 16 fathoms water be ween the
°sW anTthe shore, bnt NW, W yards from its SW. ond ,» a roek
S less than 6 feet on it, and rooks extend 300 yards off ,ts NE.

TeleirraDh.— There is a station at Bay Roberts. „ , .

00 d^Ie? Point is a projection dividing the head of Bay RoWts
into two parts. It is surrounded by rocks at the distance o 00
vards wWch cover and uncover. At 200 yards E by S^ of the
S[nt is a patch of rocks with 12 feet water and 5 fathoms be ween
TandtL point. There are a church and a few houses scattered

To'tt dhti^Soldeast Point is Roberts Harbor, a safe anchor-

:Sxshments. Vessels drawing 12 feet water can he at the

^r rnro?'BtBoberts is-foul for 200 yards o«, and
there is no safe anchorage on this side of the ^jay
Ice.-Bay Roberts freezes occasionally, when the bay fills witH

'"^ Green Point is the termination of the narrow peninsula, 4 miies
inTength IpLting Bay Roberts, on the north, fromBay de Grave
on the south' C Je off it are Southern Rocks, 14 feet above water,
and broken ground extends 400 yards from the point.

LigC-A cylindrical iron lighthouse, 32 feet in height, painted
red fnd white in horizontal bands, stands on Green Point, and
exlibUs, Trom an elevation of 56 feet, a fixed white light, which

nrea^l^in^^l Hght is a projecting lant- fr^ ^^^^^
three lights are exhibited. The two outer lights show w^iite ^^^
the center light, in line with Southern Rocks, bearing S. 17 W.
(S. 46° W. mag.), shows red.

CE.

HAY ni-; (iitAVK — Humus bay.

o the dry rocks aii'l
fathoma U miles
not bo approached
earer than a mihi.
by some rocks l,20O

aula just mentioned
at 3i miles in length
,, 134 feet high, 400
i in breadth, with a
L shore and about a
3 water between the
ts SW. end is a rock
300 yards oflE its NE.

lerts.

head of Bay Roberts
it the distance of 200
'ards E. by S. of the
id 5 fathoms between
few houses scattered

larbor, a safe anchor-
,h an average breadth
:om 10 fathoms at the
round. On the north
churches and fishing
water can lie at the

for 200 yards off, and

e bay.

(Then the bay fills with

rrow peninsula, 4 miles
rth, from Bay de Grave,
ks, 14 feet above water,
the point.

5 feet in height, painted
3 on Green Point, and
xed white light, which

ig lantern, from which
lights show white, and
)cks, bearing S. 17° W.

Bay de Grave is rtk njiU)s in length 8VV. by W., with uii ivvfrago
breadth of i u\\]v. In the middle of (In* ciitrunco the water is 70
fatlioms (h'(>|), shonling to 30 fatlioiiis at a niih* from the hca^l id"
the bay. Hihhs Hole Is a rocky covo south of (Jnifn I'oliit, but
aH'onls no slmUor. Blow-nie-down Head, 1 \ miles SSW. of Green
Point, i)rojocts 200 yards lieyond the linoof coast, and ^ mile beyond
it is Ship Cove, a liltki sheltered by the head, and in summer small
vessels may anchor off it in 10 fathoms water, witli Port de Grave
church, which is midway between Ship Cove and Port de Grave,
N. 04° W. (N. 35'^ W. mag.).

Port de Grave, having a depth of to t) feet, is i| mile westward
of Blow-me-down Head, and fronted by some low islets or rocks.
Shoal water extends 200 yards eastward from the southern rocks.
Off the village is a summer anchorage for small vessels in 10
fathoms water, 140 yards from the shore, with the church bearing
between N. 34° W. (N. 5° W. mag.) and N. 11° W. (N. 18° E.
mag.). I

The coast westward of Port de Grave is cliffy as far as Bareneed,
2i miles from Blow-mo-down Head. From the village of Bare-
need round the head of the bay to Cupids Cove, on the south, there
are no dangers nor .sheltered anchorages. Two streams here empty,
one at the north, the other at the south corner of the beach ; they
are named the North Gut and South Gut ; both can be entered by
boats at high water, and are navigable a considerable distance.

Cupids Cove, on the south side of a remarkable bluff, 330 feet
high, named Spectacle Head, runs in about J mile, and is 400 yards
wide. There is anchorage here for small vessels in from 3 to 8
fathoms, mud and sand; though open to seaward, but little sea
sets in. A shoal bar crosses the harbor from the east extreme of
a shingle spit on the east shore.

Burnt Point is the south point of entrance to Bay de Grave ; it
is 181 feet high, with small coves north and south of it. Sopers
Rock, with less than 3 feet water on it, lies 200 yards north of the
north extreme of the point. On the south side of the point, at
about the same distance, are other rocks, with 6 feet on them and
some uncovered. A vessel should not approach nearer than ^ mile.

North Head, the north entrance point to Brigiis Bay, is nearly
1^ miles south from Burnt Point.

Light. — On North Head a cylindrical iron tower, 24 feet in
height, painted red and white in vertical stripes, exhibits, from an
elevation of 113 feet, a fixed red light, which should be visible 12
miles.

Brigus Bay stretches one mile to the westward, with an average
breadth of 800 yards. The sealing vessels belonging to Brigus
moor head and stern in the NW. corner of the bay, and under

466

TAPE noNAVlSTA To TAPE RACK.

Admimls IhIuikI, in tlio SW. coriior; hut thoso anchorugos hUouIcI
nut 1)M iittcriiptod without, locul kiiowlwlgc.

The town of KHkuh, with ii popuhitioii of 1,541, is Htunll and
pictumsiiucly situ.itiMl round tlio whon-H of a hike in a valhiy be-
tweon HtHop harrou hilJH, and is iniportant on account of the early
roloHHo of goaliiiK vohhoIh in th»< HpriiiK, from the ice being broken
np l)y tlio soa sotting into the buy.

Oommunioation. — Thoro is railway communication via Brigua
Junction, distant 47^ miles fr<mi St. Johns and 7 miles from Brigus;
also telegraphic^ (.'ojiimunication.

Ice.— Brigus Bay froezes occasionally, when the bay fills with
ice.

(H. O. Chart No. 1102.)

Colliers Point, U miles S. by E. from south point of Brigus,
is the extreme of a peninsula separating Colliers and Castries Bays.

OoUiers Bay extends in a straight line SW. by S. 3J miles from
Colliers Point, and is entered between tliat point and Seal Head, a
steep bluff at the extreme of the slope from the Twins. Turks
Head, on the west shore, 1^ miles to the south westward of Seal
Head, is a steep bluff 337 feet liigh, forming the south side of
Turks Gut, a narrow inlet bordered by a few houses. Harbor
Rock, awash at low water, lies 750 yards S. 27° E. (S. 2° W. mag.),
and Bull Rock, with fathoms water, N. 54° E. (N. 83° E. mag.),
a little more than i mile from the extreme of Turks Head. Blue
Hills, seen over Dock Head, bearing S. 23° W. (S. 52° W. mag.),
leads east of these rocks.

The remainder of the west shore is straight, and may be ap-
proached to 100 yards, till the shallow water is met with at 400
yards from the head. The east shore is slightly indented, James
Cove, the first in on that shore, being sheltered by a small projection
82 feet high. The next cove to the southward, at the head of
which is a shingle beach bordered by houses, is filled with bowlders
under water to the line of the points. Curtain Rock, with 10 fath-
oms, lies 300 yards off the east coast, under the first hill within the
entrance, and a shoal with 7 fathoms water lies nearly in mid-
channel l^^i miles from Turks Head. Dock Head, a small penin-
sula 134 feet high, situated 2i miles from the entrance, forms the
west side of a shallow cove, is bold-to on the west side, and shelters
The Dock, a small cove. Anchorage may be had west of Dock
Head in 4 to 10 fathoms, gravel, exposed to northeasterly winds
only.

Coast— The coast from Colliers Point is skirted by rocks, and
trends southward 2 miles to Bacon Head, a steep bluff surmounted
by a hill 326 feet above high water, that makes the south side of

uichoiiiges Hhould

541, is Hiunll and

k(« in a vallny be-

jouiit of the early

ice heiMg broken

ication via Brigus
niles from Brigus ;

the bay fills with

I point of Brigiis,
.nd Castries Bays,
y S. 3J miles from
; and Seal Head, a
le Twins. Turks
westward of Seal
the south side of
houses. Harbor
i. (8. 2° W. mag.),
(N. 83° E. mag.),
irks Head. Blue
(S. 62° W. mag.),

and may be ap-
; met with at 400
T indented, James
a small projection
d, at the head of
led with bowlders
ock, with 10 fath-
rst hill within the
}s nearly in mid-
id, a small penin-
trance, forms the
side, and shelters
ad west of Dock
rtheasterly winds

;ed by rocks, and
bluff surmounted
the south side of

OAHTUrEH HAY llOLY UOOD.

467

Baoon Covo, an opun bight containiiiK H»»vt»nil rocks. A Hniall
rook lies close off Bacon Head, and, witli the coast, may be
approached to witliin 200 yards.

Oastrles Bay extt^nds^J miles SW., with a breadth of \\ mile
from Bacon Head to a projection ending in Cat Kock, that divides
the head into two coves.

Oat Oove, the northern of the two, is l,ftOO yards doo[) and flOO
yards wide; it is again subdivided at 800 yards within liy Paw
Point, a narrow promontory forming two coves about 1500 yards
wide. Mouse Rock, with 2 feet water, lies in the entrance to Cat
Covo, about 200 yards from the north shore.

Anchorage may bo had in 8 fathoms, sand, off the church, for
small vessels, but exposed to NE. winds.

Salmon Oove, the southern bight of Gastrios Bay, is l^V miles
deep and 1,200 yards wide at the entrance, terminating in an inlet
300 yards wide, entered 1,100 yards from the head. This inlet is
filled with rocks and is available only for boats. The outer portion
of Salmon Cove is clear of danger at 200 yards from the shore.

Oommunioation. — There is a station on l!.e Newfoundland
Railway at Salmon Cove, distant 38 i miles from St. Johns.

Blue Hills form a conspicuous range, surmounted by a double
top 839 feet high, and are situated 2 miles from the head of Gastries
Bay. Witch Hazel Peak, 598 feet high, lies $ mile northward of
Blue Hills, and is the first conspicuous peak in that direction.

Oastrles Point is the extreme of a peninsula dividing Gastries
Bay from Harbor Main. The west shore of this peninsula from
Salmon Cove is skirted by shoal water extending off 200 yards,
and the point should not he approached within that distance.

Harbor Main extends S. by W. 2 miles from Gastries Point,
and is clear of danger, except a rock with 12 feet of water lying
350 yards N. 43° E. (N. 72° E. mag.) from the point SSE. of the
church. A considerable settlement is situated on the west shore,
and vessels can find anchorage in 12 fathoms with the church
bearing N. 29° W. (North mag.), having swinging room of 250
yards, but exposed to NE. winds.

Holy Rood, east of Harbor Main, is 4 miles long and J mile
broad. The west shore is foul for a mile from the entrance, and
should not be approached within 200 yards. A shoal with 12 feet
water lies off the mouth of Chapel Cove, the first indentation on
the west shore, beyond which there is no danger ; but the water is
deep till the two coves at the head are entered.

Oommunioation. — There is railway communication with St.
Johns, distant 33 miles, by the Newfoundland Railway.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Holy Rood Anchor-
age at 7h. 28m. ; springs rise 4^ feet, neaps rise 3i feet.

468

CAPE BONAA'ISTA TO CAPE RACE.

Coast. — The coast from this bay trends with a deep bend NE.
by N. 35 miles to Cape St. Francis. The southern part consists of
a series of beaches backed by salt-water ponds, and skirted by
shoal water nearly ^ mile from the shore. Several villages with
churches are built on the shore, and this portion of the bay is one
of the most pictiiresque in Newfoundland, Butter P-.'i a conspic-
uous hill ',(99 foet high, lies eastward of Holy Rooc Bay, and the
whole coast is backed by steep wooded hills 500 to 800 feet high.

Communication. — There is a railway station at Topsail, and
between it and Holy Rood Bay, a distance of 15 miles, there are
stations, on the Newfoundland Railway, at DufFs, Seal Cove, Kel-
ligrews, and Manuels.

Portugal Cove, 15 miles from Holy Rood, is the deepest inden-
tation on the shore, being 800 yards deep, with a rock in the mid-
dle, and depths of water decreasing from 20 fathoms in the entrance
to 5 fathoms near the head. Princes Lookout, a conspicuous hill
543 feet high, surmounted by a flagstaff, lies eastward of the head
of this cove.

The character of the coast changes north of this cove from gen-
tle partially cultivated slopes to steep barren cliffs, attaining the
height of 880 feet in Ore Head, situated about midway between
Portugal Cove and Cape St. Francis.

Bell Island, the largest of three lying off the east shore of Con-
ception Bay, is so called from a remarkable conical rock, 220 feet
high, situated near the SW. extreme, and named The Bell from the
supposed resemblance. This inland lies nearly parallel to the
coast at the distance of 2 miles from Portugal Cove, is 5^^ miles
long, nearly If miles broad, and surmounted by a nearly flat ridge
495 feet above high water. The Clapper, a prominent rock, lies
at the south point, and a considerable village with a church is sit-
uated just NE. of it. Shoal water extends nearly i mile from the
NE. extreme, within which distance the shores should not be
approached.

Bell Rock, with 15 feet water, lies nearly one mile S. 43° W.
(S. 72° W. mag.) from The Clapper, and from the rock a ledge with
4 fathoms water extends i mile to the northwestward.

Little Bell Island, 2 miles SE. by S. from The Clapper, is nar-
row, 1,200 yards long, 92 feet high, and is skirted by foul ground
that extends aboiit 400 yards from the shore.

Kelly Island, 183 feet high, lies 1^ miles SW. by W. from Lit-
tle Bell Island and If miles nearly from the south shore of the
bay. A shingle spit extends from the SE. shore, and the island
should not be approached within ^ mile.

Cape St. Francis is formed by two low bills, off the western-
most of which are two small islets.

a deep bend NE.
)rn part consists of
Is, and skirted by
'^eral villages with
n of the bay is one
Iter P 'i a conspic-
Rooc^ Bay, and the

to 800 feet high.
)n at Topsail, and
15 miles, there are
Ts, Seal Cove, Kel-

the deepest inden-
a rock in the mid-

ams in the entrance
a conspicuous hill

.stward of the head

ihis cove from gen-
cliffs, attaining the
t midway between

) east shore of Con-
nical rock, 220 feet
1 The Bell from the
•ly parallel to the
bl Cove, is 6^ miles
{ a nearly flat ridge
rominent rock, lies
rith a church is sit-
rly i mile from the
res should not be

one mile S. 43° W.

le rock a ledge with

stward.

["he Clapper, is nar-

'ted by foul ground

V. by W. from Lit-

south shore of the

3re, and the island

Us, off the western-

CAPE ST. FRANCIS TOR BAY.

469

Light. — On the eastern bill of Cape St. Francis a wooden Iniild-
ing with a flat roof, on which is a lantern painted white, and 45
feet in height, exhibits, from an elevation (jf 123 feet, a fixed red
light, that shoiild be visible 12 miles.

Fog Signal. — A fog trumpet will be sounded every minute
duriijg thick weather, fogs, and snowstorms, as follows :

D^iration of sound, five seconds; of silence, five seconds; of
soimd, five seconds; of silence, forty-five seconds.

The Brandies are three rocks with 4 to 12 feet water on them,
the extreme of rocky ground extending from some islets and rocks
southeastward of the cape, from which the outer lies 1,600 yards
N. 82° E. (S. 69° E. mag.). Torbay Point open of Black Head S.
16° E. (S. 13° W. mag.) leads east of The Brandies.

Coast. — The coast from Cape St. Francis to St. Johns Harbor is
of nearly steep cliff, with two principal indentations. Pouch
Cove, the northern, is nearly three miles from Cape St. Francis.
Black Head, the southeastern point of this cove, is about 400 feet
high. A shoal, with 6 fathoms water, lies ^ mile off the north
point of Pouch Cove, and Cliff Rock, with 8 fathoms water, lies
one mile N. 17° W. (N. 12° E. mag.) from Black Head. Flat Rock
Cove is a small indentation 3^ miles south of Black Head, the
south point of which is Flat Rock Point.

Red Head, 274 feet high, on the northern side of Flat Rock
Cove, is very conspicuous, being of a deep red color ; and one red
house and three white houses, situated at an elevation of 465 feet
on the hills about 2 miles west of Flat Rock Cove, also a church,
painted red, the steeple of which is 284 feet above the sea, show
out prominently, but the latter is obscured from the southward by
the land sloping down to Flat Rock Point.

Flat Rock Point is a low, barren, razor-shaped ledge sloping
down to the sea and continued, under water, for nearly 400 yards,
where there is a depth of 4^ f at];ioms ; there are rocky ledges on
the east side of it.

From Flat Rock Point the cliffs rise gradually as Tor Bay is
entered, but at 1^ miles from the point they rise more abruptly,
and from here to Torbay Bight the coast line is broken by deep
gulches and may be easily recognized by two hills, 444 and 446
feet high, having high cliffs in front of them ; further south are
two smaller cliffs 282 and 72 feet high, respectively.

Tor Bay is 2 miles deep and the same in breadth, and is quite
exposed. Anchorage may be had with shelter from westerly winds
off the western cove in 12 fathoms; elsewhere the water is too deep.
In thick weather, or when the background hills are hidden. Tor-
bay Point appears to slope from two round hills with a slight
saddle between.

.urartiifiaK...

470

CAPE BONA VISTA TO CAPE RACE.

Torbay Bight, where there is a large settlement, is greatly used
by fishermen, and landing can generally be effected. At i mile
inland, over the bight, there is a Roman Catholic church (a square
stone building without a spire), a convent, and a temperance hall;
these, being all close together, form a very conspicuous mark, but
they are nearly obscured when in line with a clump of trees, (also
conspicuous) over Snagge Point.

Tantam Shoals are about f mile north of Torbay Point ; they
break in heavy weather.

Coast— From Torbay Bight to Torbay Point the coast line is
generally rugged, with broken cliffs between Middle and Outer
Coves. Landing may be effected here, except with northerly winds,
which send in a heavy swell. Behind Middle Cove there is a con-
spicuous white house, and the hills at the back of Tor Bay are
covered with houses, generally painted white.

Torbay Point has a small summit, 287 feet high, just to the
southward of it, and a little over i mile farther south the land
rises to a hill 537 feet high.

Torbay Hill, 653 feet high, locally known as Flag Staff Hill,
on account of it having been the old signal station connecting
Cape St. Francis and St. Johns, has bold cliffs in front of it, and
a very conspicuous yellow patch, nearly at the top of the cliff, just
to the northward of the summit of the hill.

Redcliff Head, li miles southward of Torbay Point, is a bold
headland with steep sloping cliffs of a reddish color; it has a deep
gulch on the north and on the south side of it, one or the other,
depending on the light, being generally seen as a black band down
the face of the cliff. Red Head Rock, with 5 fathoms water, lies
1,600 yards S. 47° E. (S. 18° E. mag.) from Torbay Point and 1,200
yards from Redcliff Head.

Logey Cove, used by fishermen during the summer months, is
a small cove with deep water, and boats may land here in a small
niche in the rocks, where there are always fishermen to help if
necessary. A road connects this cove with St. Johns and Tor Bay.

On the eastern side of the cove is a small summit on which is
built a beacon of stones ; from this the land gradually rises until
Sugarloaf Head is reached, the coast being very rugged, with several
caves in it.

Sugarloaf Head, 554 feet high, is one of the most conspicuous
objects on the coast; its face is a sheer cliff, and seen from the
NE. it has the appearance of a gunner's quoin, while from the
southward and eastward it makes as a cone-shaped hill. About a
mile inland from Sugarloaf Head there is a conspicuous conical
hill, 577 feet high, only seen from the northward.

!E.

nt, is greatly used
'ected. At i mile
c church (a square
a temperance hall ;
picuous mark, but
ump of trees, (also

'orbay Point ; they

t the coast line is
Middle and Outer
;h northerly winds,
ove there is a con-
jk of Tor Bay are

1 high, just to the
ler south the land

IS Flag Staff Hill,
station connecting
I in front of it, and
;op of the cliff, just

ay Point, is a bold
3olor ; it has a deep
t, one or the other,
a black band down
fathoms water, lies
tay Point and 1,200

summer months, is
and here in a small
jhermen to help if
Johns and Tor Bay,
lummit on which is
radually rises until
ugged, with several

e most conspicuous
and seen from the
in, while from the
tped hill. About a
sonspicuous conical
rd.

ST. JOHNS.

Robin Hood Bay, between Sugarloaf Head and Small Point,
ie fnrrounded with high cliffs, has deep water, and no landing

^Jiall Point is a rounded point with a summit over it, 318 feet
high, and just to the southward of this is Skerrys Bight, where
landing may be occasionally effected. Between Skerrys Bight and
Quiddy Viddy Harbor is a very conspicuous cliff", at the foot of
which a large cave is named Bawdens Hole. The height of the
summit at the back of the cliff is 472 feet.

Quiddy Viddy Harbor has a rocky bar on which the depth is
3 feet, and is only suitable for boats. It may be easily recognized
by Bawdens Hole, on the north, and Cuckold Head, on the south
side. Cuckold Head, 390 feet high, is a conical hill, presenting
that appearance when seen from any direction ; between it and St.
Johns Harbor is Cuckold Cove, in which the water is deep.

(H.O. Chart No. 1114)

St. Johns. — The city of St. Johns, the capital of Newfoundland,
and the seat of Government, covers the steep hilly ground on the
N"W. side of the harbor, and continues along the banks of the river
and the SE. shore of the harbor. It has several handsome public
buildings, of which the most conspicuous is the Roman Catholic
cathedral.

The harbor, although small, is convenient and secure, having
deep water and excellent holding ground. It is generally smooth,
for, though near the open sea, the entrance is narrow and nearly at
right angles to the harbor, which is shut in from the sea by high
land on the south side.

Large vessels can be securely moored at the wharves which line
both sides of the harbor. Galway wharf will take a vessel of from
26 to 27 feet draft alongside, the other wharves from 15 to 20 feet.
On the wharves there are numerous oil vats, from which the stench
is very unpleasant in the summer months, and stages for drying
fish are placed in every available spot.

Communications. — Railway communication by the Newfound-
land Railway with Harbor Grace, distant 83^ miles ; with Placentia,
distant 84^ miles, by the Placentia Railway; and with Exploits,
distant 257i miles, by the Newfoundland and^Western Railway,
this line being in course of construction to Port Basques, distant
550^ miles from St. Johns.

There is communication by Liea by the following lines of steam-
ships :

Allan Line, between Glasgow, Liverpool, and Philadelphia, call
at St. Johns and Halifax fortnightly on the westward trip, and
on the eastward trip at St. Johns only.

472

CAPE 130NAVI8TA TO CAP?: RACE.

Canadian and Newfoundland Steamship Company, between Liv-
erpool and Halifax, outward and homeward bound, touch every
ten days at St. Johns.

Red Cross Line run between St. Johns and New York every ten
days, calling at Halifax, and one of the steamers of this line visits
Piiley Island in the nmmer, taking passengers.

Black Diamond and Ross Line, fortnightly and weekly, respect-
ively, between St. Johns and Montreal.

There is fortnightly communication with St. Pierre and Bonne
Bay; and between the end of April and Decembefr the Newfound-
land Coastal Steamship Company's steamers run to Battle Harbor,
where they connect with the Labrador steamer.

By telegraph with the most important places in the island and
with all parts of the world.

The United States is represented by a consul.

Supplies.— The city is abundantly supplied with excellent water
from Windsor Lake, 4 miles distant, and pipes are placed on the
wharves for the supply of shipping. Supplies of every kind may
be readily obtained.

The population of the city in 1894 numbered 31,142.

Coal.— The amount of coal on hand is sufficient for almost any
requirement. Cape Breton coal is kept in stock at from $3.85 to
$4.20 per ton ; Welsh coal at about $6.00 ; American anthracite coal
at about $7.50; 10 cents extra per ton for trimming.

Vessels can haul alongside the coal hulk, or coal by means of
lighters, or go alongside a wharf at which there is a depth of 24

feet.

Docks.— The graving dock at St. Johns is 558 feet on the blocks,
610 feet long over all, has 84f feet width of entrance, and 24 feet
water over the sill at ordinary spring tides. A vessel of 3,175 tons
has been docked.

This dock can be pumped out in H hours. It has bilge blocks
which are worked by a chain from the top of the dock, thereby
giving extra support to a vessel before the dock is dry.

The floating dock, 133i feet over all, and with 49 feet breadth of
entrance, is capable of taking small vessels of 300 tons, and has
' Hi feet over the blocks when sunk.

The north wharf of the graving dock is a fairly substantial
wooden wharf, aboiit 200 feet long, with 22 feet at low water, spring
tides; the workshops of the Dock Company are situated at the
inner end of the pier. Charges for sailing vessels, not over 50 tons
register, $12.00; from 50 to 75, $18.00; 75 to 100, $24.00; 100 tons
and upward, 25 cents per ton. Steamers pay as above on gross
tonnage. ,

CE.

ST. JOHNS.

473

pany, between Liv-
jound, touch every

[ew York every ten

rs of this line visits

,nd weekly, respect-

. Pierre and Bonne
abefr the Newfound-
in to Battle Harbor,

3S in the island and

with excellent water
s are placed on the
i of every kind may

a 31,142.

cient for almost any

)ck at from $3.85 to

rican anthracite coal

iming.

or coal by means of

.ere is a depth of 24

58 feet on the blocks,
mtrance, and 24 feet
^vessel of 3,175 tons

It has bilge blocks
of the dock, thereby
ck is dry.

ith 49 feet breadth of
of 300 tons, and has

a fairly substantial
t at low water, spring
f are situated at the
issels, not over 50 tons
100, $24.00; 100 tons
ly as above on gross

Patent Slip.— There is a patent slip, 100 feet- in length over all,
for small craft and boats.

Water.— Fresh water is laid onto the pier.

Port Dues.— Vessels ui.der GO tons, free ; over 00 tons and not
more than 100 tons, $2.00; 100 to 200 tons, $3.00; 200 to 300 tons,
$4.00; 300 to 400 tons, $5.00; more than 400 tons, $6.00. Light
dues, 24 cents per registered ton, not to exceed $115.00, payable once
a year. Entrance fee, $2.50; clearance fee, $2.50. Health dues,
$2.00; bill of health, $2.50; doctor's visit, $2.00. Vessels in ballast
calling for orders or in distress are not liable to dues.

Towage. — Tugs are available and of sufficient size and p er
for all requirements, charges varying from $4.00, for vessels unuer
60 tons, to $20.00 for 250 tons, and $50.00 for 1,000 tons. Special
rates during the ice season.

Pilots and tugs can be obtained upon making tlie signal to the
blockhouse on Signal Hill, or to Cape Spear Lighthouse. The pilots
go off in whaleboats.

Pilotage. — Pilotage is compulsory in and out ; but one rate is
charged. Vessels under 80 tons, $5.35; 100 tons, $7.35; 200 tons,
$9.35; 300 tons, $13.35; 400 tons, $18.70; 500 tons, $21.35; 600tons,
$24.00; 700 to 800 tons, $26.70; over 800 tons, $1.35 for every addi-
tional 100 tons. Pilotage for sailing vessel can not exceed $32.00,
and $40.00 for a steamer.

Repairs. — The Dock Company can undertake extensiv" repairs
to iron ships and machinery, to undergo which vessels not requir-
ing to be docked may lie alongside their deep-water piers. Vessels'
bottoms can be cleaned and coated with antif ouling compositions ;
they also have a diver with all necessary appliances.

The Terra Nova Company have a crane which will lift 40 tons.

Hospitals. — There is a large hospital at St. Johns available for
seamen, a hospital for infectious diseases, situated on Signal Hill,
and a sailors' home.

Signals. — The International Commercial Code of Signals is in
use at Signal Hill Blockhouse.

Time Signal. — A gun is fired every day at noon, St. Johns mean
time, equivalent to 3h. 30m. 43.1s. Greenwich mean time, but is
reported to be quite unreliable for the purpose of rating chronom-
eters. The signal is made from near thp blockhouse on Signal Hill,
517 feet above the sea.

Trade. — The chief business of St. Johns is the exportation of
codfish and refining seal oil, and there is a large ropewalk.

Lights. — At Fort Amherst, from a square stone tower, 39 feet
in height, and painted white, a fixed white light is shown, at an
elevation of 134 feet, that should be visible from seaward, between

474

CAPE BONA VISTA TO CAPE RACE.

the bearings of S. 36° W. (S. 65° W. mag.) and N. 9° W. (N. 20° E.
mag.), la miles.

Two fixed red lights are exhibited— the higher, near the corner of
a chapel, from a small octagonal-shaped tower, 29 feet in height
and painted white, at an elevation of 174 feet; and the lower, 20
feet above the roof of the customhouse, a red brick building 76 feet
above high water, with its base painted white. These lights are
343 yards distant from each other, and when in line, bearing N. 84°
W. (N. 55° W. mag.), lead through the Narrows, but over Merlin
Rock, at the inner part of the entrance.

Fog Slgrnal.— When Cape Spear or St. Johns Harbor is obscured
by fog, a gun is fired every hour during daylight, and two guns in
answer to a vessel's gun, from Fort Amherst. Between the inter-
vals of firing the gun a horn will be sounded in reply to a vessel's
horn or whistle.

Day marks.— Day marks have been placed on each of the two
leading light structures. The marks on each structure are painted
white, are heart-shaped, and three in number, forming a semicircle.
Dangers.— Vestal Rock, having 12 feet water on it, lies about
N. 83° E. (S. 68° E. mag.) from Fort Amherst, and 100 yards from
shore. To clear it, passing to the north, keep the leading marks on.
Pancake Rock, on the south shore, and about i mile within
South Head, is awash at high water, and from it a spur, with 12
feet water, extends about 40 yards to the northeastward.

Prosser Rock, with 6 feet water over it, lies 50 yards N. 4° E.
(N. 33° E. mag. ) from the fishing stage at Cahil Point, and is cleared
when the leading marks are on.

Wash-balls Rocks are awash, and skirt the shore about 160 yards
NE. of North Head; shoal water extends about 100 yards SE. of
them.

White Rook, with 7 feet water on it, lies 40 yards from the cliff
under Signal Hill, and 400 yards west of North Head.

Chain Rock is nearly covered at high tides, and lies 40 yards S.
7° E. (S. 22° W. mag.) of Chain Rock Battery. Ruby Rock, with
3 fathoms water over it, lies 40 yards S. 38° W. (8. 67° W. mag.)
from Chain Rock.

To clear Seal Rock, which covers at three-quarters flood and lies
N. 53° W. (N. 24° W. mag.) of Chain Rock Battery, keep South
Head well open of Chain Rock Battery, bearing S. 64° E. (S. 35°
E. mag.).

Merlin Bock, with 27 feet water on it, lies 160 yards S. 68° W.
(N. 83° W. mag.) from Chain Rock. For a vessel of deep draft
it is customary to buoy this rock with a boat when possible. The
leading lights or marks in line lead almost over this rock.

JS^

^. 9° W. (N. 20° E.

, near the corner of
29 feet in height
and the lower, 20

ck building 76 feet
These lights are

ne, bearing N. 84°

1, but over Merlin

harbor is obscured
t, and two guns in
Between the inter-
reply to a vessel's

a each of the two
icture are painted
ming a semicircle,
r on it, lies about
id 100 yards from
leading marks on.
at i mile within
it a spur, with 12
stward.

)0 yards N. 4° E.
tint, and is cleared

e about 160 yards
100 yards SE. of

rds from the cliff

Head.

d lies 40 yards S.

Ruby Rock, with

(S. 67° W. mag.)

ters flood and lies

bery, keep South

S. 64° E. (S. 35°

) yards S. 68° W.
jel of deep draft
>n possible. The
tiis rock.

8T. .lOIINS.

475

Buoy.— A buoy, painted black, lies in 12^ fathoms water a little
more than 200 yards south of Galway packet wharf. This buoy is
intended to assist the mail steam packets in 'lauling off from tlio
wharf, and vessels sliould moor well clear of it.

Directions.— St, Johns Harbor is well distinguished by Fort
Amherst, and by the flagstaff, blockhouse, and barracks, on Signal
Hill, on the north side of entrance. But tlie entrance itself is so
narrow that in foggy or hazy weather, when the hills are indis-
tinct, a stranger must be careful not to bo misled by the opening
into Quiddy Viddy Harbor, which is about one mile northward.

At a distance the coast appears hilly, bleak, and desolate; the
land rises abruptly from the sea to the height of 600 and 740 feet.

The narrow entrance to St. Johns Harbor, being only 330 yards
wide, with high land on either side, does not appear from a dis-
tance; but after recognizing Cape Spear, as the land is approached,
by steering so as to pass about 2 miles north of that cape, the block-
house on Signal Hill will soon be visible.

Then steer for Signal Hill and bring the white day marks on
bearing N. 84° W. (N. 55° W. mag.). This mark leads over Merlin
Rock.

The Roman Catholic cathedral should always be open north of
the land forming the south side of the entrance to the harbor,
bearing N. 82° W. (N. 53° W. mag.), to avoid Vestal Rock. If
the leading marks can not be seen in the day, steer so as to keep
Chain Rock a little on the starboard bow, until abreast of Pancake
Rock, when steer for the Customhouse N. 83° W, (N. 54° W. mag.),
bearing in mind that South Head should be kept open of Frederick
Battery Point, bearing S. 72° E. (S. 43° E. mag.), to clear Prosser
Rock.

Small vessels, with boats to tow, often beat in, but the unsteadi-
ness of the wind renders it tedious and difficult.

At Night bring the two leading red lights in line bearing N.
84° W. (N. 56° W. mag.), and proceed on this course through the
Narrows into the harbor to any convenient anchorage, remem-
bering, in a deep draft vessel, that the lights in line lead over
Merlin Rock.

Anchorage.— A vessel encountering foul or baffling winds will
find temporary anchorage in 16 fathoms, rock, just within the
heads, where she may be taken in tow by a tug.

Ice.— St. Johns Harbor is rarely frozen over in winter, and is
seldom closed for seven days during ordinary seasons, but in the
years 1876 and 1882 access was very difficult for several weeks.
Tho harbor ice disappears about the end of March. The preva-
lence of easterly winds, in early spring, drives heavy field ice upon
the coast, and at times (even as late as August) icebergs drift into

14910 31

476

CAI'E HONAVIHIA TO t'Al'K HACK.

the Nai-rows ao as to render the passage of the entrance dimcult.
Tlie field ice arrives from January to thcj middle of February, and
is fjonerally from 6 to 18 inches in thickness; it leaves about April
or May. VesHels come and go all the year round.

Wintering.— H. M. S. Tourmaline, wintering at St. Johns,
1894-05, found the north wharf, belonging to the Dock Company,
most convenient, the ship lying alongside the north side of the
wharf, in a dei)th of 22 feet at low water, spring tides, out of the
way of traffic and vessels using the dock, and sheltered from all
vrinds, with scarcely any swell, even during strong east winds.

Fogs are less frequent at St. Johns than farther south, owing to
the interposition of land to the SW., by which it is dissipated, and
it is stated that although fog may prevail in the offing, it is fre-
quently clear inside Cape Spear.

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in St. Johns Harbor
at 7h. 30m. ; springs rise H feet, neaps rise 3i feet. There is very
little tidal stream in the Narrows.

(B. A. Chart No. 2902.)

Freshwater Bay.— The south side hills extend to the south-
ward from the entrance of St. Johns Harbor, the coast line being
V ory steep and inaccessible until Freshwater Bay is reached . This
bay, open to the northward, is f mile deep and about i mile wide;
at the head there are a few houses and a shingly beach, inside
which latter is a large pond, about 10 feet above the level of the
sea, and reported to have a depth of 7 fathoms.

Anchorage may be obtained in the center of the bay, in from
8 to 12 fathoms water, over mud covered with sand, and very good
holding ground. Small craft, which have missed St. Johns Har-
bor, have been known to ride out a NE. gale here, although exposed
to nearly its full force.

Spriggs Point (Small Point) is a very sharp point with the
land gradually rising and having cliffs on its east and west sides.
On the east side there are some small islets, from 4 to 9 feet above

high water.

Peggys Bag, on the west side of Deadmans Bay, has a large
pinnacle, separated from the cliff, which may be easily distin-
guished, and Deadmans Bay, small and of no use, has a shingle
beach at the head. Flats Point, east of Deadmans Bay, shows a
square face of cliff to seaward, at the base of which a flat ledge
extends into the sea.

Blackhead Bay, which may be recognized by the church at its
head, is used by fishermen; it shoals gradually, and has a small
pier where boats can land. Cape Spear Bay may be used as a tem-
porary anchorage, in from 10 to 11 fathoms water, by vessels wait-
ing to enter St. Johns Harbor.

CAPE SPKAU NORTH HEAD.

477

entrance difRcult.

I of February, and

leaves about April

cl.

ing at St, JohnH,

le Dock Company,

north wide of the
ig tides, out of the

sheltered from all
ong east winds,
ler south, owing to
t is dissipated, and
the offing, it is f re-

i St. Johns Harbor
eet. There is very

:tend to the south-
the coast line being
ly is reached. This
about i mile wide ;
lingly beach, inside
)ve the level of the

of the bay, in from
sand, and very good
ssed St. Johns Har-
'e, although exposed

larp point with the
east and west sides,
•om 4 to 9 feet above

ns Bay, has a large
ay be easily distin-
.o use, has a shingle
imans Bay, shows a
jf which a flat ledge

by the church at its
Uy, and has a small
»ay be used as a tem-
ater, by vessels wait-

Beacon.— A cairn, 417 feet above tlio sea, erected Ijy tho fislicr-
men on Black Head, one mile NW. of Capo Spear, has been found
of much use when making the coast in foggy weatlier. Black Head
is a bold heatlland, 8lo{)ing down gradually on ea(;h si.lo, to Black
Head and Spear Bays; it has six caves in it, the largest one being
in the center.

lilght.— Oape Spear, 3:^ miles SE. of the entrance to St. Jolins
Harbor, is 200 feet high, rises steeply from the sea, and is distin-
guished by a lighthouse, consisting of a lantern on a square white
house, 38 feet in height, the roof of which is painted red and white
in horizontal stripes; it exhibits, at an elevation of 264 feet, a
revolving white light, attaining its greatest brilliancy every min-
ute, which should be visible 82 miles.

Fog Signal. — A fog horn is situated about 600 yards north from
Cape Spear Lighthouse, but in consequence of it being seldom heard
by vessels coming from the southward, an additional fog horn is
placed SSE., distant 160 yards from it. During thick or foggy
weather both horns will be sounded simultaneously, giving blasts
of eight seconds duration, separated by silent intervals of fifty-two
seconds. (See page 474.)

Dangers.- Old Harry, with 3 fathoms water on it, lies ^ mile
N. 43° E. (N. 72° E. mag.) from Cape Spear.

Old Haman Rock, with a depth of 4i- fathoms, lies J mile N, 38°
W. (N. 9° W. mag.) from Old Harry Rock.

A rock, small in extent, with a depth of 4 fathoms (probably

less), lies nearly midway between Cape Spear and Old Harry Rock.

Tinker Rock, with a depth of 5 fathoms (less water reported),

lies with Cape Spear Lighthouse bearing N. 81° W. (N. 52° W.

mag.), distant i mile.

Tinker Hill, on Motion Head, in line with N^rth Head of Motion
Bay, bearing S. 24° W. (S. 53° W. mag.), leads east of the dan-
gers off Cape Spear, and Cliflf Point in line with Black Head, bear-
ing S. 82° W. (N. 69° W. mag.), leads north of these dangers.

North Head.— Between Cape Spear and Norih Head the coast
is moderately low, the highest hill, 323 feet, being nearly midway ;
there is a small stone cairn on this hill. North Head, 193 feet
high, is a rugged headland, and has a jagged appearance ; at its
base there is a rock about 15 feet high, nearly isolated from the
land, which, standing out from the head, is conspicuous when seen
from seaward.

Cow and Calf Ledge.— At about one mile south of Cape Spear,
Cow and Calf Ledge, on which the depth is 9 fathoms, extends
about 600 yards from the shore. North Ledge, with 11 fathoms,
and White Rock, with 7 fathoms water over them, lie 1,400 and 450
yards SE. and south, respectively, from North Head.

478

CAPE HON A VISTA TO CAPE KAOE.

Ooast. — From Nortli Head to Maddox Cove th« coast is goner-
ally low, and faced by jagged rocks, which extend into the sea and
prevent landing, except at Stoppers Side, where there is a small
beach, bnt when landing h(H'e boats nuist be hanled up immedi-
ately. Throe Peak Hill, 540 foot high, is on the north side of
Maddox Cove.

Maddox Cove. — Good anchorage may be obtained in Maddox
Cove, off the entrance to Petty Harbor. There are several houses,
painted white, and a small pier at the head of the cove, where
boats can land.

Coast— From Maddox Cove the land again rises, and, with the
exception of the entrance to Petty Harbor, continues high for
1^ miles, where there is a cavo or gulch in the shape of a horse-
shoe, after which it is low, with a little cliff, until Seal Cove is
reached.

Motion Head, 71 feet high, with Tinker Hill, about 180 feet
high, close behind it, has several large bowlders scattered about
the land in the vicinity, and a little to the southward of it there is
a conspicuous rock on the coast line, which stands out well when
seen from the northeastward. Motion Rocks, 14 feet high, and
over which the sea is always breaking, lie 150 yards off Motion
Head, and shoal water extends for a long ^ mile from the head in
a NE. direction.

Here the general appearance of the coast is rugged and barren,
the chief hills standing out well. Watch Hill, 713 feet high, and
about li miles westward of Motion Head, is conical and has a bea-
con and a large bowlder on its summit.

Bow and Arrow liOdges, consisting of several pinnacle rocks,
with depths of from 3 to 6 fathoms over them, and deeper water
between, extend about i mile from Motion Head; here, in heavy
weather, the sea breaks in 10 fathoms water. Fishing boats are
generally anchored on the edge of the shoals and along the
20-fathom line.

Depths Oflf Shore. — The soundings are generally regular until
within the 30-fathom line, when the bottom becomes uneven.

Cordelia Deeps, extending from abreast North Head to the
northward, may be found useful in making St. Johns Harbor dur-
ing thick or foggy weather. They are wedge-shaped, being about
If miles wide off North Head, gradually widening to 3i miles
abreast Sugarloaf Head and 5 miles off Torbay Point, where
soundings of 100 fathoms are obtained on the inshore side of the
deeps; they there widen out to the deep water off Conception

Bay.

The Riband, a narrow bank about 1^ miles, in length and with
depths of from 26 to 30 fathoms, lies about f mile off shore,

JSmmium

lie coast is gouer-
1(1 into tliM Hoa and
D there is a small
lulod up imniedi-
tho north side of

;ained in Maddox
ire several houses,
f the cove, where

ises, and, with the
ontinues high for
shape of a horae-
xntil Seal Cove is

ill, about 180 feet
:h scattered abotit
ward of it there is
ids out well when
14 feet high, and
yards off Motion
i from the head in

ugged and barren,
713 feet high, and
leal and has a bea-

ral pinnacle rocks,
and deeper water
id; here, in heavy
Fishing boats are
lis and along the

rally regular until
iomes uneven.
[)rth Head to the
Johns Harbor dur-
haped, being about
iening to 3^ miles
Tbay Point, where
nshore side of the
,ter off Conception

in length and with
f mile off shore,

HULL ITKAD — HAY HlfLLS.

botwoon Sugarloaf Head and Small Point. St. Georges TiCiidH,
lying about J mihi east of the entrance to St. Johns Harbor, lias
from 24 to 30 fathoms water on it, and a pinnacle rock at its
nortlicrri extremity, on wliich the depth is 16 fathoms, dropping
straight down to 25 fathom's.

Dlreotions. — Making St. Johns Harbor in thick or foggy weather,
it is recommended to shape a course for a position 10 miles S. 84°
E. (S. 55° E. mag.) of Sugarloaf Head, from which, with the
sounding machine going continuously, to endeavor to strike the
Cordelia Deeps ; but if soundings are not obtained in the Deeps,
the water should not be shoaled to less than 70 fathoms, and the
vessel worked slowly to the northward, off shore and again inshore
to that depth, until the fog signal is heard or the Deeps struck.

(H. O. Chart No. 1103.)

Bull Head, 115 feet high, is 8^ miles SSW. from Motion Head.
The coast between is of slate cliffs, and the land behind rises to
the height of 700 feet ; it is bold-to, and free from offlying dangers.
At 4 miles to the northeastward of Bull Head is The Spout, a re-
markable natural phenomenon, caused by the rush of waves into
an under- water cavern, from which a fissure in the rock allows its
escape in jets of foam. It is most remarkable at high water, and
when there is much swell. It makes a roaring noise, and may
be seen distinctly 3 miles from the land.

Bay Bulls, extending 2^ miles in a westerly direction, is one
mile wide at the entrance and exposed to the sea, but a slight change
in its direction above Pepper Alley Point adds to the protection of
the anchorage, and the holding ground is good, being of sand and
mud. The best anchorage is off the mouth of a little brook on the
north side, in 10 fathoms water, but after heavy gales from the
eastward a ground swell enters the harbor, although not sufficient
to endanger shipping.

The inhabitants are principally engaged in the fisheries, and the
ground is cultivated to some extent.

Oommunication. — When St. Johns Harbor is beset with ice this
bay is often clear, and vessels may anchor here and communicate
with St, Johns by land, a distance of 18 miles, the mail road being
in excellent order.

Water. — Water can be procured in abundance from the river at
the head of the bay.

Dangers. — A rock lies 80 yards south of Breadcheese Point, on
the north shore of the bay, about 1^ miles within Bull Head.

Maggotty Rock lies l'/>0 yards from the shore, off a gravel beach
on the south side, 1 J miles from the entrance.

480

CAPE nONAVIHTA TO CATK RACK.

Directions.— Joncliiy Hill, 810 foot h'\g\\, on tho north side of
tlio luirbor, boing tho liinhoHt hill on tho couHt, will holp to Kui<h'
tho striuiKor to Buy BuUh. With a fiiir wind tho conrHo in in iil)out
N. 74° W. (N. 40" W. nuig.), kooping tho north shoro uboiird iiftor
pnsHing tho rock iifT BroudchotJHO Point and unchorinK vvhon oon-
veniont, tho north Hide of tho harbor boing ahvayH tho bettor shol-
torod from tlie ground hwoU.

Witless Bay, whore there la a village and a large church, is 2
miles south of Bay Bulls, and too exposed to ])o recommended as
an anchorage, but if used for temporary purposes, the best bortii
is in 8 fathoms water, over sand, J mile above Boarcove Point, from
which a ledge of rocks, partly dry, extends i mile to tho SSW.

OuU Island, rocky and wooded, lies off tho mouth of Witless
Bay. It is 240 foot high, and stoop-to, but too small to afford any
shelter. Both this island and South Head of Bay Bulls have rod
cliffs.

Green Island lies i mile SE. of Witless Point. It is flat and
faced with cliff 140 feet high. In the direction of Witless Point
there are some dry slate ledges, and 100 yards southeastward of it
is Man-of-war Rock, witli (5 feet water on it.

Mobile Bay, SW. of Witless Point, is 1\ miles deep, but affords
no good anchorage.

Shoal water extends i mile from Witless Point, but there is a
fair channel between it and Green Island, with 6 fathoms water,
sand and rock. In running through this passage keep in mid-
channel, with South Head of Bay Bulls just shut in with Gull
Island, bearing N. 20" E. (N. 48° E. mag.).

Toad Cove, the next fishing station south of Mobile Bay, is pro-
tected by Fox, Spear, and Pebble Islands. Fishing craft anchor
here, but it is too exposed to be safe except in the fine weather of
summer.

Fox Rook, with 4 fathoms water on it, lies i mile N. 16° E. (N.
44° E. mag.) from the south point of Fox Island. The other islands
are steep- to.

Great Island lies 3 miles SSW. from Green Island. It is J mile
in length and i mile in breadth, 300 feet high, and may be dis-
tinguished from the neighboring islands by having three hills.
None of these islands is inhabited. Vessels may pass in safety
on either side of Great, Spear, or Pebble Islands,

Oape Neddick, 260 feet high, is a bluff headland 2^ miles SW.
from Great Island.

Offer Bock, with 6 fathoms water on it, lies li miles S. 16° E.
(S. 13° W. mag.) from the cape, and should be avoided in heavy
gales.

!■;.

OAI'K HUOVLK — KKRIlYLANt) MAimedl.

4tl

tho north hhIo of
vill ludp to Kui'l'-
courHt^ in in iibout
ihort) iilxdinl iit'tiT
;li<jriiig whon con-
ys tho bettor shel-

largo church, is i
a roconunon<h»d ii«
JOS, th»» host bortii
ircovo Point, from
le to tlio SSW.
mouth of Witless
mall to afford any
Iny Bulla havo rod

nt. It is flat and

of Witloss Point

jutheastward of it

8 deep, but affords

int, but there is a
I 6 fathoms water,
sage keep in mid-
shut in with Gull

ilobile Bay, is pro-
ihing craft anchor
the fine weather of

mile N. 16° E. (N.
The other islands

sland. It is | mile

1, and may be dis-

laving three hills.

lay pass in safety

Hand 2i miles SW.

li miles S. 16° E.
avoided in heavy

BrlgUB-by -South \h n bout harbor, a milo NW.of Uvl^m Iload.
Tb»>r«' Ih a church on its north Hidn, viHiblo from Hcuward.

(H. 0. Chnrt Ni>. tH8.)

Gape B.oyle, showing a front to th(> ciistwiiiwl i^ rnibtH in length,
JH a rtMiuirkiiblo vvooded h'Mulland rising abruptly from tho nva SftlJ
fci't lii;;li, nnil t'Mri/is the su\itli hcinl uf" Broylt* Harbor.

Old Harry Rock, with \i foct water on it, liiN J niilo 8. 7h° K.
(S. .'■»()' K. mug.) I'roin tlm North point of (>apH Mroylc, and \h
cleared by keeping Korryiand church open of Stone l8lan(l.s, bear-
ing S. t/r vv. (s. :r w. mag.).

Horse Rocka, with .'. fathoms on tliem, lie A milo N. I'i" R.
(S. 80" K. mug.), nearly, froni the north extrerno of the cap(t.

Broyle Harbor runs in W. by N. 4 miles botwooji Brigus Hoail
on the north und Capo Broyle on the south. It is li miles wi<le nt
tho ontranco, but is exposed to tlio sea to art'ord safe anchorago in
any woathor. Tho nstuil anchorag** is in Admirals Covo, in II
fathoms, mud; but above Carrier Point there is anchorage in 7
fathoms, mud, mon» sheUorod.

A church .Htands on the north side near tlu< head of tlio harbor.
The land is fertile, and cows, sheep, and goats aro kopt by tho
inhabitants. Water can bo obtained at tho waterfall in Spout
Cove.

Saturday Ledge, with G foot water on it, lies ^ milo above
Admirals Head. To avoid it, keep Brigus Head well open of Ad-
mirals Head, bearing N. 78° E. (S. 74° E. mag.).

Harbor Rook, with 12 feet on it, lies about i milo above Carrier
Point, and above where vessels usually anchor.

Tides. — It is high water in Broyle Harbor, full and change, at
7h. 30m. ; springs rises 6i feet, neaps rise 3i feet.

Oaplln Bay, on the south side of Cape Broyle, runs in WNW,
2 miles. It is clear of danger, the holding ground is good, but it is
open to the sea, like the other bays along this coast. The entrance
on either side of Goose Island is nearly i mile wide. Goose Island
is 70 feet high, steep-to, except on the NW. side, where 50 yards
off are two rocks that cover and uncover.

Stone Islands, under the south extreme of Capo Broyle, are steep-
to on the south.

The shoal ground, extending from Coldoast Point, westward of
Goose Island, is cleared by keeping Hares Ears open of Bois Island,
bearing S. 28° E. (South mag.).

Ferryland Harbor, i^ miles south of Cape Broyle, is small but
easy of access. The holding ground is good, and the anchorage is
secure except in strong easterly gales, when much swell enters the

482

CAPE B0NAVI8TA TO CAPE RACE.

harbor at high water, between the rocky islets extending from
Bois Island to Coldeast Point, which forms its north side.

Ferryland Head is 125 feet high, and joined to the mainland
by a narrow isthmus, which forms the south side of the harbor.
The entrance between Bois Island and Ferryland Head is only 200
yards broad, but inside the harbor widens to 400 yards. The best
anchorage is in 10 fathoms, sand and mud, on the line joining Cold-
east Point and Pool Beach, between two churches at tho head of
the Larbor.

Light— On Ferryland Head a cylindrical tower, 46 feet in
height and painted red, exhibits a fixed white light, at an eleva-
tion of 200 feet, which should be visible 16 miles. The keeper's
dwelling is painted white, with a red roof.

Communication.— The Coastal Steamship Company's steamers
from St. Johns call here fortnightly during summer and autumn.

Water.— Water is scarce in Ferryland, but can be obtained from

Caplin Bay.

Directions.— There being no dangers, except near the shore, on
either side, from off Ferryland Head, bring the south church at
the head of the harbor in the center of the passage between Ferry-
land Head and Bois Island, bearing N. 85° W. (N. 57° W. mag.),
and run in upon this bearing, and after passing the Narrows steer
a little northward, to avoid the shoal water off Pool Beach.

Ice.— Ferryland Harbor freezes at intervals, generally during
the first ten days of February, but sometimes only for one day,
but never if strong NW. winds are blowing. Winds between S W.
and SSE. break up the ice and clear the harbor. Drift ice some-
times remains as late as 20th June. NE. winds fill the harbor
with drift ice, which is cleared out directly there is a shift of wind
to SW. From a mean of twenty years' observations, northern ice
arrives about 23d February and leaves about 6th April. The har-
bors of Bay Bulls, Cape Broyle, Aquafort, Fermeuse, and Renewse
fill with ice and clear at about the same dates as Ferryland.

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Ferryland Harbor
at 7h. 20m. ; springs rise 5^ feet, neaps rise 3i feet.

Hares Ears, 50 feet high and steep-to, are two remarkably
sliaped slate rocks, separated from Ferryland Head by a narrow
boat channel. Burnshead Rock, with 15 feet water on it, lies 600
yards S. 64^ W. (N. 88° W. mag. ) from the south extreme of Hares

Ears, TT X.

Between Ferryland Head and the entrance to Aquafort Harbor
is Crow Island,, 70 feet high, and 200 yards ESE. of it is Crow
Rock, nearly dry at low water.

Aquafort Hai'bor, 2 miles WSW. from Hares Ears, is a little
more than 400 yards wide at the entrance, and runs in west 2^

m^ mar-iiMsm

3 extending from
lorth side,
d to the mainland
ide of the harbor,
d Head is only 200
yards. The best
line joining Cold-
3hes at the head of

tower, 46 feet in

light, at an eleva-

iles. The keeper's

!ompany's steamers
mmer and autumn,
m be obtained from

; near the shore, on
le south church at
age between Ferry-

(N. 57° W. mag.),
f the Narrows steer

Pool Beach.
s, generally during
IS only for one day,
Vinds between SW.
ar. Drift ice some-
nds fill the harbor
re is a shift of wind
ations, northern ice
ith April. The har-
meuse, and Renewse
as Ferryland.
n. Ferryland Harbor
feet.

ire two remarkably
i Head by a narrow
water on it, lies 600
th extreme of Hares

to Aquafort Harbor
ESE. of it is Crow

[ares Ears, is a little
lud runs in west 2^

AQUAFORT IIARUOR RENEWSE HARHOR.

483

}

miles between high steep hills. The anchorage is good, and vessels
may lie in perfect safety in 9 fathoms, mud, abreast of the small
and outer chapel on the north side. The water is generally smooth,
and but little sea swell finds its way up the harbor, except during
heavy easterly gales.

Spurwink Island, 40 feet high, at the south side of entrance, is
bold-to ; so also are the rocks off the North Head. Except a small
rock lying 120 yards from the north shore, abreast of the Roman
Catholic chapel, there are no dangers in the harbor. Above the
beach at the harbor head there is a small deep pool, useful for
careening and where fishing craft winter. The land is fertile and
well wooded ; salmon and trout abound in the two rivers which
run into it ; water can be obtained easily.

Aquafort Rocks. — At 400 yards north from Bald Head are
Aquafort Rocks, awash at high spring tides; and at 400 yards
about SSW. from the same head are Clearcove Rocks, also awash
at high water.

Fermeuse Harbor. — At about 3$ miles SSW. from Ferryland
Head is Fermeuse Harbor. It is 400 yards wide at the entrance
and runs in WNW. 2^ miles. This harbor is a favorite fishing
station, and is more frequented than Aquafort, being less land-
locked and the anchorage more convenient.

Anchorag^e. — The principal settlement is in Admirals Cove, on
the north side. Fishing vessels generally anchor in this cove on
account of its being close to the open sea, but there is more roomy
anchorage in Kingman Cove, one mile farther in on the south
shore; but the safest anchorage is above Sheep Head, in 6 fathoms
water, over mud.

Dangers. — Mad Rock, with 4 feet water on it, lies 100 yards from
the south side of the entrance, and is cleared by keeping Blow-me-
down Head, on the south shore of the harbor, open of Traces Point,
bearing N. 74° W. (N. 46° W. mag.).

Bar Shoal is of rock, with 9 feet water on it, and lies 450 yards
east of Sheep Head, at the head of the harbor.

Water can be obtained at various places on either shore.

Rocks. — At about a mile southward of Southern Head of Fer-
meuse Harbor, off Bearcove Point, is a rock, 200 yards from the
shore, with 3 fathoms water on it; and nearly f mile N. 40° E.
(N. 68° E. mag.) from Sculpin Point, on the north side of entrance
to Renewse Harbor, is Sunker Rock, with 4 feet on it.

Renewse Harbor runs in 2 miles NW. from Renewse Head, the
south point of entrance ; it is exposed to the sea and offers very
indifferent anchorage, even to small vessels. Nevertheless, its con-
venient position with regard to the fishing ground renders it a
resort during the summer season. It has many dangerous rocks,

;:-s*^fs:

T^T'-

missfff' : ><jy:g?%| ^S 'j[ ^j < P ; ^»i iy M B^wsg-'pg^y ■

484

CAPE B0NAVI8TA TO CAPE RACE.

which should be carefully avoided, and in bad weather the whole
harbor is a mass of breakers. The village, with its church, is on
the NE. side and about a mile from Renewse Head, but is not seen
from seaward.

The best anchorage is off the village, in 4 fathoms water, 300
yards WNW. of Anchor Rock. Above this the water becomes
shoal and the bottom strewed with bowlders, leaving only a nar-
row channel, with 3 feet water, to a small pool near the head of
the harbor, where fishing craft careen and winter.

Dangers.— Kettlebottom Rock, with 6 feet water on it, lies at
the entrance of the harbor, about i mile S. by E. of Northern
Heo.d. Sculpiu Shoal, with 3 fathoms water on it, lies E. by S.
from Northern Head, and about 350 yards from the nearest shore.
Whaleback Rock, awash at low water, lies about iJOO yards south
from Northern Head. In mid-channel, i mile within the entrance,
is Stag Rock, 9 feet high, and White Horse Shoal, with 6 feet
water over it, lies 300 yards WNW. from Stag Rock. Black Horse,
with 12 feet, lies just NW. of White Horse.

Shoal.— A shoal, with a depth of 12 feet over it, lies nearly 200
yards SSW. from Anchor Rock, and nearly in the middle of the
apparent channel to the anchorage.

Rock.— There is also a rock, with 5 fathoms water, 400 yards
SE. by E. from Shag Rock.

Directions.— Renewse Head rises from slate cliffs in two wooded
hummocks to the height of 200 feet, and is steep-to. Open the
harbor and run in about N. 74° W. (N. 46° W. mag.), so as to pass
about 200 yards from Renewse Head; then keep along the SW.
shore until past Shag and Anchor Rocks and White Horse Shoal,
and anchor in 4 fathoms, sand. Water can be obtained from a
brook in the village.

(H. O. Chart No. 1102.)

Bantam Banks. — At about 4 miles from the coast, between
Fermeuse Harbor and Burnt Point, SW. of Renewse Harbor, are
Bantam Fishing Banks ; they extend about 5 miles NNE. and SSW.,
and are not more than i mile wide, having irregular soundings
from 9 to 30 fathoms water over rock. The northern bank, called
Fermeuse Bantam, lies 2^ miles S. 74° E. (S. 46° E. mag.) from
Bearcove Point, and about li miles from the southern banks.

Caution.— With the above exceptions,, all along the coast from
St. Johns Harbor to Cape Ballard the soundings are deep, so that
90 fathoms are found at 6 miles from the land, and often 30 fathoms
within i mile of the rocks. On this account the lead is not a sure
guide. Nevertheless, in approaching the land in a fog, speed
should be frequently slackened and soundings taken, which, if

CE.

weather the whole
h its church, is on
ead, but is not seen

'athoms water, 300
the water becomes
leaving only a nar-
ol near the head of
ter.

; water on it, lies at
by E. of Northern
on it, lies E. by S.
Q the nearest shore.
)ut JJOO yards south
[vithin the entrance,
Shoal, with 6 feet
lock. Black Horse,

ir it, lies nearly 200
n the middle of the

ns water, 400 yards

cliflEs in two wooded
steep-to. Open the
, mag.), so as to pass
keep along the SW.
White Horse Shoal,
be obtained from a

the coast, between
lenewse Harbor, are
lies NNE. and SSW.,
irregular soundings
orthern bank, called
i. 46° E. mag.) from
southern banks,
ilong the coast from
ags are deep, so that
and often 30 fathoms
she lead is not a sure
md in a fog, speed
igs taken, which, if

RKNEW8E HEAD — CAPE RACE.

485

carefully compared with the chart, will give some approximation
of the vessel's position and prevent disaster.

During SW. and light SE. winds, often when near the coast,
especially under the lee of a point, a vessel will suddenly emerge
from the fog and every feature of the land will be distinctly visible.

Coast. — The coast from Renew^e Head to Cape Ballard trends
S. by W. 7i miles, is comparatively low, and can be approached
to a moderate distance. The hills retreat from the shore and rise
700 feet high.

Renewse Islet. — A low rock, called Renewse Islet, lies about J
mile south of Renewse Head, and separated from the land by a
narrow boat channel.

Renewse Rocks lie about 3 miles S. 15° E. (S. 13° W. mag.)
from Renewse Head and 1^ miles from the shore. They are always
from 6 to 10 feet above water, and a rock, with 6 feet water on it,
lies 100 yards E. by S. of them. In bad weather tlie sea breaks over
them heavily. Vessels may go between them and the shore in fine
weather, but in heavy weather it is not safe to do so. Cape Race
Lighthouse open south of Cape Ballard, bearing S. 34° W. (S. 62°
W. mag.), leads about a mile east of Renewse Rocks.

Cape Ballard rises abruptly from the sea 290 feet high, with a
bare round summit. It is the more remarkable because on each
side of the cape the land falls, and even in fogs the fishermen
recognize this cape by the fog hanging black and dense round its
sides. The water is deep close to it.

Chance Cove Head, about 2 miles SW. by S. from Cape Bal-
lard, is of dark slate cliffs, 150 feet high.

Black Rocks, 15 feet above high water, lie a mile southwest-
ward of the head, and in front of Chance Cove.

Chance Cove is exposed to the sea, and has a gravel beach at
its head. During NE. winds coasting vessels anchor here, in 4
fathoms, sand. On the NW. side of the cove there is a small fish-
ing settlement. Their boats and fishing stages are protected by a
shoal of sand and stones, upon which the sea breaks.

Frenchman Cove, SW. of Chance Cove, is rocky.

Clam Cove, nearly 4 miles N. by E. of Cape Race, is the outlet
of a shallow stream. In ordinary weather boats can land here
safely. Between this cove and Cape Race the coast is cliffy and
broken, with here and there a small cove where a boat might land
in favorable weather.

Cape Race is the southeastern extremity of Newfoundland. It
is 9i miles SW. by S. from Cape Ballard, and is distinguished by
a lighthouse standing close to the keeper's dwelling, with a beacon
in front. At its extremity there is a detached wedge-shaped rock,
40 feet high.

fj^a^l^.^l-i^'pT^i.'n.?-'*;--'

486

CAPE BONAVISTA TO CAPE RACE.

Tlie land about the cape appears low and flat, in comparison with
Cape Ballard or Cape Pine, but cliffs of slate, from 100 to 200 feet
high, face the sea there in nearly vertical strata. The land rises
gradually, and in clear weather there will be seen between 10 and
12 miles to the NE. a rocky range known as the Red Hills, rising
710 feet high.

Cape Race is bare of trees, and has a brown, desolate, and barren
appearance ; but in sheltered hollows and along the courses of the
rivulets there is a stunted growth of spruce, fir, and alder. The
rocks are of the Silurian system, and are thinly covered with peat
and bog.

Boats may land in moderate weather in coves east and west of
the lighthouse, but the ordinary landing is in Cape Cove, about
i mile NE.

Light. — The lighthouse on Cape Race is 40 feet high, circular,
the SE. face painted red and white in broad vertical stripes, and
shows, at the height of 180 feet above the sea, a revolving white
light, attaining its greatest brilliancy every half minute, and visi-
ble from seaward in clear weather, between the bearings of N. 38°
E. (N. 60° E. mag.) and S. 38° W. (S. 66° W. mag.), 19 miles.

Beacon.— A conical beacon stands 50 yards S. 31° E. (S. 3° E.
mag.) from the lighthouse.

Fog Signial. — In thick or foggy weather a whistle, about 83
yards SE. by S. of the lighthouse, will sound blasts of ten seconds
duration at intervals of fifty seconds. It has been heard from a
distance of 7 miles.

Signal and Ice-reporting Station. — Cape Race is connected
by telegraph with St. Johns, to which place vessels passing are
reported. It is also an ice-reporting station. Information as to
ice, wind, temperature, and weather indications can be obtained
during the months of April and May by communicating with the
signal station. A Lloyds station also here.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Cape Race at 7h. ;
springs rise 6^ feet, neaps rise 5 feet.

Caution. — Currents. — As fogs are exceedingly prevalent along
the South coast of Newfoundland, especially during the months of
June and July, it is necessary that the ordinary set of currents
and dangerous indraught into the deep bays should be known and
guarded against.

Soundings. — When in the vicinity of Capes Race and Pine, care
should be taken to obtain frequent casts of the lead ; the soundings
will be found regular and of moderate depth, and, in addition to
these precautions, the chart should be referred to.

Ice. — It should be remembered that icebergs may be met with off
this coast at nearly all seasons. In March, April, May, June, and

n comparison with
om 100 to 200 feet
I. The land rises
m between 10 and
Red Hills, rising

isolate, and barren
the courses of the
•, and alder. The
covered with peat

3 east and west of
Cape Cove, about

Bet high, circular,
rtical stripes, and
a revolving white
■ minute, and visi-
bearings of N. 38°
^,), 19 miles.
S. 31° E. (S. 3° E.

whistle, about 83
ists of ten seconds
»een heard from a

Race is connected
Bssels passing are
Information as to
I can be obtained
micating with the

Cape Race at 7h. ;

ly prevalent along
ing the months of
ry set of currents
luld be known and

lace and Pine, care
ad ; the soundings
md, in addition to

lay be met with off
il, May, June, and

BALLAKO BANK.

487

sometimes July, field ice is often encountered, either on the banks
or nearer to Newfoundland.

From twenty years' observations the earliest arrival of northern
ice recorded at Cape Race is 17th January, and the latest 12th April,
the average date being about the first week in February. The
departure of ice varies from 25th February to 7th June, the aver-
age time being about the middle of April.

Ballard Bank lies parallel to the coast about 7 miles eastward
of Cape Race. It is 13i miles in length, with a greatest breadth of
4i miles.

During heavy winter gales the sea breaks on the NE. portion of
this bank, and probably also on the whole of the 7 and 8 fathom
patches near the cape.

Garrett Rock, with 8 fathoms water over it, the least depth
known on Ballard Bank, is small, and lies a little more than 9 miles
N. 82° E. (S. 70° E. mag.) from Cape Race Lighthouse.

Tommy Rock lies at the north extreme of Ballard Bank. It is
small in extent, and has a depth of 9 fathoms over it.

CHAPTER X.

COAST OF LABRADOR— CAPE ST. LEWIS TO GRAND POINT AND
THE STRAIT OF BELLE ISLE.

Fishing Grounds.— New fishing grounds, with depths from
about 100 fathoms to about 200 fathoms, were discovered in 1895
to the eastward and northeastward of Newfoundland. They have
been fished on during the past three years by Gloucester fishermen.

Approximately these limits are between 48° and 65° north lati-
tude and 49° and 56° west longitude. (See Fisherman's Supple-
ment to H. O. Chart No. 1412.)

(H. O. Charts Nos. 809 and 924. )

The Coast of Labrador from Cape St. Lewis (in latitude 52°
21' 15" N., longitude 55° 38' 30" W.) to York Point, a distance of
nearly 30 miles in a SW. direction, is composed of bare granitic
hills, which, excepting in the vicinity of Chateau Bay, do not exceed
the height of 700 feet above the level of the sea, but appear much
higher, because they usually rise abruptly from that level. Several
of the bays and inlets are large, with bold shores and very deep
water. Neither the islands nor the dangers of this coast are so
numerous as to render navigation intricate or difficult ; but the fre-
quent fogs, the heavy easterly swell rolled in from the Atlantic,
and the icebergs, which are almost always drifting along with the
current from the northward, all contribute in making the condi-
tion of the coast hazardous to vessels.

Fisheries. — There are only a few permanent inhabitants, but cod
fishing is carried on extensively by the inhabitants of Newfound-
land, who bring their families for the season, and have huts and
fishing stages at almost every bay, cove, and harbor. The princi-
pal fishing stations are at Battle and St. Charles Harbors. The
fishing is carried on in small brigs and schooners, generally of from
30 to 100 tons, and in boats. The vessels return to Newfoundland,
and only a very few persons are left, who winter up the bays of the
mainland, to hunt for furs and to be ready for the seal fishing at
the breaking up of the ice in spring. The boats are hauled up on
the rocks, or taken into coves of the mainland, where they are
covered over with spruce branches .ivd are thus secured for the
winter.

The Climate on this coast is extremely severe, the mean temper-
ature of the year being below the freezing point. At Chateau Bay,

(488)

w^m

lAND POINT AND

vith depths from
liscovered in 1895
Hand. They have
lucester fishermen,
md 65° north lati-
shermaii's Supple-

is (in latitude 52°
)int, a distance of
id of bare granitic
Bay, do not exceed
but appear much
bat level. Several
res and very deep
I this coast are so
Bcult ; but the f re-
Tom the Atlantic,
ing along with the
making the condi-

ihabitants, but cod
mts of Newfound-
,nd have huts and
trbor. The princi-
•les Harbors. The
, generally of from
to Newfoundland,
up the bays of the
the seal fishing at
8 are hauled up on
d, where they are
us secured for the

, the mean temper-
At Chateau Bay,

CAPE 8T. LEWIS — ST. LEWIS SOUND.

489

about the last of July the earliest plants are just springing up,
and grass only just beginning to give a shade of green in sheltered
spots between the hills. The temperature of the sea outside the
bay at this time is about 32°, and the air 43° Fahrenlioit in the
warmest period of the day. The fishermen, however, report that
it is much more cold about Chateau Bay and the north side of the
Atlantic entrance of the Strait of Belle Isle than farther to the
northward, and also that fogs are of more frequent occurrence. It
would seem that this low temperature is common to the entrance
of narrow straits, for not only is the surface of the sea colder here
than elsewhere in the neighborhood, but also at Mingan, Point de
Monts, and Bic, on the St. Lawrence River ; and tlie low tempera-
ture of the air obviously depends upon that of the sea, for on
proceeding only a very few miles up the bays the increase of
temperature is immediately perceived.

(B. A. Chart No. 188.)

Cape St. Lewis is of precipitous and dark-red granitic hills,
about 500 feet high. At its southeastern extremity there is a small
rocky peninsula; and nearly a mile NE. of this lies St. Lewis
Rock, small, low, black, and close to the shore, with deep water at
a distance of 400 yards.

The highest land over Cape St. Lewis has two summits, and
falls abruptly to Fox Harbor and is partly wooded.

St. Lewis Sound, open to the eastward, is more than 4 miles
wide at the entrance, between Cape St. Lewis and Great Island ;
this island is SSE. from the south extremity of the cape. The
sound, from its entrance to Mary Harbor Head at the entrance of
St. Lewis Inlet, is 8 miles deep in a west direction. Its northern
shores are formed by the mainland, and the southern by Battle,
Great Caribou, and several other islands, for about 5 miles in,
after which the mainland is on both sides.

A very heavy sea occasionally rolls from the eastward into St.
Lewis Sound, even as far up as the entrance of the inlet, round
the islands, and up the bays of the mainland to the westward of
them, often coming in without wind and breaking with fury over
islets 30 feet high. The roar of the surf in a calm night can be
compared to nothing less than the falls of Niagara. This high
and long rolling sea is, however, far less dangerous to boats and
impedes them less than the short breaking sea of the Gulf of St.
Lawrence. It is an annoyance by preventing landing, but in other
respects is of use by discovering shoals, for during its continuance
there is no danger with less than 4 fathoms which has not a
breaker upon it. Boats should, however, be on their guard on
such occasions, for on some of these shoals the sea does not break

490

CAI'K ST. LKWI8 TO ORAND POINT.

constantly, but only occasionally, when it breaks in a sheet of
foam, which would swamp any boat that might be over the spot
at the time.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in St. Lewis Sound
at Gh. 40m; springs rise 3^^ feet, neaps rise one foot.

Fox Harbor, l J miles westward of the south extremity of Cai)e
St. Lewis, is a cove of the mainland, running in nearly a mile to
NE., and forming quite a secure anchorage in from 5 to 8 fathoms,
over mud bottom. The entrance of this harbor is only about 200
yards wide, with a depth of 3 fathoms, b\it the harbor is more
tluin twice as wide within. The east entrance point is low, with
several houses of the fishermen upon it, and there is a small rock
above water close off it to the northwestward, and joined to it by
shoal water.

A large bank, with a least depth of 5^ fathoms water, lies south-
westward of the entrance to Fox Harbor, from which it is i mile
distant.

Water may be had in Fox Hai'bor from streamlets and ponds,
but wood is very scarce.

Directions. — No other directions for Fox Harbor are necessary
than for a vessel to sail in to the northwestward, close past the
point on which the houses stand, and then, leaving an unsheltered
bay running to the north on the port hand, haul round the rock
above water to the eastward into the harbor. In order to pass in
the deepest water the rock should not be left more than 100 yards
on the starboard hand, for there is a reef, partly above water, off
the south extreme of the point, which separates the harbor from
the unsheltered- bay to the westward of it, and forms the west side
of the entrance. The best berth to anchor in is about 600 yards
within the entrance.

Port Marnham is formed by Maruham Island, which is narrow,
of considerable height, and about 1^ miles long. The eastern
entrance, between the east end of this island and the main, is
narrow and only fit for boats. The principal entrance, which is 5
miles W. ^ N. of Cape St. Lewis, is between the west extreme of
the island and Deer Point, 800 yards wide, with a depth of from
19 to 31 fathoms in the middle and bold to the rocks on either side.
The harbor to the northward of the island is of the same breadth,
extensive enough for a large number of vessels, and quite land-
locked. The best anchorage is off a small creek on the north shore,
in 9 fathoms, mud; but shelter will be found anywhere in 13 to 18
fathoms, mud. The water runs shoal off Danger Point, the middle
of the north side of the harbor, for 300 yards.

Shoal. — A shoal, with 13 feet water on it, lies ^ mile SSE. of
the boat channel into Port Marnham and 300 yards off shore.

iiks ill a .sheet of
t be over the spot

St. Lewis Sound
jot.

extremity of Cape
n nearly a mile to
3m 5 to 8 fathoms,
• is only about 200
le harbor is more
point is low, with
are is a small rock
nd joined to it by

; water, lies south-
which it is i mile

imlets and ponds,

rbor are necessary
.rd, close past the
ug an unsheltered
il round the rock
[n order to pass in
)re than 100 yards
y above water, off
s the harbor from
jrms the west side
s about 600 yards

., which is narrow,
>ng. The eastern
and the main, is
trance, which is 5
.e west extreme of
h a depth of from
cks on either side,
the same breadth,
s, and quite land-
in the north shore,
y where in 13 to 18
■ Point, the middle

ies i mile SSE, of
rds off shore.

LONO lIAUHOIt — ST. LKWIS INLKT.

Water may be obtainud from small stroanis of water or jHtmls
of rain water in various parts near the slioros; and there are a few
small trees up the NW, cove, but firewood is h'"vrco.

Long Harbor is ininiediutely to the south ' the entrance of
Port Marnliuui; Deer Point, which is the west point of entrance
of the latter, being also the north point of entrance of tlut former.
Bay Point, the soutli point of entrance of Long Harbor, of green
feldspar, is 1^ miles SE. J S. from Door Point, and having oil" it,
at the distance of ^ niilo, Shag Rocks, G feet high. The harbor
runs in 4^ miles W. A N., and is about ^ mile wide, with deep water.
There is good anchorage near its head, but it is completely open
to wind and sea from the east, and is not a safe place for vessels.

River Islands are a group lying at the entrance of St. Lewis
Inlet, and consist of Captain Jack Island, Duck Island, and An-
thony Isles. The former and westernmost is separated from Mary
Harbor Head by a deep and clear channel 800 yards wide, and from
Duck Island to the eastward by an unnavigable channel of the
same breadth, but full of rocks above water. Both these islands
are of bare granite, 150 feet in height, and they are each about 3
miles in circumference. Around and off the NE. end of Duck
Island there are several small and bare islets, the two easternmost
of which are Anthony Isles. A chain of rocks, the shoalest of
which has a depth of 2 feet water on it, extends i mile southeast-
ward of the NE. extreme of Duck Island, and a shoal with 3i fath-
oms water over it lies 80u yards farther in the same direction, from
which the western of Anthony Islands is 1,200 yards N. 4° E. (N.
39° E. mag.). To the westward of River Islands, and between them
and the main, it is possible to anchor, but the depth of water is
great, exceeding 30 fathoms, over mud bottom, except when close
to the islands, and, as considerable swell often rolls in, the riding
is insecure.

Banks. — Several banks, among which are those known as Eskimo,
Northern, and Monday Banks, with Blake Ground, lie in the en-
trance to St. Lewis Sound, having over them depths of from 10 to
17 fathoms water. Those with 14 fathoms water and less are
reported to bi*eak in winter gales.

St. Lewis Inlet is nearly a mile wide at the entrance and becomes
wider within. There are bays with several small islands in them
on the south side of the inlet, but no good anchorage, on account
of the great depth of water and exposure to easterly winds, until
as far in as Black Fly Island, which is the first in the center of the
inlet, 9 miles from the entrance. The depth of water often exceeds
30 fathoms in the center of the inlet and is nearly 20 fathoms close
to the shores on either side. The bottom is everywhere of mud,
and there are no dangers in the way excepting a small rocky shoal

14010 32

402

OAPK 8T. LKWIS V<» <»KANI) POIXT.

2 miles holow Bliu^k Fly Island, whi(!h, beiiiK always abovo water,
will roadily bo aeon, and must bo left on the port hand in running
up th(' inlet.

Black Fly Island is about i mile long, partially wooded, and
surrounded with bowlders, wliich extend from it (iOO yards down
the inlet, an<l also from the north point of the island across to the
main, so as to leave only one navigable channel, which is to the
south westward of the island. There is good anchorage under the
west side of this island, in from 6 to 9 fathoms, over a bottom of
mud and stones; and wood and water may be had in almndance.

Tlie navigation becomes intricate immediately above this island,
but it is, nevertheless, possible to take a vessel not drawing over 18
feet 5| miles farther up, where the navigation for vessels is termi-
nated by a flat of sand and bowlders, nearly dry at low water, and
extending across the inlet off the mouth of St. Lewis River. A
mile below Black Fly Island the inlet is only i mile wide, and it
contracts again to the same breadth immediately above the island.
Farther up it expands to moro than a mile wide, and in this wide
space. If miles above Black Fly Inland, lies Wood Island, which
is nearly a mile long and GOO yards broad. This island is also
surrounded with bowlders, leaving a very narrow channel with 2
fathoms water between it and the mainland to the south, but the
channel northward of the island is rather wider, and has from 3
to 14 fathoms water in it. This island is thickly wooded, and so
are the shores on either side, with spruce and birch, which supply
timber large enough f o • building schooners and boats; water is
abundant.

The trees increase in number and size from the entrance to the
head of the inlet, where the climate is quite different from what it
is on the coast, where the sea is often at the freezing point, and
the temperature of the air is not much higher at times, even in the
warmest summer months. At the head of the inlet the weather is
sometimes inconveniently warm, with westerly winds, and mos-
quitoes and black flies innumerable. The fishermen from New-
foundland obtain the wood necessary for fishing stages, etc., from
this inlet, and sometimes build boats there. The scenery is beau-
tiful, the granitic hills rising occasionally, on either side of the inlet,
to the height of 700 or 800 feet above the sea. There are high
clay cliffs at the mouth of St. Lewis River, at the head of the inlet.
There is not water enough for boats over the flats of sand and
bowlders at the entrance of this river, and it has not, in conse-
quence, been examined. The water, however, is still quite salt off
its mouth, so that it is probably, as fishermen report, but a small
stream. There was a great salmon fishery carried on here several
years ago, but it is said to have completely failed.

fT.

HA'ITLK ISLANDS — HATTLK

vays a))ov(i water,
t liaiid in runninfj:

ially wooded, and
t (JOO yards down
iland across to the
I, wliich is to the
chorago under the
, over a bottom of
d in abundance,
above this island,
it drawing over 18
)r vessels is termi-
' at low water, and
. Lewis River. A
mile wide, and it
Y above the island.
3, and in this wide
'ood Island, which
rhis island is also
)w channel with 2
the south, but the
r, and has from 3
dy wooded, and so
rch, which supply
id boats ; water is

he entrance to the
erent from what it
reezing point, and

times, even in the
nlet the weather is

winds, and mos-
.ermen from New-
: stages, etc., from
le scenery is beau-
ler side of the inlet.
There are high
e head of the inlet.

flats of sand and

has not, in conse-
s still quite salt off
report, but a small
led on here several
ed.

Battle Islands form tlie south point of St. Lewfi 0<>tir>^
Double Island, 13(» fuot high, is tho eustorumost land on thi- p.
of tho coast, and lios about oiio mih) to the southtiastward i
rest of Battle Islands, sliowing as the extromo both from tliu ,s ^ ,
and NE. Great Ishvnd, 158 feet high, will bo readily known, not
only from boing tho northernmost of those islands, hut also from
its high and black precipitous rocks, with horizontal white streaks
seaward and a large white patch on the west side, rondoring it
unlike any of the others. It is nearly round, about ^ mile in
diameter, and surmounted by a flagstaff.

The eastern shores of Battle Islands are fronted with shoals, but
the whole may bo cleared by keeping the NE. extreme of Double
Island open east of Gull Island, bearing S. 33° E. (S. 2° W. mag.)
until Caribou Point is open north of Great Island, S. 68° W. (N.
77° W. mag.).

North and South Ribb are two ridges of rocks, each about 400
yards in diameter, on which the sea always breaks. They are
about ^ mile apart in a NNW. and SSE. direction from each
other. The southern reef lies f mile N. 17° E. (N. 62° E. mag.)
from Gull Island.

Strangers should not attempt to run between these reefs and
Battle Islands on their passage to and from St. Lewis Sound, but
should pass eastward of the reefs.

Middle Bibb, a shoal with 14 feet water on it, lies midway
between North and South Ribbs.

Battle Harbor, between Battle Islands and the NE. extreme of
Great Caribou Island, is only suitable for small vessels, being
about 60 yards wide in the entrance, about 160 yards wide within,
about i mile long, and with from 4 to 6 fathoms water in it, over
mud bottom. It is generally crowded with the vessels and boats
of fishermen, which moor to the rocks on either side, and the
shores are covered with their houses and fishing stages. There is
a good house and store on Battle Island, with a high flagstaff,
which can be readily seen from seaward. This place is much
frequented, and has a church with a small spire.

The southern entrance is only suitable for boats. Vessels must
therefore approach this harbor from the northward, passing west-
ward of Great Island, and the other islands lying between it and
Battle Island, which will be distinguished by the high flagstaff
already mentioned.

When proceeding southward, close past Great Island, two small
and round islets, about 100 yards in diameter, will be seen, the
southernmost of them being in the entrance of the harbor. They
are S. 35° E. (South mag.) from the west side of Great Island, at
distances of about ^ and f mile, respectively, are the only dangers

494

CAVE HT. t,K\VIS TO (JHANP 1'OTNT.

in tliH way when eiituriug, and, btiiiig (luito hold, may bo cloHoly
pasHod on oitlier wide. JuHt to tho woHtward of Battlo Harbor, in
CJn-at Caribou Island, thoro aro two coves, with hutH and fiHhing
stagt's, but thtw should not be inistakon for those in Battlu Har-
bor, aftor tho description which has boon givon.

Battlo Harbor is roporto<l to bo socuro during tho summer
months; but in autumn a hoavy gro ind swell, termed tho "under-
tow" by tishormen, is said to roll in between the islands, causing
damage to vessels and fishing stagey and rendering the harbor
unsafe.

Oommunioation. — A steamer of the Newfoundland Coastal
Steamship Company runs between St. Johns and Battle Harbor
fortnightly during summer and autumn, and connects with the
Labrador steamer to Nain.
Ooal.--A small quantity of coal (ab(»ut 20 tons) may bo obtainod.
Hospital. — There is a good hospital at Battle Harbor.
Oaution. — During the herring season groat caution should be
used by steamers to avoid fouling their screws in the nets.

Ice. — From the moan of seven years' observations (omitting the
year 1878, when the harbor was frozen unusually late and open
unusually early), Battlo Harbor is generally frozen about 13th
December and open 10th May. The mean epoch of the arrival of
northern ice is 3l8t December, and drift ice appears during Febru-
ary or March, the coast being clear about the middle of April,
except in an abnormal season, when it has remained as late as
6th June.

Qreat Caribou Island forms the east side of Caribou Channel,
leading to Assizes Harbor. Black Head, the western extreme,
falls steeply to the sea from an elevation of 200 feet, and slopes
gradually on the north side to a marsh, a few feet above high
water, which extends from Sand Cove on the west to Cartridge
Bight on the east side.

A shoal bank extends from the north side of Black Head, across
Sand Cove, to a distance 300 yards from the shore, with depths over
it of less than 3 fathoms ; and a rock, with 2 feet water over it, on
the southern part, at 200 yards from the nearest shore.

There is a narrow channel, with a depth of 3^ fathoms in it,
between this bank and the ledge off Little Caribou Island, but no
marks could be found to lead through it.

A rock, with 15 feet water over it, lies 300 yards northwestward
of this bank, and imile S. 11° E. (S. 24° W. mag.) from the south
extreme of Indian Island. A small shoal, with a depth of 4^
fathoms, lies 265 yards south from the same extreme.

Indian Island, joined at low water to the middle of the west
side of Great Caribou Island by a bank of gravel, connecting it

NT.

MOUhK ISLAND — HAKE ISLAND,

405

1(1, may be cloHely

Biiftlo Harbor, in

1 huts luul fiHliing

loHo ill Buttlu Har-

iring tlio summer
ormod the "undor-
le iulaiulH, cuUHing
(Icring the harbor

foundlaiid Coastal
iiid Battle Harbor
connects with the

3) may ))o obtained.
) Harbor.

caution should be
in the nets.
,tions (omitting the
ually late and open
frozen about 13th
;li of the arrival of
•ears during Febru-
middle of April,
emained as late as

•f Caribou Channel,

western extreme,

200 feet, and slopes

w feet above high

west to Cartridge

Black Head, across
re, with depths over
et water over it, on
it shore.

if 3i fathoms in it,
ibou Island, but no

ards northwestward

ag.) from the south

ith a depth of 4^

:treme.

middle of the west

ravel, connecting it

mid several low islets, is 78 foet high, generally Hat, and covered
with turf over reddish-gray rock.

Indian Oove, the sliallow (duimicl Ijetwein Indian Island and
(treat Caribou Ishmd, alTords good slielter for fisliiiig cnift us tar
south as tim first luirrows, beyond which only small bouts can pro-
(^eed. NimiorouH houses aiul fishing stages line this cove.

Mouse Island, a sniall white rook, U feet high, i mile north-
ward of Indian Island, is separated from Grtiat Caribou Island by
tt narrow channel w ith !» feet water in it. A rock, with (i feet
water over it, lies close to the NW. extreme of Mouse Island.

Oaribou Point, the NW. extreme of Great Caribou Island, rises
to a circular mound, 130 feet above high wuLor. The north extreme
of the point may be recognized by the striped appearance, caused
by an alternation of black and white terraces of rock in vertical
stratification.

Assizes Island forms the western side of the northern entrance
to Oaribou Channel and tlio NW. shore of Assizes Harbor. Noir
the center is a hill 280 feet high, generally flat at the summit, with
a few small elevations, falling steeply to Nimrod Tickle on the
NW. and Assizes Harbor on the east side. It is partly covered
with turf and small wood, and the underlying rock, when visible,
is white in color.

The Rags, a cluster of rocks, the highest of which is p feet above
high water, lie close to the north extreme of Assizes Island, but
have no danger beyond a short distance from them.

The east shore of Assizes Island is indented by deep fissui'es, and
fringed by a bank, the northern portion of which, having 7i fathoms
water over it, is known as Parsons Ground.

A bank, with 9 fathoms water over it, lies 1,300 yards N. 79° E.
(S. 66° E. mag.) from The Rags and 870 yards from the nearest part
of Assizes Island.

The small bay southward of Assizes Island, and between it and
Hare Island, has less depths than heretofore charted, there being
2 and 3 fathoms water where 6 to 10 fathoms are shown. It is also
stated by local fishermen that the space between Dumpling Island
and the mainland has likewise shoaled.

Oopper Island forms the NE. side of Assizes Harbor, and is
wedge-shaped, the summit, 137 feet high, being near the NW. ex-
treme. The north side is steep and in some parts cliffy. Near
the SE. extreme of the western shore there is a small graen sward.
A small islet 15 feet high lies close to the SE. extreme of Copper
Island, and a rock about 5 feet high joins the south extreme of
this islet.

Hare Island has a flat-topped hill 192 feet high near the NW.
extreme, and a peaked hill 155 feet high near the east extreme, and

■ arnwi '■

496

CAPE ST. LEWIS TO GBAND POINT.

is separated from Assizes Island by a channel 65 yards wide, which
is encumbered with rocks and should not be used.

On the west side of Hare Island there is a rock with less than 6
feet water over it, and there is a shoal, on which the depth is 4^
fathoms, about 200 yards westward of the rock. The whole space
between Hare and Assizes Islands, being encumbered with foul
ground, should not be entered.

Assizes Bock, with 4 feet water on it, iii the shoalest part of a
bank, 335 yards in a north and south direction and nearly 200
yards wide, situated 200 yards westward of the west extreme of
Indian Island. The eastern summit of Tilcey Island (near the
east extreme) in line with the east extreme of Little Caribou
Island, bearing about S. 35° E. (South mag.), leads SW., and Cape
St. Lewis open east of Caribou Point, bearing N. 12° E. (N. 47° E.
mag.), leads west of this rock and nearly over Mid Rock.

A shoal, with 4| fathoms water over it, lies 150 yards westward
of the NW. extreme of Indian Island.

Mid Rock, with 8 feet water on it, is 400 yards N. 13° W. (N.
22° E. mag.) from the NW. extreme of Indian Island. Little
Caribou Island entirely open west of Indian Island, bearing S. 25°
E. (S. 10° W. mag.), leads west, and the SE. summit of Hare
Island in line with the east extreme of the islet SE. of Copper
Island, S. 3*° W. (S. 69° W. mag.), leads NW. of this rock.

Assizes Harbor, comprised between Assizes, Copper, and Hare
Islands, is entered from the northward between Assizes and Cop-
per Islands, and from the southeastward between Copper and Hare
Islands. The harbor trends WNW. for 700 yards between the
latter islands, with a breadth of 4f>0 yards, and then turns sharply
to the westward for 650 yards, between Assizes and Hare Islands,
where it is 400 yards wide at the eastern part. There are a few
houses on a promontory about 20 feet high at the head of the
harbor.

The entrance to the harbor is encumbered with shoals, and these
have been further increased by ballast thrown overboard from
vessels at anchor in the western part. Those off the north coast
of Hare Island have depths over them of from 10 to 15 feet water,
and are nearly 200 yards from the shore. The north extreme of
Indian Island in line with the south extreme of the islet southeast-
ward of Copper Island, bearing S. 84° E. (S. 49° E. mag.), leads
north, and the NW. extreme of Copper Island shut in with the
ESE. extreme of the high-water line of Assizes Island, bearing N.
20° E. (N. 55° E. mag.), leads west of these shoals.

The shores of the harbor are free from danger beyond the dis-
tance of 70 yards, with the exception of the shoals above described
and a small spit of rock extending from the east extreme of Assizes

^'^TTIBfflMtW

NT.

ASSI/iEH HARBOR.

yards wide, which
id.

5k with less than 6

ch the depth is 4^

The whole space

imbered with foul

1 shoalest part of a
Dn and nearly 200
e west extreme of
T Island (near the
of Little Caribou
ids SW., and Cape
T. 12° E. (N. 47° E.
ilid Rock.
50 yards westward

rds N. 13° W. (N.
an Island. Little
md, bearing S. 25°
, summit of Hare
3let SE. of Copper
of this rock.
Copper, and Hare
1 Assizes and Cop-
a Copper and Hare
rards between the
then turns sharply
and Hare Islands,
There are a few
it the head of the

h shoals, and these
n overboard from
iff the north coast
10 to 15 feet water,
I north extreme of
the islet southeast-
1:9° E. mag.), leads
I shut in with the
Island, bearing N.
als.

sr beyond the dis-
ds above described,
extreme of Assizes

Island. This spit extends into the chaniiol between Assizes and
Copper Islands, but falls quickly to deep water.

Shoals oxtoud to the eastward 300 yards from the east and NE.
shore of Hare I.'-l ...d, with depths of from 10 to 18 feet water over
them, and others fringe the SE. and south shores of that island
for a distance of 150 yards. The east extreme of Tilcey Island,
just open east of the east extreme of Little Caribou Island, bear-
ing S. 37° E. (S. 2° E. mag.), leads close east, and tlie sharp peak
at the west end of the range in the center of Great Caribou Island,
open north of Indian Island, N. 77° E. (S. 68° E. mag.), leads
north of these shoals.

"Water may be obtained, generally, from a small stream running
into the head of the creek on the west side of the harbor.

Little Caribou Island, 139 feet high, pyramidal in shape, and
partially covered with turf over whitish rock, with stunted wood
in the hollows, is separated from the SE. shore of Hare Island by
a channel 300 yards wide, which is narrowed to 135 yards by the
shoal water off Hare Island and a fringe which surrounds Little
Caribou Island.

S dangerous ledge, situated 150 yards eastward of Little Caribou
Island, is 335 yards long, 150 yards wide, and has 2 feet over it
at low water. The clear channel, between this ledge and Little
Caribou Island, is only 65 yards wide, with a depth of 4^ fathoms
water. No natural marks could be found for leading through
this channel, but by rounding the east extreme of Little Caribou
Island at a distance of more than 30 yards all danger on that side
will be avoided.

In ordinary weather the shoal water surrounding the ledge may
be readily seen, showing over a white bottom, while the shoalest
parts are covered with kelp, and the channel to the westward
appears of a dark color.

A small shoal, with 3i fathoms water over it, lies 550 yards N.
19° W. (N. 16° E. mag.) from the east extreme of Little Caribou
Island.

Directions. — Approaching Assizes Harbor from the northward,
Caribou Point should be rounded and Copper Island steered for
till Little Caribou Island is entirely open west of Indian Island,
bearing S. 25° E. (S. 10° W. mag.), when Copper Island may be
rounded at 200 yards, the harbor entered, and anchorage obtained
in from 6^ to 9 fathoms water. By taking care to keep Indian
Island north extreme just shut in with the south extreme of
Copper Island, bearing S. 84° E. ( S. 49° E. mag.), until the north
extreme of Copper Island is shut in with the south extreme of
Assizes Island, bearing N. 20° E. (N. 55° E. mag.), anchorage will
be reached in the western part of the harbor.

49f?

CAPE ST. LKWI8 TO GRAND POINT.

To proceed through Caribou Channel to the southward, after
passing Copper Island, Cape St. Lewis must not be shut in with
Caribou Point before the east extreme of Little Caribou Island is
in line with a point, midway between the eastern summit of Tilcey
Island and the south extreme of that island, bearing S. 35° E.
(South mag.). This mark will lead midway between Assizes Rock
and the shoal water off Hare Island. When Little Caribou Island
is neared, round it at 60 yards distant, till St. Charles Gull Island
is open south of Great Caribou Island, bearing S. 53° E. (S. 18° E.
mag.), when all danger will be passed.

If approaching from the southward, the southern shore of Little
Caribou Island should be steered for, keeping St. Charles Gull
Island open south of Black Head, bearing S. 53° E. (S. 18° E. mag.) ;
round the east point of Little Caribou Island at a distance of 60
yards, steering for the green sward on Copper Island. Bring the
point midway between the eastern summit and east extreme of
Tilcey Island in line with the east ex,treme of Little Caribou
Island, bearing S. 35° E. (South mag.), to lead between Assizes
Rock and the slioal water off Hare Island. Run on this mark till
the sharp peak at the west end of the range in the center of Great
Cariboxi Island is open north of Indian Island, bearing N. 77° E.
(S. 68° E. mag.), when the harbor may be entered as before directed.

If wishing to proceed to the northward through Caribou Chan-
nel, when Cape St. Lewis is open west of Caribou Point, bearing
N. 12° E. (N. 47° E. mag.), the south extreme of Copper Island
may be passed at the distance of 300 yards; keep Little Caribou
Island open west of Indian Island, bearing S. 25° E. (S. 10° W.
mag.), until the southeastern summit of Hare Island is over the
south extreme of Copper Island, bearing S. 33° W. (8. 68° W. mag.),
when Mid Rock will be cleared.

There is a passage between Little Caribou and Hare Islands by
keeping one-third of the distance from the former.

Water may be obtained from ponds at the head of Sand Cove,
but if firewood is required, boats must be sent up St. Charles River.

Tides.— It is high water, full and change, in Assizes Harbor at
7h. 5m. ; springs rise 4f feet, neaps rise 3| feet.

St. Charles River. — Nimrod Tickle, between Assizes Island and
the mainland to the westward, leads into St. Charles River. Nim-
rod Tickle, 465 yards wide in the narrowest part, is free from dan-
ger, except some rocks, which will be seen on the south side,
extending nearly 200 yards from the shore, both at the north and
west points of Assizes Island. The mainland side should, there-
fore, be taken and a good lookout kept for the channel, which has
not been very carefully examined. The mouth of this river, named
The Lodge, affords roomy and landlockfid anchorage.

W'ii i ji i i i —

rr.

southward, after
be shut in with
Caribou Island is
summit of Tilcey
bearing S. 35° E.
v^een Assizes Rock
le Caribou Island
larles Gull Island
'. 53° E. (S. 18° E.

5rn shore of Little
St. Charles Gull

. (S. 18°E. mag.);
a distance of 60
land. Bring the

east extreme of
»f Little Caribou

between Assizes
on this mark till
le center of Great
bearing N. 77° E.
is before directed,
fh Caribou Chan-
3U Point, bearing
of Copper Island
9p Little Caribou
25° E. (S. 10° W.
[sland is over the
(8. 68° W. mag.),

Hare Islands by

ad of Sand Cove,
3t. Charles River.
Assizes Harbor at

Assizes Island and
'les River. Nim-
is free from dan-
L the south side,
at the north and
ide should, there-
annel, which has
this river, named
•age.

ST. OIIAKLKS niVER MARY HARBOR.

499

About 2 mil s from its mouth the channel becomes narrow and
intricate, though navigable for vessels for 1^ miles farther, above
which point there is a depth of 6 feet water only, in a narrow chan-
nel with many rocks. Wood and water are abundant.

Qull Rocks are two small islets, 25 feet high, in the middle of
the entrance to St. Lewis Sound.

Two banks lie in a NW. direction from the western of Gull Rocks,
the southern, with 6 fathoms water over it, being ^ mile, and the
northern, with 6f fathoms water over it, | mile distant.

Qreen Island, 51 feet high, and covered with grass, lies 1^^ miles
east of Club Cape, A reef extends 400 yards northward of the
island.

A shoal, with 4^ fathoms water on it, lies 200 yards NW., and
Green Island Bank, a large bank with a depth of 7 fathoms over
it, is situated 800 yards E. by N., respectively, from Green Island.

Middle Rocks lie close SE. of Green Island, and one mile NW.
of Cape Caribou. They are almost connected to each other, and
Green Island and the whole group should not be approached nearer
than i mile.

Olub Cape, a high point, has a reef extending 140 yards north-
eastward. Kyer Cove Point is the turning point westward of the
cape.

Kyer Cove, 1^ miles southwestward of Club Cape, is exposed to
the northerly swells, and consequently is of no use to vessels.

Marley Rocks form a dangerous shoal off the entrance to Kyer
Cove, occupying a space 600 yards long, with a depth of 6 feet
water on them, an d situated 1^ miles west from Kyer Cove Point
and i mile from the east shore of Kyer Cove. Green Island en-
tirely open north of Kyer Cove Point, bearing S. 86° E. (S. 51° E.
mag.), leads north of these rocks.

A small rock, with 10 feet water on it, is 800 yards South (S. 35°
W. mag.) from Marley Rocks and 550 yards from the east shore
of Kyer Cove.

A small rock lies close to Lions Head, a projection on the east
shore of Kyer Cove at one mile southwestward of Kyer Cove Point.

Shoal Harbor, another bay of the mainland, westward of Kyer
Cove, is li miles deep, with two small islets and several rocks in
it. There is a depth of 12 feet between these islets and the SE.
side of the bay; it is therefore only suitable for small vessels.
The entrance to this harbor is one mile SW. from the SW. end of
Duck Island.

Mary Harbor, one mile deep, is 1^ miles northwestward of
Shoal Harbor, and on the south side of Mary Harbor Head. It is
small, with 3 fathoms water, and only suitable for small vessels.
Farther out in this bay there is more room and greater depth of

500

CAPE ST. LEWIS TO GRAND POINT.

water, but the riding is rendered unsafe by the easterly swell
which occasionally rolls in round the islands.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Mary Harbor at
6h. 40m. ; springs rise H feet.

Cape St. Charles will be readily known by St. Charles Hill,
which is round, 654 feet above the sea, is nearly one mile west
from the cape, and is the highest land on this part of the coast.

St. Charles Gull Island, 160 feet high and i mile long, lies about
one mile east of the cape. The island has several large rocks on
its mainland side.

Fish Bock lies 1,200 yards SE. of St. Charles Island, and is t.^ld
of approach; a rock has been reported to lie one mile S. 8° E. (S.
27° W. mag.) from it. This rock has been unsuccessfully searched
for.

A rock, awash at low water, is situated 150 yards south west ward
of the SW. extreme of Fish Rock.

Western Bank, with 17 feet water on it, is a small rock,
steep-to, lying 450 yards S. 46° W. (S. 81° W. mag.) from the south
extreme of St. Charles Gull Island.

St. Charles Channel, between the mainland on the SW. and
Great and Little Caribou, Hare and Assizes Islands on the NE., is
from i to i mile wide. The course and distance up the center of
this fine channel, from its entrance to the Narrows, between White
Bear Point and Hare Island, is N. 75° W. (N. 40° W. mag.) 3i
miles. Immediately outside the narrows, on the mainland side, is
White Bear Bay, extending li miles west, and affording no shelter,
being full of rocks. Just within the Narrows lies Dumpling
Island, a small islet, with rocks and shoal water extending 250
yards from its SE. end. There is no channel for vessels between
it and the mainland ; but eastward of it, that is — between it and
Hare Island — the channel is i mile wide and has from 14 to 18
fathoms water in it.

A run of i mile on a N. 35° W. (North mag.) course will lead
through the Narrows, between Assizes Island and the mainland, the
channel being 1,200 yards wide, with a depth of more than 20 fath-
oms in it, and free from all dangers, except those which extend 200
yards from the shore on either side. The course through this
channel to the mouth of St. Charles River is N. 66° W. (N 30° W.
mag.) for li miles, and a vessel may either run up The Lodge to
the southward, or, through Nimrod Tickle, northward, into St.
Lewis Sound.

Anchorage. — Throughout all this extensive and landlocked
space there is anchorage, but usually in depths exceeding 20
fathoms, over mud bottom.

INT.

the easterly swell

in Mary Harbor at

y St. Charles Hill,
larly one mile west
mrt of the coast,
aile long, lies about
eral large rocks on

3 Island, and is t.^ld
ne mile S. 8° E. (S.
iccessfully searched

irds south west ward

b, is a small rock,
lag.) from the south

id on the SW. and
ands on the NE., is
ice up the center of
)ws, between White
T. 40° W. mag.) 3i
tie mainland side, is
iffording no shelter,
ws lies Dumpling
ater extending 350
for vessels between
is — between it and
has from 14 to 18

g.) course will lead
id the mainland, the
: more than 20 fath-
se which extend 200
jourse through this
J. 65^ W. (N 30° W.
m up The Lodge to
lorthward, into St.

ve and landlocked
epths exceeding 20

ST. ClIAKLES IIARHOU.

501

Antill dove, SW. of Fox Island, is 600 yards deep, and free
from danger beyond a short distance from the shore.

Anchorage. — Anchorage may be obtained in from 11 to 14
fathoms water, as convenient, near the head rf this cove, with shel-
ter from all winds except those from the northward.

Shoals.— Three shoals lie in a direct line N. 86° E. (S. 00° E.
mag.) from Wall Island.

Inner Shoal, with 17 feet water on it, is 050 yards, Middle Shoal,
with a depth of 4 fathoms, 1,250 yards, and Wall Shoal, with 9
fathoms water over it, 1,850 yards distant, respectively, from Wall
Island.

The west extreme of Gull Island (Battle Islands) shut in with
the south extreme of Black Islet, bearing N. 22° E. (N. 57° E. mag.),
leads between Wall Island and Inner Shoal.

St. Charles Hiaxbor is formed by three islands, which lie along
the northeastern side of Cape St. Charles. The space in which
vessels can anchor is about 1,200 yards long by about i mile wide,
and the depth of water from 5 to 12 fathoms, over mud bottom.
Some swell rolls in with an easterly wind, on which account it is not
considered a very secure harbor for large vessels, except in the
finest months of summer. Small vessels might be made quite
secure by making fast to the rocks between Wall Island and the
mainland in 9 or 10 feet water. There are houses and fishing stages
both on the islands and the main. Wall Island is the most south-
eastern island, and the southeastern entrance to the harbor, between
it and the main, is so shallow and narrow as to be only fit for boats.
Tilcey Island, the next NW., will be readily distinguished, being 232
feet high, black, and precipitous, unlike any other near. Between
this island and Wall Island is the entrance to the harbor, 200 yards
wide, and with deep water close to the shores on either side. The
channel between Tilcey and Fox Island, which is the next NW.
and the only remaining island, is 400 yards wide, only 2 or 3 fath-
oms water in it, and rendered intricate by rocks. The channel out
of the harbor to the NW., between Fox Island and the main, is
narrow, shallow, and only fit for boats.

Directions.— St. Charles harbor is easy of access, there being no
danger in the channel. Run in from the north side of Wall Island,
so as to pass its east extreme at about 300 yards, steering west (N.
55° W. mag.), which will lead through the entrance between Wall
and Tilcey Islands into the harbor. Three small rocks above
water will be seen close off the inner or west point of Wall Island,
but they are quite bold, as are the shores on either side.

Anchorage. — The best anchorage is off the mouth of a small
bay on the mainland, in which a wharf and flagstaff, at the prin-
cipal fishing establishment, will be seen.

502

CAPE ST. LEWIS TO GRAND POINT.

Water. — There are permanent residents in St. Charles Harbor,
and water may be obtained from the mainland.

Several Banks, among which are Henney and Coles Banks,
Saunders Knob, and Shoal Ground, lie southward of Cape St.
Charles and in the entrance to Niger Sound, but none are dan-
gerous.

Niger Sound extends 6 miles W. by N., with deep water, often
exceeding 30 fathoms. The entrance is between Cape St. Charles
and Camp Islands, and at 2i miles within is Big Duck Island, 340
feet high. Little Duck Island, much smaller, and 50 feet high,
lies 600 yards southward of Big Duck Island.

Duck Island Bank, with 5^ to 7 fathoms water on it, extends
nearly i mile NE. from Little Duck Island. Shoal water extends
from both east and west extremes of that island, and a bar (the
least depth on which is 4 fathoms) connects the west extreme with
Big Duck Island.

Two shoals, with 4i and 4i fathoms water on them, respectively,
lie in the channel NW. of Big Duck Island, leaving a narrow pas-
sage on each side in the western entrance to Islet Bay.

Anchorage. — Good anchorage will be found in Horn Bay, at
the head of the sound; and also in Islet Bay, north of Big Duck
Island. Wood and water may be procured in abundance.

Deer Island, nearly round, about 300 feet high and f mile in
diameter, lies close off the South Point of Niger Sound, so as to
leave only a boat channel (named Chimney Tickle) between, where
there are fishing huts and stages, as there are also in Carroll Cove,
a small indentation of the mainland i mile westward, where the
anchorage is good, and frequented by many vessels during the
fishing season.

Morgan Shoal extends nearly 200 yards from the point of the
mainland west of Chimney Tickle.

Main Tickle, the channel between Camp and Deer Islands, is 400
yards wide, and free from danger ; Main Tickle Bank, with 6 fath-
oms water over it, is in the middle of the northern entrance.

Camp Islands are several bare granitic islands, close together,
having a small cove on their SW. side, where fishing schooners
moor to the rocks, with very indifferent shelter from south winds.
There is excellent shelter for the boats of. the fishermen, whose huts
and stages will be seen on the shores.

Romsey Rock, with 9 feet water on it, is 350 yards S. 77° W.
(N. 68° W. mag. ) from the SW. extreme of the middle island of
Camp Islands. The west extreme of Big Duck Island, open west-
ward of Camp Islands, bearing N. 50° W. (N. 15° W. mag.), leads
SW. of this rock.

The Horns, a bank with 5 fathoms water over it, lies 950 yards
S. 86° W. (S. 51° W. mag.) from the south extreme of Deer Island,

IT.

. Charles Harbor,

and Coles Banks,

B^rard of Cape St.

)ut none are dan-
deep water, often
Cape St. Charles
Duck Island, 340

and 50 feet high,

ter on it, extends
Loal water extends
ttd, and a bar (the
west extreme with

bem, respectively,

ring a narrow pas-

tBay.

I in Horn Bay, at

orth of Big Duck

bundance.

ligh and f mile in

)r Sound, so as to

le) between, where

so in Carroll Cove,

stward, where the

vressels during the

1 the point of the

Deer Islands, is 400
Bank, with 6 fath-
Brn entrance,
ids, close together,
B fishing schooners
from south winds,
lermen, whose huts

50 yards S. 77° W.

le middle island of

Island, open west-

.5° W. mag.), leads

er it, lies 950 yards
ime of Deer Island,

TABLE HEAD SANDWICH POINT.

503

and Red Island Bank, on which the depth is 7 fathoms, is 1,200
yards N. 65° E. (S. 80° E. mag.) from Red Island.

(H. O. Chart No. 924.)

Table Head is 5 miles SSW. from the east extreme of the Camp
Islands, is very remarkable, being an isolated mass of basaltic
columns upon sandstone (flat at top, and precipitous all round),
the summit of which is 200 feet above the sea. Truck Island, lying
close to the NE. side of Table Head, affords no shelter, and White
Mica Cove, one mile farther north, is only suitable for boats.

St. Peter Islands, a scattered cluster of small and low islets,
are cliffy and black, being for the most part composed of basalt and
amygdaloid ; they have many rocks above and under water between
them. The easternmost of them have been named the Petrel
Islands, on account of these birds breeding upon them. Shoal
water does not extend beyond 400 yards seaward of any of these
islands. The easternmost islet of the St. Peter group lies 1^ miles
southward and the southernmost 3 miles S. 15° W. (S. 50° W. mag.)
from Table Head.

Allen Shoal, of rock, has a depth of 6 fathoms over it and
breaks in bad weather. It lie^ 1^- miles N. 80° W. (N. 45° W.
mag.) of Petrel Island.

St. Peter Bay, within these islets, and on the SW. side of Table
Head, is completely open to the SE., but the islets and reefs form
a breakwater from the sea. St. Peter Point, the south extreme, is
3 miles NW. from the southern St. Peter Island. The bay is 3
miles deep in a NW. by W. direction, and indifferent anchorage
may be obtained, in case of necessity, f mile from its head, in f'-om
13 to 20 fathoms water, over sand, but there is not more than 6 or
7 fathoms water in the entrance between St. Peter Point and the
innermost islet. This entrance is f mile wide, but has a shoal,
with 12 feet water on it, nearly 400 yards southwestward of the
islet. There is also a reef 340 yards SE. of St. Peter Point.

The passage between these dangers is about 800 yards wide, and
must be approached from the southward, passing westward of all
the St. Peter Islands and giving them a berth of not less than i
mile. The hills at the head of the bay are nearly 900 feet high,
and extend from in rear of St. Peter Point southwestward to Cha-
teau Bay.

Water. — Both water and wood may be obtained here.

Sandwich Point. — Chateau Point, the south extreme of Castle
Island, is 6^ miles S. 51° W. (S. 86° W. mag.) from the southern-
most of St. Peter Islands. Nearly midway between them is Sand-
wich Point and Cove, the latter useful only to boats.

504

CAPE ST. LEWIS TO GRAND POINT.

(B. A. Chart No. 1161.)

Bad Bay, rocky and dangerous, and affording no shelter to ves-
sels, is situated between Sandwich Point and Seal Point, the NE.
point of Chateau Bay.

Heuney Bank, with a least depth of 7 fathoms over it, lies 750
yards south of Seal Island.

Oastle Ledge, a small rocky patch with 2J fathoms water over
it, lies 300 yards S. 13° E. (S. 22° W. mag.) of the NE. point of
Castle Island.

Ohateau Bay will be easily recognized from seaward by its posi-
tion with reference to the remarkable Table Head and St. Peter
Islands, by the high land in rear of it, and by the coast to the
southwestward of it being straight and unbroken and free from
islands, but more especially by the two wall-sided and flat-topped
caps of basalt, which form the summits of Castle and Henley Islands,
the former being 108 and the latter 196 feet above the sea.

This bay has within it Henley, Antelope, and Pitts Harbors, the
two latter of which are quite secure and suitable for largo vessels.
The principal entrance to these harbors is westward of the southern
point of Castle Island. There is a narrow channel, named Ameri-
can Tickle, used by vessels drawing less than 15 feet water, between
Castle and Henley Islands, and another between Henley Island and
the mainland, but they are only used by very small craft.

The scenery in Chateau Bay is bold. Pitts Hill, on the west side
of Pitts Harbor, is 593 feet above the sea, and Beacon Hill, NW. of
it, is 752 feet. From the latter the land falls rapidly to the northern
shore of Temple Bay, a long and very deep arm of the sea, having at
its head a river in which there are at times large numbers of salmon.
On the SW. side of Temple Bay there is a remarkable hill, 832 feet
high, which falls very steeply to the shore, and southward of it is
a high ridge. High Beacon Hill, the summit of which is 978 feet
above the sea.

York Point, the western side of the entrance to Chateau Bay,
has some rocks off it, and should not be approached nearer than
600 yards.

Chateau Pcmt, the eastern side of the entrance, is steep-to on its
western side, but southward there is a shoal extending 150 yards.

Ice. — Chateau Bay is generally frozen up about Christmas, being
again open about the first week in July.

Henley Harbor, only suitable for small vessels, is frequented
by fishermen, the majority of whom come from Newfoundland in
June or July and remain until October. There are numerous
stages erected along the shore on both sides of the harbor, which
is formed by Stage and Henley Islands. It is about i mile long

NT.

g no shelter to vea-
eal Point, the NE.

ms over it, lies 750

Fathoms water over
f the NE. point of

seaward by its posi-
lead and St. Peter
oy the coast to the
>ken and free from
ded and flat-topped
md Henley Islands,
ve the sea.
[ Pitts Harbors, the
le for largo vessels.
ard of the southern
niel, named Ameri-
f eet water, between
I Henley Island and
mall craft,
[ill, on the west side
teacon Hill, NW. of
idly to the northern
)f the sea, having at
numbers of salmon.
Tkable hill, 832 feet
I southward of it is
)f which is 978 feet

ce to Chateau Bay,
oached nearer than

ce, is steep-to on its
xtending 150 yards,
ut Christmas, being

issels, is frequented
n Newfoundland in
here are numerous
f the harbor, which
s about i mile long

antp:l()pk harboh — tkmplk hay.

505

and 200 yards wide, with depths of from 4 to 12 fathoms. With
strong winds from SW. there is a swell in this anchorage.

Antelope Harbor is on the east side of Chateau Bay, between
Henley Island and Barrier Point, which, with its reef, separates
it from Pi^ta Harbor to the westward. On Henley Island there
are two or tL^ee houses occupied by fishermen, who reside in this
locality all the year round, but during the depth of winter they
go to live at the head of Pitts Harbor, where they get a higher
temperature and more shelter from the wind.

Beacons. — Immediately eastward of Barrier Point there is a bay,
on the east point of which, named Grenville Point, there is a wooden
cask beacon, which serves as a leading mark for clearing the rocks
westward of Castle Island. A beacon, consisting of a cask, painted
black, and fixed against a square rock, which is whitewashed,
stands nearly midway on the west side of Castle Island.

Pitts Harbor, the best anchorage in Chateau Bay, is room_y and
well sheltered, about one mile long, and from i to f mile wide, and
has in its central part from 14 to 17 fathoms water, over a bottom
of mud.

"Water. — Water may be procured from a stream at the head of
this harbor, and wood is plentiful.

Temple Bay extends in a northwesterly direction for about 4
miles from its two entrances on either side of Whale Island. In
the middle there are from 20 to 45 fathoms water, and the shores
being steep-to, there is no good anchorage. At the head of the bay
there is a flat of sand and bowlders fronting the entrance to the
river before noticed, and in its southern corner, about 600 yards
southwestward of Temple Pass, there is a fishing village, named
Chateau, off which small vessels find anchorage.

Considerable quantities of mica are found on the SW. side of
Temple Bay, and on the NE. ride a small outcrop of graphite was
noticed.

Temple Pass, the southern entrance to the bay, is only 180 yards
wide ; the bottom is rocky, with large bowlders, the least water
being 3 fathoms. The ebb tide runs through this pass with con-
siderable strength.

Milners Tickle, the northern entrance to Temple Bay, has 4
fathoms least water in it, but the shores on either side are foul for
some distance off, and without a buoy the clear passage is not
easily distinguished.

Communication. — The coasting steamers from St. Johns, New-
foundland, which call at Chateau Bay during the summer months,
anchor (alternately) at Henley Harbor and the anchorage in Temple
Bay.

5(M]

CAl'K HT. LKWIH TO GltAND POINT.

Rooks. — Between York Point and Temple Pnas there are two
rocks, otio, with 4^ fathoms water over it, lying 600 yards north-
eawtwaru of the point, and Halfway Rock, on which the depth is
ai fathoms, rather more than midway between the point and
Tomplo Pass, and GOO yards off shore.

Twelvo-feet Rock, with 9 feet water over It, lies in the fairway
of the entrance to the bay and between Castle and Whale Islands.
A rocky patch, on which the depth is 3J fathoms, lies 266 yards
north of Twelve-feet Rock.

Flat Island Rock, with 3^ fathoms water over it, lies 386 yards
from the eastern side of Flat Island. The beacon on Grenville
Point just open of the west extreme of Henley Island, bearing
about N. 10° E. (N. 46° E. mag.), leads between Twelve- feet and
Flat Island Rocks.

Frbc^jfs Rock, with 9 feet water over it, lies between the west
extreme of Henley Island and Whale Island ; between it and the
former there are depths of 4^ and 5 fathoms.

Black Rock, 2 feet above high water, off Black Point, is steep-to,
and makes a good mark for clearing Freezers Rock.

American Shoal, a rocky patch, with only one foot over it at
low water, lies in the fairway to Henley Harbor, and is easily seen.

DirectionB. — From the southward, having made out Castle and
Henley Islands, steer to give York Point a berth of ^ mile and to
bring the cask beacon on Grenville Point just open of Black Point,
bearing N. 10° E. (N. 45° E. mag.). Should the beacon not be in
position, Grenville Point itself may be distinguished by the black
rock, of which it is composed, showing out against the lighter back-
ground of the land beyond. This mark will lead 265 yards west of
Twelve-feet Rock and nearly the same distance eastward of Flat
Island Rock, which latter will be passed when the north extreme
of Castle Island Cap is well closed in on the south point of Stage
Island, bearing East (S. 55° E. mag.).

If proceeding to Antelope Harbor, and being of not very heavy
draft, steer to pass within 100 yards of Black Rock and anchor
between Grenville Point and the north shore of Henley Island,
where the harbor is 600 yards wide and the depths from 15 to 18
fathoms, over mud. Between this position and Grenville Point
there is a small mud bank, having over it a least depth of 7 fathoms.

If proceeding to Pitts Harbor, the beacon on Castle Island in line
with the rock (to be marked by an iron cage), 2 feet high, lying
about 200 yards SW. of Stage Island, bearing S. 46° E. (S. 11° E.
mag.), leads SW. of Freezers Rock and to the entrance to Pitts
Harbor; in case the beacon should be down, the square white-
washed rock may be used instead, taking care not to bring the
south extreme of the basalt cap on Henley Island inside Black

^jm

NT.

HKLLK rsLK.

PftBS there are two
g 600 yards north-
wrhich the depth is
en the point and

lies in the fairway
nd Whale Islands,
oms, lies 265 yards

jr it, lies 386 yards
aeon on Grenville
ey Island, bearing
n Twelve-feet and

} between the west
)etween it and the

c Point, is steep-to,
iock.

)ne foot over it at
, and is easily seen.
lade out Castle and
th of ^ mile and to
pen of Black Point,
le beacon not be in
lished by the black
st the lighter back-
,d 365 yards west of
e eastward of Flat
the north extreme
uth point of Stage

of not very heavy

Kock and anchor

of Henley Island,

epths from 15 to 18

id Grenville Point

depth of 7 fathoms.

!]!astle Island in line

, a feet high, lying

S. 46° E. (9. 11° E.

) entrance to Pitts

the square white-

e not to bring the

island inside Black

Point, b»'iiring 8. 70° E. (8. 35° E. mug.), to chtiir the long stony
spit (iff Barrier Point, iind wlion thu SW. cxtn'mc of Casth* IhIhikI
is in liiu) with the oast point of Whiil." Lsliind, S. 25" E. (8. 10° W.
nnig.), steer into the harbor and anchor as convenient.

Tides. — It is high water full and chiinge in Cluit(»au Bay at 7h.
Him.; .springs rise i feet, neaps rise a^'eet; nt'iips range 1| feet,
])ut in tlie autumn, with strong SW. winds, the spring range is
8<iraetimes increased by 3 feet.

Tidal Streams.— Inside the bay, througii the narrow channels,
and otf York and Chateau Points, tlie tidal streams are perceptible,
but outside the current is almost always to the southward, and
during the survey, in the montlis of August and September, it was
noticeable that while the temperature of the water in Pitts Harbor
and Temple Bay averaged 45°, that outside the bay never rose
above 37°.

(H. O. Chart No 924.)

Belle Isle, lying about 14 miles SE. of Table Head, and directly
off the Atlantic entrance of Belle Isle Strait, is frequented by
American and English fishermen. It is about 9^ miles long in a
NE. direction and 3 miles '/ide, including Lark Island, close to its
west side, and is composed of a range of hills, bare of trees, which
rise to the height of 680 feet above the sea. The hills are princi-
pally of granite, alternating with clay and slate, and their steep
sides dip into the sea in every part, except at the NE. extreme of
the island, where two low points converge so as to form a narrow
creek, named Black Joke Cove, which shelters very small fishing
vessels during the finest months of summer. Shelter may also be
obtained in LarkJHarbor, under Lark Island, and in Valley Cove,
2i miles south of the islet ; but none of these coves are considered
safe early in spring or late in autumn, because of the heavy swell
which rolls into them from the eastward.

The east side of Belle Isle affords no anchorage, and there is
hardly a creek where a boat might find shelter.

A small rocky bank, with 5 fathoms least water, is reported to
exist about 6 miles N. 30° W. (N. 5° E. mag.) from the NE. extreme
of Lark Island.

Lark Harbor. — The anchorage called Lark Harbor, between
Lark Island and Belle Isle, is only 400 yards wide, with deep water,
indifferent holding ground, and much exposed to northeasterly
winds, but as it possesses the advantage of two entrances, vessels
are allowed a speedy and safe passage to sea.

Black Joke Oove, at the NE. end of the island, is not more
than 150 feet wide, with 12 feet water. It is formed inside an islet
joined to the island at low water, and will only afford secure shelter

1491U 33

mmm

508

HTUAIT <»K UKl.hV. IHLK.

to Olio or two Hiiiall voHHctIs moorod luiiid uiid stnru; l)ut in lioivvy
giilos from thonorthoaMlwnnl, osi)0(niilly iit liiKH-wiitor sprin^^s, tlio
hroakiiiK^oiiH dasli with viol<3tioo over tho lodgo of rocks, and inako
it iiiiHaft). Tho broakvvator which waw comph^tod in tlio Hiunnicr
of IH58, hfing of insutHciont woight and stmngth, tho wliolo of the
material was swept int<i tlie covo.

Valley Oove.— In Valhiy Covo voshoIh may find fair andiorago
and sluiltor during oastisrly winds. The bottom is sand, and in
tiie lino of tho points tho soundings are 17 fathoms, decreasing
gradually to tho shoro.

Rook. — A rock, upon wliich tho soa breaks heavily, lies with
the SW. oxtromo of Bollo Islo bearing S. 31° E. (8. 4° W. mag.),
distant i mile, and is estimated to have about 9 foot of water
over it. It is probably identical with tho dangers reported in 1881
by the steamer Ontario.

Lights. — Tho lighthouse on the south point of Belle Islo, a cir-
cular tower, 5!) fool in height and painted white, exhibits, at an
elevation of 47() feet, and between the bearings S. 70° W. (N. 09°
W. mag.), through North, to S. 70° E. (S. 35° E. mag.), a fixed white
light, which . visible 28 miles.

On account of the elevation at which the light is exhibited, it has
been found to be frequently obscxired by fog, and in conseciuence
an additional light is exhibited from a s(iuare lighthouse, painted
white and 31 feet in height, situated below the old lighthouse.

This latter is a fixed white light, elevated 137 feet, and should be
visible 17 miles in all directions, excoi)t where intercepted by the
high land of Belle Isle.

The lights are shown from sunset to sunrise from the 1st of April
to the 20th of December of each year.

Fog Signal. — During thick or foggy weather, an explosive
bomb is fired from a point near the upper lighthouse, at an eleva-
tion of about 400 feet above the sea. Tho signal, which should
explode high in the air, at a distance of 600 feet in a southerly
direction, will be fired at intervals of twenty minutes.

Should the bomb signal fail, a gun will be fired at intervals of
twenty minutes.

Vessels in the immediate vicinity of the signal may hear a dull
report, caused by the charge that throws the signal into the air,
preceding the loud report.

Provision Depot. — There is a depot of provisions for ship-
wrecked mariners at the lower lighthouse.

Northeast Ledge dries at low water, spi-ing tides, and lies H
miles N. 12° E. (N. 47° E. mag.) from the NE. point of Belle Isle,
with a deep-water channel between.

.,*^-»sS,.'i5-«iiSB!5w»^5j!f,'«aW?«raS":

Mtorii ; but ill hoiivy
fh-wator Hprinjifs, tho
:o of rocks, (ind nmko
tutod ill tlio Hiunmor
ifth, tho whole of the

{ find fair ancliomgo
toin iw Hiiml, aiul in
fathoms, decreasing

cs heavily, lion with

E. (8. 4° W. mag.).

jout 9 feot of water

gers reported in 1881

t of Belle Isle, a cir-
rhito, exhibits, at an
gs S. 70° W. (N. 09°
1. mag.), a fixed white

ht is exhibited, it has
, and in oonsecjuence
3 lighthouse, painted
■i old lighthouse.
37 feet, and should be
•e intercepted by the

from the 1st of April

eather, an explosive

:lithou8e, at an eleva-

signal, which should

feet in a southerly

minutes.

e fired at intervals of

gnal may hear a dull
e signal into the air,

provisions for ship-

ing tides, and lies li
S. point of Belle Isle,

80UN1)IN(»M — TIDKH — CI' Kill: NTS.

5U»

strait of Belle Isle.— Tlio eastern entrance of tlie Strait of
Belle Isle, between York Point and Caim Il-uild, is 20 miles wide,
the latter point bearing from tho former S. -t;}" K. (S. 8° R. mag.),
but the narrowest part of the strait is southward of Amour Point,
in Forteau Bay, where it is only y| miles wide. The western
eutran(!eof the strait, between Greenly Island and Fi'rolle Point, is
nearly '^1 miles wide, tho point bearing from tho island S. 11" E.
(S. 23° W. mag.).

Steep granitic shores extend from York Point southwestvs -ird to
Cape Diablo, where sandstone lying on granite commences uid
continues t" 'Irand Point, at the western "entrance of the strait,
occasionally forming magnificent cliffs several hundred feet in
height.

Outer Soundings.— During summer and autumn the route from
Great Britain to Quebec tlirough the Strait of Belle Isle is much
frequented by steamers, and tho bank of soundings lying eastward,
distant 28 miles from the north point of Belle Isle, affords a valu-
able means of ascertaining the position of a vessel in foggy weather
when approaching from the eastward.

The least water yet found on this bank is 80 fathoms, mud, with
105 to 181 fathoms, sand, between it and tlie bank which stretches
eastward from Belle Isle.

The Soundings in the Strait of Belle Isle are not so irregular
but that they will afford assistance to a vessel at night, or auring
the fogs which so freqiiently prevail. The deepest water is on the
Labrador side, as, for instance, from York Point to Red Bay, where,
however, it is interrupted by the shallow water off Wreck Bay.
It is also deep on that side from Pin ware to Forteau Bays, inclusive ;
but the line of deep water is not direct nor continuous through the
strait, and it is still more perplexing that there is as deep water
within a miles of the dangerous Flower Ledges on the Newfound-
land side, opposite Forteau Bay, as in any part of the strait. The
depth of water varies in different parts from between 00 and 70 to
20 fathoms, and the nature of the bottom is as various as the depths,
being sometimes of rock and at others of sand, broken shell, pieces
of coral, or gravel.

Ti.des and Currents.— The flood and ebb streams at Cape Bauld
continue running NW. and SE. inshore three hours after high and
low water; and at to 7 miles NE. of the cape they continue run-
ning five hours after high and low water by the shore.

At Cape Norman the inshore streams run two hours after high
and low water by the shore, and in the center of the strait the
stream runs four hours after high and low water.

Off Forteau and Sandy Bays the streams turn with the high and
low water on shore, and turn quickly ; in the center of the strait

m&--

610

STRAIT OF BELLE ISLE.

the stream runs one hour later. These streams, however, are not
constant.

The flood comes from the northward along the coast of Labrador
and also from the SE., from Cape Bauld to Cape Norman. The
latter stream, there is reason to believe, is often turned off to the
northward by Cape Norman, and the same thing takes place at
Green Island, on the Newfoundland side, toward Greenly Island
on the opposite side of the strait. There is, moreover, at times a
stream running from the SW. for several days together along the
west coast of Newfoundland. This stream occasionally sets from
FdroUe Point obliquely across the strait toward Forteau Bay.
Sometimes, and especially with NE. winds, the current runs directly
in an opposite direction along the west coast of Newfoundland from
F^rolle Point past Rich Point.

Navigation of the Strait in Fogs. — The navigation of the Strait
of Belle Isle is attended with great danger in dark or foggy nights,
during which no vessel should attempt to run through. On such
occasions, therefore, it would be prudent to anchor in one of the
bays on the north side of the strait rather than to continue under
way.

A sailing vessel bound into the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and run-
ning with an easterly wind, will, however, find no place fit for that
purpose until arriving at the indifferent anchorage of Pin ware Bay,
for Red Bay can not be entered by a large vessel with an easterly
wind.

Loup Bay is the first good anchorage under such circumstances,
and there the vessel would be so far advanced in her passage through
the strait that it would not be worth while to stop, since everything
might be easily cleared in the remaining short distance. But with
a SW. wind, at the approach of night and appearance of fog, a
vessel bound out through the strait to the eastward had better stand
off and on under easy sail, tacking by the deep-sea lead from the
Newfoundland side till morning, if not farther to the northeast-
ward than Fdrolle Point. If farther advanced it would be better
to make Forteau Bay before dark and anchor there for the night.
In light winds or calms, during dark nights or foggy weather, it
is better to bring up with a stream anchor anywhere in the strait
rather than to drive about with the tides without knowing whither,
but then a lookout must be kept for drifting icebergs.

Fogs occur with all southerly and easterly winds, and they are
frequent likewise with SW, winds ; it is only when the wind is from
between the north and west that clear weather can be safely reck-
oned upon.

Wreck Bay. — Southwestward for 10 miles from York Point,
along the Labrador side of the Strait of Belle Isle, the coast is

s, however, are not

le coast of Labrador
!ape Norman. The
in turned off to the
ling takes place at
ard Greenly Island
Loreover, at times a
; together along the
iasionally sets from
vard Forteau Bay.
lurrent runs directly
!f ewf oundland from

'^igation of the Strait
ark or foggy nights,
through. On such
nchor in one of the
n to continue under

Lawrence, and run-
no place fit for that
age of Pin ware Bay,
!sel with an easterly

such circumstances,
her passage through
op, since everything
distance. But with
appearance of fog, a
'ard had better stand
)p-sea lead from the
ler to the northeast-
sd it would be better
there for the night,
or foggy weather, it
ywhere in the strait
ut knowing whither,
icebergs.

winds, and they are
'hen the wind is from
ir can be safely reck-

s from York Point,
ille Isle, the coast is

WRECK BAY — RED BAY.

511

straight and bold to Wreck Bay, which has a small river at its
head and affords no shelter.

Bay Shoal, a small patch of rocky ground with 5 fathoms least
water, lies S. 24° E. (S. 10° W. mag.) from the east point of Wreck
Bay. The bottom can be plainly seen on this patch in fine weather.
There is a heavy swell upon it in easterly gales, and frequently a
great rippling ; icebergs often ground upon it.

Barge Bay, 4^ miles southwestward of Wreck Bay, will be rec-
ognized by a waterfall at its head.

Black Bay, about 5 miles WSW. from Barge Bay, is about 2
miles wide at entrance, narrower within, and about 2 miles deep
in a northwesterly direction. Small vessels occasionally anchor
in it; but the ground is of sand, not very good for holding, and it
is open to the wind and sea from the SE.

Qull Island lies about li miles SW. from Wisemans Point, the
west point of Black Bay. It is a small, low, and bare rock about
^ mile off shore.

Thistle Rock, nearly awash at low water, lies about 1^ miles
westward of Gull Island and about 1,200 yards S. 86° E. (S. 52° E.
mag.) from Twin Island. When the water is smooth there is no
sign of this danger and the clearing marks must be attended to.

(B. A. Chart No. 1136.)

Capstan Cove Point is the extreme of a bare gray mound, 52
feet high, about 1^ miles westward of Gull Island. It shelters
Capstan Cove from easterly winds, which anchorage is much
resorted to by fishermen in the herring season.

Twin Island consists of two hummocks, the northern 40 and
the southern 32 feet high, joined together except at high water,
spring tides. Several rocks extend westward from this island.

There is no passage for any vessel drawing more than 6 feet
water between Twin Island and the mainland, nor between the
east extreme of Saddle Island and the mainland. A bar, with
15 feet water on it, connects Twin and Saddle Islands.

Bed Bay, a good, although small, harbor, formed by Saddle
Islani and a bay in the mainland, is divided into two parts; the
northern named the basin and the southern the harbor. The pas-
sage between them is 200 yards wide, with a depth of 7 fathoms
in the middle, between Penney Island and the eastern shore.

The eastern side of the harbor is surmounted by a series of
hillocks, from 65 to 205 feet high, connected by marshes in which
there are ponds. The hills at the head are densely wooded, and
at li miles northward is a hill, 545 feet high, with several con-
spicuous bowlders at the summit. From Moore Point, the west

512

8TBAIT OF BELLE ISLE.

entrance point to the basin, the hills fall steeply to the sea, occa-
sionally in red granite cliffs, over which a small cascade falls in
ordinary weather. Tracey Hill, immediately over the entrance, is
506 feet high and surmounted by a cairn with a pole on it.

The settlement, containing a population of about 150, is princi-
pally on the eastern shore, and is surmounted by a hillock with a
flagstaff, behind which is the chapel, while a small church stands
on the southern slope. The storehouse is on Penney Island. There
are a few huts on Saddle Island and Moore Point, and at the head
of the basin are the winter houses and a school with a flagstaff
near it.

Shoal water extends 135 yards from the eastern shore and head
of the basin, and a large shoai has been formed that extends 300
yards from the southern turning point to the deep bight on the
western shore.

A bank of bowlders extends eastward from Moore Point, and
there is no passage for anything but boats between that point
and Penney Island.

Saddle Island is bare, and surmounted at the east extreme by
Cox Hill, 97 feet high, and by a similar hill at the west extreme,
but 101 feet high. The western extreme has deep water within a
few yards, but off the north side shoal water extends 150 yards,
and bowlders, that dry at low water, 100 yards from the middle o
the north shore.

Scab Rock, with 16 feet water over it, lies 350 yards south war .
of the east end of Saddle Island.

Western Arm, the open bay extending westward from Red
Bay, has no danger at any distance from the shore, except in the
coves at the head, and affords good anchorage, with westerly winds,
in 14 fathoms water or less, as convenient, the water decreasing
gradually to the head, into which a large stream flows.

West Point is the eastern extreme of the peninsula, about 62
feet high, that forms the south shore of Western Arm.

Mad Moll, a rock which dries at low water, spring tides, lies
135 yards southward of West Point.

The Louse, with 22 feet water on it, and Belles Amours Shoal,
with 5 fathoms water over it, are situated 800 yards S. 80° E.
(S. 4° W. mag.) and 1^ miles S. 5° E. (S. 29° W. mag.), respec-
tively, from West Point.

Supplies. — Supplies of salt beef or flour may be procured in
small quantities.

Water may be obtained, at high water, from the streams at the
head of the basin or Western Arm, and small quantities may be
procured, in smooth water, from the streams under tLe cascade.

■ ^"""^a

)ly to the sea, occa-
lall cascade falls in
)ver the entrance, is
a pole on it.
ibout 150, is princi-
by a hillock with a
small church stands
nney Island. There
int, and at the head
ool with a flagstaff

tern shore and head
led that extends 300
e deep bight on the

1 Moore Point, and
between that point

the east extreme by
t the west extreme,
deep water within a
extends 150 yards,
1 from the middle <>:

50 yards southwar .

restward from Red
shore, except in the
rith westerly winds,
le water decreasing
.m flows.

peninsula, about 62
rn Arm.
)r, spring tides, lies

jUes Amours Shoal,
$00 yards S. 30° E.
° W. mag.), respec-

aay be procured in

1 the streams at the
[ quantities may be
nder tLe cascade.

KED HAY.

613

Caution. — Vessels at anchor in this bay have found their com-
passes affected by local disturbances.

Ice. — The basin freezes over about the end of November, and the
harbor about the middle of December, and remain so till the mid-
dle or end of May. Field ice remains till the middle or end of
June, and icebergs may be met with all the year round, small bergs
frequently drifting into Western Arm and occasionally into the
harbor.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Red Bay at 8h. l!)m. ;
springs rise 4^ feet, neaps rise 2 feet ; neaps range one foot.

Tidal Streams. — The flood stream sets westward, through the
eastern channel, into the basin and through the harbor; the ebb
in a contrary direction, but the streams are generally weak, unless
influenced by high winds.

Directions. — Red Bay is easy of access for sailing vessels, with
a leading wind, but only small vessels will find room to beat in or
out, the entrance being 400 yards wide for them, and 200 yards
wide for large vessels, between the shoal water off Saddle Island
and the bowlders and shoe! water off Moore Point.

From the eastward, Wisemans Point must be kept open south of
Gull Island, bearing N. 48° E. (N. 82° E. mag.), until Cox Hill is
in line with the south extreme of Twin Island, N. 7r W. (N. 39°
W. mag.), when Thistle Rock will have been passed; Capstan
Cove Point must then be kept open of Twin Island, bearing N. 56°
E. (East mag.), until Tracey Hill bears N. 58° W. (N. 34° W. mag.),
to avoid Scab Rock, when the entrance of the harbor may be steered
for on this bearing.

When rounding Saddle Island, West Point must be kept well
open of it, bearing S. 24° W. (S. 58° W. mag.), until the fall of
the southern hillock of Twin Island is just open north of Saddle
Island, S. 69° E. (S. 35° E. mag.), when the harbor may be rounded
into and anchorage obtained, in from 6 to 9 fathoms water, as con-
venient. The flagstaff on the hill, 69 feet high, at the east side of
the entrance to the basin, in line with the north corner of the
Wesleyan Chapel which stands east of it, and is the only house on
that hill, bearing N. 45° E. (N. 79° E. mag.), leads, in mid-channel,
between Penney and Saddle Islands.

To pass into the basin, it is only necessary to keep in mid-channel
between Penney Island and the eastern shore of the harbor to find
anchorage in from 15 to 17 fathoms water, but the stage in the
middle of the northern shore of Saddle Island must not be shut in
with the wharf, on the eastern side of Penney Island, bearing S.
15° E. (S. 19° W. mag.), to avoid the shoal on the western shore
of the basin.

■.j^^^^ssmm

514

8TKAIT OF BELLE ISLE.

The holding ground is good in the harbor, but not in the basin,
and in the heavy NE. gales of autumn, which blow furiously
through it, vessels frequently drag.

Proceeding westward, after clearing the harbor, Moore Point kept
in line with the west extreme of Saddle Island, bearing North (N.
34° E. mag.), will lead eastward jf the Louse and Belles Amours
Shoals; but vessels can pass in safety between them by keeping
the eastern bight of Capstan Cove in line with the south extreme
of Twin Island, bearing N. 44° E. (N. 78° E. mag.).

(H. O. Chart No. 924.)

Coast. — The coast southwestward of West Point is foul, and
should not be approached within I mile. Teapot Rock, with 4f
fathoms water over it, lies 400 yards from the shore at li miles
southwestward from West Point.

Carrol Cove, about 3i miles from Red Bay, is very small, with
its entrance to the eastward. One or two fishing vessels are occa-
sionally secured in it, moored to the rocks, and there are huts and
fishing stages on the shore.

Little, St. Modest Islands are two small, low, and bare islets,
one mile apart, and close to the shore at the eastern point of Pin-
ware ; they afford no shelter to shipping.

Soldiei: Rock, awash at low water, lies i mile S. 69° E. (S. 35° E.
mag.) from the west extreme of the western islet. This rock must
be carefully avoided in approaching Pinware from the eastward.

St. Modest Island is a small bare islet close to the west point
of Pinware. Within this islet fishing vessels moor to the rocks
on either side, but it is 'useless for larger vessels. There are a few
houses inside Little St. Modest Islands and a large settlement
inside St. Modest Island, the latter locally known as The Tickle.

Pinware Bay, 11 miles southwestward of Red Bay, is 3 miles
wide across the mouth, from the western of Little St. Modest
Islands to St. Modest Island, and about 2 miles deep. There is
anchorage in this bay in 10 fathoms water, over sandy bottom,
but it is open to south and east winds, which send in a heavy
swell. There is, moreover, a rocky shoal on its west side, with 12
feet water over it, bearing N. 10° E, (Ni 44° E. mag.), nearly one
mile from St. Modest Island, and about i mile S. 34° E. (South
mag.) from Ship Head, a small rocky peninsula in the west part
of the bay. There is a river at the head of Pinware which boats
can enter at high water, and a fine sandy beach, southwestward
of it, extends to the rocky peninsula just mentioned. The best
anchorage is off the center of this beach. There is a conspicuous
house at the entrance to the river, and there are a few huts in the
bay.

■wmm

AN8E A LOUP — AMOUU POINT.

515

it not in the basin,
ch blow furiously

r, Moore Point kept
bearing North (N.
md Belles Amours
L them by keeping
the south extreme

Point is foul, and
,pot Rock, with 4f
) shore at IJ miles

is very small, with
ig vessels are occa-
there are huts and

>w, and bare islets,
jtern point of Pin-

3S. 69°E. (8. 35°E.
t. This rock must
rom the eastward,
e to the west point
moor to the rocks
!. There are a few
a large settlement
^n as The Tickle,
led Bay, is 3 miles
Little St. Modest
es deep. There is
ver sandy bottom,
li send in a heavy
i west side, with 12
. mag.), nearly one
le S. 34° E. (South
la in the west part
nware which boats
ch, southwestward
itioned. The best
ire is a conspicuous
e a few huts in the

Granite, which has formed the coast line from York Point, ceases
to do so at the west point of Pinware, being succeeded by sand-
stone. The granite, however, is seen occasionally at the water's
edge, under the sandstone, at various points farther westward.

Diable Bay.— Diable Bay, having a small village at its head, is
a small open bay di miles southward of Pinware.

Anse k Loup (Loup Bay), which is 3 miles farther, will be
readily known by the magnificent cliffs of red sandstone at its east
entrance point, which are about 350 feet high" and extend 2 or 3
miles to the northeastward of it.

Schooner Cove, at the south point of Anse k Loup, is open to
the northeastward, but nevertheless fishing vessels anchor in it, in
7 fathoms water, during the summer months. There is a fishing
establishment and a few houses at this cove, and the entrance may
be readily recognized from seaward by a flagstaff and small white
signal hut on the summit of the high entrance point.

Anse h Loup is If miles wide and 1^ miles deep, extendin?j in to
the northwestward between high tablelands of sandstone, covered
with green moss and grass, highest on the eastern side, where it
terminates in the cliffs before mentioned. There is a fine sandy
beach, and a river, which small boats can enter at high water, at
the head of the bay.

Although this bay is quite open to the southeastward, yet vessels
anchor here at all times during the summer months, the holding
ground being extremely good. The best anchorage is in the north
end of the bay, in 10 fathoms water, over sand, about i mile off shore,
and with the entrance of the river bearing N. 10° E. (N. 41° E.
mag.). Shoal water extends about 600 yards from the north side
of the bay, and vessels should not anchor in less than ten fathoms
water.

Amour Point (corrupted from Pointe aux Morts, and locally
known as Cape Shallop), situated 4 miles westward of Anse h Loup,
is a low point, with several rocks off it, under the slope of a hill
190 feet high, which falls in a series of terraces, faced by cliffs, to
the shore.

Light. — The lighthouse on Amour Point, a circular tower 104
feet in height and painted white, exhibits, at an elevation of 152
feet abo-^ "q;h water, a fixed white light, which should be visible
18 miles, it is shown from the 1st of April to the 20th December
of each year.

Fog Signal.— A fog whistle, situated 55 yards SE. of Amour
Point Lighthouse, gives a blast of eight seconds duration, followed
by fifty-two seconds silence, every minute. With easterly winds
it is not easily heard when eastward of the lighthouse. Should the

I
I

f;-:?^*!^

516

STRAIT OF BELLE ISLE.

¥'A

whistle be out of order, a horn or trumpet will sound blasts of simi-
lar duration. It is stated that late in the year the water supply
freezes, and the signal is temporarily suspended.

Caution. — Too much reliance should not be placed on hearing
this fog signal, as, from unexplained causes, the sound can not be
heard sometimes, even from short distances.

(B. A. Chart No. 1631.)

Forteau Bay is 4 miles wide between Amour Point on the east
and Forteau Point on the west.

Over each shore of Forteau Bay the hills fall in terraces from
elevations of 690 feet. Forteau Point slopes from a hill 21 2 feet
high, from which the hills rise gradually in long slopes, but faced
by cliffs on the seaward side, with an occasional gorge. From sea-
ward two conspicuous lines of cliffs will be recognized — Crow
Head, 240 feet high, on the west side of Anse aux Morts, and
Chimney Head, 144 feet high, on the west side of the bay. Near
the southern extreme of the latter Overfall Brook falls into the
sea from a height of 118 feet, the volume of water varying with
the season, so that occasionally the stream is very small. A church
with a spire, and several houses near it, stand close eastward of
English Point, which is a small hillock 25 feet high, situated in the
north part of the bay. From this point westward the water is
shoal, and an inlet that nearly dries at low water extends to the
mouth of Forteau Brook, whicn discharges the waters of several
lakes. Boats can go up to the mouth of the brook at half tide, but
care must be taken to avoid the numerous bowlders. Between the
first and second lakes is a waterfall that can be seen occasionally
from seaward.

Anse aux Morts, immediately north of Amour Point, is an open
bight with deep water close to the east shore, but on the north side
the coast is foul for a short distance, and the water shoals rapidly
to the head.

Anchorage. — Anchorage, with shelter from easterly winds only,
may be obtained in from 6 to 10 fathoms water, as convenient, but
large vessels should not bring the large house on the south shore
to bear southward of S. 80° E. (S. 46° E. mag.), and should anchor
at the distance of about 400 yards from the wharf.

The head of Forteau Bay is composed of a sandy beach, behind
which are situated several houses and the school, the latter a plain
building, painted white; the principal settlement is on the west
side of the head of the bay. The southernmost and most conspicu-
ous buildings, known as Jobs Room, are situated immediately
within the flats, a ledge of rock, that just covers at high water,
and affords shelter to the boats. The northernmost house of this

und blasts of simi-
r the water supply

placed on hearing
e sound can not be

r Point on the east

1 in terraces from
rom a hill 21 2 feet
g slopes, but faced
gorge. From sea-
recognized — Crow
e aux Morts, and
3f the bay. Near
ook falls into the
rater varying with
r small. A church
close eastward of
igh, situated in the
ward the water is
iter extends to the
I waters of several
>k at half tide, but
lers. Between the
i seen occasionally

ir Point, is an open
t on the north side
iter shoals rapidly

isterly winds only,
as convenient, but
on the south shore
Eind should anchor
rf.

idy beach, behind
[, the latter a plain
mt is on the west
md most conspicu-
.ated immediately
)rs at high water,
most house of this

FORTEAIT BAY.

517

settlement is used as the postoffice during the summer. The shores
of Forteau Bay are generally bold, and there is no danger beyond
the distance of 200 yards from the shore, except at the bend, where
a shoal extends, from the schoolhouse, ^ mile across the bay. Good
salmon and trout fishing may be obtained here during the season.

Anchorage. — The best anchorage is in from 10 to 14 fathoms
water, in the NW. part of the bay, with the northernmost stage,
at the junction of the rock and sand, bearing about West (N. 50°
W. mag.). This is said to be the best roadstead in the Strait of
Belle Isle; the holding ground is good, and fishing vessels remain
moored there all summer, but a heavy swell rolls in with south-
westerly w'^^ds.

V ';e. v^ be obtained from ! ".n^s flowing down the hill-
side at the utlement on the wet., side of the bay, and at Jobs
Room there is a pipe, to which a hose could be fitted, for filling
boats. There is no large wood within 10 miles of the neighborhood
of the settlement.

The resident population numbers about 150, who liA'^e inland from
November till May, when they return to prosecute the seal fishery
till the end of June; and during the latter month, as soon as
navigation is open, the Newfoundland fishermen arrive, and number
about 300.

Ice. — The bay freezes over about the middle of December, and
the ice breaks up about the middle of May.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Forteau Bay at
lOh. 25m. ; springs rise 5i feet, neaps rise 3 feet ; neaps range 1^ feet.

Tidal Streams. — The flood stream, in calm weather, sets to the
northward on the east shore and to the southward on the west
shore, and the ebb in a contrary direction ; but these streams are
so weak in the bay that a fresh breeze from any quarter will
change their direction. Off Amour and Forteau Points the tides
are strong and extremely irregular, occasionally running in one
direction with a velocity of 4 to 5 knots an hour close to the shore,
and in an opposite direction a short distance off. In sounding off
these points, during the recent survey, three distinct streams were
met within a distance of 2 miles ; the tide rips were of sufficient
strength to turn H. B. M. S. Oulnare at right angles to her
.course, and these irregularities were continually changing without
any apparent cause.

Oaution. — In approaching Forteau Bay in foggy weather, ^reat
caution is necessary on account of these irregularities and of the
little warning that can be given by the hand lead before the shore
is reached; but by careful sounding the deep gully, with more
than 50 fathoms water in it, that stretches nearly across Forteau
Bay, and is witl in | mile of Amour Point, will serve as a warning
that the bay or coast is near.

S** 'i.f .'^wttW(ft5'y*-r?^^^^

518

srUAIT OF BELLE ISLE.

Anse Eclair, 4 miles westward of Forteau Point, is small,
exposed to the southward, and affords no anchorage. A low islet
and reef extend together about \ mile SW. from the east entrance
point. There is a fishing establishment close within this point,
and also at the head of the cove.

Westward of Anse ^ficlair the hills are remarkable for the large
slabs of rock facing the cliff, with which all the hills fall to the
sea. Those hills are generally flat, rising gradually to higher
ranges in the background.

Blanc Sablon (formerly Anse Sablon) is 7 miles westward of
Forteau Point. It is partly sheltered by Isle au Bois and Greenly
Island, but SW. winds send in a heavy sea, and vessels have been
lost there in autumnal gales. Generally it is a safe anchorage
during the summer months, and fishing vessels remain moored
there.

The hills fall in cliff, on the east side, from elevations of 402 to
253 feet, and on the west shore from a flat hill, 342 feet high, that
extends westward in a spur and terminates ia a sharp bluff, 167
feet high, over Long Point. There is a curious saddle-shaped hill,
440 feet 'high, at If miles northward of the head of the bay.

The shores generally are of rock faced by bowlders, but at the
head there is a sandy beach on the west side of a projecting point,
21 feet high, on which are conspicuous white houses and wharves,
known locally as Jobs Room. Blanc Sablon River separates the
point from the sandy beach and drains a long valley and some large
ponds. The hills on the east side fall in cliffs to the marshes in the
valley, but the rise is gradual on the west.

Blandford ShoaXs range in depth from 15 feet to 5 fathoms,
and occupy a space about 800 yards in extent in the middle of Blanc
Sablon.

A rock, with one foot water on it, lies 265 yards from the shore,
at i mile northwestward of St. Charles Point, the eastern entrance
point, and a cluster of rocks extends i mile southward from the
Barachois, a small cove eastward of Jobs Room. Shoal water
occupies the entire NW. part of the bay, in which is a rock, awash
at low water, 300 yards from the shore.

The coast westward from Lazy Point, the turning point westward,
to Grand Point is bordered by rocks and shoals and should not be
approached within -J- mile.

Gulch Cove, a creek between two granitic spurs, is situated f
mile westward of Lazy Point, and is frequented by fishermen during
the summer months. It is a dangerous place to approach, being
surrounded by rocks ; and the cove is so narrow that vessels are
hauled in stern first and moored by chains to the rocks on either
side. Losses, however, are not of frequent occurrence.

,^ jxpEi6?»?s;\J5g«g«ga;W, .. -ivS! ¥'

'l?i5«!s^?aS-^sas;,S* ;iSi!»^K .saw^R,;,

■immmim:sxim''^m^m^^--

OKEKNLY ISLAND.

510

I Point, is small,
rage. A low islet
L the east entrance
within this point,

cable for the large
B hills fall to the
idually to higher

aailes westward of
Bois and Greenly

. vessels have been
a safe anchorage

Is remain moored

evations of 402 to
342 feet high, that
a sharp blufiE, 167
jaddle-shaped hill,
I of the bay.
>wlders, but at the
I projecting point,
uses and wharves,
iver separates the
ley and some large
the marshes in the

feet to 5 fathoms,
lie middle of Blanc

ds from the shore,
le eastern entrance
uthward from the
lom. Shoal water
sh is a rock, awash

ag point westward,
and should not be

purs, is situated f
y fishermen during
;o approach, being
>w that vessels are
he rocks on either
iirrence.

Grand (Long) Point, the turning point to Brndoro Buy and
the northwestern entrance point of the Strait of Belle Isle, has ruuiti
and shoals extending nearly 800 yards southward from it.

Perroquet Bank, with 4^ fathoms water over it, lies U miles S.
69° W. (N. 77° W. mag.) from Grand Point.

Isle au Bois, 167 feet high, is flat at the summit and generally
covered with moss and coarse grass. Penneys Room is a largo fish-
ing establishment at the NW. extreme of the island, and there are
several other houses on the east shore.

Shoal water extends 300 yards from the NE. coast of Islo au Bois,
and The Breakers, a ledge of rocks that dry at low water, extend \
mile from a point near the 8W. extreme, but there is deep water at
200 yards off from the west shore and the north point. When the
boats can not land on the NE. side of the island, they do so at the
Cow House, a small square rock by the side of a small but deep
creek on the west shore, close south of the NW. extreme.

Greenly Island (He Verte) is li miles from Isle au Bois, and
consists of two hillocks joined by a plateau between two coves, the
northern being 84 feet and the southern 63 feet high. The NW,
shore is bold, but off the SE. extreme are a rock that dries at low
water and shoals that extend i mile in a southeasterly direction.
A large fishing establishment is situated in the eastern cove.
Greenly Island is the resort of myriads of puffins, which appear
suddenly in June and disappear as sudden V i'^ October.

Light— On the southwestern slope of > aq southern hillock on
Greenly Island an octagonal-shaped tower, 78 feet in height and
painted white, with a red lantern, exhibits, at an elevation of 108
feet, a revolving light having a period of revolution of three min-
utes, showing white for half a n>inute, then red for half a minute,
and white for half a minute, followed by an eclipse of one and a
half minutes. This light, exhibited from 1st April to 20th Decem-
ber, should be visible 15 miles. The keeper's dwelling, painted
white, is attached.

Fog SignaL — During thick or foggy weather a steam horn
sounds blasts of ten seconds duration, with an interval of eighty
seconds between blasts.

The fog-signal house, a long low building, painted white, with a
coal shed behind it, is 355 yards E. ^ S. of the lighthouse.

Bank.— A bank, with 4^ fathoms water over it, lies nearly mid-
way between Greenly Island and the nearest point of the mainland

from it.

Coal and Supplies.— A small stock of coal is kept here, jf
which about 50 tons could be supplied to vessels. Ships' stores
generally, such as flour, salt beef, etc., may also be obtained.

Water may be obtained at high water from Blanc Sablon River.

^'^E-:''rr7^^^^f^*''^ -

620

STHAIT OF HKI.I-K ISLK.

Fisheries. — Thoro are about 200 rosidonts in Blanc Sablon and
tlio noi^li])()rho()(l, who hunt for soal in May and June and other
fur-bcariuf? animals during tho winter. About 500 fishormon from
thfj east coast of Newfoundland are brought down in spring, and,
with tliH residents, proseouto the cod fishery.

Directions. — Approaching Blanc Sablon from the eastward, the
shore should be kept distant at least ^ mile till near St. Charles
Point, when the fall of the clitf over Anse Eclair Point should be
kept open south of the south extreme of St. Charles Point, beaiHng
N. 73" E. (8. 74° E. mag.), until the northern fall of the cliflPs on
the jast side of Blanc Sablon River is in line with the westernmost
wharf of Jobs Room, bearing N. 18° W. (N. 16° E. mag.), which
will clear Blandford Shoals. Open this mark a little to the west-
ward and run on it until the south fail of the northern hillock of
Greenly Island is in line with the north extreme of Isle au Bois,
bearing S. 48° W. (S. 82° W. mag.), when the vessel should pro-
ceed about 200 yards and anchor in 7 to 10 fathoms water, over
sand. This position is the best in the bay for large vessels, but
small craft can go into any depth, as convenient. Greenly Island
Lighthouse in line with the north extreme of Isle au Bois, bearing
S. 40° W. (S. 74° W. mag.), clears the shoal water at the head and
the rocks extending from the Barachois.

Proceeding westward, the NW. point of Isle au Bois should be
kept about ^ mile distant, and rounded till the fall of the hill
over St. Charles Point is in line with the NW. extreme of Isle au
Bois, bearing N. 65° E. (S. 81° E. mag.), when, by keeping on that
mark till near Greenly Island, the bank between that island and
the mainland will be avoided; or, by keeping in mid-channel
between Isle au Bois and Greenly Island, the vessel may proceed
to the southward.

Ice. — Blanc Sablon freezes over about the middle of December
and breaks up about the middle of May. The first steamer arrives
about the end of May, and the last vessel leaves about 30th October.
Field ice makes during the winter, but finally leaves aboiit the
middle of June. Icebergs may be met with at any time, but only
a few reach as far west as Greenly Island.

In 1833, the channel between Isle au Bois and the main was frozen
across on the 28th of June, after the winter ice had broken up.
Packed ice rema'ned till the middle of July, and numerous icebergs
all the year.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, in Blanc Sablon at
lOh. 32m. ; springs rise 5 feet, neaps rise 2J feet ; neaps range 1^ feet.

Tidal Streams. — The usual flood stream sets through the an-
chorage and channel between the islands and the mainland, in a west-
erly direction, with an average velocity of 1| knots an hour, and

Jlanc Sablon and
i June and other

00 fishermon from
a in spring, and,

the eastward, the
noar St. Charles
• Point should be
les Point, bearing
11 of the cliffs on

1 the westernmost
E. mag.), which

little to the west-
rthern hillock of
( of Isle au Bois,
Bssel should pro-
Koms water, over
largo vessels, but
Greenly Island
au Bois, bearing
r at the head and

u Bois should be
e fall of the hill
:treme of Isle au
' keeping on that
that island and
in mid-channel
Bsel may proceed

die of December
t steamer arrives
mt 20th October,
leaves about the
y time, but only

main was frozen

had broken up.

imerous icebergs

Blanc Sablon at
ips range 1^ feet,
through the an-
inland, inawest-
)ts an hour, and

BLANC SABLOX.

the (}bb stream sets in the opposite directicin, but with perHiHtoiit
winds from one direction the straanis have been known to attain a
rate of 2^ knots aa hour. With opposing winds, a very heavy sea
is raised in the channel between the islands and the mainland, and
occasionally boats are swamped there. It is particularly bad at the
north extreme of Isle au Bois, where the tidal stream between the
islands meets that of the other channel.

INDEX.

fiige.

Aaron Ann 188

Abbot Cove 872

AbrabimiH Cove 227

Afbimh Iload 04

Adolaiilo iHland 810

Admiral Cove 188

AdiniralH Beach ... 47

anchorage 47

Cove, Broyle Harbor.. . 481
Fenneuse Harbor 483

Grand Bank 188

Head 481

Island, BrigUH Bay 48rt

Trinity Harbor . 484

Aigle Cape 127

AiguillotteH Harbor 828

Island.. 828

Rock 828

Air Island -•.... 418

Alcock Island 870

f.r 'ihorage 871

AldridgeHead 176

Rock 175

Alexander Rock 850

Allan Cove 161

Island 122

light 122

Allen Rock 90

Shoal 61

St. Peter Bay 503

AmeliaCove 811

Amei-ican Bank 286

Shoal {«».(.

Tickle o'.j

Amherst Fort 474

fog signal 474

light 478

Amour Point 515

cantion .. 516

fog signal 515

light 515

Anchor Cove, St. Barbe Bay 296

Point 296

CT6maill6re Harbor. 814

Rock 75

Renewse Harbor 484

Anderson Rmk 174

Snnker 174

Andrews Island 104

Angel Hoad 414

Point 814

Angnille Cape 215

tides 218

Range 218

AnseA Loup.. 515

aux MortH 516

Eclair 518

Point 530

Sablon . 518

Anson Island .. 886

Ai.t Rock . ..818

Antelope Harbor 505

Anthony Island 488

Isles 491

AntillCov 801

KM ihorage 601

Aquafort .lar^jor 482, 488

ice 482

Rocks 488

Arch CliflP Point 425

Arches, The 278

A rctic or Labrador Current 18

Ardent Rock 288

Tail 288

Ardoise Cape 808

Argent Bay 189

Cove 189

Ari^j'e Bay 817

anchorage 817

directions 817

Arnolds Cove, Pine Cape 44

Placentia Bay 64

Arran Cove 152

anchorage 158

Arrow Point 426

Arthur Rock 458

Artimon Bank 86

Cape 808

Assizes Harbor 496

directions 497

tides 498

water 497

Island 495

(523)

624

INDEX.

-J

fe':i

Page.

Assizes Rock 496

Athwart Island - - 420

Atlantic Cove 211

Aurora Point 322

Aviron Bay - 166

Point 166

Rock 166

Bacalhao Island 888

light 383

Rock 383

Baccalieu Island 452

light 452

Back Cove, Burgeo 177

Sarin Inlet 119

anchorage 119

Islets 71

Harbor 379

Head 379

Shoal 47

Backside Cove 426

Bacon-bone Rock 425

Bacon Cove 467

Head, Colliers Bay.-. 466
Hearts Content 454

Bad Bay 504

west coast 279

Neighbor Rock 190

Grandy Pas-
sage 204

Rock . 330

Badger Bay 869

Rock 107

BaggCove -- 166

Head 378

BaggsHead 189

Island, Burgeo 178

Tacks Head 88

Baie de Canaries 827

Fourchette 332

la Loutre 206

caution.. 206

I'Eau- 100

Head 100

water.- 101

wood 101

Outardes 816

desPins... 341

Bailey Cove 426

Baker Cove 65

Head ^ 43

Island 204

Pago.

Baker Point 65

Bakers Brook 269

Loaf Hill 440

Island 419

Rocks--- 419

Bald Head. 58

Aquafort Harbor 483

Bay 57

Island Ill

Trinity Bay 446

Nai' .Point Rock 443

Point 171

Baldney Rock 377

Baldwin Cove 336

anchorage 336

Rock 336

Rocks, Basque Port 208

Burgeo Islands . . 180

Shoal 180

Baleine Rock, Great Goose Harbor 321

Griguet 309

Ballard Bank 40,487

Cape 39,485

Ballast Cliff -- 413

• Point 413

Balsam Bud Cove 347

Bande de 1' Arier Harbor 144

light ... 144

Bane Harbor 102

Tolt 102

Bank Head 221

Cove - 221

Rock 45

Bannatyne Cove 252

anchorage 252

Banquereau Bank 85

Bantam Banks 484

Bai- Shoal 483

The, Castor Harbor 289

Humber River 252

Nick Power Cove 166

Red Harbor -. 112

Shoa' Harbor 443

Smith Sound 439

Bara Rock 325

Barachois Brook 220

The 518

St. George Bay 224

Barachoise de St. Pien-e 132

Rock.. 210

B-rasway Bay 184

Mull Face Bay 202

deCerf 152

Page.

: 269

am 440

island 419

[locks- 419

luafort Harbor 483

ly 57

land Ill

•inityBay 446

nt Rock 443

171

£ 377

3 336

anchorage 836

Rock 336

ks, Basque Port 208

Burgeo Islands . - 180

il 180

, Great Goose Harbor 321

Grignet 309

40,487

39,485

-- 413

Point 413

Dove 347

ner Harbor 144

light ... 144

102

Tolt 102

221

ove 221

3ve 252

anchorage 252

3ank 85

cs 484

- 483

itor Harbor 289

nber River 252

k Power Cove 166

I Harbor 112

a' Harbor 443

th Sound 439

325

ook 220

le 518

St. George Bay 224

3 St. Pien-e 132

ock.. 210

y 184

Mull Face Bay 202

Cerf 152

■WPIf

INDEX.

525

Pngf.

Barasway, Grand Bruit 191

Great Jer vis Harbor.. 158

Harbor Breton 146

leCou 197

Point- 184

Rencontre Bay - 164.

Barbac6 Cove 288

Point 288

caution 284

Bard Cove 390

Island 890

Islands 417

Bare Point- 285

Bareneed Village 465

Barge Bay 511

Baring Island 185

Barnes Island 390

Barracks Islets 392

Barred Bay., 287

Island 122

Barren Island Harbor 70

Mussel Harbor 94

Placentia Sound .. . 69

Mount 243

Point, Coffin Cove 76

Croc Harbor 323

Barrett Rock 90

Barrier Point 505

Barrow Harbor 419

ice 419

tides 419

Rock 148

Barry Brook 221

Basque Port 207

beacons 209

buoys 208

caution 209

coal 208

communication 208

directions 209

fog signal 208

ice 209

lights. - 207

telegraph 208

tides 209

Bass Point 119

Rock 119

Basse-ten-e Point 148

BatailleBank 128

Eatrix Island 379

Battery Point, British Harbor 436

Cul-de-SacBay --. 166
Battle Harbor 493

Pago.

Battle Harbor, caution 494

coal 494

communication.-- 494

hospital 494

ice 494

Battslsland 88

Bauld Cape 304,807

fog signal 804

light 804

tidal stream 306,307

Bawdry Cape 181

BayBuhs 479

communication 479

dangers- 479

directions 480

ice 482

water - 479

de Grave 465

Loup 175

anchorage 175

Point 174

Rock 175

Vieux 169

anchorage 170

water , 170

of Exploits 374

anchorage 374

communication-. 374

ice - 875

tides 875

water 875

Mands - 247

communication-.. 247

ice 247

tidal streams 259

I'Argent 189

BackCove 189

le Moine 196

Rock -- 197

water _ 197

Point, Good Bay 309

Long Harbor 491

Robei-ts 464

ice 464

light 464

telegraph 464

Shoal 511

Verte 341

anchorage 841

ice 841

Bawdens Hole 471

Bayot Shoa? . - _ 287

Baziel Village 203

mmm

526

INDEX.

Page.

Beach Point, Belloram — . 144

light- 144

Harbor Grace 461

light- 461

Portau Port 285

Trepassey 43

BeachesCove 416

Head 416

Beacon Hill 504

Point, La Poile 198

beacon--.- 198

Bear Bank 314

Cove 338

Point, Fermeuse 483

Roche Harbor 268

west coast 247,296

Witless Bay 480

Deadfall Brook 250

anchorage . . - 250

Head 169

Cull Island 870

west coast -.- 246

White Beiii' Biky . 170

Hill ,-- 389

. Island 171

Beaiibois Cove - 116

Beaver Brook 380

Cove, Chimney Bay 330

DildoRun 386

Head 346

HallBay 360

Notre Dame Bay — 346

Pond - 346

Rock 880

Head 386

Hill — - 897

Point - - 397

Rock 446

Beck Bay 148

Beckford Shoal 48

Bed Rock 878

Beef Island .-.. 295

Belier Shoal 126

Bell Island, Conception Bay 468

Gray Islands.- 324

PlacentiaBay 71

Rock 468

Garia Bay 1»4

Rose Blanche 201

BelleAnse 309

Bay - 148

Harbor 142

tie du Petit Nord 824

Page.

Belle Island 148

Isle 507

fog signal 508

lights 508

provisions 508

Rock 508

Strait 409

currents 17,509

general directions. 31

ice 18,25

navigation in fogs 510
outer soundings . . 609

passages . - 81

tides 509

Bellens Point 873

Belles Amours Shoal 512

Belloram 144

communication 144

light - 144

tides 144

Belvy Bay 317

Benburry Rock 406

BeiiCu, The 398

B6nie Islet 283

Benmans Island .-.. 412

BennetRock 192

Bennett Bank 94

Cove 196

Benoit Cove 251

anchorages 251

Berry Island 884

Morton Harbor . 377

Head 269

Hill 269

Hills.-.- -•-.- 123

Point 195

Bertrand Rocks 127

beacon 127

Bessy Island. 417

Betts Bight 349

BettsCove 348

buoy 349

communication 849

water 349

Head .'-.- 849

Island 848

Betty Island 80

Beverley Cove 258

BicheArm 326

Bide Arm 828

anchorage 828

tides 381

Shoal 828

148

507

nial 508

508

ions 508

508

409

currents 17,509

general directions. 31

ice 18,25

navigation in fogs 510

outer soundings . . 609

passages . - 81

tides 509

873

Shoal 512

144

unication 144

- 144

144

317

-. 406

Ot'O

283

1 — 412

192

196

251

chorages — . 251

884

arton Harbor . 377

269

.- -:... 123

195

3 127

beacon 127

417

- 349

348

y 349

munication 849

Br 349

.'--. 849

848

258

326

828

>rage 828

381

INDEX,

527

Page.

Big Bald Head 90

Barasway, Goose Arm 255

Norman Head 184

ChanceCove. 461

ConueBay 141

Copper Head 164

Cove.- 280

Head, Cape St. Gregory. 261

Dick Rock 218

Duck Island 502

Gull Island 877

Head, Humber Arm 258

Main Tickle 882

Mortier Bay 114

Island, Cove 249

Deer Harbor 448

Garia Bay. 194

Little Brftl6 Harbor ... 88

Prosque Harbor 81

Rock, Deer Harbor . . . 448

Troy town Island 868

Plate Island 137

Pond 63

Pools Island 406

Rattling Brook 158

Rock, Garia Bay 194

Rock, Little Br616 88

Salmonier 119

Rock 132

water 119

Seallsland 195

Shoal, Despair Bay 151

Isle of Valen 78

Little River 169

Merasheen Harbor 91

Placentia Bay 107

Red Harbor- 112

White Islands 75

Sunker, Cinq Cerf Islands 189

Little Pinchgut... 60,61

Redland 90

Troytown Island 868

Bight, The 148

Billiard Cove 185

tides 184

water 185

Point 824

Bill of Lance Cove 165

Binghams Shoal lOV

Birch Cove 448

BiichyCove, Despair Bay 157

anchorage 157
Green Bay 865

Paga.

Birchy Cove Head 855

Humber Arm 252

anchor'ge 252

supplies 252

tides - - 252

Head, Bonne Bay 264

Trinity Bay 412

Island 66

Point...., 158

Bird Island, Brunet Islands 137

Cove, Lar gent Cape.. 429

Islands, Rosiru Islands 89

Turr Islands 288

Biscay Bay - 42

Bishop Islet 392

Rock 345

Bishops Harbor 418

ice 419

Bittern Cove 67

Black Bay 511

Blackberry Head 357

Black Brook --. 445

cape «o<i

Cove- 121

Duck Brook 283

Cove -- 295

Roddy Bay 416

Random Sound. 443

St.Edrbe 236

Island 416

landing -- 236

Fly Island 492

George Head 194

Head 64

Bay 426,477

BonavistaBay 420

ice 426

beacon 477,496

Cape Spear 477

G reat Caribou Island . 494

Middle Arm 254

Pouch Cove 469

Rock - 116

Tor Bay 469

Hill 121

Horse Shoal 484

Island 376,382

Harbor, Main Tickle- 382
Rock, Norman Cape. 300
Tickle, Bay of Ex-
ploits 376

Willis Reach 417

Islet, Fogo Islands 393

528

rNDEX.

Page.

Black Ijlet, Grignet Buy 309

Jeanne Channel 323

St. Charles Harbor... 501

St. John Bay 390

Joke Cove 507

Ledge, Anthony Island 438

Otter Rub 161

Point, Antelope Harbor.. . 506
Rock.Witless Bay . . 456
St. Margaret Bay ... 391

Reef , Flowers Island 403

Ronks, Greens Pond.. 404
Seldom Come-by Har-
bor 894

River 66

ice 66

telegraph 66

Bay le Moine 196

Black Rock 206

Connaigre Bay 147

, Couteau Bay. 187

Culotte _. 188

GariaBay 194

Grandy Passage 303

Little Garia Bay 195

Long Harbor 141

, Placentia Bay 59,109

Ragged Islands 84

Ramea Islands 173

Red Harbor ,.. 113

Rose Blanche . . 197

Saddle Island 159

St.Pierre 138

Shoal 196

Southern Harbor 365

Sunker 109,366

Rose Blanche.. 197
» Southern Har-
bor 366

White Bear Bay 173

Temple Bay 505

Rocks, Ballard Cape 485

Green Pond 404

Shoal, Black Rock 306

Blake Ground 491

Blanc Cape, Miquelon 134

light 134

St.Pierre 136

Sablon Bay 518

coal 519

directions 530

fisheries 520

fog signal 519

I Pngc,

I Blanc Sablon Bay ice 520

I light 519

j supplies 519

tidal streams . . 520

tides 520

River 518

Blanche Point, Croc Harbor 823

Round Harbor 348

St.Pierre 126

River 225

Blandford Port 428

Shoals 518

Bleak Islet 408

Block Rock 453

Bloody Bay 417

Point 416

Reach 416

Fair Bay 420

New Perlican 454

Placentia Bay 67

Reach 416

i Bloomer Harbor 420

Blowhard Rock 884

Blow-me-down Bluflf 79

Bay de Grave 465

Bay de Loup 175

Bay of Islands.... 250

Devil Bay 164

Head, Fei-meuse . - 483

Mortier Bay 116

Point, Laun Har-
bor 132

White Bear

Bay 171

St. Lawrence Har-
bor 120

Sunker '. 116

Blue Beach Point 130

Hills, Conception Bay .. 467

of Couteau 188

of Garia 194

Red Harbor 112

Pinion Harbor.. 144

anchorage. .^-. 144

Point 91

Rock 90

Shaglsland 58

Bluflf Head, Colinet 47

Cove, Toulinguet 883

Lamalin 122

light 122

Port au Port 284, 240

CliflE..-- 242

Page.

»y ice 520

light 519

supplies 519

tidal streams . . 520

tides 520

.iver 518

Droc Harbor 323

Round Harbor 348

3t.Pierre 126

225

428

Is 518

403

453

417

416

3ach... 416

lir Bay - 420

3W Perlican 454

acentia Bay 67

416

■ 420

-- 884

Bluflf ..,. 79

Bay de Grave 465

Bay de Loup 175

Bay of Islands.... 350

Devil Bay 164

Head.Fei-meuse.- 483

MortierBay 116

Point, Laun Har-
bor 133

White Bear

Bay 171

St. Lawrence Har-
bor 120

Sunker '. 116

It 120

seption Bay .. 467

outeau 188

aria.. 194

Harbor 112

rbor 144

anchorage. .^-. 144

- 91

-. 90

a 58

inet 47

ire, Tonlinguet 882

nalin 122

lit 123

•tauPort 234,240

Cliff...- 242

INDEX.

529

Page.

Bluff Head Shoal 128

Point 489

Bandom Island 443

Boar, The, Burgeo 177

Island, Burgeo 178

light 178

Rock 178

Shoal 178

Boat Cove 299

Harbor 101

Head..- 101

water 101

Head - 398

Peninsula 298

Rock 189

Stern 298

Boatswain Island 891

Bob Head 143

Lock Cove 163

water 162

Bobby Cove • 348

Island.- 848

Bock 109

Bogy Ledge 34

Bois Island, Despair Bay 154

FeiTyland Harbor ... 483

Hardy Harbor 342

Bois6es Islands 800

Bon Gars Bock 302

Bonah Coves ^ --- ®^

Bonaventure Harbors .-. 435

Head 484

Bonavista Bay 408

approach - 408

Cape 409

light 409

Cove 427

communication.-- 427

tides 427

Harbors 409

ice 409

Bonhomme Point 323

Bonne ?3ay- 263

anchorage 263

Bank 267

coal 263

communication 263

Harbor 160

anchorage 160

tides 160

Hermitage Bay 159

ice 267

supplies 263

FkgO'

Bonne Bay tidal streams 267

tides 367

Bonnels Point 178

Bonniere Shoal. 129

Boot Harbor 862

anchorage 362

Head 362

Bordeaux Gut 64

Island 64

Boswarlis 389

Bottom, The, Bane Harbor 102

Port Basque 209

Boche Harbor 268

South Bight 448

Bouilli Point 138

Bouleaux Bay 315

Boulonnaise Bock 324

Boulton Islet 451

Boutitou Shoal 337

Bow and Aitow Ledges — - 478

Bower Ledge -- 453

Bowlder Bank 463

buoy 401

Ledge 268

Boxey Harbor 145

tides 145

Point.-. 145

Bock.- 145

Bradley Bock.... 459

Bradore Bay 519

Brag Bock, Deer Island 415

GariaBay 194

Branch Cove 48

Head --- 48

Brandies Islet - 401

Rock, Lobster Islet 386

Rocks, Bay of Islands. .. 249
Brunet Islands... 187

Deer Islands 415

Mercer Cove 137

New Bay 872

" Bay Cape 314

St. Francis Cape-. 469

Three Arms 357

west coast - 271

Beefs 401

Shoal, DoUarman Bank. 480
Bagged Islands . - . 87

Brandy Cove - 165

Head 165

Bocks, Mortier Bay 117

Bras des Veaux Marin 888

Bread and Cheese Islands 98

i tWmiHBCM CWB

530

INDEX.

119

VHge.

Bread Box 106,128

Cove 428

Island 98

Breadcheese Point 479

Rock 479

Breaker Point 808

Breakers, Isle au Bois 619

Breakheart Point 84

Rock no

Breeches Rock 106

Br6hat Bays 812

Point 812

Shoals 812

tidal streams 818

Breme Point 60

Brennan Point 61

Brennans Hill 462

Brent Cove, Confusion Bay 848

FacheuxBay 161

Head 848

• (Petit coup de Hache) 848

Islands GIC

BrentonBock 400

Breton Harbor 146

Reef 289

Briand Shoal 184

Bridges Island 868

Brierly Cove 49

Landing 49

Brig Bay 292

Beacon. 292

directions 292

BrigasBay 465

communication 466

ice 466

Head 481

Brigus-by-South Harbor 481

BrimballHead 162

Storehoose Cove 170

Brimstone Head 390

Point 68

Brine Islands 68

Brines Rock 424

Brin^Cove 345

Britannia Cove 489

British Harbor 486

Point 486

Broad Cove, Broad Head Bay 426

Head, Black Head Bay 426

Conception Bay 458

Red Harbor... 112

Ship Harbor.- 54

LaPoileBay 193

Pagf.

Broad Cove, Port au Port 286, 340

Ragged Islands 87

Rocks, New Bonaven-

ture 485

Coves, Head, Placontia Bay 108

ice....... 428

Newman Soimd 421

Island 416

Broize Point 809

Brook Rock 81

The 345

Broomclose Harbor 419

Broom Point 272

Brothers, The, Great Jervis Harbor 158
Troytown Islands.. 869

Broussailles Point 842

Brown Bank 37

Brown Fox Island 410

Mead 444

Shoal 278

Store Island 420

Bi'oyiti Captj 4jjx

Harbor 481

ice 482

tides 481

Bruce Cove, Gull Island 420

Rock 420

Brl!kl6Cape 34a

Harbors 88,89

Head.- 89

Shoal... 89

Brunet Island 136

anchorage 186

light 136

tides 136

Bruyantes Rock 320

Bryans Hole Point 428

Bryants Cove 468

Buck Head 258

Buckley Cove 422

Point 422

BTiffet Harbor 92

anchorage 98

current ,.. 98

ice 98

tides 98

Head 92

Island 92

Point 150

Buffett Tickle 159

Buffetts Island 175

anchorage 175

Bull and Cow Rocks 48

Pagr.

Tt auPort 286,340

gged Islands 87

cks, New Bonaven-

ure 485

ead, Placentia Bay 108

e. 428

ewmau Sound 421

416

809

845

bor 419

272

reat Jervis Harbor 158
roytown Islands.. 869

tit 842

nd 410

444

278

and 420

461

481

5e ifiQ

des 481

llsland 420

!k 420

842

88,89

■ 186

ichorage 186

fbt 186

les 186

820

nt 428

468

258

432

422

ichorage 98

irrent ^. 98

e 98

les 98

150

159

175

achorage 175

icks 48

INDEX.

531

Page.

Bull Arm 460

ice 451

Head 479

Island 450

anchorage 460

Tickle 450

tides 450

Point 49

Islet 49

Rock 466

GariaBay 194

BundellsGaze 402

Bungle Island 69

Rock 69

Bunyan Cove 428

Burgee 176

anchorage 176

beacon 176

buoy ^6

communication 176

directions 182

ice 176

Island 78

Islands 177

Banks 118

light 178

supplies 176

telegraph 176

tidal streams 188

tides 188

BurgoyneCove 489

anchorage 489

Burin Harbors 117

coal 118

communication... 118

ice 118

tide 119

Island 117

light 117

Inlet--. 118

Passage.-- 118

Burke Island 56

BumsheadRock 482

Burnt Arm, Goldson Arm 884

Cape 800

Peninsula 800

Cove 388

Head.- 60

Point 60

Sunker 60

Island, Bonavista Bay 41 5

Rock 415

P»ge.

Burntisland. Hall Bay 861

Leading Tickles 870

Little Harbor 100

Stocking Harbor .. - 853

Toulinguet 881

Tickle 881

Islands, Nonsuch 97

tides 97

coal -- 205

communication . . . 205

God Bay 205

Harbor 305

buoy 205

directions. 206

supplies 205

Point, Bay de Grave 466

Bonne Bay 266

Catal ina Harbor 481

Renewse Harbor 484

Seldom Come-by

Harbor 894

Warwich Harbor . . . 487

Ridge 427

Wood Point 279

Burton Cove 875

Burtons Pond 849

Buse Hills 821

BushyHead 47

Bussey Point 897

Bustard Bay 816

Cove 285

Butchers Cove 412

Butler Cove, Leading Tickles 870

Troytown Harbor... 868

Head 62

Island— 89

Point - 112

Rock 108

Great St. Lawrence . 120

Butt Cove.; 875

Hole 78

Butterfly Islands 408

Butter-pot Hill 201,206

Holy Rood Bay- -. 468

Rock 808

Buttonhole Cove 348

Point 348

Button Island, Fortune Harbor... 874

Buzzard Shoal 364

Byrne Cove 882

Rocks 882

532

INDEX.

Cabin Point 829

Cabot Islands 408

light 408

Strait 214

current 15

ice 34

Cagnet Cape 848

Cahil Point 474

Caillou au Chat 128

Cailloux de terre 128

Island 817

Cains Island 200

Caini Head 68

ice 58

Mountain 322

Calapoose Rocks 197

Calas, The 819

Calculus Rock 288

Calf Rock 194

Callaghans Ground 868

V^cillu loiuu --,--■«_.._._ io

Calvary Hill 77

Paquei Harbor 842

Hills 184

Point 381

Camel Island, Griguet Harbor. . . 808

Indian Bay 410

Campbells Cove 227

Camp Islands 502

Canada Bay 827

Harbor 881

ice 381

tides 881

Head 881

Canaille Cape 348

Canailles Islets 128

Canal, The 188

Canaries Harbor 881

Canary Isles 80

Candlemas Head 349

Canes Island 325

CaniaCape 848

Canias Rock 305

Cann Islands 394

light 894

Canon Point 127

light 127

Canso Bank 86

Cap Daim 839

Cape Cove, Fogo Island 394

LaHuneBay 187

Landing 89,486

Capo Cove, Race Cape 89,486

Island 108

Islet 204

Nonnan Bay 200

Ritlge 401

Rocks 168

Roger Bay 98

Harbor 98

Head 09

Island - 98

Mountain 98

Rouge Shoals 127

Harbor 826

Peninsula 825

Spear Bay 477

light 477

Capelan Bay 347

Capillaire Mountains 315

Caplin Bay, Broyle Harbour 481

Cove Head, Notre Dame

Bay 346

Capstan Cove 511

Point 611

Point, Nameless Cove ... 397

Captain Island 187

anchorage 187

Jack Island 491

Pearce Rock 379

CarbonearBay 459,460

anchorage 460

communication... 460

directions 460

ice 460

tides 460

Island 459

light 459

C ireening Point 323

C'arentonne Island 311

Caribou Channel 494

Cove 290

Island 494

Point 495

Caroline Point 848

Carrier Point 481

Carrol Cove .*. 514

Carroll Cove 502

Carters Head 881

Cartridge Bight 494

Cary Rock 426

CashelCove 115

Lookout. 115

Cask Head 852

Castle Cove 426

Tat*.

9 Cape 39,486

168

294

ly - 290

401

168

bor tt8

d 09

id - 98

ntain 08

als 127

•bor 826

insula 825

477

t - 477

247

tains 815

jrle Harbour 481

lad, Notre Dame

846

511

int 511

tameless Cove ... 207

187

nchorage 187

ind 401

lock 379

450,460

nchorage 460

ommnnicatlon... 460

irections 460

;e- 460

ides 460

I -. 459

light 459

328

d 811

494

290

494

405

- 848

481

.'. 614

502

-. 381

494

426

115

852

426

INDEX.

688

Pane.

Castle Hill 50

Inland ,.--. 104

Chateau Bay 504

beacons - 505

Islet - 78

Ledge 504

The 80

Castor Cove H80

Point 280

River 200

Castors Harbor 280

directions 200

tides 200

Cat Arms 884

Bay 418

tidal stream 418

Cove -• 118

anchorage 467

CapeGoboso 888

Gastrieb Bay 467

Indian Bay 410

Island 410

Old Bonaventure Harbor 485

Harbor 401

ice — 401

Head 884

Island, Burin Harbor 117

Rock 120

Cat Cove 467

Catalina Harbor 480

anchorage 481

caution 482

coal 431

communication . 431

directions 482

fog signal 481

ice 481

light. 430

pilots 431

shoals 480

tides 482

Catamaran Rock 408

CatensCove 67

Cemetery Point.- 323

Center Hill 450

Cerises Island 836

Chabert Island 821

Chain Rock 474

Chaine Point 329

Reef .-- 329

Chaleur Bay 165

anchorage 165

Chalk Rocks 450

Chalky Cove 412

Head 412

Champ-paga Shoal 826

Chance Cove, Ballard Cape -. 485

Head 486

Coves, Trinity Bay 461

Harbor 876

anchorage 878

Ledge 424

Harbors, Sweet Bay... - 424

Head 424

Islet - 424

Rock 100

Chandler Reach 422

Change Island 887

Tickle 388

directions..- 888

ice 888

tides 888

Channel Head 208

coal 208

communication ... 208

light 207

telegraph 208

Island 208

Village. 208

Chapeau de Miquelon 184

RougeCaiJe 121

Chapel Cove 467

Island 144

Chappie Arm 458

Head 458

Tickle 422

Charge Rock 404

Charley Island 898

Rock 65,90

Charleys Rock 189

Charlie Island - 118,898

Sheaves Cove 228

Charlton Rock 480

Chasseurs Isljind, Little Islets Har-
bor 321

St. Pierre 125

Point 285

Chateau Bay 504

communication 505

directions 506

ice 504

tidal streams 507

tides 507

Point 504

Chatte Rocks 134

buoy 184

534

INDEX.

Ill

';»!

ChecHe Hill 888

Island 9))

Chdvre Cape iss

Chien iHlaml 127

light l«8

Rock 800

Chimney Arm ^ 828

Bay 820

Cove anchorage 260

Bay of Islands 260

Canada Bay 880

Head 260

Head, Forteau Bay 516

Rocks 105

Tickle 502

Chimnies Hills 880

Chonse Brook 886

Cible Point 281

Shoal 281

Cigale Point 815

Cinq Cerfs Bay 188

Brook 189

Islands 189

Isles Bay 148

Civil East Cove, Great Sandy Har-
bor 72

Long Harbor 55

Islaitu 72

Clam Bank Cove 282

Cove 485

Clapper Rock 468

Clark Point 897

Rock 829

Clarke Cove 153

Rock . 884

Clatise Harbor 79

Head 77

Clearcove Rocks 488

Clements Cove 459

Cleopatra Rock 892

Cliflf Point 477

Rock 409

CliflEy Point 278

Clode Sound 422

anchorage 428

communication 438

ice 428

tides 423

Clorinde Shoal 127

Cloud Hills : 880

Clou6 Patches 249

Rock 121

Shoal 289

Club Caym 491)

Clumpy Shoal I86

Coaclunan Harbor H41

anchorage 843

communication 342

tides 342

Coal Islet 310

River 245

anchorage 246

Head 246

Coalpit Point 46

Shoal 46

Cobbett Harbor no

Cobbler Island 868

Rocks 366

Tickle 868

Cobblers Fishing Rock 407

Cobbs Arm 885

Cochrane Cove 91

Cock and Hen Cove 66

Despair Bay 154

Cockle Rock 117

Cod Rock, Canada Bay 829

Cod-pile Hill 826

Codroy Island 2I6

Road 215

communication 215

tidal streams ,. . 216

tides 215

Village 216

Coflfee Pot Islet 420

Coffin Cove 76

Cold Harbor 149

Coldeast Point, Bay Roberts 464

Caplin Cove 481

Rock 421

Coleman Island 898

ColesBank . 502

Colinet Harbor 47

directions 47

tides 47

Islands 46

Passage 46

Collet Cove 93

Colliers Ann *. 452

communication 462

tidal stream 452

Bay 466

Point 466

Collins Roc^ 77

Colombier Cove 307

Island, Burgeo Islands. 180
Burnt Islands.- 206

Kmm

49»

180

bor mi

nnchoi-HKe 342

cominuiiication 342

tides 342

810

245

lorftge 246

d 246

: 170

868

ig Rock 407

886

-. 91

vove 66

Despair Bay 1S4

-- 117

da Bay 829

826

215

iimnnication 216

al streams 216

es 215

215

430

149

Bay Roberts 464

Caplin Cove 481

421

898

502

irections 47

ides 47

.*. 452

imunication 462

il stream 452

466

-- 77

307

:, Burgeo Islands. 180
Burnt Islands.- 206

INDKX.

6»6

Pafc.
Colombier iHland, Laun Harbor 133

iHlandH, St. Pierre 136

Shoal 136,180

Comeby-Chance Bay 64

Point 64

Ice 60

Commander Shoal 281

ComuH Ro<ik 186

Coniieptiou Bay 468

ice 469

Conche Harbor 826

anchorage 827

communication ... 827

ice 837

supplies 827

PeniuHula 835

Coney Arms 835

Head 885

Bay 206

caution 200

Head 205

Arm 835

Confusion Bay 848

Connaigre Bay 147

Head 147

Rock 147

Conne Bays 141

River 153

anchorge 153

Connecting Point 422

Connoire Bay --- 185

anchorage 185

tides 186

water 186

Head 185

Connor Islet - - 440

Content Coves 415

Islet 416

Reach 409

Conway Cove 54

Cook Bank 281

Cove 261

Harbor 299

tides.— 800

Point 299

Rocks 299

Room Rock 404

Stone 210

Cooper Cove, Chaleur Bay 165

Little Placentia 58

Tacks Head 87

water 165

Island, Savage Cove 298

C<K.t Island 205

Coppaleen Rock 83

CopjK'r Duck Rock 187

iHland, AssizcK Harbor.. . 405

Flat Islands. Ill

Rock.. Ill

Greens Pond 404

HurhKHead 432

Little Bay IslandH. !t(J6

Rainea Island 1 78

Shoal Bay 449

Wadham Islands 30H

Islet 441

Coq Island 315

Corbeau Islet £23

CorbinDay 148

Harbor 119

Head, Corbin Bay 148

Fortune Bay 148

Shoal 58

Trinny Cove 58

Island iii»

Cordelia Deeps 478

Corlet Shoal 819

Connorandier Islands 818

Cormorant Caiw 230

Cliff 284

Cornelius Island 177

Comer Brook 252

Cove 854

Rattling Bnxjk 354

Cottel Beach 416

Island 416

Reach 410

Cottier Bay 458

Point 458

Cottle Island 414

Countryman Islands 898

Coup de Hache Point 848

Coup6, Cape 182

Courage Point 482

Couteaii Bay 187

anchorage 188

directions 188

Colombier 187

Cove-nan-drioch-clochan . . .". 57

Cove Point, Qriguet Harbor 809

The - 164

tides 104

Cow and Calf Ledge 477

Cove 274

Head - 274

Bishops Harbor 418

;

,«>■

5a({

rvT)t V.

.V >i

Cow Hpfwl H»rl)or

criminnnii'ittion

tiltlll HtritHIIlH

tiil.'H

PeniiiHultt

H<)UM.« Hill

R(Kk

P»th,Th«

Point

Shoal

R(Mk

R(K;kH

Cox Cove

Hill

Point

Rock

Crab iHlttiKl, Grignet Harlior

Rockw

Crabb Brook

Point

Crabbe Cove

Crafty Head

Crag Peak

Crane iHland

Crapaud CaiM)

Crawley iHland

Crazy Betty Rock

Cremaill^re Harbor

tides

Cr6v6 Islands

Islets

anchorage

Crevecoeur Point

Crew Point 124,

Shoal

Crib-nose Hill

Shoal

Cripple Rock

Croc Harbor

anchorage

ice

tides

water

Crocker Island, Burgee Islands...

Crockers Cove

Point

Crocodile Shoal

Croix Cape

Cromwell Ledge

Croney Island

Rock

Crooked Island

Cross Island, Baie de I'Eau

374
. 'US
. 876
. 97S
. 874
. 18G

. sie

. 417
. 818
. 818
. 104
. 281

. ass

. 819

, 2SS

. 198
809

. 395

219

2S8

194

270

889

100

814

187

134

159

169

828

824

834

324

179

459

469

848

818

893

116

159

101

l*IIU>'.

(JiOM Point, Mf»ruMlu'»>ii oo

•Suhnoniur River 47

Hhoul 01

Rock, ClatlHe HarlH)r 76

RiK'ks, Diirgeu Island 7.»

Red Island HarlM)r . 174

Ward Harbor 866

Crow Head job

Cbi» Cormorant 381

FortcduBay 616

Island 878

Island, Oderin Harltor 106

Ferry land Head 483

R<H!k 482

Nest 180

Crown Hill 447

Cuckold Cove : 471

Fox Cove 116

i Head 430

Tor Bay 471

Point 880

Rock 877

Cuiller Bays 157

Cul-de-sac Bay too

Fortune Bay .. _ 157

Hare Bay 163

anchorage... 168

Inlet, Bear Island 171

Rocks 171

Cull Island 870

CuUeton Head 7^

Culotte ^ 188

directions 189

water 188

Cupids Cove 405

Curlew 803

Currans-Green-Fleld Island 886

Current Island 294

beacon 294

Curslet Rock ,50

Curtain Rock ^qq

Cutler Harl)or 424

Head 424

Cutmans Island 410

Cuttail Island .«.. 173

Cutwell Ann 1 866

Harbor 366

tides 866

Daim.Cap 339

Daly Rock 49

Damnable Bay 419

f*ruiHlu'»«ii 0(»

Imoniur lllver 47

loal 01

itiM«* Harljor 7«

iirgt'o iHltttul 71

I'd ImIhikI HiirlMir . 174

''»rd Harbor 800

19«

)« CoriiKirant . 2Hl

teauBay nui

ntl 878

rlerin Harbor lOfl

»rry hind Head 483

482

150

447

: 471

ox Cove 110

480

or Bay 471

880

877

1«7

160

line Bay 157

Bay 163

anchorage... 168

, Bear Island 171

8 171

870

- 188

18 189

188

465

802

?'ield Island 886

294

eacon 294

466

424

--- 424

410

-•-. 178

i - 866

366

ides 866

339

419

•■b

INDKX.

587

l'»K«.

DunRer Point 400

Daniol Point 42

Dani»lH Cove 878

Harbor W8

Dantzic CoveH 187

Point 187

Dariiy 1 IarlH)r 90

D'ArK.int Caia' 882

Dark Tickle 868

Mand 868

Point, Troytown U68

Dauniiilcn Ca\te 827

Davis Cove, Bay of Islands 258

Little Burgeo Island. 78

Petitpas Cove 288

Island 110

Point, Colinet Harbor 47

Dawson Cove 148

Passage 152

Point 159

Day Cove IS!

Point 149

Dead Island 206

Harbor 200

DeadnianBay 401

Bight - 147

Cove, Anchor Point.... 290
John the-Bay .... 113
LaHuneBay ..-- 167

Point 401

Rock 58,401

Deadmans Bay 476

Brook.... 248

Dean Rock 890

Deaths Head Island 818

Debon Peninsula 298

Deckers Cove 266

Deep Cove, Change Island 887

Western Head 425

Deepwater Bank 74

Cove 264

Point 154

Landing 154

telegraph 154

Deer Arm, Bonne Bay 200

Cove 149

End 415

Harbor Head 448

Random Island 440

ice... 440

Trinity Bay 447

directions 447
ice 449

Deer Harbor, Trinity Hay, tides.. 449

Island, Bear Ishuid 171

dodo Hound 423

Oaria Bay 191

Niger S»)uud. 502

Islands 414

Point 4W)

Pond Ma

R<K«k 141

Random Harbor 441

Shag Island 415

Degras 229

D^grat Cape 807

deClieval 831

Harbor 807

Islands 807

De Grave Bay 405

De (inmchy Point 252

Delaiiey Rfwks 48

Dennis Arm 161

Dvnny lylini'l . -- ..- \f^^

Depths off shore, east coast . 478

Derby Cove 486

Desolate Point «0

Despair Bay 151

anchorage 154

Head of 158

ice 151

Landing 154

DevilBay 164

Cove, White Bay 884

Head 347

Culotte 180

Point 888

Devils Cove Head 880

light 880

Island 145

Diable Bay, Labrador 815

Cape 181

Diamant Point 126

DickBnrnRock 58

Dicks Island 92

Dicks Ro<;k ... 108

Dieppe Point 380

Dildo Arm 457

Cove 457

auchora,i?e 457

commvmication 457

ice 457

tides 458

Islands 457

Run ,- 380

pilots 386

III

■iii

538

INDEX.

Pago.

Direction Island 816

Slioal 316

Dirty Rocks 90

Distress Rock 106

Dixie Rock 371

Dixon Island 51

Point 61

Dock Head 466

Islands 85

Sunker 85

Point, Hall Bay 361

Woody Island 118

The 466

Doctor Cove 142

Island 143

Harbor, Barasway Point... 184
Red Island Bay... 174

Doctors Island 413

Dodding Head 117

light 117

Rock 117

Doe Hills 60

Dog Bank 300

Bay, Sir Charles Hamilton

Sound 398

Islands 398

Cape 47

Cove, Bay de Vieux 170

Belle Harbor 142

Lakeman Reach . 415

Harbor 89

Head 89

Dawson Cove.- 148

Island 143

Bank 143

Islands, Long Island 92

Peak, Gander Bay 397

PeiJnsula 291

beacon 291

Point 397

Reef 387

Rock.. 300

Stones 359

Dogberry Rock 156

Dollar Rock 109

Sunker 109

DoUarman Bank 429

Dollond Arm 357

Head 357

Bight 153

Dolman Cove 192

Head 193

Dolmen Island. 289

Pago.

Dolo Point 327

Donzelles 308

Dory Rock 153

Dos-de-Cheval Point 326

beacons 326

Dossenger Rock 335

Double Island, Battle Island 494

Chasseurs Island.. 821

Islet 898

Ledge 29ft

Doubleroad Point 45

Doughfig Point 432

Douglas Rock I8O

Downes Point... 274

Dragon Bay lei

Drake Cove, Trinity Bay 412

Island 413

Bonne Bay 159

Dram Island 386

Drew Rock 140

Drovers Rock 392

Druid Rock 140

Drnmuiond Island 330

Dublin Gov? 195

anchorage 196

Rocks 196

Duchayla Rock 318

Ducie Rock 143

Duck Bill Point 331

Cove, Laun Harbor 131

Island Bank 503

Connoire Bay 187

Grand Bay 210

Grand Bruit i91

Herring Head ...... 385

Nippers Harbor 350

PlacentiaBay 68

River Islands 491

Rose Blanche 201

tides 188

Trinity Bay 438

. Wadhtwn Islands ... 398
Islands, Exploits Burnt Is-
lands 376

North Harbor ....'.. 367

Islet BayVerte 341

Rock, Davis Island 1 11

Mortier Bay 117

Sunker m

Rocks, Bird Islands 89

Jude Harbor 106

Western Cove Head. 71
White Island 88

Page.

327

308

158

Point 326

beacons 326

i -- 335

Battle Island 494

Chasseurs Island.. 831

398

- 298

Int 45

432

180

374

161

inityBay 412

413

nne Bay 159

386

140

393

140

nd... 330

196

chorage 196

icks 196

- 318

143

; 331

nHarbor 121

mk 502

nnoire Bay 187

•and Bay 210

•and Bruit i91

irring Head „. ... 385

ppers Harbor 850

icentiaBay 68

ver Islands 491

86 Blanche 201

es 188

inityBay 438

»lhiMn Islands ... 398
sploits Burnt Is-
lands 376

)rth Harbor....'.. 367

Verte 341

is Island HI

tier Bay 117

^er 111

d Islands 89

le Harbor 106

stem Cove Head. 71
lite Island 88

INDEX.

539

Pago.

Duckling 201

Dumenil Point 304

Dumpling Cove 423

Island 500

Dunier Islands 369

DiinlopSpit 282

Durant Island 210

anchorage 210

Duricle Cove 116

DurrelsArm 381

Dutch Cap Island 79

Eagle Island 256

East Arm Barachois 265

BonneBay 265

western shore 265
eastern shore 265

Hooping Harbor 832

Bay, Belle Bay , 148

Despair Bay 156

anchorage.. 166

Fortune Bay 189

Head 148

Port-au-Port 239

Baldwin Rock 208

buoy 208

Black Rock 170

Broad Cove 108

Chance Harbor 878

anchorage ... 878

Countryman Islands 898

Garden Island 887

Green Island 57

Head, Great Laun Harbor... 121

Random Island .• 440

Indianlsland 895

Point 169

Random Head 441

light.. 441

Reefs 402

Road ■- 389

Rock 399

Stocking Harbor 852

Sunker 128

Twin Rock 408

White Island- 205

Eastern Cove 106

Harbor 178

Head, Bonne Bay 268

Mortier Bay 115

Petit Fort Harbor . 96
Placentia Bay 88

U910 36

Page.

Eaijtem Head, Portland Cove 278

St. Shots Cove 44

Hill 279

Passage 206

Point, Fleury Bight 372

Jackson Cove 856

Rock, Bonavista Cape 428

Harbor Breton 146

Grace 460

Little River Bank . 169

Shoals 84

tidal streams 85

Eastsoutheast Ground 898

Eaton Point 861

Eboulement Point 279

Eclipse Island 179

Edge of Ground 195

Edwards Reef 400

Elbow Point 818

Elizabeth Island 810

Emberley Island 104

Point 65

Rock 119

Emerald Bank u 87

Island 386

Shoal... 42

Emeraude Shoal 383

Emily Storehouse Cove 178

Emmeline Shoal 85

Enfant Perdu Islet 138

Rock 138

Engine Island 828

English Cai)e 45

Harbor, Blue Pinion Hbr. 144

Fortune Bay 140

Island 820

Point 286

ForteauBay 516

St. John Harbor ... 286

Great Islets Harbor. 321

Enrag6e Point, Great Islets Harbor 221

Ray Cape 210

Entrance Island 292

beacon 292

Islet.. 364

Point, Bonne Bay 264

Shoal 291

Entry Island, Pond Cove 294

Ste. Genevidve Bay. 294

fipine Cadoret Arm "38

Escape Point 899

Eskimo Bank 491

Estaing Shoal 31(J

540

INDEX.

j«>«Uii,

V 4\

Page.

Evangeline Banks 276

Exploits Bay 874

anchorage 374

communication 874

Bumtlsl'ds 375

Harbors 375

ice .. 875

tides. 375

water 375

River 874

Valley 374

Facheux Bay.. 161

anchorage 161

Eye — 160

Harbor 161

Head Shoal 161

Fail Rock 210

Fair and False Bay 420

Islands. - 411

ice 411

Falaise Shoal 286

False Cay 49

GirdleRock 50

Famish-gut 59

anchorage 59

Island 59

Point 60

tides .. 59

water 59

Fane Island 330

Farewell Duck Islands 386

Gull Island 387

Harbor 387

Head 387,397

Reef.... 386

Farmers Cove 144

Farquhar Island 368

Father Hughes Hill 184

Fauvette Island 299

Point 302

Faux Havre 338

Feather Point 460

Shoal - 430

Felix Cove 227

Femme Harbor 140

tides 140

Shoal...- 140

Fendue Point _ 316

Fergus Islet 464

Farmeuse Bantam Bank 484

Harbor 483

Pap;e.

Fermeuse Harbor anchorage 483

dangers 488

ice 482

Rocks. 488

water 488

F6rolle Peninsula 290

Point 290

beacon 291

Ferryland Harbor 481

communication 482

directions 482

ice 482

light 482

tides 482

water 482

Head... 482

light 482

Fichot Channel 820

Harbor 819

tides 820

Island 819

Islands 318

Fiods Cove 228

Firmages Head . 195

First Arm 183

Brook 156

anchorage 156

Fish Head 160

Bay le Moine 196

Coal River 346

Island, Old F6rolle Harbor ... 293

Rock, Brunet Island 136

Burgeo Islands 180

Ram Islands 56

St. Charles Island .... 500

Eishels Brook 221

Fisheries 488

Fisherman Cove, Current Island.. 294

Croc Harbor 323

Hall 455

Rod', Eagle Island... 357

Fishing Grbunds. . 488

Rock 399

Jackson Cove 356

Fitters Cove 454

FlagoPass 319

Flagstaff Hill 209

beacon 209

Tor Bay. 470

Point 124

FlamandsCove 333

Flannagan Island 183

Flat Bay 222

Pa^e.

bor anchorage 483

dangers 488

Ice 482

Bocks- 483

water 488

ula 290

290

beacon 291

bor..._ 481

communication 482

directions 482

ice 482

light 482

tides 482

water 482

id... 482

light 482

■1 320

319

tides 320

319

318

228

I - 195

183

156

jhorage 156

-. 160

leMoine 196

I River 346

a F6rolle Harbor... 293

met Island 136

rgeo Islands 180

II Islands 56

Charles Island 500

- 221

488

e, Current Island.. 294

Croc Harbor 323

1 455

!l', Eagle Island... 257

Is-. 488

399

Fackson Cove 356

— ....'... 454

319

209

leacon 209

["or Bay 470

b 124

1 322

ad 183

222

. ,iii8%;:itr ■

wmw

■mwiti^ivsum

sesx

INDKX.

541

'mm

Page.

PlatBay Brook - 222

Island, Antelope Harbor 506

Cove 110

tides .- 110

Ciilotte 188

Flat Island Harbor.. 110

Harbor Ill

light 223

Rock 506

St. George Bay 222

St. John Island 288

Islands. 110

Willis Reach 417

Islet, Canada Bay . . - 339

Point beacon 286

Goose Cove 315

St. John Island 286

Rock Cove 469

Garia Bay.. 194

Granchain Islands. .. 310

Pilley Island. 868

Point 469

Tickle 3eG

Rocks, Bull Island Tickle 450

CouteauBay 187

Flats Point 476

Flemish Cap... 33

F16tans Channel 181

Fleur-de-Lis Harbor 339

directions .. 339

tides 340

.vater 340

Mountain 339

Fleury Bight --. 372

anchorage 372

water 372

Flobber Cove Island 154

Flower Cove 297

anchorage 297

directions 297

tides- - 297

Island - 298

Ledges ..- ;^8

Shoal 108

Flowers Islands - 402

Point 429

Rock 429

Fly Point - 329

Fogo Cape - - --- 389

current 393

Harbor 390

communication..- . 390
dangers 392

I'agc.

Fogo Harbor directions 391

ice 891

tides -. 392

Head 891

Island 889

town.-. 390

Foirou Island 306

FoUe Rock 328

Folly Rocks 469

Fools Harbor 379

Islands 379

Foots Cape 109

Point 110

FordsRock 104

Forked Duck Rock 87

Forster Point. 448

Rock 443

ForteauBay 516

anchorage 516

caution 517

ice - 517

tidal streams 517

tides 517

water 517

Brook 516

Point 516

Fort Point.--- 434

light 434

Fortune Bay.. 136

caution 136

ice 137

Harbor - 373

directions 378

ice 374

tides 374

Head 187

Rock 180

Village 137

communication.. 138

J'os&il Shoal 288

Foiil Point 364

Foimdling 'iock 312

Fourche xiock 332

Four-ears Island 309

Four-fathom Shoal 109

Four Harbor 320

tides 320

Fox Brook 240

Cape, Conche Peninsula 336

Cove, Xjittle Mortier Bay 116

Pilley Island 368

Harbor 53

directions 490

maam

Jf-

^^^ia;-.;-.3»i-j«-«iiiiTi-i ;t.|;ffjaMfi;i^iiy^-

542

INDEX.

»■ t\\\

Vagv.

Pox Harbor, St. Lewis Sound 490

water 490

Head, Trinity Bay 434

Hill 115

Island 34

Cobbett Harbor 1 70

Despair Bay 152

Gander Bay 897

Jude Island 106

Marticot Island 95

Nippers Harbor 850

Pilley Island Harbor. 363

Port au Port 341

anchorage 241
tidal str'm 241

tides -241

Ram Islands 56

Rock, Hermitage Bay. 149

Toad Cove 480

Islands, Hermitage Bay 149

(Les Jumelles de la

Terre) 389

Islet ._ 444

Point, Humber Arm 251

St. Mein Bay 318

Rock, Robinhood Bay 434

St. John Harbor 480

Shoal 363

Tail _ 241

The 285

Frampton Rock 399

Francis Cove qo

FrangoisBay 165

FrankHead 3^

Rock 128

Franks Island, Bnrgeo Islands 179

Fransway Bay _ 105

anchorage 165

tides 165

Frauderesse Point 325

Frederick Battery Point 475

Freela Cape, BonaWsta Bay 401

ice 401

Pine Cape 44

Rock 44

Freezers Rock 506

French Bank. 336

Bay 813

Cove 255

Head, Toiilinguet 381

Island 340

Point 813

Frenchman Cove, Bay of Islands . 250

F»ge.
Frenchman Cove, Bay of Islands,

anchorage. -- 351

tides 251

Chance Cove... 485
. Fortune Bay... 139
Fortune Bay,

pilots 139

Fortune Bay, 139

tides 139

Great Coney

arm 335

Little River 168

Head, Despair Bay.. 153
Humber Arm. 351

Rock no

Freshwater Bay 412, 475

anchorage 476

tides 418

Tor Bay 476

Cove 459

Creek 323

Point 41

F-reyoiiiet Shoal 2W

Friar, The, Bay le Moine 196

Boat Harbor lOl

Chaleur Bay 165

Coal River... 245

Davis Cove 258

Rock, La Poile Bay 193

Friars Head 145

Friday Bay 379

Frommy Island _. 319

Front Point 292

beacon 292

Frying-pan Island 411

Funk Island 399

caution 400

currents 400

landing 399

tides 400

Fxirber Point 170

beacon 176

FurbyCove 149

Gadds Harbor 264

anchorage .... 264

water 364

Head ,.._ 354

Galantry Head 125

fog signal 125

liglit . ., 125

signal station 125

INDEX.

543

Page.

»ve, Bay of Islands,

anchorage . - . 851

tides 251

Chance Cove..- 485
Fortune Bay... 189
Fortune Bay,

pilots 139

Fortune Bay, 180

tides 139

Great Coney

arm 335

Little River 168

ead, Despair Bay.. 158

HumberAmi. 351

ock 110

y 412,476

anchorage 476

tides 413

Tor Bay 476

e 459

ek . 323

at - 41

I ?8«

le Moine 196

; Harbor 101

ieur Bay 165

River... 245

is Cove 258

Poile Bay 192

-- 145

- 379

-- 319

392

■con 292

id 411

399

tion 400

rents 400

iing 399

's 400

176

eacon 176

- 149

G. <
--- - 264

iichorage .... 264

ater 864

264

-..- 126

og signal 125

gilt ., 125

[gnal station 125

Page.

Galeville -. 837

GallivanHill 84

Galloper Rock - 117

Galloping Moll Rock 188

GpIIows Harbor Head 99

Island. ^ too

Harbors 99

Gallyboy Harbor 193

Head 192

Island 208

Galton Island 87

Gambo Brook 413

communication 413

Gander Bay 896

Brook 396

Island :..- 897

River 397

anchorage -.- 397

ice 397

tidal stream 397

tides 397

GannetHead 399

Point 455

Rock- - 455

Ganny Cove 446

Gappy Island 393

Garden Bank 120

Mauve Bay 804

Rock 887

Gargaiuelle Cove 282

Garia Bay 194

directions 198,199

Harbor -- 194

Peak...- 194

Gariep Point -- 454

Garnish Harbor 139

light 139

Rocks-. 188

Garrett Rock 40, 487

Garrison Point 891

Gastries Bay 467

Point 467

Gaultois Harbor... 150

anchorage. 150

buoy 150

ice 150

light 150

tides 150

G61in Shoal 128

GenillcPeak 833

Point. .^.. - 828

Gentille Islet -. „.. 840

Georges Islan " 886

Page.

GerrardsHill 418

Gibraltar Rock 50

Gilberts Cove.. 95

Giles Island 366

Ginpicker Hill - 438

Girdle Rock 50

Glimshire Island 110

Glindon Cove 70

liock 70

Goat Island, Little B.iy Islands. . . 365

Placentia Bay 91

Sunker 92

Presque Harbor 82

Goblin Pay 155

.^ead 155

Goboso Cape 831

Gob Rock 195

God Bay 205

Goelands Island 318

Gold Cove 387

Goldson Arm 384

Good Bay 38"<

beacons - 287

directions 288

tides .-- 288

Cove, Griguet Bay 809

Point 330

Goodland Point 430

Goolds.Cove 114

Goose Ami .- 355

Bay 438

tides 424

Cape .1 814

Cove 315

directions 315

Placentia Bay 50,65

Shoal Bay 449

tides 815

water 815

Head 423

Island, Burgeo Islands. ... 178

CaplinBay 481

Enragee Point 821

Great Southum Har-
bor 64

North Harbor 65

Rose Blanche 201

Islands, Herring Head 384

8hoal - 50,65

Gooseberry Island, Bale de I'Eau . 101

Burgeo Islands 74

, Bonne Bay . . . 159

Nonsuch 97

j--*j*.uaji'^"i

544

-■r<'M7^im.:iiiissaiiwixmms£s:c wrsis^fi^i: ;

INDEX.

Pago,

!■ f '

Goose'jerrj- Island, 8te. Genevitive

Bay 294

Sweet Bay 424

Ifllauds.BonavistaBay 414

Islet, Deer Harbor ... 449

Random Sound. 445

GouflPre Harbor ggj

tides 331

water 331

Islet 881

Point 381

Governor Island 359

GraleyRock igi

Granby Island, White Bay 337

Point 210

Granchain Island aiQ

Grand Bank ]'"" 138

Bay 31Q

Beach 13^

Brook ...: _]__[ 139

communication 138

ice i3jj

light 138

tides lyg

■"■ater . 133

Bruit Golombier 191

Harbor jqq

tides 191

CoupdeHache 343

Cove-. 348

Dismal Cove 3(59

Galets Bay 30^

Head

Jardin

Jerviy Cove

le Int. rre Harbor

tides

MulouShoal 303

Point 519

Grand Baaak 138

Pond

— 188
... 289

... 139
... 140
140

- 252

Grande Cove onn

Grandes Vaches 333

Grandfpther Island .._ 395

t i J < ndi; ; . her Bocks 78

C> rands Galets Bay ... 308

yr-AuCy Brook 183

Head 203

Island, Burgeo 175

Passage 203

ofllying rocks 204

Sunkers 204

Point.. 80

Pagp.

Grandy Point Rock 80

Sound 204

anchorage 204

caution 204

Grappin Shoal 129

Grappinots 139

Grappling Point "" 342

Grass Islands 896

Point " 380

Grassy Island, Placentia Bay 62

Pools Harbor 405

TrinnyCove 59

Islands, Bay of Islands ... 348
Little Bay Islands 366

Islets, Duck Island . 385

Little Bay 359

Bock 385

Grates Point _ 433^ 453

Grave Point ' 392

Gravels, The, Isthmus Bay 226

PortauPort 239

anchorage 239

Gray Islands 334

Great Arm 317

Bank ;;; 394

of Newfoundland 33

Barachoise, Miquelon 133

Baydel'Eau 145

Bonah Cove 88

anchorage 83

BrehatBay 812

tides 312

Ermle Harbor 89

Enrin Harbor 117

Buse Peak 331

Caplin Cove 343

Caribou Island 494

Cat Ann.. 334

anchorage 334

water 334

Chance Harbor 434

Coat Island 73

Codroy River 214

Colinet Island 45

Golombier Island .' . . . 1 28

Coney Arm 335

anchorage 385

Content Cove 415

Connorandier Island 318

Rock 319

CuiHer Bay .._... 157

anchorage 157

Point 157

; 1^

Page.

it Rock 80

n<i 204

anchorage 204

caution - 204

»1 129

129

3Jnt 842

' 896

280

i, Placentia Bay 62

Pools Harbor 405

TrinnyCove 59

Is, Bay of Islands ... 348
Little Bay Islands 866

Duck Island . 885

Little Bay 359

385

483,452

292

Isthmus Bay 226

PortauPort 289

anchorage 289

324

817

294

Newfoundland 33

aise, Miquelon 133

I'Eau 145

Cove 88

anchorage 83

Bay - 812

tides 812

iarbor 89

farbor 117

ak 321

^ove 346

Island 494

1- 834

anchorage 334

water 334

3arbor 424

ind 72

iliver 214

'sland 46

5r Island .'... i^g

"•m 335

anchorage 335

Cove 415

adier Island 318

Rock 319

ay------ - 157

anchorage 157

Point 157

INDEX.

Page.

Great Cuiller Bay tides 167

DantzicCove 137

Dunier Island 369

light 369

FriarCove 217

Gallows Harbor..- 90

Goose Harbor 321

Harbor Bight 148

Connaigre Bay 147

Deep 882

Island, Battle Island 493

Broyle Cape - 480

Connaigre Bay 148

Ramea Islands 173

Sacred Islands 803

IsleofValen 78

Islets Harbor 321

tides 321

Jervis Harbor 158

anchorages.- 168
directions.-- 158

tides i"9

Head -- 151

Island - 168

Laun Harbor 121

anchorage... 121

ice 121

tides 121

Miquelon Island 134

anchorage- 136

light 134

MonJambe 144

Mose Ambrose 144

Mosquito Cove 461

Pinch-gut 81

Point 281

Sacred Island 303

St. Julien Harbor 822

St. Lawrence Harboi 120

St. Lawrence Harbor an-
chorage -- 120

St. Lawrence Harbor, com-
munication -- 120

St. Lawrence Harbor, ice.-- 120

tides. 120

water 120

Sandy Harbor T2

545

Paijo.

anchorage -.
tides

Seal Island-. .

72
72
92

Shoal, St. Pierre 128

Southern Harbor.

anchorage 63

Great Troy town Harbor 368

anchorage 368

water 868

Verdon Island 319

Green Bank 35

Bay 353

j(.g 366

Island..!"- 853,356

Rock 856

telegraph 355

tides 355

Br^hatBay 312

Trinity Bay 433

Cape 331

Cove 270

Garden 262

Handkerchief 259

Head, Bull Arm.- i^l

Rogues Harbor 851

Spaniards Bay 463

Hill Island 175

Island Bank 499

BaraswayBay 202

Bay of Islands 248

Bell Island 324

Bonavista Cape 427

Broad Cove 104

Burgeo Islands 181

Catalina Harbor 481

Catalina Harbor, fog

signal 431

Catalina Harbor,

light 481

Great Brehat. . 312

Hall Bay --- 361

Leading Tickles 371

Little Barasway 183

Pinch-gut 60

Nippers Harbor 350

Placentia Bay.— 71

Rock- 71

, Rocky Bay 396

SacredBay 303

St. Lewis Sound -- 499

St. Pierre 133

Shoal—- 181

Straight Coast 298

Straight Coast, an-
chorage 298

Tacks Head 88

Trinity Bay 488

Witless Point 480

Islands, Placentia Bay- 85,109

^pwflyw g jp MtMww

546

INDEX.

,• 4

III; I

p»gi).

Green Islet, Bustard Cove 285

Chimney Bay 829

Deer Harbor 448

Islets, West Random Head. 445

Point, Bay Eoberts 464

Bay Verte 840

BettsHead 849

Jude Harbor 106

lights 464

Rock 488

Shoal 116

Trinity Bay 488

West coast of 269

Ridge 427

Rocks 294

Shoal, Grignet 808

Greenly Island 519

fogsignal 519

light 619

Greens Harbor 466

tides 467

Hill 462

Island 74

Pond Island 404

anchorage 405

coal 404

' oommunicat'n 404

directions. 406, 407

ice 405

light 405

Greet Rock 46

Gregory Island 248

Rock 117

Grelins Point 821

Grenville Ledges 298

Point 606

beacon.. 505

Gr6vigneux Harbor 828

supplies 828

Island 828

Grey Gull Island 86

Griguet Harbor.. 808,809

anchorage 809

communication.. 809

ice 809

Island 309

tides 810

Grip Head 169

Burgeo 177

Island 151

Groais Island 824

Grole Cove 148

Western Cove 149

Pikge.

GroB Morne 842

Bonne Bay 272

Oignon 801

Plomb Islet 821

Grosse Point 880

anchorage 880

GronxBay »28

Point 828

Groz-nez Rock 128

Grub Island 448

Guernsey Island 248

Guibert Islet 840

Guilem Cove 258

anchorage 258

Gulch Cove 168

Grand Point 518

Islands, La Hune 168

Island 421

The 71

Gulf Stream 18

Gull Cove, Despair Bay 152

Hill 178

Island, Back Harbor 879

Baie de I'Eau 101

Battle Islands 498

BayleMoine 196

Belle Isle Strait 611

Bight 376

BonavistaCape.. 401,428

breakers 846

Bur?eo Islands 179

Ca7<tain Island 188

Chaleur Bay 165

Conception Bay 468

Cutler Head 424

Fortune Harbor ..... 378

Ground 850

Harbor Breton 147

Jude Island 106

light 345

Long Harbor 141

Nippers Islands 860

Point 45

Rock ,881

Rocks 350

St, Charles Island 500

St. John Cape 846

St. Marys Bay 44

TurksHead 174

Toulinguet 381

Witless Bay 480

Islands, Placentia Bay 88

Point, Hawke Harbor 281

Pitge.

842

oBay 272

801

821

880

orage 880

838

828

128

448

248

840

258

lorage 258

168

1 Point 618

Is, LaHune 168

421

--- -. 18

r Bay 152

178

Harbor 879

lel'Eau 101

I Islands 498

} Moine 196

Isle Strait 511

376

ristaCape-. 401,428

9rs 845

!0 Islands 179

in Island 188

urBay 165

ption Bay 468

:Head 424

ne Harbor 373

id 850

r Breton 147

[slaud 106

345

Harbor 141

rs Islands 360

.381

350

arles Island 500

iin Cape 345

irys Bay 44

Head 174

iguet 381

IS Bay 480

mtia Bay 88

> Harbor 281

INDEX.

547

Pago.

Gull Rock, Bauld Cape 806

East Broad Cove 103

Harbor le Gallais 151

Long Island 307

Bamea Islands 172

St. John Head 145

R(K!kR 95

St. Charles Harbor... 499

Shoal 95,281

Gulls Marsh 272

Nest 217

Rock 217

GulnareRock «98

Gun Ledge 441

Point 270

Shoals 270

Gunner Rock 487

Gunning Islet 867

Point 76

Rocks 367

Gut. The 224

Hach6Rock 128

Haddock Bank 109

Ha-ha Bay ,. 801

The 175

Hair Cut Point 414

Half Island 47

Halfway Islet 421

Point 251

Roo':, Chateau Bay 506

Green Pond 408

Halibut F,ock 210

Rocks 160

Hall Bay 860

communication 860

ice 361

tides %1

Rock 421

Hammer Head 351

Newman Sound... 421

Rocks 58

Hanging Hill 454

Hants Harbor 458

directions 458

ice 454

light -- 453

Rock 453

tides 454

Head 453

Happy Adventiore Bays 421

Harbor Breton 146

PliK°.

Harbor Braton anchorage 146

buoys 146

communication ... 146

directions 146

ice -. 147

light - 461

tides 147

Cove, Bay of Islands 257

water 257

Grace 461

Bar 461

buoys 461

communication 461

directions 462

ice 468

Islands 460

light 461

patent slip 462

tides 468

Head 218

St. John 219

Island, Burjjeo 181

Cape Roger Bay .. 98

Grand Bruit 190

Grandy Passage . . 204
Little Bay Islands. 86l»
Penguin Islands... 166

Placentia Bay 57

Ramea Islands 178

Woods Island 254

leCou 197

Gallais 151

Hill 151

Main 467

Point, Nippers Harbor 861

St. George Harbor . 223

Bank 223

light - 223

Rock, Beaubois Rock 116

Broyle Harbor 481

buoy 146

CoUiersBay 466

Harbor Breton 140

buoy. 146

LaPoile 193

Little St. Lawrence 120

Mercer Cove 136

Muscle Bank Ill

Presque Harbor 82

Rocks, Placentia Bay 107

Shoal Bay 449

Shoal 186

S3=SSEt73^S4^'

548

FNDKX.

Pngt*,

Harbor, The, Burgeo 177

Hurdrix IhIuikI 866

Hardy Cove, B<)rm<^ Bivy 159

HeniiitaKe Bay 149

Rock 159

Harbor 842

Rocks 68

Hare Bay, anchorage 168

east coast 815

FogoMand 390

Fortune Bay 162

ice 815

tldf-a 163,896

Trinity Bay 412

CutPoint 414

Harbor 143

Head 896

Island, ( lood Bay 287

SliKpRiin- 876

Hares Earp , 48

Bnrgeo Island 78

Grand Bruit 191

Point, Rencontre Bay 164

Rocks 164

Forryland Head 483

Harrington Cove 96

Hnrry Brook 287

Harbor, Three Anns 357

Rock 857

Head, Green Bay 856

Ledge 108

Rock 75

Harrys Ground 427

The 848

Harton Rocks 459

Hatchers Cove 448

GariaBay 195

Hat Rocks 205

buoy 205

Hauling Arm ' 838

Haut-et-bas Cape 314

Hav. I, The, St. John Harbor 286

Havre de Boutitou 887

laT^tedeMort 818

duPotd'fitain... 840

Hodidoii 316

Sans-fond 331

Hawke Bay 280

anchorage 280

directions 280, 281

Harbor 280

ice .., 281

tides 281

Hay r"ove 105,110

irtlanii, Nonsuch 9H

Sweet Bay 424

Shoals 189

Ha ydon Point 488

H.'./pook Rock 885

Haypooks Rocks 480

Hajpuk, The 460

Haystack Harbor 98

Hay wards Gull Island 864

Head Harbor (Pic h Denis) 287

Rock 84H

Hearts Content Harbor 455

anchorage. 455

ice 455

telegraph
cables... 455

tides 455

Delight Harbor 466

Desire Cove 455

ice 455

Heartsease Inlet 446

Ledge 445

Hell Cove 264

H'llsMonlh U31

Hdn Island, Bay of Islands 248

Islands, Freshwater Bay 412

Henley Harbor. 504

communication . . . 505

Island 504

Hennessy Island 357

Rock 90

HenneyBank 504

Hennings Islet 889

Henry Channel 126

Island 814

Point 126

Rock 44

Heptidge Rock 88

Herb Island 297

Herbert Point 808

Hermit Rock 328

Hermitage Bay 148

anchorage ^ 149

ice 149

tides 149

Cove 149

Herring Cove, Great St. Lawrence 120

Head 884

Islands 884

Neck 884

Rock, Greens Pond 404

Shoal 829

^e^M

Pace.

.103,110

mch 98

HBay 484

189

488

885

480

460

• 98

sland 884

o A Denis) 287

848

[arbor 483

anchorage. 455

ice 455

telegraph
cables.-. 455

tides 465

[arbor 456

ve 455

ice 455

446

I 445

264

381

3f Islands 248

hwater Bay 412

504

mmunication . . . 505

504

857

, 504

..-. 389

126

314

126

297

808

828

148

ichorage ^ 149

e 149

des 149

-- 149

Bat St. Lawrence 120

884

eens Pond 404

1W—III

INDEX.

Vngu.

HibbsHole 48«

Hickman Harbor, Pope Harbor. 437
Random Sound. 443

iHlunds 486

Higgins Mand 881

High Beach 124

Gnlllsland 876

land of Grand Bruit 190

Lookout, Presque 80

Recontr6 Bay HM

High Beacon Hill 5"»

Highlands, Anguille Range 21"

of St. John

Hilliers Harbor

tides

Hincks Islet - -

Hines Cove

Hiram Rock ^^

Hiscock Rocks 110

Hiscocks Islets 205

Point 205

HobbsRock 210

Hodge Hole 446

Hog Rock 58

HoganCove ^

HolbrookHead 421

Hole-in-the-wall Island •)*

HoUettRock 94

Holletts Cove 84

Islands "^^

Holloway Passage 100

Rock 448

HolyroodBay 45

Pond 45

Holy Rood Bay, Harbor Main.... 467
communication.. 467

tides 467

Hooper Rock US

Hooping Harbor - 331

Hope-all Bay 457

Island 457

Head 457

Hopkins Island 201

Horn Bay - 502

anchorage 602

Island 286

beacon - - - 286

Spit 286

Horns. The 502

Horse Brook 162

Chops 488

Island, Greens Pond 404

Islands, St. Barbe Islands.. 839

549

PjiKK.

Horse Rock 404

Ro<'kH 481

HorsoM Head 1^

Horseshoe Rock 40

HoHtis Island 302

How HarV)or 816

anchorage 816

tides 316

Howe Islet 114

Hubt>rt, Mount 226

Hudson Rock 452

Hughes Brook 253

Hng-mydng Islet 1'^*'

!' nnber Arm 251

anchorage 251

ice 251

River 25^

Hu. -h Island 4l4

Hunt Island 424

HurlocHead 422

Hussey Rock 377

Hynes Point 866

Ice Point 296

Ile&Bourge 801

Herpin 324

Verte 519

BesauxGodes 288

Indian Arm 425

Bay 411

Bight 358

anchorage 359

telegraph 359

water 359

Burying Ground Cove 848

Cove, Caribou Island 495

Fortune Harbor 374

Head - 382

Main Tickle 388

Garden Island 886

Gulch 399

Harbor ^

anchorage . - 90

PlaceutiaBay 90

Head, St. George Harbor.. 225

Island, Fogo 395

GariaBay 194

Great Caribou 494

Stag Harbor - 395

Tickle 895

Islands 394

Islets ---- 488

i^a

550

INDKX.

Indian Lookout, Poiw HarJHyr -lUO

iMlancI, Bloody

Rwu'.h. 410
BtaK Har-
l)or ... 80a

Point 156

River 324

Rocic 488

Tea iHland 141

Indre Slioal 135

Imlrio Roclc 371

IiiKornachoix Bay 379

Inner Awpen Point 85u

QooBeberry Islands 414

R(x;k, Little Denier Island . 418

Slioal 501

In8i)ector Rock 892

Ireland Bay >. 815

Mand 101

light 101

Rocks 393

Irelauds Eye Harbor 137

ice 487

Island 487

Point 437

Irish Bay 833

Islet 333

Irish town, Humber Arm 353

^* aggotty Cove 68

1tO'> ead 144

Island, Little Mortier Bay... 117

Placentia Bay 93

Point 365

Ironskull Hill 164

Rock 93

Isaac Heads 53

Island 93

Point 68

Rock 58

Isis Cnve j 415

Island Cove Head 62

Spaniards Bay 468

Trinity Bay 456

Harbor Head 395

Rock Cove 861

Isled.Gla 143

au Bois 519

of Valen Harbor 79

ice 79

Islet Bay 502

anchorage 503

The 339

Isthmus Bay. 336

rug*

iHthnins Bay coiihimui jt-ation 83(1

shottlit 330

tideH 887

Jiu-k Fotmtain Cove 189

Rock 189

Jacks iHland 886

Jackson Ann h«B

anchorage 8*

tidfs 81;;.

Cove 356

anchorage 850

Jai'obs Cove 437

Ground 408

Ledge 393

Jacques Cartier Island 304

Cove 388

James Cove 466

Island 389

Point 70

Jarvis Islands go

Jejin de Gaunt Harbor 8(i

tides 80

Island 86

Jeanne Channel 333

Point 823

Jeans Head 4,'54

Point lis

Rock 94

Jeffrey Cove flg

Jehenne Bank 391

Point 831

Shoal 318

Jenkins Cove 381

Jennings Cove 355

anchorage 256

Jerrys Nose 338

Jersey Island us

Jerseyman Bank, Fortune Bay ... 188

Harbor 147

Head 147

Island. 101

The 98

Jerts Cove f I68

Jigging Cove, Gallows Harbor ... 100

Head 77

North Harbor 65

Rushoon Harbor... 108

Jim Day Island 374

Drake Ledge 108

Job Cove 458

Rock 458

Pug*.

ycotmiMiiiifution 22(1

sIiiiuIh 82(1

tidflM 237

tin Covo

Rock

ani'korugo.
tides

lao

mil

8Mr.

bHR

8«

'« 356

iincliornKe U5(l

487

ind 408

e 892

tier Island 804

at Harbor .

tides.

Island 86

nel

anchorage 256

328

118

ink, Fortune Bay ... 188

arbor 147

sad 147

land. 101

le 98

Gallows Harbor ... 100

Head 77

North Harbor 65

Rushoon Harbor... 108

id 874

dge 108

ii*ii I "I ;i>-i-i -ito

iMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

1.0

I.I

li I.
■UUU

■ 4

22
2.0

1.25

1.4

1.6

Photographic

Sciences
Corporation

23 WEST MAIN STREET

WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580

(716) 872-4503

■A

'■ ^litaieiad

4i.

5^^^

?^-

1,'

CIHM/ICMH

Microfiche

Series.

CIHM/ICMH
Collection de
microfiches.

Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques

itwii"

■■I

INDEX.

551

P»go.

Jobs Room 510,518

Joe Batts Arm 389

ice... 390

Point... 389

Ground 94

Rock 384

Catalina Harbor 480

Rocks 108

John Baptist Shoal 312

Cape 217

Meagher Cove 290

Smith Harbor 353

Island ,.. 352

Thomas Rock 122

Walsh Shoal 128

John-the-bay Bank 108

Cove 118

Harbor 113

Head 118

Islands 113

Johns Beach 251

Pond 47

Shoal 47

Johnsons Cove 217

Jonas Rock 115

Jonathan Lookout 64

Jonclay Hill — 480

Josiah Spencer Cove 372

Joss Brook 76

Joumois Brook 221

JudeCaiie.— 106

Harbor 106

Island 106

Jugglers Cove 464

Jumelles de la Terre 289

Jumper Rock 184

Kane Rock 460

Kate Harbor 424

Keels Cove 426

East Head 426

ice - 426

Kelly Cove 363

Island 468

Kelp Rock -.. 428

Kelpy Rock 160

Sunker 108

Kent Point 282

Keogh Island 374

Keppel Harbor 281

anchorage 281

Island 280

Psgi',

Keppel Point 280

Kerley Harbor 436

Kettlebottom Rock 484

Kiar Cove 376

Reef - 384

Kiddle Cove 383

King Island 86,353

Ram Islands 56

Point 355

Kingman Cove 483

Kings Cove - 426

communication 426

light 426

tides 426

Harbor 175

Brook 175

Head 175

Hants Harbor 458

Kippin Cove 394

Kippings Shoal 145

Kirpon Harbor 305

anchorages 305

beacons.. 305

directions 305

ice 305

supplies.. 305

tidal streams 306

tides 306

Island 304

Knife Rock 458

Kyer Cove 499

Point 499

L'Anse k Flamme 149

auDiable 119

L'ArgentBay- 139

La Bale 134

Baleine Rock 828

Paqnet Harbor-. 342

Chesnais Point 343

Fourmi Rock 315

Have Bank 37

HuneBay 167

ice 167

tides 167

Cape 167

Harbor 168

Manche 62

anchorage 62

Head 62

\ mines 62

PlanteCove 69

552

INDEX.

Pago.

LaPlante Harbor 193

Sunker 69

PoileBay 191

Harbor 198

beacon 198

ice 198

light - 191

tides 193

Rose Rock 309

Scie Harbor 343

anchorage 343

Source Inlet 317

tides 317

Point- 318

Vache-gare 327

Rock \21

beacon 127

Labrador 4,'<88

climate.. 9,488

coast, caution .• 14

cod ftshery 5

communications - 6

current 13

fisheries 4,488

fogs 11

general description 4

geology 4

herring fishery 5

ice- 18

lakes 4

tidal streams 14

winds 9

LachlanRock 108

Ladder Cove - - 76

Ladle Island 400

The - 370

Tickles 370

directions 371

tides 371

Lady Point 443

Lahaye Point 43

light 45

Lakeman Burnt Iwlands 415

Islands 415

Reach . . -• 415

Lally Back Cove 142

Cove --- 142

Head ---- 142

Island, 143

LamalinBay 132

communications 133

dangers -. 132

direc;tions 183

Pngc

Lamalin Bay light 122

Harbor 123

ice 134

tides 134

Ledges 134

Road 133

Lamb Rock 49

caution 40

Lampidoes Passage 155

Lamy Island 150

Lance Cove, Chaleur Bay 165

Head 105

Oderin Harbor 105

Point 165

Coves, Random Islands 439

Point 48

Rock 48

Landry Bank - 135

Lanes Lookout 390

Rock 392

Langlade Island 133

Langue de Cerf Cove . . : 139

Lansey Bank Cove 122

Lapstone Rocks 408

Lard Cove 329

Point 328

Largent Cape 429

Hill 427,429

Lark Harbor 249

anchorage 250

beacons... 250

Belle Isle ..-. 507

Island --- 507

tides. 350

Mountain 248

Larkin Point 314

Latine Point 52

Laun Harbors 121

Head 131

Islands 132

Point 131

Lawrence Rock 116

Lazy Point - - 5^^

L'Epervier Rock 334

LeCalas 319

CalculoRock 388

Conte Harbor 140

Diamant Rock 136

FletanRock 138

buoy 138

Fond Arm 323

Grand Mulou 303

GuetteurRock 388

INDEX.

553

PftRO.

122

123

124

18 124

124

123

155

150

rBay 165

105

Harbor 105

165

im Islands 439

135

390

392

133

e --- 139

122

408

329

328

429

427,429

249

»ge 250

1... 250

lie ..-. 507

--- 507

250

248

214

121

122

121

116

324

- 319

288

-... 140

- 126

128

r 128

323

303

288

Pagf.

LeMalouin Shoal 283

MoineBay 196

MulouxRock -. 323

Tron de la Baleine 300

Leading Tickles 870

directions 371

tides 371

League Rock 369

LedretShoal 316

LedrewRock 364

Les Cailloux de Terre 128

Canailles Islets 123

Donzelles 308

Grappinots 129

Jumelles de la Terre 289

Vaches 281

Leveret Islands 396

Lewis Brook 243

Island 411

Point 217

Liar Rock 109

Light, Amour Point 515

Bacalhao Island 888

Baccalieu Island 452

BauldCape .-.. 304

Bay Roberts 464

Beach Point 143,461

Belle Isle 508

Belloram 143

Blanc Cape 134

BlufEHead 122

Boar Island 178

Bonavista Cape 409

BrigusBay 465

Brunet Island 136

Burin Island 117

Cabot Islands : . . . 408

Cann Island 394

Canon Point - 127

Carbonear Island 459

Catalina Harbor 431

Chienlslands 128

Devils Cove Head 380

Dodding Head 117

Ferryland Head 482

Fort Point 434

Galantry Head 125

Garnish 139

Gaultois Harbor 150

Grand Bank-- 138

Great Dunier Island 369

Miquelon ...^ 184

Green Island 431

Light, Green Point 464

Greenly Island 619

Greens Pond 405

GuUIsland 845

Hants Harbor 458

Harbor Breton 146

Grace 461

Point 328

Ireland Island 191

Kings Cove Head 426

Lahaye Point 45

Lamalin 122

LaPoileBay 191

Leconte Point 128

Little Denier Island 418

Miquelon 138

Lobster Cove Head 269

Mercer Head 186

Motion Island 441

Norman Cape 299

North Head 465

Penguin Island 400

Offer Wadham 398

Pass Island 148

Pine Cape 44

Placentia Harbor 51

Plate Point 133

Pointof Beach 461

PortBasque 207

Puffin Island 405

Race, Cape 39,486

Ray, Cape 211

Rich Point- 382

Rocky Point 146

Rose Blanche 198

St. Francis Cape 469

St. George Harbor 223

St. Johns Harbor 473

St. Mary Cape 49

St. Paul Island 312

St. Pierre Island- . 125, 127, 128
Seldom Come -by Harbor.. 394

Spear Cape 477

Toulinguet 380

Trinity Harbor 484

Verde Point 51

West Head 150

Linton Rock 417

Lions Den 433

Head 499

Little Barasway 183

Head 188

Bay, Bay de I'Eau 146

i
I

« i:y i r .. 1rafc-aRrrg5?ilg«|

554

INDEX.

I'ttgo. I

Little Bay de VEau, Fortune Bay. 140

Channel Head 207

Head 207

Three Arms. 856,358

Hermitage Bay 150

Islands, Notre Dame

Bay 365

Islands, communica-
tion 365

La Poile 193

anchorage... 198

beacon 198

communica-
tion 193

ice 198

MortierBay 115

Notre Dame Bay 859

Notre Dame Bay, an-
chorages 860

Notre Dame Bay, coal. 859
Notre Dame Bay, com-
munication 359

Notre Dame Bay, ice.. 860
Notre Dame Bay, sup-
plies 359

Notre Dame Bay, tides. 860

Rencontre Bay 164

Shoal 207

Beaver Cove 386

Bell Island 468

Black Island, Bay of Ex-
ploits . 376

Boar Island 179

Bonah Cove 83

Br6hat Bay 312

Brook 270

Bad Bay 379

Br<il6 Harbor 88

anchorage .._ 89

Brunet Islands 187

Burgeo Island 73

Burin Harbor us

coal 118

communica-
tion 118

ice 118

Island 119

Burke Island 66

Buse Peak 331

Butler Island 89

Byrne Cove 883

Cape 186

Caplin Cove 346 |

Pago.

Little Caribou Island 497

Cat Arm 334

Catalina Harbor 430

Chance Cove 451

Harbor 434

New World

Island ... 877
Sweet Bay . 434

tides 877

water 377

Cobbs Arm 385

Codroy River 314

Colinet Island 46

Colombier Island 136

Burnt Is-
lands .. 305

Coney \rm 335

ConneCove 141

Content Cove 415

Cormorandier Island 818

Cuiller Bay 157

anchorage 167

Dantzic Cove 137

Denier Island 418

light 418

Devils Island 146

anchorage ... 146
Duck Island, Niger Sound.- 503

Dunier Island 869

Fogo Islands 393

Fox Island 149

Friar Cove 217

Gallows Harbor 99

anchorage. 99

Garia Bay 196

Goat Islands 83

Goblin Bay 166

Grassy Island 348

Green Point Shoal 116

Gull Island 101, 377

Gnt 188

Head 188

Harbor Deep 333

Head 888

East Bay 139

Gallows Harbor ... 100

Head 63

St. Pierre 126

Island 61

Long Island 93

Main Tickle 883

Morton Harbor 377

PlacentiaBay .. 61

ind 497

884

rbor 480

B 451

bor 424

New World

Island ... 877
Sweet Bay . 424

tides 877

water 877

385

>r 214

»d- 46

aland 126

Burnt Is-
lands .. 205

885

141

e 415

)r Island 818

157

incliorage 157

3 137

i 418

light 418

I 146

anchorage .-. 146
Niger Sound.. 502

i 369

-.- 392

149

217

bor 99

anchorage. 99

195

166

I -. 248

Shoal 116

■ 101,377

183

188

833

Head 888

Bay 189

ws Harbor ... 100

St. Pierre 126

i 61

Island 93

Tickle 382

m Harbor 377

ntiaBay .. 61

INDKX.

666

Psge.

Little Harbor, Placentia Bay, an-
chorage 62

Random Island. .. 440

Sacred Bay 802

St. Marys Bay 47

Heartease Island 444

Hooping Harbor 332

Island, Connaigre Bay 148

Sacred Islands 308

Isle of Valen 80

Islets Harbors 320

Kirpon Harbor 808

LaPoile 193

Laun Harbor 121

anchorage 121

Madame Island 320

Meraslieen Harbor 91

Miquelon Island 183

fog signal. 183

light 133

MonJambe 145

Monk Rock 819

MortierBay 116

Mosquito Cove 451

Needles Rocke 312

North Harbor 874

Orange Bay 382

Paradise Harbor 83

anchorage. 84

Passage 149

Pinch-gut 60

tides 61

Pinnacle Island 107

Placentia Harbor 62

anchorage 54
directions 64

ice 53

tides 58

winds 63

Plate Island 187

Port 247

anchorage 247

Head 244

tides 247

Rencontre Island 179

Rock 179

River I68

Bank 169

DespairBay 152

anchorage 152

Rocks 169

tides 169

Sacred Island 303

14910 36

Page.

Little Saddleback Islet 107

St. Juliau Harbor 823

Point 323

St. Lawrence Harbor 119

St. Lawrence Harbor anchor-
age 120

St. Lawrence Harbor, water 120

St. Modest Island 514

St. Pierre Islet 127

beacon 127

Sandy Harbor 73

anchorage... 73

water 78

Seal Islands 93

Seldom Come-by Harbor... 895

Shag Rock 249

Shellbird Bight 869

anchorage. 360

Shoal, Placentia Bay 90

St. Pierre 126,128

Southern Harbor 63

anchorage 63

tides 68

Stag Island 367

Troy to wn Harbor 368

water ... 869

Verdon Islanf^. 319

Ward Harbor 860

Washing-tub Rock 108

Woody Island 69

Liver Ledge 406

Liverpool Brook 258

Cove 258

anchorage 258

Lizzy Point '. 45

Lobster Cove 269

Head 269

light 269

Rock 269

Harbor, Main tickle 888

White Bay 338

Island, Ste. Genevieve Bay 294

Islet, Cobbs Arm 885

t*oint 314

Shoal 315

Locker Bay 413

Flatlsland 415

Reach 409,415

Rock 412

LockyerRock 85

Lodge, The 493

Logey Cove. 470

Long Cove, Random Island 440

556

INDEX.

««*

Pag*. I

Long Cove, Random Sound 445

Trinity Bay 458

communi- ,

cation.. 458

Harbor 141

anchoragefl 141

Head 55

ice 55

Labrador 491

Placentia Bay 55

Point 142

Random Island 430

telegraph 141

tides 141

Harry RcK-k 461 I

Island Bank 95

beacon 317

Brent Islands 816

Buffet Harbor 87 |

Fogo Islands 898 j

Fortune Bay 143 i

Hermitage Bay 150

Marticot Island 95

Notre Dame Bay .... 366

Placentia Bay 92

Rock, Despair Bay . . 150

Tickle 367

West Random Head . 445

Islands, Bonavista Bay 422

Ledge 244

Point, Blanc Sablon 519

Corbin Island 119

Goose Arm 255

LaHuneCape 168

Port au Port 233

Presque 81

Red Island 91

Rock 90

Shoal 168

Toulinguet 880

Trinity Bay 456

Reach, Fair and False Bay. . 420

Grandy Island 175

Rock ! 107,109

Rocks 347 j

Tickle, Cobbs Arm 385

Long Islands 422

Loo Cove 406

Lookout Hill 456

Lord and Lady Island 148

Lossieux Point 280

Lots Rock 398

Louis Lemaire Shoal 320

Piigp.

Loup Bay 615

Lou«e-l)ox Hill 181

Rock 512

Love Cove 423

Low Island _ 249

Islets, Copper Island Ill

Sacred Bay. .: 302

Point, Cape Cormorant 231

Lark Harbor 249

Trinity Bay 432

Lowe Rock 430

Lower Cove 228

Crabb Brook 258

Frenchman Head 251

Gulf Rock 258

Harbor 875

Head 275

Island 858

Lance Cove 439

Rock 439

Little Bay . 139

Rams 57

Rock, Hares Ears 164

New Harbor 164

Puddick Bank 104

Shoal Harbor 444

Wolf Cove 861

Lowroom Point 54

Lush Bight 366

Macarthy Island 374

MaciverCove 254

anchorage 254

Island 254

Mackerel Shoal 75

Macks Islands 865

Madame Island 320

Maddox Cove 478

Madeleine Shoal 308

Mad Moll Rock, Picarre 150

Red Bay 513

Snooks Arm 347

Point 488

Rock 345

Cove 345

Fenneuse 483

Salmon Cove 459

Rocks 463

Maggotty Cove, Random Sound.. 448

Sound Island 68

Point 48

Rock 479

i^i:~^ii^aiatTii^.-^y-.^<,i:^,,,..-Mt.^,,>.-,a,-:-.,,-,,,6iAJ^

Pllgp,

615

181

512

428

240

Island Ill

Bay..: 302

rmorant 281

irbor 249

Bay 432

430

228

258

lead 251

258

375

275

858

439

lock 439

139

Ears 164

[arbor 164

3kBank 104

444

361

.. 54

866

374

254

rage 254

.- 254

865

820

- 478

308

aire 150

dBay 513

BoksAnn 347

- 483

345

B 483

jO\e 459

463

ttdom Sound.- 448

md Island 68

479

INDEX.

Mahany Cove 77

Maiden Arm 31s

Island, Carbonear 451)

Greens Pond 405

Islet 485

Point 318

Old Bonaventnre -.. 485

Main Ledge, Virgin Rock 84

Pools Island 406

Tickle 502

Bank, Niger Sound. . 502

Island 382

directions 883

Toulinguet 882

Mainyard Point 104

Major Point, Mercer Cove 136

Rock- 106

Mai Bay, Rencontre Islands 142

St. Marys Bay 46

Maid igues Cove 290

Malone Rock _ 414

Maloney Ledge 34

Man Rock 137

Manful Bight 345

Head 345

Point 355

anchorage 355

Manny Point 102

Man-of-War Cove 158

Hill, Exploits Burnt

Islands 375

Ramea Islands. 172

Point 158

Rock, Great Jervis.. 168

Pitt Sound 415

Manuel Arm lijg

Islet 431

MarchandRock I80

March Point 229

Bank- 229

Mare Fall ig2

Margery Cove 155

Head 155

Little Passage 149

Rock 402

Marguerite Bay.. 313

water 313

Maria Bay 303

Cove 149

Reefs 308

Mark Cape. 152

Rooks.- 169

Shoal 159

U07

ti^.

Marloy Rocks 41)9

Marne Shoal.. 129

Mamham Icland 490

Port 400

Shoal 490

water 490

Marquise Neck 52

Marshall Island gy

Marten Point 329

Rock 329

Marticot Fiack Cove 94

Cove 05

Island 84,94

Martin Morrissey Rocks 66

Point 270

Shepherd Islands 416

Martinique Cove 327

Mary Ann's Cove 317

Harbor 499

Head 499

MarytowTi jj^

Massacre Island, St. PieiTe 128

Islet 319

Rock 819

Masters Head 451

Matthew Lane Island 375

Matthews Island ..- 379

Rock 92

Maudit Bank 3Q3

Mauvais Gars Rock 303

Mauve Bay 3Q4

MayCove ^^

Head

Point .]"'

McLeod Point

Meadow Bank -

154

137

458

Point 43

43
213

Spit
Meat Cove...
M6dee Bay . .

Meer Point 253

M61ier Islet

Rock

Shoal

Menhir Rock

Merasheen Banks .

Harbor

Island .

Mercer Cove.

319

-.. 319

286

-- - 90

136

Burgee j^^

Head jgg

light 136

ice- 137

MHI

558

INUKX.

Pngi'.

Mercer Cove, tides 187

water i;i7

Point, BnrKoo 177

Merchant Cove 80

iMlftnd, Kirpon UOfl

l)eacon . . 805

RnmlHlumlH flO

Merlin Rock 474

Menniiid Hill no

Merry Harbor . 84

water 84

Messervy Cove 237

Point 223

wharf . 228

Mewstone (Gros Oignon) 801

Mic-mat! Islet 800

MidRock - 496

Channel Rock, Fichot Channel 820

Head, Connoire Bay 185

Middle Arm, Bay of Islands 254

Bloody Bay 417

Green Bay 854

anchorage 354

Point 354,354

Rock 854

Rocky Bay 896

Three arms 857

directions 358

White Bay 888

Bank, St. Lunaire Bay 811

Bill, Freels Cape 401

St. John Cape 844

Brook 185

anchorage 185

St. George Bay 321

Cliflf 443

Cove 470

CrabbBrook'. 258

Dock Island 75

Goblin Bay-. 155

Ground 37

Toulinguet 882

Head, Hermitage Bay 159

PlacentiaBay 107

St. Lawrence Harbors 120
Island, Notre-Dame Bay . . 867

Islets, Fogo Islands 893

Launlslands 123

Passages 206

Point 456

Reach 420

Ribb Rocks.. 493

Rock, Bonavista Cape 438

Pttgi'.

Middle Rock, Cabot Islands 404

Little Donier Island- 418

Placentia Bay tlO

Rocks, CarilKHi Cape .... 4I»0

Freels Cape 403

Gooseberry Islands 414

Shoal .501

Tickle, Fogo Island 891

Long Islands 422

Midsnmnier Rock 405

Midway Rock 406

Miffel Island 180

Milan Arm 800

caution 800

current 800

directions 800

Point 801, 828

Mile Islet , Fogo Island 898

Shag Islets 887

Rock 187

Rocks 184

Mille Cape 140

Harbor 140

Miller Head 119

Island 886

anchorage 836

Point 103

Milliners Arm 886

Million Cove 835

Milners Tickle 203

Chateau Bay 505

Minchin Head 433

Island 438

Mine Rock us

Mings Bight 841

anchorage 343

Islets 841

Miquelon Cape 134

Islands 188,184

anchorage.. 134,135

lights 138,134

Shoal 134

tides 185

Road 184

Rocks 185

Miranda Cove 247

Misaine Bank 86

Mistaken Cove 298

Point 41

beacon 41

Mizen Hill 455

Moany Cove 58

Moat Harbor 2O6

INDKX.

Si")*.)

Pbrc.

ot Islands 404

If Donier Island, 418

itmMii Bay (10

lilwrn Cape 499

h^Ih Ciipo 4();3

oseberry iHlandH 414

501

?o iHland 801

[ig Islands 432

405

406

180

800

n 800

t 800

ons 800

801,828

land 398

lets _ 887

167

184

140

119

836

orage 836

108

886

825

203

iteau Bay 505

423

428

118

841

Jrage 843

841

184

188,184

nchorage.. 184,185

ights 138,134

ihoal 184

ides 185

134

- 185

247

298

icon 41

455

206

Moat iMlundH 206

Mobile Bay 480

Mohawk Point 886

Molo Cove 414

tides 414

Moll Rot'k 61

Molly Ann Cove 248

Monday Bank 491

Mon Janibo 145

Monk Islet 819

RwkH 810

Monkey Rock 248

Monks Bank 109

Ground 846

Montaignai! Rock 282

Moore Point 611

Moorham Reefs 885

Mooring Cove 870

anchorage 870

Island 458

Moratties Shoals 54

Morgan Arm 162

anchorage 163

Island, Burgeo 179

Lanialin 138

Shoal 502

Mome Fontan 805

beacon 805

Morris Channel 420

Island 418

Rock 483

Mortier Bank 117

Bay 114

Creek 116

Rock 117

Morton Harbor 877

directions 377

Head 877

tides 877

water 377

Morue Spit 280

Moses Point 882

Mosquito Back Cove 160

Cove 290

Carbonear 450

Coves, Trinity Bay 451

Harbor 160,170

Island 160

Point 459

Mother Burke Rock 845

IxxCove 46

Motion Bay 477

Head 473

T»iiv.

Motion Island 441

light 441

R(K'kH 478

Monies Island 127

Mouse Island, Buttle Islands 405

Bloody Reach 416

Bnrtit Islands 97

Burnt Island an-
chorage 98

Gallows Harbor 100

PlacentiaBay 66

Toulinguet 879

Point 848

Rock, Gastries Bay 467

Random Head 441

Toulinguet 879

Moyac Island 233

Moyacs Islands 802

Muddy Hole 67

Connoire Bay 186

Dragon Bay 161

Point 186

Ramca Islands 1 72

St. George Bay 333

Mull Face Bay 303

Mnlou Shoal 332

Murphy Rock 121

Catalina Harbor . . . 480

Murphys Cove 266

MiiscleBank m

Musket Islands 179

Mussel Bank, Freshwater Bay ... 413

Harbor, Long Island 94

Pond Point 47

Rock, St. Marys Bay 48

Trinity Harbor 484

Mustard Gull Islands 434

Mutton Bay 42

Cape 42

Island 296

Naked Man Rock 192,855

Nameless Cove. 297

directions 297

Nan Point 73

Nanny Hole Head. 375

Rock 375

Rock 890

Narrows, The, Clode Sound 422

Goose Arm 255

Picarre 150

St. Charles Channel 500

5(50

INDKX.

NnrrowH, The, St. .I<ilm 474

N.'ul ImM 877

Neck Point 118

No(l<li(rk Ctipo 480

Nt'dily HiulKir 866

tUK'li) >ritK<t 966

(lim;tiiiim 267

ixmitiou 266

Nw'(lh»H RockH 812

NfiKt' Bay 290

N.mt Rock 80

Not Rock - 67

RmrkH «0

Novcrfail Shonl 181

New Bay 872

Head «72

RockH 872

Bona venture Harbor 485

F6rolleCove 291

Poninmila 290

Point 290

Harbor, BonaviMta Bay 410

Fortune Bay 140

Head, TackH Head.- 87

Island 104

Rencontro Bay 164

Trinity Bay 457

Perlican Harbor 454

anchorage - 454

tides 454

World Island 876, 878

Newell Island 404

Newfoundland, agriculture 3

Banks of 83

fish 38

climate 8

coal 7

cod fishery 8

communication .- 5
currents --13, 14,15,17

fisheries 8

fogs 11

general descript'n 1

geology 4

government 5

Great Bank 33

Gulf Stream 18

herring fishery..- 3

ice 18,25

report stations. 34

lakes 2

lobster fishery 4

mines 2

N«wfoundland. orthograpliy 8

paMHagf H 27, 82

t'liHt ))oiiiid 28
Hailing

veHHuls . :)()

wfiBt bo'nd 20

l)hyHlcal fcaturen 1

population. 3

railways 7

rivers 2

salmon fishery ... 4

seal fishery 3

telegraph 7

variation of com

paHS 82

winds

Newman Sound 421

caution 422

New Town 08

New World Island 870

Niagara Point 450

Nickerson Bank - 40

Nii^keys Nose.. 350

Nick Power Cove 165

Point 165

Niger Sound 502

Nimrod Harbor 360

Island — 300

Tickle 408

Nine-fathom Bank 34

Nine-pin Ai'm 886

Nipper Head 103

Nippers Harbor 350

communication - - 351

Islands 840

Noble Cove 851

Kirpon 808

Head. 851

Bank 851

Noddy Harbor 804

Point 304

Noggin Hill - 896

Island 896

Noir Cape --- 125

Maria Bay 808

NoManRock 183

Nonsuch 06

Head. 06

Narrows 07

Nook, The - 170

Norman Cape 290

Bay 290

fog signal -.- 299

ortlioKiiiiihy 8

ptiMMiiMrt'H 27, 83

('iist)M)miil 2W

Hiiil i I) K

Vt'HHl'lH . !!()

wt'Mt ho'nd 20
pliyHiciil ffiitnreH . 1

|)()liuliitii)n 8

milwiiyH 7

rivd'H 3

Hulmon Huliory ... 4

Heal tlHhory 8

telt'gruph 7

vuriiitioii of com-

piwrt 82

wiiitlH

I 431

cttution 423

and 87«

450

f. - 40

350

ve 1«5

lint 165

502

r 860

860

498

ank - 84

880

108

r - 850

communication . - 851

3 849

851

rpon 808

851

,nk 851

804

896

125

riaBay 808

188

jws 97

170

399

Bay 399

fog signal --- 299

IXDKX.

5fil

P»KH,

Norman Ciipc ll^lit 909

tidal HtreantH 399

Head 184

Rock 309

NorriH(.'ovt' 866

tidoH 267

Point 866

Rock 404

North Arm, Buy of InlaudH 257

Covo 887

Hooping Harbor 888

Indian Bay 411

Paciuot Harbor 848

Point 857

Bay, Bello Bay 148

Do8i)air Bay 156

ancdiorago 150
telt^grapli. 150

water 156

Griguet Bay - . 809

Head 156

LaPoile 191

Point 191

Bight. .€ 445

Bill, FreelH CaiM) 401

St. John Cape 844

Birdlaland 429

Met 440

Broad Cove 431

Brown lalets 413

Cove, Coachman Harbor... 840

Gut 465

Harbor Head 865

Little Bay Islands. 865

Placeutia Bay 65

Placentia Bay an-
chorage 65

Point 65

Rock 05,807

St. Marys Bay 47

St. Marys Bay an-
chorage 48

St. Marys Bay tides 48

Stag Island 307

Head, Aquaf ort Harbor .... 488

Bay of Islands 259

Brigus Bay 405

light 465

Spear Cape 477

St. Johns 474

St. Jones Harbor 447

Ledge -.. 477

Penguin Island 400

North Pt'iiKtiin Mand light KM)

Point 480

CatK) Broyle 481

Pound Wet 405

Rwf 811

RibbR(Rrk 408

Rock, ('oai-hman Harlmr 340
I'ort an Port .- 230,243

Rocks, (Jrt'unH Pond 406

Tickle, t!hang« Island 888

directions 888

Tilt Island 88

Toulinguct Ixland 879

Trump Island 379

Wild Cove 94

Northeast Arin, Bloody Bay 417

Boat Harbor 103

Catalinu Harbor. 481

Connoire Bay 185

Deer Harbor 448

Harbor Breton ... 140

LaPoile 162

Little River 169

Placentia Harbor 51
Red Island Bay.. 174

water 193

Bottom 860

Brook, Chimney Bay ... 829

Covo 329

Cove, Aviron Bay 100

LaHuneBay.... 167

Oar Bay 166

Placentia Sound. 54
Island, Fichot Islands.. 319

beacon 819

Ledge 508

Nonsuch 07

water 97

Rock, Bell Island 834

Norther Cove 433

Head, Trinity Bay 438

Point, Hearts Content . . 455

beacon 455

Northern Arm, How Harbor 816

How Harbor an-
chorage 816

Bank 491

Head, Bay of Exploits.. 874
Bonavista Cape.. 427

Middle Arm JJ50

Renewse Harbor. 484

Pass, Old F6rolle 298

Northward Rock, Ramea Islands.. 172

_ J

562

INDEX.

Tiigo.

Northward Rock, White Sail Bank 94

Northwest Ann, Bloodj' Bay 417

Boat Harbor 102

Clatise Harbor.. 76
Clatise Harbor

anchorage 76

Clode Sound 488

Connoire Bay... 185

Corbin Bay 143

Fortune Harbor. 878

Green Bay 353

Green Bay an-
chorage 353

Hare Bay 162

How Harbor 816

Little River 169

Random S'd. .402, 440
Red Island Bay.. 174

Rocky Bay 896

Rogutd Harbor.. 352

Sweet Bay 424

Trinity Bay 417

Harbor . 438

Bay, Griguet 809

St. Jones Harbor. 447
St. Lunaire Bay. - 311

Brook 171

Cove, East Bay 156

Hermitage Bay.. 149
Lampidoes pas-
sage 155

Presque Harbor. 82

Head, Clatise Harbor.. 76

White Bear Bay. 173

Island 75

Ramea Islands.. 172

Ledge 308

Rock 60

Shoal 34

St. Julien 822

Sunker 123

Norton Cove 417

Notre Dame Bay, east coast of

Newfoundland... 846

Island 314

Shoal.. 314

Nova Scotia Banks 35

Nut Hill 424

Nymph Island 311

O.
Oar Bay I66

Observation Point 323

Page.

Observatory Islet 323

Point 388

Ochre Pit Hills 422

Odd Island 405

Oderin Bank 1C7

Harbor 105

anchorage 105

directions 105

tides 105

Island 104

Ofifer Gob Rock 195

Gooseberry Island 418

Island, Grand Bruit 191

Lann Island 122

Rock, Gooseberry Islands . . 414

Harbor Breton 147

Little Denier Island.. 418

Neddick Cape 480

Seal Lland 195

Shoal. 181

Sunker 1V4

Wadham Island ,...398

light 898

Oil Islands SQQ

Old Bantam Rock, Notre Dame

Bay. 367

Bay 145

Billy Rock, Three Arms 857

Bonaventnre Harbor 435

Bone-em 217

Boy Shoal 290

F^roUe Harbor 298

directions 298

tides 298

Island 292

beacon 293

Haman Rock 477

Harry Rock, Bonavista Cape. 428

BroyleCape 481

Corbin Island... 119

Despair Bay 157

Spear Cape 477

The Harrys 848

Shoals, Toulinguet 881

Man Bay 169

water 170

Cove 285

Hill 191

Shoal 285

Perlican anchorage 452

communication 452

ice 458

tides 453

..v,,ll.l■.^^nT^«^lf..«,..«n.^^,-^.-^T■m.m-^-■.»^■„«-;.mv,^-, ,..a:-.:^«ymt^

INDEX.

563

Page.

t 323

It 333

422

- 405

1C7

105

ichorage 105

irections 105

dea 105

104

- 195

Island 418

md Bruit 191

i 122

eberry Islands . . 414

lor Breton 147

e Denier Island-. 418

lick Cape 480

195

181

1V4

iland ,...398

light 398

-.-- 866

3k, Notre Dame

867

145

?hree Arms 357

Harbor 485

217

290

or 293

directions 293

tides 293

i 292

beacon 293

477

Bonavista Cape. 428

BroyleCape 481

Corbin Island... 119

Despair Bay 157

Spear Cape 477

The Harrys 848

, Toulinguet 381

169

er 170

285

191

285

orage 452

nunication 462

453

I 453

Page.

Old Poe Shoal 107

Port au Choix (Black Arm).. 283

anchorage 284

beacons 284

directions 284

ice 284

tides 284

Sow Point 459

Woman Head 256

Olive Cove 149

Oliver Cove 77

Rock 77

Onion Cape 301

Cove 301

Island 301

Oody Point 336

Open Bay 298

Hole 425

ice 425

Orange Bay 832

Ore Head. 468

Osmond Hill no

Bock 108

Otter Bay 206

caution 206

Cove 880

Island 866

Little Bay 359

Point 141

Connoire Bay 186

settle-
ment. 186

telegraph 141

Ourson Point 280

Outer Brandy Rock 419

Cove 470

East Rock 899

Miquelon Rock 135

Shag Rock 254

Oven Rock 118

Overfall Brook 516

Owen Rock 90

P.
Paddle Rocks in

Paddock Shoal 46

Page Rock 123

Painter Rock 186

Pancake Rock, Basque Port - 209

beacons 209

buoy 209

caution 209

Mercer Cove. 136

PBgC.

Pancake Rock, St. Johns 474

PaquetHarbo) 343

anchorages 842

tides 842

Paradise Harbor 84

anchorage 84

ice 84

Point 889

Sound 95

Parfrey Point 78

Paris Bay 342

anchorage 342

water 342

Park Harbor 422

Parker Cove 102

River 300

Parkes Cove 255

water 255

Rock - 258

Parsons Cove 376

Ground 495

Pond 277

Hill 277

Partridge Island 405

Point, Biohe Arm 326

Cap Daim 389

Kirpon 808

White Bay 384

Pass Island 148

anchorage 148

light.. 148

Tickle 148

Passage Shoals. 287

Passages, auxiliary steamers 30

Bellelsle 81

Cape Breton to New-
foundland 32

full -powered steamers.. 27

homeward routes 29

outward routes 28

sailing vessf Is 30

Passenger Point 448

Patracan 135

Patrick Cove 50

Harbor 151

Rock 151

Island 81, 106

Point 356

Power Cove 366

Rock 50

Rocks 106

Paw Point 467

Peaked Rock 305

5CA

INDEX.

Page.

Peaice Harbor. 377

Pearl Island 249

Great Jervis Harbor. 138

Pebble Island 480

Peckford Island 898

PeggysBag 476

Pelee Island 128

Point 342

Penguin Arm 256

Cove 256

Head 256

Islands 160, 400

light 400

Penman Ann 256

Penney Island 511

Penneys Room 519

Pepper Alley Point 479

Perch Rock-- 50

Perlican, New 1 454

Old 452

Island 452

Perroquet Bank 519

Pete Cove 78

Head 78

Petit CoupdeHache 348

Fort Cove 96

Harbor 96

Gars Rock 302

Jardin -- 229

Marchand Rock 180

Pas Cove 253

anchorage 253

Rocher , 322

San Fond Harbor 332

Petites 196

Vaches Cove 333

Petrel Islands 503

Petticoat Island, Bale de I'Eau ... 101
Femme Harbor.. 140

Petty Harbor 478

Pic 4 Denis.. 228,285

Harbor 237

supplies 238

tides 238

Picadilly 228

Picarre Harbor 150

Piercy Hill 124

PierwaysHill- 227

Pig Bank 40

Island 193

Ledge us

Pigeon Cove 307

Head. 228

rage.

Pigeon Island, Barasway Bay . - . 203

Fichot Islands 319

Fortune Bay 159

Grand Bruit 191

Little Garia Bay . . 195

Paradise Point 389

Peninsula 389

St. Pierre 128

Shoal 159

Shoals 208

Snooks Arm 347

Stocking Harbor... 352

Til ton Harbor 389

Islands, White Bay 338

Islet, Random Head Har-
bor 441

Point 833

Rock 430

Rocks, Fogo Island 892

Pigeonnifere Arm 333

Pikes Arm 885

PilierCove 325

Pillar Rock... 195

Pilley Cove 367

water 368

Island 362

Harbor 362

buoy 364

coal 363

communica-
tion 863

dangers 363

directions . . . 364
inner anchor-
age 364

outer anchor-
age 363

pilots 364

supplies 363

tides 864

Tickle 362

Pillot Bank- 297

Pilly Point 391

Rock 391

Pincher Bight 402

directions 402

Island 402

Pinchgut Island, Colinet Harbor. . 47

Point, Hares Ears Point 164

Placentia Bay. . . 61

Pine Cape .44,66

directions 41

light : 44

Page.
asway Bay . - . 203

hot Islands 319

tune Bay 159

md Bruit 191

tie Garia Bay - . 195

adise Point 389

insula 889

Pierre 128

al 159

als 203

oksArm 347

jking Harbor... 352

on Harbor 389

liiteBay 338

lom Head Har-

441

833

430

:o Island 892

333

885

325

195

367

368

362

r 362

buoy 364

coal 363

communica-
tion 363

dangers 363

directions . . . 364
inner anchor-
age 364

outer anchor-
age 363

pilots 364

supplies 363

tides 864

362

297

391

402

tions 402

402

(linet Harbor.. 47
res Ears Point 164
icentia Bay. . . 61

44,66

1 41

- 44

INDEX.

565

Page.

Pines Islet 841

Pinnacle Island ., 107

Rock .112,114

Port au Port 244

Shoal 167

Pinware Bay 514

Pipe Rock • 387

Pipers Hole 66

Piquennais Rocks 318

Pistolet Bay 300

caution , 301

current 301

direction 300

ice 301

tides 801

Pitman Bight 349

Piton Point 301

Peninsula 301

Pitt Sound 409

Gates 415

Island 415

Pitts Harbor 505

directions 505

water 505

Hill 504

Placentia Bay 50

dangers 50

fogs - 50

i-^e 50

Harbor 51

anchorage 53

communication . . 52
, supplies 52

light.

tides .

Mans Point .

anchorage .

Road

ice.

51
52
66
67
51
51

Sound 53

telegraph cables 51

Plaster Cove 218

Plat Rock 128

Plate Cove.-.. 435

Head 424

Islands 137

Point... 133

fog signal 133

light... 133

Pigeoniere Cove 333

Pleasant Cove •. 252

telegraph 353

Point aux Gauls 122

Pago.

Point of Beach 461

light 461

Rock, Lamalin Bay 132

Little St. Lawrence . 120

Shoal, Bnrgeo Islands 181

Harbor Rocks 107

Pointe aux Morts 515

Pomley Cove, Granliy Island 337

Lauipidoes Passage 155

Pond Cove 304

Head 87,91

Sunkers 91

Ponds River 279

anchorage 279

Pool Beach 483

Island, Little Garia Bay 195

Poole Island 160

Pools Arm, ice 403

Harbor 405

directions 406

ice 406

tides 406

Island ..189,405

Poor Boy Islet 449

Ledge 448,

Island.... 118

Rock... -- 118

Shoal 430

Pope Harbor 436

Poplars Head 106

Popple Stone 414

Pork Island .' 411

Porpoise Rock 394

Port-au-bras 118

Port-au-Choix 383

anchorages 383

current 383

directions - 383

Port 334

anchorages - . 235

directions 243

ice -- 235

tidal streams 338

tides 338

Basque 307

Island.. 318

de Grave 465

Saunders - 381

Portland Cove 378

Hill 378

Portugal Cove,Newfoundland,ea8t

coast 468

Trepassey Bay 43

566

INDEX.

P»it«.

Ponch Cove 4qq

Maiul ..'. 403

Pound Islets 405

Rocka 403

Powder Horn Hill 64

Powles Head 43

buoy 43

Prairie Shoal 34

Presque Harbor ... 81

anchorage 83

directions 82

ice 82

Pretty Island . _ 430

Pilley Island Harbor 363

Tickle 862

Priest Rock 399

Priests Cove 336

Princes Lookout 468

Privecoeur Shoal 51

Prosper Islet 399

Prosser Rock 474

Prune Island 308

Pudding Bag Cove 406

Cove 438

Point 443

Puddock Bank 104

Puddy Rock 458

Puffin Bank 137

Island 137,404

light 405

Islands, Bay of Islands 254

Ledge 405

Rock 406

Pulpit Head 419

Purbeck Cove 337

anchorage 387

Purcell Harbor 883

Pushthrough, Gallows Harbor 99

Great Jervis Harbor 158

Puttick Rock 433

Puzzle Harbor 376

Head 376

Pylades Rock 175

Pyramid Point _ 335

Quarry Rock 443

Querr6 Islet 383

beacon 284

Quiddy Viddy Harbor 471

Race Cape 39,485

beacon 39,486 i

Page.

Race Cape currents 40, 486

directions 41

fog signal 39,486

ice 40,486

light 39.486

signal and ice reporting

station 39,486

soundings 40, 486

tides 40,486

Rade Point 833

Raft Island 863

Tickle 363

Ragged Harbor, east coast 432

Wooham Islands. 400

directions 400

Head 131

Island 182

Islands 84, 432

anchorage 86

Bona venture Head 434

directions 86

Islets 887

Point 369

Rock, Great Laun 122

Smith Sound 485

Rocks, Harbor Grace 460

Raglan Her d 355

Rags Island, Fogo Island 890

Rock 381,390

Rocks, Assizes Island 495

The 381

Rallier Shoal 181

Ram Islands 56

ice 50

Ramea Colombier Island 172

Harbor 173

Islands 172

ice 178

South Bank 178

Southeast Rocks 178

Random Head Harbor 441

tides 441

Island 488

Sound 442

ice 442

Rantem Cove 451

communication 451

Rase Island 291

Rat Island 441

Rattler Brook 258

Rattling Brook, Bonne Bay 264

water. 264
Green Bay 854

Pagp.

* 40,486

ns 41

al 3»,48«

40,486

39,486

nd ice reporting

a 89,486

gs 40,486

40,486

888

863

868

ist coast 432

ooham Islands. 400

•ections 400

121

183

84,433

!horage 86

tia venture Head 484

ections 86

887

- 869

it Laun 122

;h Sound 485

bor Grace 460

255

[sland 890

881,390

s Island 495

881

- 181

- 56

[sland 172

173

.- 172

-- 178

178

iOcks 178

lor 441

tides 441

488

442

443

--- 451

anication 451

291

- 441

, 258

me Bay 264

water. 364
en Bay 354

INDEX.

507

Rattling Brook, La Poile Bay 192

St. George Bay . . 320

Raven Cape 308

Rttvenel Bay 186

Ray Cape 210

fog signal 211

ice reports 211

light 211

signal station 210

telegraph 210

tides 211

Raymond Island 156

Passage 156

Point 151

Razor Back Rock 160

Reculoux Shoal 287

Red Bay.. 511

Bank 508

caution 513

directions 513

.ice 618

supplies 512

tidal streams 618

tides 518

water 512

Brook-- - 220

Cliff Head 470

Island 425

ice 435

Cove, Bonavista Cape 426

Famish Gut. 69

Fox Island 95

Head 59,95

Rock 48

Harbor 112

.Head 112

Head Rock, St. Marys Bay . - . 48

TorBay 470

Tor Bay 469

Hills 39,486

House 197

Island 174

Bank 503

Bay, Ramea Islands . . 174

Camp Islands 503

Cormorant Cape 230

Harbor 91,174

Placentia Bay 91

Road - 231

Rock, Notre Dame Bay 358

Shoal 57

St. Charles Harbor ... 503
St. Lunare Bay 811

Red Island, Wild Bight . . 858

Islet, Beii Island 825

Herring Head 885

Rock 90

Rocks 456

Redland 77, 90

Red Man 448

Point, Random Sound 444

Clam Bank Cove 232

Comiaigre Bay 148

Hare Bay... 163

Rock, Devil Bay 163

Shoal 76

Rock, Trinny Cove 59

Rocks, Witless Bay 456

Rencontre Bay 164

anchorage 164

tides 164

Cove 261

Island, Burgeo Islands. 179

Islands 142

Rock -- 179

Renewse Harbor 483

dangers 484

directions . 484

ice 482

Rock 484

Shoal 484

Head 485

Islet 485

Rocks 485

R^piss6 Rock 320

Riband, The 478

Richards Harbor 161

anchorage. 162

Head 175

Island 421

Rich Point 283

caution 283

current 283

light 283

Peninsula 283

Shoal 282

Riches Island 152

Riders Harbor 440

Ridge Cape 401

The 230

tidal streams 231

Riding Island 350

Shoal 350

Rienc<! Creek 331

RiflfrafiE Rocks, Salvage Point 453

Shoal Bay 449

568

INDEX.

Page.

River Brook 219

Head Bay 387

Brook 861

Fortune Bay 146

water 146

White Bay 387

Islands 491

Point 321

RixCove 858

Harbor 450

water 450

Road Island 208

Point 240

anchorage 240

Roberts Bay (Bay Roberts) 464

Harbor 864

anchorage 365

directions . - 365

Notre Dame Bay. 364

pilots 365

Robineau Coves 332

Robin Hood Bay •- . 471

RobinhoodBay 484

Robinson Brook - 220

communication.. 220

Head 220

Island 280

Point 448

Rock 397

Roche Harbor 268

anchorage 268

directions 268

Peak 110

Point 52

Roches Blanches 197

Rock Harbor 118

Point 114

oftheBank 74

The 889

Rocky Bay, Bell Island 825

Bloody Reach 416

Sir Charles Hamilton

Sound 396

Cove 66,81

Sunker 81

Harbor 113,445

Roche Harbor 268

Islands - 416

Islets, Flower Cove 297

Passage 160'

Point 146,396

Lark Harbor 250

light 146

P»gt>.

Rocky Point, Port au Port 286

Rodney Cove 382

Rodway Point 102

Roger Cape 98

Bay 98

Harbor 98

anchorage 98

Head 99

Island 98

Mountain 98

Rogers Point 895

Rock 123

Rogues Harbor 851

Roland Point 316

Roinaines Brook 225

supplies 225

Romsey Rock 502

Ronci^re Bay 809

anchorage 809

Rood Point 258

Roost Rocks - 87

Rope Cove 245

Rose Blanche Harbor 200

communica-
tion 200

directions.. 201

ice. 200

supplies 200

tidal streams 202

tides 202

Brook 201

Shoals 200

Point 197

light 198

Village 200

Ros6e Point, Fortune Bay 189

(Stormy Point) 214

Roseway Bank. 37

Rosey Rock. 121

Rosiru Island 89

Point 89

Sunker 89

RotiBay 154

anchorage 155

water 155

Colombier 191

Rouge Cape 325

Harbor 326

anchorage . . . 326

beacons 336

ice 326

tides 336

Peninsula 325

Pag.'.

rtauPort 286

383

102

- 08

bor , _.. 08

anchorage 98

d 09

tid 08

mtain 98

895

123

851

816

325

supplies 323

502

809

chorage 300

858

,— . 87

345

irbor 300

communica-
tion 300

directions.. 301

ice- 300

supplies 200

tidal streams 302

tides 202

•ook 201

loals 200

lint 197

light 198

Uage 20O

•tune Bay 189

ormy Point) 214

121

- 89

154

age 155

155

191

335

bor 336

anchorage . . . 326

beacons 336

ice 326

tides 826

insula 825

INDEX.

5()S>

Page.

Rouge Cape, St. Pierre 186

Island 826

Round Harbor (Grand Coup de

Hache) 843

directions 843

Head 347

Hermitage Bay . . 150
Notre Dame Bay. 847

Pope Harbor 486

tides 343

Traytown Harbor 437

Trinity Bay 446

Head Cove 286

Fogo Island 889

Island , St. John Bay . 286

Jude Harbor 106

Shoal 286

St. John Bay 286

west coast 888

Hill 186

Island, Bear Island 181

Burgeo Islands 1 77

Qaria Bay 194

Reef 244

Rock 64

Shag Island 180

Rowland Head 480

Point 858

Rock 57

RowsellCove 373

Riiby Rock 474

Rushoon Bank 108

Harbor 103

Head . 108

Ruth Island 888

Sable Bank 35

Sacred Bay 301

Islands 308

Saddle Hill 460

Island, Bay of Islands 248

Despair Bay 159

Red Bay 512

Saddleback Islet 107

Sagona Island 137

Sailors Harbor 410

ice 419

Island 419

Saint Anthony Cape 818

Harbor 313

communi-
cation .. 818

To III'.

Saint Autliony Harbor ice 818

supplies ,. !)13

tides 318

Hill 813

Barbe Bay „ 893

beacons 206

directions 296

ice 206

tides 896

Harbor 295

Islands 839

Point.... 895

beacons 895

Bernard Cove 88

Charles Cape 500

Channel 500

anchorage, 500

Harbor 501

anchorage.- 501
directions.. 501

water 502

Hill 500

Point 518

River 498

CroixBay 55

Point 55

Francis Cape 468

fog signal 469

light 469

George Bay 216

fogs 216

ice 316

tidal stream ... 816

Cape 889

Harbor.. 284

anchorage .. 234

light 823

St. George

Bay 216

River 334

Georges Leads 470

Gregory Cape 260

Mount 259

River 259

Island 411

Jacques Harbor 144

anchorage . 144
communica-
tion 144

water 144

Island 144

John Bay 285

caution 885

imemKramxmm

mmm

670

INDEX.

Fane

Saint John Cape 844

ice 344

Harbor 285

ice 285

tides 285

Head 145

Island 145

St. John Bay... 385

JohnH 471

anchorage 475

buoy 475

coal 473

communicationH 471

dangers 474

daymarks 474

directions 475,479

docks 472

fogs 470

fogsignal 474

hospitals 478

ice 475

lights 478

patent slip 478

pilotage 478

pilots 473

port dues 478

repairs 473

signals 478

supplies 472

tides 476

time signal '. 478

towage 478

trade 473

water 472

wintering 476

Jones Harbor 447

ice 449

• Head 446

Islet 447

Within Harbor 445

Joseph Harbor 99

Julien Harbors 322

Island 822

Peak 822

KyransHarbor 82

anchorage . . 88

tides 82

Lawrence Harbors 120

LewisCape 489

Inlet 491

River 492

Rock 489

Sound.. 489

Saint Lewis Sound tides 489

Louis Bank 127

buoy 137

Lunairt! Bay 310

ice 812

tidal streams. . 813

Peak 810

Road 311

Margaret Bay 391

ice 291

Mountain ... 290

tides 291

Mary Cape 49

dangers 49

fogs 50

light 49

tides 49

Cays 49

Marys Bay 44

dangers 48

ice 45

Harbor 45

anchorage .. 46
comnmni ca-
tion 46

danger 40

ice 46

tides 46

water 46 •

MeinBay 318

ice 813

Modest Islands 514

Paul Island 2II

anchorage 212

beacons 218

fogsignal 212

ice report 218

lifeboats 218

lights 213

provision depot- 212
signal station.. 218
submarine cable 212
tidal streams . . 318

tides 218

Pauls Bay 273

Inlet 273

Peter Bay 508

Islands 503

Point 508

Pierre Bank 35

cod fishery 183

Harbor 129

anchorage 130

Pan;...

1 tides 4H«

127

buoy 137

' 310

ice 813

tidal streams- . 812

ik 810

id 311

ly 291

ice 291

Mountain ... 290

tides 291

langers 49

ogH 50

ight 49

ides 49

angers 48

36 45

or 45

anchorage .. 40
comnmni ca-
tion 46

danger 40

Ice 46

tides 46

water 46 •

818

) 818

ds 514

211

wchorage 212

beacons 218

Pog signal 213

ice report 218

ifeboats 213

ights 213

jrovision depot. 212
iignal station.. 318
lubmarine cable 212
;idal streams . . 218

;ides 218

278

273

- 503

503

508

liery 182

r- - 129

anchorage 180

INDEX.

P«Kn.

182
183
130

Saint Pierre Harbor, Barachoise. .

bnoys

charges, dues
Gommunlca-

tion 129

coal 139

directions. 180,131

hospital 180

ice 180

lights.... 125,128
patent slips.. 129

pilots 180

supplies 129

telegraph 129

tidal streams. 183

tides 182

Island 125

fog signal 125

lights 126,128

signal station. 125
submarine tel-
egraph 129

town 139

Bock, Lamalin 138

Willis Reach 417

Shots Cove _ 44

Heads 44

Sainte Genevieve Bay 394

anchorage . 394
directions.- 894

ice 294

tides 294

Cape 298

Sall-the-Maid Island 65

Sails Island 62

Sally Cove 370

communication 370

Salmon Cove, Gastries Bay , 467

Gastries Bay, com-
munication 467

Green Bay 856

Head, Conception

Bay 459

Random Sound 442

Three Rocks Point . 282

Trinity Bay 484

Point, Bonne Bay'. 160, 267

River 143

Coal 148

Rock 856

Salmonier anchorage 148

Cove, Hermitage Bay.. 149
River 47

UgiO 37

571

Pllgo.

Salnionier River anchorage 47

tides 47

Village 143

Salt Pond 868

Saltwater Pond. Hall Bay 860

anchorage 801

Point - 360

White Bay 836

Salter Hill us

Salut Island . - 810

Salvage Bay 419

ice 423

Point 458

Rocks 458

Rock 461

Sam Adams Shoal 78

Hitches Harbor 160

Sambro Banks 87

Ledges 37

SamsHead.. 99

Ledge- us

Samson Point 68

Sandbanks, The 177

Point 177

Island 177

beacon.. 177

Sand Cove 494

Sandwich Cove 508

Point 608

Sandy Bay, west coast 277

Straight Coast 298

Cove, Bonne Bay 266

LaPoileBay 193.

Little Placentia {?•»

Little Placentia, an-
chorage 68

Newman Sound 421

Head 366

Point, Hare Bay 162

St. George Bay 228

St. Gteorge Bay, com-
munication 228

St. George Bay, sup-
plies 228

St.GeorgeBay,wharf 228
tides. 224

Sans-fond Harbor..... 331

Saturday Ledge, Bloody Bay 417

Broyle Harbor... 481

Saucy Joe Rock 460

Sauker Head 119

Rock 119

Saullslands 114

572

INDKX.

Png-.

ShuI iHlnndHRock 114

SiiultCove 888

SaunderH Knob fl()2

Point 381

Port 281

directions 383

ice 383

aiipplies 283

tides 383

Shoiil 84

Sauvageon Rock 288

SavadownRock 48

Savage Cove 298

Island 383

Point 814

Savoyard Point 136

Shoal 120

Scab Rock.-.„ 512

Schoolroom Rock 800

Schooner Cove, Anse & Loup 515

Long Harbor 143

tides- 143

Island 299

Scilly Cove 454

Scott Point 189

Rock 188

Scrape Cove Head 90

Point 347

Scrub Reef 899

Sculpin Island, Notre Dame Bay. . 371

Renewse 488

Point 120

Rock 198

Shoal 120

Renewse 484

Sea Islands goe

Seal Arm, White Bay 888

Bay, Notre Dame Bay 869

Brook 176

St. George Bay 230

ShagCliflP 265

Cove 888

Bonne Bay 256

Conception Bay 468

Conception Bay, com-
munication 468

Dead Island Harbor. . . 306

Old JB'erolle .298

Penguin Arm 356

Point 453

Ste. Genevieve Cape. . - 298

St. George Bay 217

Salvage Point 453

l*CP.

Seal Cove, Southward Bay 425

Head, Colliers Bay 4«((

WestBay 287

Island 860

Bear Island 171

Burgeo Islands 183

Chateau Bay 504

Hardrix Island 866

Head 195

Rocks 850

Shoal 850

St. Jones Head 447

York Harbor 260

Islands, Flower Cove 397

Little Garia Bay 195

Islet, Great Southern Harbor. 68

Ledges 297

Point .504

Goose Cove 315

01dF6rolle 298

Rock, BuflFet Harbor 93

Mortier Bay 115

Sailors Harbor 419

St.Johns 474

Seal Cove 458

Rocks, Captain Island 187

Culotte Island 189

Despair Bay 153

Little River 168

Miquelon 135

St. George Bay 234

St. John Island 385

Sealing Cove 876

Sealskin Rock 404

Seals Nest Island 398

beacon 393

Sea Mouse Rocks 329

Wolf Lagoon 225

Second Brook Cove 156

Reach 448

Seldom Come-by Harbor 894

ice 394

light .... 394

tides 894

SesostrisBay 286

Shag Cliff 265

Island, Cinq Cerf Islands 189

Connoire Bay 186

Garia Bay 194

Port au Port 244

anchor-
age . . 244
Ragged Islands 87

wiird Bay 42fl

FH Buy 4««

Bay 2!n

850

Wand 171

eolNlands 183

Bail Bay 504

rixlHland 806

195

8 850

I 850

men Head 447

Harbor 250

ver Cove 207

le Garia Bay 195

louthern Harbor. 68

207

504

Cove 315

rolle 298

Harbor 93

irBay 115

I Harbor 419

ins 474

ove 458

lin Island 187

te Island 180

lir Bay 153

) River 168

elon 135

8orge Bay 224

hn Island 285

876

404

898

beacon 308

220

225

ve 156

443

Harbor 804

ice 304

light .... 304

tides 304

286

265

Cerf Islands 180

loireBay 186

a Bay 194

an Port 244

anchor-
age .. 244
;ed Islands 87

INDKX.

ore

Hhag Island, Ray Cape 310 i

Islands, Dfcr IsIimdH 415

Islet, Newman Sonnd 481

Rocky Bay 416

Islets, ( 'hiingo Island 887

Nonsuch 06

Trinity Bay 488

Ledge 214

Rock, Barin;Harl)or 118

Change Island iW

Clatiso Harbor 77

Lamalin 133

Placentia Bay 60, 71

Sonnd 58

Renowse 484

St. Marys Bay 45

Rocks , Bay of Islands 240

Connaigre Bay 147

Labrador 491

Long Harbor 56

Paradise Sonnd 05

Rose Blanche 300

St. Johns Head 148

Roost 60

CouteauBay 188

Sunkers 87

Shallop Cape 516

Cove 158

Shallow Bay, Pistolet Bay 800

west coast 276

anchorage 276

Shalloway Head 117

Island 117

Point 52

Shark Cove Head 107

Rock, Trinity Bay 414

Sharp Peak 54

Sheep Bank 307

Channel 307

Head 488

Island 387

Degrat 807

Shellbird Bight 360

Shepherd Point, Catalina Harbor . 430
Maggotty Cove . . 68

Rock 145

Shilly Cove 355

Shimmy Cove 359

water 359

Shingle Head 41

Ship Cove, Bay de Grave 465

Bnrin Harbor 118

Despair Bay 153

PttK"'.

Ship Cove, DcMpair Bay, anchorage 158

tides 1.18

water 158

Fiods Cove 228

Ooldson Arm 884

Oilerin Harbor 105

anchorage 105

tides 105

Island 104

Raniea Islands 173

St. George Bay 318

Dock 176

Harbor, Placentia Bay 54

ice . . . 55
Point. 55

Head 514

Hill 463

Island, Fiods Cove 228

Indian Bay 410

Placentia Bay 71

Rock.Varket Channel 420

Varket Channel 420

Rock 218

Run 875

Rock 875

Shoal 310

Shivery Point 340

Shoal Arm, Three Arms 858

Bank 75

Bay, Deer Harbor 440

Fogo Island 800

Gander Bay 807

Point 47

Rock 308

St. Marys Bay 46

Trinity Bay 412

Cove 233

North Head 260

Ground 502

Harbor, east coast 456

Head 444

Little Bay 360

Random Sound 444

Random Sound an-
chorage 444

, Random Sound com-
munication 444

River 444

Islands 490

St. Lewis Inlet 499

Point 207

Cape Auguille 215

Flat 238

574

INDKX.

ahottl I'oint, Port n\\ Port 888

Hock 16a

St.UfurKeBay 318

Rock 84fl,4S6

Tickle 880

Shoe Cove 845

Point 846

Rix'k 846

Point, BonavlHta Bay ... 401, 400

Shooter Ilo<^k 165

Short Reach 176

Shuffle Board Hill 405

Signal mil 474

Silhlown Point 440

Silh-oCove 454

Silver Buckle 878

Wand 878

Cove 827

Fox iHland 410

Silverton 864

Siiumondfl Barasway. - 102

anchorage . . 152

Simmons Brook 148

Wand 118

Simms Wand 890

Rock ..._ 300

Simonds Rock 104

SimB Point 48

Sir Charles Hamilton Sound 800

ice... 896

Sisters Rocks, Bay Verte 840

Groais Island 834

Skeleton Cove 858

Skerries, The 480

Skerrys Bight 471

Skerwink Head 484

Rocks 484

SkiflE-sail Rock 114

Skinner Cove 262

Change Island 888

Rock 888

Rocks 48

Skippers Brook 76

Rock 76

SlablaUnd 297

Slammer Point 195

Sleepy Cove ....' 881

Sloop Rock lot

Run 376

Sly Boots Rock 62

Small Island, Wadham Islands ... 898

Point 471

Freshwater Bay 476

SniallM Wmid 176

Smith Point 103,480

SJioal lOH

Hoiuid 485

lo« 485

tide* 485

Smock Wand 140

OarlaBay 104

Smoker Wand JWT

Rock 190

Snagge Point 470

Snakes Bight 317

Snap Hmk 893

Sniiptail Rock 871

SnfM)k Bank 811)

Snooks Arm 847

anchorage 848

tides 848

water 848

Harbor, Bois Islands 164

Random Sound - . 489

Head 847

Soldier Point, Great Miciuelon 185

Merasheen Harbor. 91

Rock 514

Catalina Harbor.... 430

Sopers Rtx'k 465

Sophia Head 448

Sops Arm 886

anchorage 830

Island 335

caution 386

SoufHets Arm 888

Sound Island 67

The 68

Soundbone Rock 104

Soup Point 842

Souriceau Rock 888

Souris Rock 822

Shoal 826

Soumoise Shoal 821

South Arm, Ari^ge Ray 317

Bay of Islands 254

Bonne Bay 264

anchorage. 864

Bight 448

Bill, Freels Cape 401

St. John Cape 344

Birdlsland 429

Islet 440

Brook 855

Brent Island 816

Broad Cove 421

^^^.QKWUailBUBUHU)

Vtm»,
17fl

ioa,4»«

10«

485

140

»Bay 194

887

19()

470

317

89a

871

210

847

rage 848

848

is iHlanda 154

ndoiu Sound . . 489

. 847

It Miquelon 185

ittheen Harbor. 91

814

inn Harbor 480

465

448

886

?e 880

885

1 836

888

104

842

822

833

826

321

3 Ray 817

? Islands 254

Bay 264

anchorage. 264

443

Cape.-. 401

m Cape 844

429

440

865

1 316

431

1M»KZ,

075

Hoiith Urown Is)«ti) 418

C<)v»t, Conclmiiin Flarbor . 840

Ht. MiirKiir.'t Hay 291

St. Mai-Kinof Uay,l)(if»-

con :/ot

Channel, St. Pierre la;

<*iit 405

Head, IJiiy Hulls 4mo

Buy of iMliindH 847

Port ail Port 3H7

HiiKgod Harbor 482

St. Jolnm 474

PenKiiin Island 401

Point 65

HtiiKlIiirlMn- Tic-klc. 805

Pound IsUit 403

Red Hciid Hhoal 148

RibbRdck 4ou

Road, Siicrcd Bjjy 803

ti(U'H 802

Rock, Boll Inland 825

Hearts Dt'liKht 456

Placentia Bay 50

Side District 322

Shoal , Virgin Rocks 84

Sunkor 108

Tonlingnet Isliind 882

Southeast Arm, Deer Harbor 448

Fortune Harbor.. 378

Little River 189

Plncentia Harbor. 52

Bottom 860

Brook 154

Cove, Catalina Harbor. 430
Paradise Sound . . 05

Island, Grand Bruit 190

Rock, La Poile 103

Laun Island 133

Shoal, Little Bay 207

Soiithend Point 387

Souther Point.. 455

Southern Arm ( Ari^ge Bay) 316

Three Arms 358

White Bay 838

Harbor, Fortune Bay... 143
Little Bay Is-
lands 305

Little Black Is-
land 376

Head, Black Head Bay . 420
Come - By-Chance

Bay 64

Fermeuse Harbor 483

Mont hern Head Islet....... 867

LmiK rsland 867

Pttf-, r)l,l ForoUe 394

Rocks 494

South .Side Rt. OeorKc Bay DM

HonthsouthwcMl Rock 899

.Southward Bay. ,,., 494

Head 484

Southwest Arm, Catalina Harlair. 431
Clatisc Harbor . 77
Corbin flay .148

Oreen Bay 854

Ureen Bay, ice. . 855
(Irccu Bay, tele-

Krajdi 805

Green Bay, tides . 855
Harbor Breton . 110

N(>w Bay . 373

Random Sound. . 444

Rocky Bay 306

Sweet Bay 434

Trinity Harbor . . 438
Bay, Capfi Rouge Har-
bor 8iJ

Griguet 809

St. Lunaire Bay.. 311
Beach, Prescjue Harbor 83

Cove, Head 91

Red Island 91

Harbor, Bell Harbor . 835

Head 77,854

Island, Bird Islands ... 90
Rocks, Ramea

Islands 173

Trinity Bay ... 411

Nonsuch 97

Point, Pond Cove 204

Rock, Grnndy Passage 204
John-the-bay - . . 108

Laun Island 122

Ramea Islands.. 178
Rocky Harbor . . 445

Sow, The, Burgeo _ 177

Spaniards Bay 403

communication 463

tides 463

Spanish Room Harbor 114

anchorage 115

water 115

Spare Point 468

Sparrow Point 54

Spear Bay 477

Cape 477

^m m f Mm 'm .mv rm

576

INDEX.

Pago.

Spear Cape fog signal . . - 477

light 477

Island 480

Point 336

Spectacle Head 465

Spencer Cove 93

SpicerRock 107

Spillers Point 429

Spirity Point 279

Split Point 458

Spoon Cove 118

Point 118

Spont Cove 481

The 479

St. George Bay 218

Spread Eagle Bay 458

anchorage 458

Spriggs Point 476

Spring Inlets 817

Island 317

beacon 317

Spruce Island 194

Spurn Point 251

Spurrier Point 105

Spurwink Island 483

Square Rock. 286

Squarey Islet 427

Squid Cove, Castor Point 289

Nevf World 378

tides.... 379

Island 420

Squier Cove 170

Stag Harbor 395

Tickle 394

directions 395

ice 395

Island, Notre Dame Bay 367

Rock.. 118

Stag Harbor. 395

Renewse Harbor 484

Stage Island 504

Stamford Mount 422

Stanley Cove 157

Rocks. 112

Starboard Island. 318

Point 340

Starve Cove 384

Harbor 384

Head 384

Stearin Rock... 354

Rocks 74

Stearing Island 275

Steel Mountain 222

Page.

Steering Island, Dog Bay 898

Fogo Island 390

Rock, Bane Harbor 102

Rocks 100

Stephenville 225

Stem Roi'k 180

Stevenson Islet 403

Stickland Cove .-. 155

Point 88

Qrandy Sound ... 204

Rock 113

Village 205

Stinking Banks 404

Cove 220

Islands 403

Stocking Harbor 352

Stone Brook 257

Island, Birchy Cove 157

Bonavista Cape 427

Eogo Islands 893

Placentia Bay 59

Islands 481

Point 156

St. Barbe Harbor 295

Stony Point 81

Rock 81

Spit 230

Stoppers Side 478

Storehouse Cove 79

Isl'd, Fogo Isl'ds 893

beacon 393

Gander Bay 397

Point 265

Storm Cape 308

Stormy Point (Polnte Ros6e) 214

Story Harbor 140

Stowbridge Head 257

Straight Coast 298

Strand Rock 123

Strawberry Island 811

Strong Islands 442

Tickle 442

Stuckey Cove 868

Styles Point 171

Sugarloaf , Goose Arm 256

Harbor le Cou 197

Head 470

Hill, Burin Inlet 119

Island, Despair Bay 157

Placentia Bay .69, 79

Islet 85

New World Island 378

Placentia Sound ... 54

Page.

Do;,' Bay 308

Fogo Island 390

Jane Harbor 103

100

325

180

403

--. 155

Qrandy Sound ... 204

113

e 205

404

220

403

• 353

- 357

•chy Cove 157

navista Cape 437

go Islands 393

icentia Bay 59

- 481

156

Jarbe Earbor 395

t 81

230

478

Fogolsl'ds 393

beacon 393

Gander Bay 397

b 265

308

ointe Ros6e) 214

- 140

I 257

298

123

id 811

443

ickle 442

368

171

Arm 256

ir le Cou 197

470

Jurin Inlet 119

, Despair Bay 157

Placentia Bay .69, 79

Vorld Island 378

itia Sound ... 54

INDEX.

577

Page.

Sugarloaf Point 55

Ray Cape 311

Rencontre Bay 164

Rock, Fortune Bay 137

i5cillyCove 454

Trinity Bay 453

Suleyann Cove 365

Sullivan Islet 440

Sunday Cove Island 362

Bight 362

Tickle 363

Sunker Rock, Renewse 483

The, Placentia Bay 83

St. Marys Bay 49

Surgeon Cove 375

Swagger Cove 154

anchorage 154

Swains Islands 403

Swale Island, Laun Islands 122

South Broad Cove. - 421

Tickle 431

Sweeny Island 873

Sweet Bay 434

Sword Point 350

Table Head, Camp Islands 503

Mountain 386,339

Point 279

Tacks Beach-- 87

Head 87

Look-out 87

Tail of the Bank 453

Tantam Shoals 470

Tasse I'Argent Harbor 83

Taylor Bay 133

Point 133

Rock 133

Island, Bonne Bay 159

Rocks, Dollond

Bight 152

Rock, Bonne Bay 160

Tea Cove Point 448

Teapot Rock 514

Telegraph Rock 94

Temple Bay 505

communication 505

Pass... 505

Tenedos Rock 330

Testu Bank 289

Thames Harbor Point 449

Thimble Tickles 871

Pane

Thimble Tickles directions 371

Thistle Rock 511

Thomas Rock 114

Rowsell Island 370

Thompson Beach 146

Thoroughfare Rock 438

The 488

Three Arms 356

Three-arms Island 357

Three Islands, Grand Bruit Har-
bor 190

Mountains 314

Harbor 314

Peak Hill 478

Rocks 403

Point. 233

Shoals 233

Stones Cove 57

Thrum Cap Island 143

Tickle Bay 451

Beach Point 452

Cove 425

Harbor Point , 451

Island 143

Point 141

tidal streams 141

. St. PaulsBay 374

The..... 514

Bonne Bay 367

Tickles Islets 60

The, BuflPet Harbor 93

Tides Cove 116

Tiger Rock 305

Fortune Harbor 374

Tilcey Island 496

Tiller Cove 115

Tilley Head, PUley Island 363

TilleysHill 418

Tilt Cove Island 378

New World Island.... 378
New World Island, an-
chorage 378

Notre Dame Bay 846

Notre Dame Bay, coal. - 847
Notre Dame Bay, com-
munication 347

Rock 139

Tilton Harbor 389

ice 889

Head 439

Tim Barrett Rock 55

Tinker Hill 477

Island, Cobbs Arm 385

.^,U^.^^,r.<.-t.^,^^^,..^^^Y....

578

INDEX.

I'Bge.

Tinker Island, Little Pinch -gnt .. 60
Morris Channel . . . 420

Rose Blanche 208

Rock 477

Rocks 85

GariaBay 198

Tinkershare Island 110

Tin-pot Islands 840

Tizard Harbor 878

Head 377

Toad Asses 877

Cove 480

Tobacco Island 888

Toby Lookout 67

Tolt, The, Mortier Bay 115

Random Sound 443

Ray Cape 214

Red Island 91

Point 448

Tom Cod Rock, Grand Dismal Cove 369

Little Bay 860

Pass Island 148

Wadham Islands.. 899

Power Lookout 55

Sheaves Rock 60

Tommy Rock, Ballard Bank .. 40,487

SharpRock 63

Tooth Rock 192

Tor Bay 469

Torbay Bight 470

Point 470

Hill 470

Torrent Cove 831

Tortoise Mount 249

Rock 275

Tostello Harbor 83

Toulinguet Harbor 880

anchorage 380

coal 380

communica-
tion 380

ice 881

light 380

supplies 860

tides 381

Islands 379

Toumionre Shoals 129

Town Point 51

Traces Point. 483

Tracey Hill 512

Traitant Cove 296

Trapper Cove 280

Traverse Island 413

Page.

Tray Town Harbor 437

Treenail Tickle 885

Tr6houatCove 180

cables 180

Trepassey Bay , 42

caution 42

Harbor 42

anchorage 48

buoy 42

dangers 48

directions 43

pilots 48

tides 44

water 43

Triangle Point 800

Banks 800

Trimming Hill 186

Trinity Bay 411,488

caution 488

ice 483

Cove 68

Head 58

St. Paul 211

Gut 412

Harbor 488

communication ... 434

directions 484

ice 484

light 484

supplies 434

tides 484

Shoal 80

Trinny Cove Islands 59

Troak Point 118

Rock 118

Trompe rCEil Point 300

Trou de la Balaine 800

Trout River 261

anchorage 261

Bight 262

communication 261

Rock 261

Troytown Harbors 368

tides 868

Island 868

Truck Island 608

Truite Point 825

Trump Islands 379

Tickle 879

Tucker Head 258

Bonne Bay 265

Turf Point 224

Turfpook Island 424

iiWIiilli

MNillillHi

Page.

r 437

885

180

)le8 180

tion 42

anchorage 43

buoy 42

dang3r8 48

directions 43

pilots 48

tides 44

water 43

800

iks 800

186

411,488

Q 488

483

ml 211

412

- 438

imunication ... 484

ictions 434

484

it 434

plies 434

>8 434

is 59

118

It 300

300

261

rage 261

262

[unication 261

261

368

tides 868

868

- 608

325

379

lie 379

258

eBay 265

224

424

INDEX.

579

Page.

Turks Bight 174

Cove ' 454

Gut, Colliers Bay 466

Head 173

Colliers Bay 466

Island 171

Turr Islands, Fogo Island 392

(lies aux Godes) 288

Bamea Islands 172

Turret Bay 288

Point 288

Turtles, The 828

Tweed Island 248

anchorage 248

Twelve-feet Rock 506

Twin Island. Red Bay 511

Islands 288

Tvdns Rocks- 408

Burnt Islands Harbor 205

The 466

Two Guts 289

Barachois 239

Hills Point 281

Rocks 78

TJ.

Union Cove 338

Upper Big Shoal 94

Caplin Cove Point 373

Crabb Brook 258

Griguet Harbor 810

Harbor, Exploits Burnt

Islands 375

Islands 353

Lance Cove 489

Pinnacle Rock 112

Rams _ 56

Rock __ 104

Rocky Bight 489

SandyPoint 67

Shoal Harbor - 444

Point 162

Vache-gare Cove 327

Vainqneur Island 128

Valen Isles 79

Valley Cove 508

Vanguard Shoal 310

Variation of the compass 32

Varket Channel 420

Island 420

Venams Bight 347

P»g».

Venils Island 178

anchorage 178

Shoal 178

Verde Point 51

light 51

Shoal 51

Verdon Islands 319

Verge Island 441

Rock 441

Vert Island 316

Verte Island 308

Bay 341

anchorage 341

ice 841

Vestal Rock, Great Laun Harbor. 121

St. Johns 474

Vesuvius Rock, Bay of Islands... 254
Change Island

Tickle 389

Dog Bay 898

Victor Brook 287

Vicunalsland 66

Vide Bouteille Cape 247

ViergeCove.. 814

Point 814

Vigie d'Aigremont 131

Vigors Island 1 74

Vincent Islet 804

Point 382

Vinegar Hill 110

Vineyard Islet. 192

Virgin Arm, New World Island.. 378

Bay 320

Cove, Merasheen Island ... 84

Mount 247

Point 53

Rock, Hermitage Bay 149

Rocks, Great Bank 33

ice. 34

tidal streams 35

Placentia Bay 50

Shoal 320

Wadham Islands 398

ice 398

light 898

Waldron Cove 874

Wall Island 501

Shoal 501

Rock 458

Ward Harbor 366

Island 371

580

INDEX.

PBg«.

Warren Cove lei

Warwick Harbor 437

Washball Rock 104

Washballs Rocks 474

Washing-tub Islet 108

Wash Rocks 197

Watchers Rocks 828

Watch Hill 473

Island, Pogo Islands 395

Rock 895

Watchman, The (Le Guetteur) . . 288

Watch Rock, Penguin Island 167

Seldom Come-by ... 395

Water Bears 887

Watering Cove Point 819

Weasel Island 154

telegraph 154

Webber Bight, Fortune Harbor .. 378

Point 122

Welch Point 339

Well Bay 287

beacons 287

Point 386

Wellman Cove 862

anchorage 362

Welsh Cove 357

West Ann, How Harbor 316

MortierBay 115

anchorage 115

Rose Blanche 201

Troytown Harbor 868

Baldwin Rock 208

buoy 208

Bay, Port au Port 237

anchor-
age. 235,237

Broad Cove 103,112'

Countryman Islands 893

Flat Island I8I

beacon 181

Shoals 181

Head, Oaultois 150

light 150

Merasheen Harbor... 90

Indian Island 395

Island 75

Mound 298

beacon 293

Point, Bay de Vieux 169

British Harbor 436

LaHuneBay 167

Rogues Harbor 852

Western Arm 513

Page.

West Point, Western Cove 70

Random Head 442

River, Brent Islands 816

anchorage 316

Road 237

Sacred Bay 302

Rock, Channel Head 210

Shag Rock 381

Strong Island 443

Twin Rock 408

White Island 205

Western Arm, Red Bay 512

Three Arms. 857

White Bay 338

ice 888

Bank ... 500

Bay Head, Conception

Bay 468

Brook 272

Pond 272

Cove 70

anchorage 71

Head 70

Creek Ill

Head Ill

Harbor 159

Head, Bonavista Bay -.. 425

Bonne Bay 262

Despair Bay 150

Fortune Harbor .. 878

Green Bay 488

Grounds 438

Long Island 866

New World Island 877

Rock 878

Fogo Cape .. 894

Island 116

Passages, Dead Island

Harbor 206

Point, Jackson Cove 855

Red Island Bay... 174

Rock 174

Rock, Bonavista Bay 425

Little Mortier Bay 117

White Islands 76

Rocks, Placentia Bay 108

Presque Harbor.. 81

St.Shots 44

Sunker, Ragged Islands . 87

Washing-tub 108

Weymouth Point 830

beacon 880

Whaleback Ridge 271

INDEX.

681

Page.

ern Cove 70

*d 442

Islands 816

anchorage 816

287

Bay 302

lelHead 210

381

a 443

408

1 205

i Bay 512

•ee Arms- 857

lite Bay 338

ice 888

.--. 500

id, Conception

458

272

nd 272

lorage 71

i 70

Ill

ad Ill

159

navista Bay -.. 425

ineBay 262

ipair Bay 160

tune Harbor . . 878

sen Bay 483

lunds 438

ig Island 866

V World Island 877
!k 878

Fogo Cape .. 894
116

Dead Island

206

jksonCove 855

d Island Bay... 174

ck 174

lavistaBay 425

tie Mortier Bay 117

lite Islands 76

icentiaBay 108

Bsque Harbor.. 81

agged Islands . 87

'^ashing-tnb 108

880

eacon 880

271

Fagc,

Whale Cave 800

Grotto 314

Island, Antelope Harbor . . 505

Gaultois 150

Islands 289

Point 299

Rock 159

Renewse 484

Whalesback, The 123

Whales Back 59

Rock 78,109

Shoal 180

White Bay, east coast 334

current 889

ice 834

^/bite Bear Bay 171

anchorage 171

directions 172

St. Charles Chan-
nel : 500

telegraph 171

water 171

Point 500

Cape, North coast 310

Harbor (Upper Gri-

guet) 310

tides 310

Land 810

Clam Rock 899

Dog Point 810

Ground, Burgeo 176

Change Island ... 888

Cinq Cerf Bay 188

ToulinguetHarbor 881

Trinity Bay 488

Head, Barasway Bay 208

Hills.- 67,311,853

Cape Cormorant 230

Horse Rock 117

Shoal 484

Island, Burgeo Islands 179

Burgeo Islands, bea-
con 179

Castors Harbor 289

Grand Bruit 190

Merasheen Island.. 88

Shoal 174

Wadham Islands... 398
White Bear Bay.... 172

Islands, D6grat Cape 808

Placentia Bay 74

Rocky Bay 896

Islet, Canada Bay 329

Page.

White Islets, Bloody Reach 416

Swale Island 421

Mica Cove 508

Point, Bay of Islands 248

DegratCape 307

Fortune Bay 188

Grevigneux Bay — 328

Hall Bay 861

Kerley Harbor 436

Petit For t Harbor .. . 96
Placentia Sound. - . 52,77

Ragged Harbor 400

Winterhouse Cove . . 358

Rock, Cape Spear 477

Catalina Harbor 480

CorbinBay 148

Hants Harbor 458

Harbor Grace 460

Hearts Content Har-
bor. 454

Islets 274

Lance Cove 105

Les Vaches 281

Port au Port 241

Red Harbor 118

Saddle Island 159

St. Johns 474

Rocks, Cape Degrat - 308

Heartsease Inlet ... 446

Sail 88

Banks. 94

Head. 83,94

Whittle Hill 190

Wild Bight Head 877

Leading Tickles. 371

Long Island 366

New World Island ... 377

Snooks Arm 848

Three Arms 358

ice 358

Cove, Bonne Bay 267

( Capelan Bay) 347

Fogo Islands 394

(Gouffre Harbor) 331

Hauling Arm 388

Head 367

La Hune Cape 166

Petit Fort 96

Point 394

Will Island 147

William Henry Bank 109

Wheeler Point 258

Willis Island 421

58ir

INDEX,

Pagi'.

Willis Reach 421

Windsor Lake 846

Point 857

Windy Point 328

beacon 828

Winging Rock 60,88

Rocks 68

Winter Cove 206

Flat 296

Winterhouse Cove 858

Wiseman Cove 887

Wisemans Point 511

Witch Hazel Bay 141

Peak 467

Witless Bay, Bay Bulls 480

Trinity Bay 456

Point, Bay Bulls 480

Trinity Bay 456

Rock 456

Wolf Bay 175,361

Cove, Hall Bay 361

Head, Hall Bay 361

Trinity Bay 485

Island, Bloody Bay 417

Rock, Good Bay 287

Tail Reef 287

Rocks, Connaigre Bay 148

Shoal, Canada Bay 329

Wood Bay 304

Islands, Change Island 387

Woods or Harbor Island 254

Harbor 254

Woody Bay 347

Cove 268

Rock 45

Hill, Brig Bay 292

Island, Basque Port 209

beacons 209

Bay of Islands 248

Bight 872

Black Fly Islands.. 492

Brine Islands 58

Burin Inlet 118

Burnt Islands 98

Chance Harbors -.. 424

Cnlotte 189

Flat Island ill

Harbor 68

Woody Island, Leading Tickles.... 371

Long Harbor 141

Notre Dame Bay . . 872

Placentia Bay 62

Red Harbor 112

Rock 118

St. George Bay 222

Shoal 67

Sops Arm 886

Islands, Placentia Bay 68

Placentia Bay, an-
chorage 69

Placentia Bay,

tides 69

White Bear Bay.. 171

Islets, Beaches Harbor 416

Point, Bonne Bay 268

anchorage 268

coal 263

communi -

cation.- 263
supplies.. 263

Rock 347

Snooks Arm 847

Wreck Bay 510

Cove 217

Island 186

Garia Bay 195

Sunkers 195

Yankee Rock 210

Rocks 202

Shoal 210

Yardie Island 109

Yellow Fox Cove 872

Point 289

beacons 289

York Harbor , 250

anchorage 250

Point 504

Young Harry Rock 428

Youngs Cove 221

Zephyr Rock 829

Z6e Bank 187

buoy^. 127

.'^.v*^?T<s*i JrA^^'^"^g?n^???ap5;^gs^gfmg<r^';s?ryi^>ws^y. (iMii» B h«iu g<tt^

m^i'mKsr-^^i-iee^tgSVBfm^ifV

Pago,
ading Tickles.... 871

ng Harbor 141

tre Dame Bay . . 872

icentia Bay 62

i Harbor 112

:!k 118

George Bay 223

)al 67

m Arm 836

IticentiaBay 68

lacentia Bay, an-
chorage 60

lacentia Bay,

tides 60

hite Bear Bay-. 171

[jhes Harbor 416

aeBay 263

anchorage 263

coal 263

communi -

cation.. 263
supplies.. 268

t 847

>k8 Arm 847

510

217

186

I Bay 105

ers 105

210

-- 202

210

- 109

872

280

ns 289

, 250

rage 250

504

: 428

- 231

320

187

127

PRIOK LIST

Publications on Sale at Hydrobraphic Offioe.

NOTE.— The prices of books (often enlarged) are
liable to change with new editions. The price w^ill
be found marked on title page. A new edition, or
publication, w^hen issued is advertised in the weekly
H. O. Notice to Mariners in the first notice of each
month.

THE FOLLOWING ARE THE ONLY PUBLICATIONS ON SALE.

No.

9
18

Title of Book.

The American Practical Navigator. Bowditch. 1809

Useful Tables from the American Practical Navigator. Bow-
ditch. 1800.

Memoir of the Dangers and Ice in the North Atlantic Ocean.
1868.

Price.

24
80
31
82
45
54
65

Projection Tables. 1860 1

Supplement No. 2 to Bering Sea and Coast of Alaska. 1895. . .

General Examination of the Atlantic Ocean. 1870

General Examination of the Atlantic Ocean. Supplement. 1886

General Examination of the Indian Ocean. 1870

List of Lights of the World. Vol.! 1898

List of Lights of the World. Vol. II. 1898

List of Lights of the World. Vol. III. 1899

The Navigation of the Atlantic Ocean. 1899. (Preparing) . . . .
Navigation of the Straits of Magellan. 1888

Remarks on a Voyage through the Patagonian Channels and
Magellan Strait. 1874.

Tables for Finding the Distance of an Object by Two Bear-
ings. 1881.

The Navigation of the Pacific Ocean, China Seas, and Connect-
ing Waters. 1890. (Preparing.)

(588)

$2.36
1.35

.30

1.50
.20

2.00
.10

2.00
.26
.26
.25

.20

584

LIST OF IIYDROGBAPIIIC OFFICE PUBLICATIONS.

No.

Title of Book.

Price.

The Navigation of the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea.
Vol. II, Third edition. 1896.

11.50

The Navigation of the, Gnlf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea.
Vol. II. Third editioii. Supplement. 1898.

.20

Arctic Azimuth Tables for Parallels of Latitude between 70°
and 88°. 1881.

.80

Azimuth Tables giving the True Bearings of the Sun at Inter-
vals of Ten Minutes between Sunrise and Sunset for Parallels
of Latitude between 61° N. and 61° S. 1899.

1.00

Newfoundland and Labrador. Second edition. 1890. (In press.).

Practical Hints in Regard to West Indian Hurricanes. 1887. . .

.10

West Coast of Mexico and Central America from the United
States to Panama, including the Gulfs of California and
Panama. Second edition. 1898. •

1.60

West Coast of Mexico and Central America from the United
States to Panama, including the Gulfs of California and
Panama. Second edition. Supplement. 1898.

.20

The Navigation of the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea.
Vol. I. Fourth edition. 1898.

8.00

The Navigation of the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea.
Vol. I. Fourth edition. Supplement. 1899.

.10

The International Code of Signals for the Use of All Nations.
1898.

2.60

East Coast of South America. Second edition. 1894

1.60

East Coast of South America. Second edition. Supplement.
1898.

.20

The West Coast of South America, including Magellan Strait,
Tierra del Fuego and the Outlying Islands. Second edition.
1896.

1.20

The West Coast of South America, including Magellan Strait,
Tierra del Fuego and the Outlying Islands. Second edition.
Supplement. 1898.

.10

The development of Great Circle Sailing. Second edition.
(In press. )

Report of Ice and Ice Movements in the North Atlantic Ocean.

1890.

.20

The average Forms of Isolated Submarine Peaks, and the in-
terval which should obtain between deep-sea soundings
taken to disclose the character of the bottom of the Ocean.

.70

The Coast of British Columbia, including the Juan de Fuca
Strait, Puget Sound, Vancouver and Queen Charlotte Islands.
1891.

1.50

Price.

11.00

.20

.80

1.00

.10

e uiuieu

)mia and

i.mt

le United
)mia and

.20

)ean Sea.

8.00

3ean Sea.

.10

Nations.

2.50

1.60

plement.

.20

in Strait,
\ edition.

1.20

w Strait,
\ edition.

.10

edition.

ic Ocean.

.20

d the in-
oundings
J Ocean.

.70

de Fuca
B Islands.

1.50

No.

100

102

108
105

106

108

108-III
Sup.

110

111

112

114

115

LIST OF HYDROORAIMIIC OFFICE PUBLICATIONS.

Title of Book.

The Coast of British Columbia, includinR the .Tnnn de Fnca
Strait, PuKet Sound, Vanconvor and Queoii Cliarlotte Inlands.
Supplement. 180M.
Supplement No. 2. 1899

Sailing Directions for Bay of Fundy, Southeast Coast of Nova
Scotia, and the South and East Coasts of Capo Breton Island
Second edition. 1897.

Sailing Directions for Bay of Fundy, Southeast Coast of Nova
Scotia, and the South and East Coasts of Cape Breton Island.
Setiond edition. Supplement. 1899.

Sailing Directions for the Gulf and River St. Lawrence. Sec-
ond edition. 1897.

Sailing Directions for the Gulf and River St. Lawrence. Sec-
ond edition. Supplement. 1899.

The Azores, Madeiras, Salvages, Canaries, and Cape Verde
Islands. Third pdition. 1898.

Submarine cables. 1892

West Coast of Africa. Second edition. 1893

West Coast of Africa. Second edition. Supplement. 1897...

Azimuth Tables giving the True Bearings of the Sun at In-
tervals of Ten Minutes between Sunrise and Sunset for Par-
allels of Latitude between 40° N. and 50° N. , inclusive. 1894.

Sailing Directions for the Great Lakes and Connecting Waters.
1896.

Sailing Directions for the Great Lakes and Connecting Waters.
Supplement. 1899. (Preparing.)

Sailing Directions for North Channel of Lake Huron and
Georgian Bay. 1895.

The Gulf Stream. 1894

Sunrise and Sunset Tables. 1896

Illustrative Cloud Forms. 1897

Contributions to Terrestrial Magnetism. 1897

The Hawaiian Islands and the Islands, Rocks, and Shoals to the
Westward. 1899.

Catalo^e of Charts, Plans, Sailing Directions, and Other Pub-
lications of the U. S. Hydrographic Office. 1899.

Remittances should be by money order to the Hydrographic Office.

585

Price.

90.80

.10

2.80

.10

2.80

.10

1.00

1.50

.20

.50

1.00

.10

.80

1.00

1.90

.40

.50

AGENTS FOR THE SALE OF HYDROGRAPHIC OFFICE CHARTS,
SAILING DIRECTIONS, ETC.

AGENTS IN TUE UNITED STATES.

Alexandria, Va.— R. Bell's Sons, South Fairfax Htreet.

Astoria, Orag.— Qriffen & Roed.

Baltimore, Md.— P. J. Sloane & Co., corner Pnitt street and Spear's wharf.

M. V. O'Neal, 602 East Pratt street.
Bangor, Me.— Snow & Nealley Company.
Bath, Me.— Charles A. Harriinan.
Block laland, B. L— C. C. Ball.
Boothbay Harbor, Ma— William O. McCobb.
Boston, Mass.— Charles C. Hutchinson, 152 State street.
L. Prang & Co., 286 Roxbury street.
Samuel Thaxter & Son, 126 State street,
BulBilo, N. T.— Buflfalo Ship Chandlery Company, 11-18 Main street.

Howard H. Baker & Co., 18-26 Terrace street.
Oharlestooa, 8. 0.— James Allan & Co., 286 King street.
Chicago, m.— George Carpenter & Co., 202-208 South Water street.
H. Channon Company, 24-26 Market street.
Rand, McNally & Co., 166-168 Adams street.
Cleveland, Ohio.— Burrows Brothers Company, 188-187 Euclid avenue.

The Marine Record Publishing Company, Western Reserve

Building.
The Marine Review, 616 Perry-Payne Building.
Detroit, Mich.— H. D. Edwards & Co., 16-24 Woodward avenue.

J. W. Westcott, foot of Woodward avenue.
Duluth, Minn.— A. Hirsch.
Bastport, Me.— G. H. Cummings.
Bast Tawas, Mich.— Howard C. Bristol.
Bureka, Oal.— James E. Matthews.
Femandina, Fla— J. W. Howell.
Oalveston, Tex.— Charles F. Trul)e,2415 Market street.
Gloucester, Mass.— P. A. Chisolm, 161 Main street.
Jacksonville, Fla.— H. & W. B. Drew Company.
Key West, Ha.— Alfred Brost.

Los Angeles, CaL-Stoll & Thayer Company, 252-264 South Spring street.
Marquette, Mich.— A. O. Kruger.
Millbridge, Me.— N. C. Wallace.

MUwaukee, Wis.-Joy8 Bros. & Co., 206 East Water street.
Mobile, Ala.— Costello & Bates Company, 24 Front street.

E. O. Zadek Jewelry Company.
Wew Bedford, Mass.— C. R. Sherman & Son.
New London, Conn.— Axel P. Anderson, 57 Bank street.
New Orleans, La.— Frigerio & SchuUy, 411 Royal street.
L. Frigerio (widow), 1019 Canal street.
Woodward, Wight & Co., 406-418 Canal street.

Uno 38

(687)

688

IIVDIloiJKAI'nU' OIIKK AOKN'IM.

"1
I if

Newport, B. L- J. M. K. HouthwU k, I8A ThamnH Ntri*nt.
Vew Whatcom, Waah. Cliarlo* >I, Sherman.
New York, N. Y.- T. s. & .1. I), NeKiin, HO Water wtreet.
Inliii DliHH & Co., ViH Front. HtriMtt.
MIrluicl Klip)) & Co., UU N'liitli Htreet,
R. Merrill'M HoriH, UU Wull Htruot.
E. Mtol^er & Co., 25 Park E'liioe.
TliomaH Maniiiii^, 45 Hroadway.
Norfolk, Va.— C. F. Oroenwoixl & liro., 15H Main Htreet.

Vlfkery & Co., 124 Main Htreot.
Ogdeoaburg, N. Y.— Goorgo Hall Coal Company.

Oawego, N. Y. — John S. PamonH, coriior W'oat Cayuga and Water Htreetu.
Palmbeaoh, Fla.- E. M. BrolBfonl.

Penaacola, Pla.— Henry Horsier & Co., 7()6-70H Houth I'alafox Htreot.
MeEonzle, OnrtinK iii V,o., 50U Houtli I'alafox Htreet.
Philadelphia, Pa.— RIkkh & Bro., !)1U Market htreet.
Portland, Me. — Win. Henter & Co., 51 Excliange Htreot.
Portland, Oreg.— J. K. Gill & Co., Third and Alder Htreeta.
Port Huron, Kich. Kendall Marine Reporting Company.
Port Townaend, Waah.— Waterman & Katz.

W. J. Fritz, 880 Water street.
Providence, B. L -George A. Stookwell, Room 12, Uoard of Trade Building.
Punta Oorda, Pla.— K. B. Harvey.
Bookland, Me. —Spear & Stover, 408 Main Htreet.
Sabine Paaa, Tex. — McReyuoldg & Adama.
Sag Harbor, N. Y.— CharleH Philip Cook.
San Diego, OaL — E. M. Burbeck, corner Fifth and D streetti.
San Franciaco, OaL— Dillon & Co., 810 California street.
tiOulB Weultt, 418 Battery street.
S. 8. Arnhelm, 8 Stouart Htreet.
H. Lawrenson, 6 Market street.
San Pedro, OaL — E. Strome, Beacon street.
Santa Barbara, Oal.— H. A. C. McPkail.
Saxilt Ste. Marie, Mich.— Wood & Thoenen.
Savannah, Oa. — J. P. Johnson.
Seattle, Wash. — O. Beningbansen, First avenue south and Washington street.

Lowman & Ilanford.
Stonington, Oonn. — James H. Stivers, 73 Water street.
Sturgeon Bay, Wis.— Frank Long.
Tacoma, Waah. -Vaaghan & Morrill.
Tampa, Fla. — Babbitt & Co., Franklin street.
Tarpon Springs, Fla.— C. D. Webster, 88-86 Tarpon avenue.
Tremont, Me. — Frank McMuUen.
Vineyard Haven, Masa. — £. St. Croix Oliver.
Waahington, D. 0. -W. H. Lowdermllk & Co., 1424 F street NW.
J. J. Chapman, 608 Thirteenth street NW.
Wm. Ballantyne & Son, 428 Seventh street NW.
Brentano's, 1015 Pennsylvania avenue NW.
West Superior, Wis.— Charles S. Barker.
Wheeling, W. Va.— Frank Stanton.
Wilmington, N. 0.— Godfrey Hart, 24 South Front street.
W. N. Harriss, North Water street.

"'~«5»raHi

BKBa

\Viit«»r Htrectu.

ox Htrcot.
'ox street.

' Trade Building.

Washington street.

NW.

xeet NW.
NW.

.•

iivin{()(H{,\r'nr<i okkick agknts..

AOENT8 IN FOHEION POUTS.

OallAO, Peru. .John Newton, 2 Callede lit Conntltuddn.

Oluffow, Scotland.— A lex under Duhbio & Hon, 1« Clyde pluee.

Halifax, Nova Scotia. Itobert II. Co/fnwell.

Hamburir, Oenuany. Eckanlt & Mi'sstorff.

Havre, France. V ic M. Lopotlt, 16 Itne de I'urin.

Hongkong, Ohinn -CinirleH (inupp & Co.

Honolulu, H. I. Frank H. Dodge.

Kingston, Jamaica. - .runieg (hill.

Liverpool, Bngland.-Phlllp, Hon & Nephew, 41-Bl South Cantle Htreet.

Montevideo, Uruguay.-T. Bottlnl & Co., 0(5-97 Callo Ilompla.

Montreal, Canada.- Henrn & Harrlnon, 1640 Notre Dame Ht.eei.

Kaeeau, Bahamas. ~T. Darling & Co.

Pemambuoo, Brazil — Arthur B. Dallas.

Port Hawkesbury, 0. B. L, Nova Scotia.— Alexander Bain.

Quebec, Canada.—.). J. Moore & Co., 118-120 .Mountain Hill.

8t. John, New Brunewiok.— J. & A. McMillan.

St. Johns, Newfoundland.— Garrett Byrne.

St. Thomas, West Indies.— J. P. Thorsen.

Turks Island.— E. J. D. Astwood.

Vancouver, British Columbia.— Albert Ufford, 68 Cordova street.

Victoria, British Columbia.- T. N. Hlbben & Co., 69 Government street.

589